LV:

Val

VEX.

CONTENTS.

PART I.—OctoseEr, 1909.

. On some Nemerteans from the Eastern Indian Ocean. By RB. C. Punnerv,

UW.A., and C. Forster Cooper, WA. (Communicated by J. STANLEY

GAaroiner, 264, F708.) (Plates 1&2.) .1. 4 3 = > = «) pages; 1-15

Report on the Echinoderma (other than Holothurians) collected by Ur. J.

Stanley Gardiner in the Western Parts of the Indian Ocean. By ¥. JEFFREY

Bett, U.A., Emeritus Professor and Fellow of King’s College, University of

London. (Communicated by J. Svanuey Garviner, JA., FL.S., F.L.S.)

(Telaihe SN! og ot BG Ae en 5 ee se a rt aRam ne coat h(t)

Hiude des Cirripédes de 0 Océan Indien. Par A. Gruven. (Communiqué par

M. J. Stantey Garpiner, UA. F.RS., FDS.) 2. 1 2 6 «2 28-27

‘ Sealark’ Rhynchota. By Wm. Lucas Distant, 2.2.8. (Communicated by

J. Srantey GaRpiner, WA., F.R.S., F.L.S.) (Plate4.). . . . . 29-47

. Amphipoda Hyperiidea of the ‘ Sealark’ Expedition to the Indian Ocean. By

Meme OUwVATKnE, Homie, FS, . ...) Sele ae Ne St oe 140-58

The Land and Freshwater Mollusca of the Seychelles Archipelago. By HE. BR.

pretinwne A. uh.8. (With 8 Text-figures.) 2 4. = . - '- » . df-64

Report on the Marine Mollusca obtained by Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner, F.B.S.,

among the Islands of the Indian Ocean in 1905. By James Cosmo MELVILL,

ASP prei Se ep lates.) Ol...) seer ad oe dP 30 oy (GD—188

WOM.

LT.

XIIT.

XIV.

PART II.—FeEprvary, 1910.

Alcyonarians collected on the Percy Sladen Trust Expedition by Mr, J.

Stanley Gardiner, W.A., PRS.

Part I1—The Avifera. By Prof. J. Anraur Tuomson, M.A., and W. E. Russriz, M.A.

Part I1—The Stolonifera, Alcyonacea, Pseudaxonia, and Stelechotokea. By Prof. J.

Anrtuur THomson, M.d., and Miss Doris L. Mackinnon, B.Sc., Carnegie

Scholar, University of Aberdeen.

(Communicated by J. STANLEY GARDINER, JLA., ERS. F.L.S.) (Plates

G14), won 2 ss ee ee eae legen

. The Cephalochorda: “ Amphioxides.” By H.O.8. Gisson, B.A., New College,

Oxford. (Communicated by J. STANLEY GaRpINER, JLA., PRS, F.L.S.)

(Plate 15 and: 4:.Text-figures.) a, 20Reaeeee) 0 er eS = een

. Penvidea, Stenopidea, and Reptantia from the Western Indian Ocean. By

L. A. BorrapaiLr, JZA., Lecturer in Natural Sciences at Selwyn College,

Cambridge. (Communicated by J. Stantuy Garviner, Wd., RS. FDS.)

(Plated6:) is ca ae «oo Ss i ee eee pee

. Lepidoptera, exclusive of the Tortricidee and Tineidee, with some Remarks on

their Distribution and Means of Dispersal amongst the Islands of the Indian

Ocean. By T. Batneriece Fruercuer, R.N., FES. (Communicated by

J. STANLEY GARDINER, U.A., F.RS., PLS.) (Plate17.). . ... 265-324

Polycheta of the Indian Ocean.—Part II. The Palmyride, Aphroditide,

Polynoidee, Accetidee, and Signalionide. By F. A. Porrs, I.A., Fellow of

Trinity Hall, Cambridge, and Demonstrator of Comparative Anatomy in the

Oniversity of Cambridge. (Communicated by J. Srantey Garpiner, JZ. A,,

PLES:, FAAS.) (Plates 18=21,).eae is Fe WS A ee ee

PART IIJI.—Junez, 1910.

On the Depth and Marine Deposits of the Indian Ocean, with Descriptions

of the Deposit-Samples collected by Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner in 1905. By

Sir Joun Murray, K.0.B., D.Sc. F.R.S., FLS., §c. (Plates 22-24.)

355-396

The Orneodide and Pterophoride of the Seychelles Expedition. By '.

BAInBRIGGE Fuercuer, R.N., FES. (Communicated by Prof. J. SraNnLEY

GARDINER, 4., F.R.S., FL.S.) (With 4 Text-figures.). . . . 897-404

(vice ae

XV. On the Land and Amphibious Decapoda of Aldabra. By L. A. BoRRAvAILE. AY

M.A., Lecturer in Zoology in the University and at Selwyn College, Cambridge. f= /

( Communicated by Prof. J. SranteY GARDINER, IZ A., RS, FL.) Lit

pages aa

NVI. Nudibranchs collected by Mr. Stanley Gardiner from the Indian Ocean |

im H.MS. ‘Sealark” By Sir CoHartes N. EH. Evitor, K.C.U.G., CB.

(Communicated by Prof. J. Srantey Garpriner, IA., PRS. PLS.)

(CAG B5))) so 6.) SoM 0S) ix be, 8 Be Bel temo ae ence THLE Koh)

XVII. Report on the Brachiopoda obtained from the Indian Ocean by the ‘ Sealark’

Expedition, 1905. By Witwtam Hearty Dati, 4.d., Sc.D, Curctor Div.

Moll. U.S. Nat. Mus. (Communicated by Prof. J. Svantny Garviner, Jf 4.,

JU Teds SOLICUS SSE eS oe i kA oe Kiem ap eeemeeeo en Vall

PART IV.—NovemBer, 1910.

EGU OUCE MOUNUCHIS: QMOMNACR . . . ss 5 ome a oe» eed

ERRATA.

Page 13, line 12 from top, for Cerebratulus steeneni read C. steineni, Birger.

13, line 13 from top, for C. pochohontas read C. pocohontas, Girard.

15, line 5 from top, for Cvrebratulus crosslandi, sp. n., read Lineus crosslandi, sp. n. (see page 9).

71, lines 1 and 2 from bottom, for Scabricola read Scabricula.

71, lines 8, 9, 10 from top, for Coralliophora read Coralliophila (see page 105).

164, line 1 from top, for Scirpearia flabellum read S. flagellum, Johnson.

262, line 6 from bottom, for Calliande read Calliadne.

310, line 17 from bottom, for Pachyzancla phwopteralis read P. pheopteralis, Hampson.

5 9315, lines 20 and 21 from bottom, for Ateila read Atella.

» 480, line 7 from bottom [ Chromodoris linearis].

TRANSACTIONS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

THE PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

THE INDIAN OCEAN IN 1905,

UNDER THE LEADERSHIP OF Oa

Mr. J. STANLEY GARDINER.

VOLUME II.

No. I.—ON SOME NEMERTEANS FROM THE EASTERN INDIAN OCEAN.

By R. C. Punnert, W.A., and C. Forster Cooper, A.

(Communicated by J. Stantey Garpiner, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.)

(Plates 1 & 2.)

Read 5th November, 1908.

INTRODUCTION.

IN the following pages some account is given of 20 species of Nemerteans from the

Eastern Indian Ocean. In addition to those collected by the Perey Sladen Expedition,

we have been able to examine a collection made by Mr. Cyril Crossland at and near

Zanzibar, and also a few procured by Professor Herdman from Ceylon. To these two

gentlemen we desire to express our thanks. Other specimens reached us besides those

described below, but owing to their imperfect condition or to their unsatisfactory

preservation we have not included them in our account. It is to be regretted that in no

case were observations made on the colour of the living worm. We have endeavoured,

so far as is possible, to remedy this defect by coloured drawings of the preserved material,

though we realise that these are but a poor substitute for sketches from life.

Like that of many groups, the nomenclature of the Nemertea has suffered frequent

vicissitudes during the recent priority quest, and once familiar genera are now disguised

by unfamiliar terms. As we have accepted the system given by Birger in ‘Das

Tierreich’ (1904) we have not considered it necessary to set out the literature and

synonyms previous to 1900. Those who wish to ascertain why Carinella and Hupolia

have given place to Tubulanus and Baseodiscus will find in that indispensable volume

reasons which are doubtless good.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 1

2 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

In a collection of Nemertea from any region the genera Lineus and Cerebratulus are

sure to bulk largely, and the determination of the various species on preserved material

is the most harassing part of the nemertinologist’s task. For this reason we have

collected together in the form of an Appendix the scattered observations dealing with

anatomical points which we feel to be likely to prove of service. We trust that the

recording of these points will commend itself to future observers, and that the numerous

gaps in the table will become gradually filled.

But though the validity of a Lineid species may be established on its anatomy the

systematist is yet confronted with the task of referring it to one of the three genera

Tineus, Micrura, or Cerebratulus. In the days when comparatively few forms were

known this was easy, but with the rapid increase in the family of the Lineidze it has

become more and more difficult to frame definitions for these three genera. The

absence of a caudicle has been relied on by most authors for the separation of the genus

Iineus from the other two; but a delicate structure like this is a most unsatisfactory

feature to work with—it is frequently missing in the living and almost always in the

dead. Nor do we consider it to be a good generic criterion, apart from these practical

difficulties. Its use in classification may unite forms which are widely different in other

respects, and at the same time may relegate to different genera forms which differ in

little else but the presence of a caudicle *.

In most zoological families it would appear that the constituent species fall into

several groups, such that all the members of a given group are differentiated from the

members of another group by several constant peculiarities, and these generic characters

are held to differ from specific ones in their greater antiquity. It is not possible to point

to any such grouping of characters among the Lineidee. Though there is considerable

diversity of structure among the members of the family, and though the systematist has

to deal with a number of characters, there is yet no association or grouping of these

characters to admit of our establishing genera with obvious claims to be considered

natural. Nevertheless, the family already contains more than 150 species and for

cataloguing purposes some form of subdivision seems to be called for. In the present

paper we have referred to the genus Linews such Lineidze as possess a gelatinous

connective-tissue layer and to the genus Cerebratulus such as are without it. But in

assigning a species to one genus or the other we have been guided purely by convenience,

and we do not wish to imply that in our opinion there is any peculiar phylogenetic

significance in the criterion which we have chosen.

To one further point we wish to call attention in this connection. Since future

systematists will doubtless bring fresh ideas to the arrangement of this mass of species,

we venture to suggest that in the naming of new forms care should be taken not to

apply to a new species a name which has already been used for a member of any of the

three genera in question.

* Thus Micrura varicolor and Lineus ruber (olim gesserensis) differ in little else than the possession of a caudicle

by the former (Punnett, Bergons Mus. Aarbog, p- 21, 1903).

PUNNETT AND FORSTER COOPER—NEMERTEANS. 3

Geographical distribution.—The present collection is on the whole what our previous

knowledge of the forms from the Indian Ocean might have led us to expect. The

genera Drepanophorus and Baseodiscus together with the Lineidz are well represented,

and there is also a species of Prosadenoporus. But the collection is remarkable for the

presence of a Tubulanus—a genus not hitherto recorded among any of the collections

from the Indian Ocean. With the increase of our knowledge it is probable that other

genera will turn out to be cosmopolitan. Of the present genera, however, one may be

of some interest from the point of view of distribution. The records given in this paper

Distribution of Diploplewra.

make it clear that Diplopleura extends right across the Indian Ocean, finding its way

eastwards to Japan and New Florida, and pushing up on the west into the Red Sea and

the Mediterranean. It is a highly specialised form, and undoubtedly one of the most

recent productions of the Lineid family. We give a map of the distribution of this

peculiar and striking genus, which is complete so far as is at present known. Its

occurrence both in the Mediterranean and Indian Ocean may possibly be of significance

for problems connected with the distribution of the marine fauna of these areas.

4 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

DESCRIPTION OF THE SPECIES.

1. Tubulanus polymorphus (Renier, 1804). (Plate 1. fig. 8; Plate 2. fig. 12.)

Locality. Wasin, British East Africa (Crossland Coll.).

A single small specimen lacking the hind end. The colour after preservation is pale

brown with a darker band 5 mm. wide, which begins about 3 mm. from the anterior

end. The external appearance is very similar to that figured by Birger for

T. polymorphus, and we are, on the whole, inclined to refer our specimen to this species

while recognising the following small points of difference.

There are indications of a ventral muscle-cross in the ventral cesophageal region,

which are, however, not well marked and disappear behind the level of the excretory

pores. The diagonal muscles usually found in 7. polymorphus between the longitudinal

and circular layers are not present, but this possibly is due to the small size of the

specimen. Again, the rhynchodzeal glands in this species are ventral, whilst in

T. polymorphus, as figured by Biirger (Naples Monograph, pl. xii. fig. 9), they are dorsal

(Pl. 2. fig. 12).

2. Prosadenophorus buergeri (Punnett).

Literature. Punnett, R. C., Fauna & Geogr. Mald. & Lace. Arch. vol. i. pt. 1.

Locality. Wasin, British East Africa (Crossland Coll.).

A single specimen of this species was collected by Mr. Crossland. With the exception

that the proboscis contains 21 instead of 19 nerves, this form closely agrees with that

previously recorded from the Laccadives (Island of Minikoi).

3. Drepanophorus roseus (Punnett). (Plate 1. figs. 4a, 40.)

Literature. Punnett, R. C. Fauna & Geogr. Mald. & Lace. Arch. vol. i. pt. 1, p. 112.

Locality. Ue Diamant, Peros Banhos, Chagos. From a colony of Mussa, 15 fathoms,

a single specimen measuring 40 mm. in length, 5 mm. in breadth.

Dorsal surface dark red, ventral pale yellow. The head is characterised by yellow

markings (fig. 40). The small longitudinal head-furrows are conspicuous.

In internal structure this specimen agrees very closely with D. roseus from the

Maldive Islands; in fact, the only point of difference is that the proboscis-nerves

number 23 in this specimen against 22 recorded for the type specimen. It is in all

probability a local colour-variety.

There is a point of interest in connection with the excretory system, in that the

left duct passes round and over the outer side of the nerve-cord, while the right

duct opens to the exterior by passing along the inner side of the nerve-cord in

the usual way.

The large blood-corpuscles which were such a feature of the type specimen are also

found here.

PUNNETT AND FORSTER COOPER—NEMERTEANS. 5

4, Drepanophorus indicus, sp.n. (Plate 2. figs. 13 a, 13 4, 18.)

Locality. Salomon, Chagos. A single specimen of this small species measuring

31 x4mm. The large proboscis was extruded.

Colour, when preserved in formalin, white without any trace of markings, though

anteriorly there is a faintly pigmented appearance. From the medium used for

preservation it may be inferred that the specimen was colourless, or nearly so, in life.

The chief diagnostic features of this species are the following :—9-10 pairs of eyes are

present. There are 16 proboscis-nerves. The cerebral organ lies by the side of the

brain and reaches posteriorly beyond it ; characteristic of this organ is a well-marked

glandular extension which extends backwards for some considerable way just dorsal

to the nerve-cord; this extension is not so long as that found in D. cerinus, and

resembles more the condition found in D. willeyanus. The opening of the cerebral organ

is lateral (Pl. 2. fig. 13 a), the excretory pores are on the ventral surface close behind

the brain.

The specimen is female, but immature, and no ducts are developed. The species has

affinities with D. cerinus and D. willeyanus. From the former it differs in that the

cerebral organ is not entirely behind the brain; in the number of proboscis-nerves,

16 in this species against 14 in D. cerinus; and in the shorter glandular appendage to

the cerebral organ. From the latter it differs in the absence of the chocolate markings

which characterise that species as well as in the more anterior situation of the cerebral

organ ; the intestinal region also in the present species is considerably more flattened

than in D. willeyanus and the gut-diverticula are deeper.

5. Drepanophorus sp.

Locality. British East Africa.

Incomplete fragments of moderate size are referable possibly to D. Jatws or some

closely allied form.

Numerous eyes (>80) are present, arranged in two groups on each side. The cerebral

organ is lateral and reaches a few sections only behind the brain. The proboscis as well

as the entire epithelium is missing.

Another specimen from the Seychelles, 37 fathoms, 18°5 mm. in length and 4 mm. in

breadth, agrees in general features, as far as can be observed, with the above. It likewise

lacked proboscis and epithelium.

6. Baseodiscus insignis, sp.n. (Plate 1. figs. 1a, 16.)

Locality. Zanzibar, from muddy shore at low tide (Crossland Coll.).

A single specimen, 320 mm. long and 65 mm. broad. The extruded proboscis was

2 mm. in breadth.

The epithelium has been macerated off, rendering the pigmented pattern in the cutis

very distinct. This pattern consists of a series of close longitudinal chocolate-brown

stripes on the dorsal surface, the stripes on the ventral surface being further apart and

rather broken up. There is a well-marked circular head-furrow.

6 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

The epithelium, such as remains, rests on a fairly stout basement-membrane,

immediately under which is the pigment. A thick layer of cutis-glands rests upon an

equally thick gelatinous layer. The head-glands are well-developed and extend in the

longitudinal muscle-layer as far behind the end of the mouth as this itself is behind the

tip of the snout ; they are found ventrally as well as dorsally, and in section appear as

a broken ring in the outer longitudinal muscle-layer.

The circulatory system shows the cephalic lacuna characteristic of this genus.

The lateral nerve-cords are somewhat more ventral than is usual.

The state of preservation renders it impossible to deal satisfactorily with the excretory

system.

The numerous eyes extend back as far as the brain-region.

The proboscis is two-layered and is without muscle-crosses.

7. Baseodiscus sordidus, sp.n. (Plate 1. fig. 9.)

Locality. Praslin, Seychelles, from the reef.

Length 200 mm., breadth in the esophageal region 4mm. Colour when preserved

in spirit a dirty green.

The epithelium rests upon a distinct basement-membrane, under which occur circular

and a few longitudinal muscles. The layer of cutis-glands is well marked, and is

approximately the same thickness as the gelatinous layer. Both epithelium and cutis

appear to contain some pigment.

In internal structure this species is of the usual Baseodiscus type. There are many

excretory ducts on each side. The head-glands reach just past the cerebral organ and

are dorsal only. The eyes are small and numerous.

8. Baseodiscus longissimus, sp. 0.

Locality. Zanzibar (Crossland Coll.).

Several specimens of a very long white form, in general shape resembling B. hemprichit.

The length of one complete specimen was over 800 mm., the breadth averages 3-4: mm.

The structural points which seem to separate this species from other members of the

genus are as follows:—The head-glands are well marked and stretch some distance

behind the brain, where they lie in the longitudinal muscle-layer ; viewed in section they

completely encircle the circular muscle-layer, but are most strongly developed dorsally

and ventrally. The proboscis-sheath is comparatively short, extending through not more

than a quarter of the length of the worm. The proboscis itself is feebly developed, but

contains both circular and longitudinal muscle-layers.

The excretory tubules are not connected by ducts passing to the exterior, such as

usually occur in the group. There are, however, slender ducts which place the excretory

system in communication with the gut *.

* A similar condition is known to occur in the following other members of the genus :—B. quinquelineatus

(Punnett, Q. J. M.S. xliv. 1900, p. 113), B. indicus (Punnett, Fauna & Geogr. Mald. & Lace. Arch. i. pt. 1,

pp. 102, 104), B. cingulatus (Coe, Biol. Bull. 1906), In connection with the last species the author has gone into

the question in some detail.

PUNNETT AND FORSTER COOPER—NEMERTEANS. 7

Numerous small and degenerate eyes occur which are entirely destitute of pigment.

The circular head-furrow is thrown up into a number of short longitudinal ridges greatly

resembling those described for B. ¢ndicus, Punnett (Fauna & Geogr. Mald. & Lace.

Arch. i. pt. 1, p. 105).

9. Baseodiscus hemprichii (Ehrbg. 1881).

Locality. Coetivy I.

Two specimens.

10. Lineus albovittatus (Biirger, 1890). (Plate 1. fig. 10; Plate 2. fig. 14.)

Literature. Birger, Zeit. f. wiss. Zool. 1890.

Punnett, R. C., Willey’s Zool. Soc. Results, pt. v. 1900.

33 Proc. Zool. Soe. 1900.

Staub, Semon’s Zool. Forschungs. 1900.

Punnett, R. C., Fauna & Geog. Mald. & Lace. Arch. pt. i.

Locality. Salomon, Chagos; on reef.

A single much-contracted specimen 80 mm. long and 5:5 broad. Colour dark olive-

green with characteristic zigzag yellowish-white band on head.

We refer this specimen to LZ. albovittatus, though it differs in one or two points from

previous records.

_ The epithelium (Pl. 2. fig. 14) is high and rests upon an exceedingly thin base-

ment-membrane; the lower portion is closely packed with greenish glandular cells, to

which the coloration of the animal is very largely due. There are distinct circular and

longitudinal muscle-layers in the cutis, and the cutis-glands are separated from the

outer longitudinal muscular layer by a sheet of gelatinous connective tissue which is

thicker than the combined cutis and epithelium.

The vascular system, which contains a corpusculated fluid, has a well-marked head-

loop. The rhynchoceelic vessel leaves the proboscis-sheath just behind the mouth-

opening at the level where the nephridial tubules cease.

The excretory system is first found at the level of the middle mouth-region, and

extends a short way behind its posterior limit; the tubules do not extend ventrally

below the nerve-cord, while dorsally they reach nearly to the rhynchoceel; they open by

a single pair of large ducts at the hinder limit of the mouth, the pores being situated

laterally close above the nerve-cords.

In the brain the dorsal lobe of the dorsal ganglion is very large. The head-slits reach

almost to the brain and are not prolonged behind the cerebral organ.

Numerous small eyes occur, mostly at the tip of the snout; a frontal organ is

present, though not of the usual form, being single instead of trifid.

Another specimen in poor condition was obtained by Mr. Crossland from Wasin,

Brit. E. Africa.

11. Lineus mascarensis, sp.n. (Plate 2. fig. 15.)

Locality. Zanzibar (Crossland Coll.).

Several specimens of this small species were obtained. The colour after preservation

8 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

in spirit is a very pale yellowish white. The head is not marked off from the body, and

the hind end is pointed ; a caudicle may have been present.

The epithelium (Pl. 2. fig. 15), which is high and packed with large unicellular

glands, rests upon a thin basement-membrane. Beneath this there is a delicate cutis

containing a few small gland-cells and some muscle-fibres. This cutis is considerably

thinner than either the epithelium or the well-marked gelatinous layer on which it

rests. The inner longitudinal muscle-layer is well developed, and has embedded in it

the cesophageal lacunze, which are consequently separated from the alimentary canal by

muscle-fibres.

The vascular system shows a cephalic loop. Large oval corpuscles are a characteristic

feature. The dorsal blood-vessel leaves the proboscis-sheath at the hind end of the

excretory system. The proboscis has three layers of muscles, and muscle-crosses are

present.

The excretory system is small. It is situated in the mouth-region and barely extends

beyond it. One pair of ducts is present, opening laterally just over the nerve-cords.

The dorsal lobe of the dorsal ganglion of the brain is well marked. The head-slits

reach about halfway to the middle line and are not prolonged behind the brain.

A frontal organ is not present. Eyes are probably represented by a few small

structures near the tip of the snout, but the state of preservation does not allow us to be

positive on this point.

12. Lineus hancocki, sp.n. (Plate 1. figs. 6 a, 6d.)

Locality. Cargados Carajos, from the reef.

A single specimen, somewhat fragmentary. The colour when preserved in spirit is a

pale yellow-green. The head is markedly spatulate and the mouth very large and open.

The general shape is much flattened, but there are no indications of side folds.

The epithelium contains numerous highly refractive unicellular glands and rests

upon athick basement-membrane. The cutis is very poorly developed and is not so thick

as the epithelium; it contains a few circular and longitudinal muscle-fibrils and a

sprinkling of small glands which abut directly upon the outer muscular layer. There is

no gelatinous layer.

A well-marked cephalic vascular loop is present.

There is no proboscis.

The excretory system starts shortly behind the posterior end of the mouth. Its range

is only 2 mm. and the tubules are not found either dorsal or ventral to the nerve-

cord, but are collected at the edge of the stomach. Careful search did not reveal any

ducts,

In the brain the dorsal lobe of the dorsal ganglion is well marked, otherwise the brain

presents no features of special interest.

The head-slits are deep, reaching nearly to the brain, and are prolonged beyond the

cerebral organs.

A single frontal organ and numerous small eyes are present.

PUNNETT AND FORSTER COOPER—NEMERTEANS.

13. Lineus indicus, sp.n. (Plate 1. fig. 2.)

Locality. Amirantes, from 19 fathoms.

A single rather slender specimen, 85 mm. in length. The hind end is pointed, the

head spatulate and mouth large. The colour of the spirit-specimen is pale green. On

the dorsal surface there is a thin white collar running across the brain-region.

There is a well-developed gelatinous layer, but the rest of the cutis is much reduced.

The vascular system shows a well-marked cephalic loop. The median dorsal vessel

leaves the proboscis-sheath at the level of the right nephridial duct.

The rhynchoccel extends a good way throughout the body, though it does not

reach the hind end.

The excretory system begins at the level of the mouth-ending ; in addition to the

usual pair of ducts there is an additional one on the left side.

There is no frontal organ.

The head-slits extend rather more than halfway to the middle line; they are not

prolonged past the brain-region.

Numerous small eyes are present on either side.

14. Lineus crosslandi, sp.n. (Plate 1. fig. 5; Plate 2. fig. 16.)

Locality. Zanzibar (Crossland Coll.).

'A single specimen of a small species 65 mm. in length and 3 mm. in breadth.

Reddish in colour when preserved, it was probably bright red in life. The tail ends in

rather a fine point, but no caudicle is visible. The extruded proboscis measures

45 mm.

The epithelium rests on a very fine basement-membrane, under which is a delicate

layer of circular muscle-fibres. The cutis-glands are comparatively small, and among

them are found a certain number of muscle-fibres. A fairly well-marked gelatinous

layer is present, and constitutes more than half the total thickness of the cutis

(Pl. 2. fig. 16).

The mouth is large, and begins just before the termination of the cerebral organs.

The vascular system has a well-marked cephalic loop. Owing to internal disruption

it is not possible to state where the proboscis-vessel leaves the sheath. The system

generally is characterised by the presence of large oval nucleated corpuscles.

The proboscis has three muscular layers, the outer longitudinal being much attenuated.

Both muscle-crosses are present.

The excretory system is found in the mouth-region, and abuts upon the vascular

lacuna which partly surrounds the cerebral organ. There is a single pair of ex-

ceedingly well-marked ducts just behind the mouth.

The testes extend dorsally nearly to the rhynchoceel and ventrally to the blood-

vessel. The ducts pass out just above the nerve-cord.

The brain is of the usual type.

The head-slits reach barely halfway to the middle line and end abruptly before the

posterior level of the cerebral organ.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 2

10 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

A few small eyes are present, and head-glands are fairly well marked. There is no

frontal organ.

15. Lineus corrugatus, McInt., 1879. (Plate 1. fig. 7.)

Locality. Cargados Carajos, 35 fathoms.

One specimen, 100 mm. long and 8 mm. broad. This agrees with the type in the

presence of eyes and the general structure of the body and skin. The only difference

that we have been able to discover is that the excretory duct occurs in the hinder

mouth-region, while in another specimen of ZL. corrugatus which we were able to

examine the ducts were situated further back.

16. Lineus orientalis, sp.n. (Plate 1. fig. 3; Plate 2. fig. 17.)

Locality. Coetivy.

A single specimen, 170 mm. long and 5 mm. in breadth.

Colour a brown-green all over, rather paler ventrally, without markings. The

cesophageal region is cylindrical, the intestinal region being rather more flattened.

The epithelium rests on a fine basement-membrane, under which is a well-developed

gelatinous layer. The cutis-glands are well developed, especially in the anterior region

(Pl. 2. fig. 17).

The vascular system shows a cephalic loop.

The proboscis is missing.

The excretory system has a single pair of well-marked ducts near the hinder end of

the system.

The cephalic slits reach about halfway to the middle line and are not prolonged

behind the brain-region.

A frontal organ and head-glands are present, but there are no eyes.

17. Cerebratulus multiporatus, sp.n. (Plate 2. fig. 18.)

Locality. Wasin, British East Africa (Crossland Coll.).

A small specimen, colourless when preserved, measuring 53 mm. in length and 2'5 in

breadth. A caudicle is present.

The epithelium (fig. 18) rests on a distinct basement-membrane, beneath which is a

delicate layer of circular muscles. The cutis is feebly developed and the glands, which

stain vividly with picric acid, are scanty ; in the postnephridial region, however, the cutis-

glands are much more highly developed and form a compact layer. In the wesophageal

region the outer longitudinal muscle-layer is about five times as thick as the circular

layer, and this again is twice as thick as the internal longitudinal layer. There is no

diagonal layer, nor is there a horizontal layer over the mouth.

The mouth-opening is situated immediately in front of the level of the termination of

the cerebral organs.

The vascular system exhibits a cephalic vascular lacuna.

The proboscis is small, but contains the usual three layers and muscle-crosses.

PUNNETT AND FORSTER COOPER—NEMERTEANS. iil

The excretory system begins soon after the mouth-region. There is more than one

duct on each side.

The brain is comparatively large and has a well-marked dorsal lobe. The head-slits

reach halfway to the middle line and are not prolonged beyond the brain-region.

Eyes and frontal organ are not present, nor could head-glands be distinguished with

certainty.

18. Cerebratulus zebra, sp.n. (Plate 1. fig. 11; Plate 2. fig. 19.)

Locality. Ceylon, from the pearl-banks of Azipu (Herdman Coll.).

About 80 mm. of the anterior end of a rather large specimen, measuring 8 mm. in

breadth.

The colour and pattern of the specimen, which is preserved in spirit, is characterized

by irregular transverse bands of dark greyish brown on a pale grey ground. In front

of the head-slits there are no markings and the ground-colour is somewhat paler.

The intestinal region is much flattened and there are well-developed side folds.

The epithelium (Pl. 2. fig. 19) is very full of unicellular gland-cells and the base-

ment-membrane is exceedingly thin. A fairly well-developed circular muscular layer

is present beneath the basement-membrane, and the cutis-glands project into the outer

longitudinal muscle-layer. Pigment-granules occur chiefly among the circular cutis-

‘muscles, but they are also found to some extent in the epithelium.

In the stomach-region the muscle-layers of the body-wall are all thick, the outer

longitudinal muscle-layer is twice as thick as the circular, which in its turn is twice as

thick as the internal longitudinal layer. Between the outer longitudinal and the

circular layers is a distinct diagonal layer. The horizontal musculature so often found

beneath the proboscis-sheath is here wanting.

The mouth is small, and begins just behind the level where the cerebral organ ends.

The alimentary canal is of the usual Cerebratulus type.

The vascular system shows a cephalic loop. The dorsal blood-vessel leaves the

proboscis-sheath a little behind the level at which the nephridial ducts are given off,

i.e., at the region where the nephridial system terminates.

The proboscis is wanting.

The excretory system possesses one pair of ducts, which open near its hinder end.

The specimen is a male with ripe spermatozoa; the genital ducts open on the dorsal

surface not far from the middle line. The head-slits are fairly deep, and extend about

halfway to the middle line ; they are somewhat prolonged past the mouth.

A small frontal organ is present. There are no eyes.

Head-glands are present, scattered through the musculature of the snout.

19. Diplopleura obockiana (Joubin, 1887).

Locality. Wasin, British East Africa (Crossland Coll.).

Colour, when preserved in corrosive sublimate, white. Ties anterior ends together

with various fragments.

12 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Our specimen agrees with Joubin’s species in possessing dorsal and ventral head-

grooves, a feature which separates it from D. formosa. As the material has only

reached us in the preserved state, we are unable to state whether the colour was pink

like that of a Joubin’s specimen. In general anatomical features, such as the reduction

of the cutis, the musculature of the side folds, and the dorsal position of the excretory

pores, the present specimens agree with the descriptions by Birger and Joubin.

20. Diploplewra sp.

A small specimen belonging to this genus was found among certain material from

the Maldive and Laccadive expedition too late for inclusion in the report of that

expedition.

[AppenpIx.—In the following Tables we have enumerated certain anatomical features

which experience has convinced us will prove of service in the classification of the species

at present included in the genera Cerebratulus, Iineus, and Micrura, and we have

tabulated these features in so far as reference to the original descriptions has allowed us.

In cases where the records are too meagre for tabulation we have nevertheless mentioned

the name of the species. Most of the terms used do not require explanation, but we

ought to mention that in the case of the head-slits the term “ not prolonged”? means that

these slits do not extend beyond the hinder limit of the brain. A large black dot in the

right-hand column opposite a species signifies that the species so marked is found in the

Indian Ocean.—R. C. P.]

9th May, 1909.

PUNNETT AND FORSTER COOPER—NEMERTEANS. 13

Excretory} Frontal

ducts organ

Eyes

‘dooy oyzqdep

“quesoid

“quesead

quasqe

-dooy o1eqtlea on

“ared ou0

‘sared Aueur

*pesuojoad

*pasuojoad you

“pue pury 07

| *pue pury 0} 4300

CEREBRATULDS.

Notr.—Nos. 1-34 are ex-

tracted from Biirger, ‘ Das

Tierreich,’ 1904. In that

publication the following

species occur which are

too insufficiently known

to be entered in these

tables, viz :—

fasciatus.

luridus.

leidyi.

pochohontas.

striolentus.

barentsi.

borealis.

aureolus.

macrostomus.

impressus.

albulus.

niger.

sinensis.

subacutus.

rubellus.

paludicolus.

caledonicus.

oleaginus.

ferrugineus

notabilis........

CN Ehoc neocon e OC

. marginatus...... 90

pantherinus

tigrinus ........

$0 11 OUR Go NS

. magelhaensicus . .

10, steeneni ..,..... *

JO EW IbES pecan *

DS velidvisierrer vis!

13. hepaticus ......

14. urticans ........

15. liguricus........

16. ventrosuleatus ..

17. anguillula ......

PGEUVIGUSE Me crelerai- s+

19. fuscus........ ou

#1 o#

***:

eae ae re ae era

21. joubini ........

22, wrugatus ......

23. cestoides........

24 eisigi .......-+.

25. melanorhynchus .

26. simulans........

eee ERR HDDS

No.8 is completed from Coe.

31. pachyrhynchus . .

32. macrorhynchus ..

33. australis ........

APENDCD |. cs cisieicivie +

BO PTACIIG! cae. «1 ai:

36. latistomachus ..

37. profundifissus. .. .

38. laureolus........

39. herculeus ......

40. occidentalis ....

41. longiceps........

42. montgomeryi ....

43. albifrons...... sid

BATES eels ues 3

45. antillensis ......

46. californiensis ....

47. lineolatus ......

48. signatus ........

49. natans serene «

50. robustus........

61. erythrus........

52. sordidus ........

53. bedfordii ......

54. brunneus ...... val os

65. insignis ........ ON es

56. ulatiformius ....J ..

57. torresianus...... Pak

68. queenslandicus ..} ..

69. haddoni ........ oe Wee

60. greenlandicus

61. maldivensis 5

62. maculatus ...... *

63. gardineri ...... *

64, ischurus........ :

65, norvegicus ......

66. longifissus ......

67. zebra ..........

68, multiporatus ....

Nos. 85-88 from Staub

(1900).

@ece0e

Nos, 89-48 from Coe

(1901-05).

Nos. 49-66 from Punnett |

(1900, ’01, 702, ’03).|

% 4%

ae a a

* 1

Pa a a

* eK:

C2028 00000060080

a a a

*e KKK!

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

—

glee

Linevs.

IEWSOCIBIIB. oop 520,515 * KO

Oy marvulus ...... ri Ute la

Sa boutanl =... .-:- “| Woe

4, atroceruleus....} .. a

5. geniculatus ....) # #

6. psittacinus...... fuller | (2

FERBTIAS ae e.t et wisi « ealee:

8. longissimus liars

9. aurostriatus re | lee

OMEN. <.5.,- «0 x | *

11. pallidus ........ WN xe

MOCO nMN seis: 0 Py | #*

13. m‘intoshii eet

TAMMbicolor 2 eis on Pan lee | hate

15S, (pelea Sa esoded * | *

16. versicolor ...... * | *

17. corrupatus......) .. | # 5

Weacollaris: s.r * 0

19. glaucus ........ *

WO, witb! Gaanaaes ve ue

21. albovittatus » |... [P®

22. auripunctatus Be ect | loro

23. lacteus, ........ * *

24, arenicola ......] * :

De GUbIUS! oe e ate/oyai ress, | eo

26s gulvus) Fee re +m |...

27. rufocaudatus .... x | *

28, coccinus........ *

29. lobianki ........ ae

30. polyophthalmus. .} So

81. nigricans ......J * |. *

SYBIAN eRe HOO [ik elites | (tes

33. molochinus ....J .. | * | #*

34. monolineatus eo) Se

35. torquatus~......J .. | # | ..

36. rubescens ......] * *

37. flavescens ...... # ;

38. pictifrons ...... Pee | Wie.

39. wilsoni ........ *:

40. albolineatus ....J .. | * | ..

41. albocinctus a eee | eae

42. australis........ * *

43. niveus ........ *

44, scandinaviensis.,} .. | *

45. cinereus...,....) * |. ae

46. mascarensis ....]?* +

47. hancocki ......} * #

48; mdicus ........) * || . *

49. crosslandi ...... Fe Mga) be

50. orientalis ...... A a | *

Micrura.

1, dellachiajei * |... 7 #

DtAREAR eo eh grea cative wl (eae

3. purpurea ...... x | *

4. aurantiaca...... Sseil| ARE ets

5. fasciolata ......J # |... *

6: candida, ..).)...)-. * |] *

7. nigrirostris 5 *

Boveri mance eciee Piya fice Ps | fee

O; pardalis) Sererielac * |, *

10. olivaris ........ # a5

11. alaskensis ...... at

UPTg autiitil sae aa eo at *

13; MGDULOSA, i.ceesfl co] weil

14, varicolor...... Bollea

LOCATE. Leseciecwine *

16. bergenicola + :

-dooy o1yeqdes ont

xe eS

Gela-

Exeretory} Frontal | Head- Rhyn- dona

ducts organ slits choceel layer

me: E

< 2

2|8 SS aleey eeval ieee Sate:

o 2 @ ° i= ° o =

5 o —|o 5 oe

3s | =e) Sen Ped | (eed ieee 8

= | : ag = a = es

= s. Ey < o a x

5 = 5

ue Se | 8

at |} a

* *

. * * *

# 5 f

* * # #

x .. | Pw [ # #

* | Hea *

Jae * |

Be ||Teen an Ee

at oo) a (ee | *

| # a4 |

545 *

(or

few)

* Tie * ane Px

* * a * *

- * ou ae

* o Px 4 * Se *

* * * * *

* a]... | #*

* *

oe ° * Are * ° oe

i oe | Nee 54

* * *

* 0 * *

* *

£0 é C * 4

* * ; A

# 5 : *

* math ae

a4 2 or (|e |) es

oe * os oe *

* * | *

Nos. 1-33 from Birger

(loc. cit.), The following

from the same source

could not be entered :—

bellus.

cingulatus,

coloratus,

schmardai.

bilineatus.

vittatus.

piperatus.

hubrechti.

tricuspidatus.

alienus.

purpureus.

No. 84 from Staub (1900).

Nos. 35-41 from Coe

(1901-05).

Nos. 42-45 from Punnett

(1900-03).

Nos. 1-18 from Coe.

Nos. 14-16 from Punnett.

Insufficiently known :—

dorsalis.

affinis.

albida.

inornata.

rubra.

ceca.

impressa.

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION TRANS. Linn. Soc, Ser.2 Zoor Vol XIII. Pl.4

(PUNNETT & COOPER)

O.FC.del by

2 NEMERTEANS FROM THE INDIAN OGEAN eo aE eS

Percy StapeN Trust EXPEDITION. Trans. LINN. Soc, SerR.2.Z00L Vol. XII. Pi.2

(Punnett & CoopErR)

06s.

. 8 13b.

——

excssannins

Ne,

mn 44 4, Pe

oe Sc.

mee- 5 ee

UT th

“ turntlesgeneie tes oe

17. ieee WEE RSELEES,

bans ee Bs

fe gene!

Oa Whe

CF C.del ea

e NEMERTEANS FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN. EWilson, lith.& imp

PUNNETT AND FORSTER COOPER—NEMERTEANS.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

1a, dorsal surface; 1 6, ventral surface.

24; 45, head, x 8.

orsal surface, X 2.

rough region of opening of cerebral organ.

rough hinder part of cerebral organ.

transverse section through oesophageal region.

Puate 1.

Fig. 1. Baseodiscus insignis, sp.n., X 2.

Fig. 2. Lineus indicus, sp.n., x 2.

Fig. 3. ,, orientalis, sp.u., X 3.

Fig. 4. Drepanophorus roseus. 4a, dorsal surface, x

Fig. 5. Cerebratulus crosslandi, sp. n., x 3.

Fig. 6. Lineus hancocki, sp.n. 6a, from side; 6), d

Fig. 7. ,, corrugatus, x 1.

Fig. 8. Tubulanus polymorphus, x 4.

Fig. 9. Baseodiscus sordidus, sp. n., x 2.

Fig. 10. Lineus albovittatus, x 2.

Fig. 11. Cerebratulus zebra, x 2.

PLATE 2.

Fig. 12. Tubulanus polymorphus, transverse section through region of cesophagus.

Fig. 13 a. Drepanophorus indicus, transverse section th

Fig. 130. * a transverse section th

Fig. 13. tp 3

Fig. 14. Lineus albovittatus, section through skin.

Fig. 15. ,, = mascarensis, section through skin.

Fig. 16. ,, crosslandi, section through skin.

Fig. 17. ,, —_ orientalis, section through skin.

Fig. 18. Cerebratulus multiporatus, section through skin.

. 19. 35 zebra, section through skin.

Abbreviations used in the Plates.

ep. = epithelium. | mec

bm. = basement-membrane. m

gl. = glands. rhyg

cugl. = cutis-glands. | os

gtl. = gelatinous layer. | co

. = circular muscle-layer of cutis.

. = longitudinal muscle-layer.

. = rhynchodeal glands.

. = esophagus.

. = cerebral organ.

Y i eT a ray

res

- ba ‘

Pend

No. II.— REPORT ON THE ECHINODERMA (OTHER THAN HOLOTHURIANS)

COLLECTED BY Mk. J. STANLEY GARDINER IN THE WESTERN

PARTS OF THE INDIAN OCEAN.

By F. Jerrrey Beir, W.A., Emeritus Professor and Fellow of King’s

College, University of London.

(Communicated by J. Stanuey Garpiner, M.4., F.R.S., F.L.S.)

(Plate 3.)

Read 5th November, 1908.

Some time since Mr. Stanley Gardiner forwarded to me the large collection of Echino-

derms made by him in the Indian Ocean; the collection was contained in about 150

bottles and tubes, together with about 20 dried specimens, and the work has beeu

laborious from the number of species placed together in one bottle.

_It is now rather more than a quarter of a century since I received a collection made

by H.MLS. ‘ Alert’ in the Western Indian Ocean ; since then considerable additions to

our knowledge of the fauna of Mauritius have been made by the admirable memoirs of

M. de Loriol, while a summary of our knowledge of the area involved is to be found in

the ‘ Echinodermen des Sansibargebietes,’ prepared by Prof. Ludwig in 1899. I do not

propose therefore on this occasion to enter into those bibliographical details in which,

to my wonder, so many zoologists appear to take delight.

Not only were the bottles and boxes numerous, but they nearly always contained

specimens belonging not only to different species but to different divisions of the phylum.

A very large number of the specimens were immature; I have no doubt that workers in

some other branches of zoology have had from time to time to complain of the description

of species drawn up from immature specimens, but I do not think that many groups

have suffered so severely as have the Echinoderms. While the study of the species of

this group was still comparatively in its infancy, a large cireumnavigating expedition

brought home considerable collections, many of which were isolated forms, which upon

examination have proved to be immature. There is reason to believe that I have myself

been at least once a sinner in this respect, but I hope to be able henceforward to put

a better restraint upon myself. I am not, let it be understood, complaining of the

existence of immature forms in this or any other collection. When we are able to get to

what is, I suppose, the real business of systematic zoologists, the study of the evolution

of the species which we and our predecessors have established, these immature forms will

prove of the highest value and interest. I have now a good collection of these forms

from various parts, and I am looking forward to the time when they shall be put to use.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 3

18 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Following the habit that I have practised for some years, I have refrained from

describing any new species of the genus Ophiothriz. It is certain that a number of

varieties have been described in this genus, and, considering the great variation seen

amongst specimens in our own seas, it is clear that the description of isolated specimens

is absolutely opposed to sound taxonomic principles. Mr. Gardiner has been kind

enough to allow the unnamed specimens of Ophiothriz to remain in the custody of the

British Museum, and anyone who sees leisure in front of him for ten or twelve years is

invited to undertake the work of revising that genus.

The collection was carefully labelled, and I have, I think, invented a method which will

put into exceedingly small compass the results of a very laborious undertaking. I can

only wish that they could have done more to settle the problems which my friend’s

expedition went out to solve, but, as was pointed out in the Report of the ‘ Alert’ five-

and-twenty years ago, there is for Echinoderms an inter-tropical marine fauna, and these

creatures naturally are found now in one island and now in another, so that they throw

no light on the relations or differences of the islands of the Western Indian Ocean.

After the studies of the happily still * living M. de Loriol, whose contributions to the

Echinoderm fauna of Mauritius are so well known, it was not to be expected that many

novelties were to be found, but there is one fine new genus which I have ventured to

dedicate to this veteran in science. In his and the three other memoirs given below,

information will be found as to most of the species in my list :—

Hartlaub, Dr. C.—Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Comatuliden-Fauna des Indischen Archipels. 120 pp.,

5 pls. Nova Acta Leop.-Carol. Deutschen Akad. d. Naturf. Bd. lviii. Nr. 1 (1891).

Loriol, P. de—Cat, Raisonné des Echinodermes 4 Ile Maurice. 64 pp.,6 pls. Mém. Soc. de Physique

d’Hist. Nat. de Genave, xxviii. No. 8 (1883). [I. Echinides & Brisingaster.|

—— Cat. Raisonné des Echinodermes 41’Ile Maurice. II. Stellérides. 84 pp.,16 pls. Op. cit. xxix.

No. 4 (1885).

— Cat. Raisonné des Echinodermes 4 /’Ile Maurice. III. Ophiurides et Astrophytides [& Crin-

oides]. Pp. 1-59, pls. xxiii._xxv. Supplement [Echinides & Stellérides], pp. 60-63, pl. xxv. fig. 6,

Op. cit. xxxii. Ist pt. No. 3 (1893).

Kehler, R.—Echinodermes recueillis par Investigator dans V’Océan Indien. Ophiures Littorales.

70 pp., 4 pls. Bull. Scient. France et Belg. xxxi. (1898).

Ludwig, Dr. L.—Echinodermen des Sansibargebietes. 27 pp. Abh. Senckenberg. naturf, Gesellschaft,

xxi. (1899) pt. 4.

List of described Species taken by Mr. Stanley Gardiner.

I. AsTEROIDEA.

Echinaster purpureus . . . . » » DR.; CC.

Acanthaster mauritiensis . . . . . Praslin; Egm.

Tanckialavigata ~~...) 1. Sees Ms CPR) Coetivyaltr.

» manmorata . |. . -) eneeerem.; (CC). iSal@haas:) Seych:

by INU OTIS). ws |. i) Ee Coey, IT.

yy ndiploge vie 6 ee SOME cm Saleenc.. ab) om:

* [This was written nearly a year ago: M. P. de Loriol Le-Fort died on the 23rd of December last.—F. J. B.,

24/4/09.

Scytaster variolatus .

Bs tuberculatus

Leiaster leachi

Pentaceros gracilis

3 nodosus

SF lincki .

Culcita coriacea

Astrodiscus elegans

Gymunasterias carinifera .

Asterina cepheus .

6 evigua

Astropecien hemprichi

Fe polyacanthus

Luidia maculata

savignit .

» hardwickii ?

Retaster cribrosus .

Acanthaster mauritiensis

”

»”

Brisingaster robillardi

Pectinura gorgonia

a rigida

Ophiolepis annulosa

Ophioplocus imbricatus

Ophionereis dubia .

Ophiocoma scolopendrina

$5 erinaceus .

a lineolata .

3 valencie .

Ophiarthrum elegans .

Ophiothrix triloba

bs longipeda .

s aspidota

Ophiomyxa robillardi .

Trichaster palmiferus .

Euryale aspera .

Gorgonocephalus verrucosus (immat.) .

Ophioteresis elegans

Neoplax ophiodes .

Cidaris metularia .

echinites (distorted) .

BELL—ECHINODERMA.

Am. 35* ; CC.; CC. 30; FA.

CC, 30.

Am.; Am. 25-80; Am. 30; Seych. 34; Coet. Rf.

SdM. 45; SdM. 55.

SdM. 45.

SdM. 46.

Seych.

Am. 44; Am, 25; SdM.

DR.; Sal.; Sal. At.; DR.; CP.; Hgm.

Seych.; SdM. 26.

Sal.; Sal. At.

SdM. 125; Praslin.

Am.; S.; Seych. 31; SdM. 47; DG. 14.

CC.

SdM.; SdM. 55.

SdM.

Seych.; CC.; Seych. 44.

Sal.

SdM.

O.; SdM. 450; Sal.

II. Opuivrorpea.

Am. 29; SdM. 26.

Am. 380.

Sal.

PR.

CP. 32.

CP.; PR.; Am. 25-80.

CP.; Egm.; Seych.; Coetivy; Am. 20-25.

CP.; Egm.; Coetivy; Am. 25-80.

CP.; Sal.; Egm.; Coetivy; Am. 25-80.

Sal.

CC. 30.

CP.; PR.; Egm.

CC.; Am. 25-80.

Amir. 30.

SdM.

Prov.

Prov. 50.

SdM. 26 & 29; Am. 29; CU. 20-50. -

SdM. 3-500; Am. 25-80 ; CC. 30.

III. Ecurnorpea.

DR.; Sal.; Sal. At.;

CP: ;

Coetivy; SdM. 29; Seych.; CC.;

Seych. 39: Seych. 34,

Egm. ;

* The numbers indicate depth in fathoms, where they vary from those given on the next page.

20 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Cidaris baculosa*® . . . . . . . . SdM.; Am.; Am.; CP.; Egm.; CC.; Am. 20-25;

SdM. 55.

si) averticiulata® . «| © SN ar CCRECR:

Phyllacanthus annulifera . . . . .« Egm.

Diademasaxatile . . . . . . » os) WReepAm, 35; PR.

Echinothrizg desorti . . . . =. . « Am; Sal.; Egm.; ? Prov.; Am. 20-25 ; CP.

5 TUL COT UM) in ee See

Astropyga radiata . . . . . . . CC.; Seych. 44; SdM.55; Praslin.

Salmacis bicolor . . . . - . ~ ~ CC. (pale var.); SdM. 47.

Echinostrephus molare . . . . . . Sal.; Sal.

Toxopneustes pileolus . . . . . . Am. 35; Seych.

Tripneustes angulosus . . . . . . DR.; Seych.; SM.; CP.

Parasalenia gratiosa . . . . . . . Egm.; CP.; CC.; Diego Lagoon.

‘Echinometra lucunter. + = ~ . © -aeDGe CCl; DR; PRe CP.

55 oblonga .\ =): (sis CER:

Echinoneus cyclostomus . . . . . . OP.

/ Fibulariavola. . . . . . . ~ ~ Seyeh.

Clypeastertiumilise ye 1 Eee A

35 subdepressum. . . , . « Am, 30.

ee SCULiOrINIS 1 so Ee SG Ma Seyen..30); \sdiMe

Echinolampas oviformis . . . . . . Am’,

Layanum decagonale. . . . . . . Am. 80; CC. 30.

Echinoneus cyclostomus . . . . . . Sal.; CP.

Maretia planulata .... =. . . COC.;8.; Seych. 39; Seych. 44; CC. 30.

3 (CHO wo. te ee eee

Lovenia subcarinata . . . . . . . Seych. 39.

Brissus unicolor . . . . . » « +) sal.

IV. Crrnoipra.

Actinometra multiradiata . . . . . Sal.; CP.

Antedon carinata . . . . . . . . SdM. 300-500; CC.; FA.; Seych. 15.

5) mapalmata' | <b) °. 14.10 eee Ae

a GU o oo 8 0 9 « 0 Seiy@rgnhe

Details of Stations.

Am. Amirante, 22-85 fms. DR. Desroches, 280 fms.

Am!, Amirante, 25 fms. Fgm. Egmont Lagoon, 6-7 fms.

Am?*. Amirante, 44 fms. FA. Farquhar Atoll, N. Reef.

Am*, Amirante, 160-209 fms. jee Providence.

At. Atoll. Prov. Providence, 70 fms.

CC. Cargados Carajos, 30 fms. PR. Praslin Reef.

CC. Cargados Carajos. S. or Seych. Seychelles.

Chag. Chagos Archipelago. Sal. Salomon.

CP. Coin Peros. SdM. Saya de Malha, 55 fms.

DG. Diego Garcia (Lagoon). O. No locality stated.

+ I am in some doubt as to the correctness of this identification. P. H. Carpenter described the species in 1881

(Notes Leyd. Mus. iii, p. 190) from, it would appear, a single specimen ; no subsequent writer that 1 know of has

eyer mentioned it.

BELL—ECHINODERMA. 21

Notes on new or rare Species.

Stereocidaris indica.

Stereocidaris indica, Doderlein, Zool. Anz. xxiii. (1901) p. 19; id. Wiss. Ergebn. deut. Tiefsee

Exped. y. 2 (1906), p. 104; H. Lyman Clark, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. li. no. 7 (1907),

p- 218.

Prof. Déderlein has pointed out the variations exhibited by this species; the specimens

collected by Mr. Gardiner appear to vary more in the length of the primary spines than

in any other particular; some of these spines are completely covered by what. is,

apparently, one species of Cirripede ; worm-tubes and Ophiurids may also find a home

on the spines, which, on the other hand, are at times singularly free of any Epizoa.

I have adopted the name given by Déderlein and accepted by Prof. Lyman Clark,

though it “is the most poorly defined and unsatisfactory genus in the family,” on the

ground that where one has not made, like Déderlein, “‘ twenty years’ study of the family ”

(cf Lyman Clark, op. cit. p. 170), or, like Prof. Clark, a profound study of the group in

question, it is unreasonable not to make use of the services such students have rendered

us. Personally, I greatly regret the dismemberment of genera which is now going on;

a general survey of systematic zoology will come to be quite impossible if large genera,

such as Peripatus, Antedon, and Cidaris, continue to be broken up by specialists, while

the works of the founders of our science will have to be re-edited and annotated.

. Saya de Malha, 150 fms.

LYSASTER, gen. nov.

This new genus is a Pentagonasterid, having some of the characters of Jconaster, in

that the supero-marginals alone form the upper part of the area, but the abactinal plates

are so loosely connected with one another that they do not form a continuous roof, and

this surface is soft to the touch. The interradial plates on the actinal surface bear a

number of short sharp spines. The sides of tle disc and arms are very deep, and the

granulation on the marginals is so regular that the median suture is often obscured.

_ This granulation is coarser on the sides of the marginals of the disc than in the median

part, so that each plate has the appearance of being sharply separated from its neighbour ;

this difference in granulation is not seen in the marginals of the arms.

As there are but two specimens, and these almost exactly alike, it is difficult to be sure

as to the specific characters, but they appear to be as follows :—

Lysaster lorioli, sp. nov. (Plate 3.)

R=2,7; about ten marginals in each half of a ray; here and there a more or less

sharp. spine on the supero-marginals of the arm; the madreporite quite close to the

supero-marginals. The ambulacral groove is bounded by a single row of moderately

developed spines, beyond which is a row of smaller and less numerous spines.

Colour in alcohol: the margins and lower surface white, the sides of the marginals of

the disc and the central abactinal area somewhat darker.

R=57'5; 55:5. Depth at angle of disc 10 mm.

Mauritius, 500-600 fms.

P50 Reyss fo tihng eo a a WATE Shy oa

WK - .

99 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

I have dedicated this species to the distinguished Swiss naturalist who has added so

much to our knowledge of the Echinoderms of Mauritius.

Iconaster gardineri, sp. nov.

I have placed three specimens of different sizes in this genus, and I may remark of

one of them that it is so minute that it does not exhibit the leading characteristic of

the genus, which is, in the words of Mr. Sladen, ‘‘supero-marginal plates united

throughout the length of the ray”; here, again, is a lesson against giving definite names

to small Starfishes. I do not notice in the new species “ peculiar valve-like plates” at

the margins of the adambulacral, but it is to be observed that they are not regularly

present in specimens of J. longimanus, which is the type of the genus; moreover, I do

not think that so inconstant a character should be used as a criterion of generic rank.

Reference is, further, made to “the character of the adambulacral armature,” but

nothing more definite is said on that point.

There is, I think, no disadvantage in placing this new species in an already recognised

genus—for the present at least; it is, as we all too well know, quite easy to make a new

genus, if thought necessary, later on.

The specific characters appear to be: R about equal to 27; body almost fiat, marginals

large, about 20 in number; granulation rather coarse, very uniform, madreporite not far

from centre of disc.

None of the specimens are quite complete.

Saya de Malha, 125 fms.

Astronyx cooper, sp. nov.

In general appearance very much like A. loveni, but the radial shields are entire, not

broken, and, in the adult, the outer arm-spine is very much longer and is not hook-

shaped.

These two characters are sufficient to distinguish the Indian Ocean species from the

northern circumpolar form. The difference in the arm-spines throws light on the im-

portance, more than once insisted on in this paper, of taking care not to diagnose species

from immature specimens ; in the two smaller examples now lying before me the spines

near the dise are small and inconspicuous, though those further out are longer. In the

longest specimen the size of all but the most proximal spines is quite striking, and, [

think, satisfies the requirements of any creator of a ‘ new species.”

Saya de Malha, 150 fms.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 3.

Vig. 1. Lysaster lorioi from below, somewhat reduced from nat. size.

Fig. 2. The same surface slightly magnified, to show the oral armature and the disposition of the

adambulacral spines.

Fig. 3. Lysaster lorioli from above, somewhat reduced from nat. size.

Fig. 4. The same surface slightly magnified, to show the loose arrangement of the dorsal ossicles.

Buu. TRANS. LINN, SOC. SER. 2, ZOOL. VOL. XIII. Pl. 3.

H. G. Herring, phot. Grout se.

LYSASTER LORIOLI.

Be tide - %

aoe >

a a! _ -- i a

¥ “~ o : Be es a - i ms ‘

7 1 > = ay ah’?

‘ ~ le @ 7 a o

+ A : - 7 a ne i ; 7 ‘ a sid mo -

s _ 7 a > 7 7 _ s - ~

if I « 2. ‘ : - =¥ _ ’ a i

* » a .) : ~ - h

~ si >. *

) y > Ay ‘

})

* i

= /

= j I

cs if

e ° ~

: * Fi ‘> i

* 7 fi

: - aa . 1 * -

w e - , 7

- - — nar 7 J

wes Ce :

os : ‘

. of ; we

Baan 4

No. IIL—ETUDE DES CIRRHIPEDES DE L’OCEAN INDIEN.

Par A. GRUvVEL.

(Communiqué par M. J. Stantry Garpiner, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.)

Lu le 17 décembre, 1908.

M. J. STANLEY GARDINER m/’a envoyé, l’année derniére, une collection de Cirrhipédes,

provenant en grande partie de Océan Indien et que des préoccupations d’un autre

ordre m’avaient empéché d’examiner jusqu’ici.

Aucune forme nouvelle pour la science n’a été rencontrée dans cette collection.

PEDONCULES.

Le sous-ordre des Pédonculés est représenté par trois genres seulement: Lithotrya,

Lepas et Alepas.

1. Genre LITHOTRYA.

1. Lithotrya dorsalis.

2. Lithotrya pacifica.

Ces formes sont localisées surtout en deux points trés voisins appartenant & J’archipel

des Chagos, a l’E.N.E. de Madagascar, ce sont les fles Salomon et les iles Peros Banhos,

trés voisines et situées 4 peu prés sur le méme paralléle. Enfin, deux échantillons

proviennent du groupe des Farquhar, a 200 milles environ seulement au N.N.E. de

Madagascar.

Borradaile a décrit en 1900, sous le nom de Lithotrya pacifica, une forme qui se

distingue surtout de Lithotrya dorsalis, Sowerby, par la présence d’une créte interne

a la caréne et le développement considérable des infra-latérales, qui peuvent atteindre la

dimension des terga. Cette espéce n’a été signalée qu’en Nouvelle Zélande.

Or, j’ai été frappé par la ressemblance de certaines formes, appartenant sans aucun

doute, a Z. dorsalis, mais qui, par la présence d'une trés légere créte médiane a l’intérieur

de la caréne et par l’allongement des infra-latérales, forment une transition trés nette

entre les deux espéces dorsalis et pacifica. Le nombre des échantillons examinés

ne me parait pas suffisant pour trancher définitivement la question, mais elle est,

maintenant, posée et la récolte de plus nombreux spécimens permettra, sans nul

doute, de la résoudre.

24 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Habitat. Lithotrya dorsalis, Sowerby ; iles Salomon (Archipel des Chagos). L’un des

échantillons examinés présente une coupe basale supplémentaire, fixée du cété rostral du

pédoncule et un peu au-dessus du niveau ot s’attache la coupe calcaire normale. Les

Farquhar (atoll).

Lithotrya pacifica, Borradaile; tiles Peros Banhos (Archipel des Chagos).

2. Genre LEPAS.

3. Lepas anserifera, L., Archipel des Chagos; cing exemplaires seulement.

4. Lepas anatifera, L., var. communis, Zanzibar (collection Crossland) ; quelques

exemplaires couverts de Bal. crenatus, Brug.

Lepas anatifera, L., var. punctata, Darw., deux exemplaires ; tiles Amirantes (Archipel

de Seychelles).

5. Lepas australis, Darw.; tiles Diego Garcia (Archipel des Chagos); nombreux

échantillons.

3. Genre ALEPAS.

6. Alepas parasita, Sander-Rang, fixé sur de petites méduses. Lune d'elles, qui

ne mesure guére que 10 mm. de diamétre, porte cing de ces crustacés. Saya de Malha,

bane situé & peu prés exactement entre l’archipel des Seychelles et celui des Chagos.

Echantillons recueillis par 90 brasses (163 m. de fond).

OPERCULES.

A.—ASYMETRIQUES.

7. Verruca kehleri, Gruvel.

Les asymétriques (genre Verruca) sont représentés dans la collection par une seule

espéce. Je n’ai pas été peu étonné de reconnaitre une forme que j'ai tout récemment

décrite avec la collection du Muséum de Calcutta, c'est V. kahleri dune forme si

particuliére.

Ces nouveaux échantillons, au nombre d’une dizaine, ont été recueillis aux iles

Cargados Carajos, 4 10 degrés, environ, 4 l’Est de Madagascar et par 30 brasses (55 m.)

de fond.

Bien que tres légérement différents par quelques détails de celui décrit par moi comme

type, il n’en est pas moins certain que ces exemplaires des Cargados se rapportent

indubitablement a la méme espéce du Muséum de Caleutta, qui avait été recueillie

également dans l’Océan Indien, mais 4 une grande distance des Cargados; c’est des

iles Andamans que proviennent le type, recucilli par 485 m. de fond, par l’Lnvestigator.

eral

GRUVEL—CIRRHIPEDES.

B.—SYMETRIQUES.

Les Operculés symétriques sont représentés dans la collection de M. Gardiner par

quatre genres seulement: Balanus, Tetraclita, Elminius et OCreusia.

1. Genre BALANUS.

8. B. tintinnabulum, L., var. communis, Darw., provenant de Zanzibar et

recouverts en partie de B. crenatus, Brug.

9. B. ajax, Darw.; tiles Salomon (Archipel des Chagos); deux exemplaires

dépourvus de leurs piéces operculaires et fixés sur des millépores.

10. B. tulipiformis, Ellis; Wasin, British East Africa; 18 m. de fond.

11. B. calceolus, Ellis; Wasin, par 18 m. de fond. Collection Crossland.

12. B. trigonus, Darw. Sur une Avicule. Iles Seychelles, par 68 m. de fond

et Wasin.

13. B. armatus, Fr. Miller. Formes jeunes, sur radioles de Cidaris. Bane de Saya

de Malha, par 55 brasses de fond.

14. B. spongicola, Brown. Iles Salomon par 110 4 220 m. de fond sur Bryozoaire

mort. Iles de la Providence au N.E. du Cap d’Ambre prés des iles Farquhar, sur

Bryozoaires, par 90 4145 m. de fond. TIles Seychelles, sur une tige de Gorgone, par

72 m. de fond.

15. B. amphitrite, Darw., var. nivews, Darw. Iles de la Providence, par 90 m. &

140 m. de fond.

16. B. crenatus, Brug., sur Lepas anatifera, L., et Bal. tintinnabulum. Wasin,

par 18 m. de fond.

2. Genre TETRACLITA.

17. T. porosa, Gm.

Var. communis, Darw. Iles Seychelles; rochers des iles Praslins (Seychelles) ;

Zanzibar (Collection Crossland).

Var. elegans, Darw. Rochers de Cargados Carajos. Une forme jeune, fixée sur un

tube de Serpulien 4 cété de deux échantillons d’ Hlminius simplex, Darw.

Var. patellaris, Darw. Rochers des Praslins.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 4,

26 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

3. Genre HLMINIUS.

18. #. plicatus, J.B. Gray. Sur coquille dHuitre. Rochers des Praslins et sur

fragments de roches provenant des iles Coétivy.

19. B. simplex, Darw. Sur tube de Serpulien. Rochers de Cargados Carajos.

4. Genre CREUSIA.

20. C. spinulosa, Leach. Sur madrépores. Bane de Saya de Malha, par 50 m.

de fond.

Distribution des Cirrhipédes dans 0 Océan Indien.

Pour terminer cette étude, il peut-étre intéressant d’indiquer, rapidement, la

distribution générale des Cirrhipédes dans l’Océan Indien.

Un grand nombre de genres sont représentés dans ces mers; plusieurs méme par un

nombre assez élevé d’espéces :

Le genre Pollicipes est représenté par P. mitella, L.; le genre Scalpellum par

Se. villosum, Leach, Se. peroni, Gray, Se. gruveli, Ann., Se. gruveli var. quadratum,

Ann., Se. aleockianum, Ann., Se. squamuliferum, Welt., Se. bengalense, Ann., Se.

acutum, Hoek, Se. velutinum, Hoek, Sc. wood-masoni, Ann., Se. tenue, Hoek, Se. nove-

zelandie, Hoek, Se. subflavum, Ann., ete. Un certain nombre d’espéces, récemment

décrites par Hoek dans l’étude des Cirrhipédes de |’ Expédition du ‘Siboga’ et signalées

aux environs des iles Timor, de la Nouvelle Guinée et des Philippines, doivent, tres

vraisemblablement, faire partie de la faune de l’Océan Indien.

Dans le genre Lithotrya, quatre espéces ou varictés sont représentées: L. pacifica, Borr.,

L. dorsalis, Sow., L. dorsalis, Sow., var. maldivensis, Borr., et L. rugata, Borr.

Bien qu’on ne puisse guére assigner de localité 4 des formes fixées sur des objets flottants,

que les courants peuvent transporter, parfois, fort lom de leur lieu dorigine, nous

devons cependant signaler la capture, dans l’Océan Indien, d’un certain nombre d’espéces

appartenant au genre Lepas: L. analifera, L. anserifera, L., et L. australis, Darw.

Citons aussi: Wegalasma carino-dentatum, Welt., et IZ. striatum, Hoek, subsp. minus,

Ann., puis, Pecilasma kempferi, Darw., et P. amygdalum, Aur.; Dichelaspis pellucida,

Darw., D. lepadiformis, Gruv., D. grayi, Darw., D. warwicki, Gray, et D. equina, Leach.

Le genre Conchoderma est seulement représenté par C. hunteri, Owen; le genre Lbla,

par J. quadrivalvis, Cuv.; enfin, le genre Alepas, par deux espéces: A. xenophore, Aun.,

et A. indica, A. Gruv.

Pour ce qui est du groupe des Operculés, j’ai décrit, moi-méme *, plusieurs espéces du

genre Verruca: V. plana, V. cristallina, V. multicostata et V. kehleri, pour les

Operculcs asymétriques.

* A. Gruvel, “ Cirrhipédes operculés de l’'Indian Muscum de Calcutta” (Mem. of the Asiat. Soc. of Bengal,

yol. ii. no. 1, pp. 1-10.)

GRU VEL—CIRRHIPEDES. D7

En ce qui concerne les Operculés symétriques, je dois signaler dans le genre

Chthamalus: C. stellatus, Ranz.; dans le genre Balanus: B. tintinnabulum, Darw.,

B. ajax, Darw., B. tulipiformis, Ellis, B. calceolus, Ellis, B. trigonus, Darw.,

B. armatus, Miill., B. spongicola, Brown, B. amphitrite, Darw., B. crenatus, Brug.,

B. perforatus, Brug., var. angustus, Gm., B. carenatus, A. Gruv., B. amaryllis, Darw.

Le genre Acasta est lui-méme représenté par: A. sporillus, Darw., A. glans, Lk.,

A. levigata, Gray, A. purpurata, Darw., A. spongites, Poli, A. suleata, Lk. Le genre

Ohelonobia par Ch. testudinaria, Ellis, et Ch. patula, Ranz. Le genre Chamesipho est

aussi représenté par Ch. scutelliformis, Darw., souvent associé a Pollicipes mitella.

Dans le genre Tefvaclita, nous avons a signaler plusieurs variétés de 7’. porosa, Gm.,

et 7’. vitiata, Darw.; dans le genre Elminius, E. plicatus, Gray, et EH. simplex, Darw. ;

dans le genre Creusia, C. spinulosa, Leach, unique espéce, du reste. Dans tous les

Madrépores de l’Océan Indien, on rencontre surtout des Pyrgoma: P. crenatum, Sow.,

P. grande, Sow., et P. mouticularie, Gray. Enfin, nous avons décrit, nous-méme, un

nouveau genre fort intéressant, le genre Pyrgopsis, avec une espece, encore unique,

P. annandalei, des Iles Andamans.

4,*

No. IV.—' SEALARK’ RHYNCHOTA.

By Wm. Lucas Distant, F.E.S.

(Communicated by J. Stantny Garpiner, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.)

(Plate 4.)

Read 17th December, 1908.

Tue collection made by Mr. Gardiner in the Seychelles comprises 40 species, viz.,

28 species of Heteroptera and 12 of Homoptera. Walker was the first to write on

the Heteroptera of these islands, and in 1872* he described 8 species collected by

Dr. Perceval Wright, one of which has been found by Mr. Gardiner.

In 1893 Bergroth and Reuter worked out the collections made by M. Ch. Alluaud

and Pére Philibert so far as the Heteroptera was concerned, and were able to enumerate

37 species fF.

As regards the Heteroptera, the 28 species collected by Mr. Gardiner include 11 not

contained in the list published by Bergroth, while that writer was able to enumerate

21 species not found by Mr. Gardiner, and Walker described 2 contained in neither

list. The total Heteroptera of the Seychelles as now recorded therefore comprise

51 species. Of the Homoptera, beyond the 12 species here enumerated I know of no

other record.

Beyond the distributional notes appended to the species it would have been well

if a more thorough comparison of the Heteroptera could have been made with the

corresponding fauna of Madagascar. The material, however, does not exist to make

this practicable. Bergroth has apparently received many Rhynchota from that large

island and has described a considerable number of genera and species in scattered

papers; but he has practically given no figures which would allow of a more precise

appreciation of those descriptions, nor has he yet published a list of those already

described.

* Cat. Heteroptera, v. (1872). t Rey. d’Entomologie, xii. (1893).

30 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Order RHYNCHOTA.

Suborder HETEROPTERA.

Family Pentatomide.

Subfamily Cydnine.

1. Cydnus pallidipennis.

Cydnus pallidipennis, Reut. ify. Fin. Vet. Soc. xxv. p. 3 (1882).

Aethus pallidipennis, Bergr. Rey. d’Ent. xii. p. 198 (1893).

Mahé.—Already recorded from the Seychelles. Originally described from West

Africa.

2. Geotomus proximus.

Geotomus proaimus, Sign. Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 1883, p. 54, t. iv. f. 163.

Praslin.— Previously recorded from La Digue and Bourbon.

Subfamily Pentatomine.

3. Nezara viridula.

Cimex viridula, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p. 444 (1758).

Nezara viridula, Dist. Biol. Cent.-Am., Rhynch. 1. p. 78 (1880), for synonymy.

Cargados Carajos Islds.; Seychelles Islds.; Mahé.—Distributed throughout the

Palearctic, Nearctic, and Ethiopian Regions, and over a large portion of the Neotropical,

Oriental, and Australasian Regions.

4. Bathycelia prelongirostris.

Bathycelia prelongirostris, Bergr. Rey. d’Ent. xu. p. 200 (1898).

Coetivy.— Originally described from Mahé.

AMIRANTEA, gen. nov.

Body oblong, a little convex; head longer than broad between eyes, concavely

sinuate a little before eyes, apically rounded, central lobe scarcely or very slightly

longer than the lateral lobes; antenne with the basal joint scarcely reaching apex

of head, second longer than first, a little shorter than third (remaining joints mutilated

in specimens examined); rostrum reaching the base of the abdomen, basal joint

enclosed between two longitudinal ridges on the under surface of the head, its apex

reaching base of head, second joint longer than third, fourth shortest, little more than

DISTANT—RHYNCHOTA. 31

half the length of third; eyes rounded, prominent, passing the anterior angles of the

pronotum ; pronotum convex, slightly longer than head, about twice as broad as long,

lateral margins oblique, posterior angles subprominently rounded, a little centrally

excavate near each lateral margin; scutellum a little shorter than head and pronotum

together, subtriangular, convex at basal area and distinctly deflected at apical area,

which is flattened, narrowed, the apex rounded ; corium with the lateral margins

convexly rounded from near base, apical margin obliquely straight, a little longer

than membrane, which passes the apex of abdomen and is thickly longitudinally

veined ; odoriferous apertures transverse, slender, widened interiorly; abdomen

beneath convex ; legs moderately slender.

Apparently allied to Gadarscama, Reut., a genus I have not seen.

5. Amirantea gardineri, sp.n. (Plate 4. figs. 1, 1a.)

Head black, very coarsely punctate, the lateral and apical margins narrowly dull

ochraceous; antennze with the first, second, and third joints ochraceous, remainder

mutilated in specimens examined ; pronotum black, coarsely punctate, the lateral

margins ochraceous, two levigate spots (sometimes united) at middle of anterior margin,

and four levigate spots in transverse series across disk, stramineous, a smooth transverse

opaque spot near each anterior angle; scutellum black, coarsely punctate and wrinkled,

a central levigate line from base to about middle and the apex ochraceous, a somewhat

large levigate spot near each basal angle stramineous ; corium piceous, punctate, basal

third of costal margin ochraceous, a discal longitudinal levigate raised line, which is

obliquely and more broadly directed inward towards apex of scutellum, pale dull

olivaceous green; membrane subhyaline, for basal two-thirds reflecting the dark

abdomen beneath; head beneath and sternum black; rostrum, cox, and legs

stramineous ; abdomen beneath bright testaceous; apical joint of rostrum black ; lateral

margins of sternum ochraceous.

Long. 11 to 124 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 5} millim.

Locality. Mahé.

Subfamily Tessaratomine.

6. Sepina seychellensis, sp. n. (Plate 4. figs. 3, 3a.)

Above fuscous-brown; membrane piceous when reflecting abdomen beneath, dull

greyish brown when expanded; head beneath and the apical and lateral margins

above ochraceous; antennze with the first and second joints ochraceous, third fuscous

at base, stramineous at apex, fourth and fifth black with their apices ochraceous;

pronotum with the margins and a central longitudinal line ochraceous ; scutellum

with a central ochraceous longitudinal line which is only plainly visible on basal half,

the apex very pale ochraceous; corium with the veins brownish ochraceous, and with a

discal greyish spot a little behind middle; connexivum ochraceous with black spots ;

body beneath, rostrum, and legs ochraceous, a broad sublateral fascia on each side of

sternum and abdomen, two central longitudinal spots on mesosternum, and a linear

spot on each side of head at base of rostrum, black; head rather longer than breadth

32 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

between eyes at base, the margins strongly sinuate before eyes, lobes about equal in

length or the apex of the central lobe very slightly prominent, coarsely punctate,

ocelli at base near eyes; antennz with the first joint slightly passing apex of head,

second longest, third a little shorter than fifth ; rostrum almost reaching the apex of

third abdominal segment; scutellum moderately convex, somewhat coarsely punctate,

obscurely transversely wrinkled, the apex depressed; corium finely punctate; meso-

sternum centrally longitudinally sulcate.

Long. 94 to 12 millim.

Locality. Seychelles Islds.

Allied to S. wrolaboides, Sign., but differing by the longer and more elongate head,

longer rostrum, &c.; from the other described species it may be distinguished by the

central pale line to the pronotum and scutellum.

Subfamily Acanthosomatine.

MAHEA, gen. nov.

Body depressed, in ¢ posteriorly attenuated. Head shorter than pronotum, about

as long as space between eyes, narrowed in front of eyes to apex, the lateral margins

concavely sinuate and with the apical margin somewhat strongly reflexed, lateral lobes

slightly longer than the central lobe, but not quite meeting in front of it; antennze

four-jointed, basal joint stoutest, about reaching apex of head, second joint longest,

about as long as third and fourth joints together, third a little longer than fourth ;

rostrum reaching the posterior coxze, second joint slightly shorter than the third and

about equal in length to the fourth; pronotum as long as broad, deflected and narrowed

anteriorly, lateral margins moderately concavely sinuate, anterior margin subtruncate,

a little produced behind eyes, posterior angles strongly produced in slender acute spines,

posterior margin concavely sinuate before scutellum; scutellum longer than broad,

transversely depressed near middle, and thence narrowed to apex, the lateral margins

a little convex before and after the medial depression ; corium somewhat narrow,

posteriorly acutely attenuated and reaching tle middle of the membrane, their posterior

inner margins concave, membrane slightly passing the apex of the abdomen, the veins

longitudinal; sternum with a raised longitudinal process between the anterior and

posterior coxze ; abdomen beneath centrally longitudinally ridged, on each side obliquely

deflected, in the ¢ with an acute spine on the posterior angles of the apical segments,

in the 2 more continuously spined from base, the spines on basal area very short,

and the third spine before apex broadened, flattened, and toothed; legs simple, the

posterior tibize curved; the @ is also less posteriorly attenuated than in ¢ ; tarsi

with two joints.

7. Mahea sexualis, sp.n. (Plate 4. figs. ¢ 4,4a; 2 7.)

Head ochraceous, with coarse brown punctures, two longitudinal series of black

punctures on each side of the lateral lobes; antennz castaneous, the basal joint more

DISTANT—RHYNCHOTA. 33

or less shaded with black; pronotum ochraceous, thickly coarsely brownly punctate,

the posterior angles castaneous, slenderly acutely produced and slightly directed

backward, the margins narrowly paler, and a central pale longitudinal line sometimes

almost obsolete; scutellum ochraceous, the basal area (excluding lateral margins) almost

entirely castaneous, sparingly coarsely punctate, a distinct central longitudinal raised

line on apical area; corium brownish ochraceous, thickly punctate; membrane piceous

brown, the apical margin much paler; body beneath and legs ochraceous, a black spot

between anterior and intermediate coxze, lateral areas of sternum and base of abdomen

more or less suffused with bright castaneous, apex of rostrum and apices of posterior

femora piceous blac <.

Long., ¢ 84, 2 9 millim.; exp. pronot. angl., ¢ 9, 43 millim.

Locality. Mahé.

Dr. Schouteden has kindly sent me a ¢ specimen of this species from Madagascar.

Family Coreide.

Subfamily Coreinee.

Division ANISOSCELARIA.

8. Leptoglossus membranaceus.

Cimex membranaceus, Fabr. Spec. ii. p. 351, 79 (1781).

Amirante Islands, Mahé, Praslin.—A very widely distributed species, found through-

out British India, the Malay Peninsula and Archipelago to Australasia, and not

uncommon in Tropical and Southern Africa.

Subfamily Pseudophloine.

9. Acanthomia horrida.

Syromastes horrida, Germ. in Siber. Rey. v. p. 145 (1837).

Mahé.—Recorded also from Mauritius and South Africa.

10. Stenocephalus punctipes.

Stenocephalus punctipes, Stal, En. Hem. iii. p. 85 (1873).

Mahé.— Originally described from Madagascar.

Subfamily Alydine.

Division LEPTOCORISARIA.

11. Leptocorisa apicalis, Westw. in Hope Cat. ii. p. 18 (1842).

Mahé.—Originally described from West Africa, also recorded from Mauritius and

Madagascar.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL, XIII. 5

o4 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Division ALYDARIA.

12. Hypselopus intermedius, sp. n.

Above obscure ferruginous; head with a black spot surrounding each ocellus ;

antenne with the first and second joints reddish testaceous, the apex of the second

joint black, third joint reddish testaceous, with the basal third luteous and its extreme

apex black, fourth joint fuscous, with a subbasal annulation and the apex luteous ;

pronotum with a basal fascia which includes the lateral angles dark castaneous ; apex

of scutellum luteous; membrane bronzy brown; body beneath pale ochraceous, the

abdomen with a greyish tint; two oblong discal black spots to mesosternum, placed

one above each intermediate coxa, which are also marked by a transverse black line;

anterior and intermediate femora reddish brown, the tibiz and tarsi more ochraceous,

posterior femora fuscous, posterior tibize and tarsi castaneous brown ; the tibize with the

basal third ochraceous ; antenne finely pilose, the basal joint more strongly pilose and

projecting beyond the apex of head by about two-thirds of its length; central lobe

of head distinctly prominent at apex, the head strongly punctate on apical and lateral

margins, a central longitudinal incised impression on its basal half; pronotum rugose,

punctate, the lateral angles subacutely prominent, the subanterior margin gibbose ;

scutellum thickly punctate and slightly wrinkled ; corium somewhat sparingly finely

punctate ; rostrum reaching the intermediate cox, its apex black; abdomen beneath

finely tomentose, a fine central longitudinal incised line, the segmental margins and

the spiracles black ; posterior femora not extending beyond the apex of the abdomen,

pale, with a few black spines beneath on their apical halves, spines and hairs on

apical halves of posterior tibize beneath black; posterior tarsi with the basal joint

almost twice as long as remaining joints together.

Long. ? (including membrane) 19 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 43 millim.

Locality. Mahé.

Family Lygeide.

Subfamily Lygeine.

Division ORSILLARIA.

13. Nysius cargadosensis, sp.n. (Plate 4. figs. 6, 6a.)

Head brownish, coarsely punctate, broad lateral fasciz at inner margins of eyes black,

the apical half of the central lobe ochraceously pilose and margined with black ;

antennee brownish ochraceous ; pronotum ochraceously closely pilose and coarsely

blackly punctate, a raised transverse black line before anterior margin; scutellum

piceous, thickly coarsely punctate, the apex greyish ochraceous; corium greyish

ochraceous, irregularly mottled with fuscous, more prominently so on apical margin

and longitudinally on disk ; membrane pale hyaline ; body beneath more or less piceous

DISTANT—RHYNCHOTA. 30

or black; sternal segmental margins, legs, and posterior central disk of abdomen

(where there is a longitudinal black spot) ochraceous; legs more or less punctured

with black, the posterior femora infuscate; first joint of antenne strongly incrassate,

second longer than third, fourth thickened, cylindrical.

Long. 4 millim.

Locality. Cargados Carajos Islands.

Subfamily Aphaninee.

Division CLERADARIA.

14. Clerada apicornis.

Clerada apicornis, Sign. in Maillard, Notes sur l’Ie de la Réunion, Ins. p. 28, pl. xx. f. 8 (1862).

Le Craze.—Recorded from Réunion, Samoa, Mexico, Venezuela, and the West Indies,

and apparently not uncommon in British India.

Division RHYPAROCHROMARIA.

15. Budeus circumcinctus.

Rhyparochromus circumcinctus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 97 (1872).

- Desroches, Coetivy.—Originally described from the Seychelles.

Division APHANARIA.

16. Dieuches annulatus.

Rhyparochromus annulatus, Sign. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1860, p. 949.

Mahé, Coetivy, Farquhar Atoll, Amirante.—Also found in Madagascar.

17. Dieuches sp.

Praslin.—One example of an undetermined species.

18. Letheus punctus.

Letheus punctus, Bergr. Rev. d’Ent. xii. p. 203 (1893).

Praslin.—Originally described from the Seychelles.

Family Pyrrhocoride.

Subfamily Pyrrhocorine.

19. Scantius forsteri.

Cimex forsteri, Fabr. Spec. Ins. ii. p. 368 (1781).

Farquhar Atoll.— Widely distributed in the Ethiopian Region including Madagascar ;

also recorded from Syria.

36 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

20. Dysdercus ortus,sp.n. (Plate 4. fig. 18.)

Head and rostrum testaceous red, the latter with the apical joint piceous or black ;

antennze black, extreme base of first joint testaceous red; pronotum ochraceous, witha large

black subquadrangular patch occupying basal half of disk but not reaching the posterior

or lateral margins, lateral margins connected with a broad transverse subanterior fascia,

testaceous red ; scutellum black, its apex sometimes testaceous ; corium pale ochraceous,

with a transverse black spot on each tegmen near apex of claval suture; membrane

black, the margins very narrowly greyish; sternum testaceous red, anterior and posterior

margins of prosternum, posterior margins of meso- and metasterna, and the acetabula

ochraceous, lateral areas of meso- and metasterna more or less black ; abdomen beneath

ochraceous, anterior segmental margins more or less black, the lateral margins irregularly

testaceous red ; legs black, coxze, trochanters, and anterior femora beneath testaceous red ;

first, second, and fourth joints of antennz subequal in length, third shortest; anterior

margin of pronotum posteriorly closely wrinkled, the space represented by the subanterior

red fascia convexly raised and profoundly incised at each margin, the lateral margins

somewhat laminately reflexed, the black disk obscurely punctate and with a central

pale longitudinal line; scutellum moderately globose ; corium thickly punctate, anterior

femora finely spined beneath and with two prominent spines near apex; rostrum

reaching middle of abdomen.

Long. 12 to 14 millim.

Locality. Praslin, Cousin Isld.

The collection contained a fairly long series of specimens of this species, all of which

are quite constant in character.

Family Hydrometride.

Subfamily Hydrometrine.

21. Hydrometra ambulator.

Hydrometra ambulator, Stal, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Porh. xii. p. 45 (1855).

Mahé.—Also found in Southern Africa.

Subfamily Veliinee.

22. Rhagovelia nigricans.

Velia nigricans, Burm, Handb. ii. p. 213 (1835).

Mahé, Praslin.—Also recorded from Rodriguez, Abyssinia, Egypt, Syria, and Ceylon.

DISTANT—RHYNCHOTA. 37

Subfamily Gerrine.

Division GERRINARIA.

23. Gerris (Limnogonus) cereiventris.

Gerris cereiventris, Sign. in Maillard, Notes sur I’Le de la Réunion, p. 80 (1862).

Mahé, Praslin.—Originally described from Réunion.

24. Gerris (Limnogonus) dolosa.

Limnogonus dolosus, Bergr. Rey. d’Ent. 1893, p. 203.

Coetivy, La Digue (fide Bergroth).

Division HALOBATINARTIA.

25. Halobates alluaudt.

Halobates alluaudi, Bergr. Rev. d’Ent, 1893, p. 204.

Coetivy, Amirante, Chagos Islds.—Mahé, Port Victoria, and Praslin (fide Bergroth).

Family Reduviide.

Subfamily Eetrichodiine.

MASCAREGNASA, gen. nov.

Head moderately short and broad, the postocular much longer than the anteocular area,

the central lobe distinctly prominent, obliquely and somewhat convexly narrowed from

eyes to base, where it is attached to a distinct pronotal collar; ocelli close together on

disk, almost between posterior margins of eyes; antennze with the first joint about as

long as head and pronotum together, second joint slightly shorter than first, remaining

joints mutilated in unique typical specimen; rostrum reaching the anterior coxze,

robust, basal joint short, second not quite reaching base of head; sternum and abdomen

beneath with a central longitudinal impressed line; pronotum with the posterior lobe

considerably longer than the anterior lobe, the latter armed with two long acute spines

on each lateral margin, and a shorter more erect spine before and almost between them,

the posterior lobe obliquely deflected from base towards the anterior lobe, with a central

longitudinal impression, two rounded eallosities on its posterior margin, the lateral

angles subspinously prominent, the basal margin moderately excavate before scutellum,

its lateral margins nearly straightly oblique; scutellum broader than long with three strong

foveations at base, the central one broadest, and with two apical spinous angulations

which are a little curved inwardly; tegmina not quite covering the margins of the

38 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

abdomen, the membrane very large and broad, much longer than corium, the latter with

the whole of its narrow apical area somewhat prominently raised ; legs moderate in size

and length, anterior tibiz distinctly a little spatulately outwardly produced at apex, the

tibize and femora subequal in length, posterior tarsi mutilated in type.

26. Mascaregnasa typica, sp.n. (Plate 4. figs. 9, 9 a.)

Head, pronotum, scutellum, body beneath, and legs ochraceous ; first and second joints

of antenne (remainder mutilated in type), eyes, a spot near anterior coxe, and a large

spot on each lateral area of the mesonotum, piceous or black; corium and membrane

black, the veins and apical angles of the corium pale testaceous ; head and pronotum

very densely and finely granulose ; connexivum moderately exposed and slightly angu-

late at the segmental apices; other structural characters as in generic diagnosis.

Long. 6 millim.

Locality. Mahé.

Family Nepide.

27. Ranatra grandocula.

Ranatra grandocula, Bergr. Rev. d@’Ent. 1893, p. 207.

Mahé.—Madagascar (fide Bergroth).

Family Notonectide.

28. Anisops varius.

Anisops varius, Fieb. Abh. bohm. Ges. Wiss. (v.) 7, p. 483 (1851).

Praslin, Mahé, Coetivy—Also found in South Africa.

Other Species of Heteroptera recorded from the Seychelles, but not contained

in this Collection.

Family Pentatomide.

29. Nezara acuta.

Rhaphigaster acutus, Dall. Cat. Hem. i. p. 277 (1851).

Recorded from Mahé (Bergroth).—Widely distributed in Tropical Africa.

Family Coreide.

30. Serinetha toricollis.

Serinetha toricollis, Bergr. Rey. d’Ent. xii. p- 200 (1893).

Described from Mahé.

DISTANT—RHYNCHOTA. 39

Family Lygeide.

31. Ninus sechellensis.

Ninus sechellensis, Bergr. Rev. d’Ent. xii. p. 201 (1893).

Described from Mahé.

32. Pachygrontha bipunctata.

Pachygrontha bipunctata, Stil, Hem. Afr. ii. p. 149 (1865).

Recorded from Mahé (Bergroth).—Originally described from the Mauritius.

33. Paromius seychellesus.

Plociomerus seychellesus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 120 (1872).

Described from the Seychelles; also found in Ceylon, Burma, and Japan.

34. Pamera reducta.

Plociomerus reductus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 120 (1872).

Originally described from the Seychelles.

30. Pamera vincta.

Pamera vincta, Say, New Harm. Ind. (1831) ; id. Compl. Writ. 1. p. 333 (1859).

' Pamera parvula, Bergr. Rev. d’Ent. xii. p. 198 (1893).

Very widely distributed: common in British India, recorded from Christmas Island

and Tahiti; occurs in South Africa; described by Say from North-Americim specimens.

As Pamera parvula, Dall., recorded by Bergroth from Mahé.

36. Stilbocoris solivagus.

Stilbocoris solivagus, Bergr. Rev. d’Ent. xii. pp. 201-2 (1893).

Described from Mahé.

37. Diniella nitida.

Dinia nitida, Reut. Ofv. Finska Vet. Soc. Férh. xxv. p. 24 (1882).

Originally described from West Coast of Africa; recorded by Bergroth from La Digue.

38. Dieuches placidus.

Beosus placidus, Stal, Hem. Afr. ii. p. 171 (1865).

Recorded by Bergroth as from Mahé; originally described by Stal from Bourbon.

Family Pyrrhocoridz.

39. Dysdercus fasciatus.

Dysdercus fasciatus, Sign. Aun. Soc. Ent. Fr. (8) vill. p. 954 (1861).

Widely distributed—Recorded from West and East Africa and from Madagascar.

40 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Bergroth has recorded it from Seychelles on the strength of a specimen so labelled in the

collection of his late critical target, Fallou.

40. Dysdercus nigrofasciatus.

Dysdercus nigro-fasciatus, Stil, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1855, p. 36.

Widely distributed in tropical and subtropical Africa—Bergroth states that he has seen

the species from Mahé.

Family Aradide.

41, Pictinus invalidus.

Brachyrrhynchus invalidus, Bergr. Rev. d’Ent, xii. p. 200 (1898).

Pictinus invalidus, Bergr. Entomol. Tidskr, xy. p. 109 (1894).

Recorded as from La Digue.

Family Reduviide.

42. Oncocephalus angulatus.

Oncocephalus angulatus, Reut. Act. Soc. Sc. Fenn. xii. p. 696, t. i. f. ii. (1883).

Originally described from the Mauritius.—Recorded from Seychelles by Bergroth.

43. Oncocephalus sordidus.

Oncocephalus sordidus, Stal, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1855, p. 44.

Recorded from Mahé by Bergroth.—Found in South and East Africa, Madagascar, and

Reunion.

44. Conorhinus rubrofasciatus.

Cimex rubrofasciatus, de Geer, Mém, iii. p. 349, t. xxxy. f. 12 (1778).

Recorded from Mahé.—Outside the Palearctic Region this species is very widely

distributed.

45. Arbela elegantula.

Arbela elegantula, Stil, Hem. Afr. iii. p. 42 (1865).

Originally described from Bourbon.—Recorded by Bergroth as from Mahé.

46. Nabis capsiformis.

Nabis capsiformis, Germ. in Silb. Rey. v. p. 182 (1837).

Recorded from Mahé.—Also found in Palzearectic, Oriental, Ethiopian, and Nearctic

Regions.

DISTANT—RHYNCHOTA.

Family Ceratocombide.

47. Ceratocombus insularis.

Ceratocombus insularis, Reut. Rey. d’Ent. xii. p. 208 (1898).

La Digue.

Family Capside.

48. Trigonotylus ruficornis, var. tenuis.

Trigonotylus ruficornis, var. tenuis, Reut. Rey. d’Ent. xii. p. 208 (1893).

Mahé.

49. Collaria improvisa.

Collaria improvisa, Reut. Rey. d’Ent. xii. p. 208 (1893).

Mahé.

50. Cyrthorrhinus parviceps.

Cyrthorrhinus parviceps, Reut. Rey. d’Ent. ix. p. 258 (1890).

Described from Egypt, but subsequently recorded from Mahé.

Family Anthocoride.

51. Lastochilus alluaudi.

Lasiochilus alluaudii, Reut. Rev. d’Ent. xii. p. 209 (1893).

La Digue.

Suborder HOMOPTERA.

Family Cicadide.

Subfamily Cicadine.

Division PoLyNEURARIA.

52. Yanga andriana.

Platypleura andriana, Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1899, p. 476, t. xvi, f. 2.

Yanga andriana, Dist. Syn. Cat. Hom. part 1, Cicadide, p. 17 (1906).

Praslin, Mahé.—Originally described from Madagascar.

Division CICADARIA.

53. Cicada pulverulenta. (Plate 4, figs. 8, 8a, 80.)

Cicada pulverulenta, Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1905, p. 199,

Praslin, Mahé, Le Craze.—Also found in Madagascar.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 6

42 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Family Fulgoride.

Subfamily Lophopinee.

IVINGA, gen. nov.

Vertex subquadrate, extending beyond the eyes, the margins ridged, the carination

of the face appearing at the apex of vertex as four small acute points; face a little

longer than broad, moderately narrowed towards apex, which is concavely sinuate, the

lateral margins carinate, and with two central longitudinal carinations which scarcely

reach the apex ; clypeus longer than broad, somewhat swollen, with a distinct central

longitudinal carination; pronotum short, broad, about as long as vertex, the anterior

margin a little roundly produced, the posterior margin slightly concave before mesonotum,

with two central carinations, between which are two small tubercles, lateral margins

sinuate, posterior lateral angles somewhat subacutely prominent, the margins of the

prosternum seen on each side above and obliquely transversely carinate ; mesonotum

almost as long as pronotum and vertex together, moderately globose on anterior area, with

a faint central longitudinal carination and distinctly transversely impressed before apex ;

legs of moderate size, the anterior trochanters longly produced, posterior tarsi with the

basal joint short and incrassate; tegminaa little more than twice as long as broad, costal

margin arched to a little before middle, then deflected to apex, which is rounded, posterior

claval margin almost straight and extending to apex, which is posteriorly subangulate,

costal membrane broad, obliquely transversely veined, remaining surface above clavus

more or less reticulately veined, claval vein extending to apex, clavus somewhat indistinctly

transversely veined ; wings shorter than tegmina, with transverse veins defining some-

what long apical cells.

54. Ivinga typica,sp.n. (Plate 4. figs. 2, 2a.)

Head, pronotum, mesonotum, sternum, and legs dark ochraceous; abdomen ahove

and beneath pale ochraceous ; tegmina very pale ochraceous, with the veins dark

ochraceous; wings white, subhyaline; eyes pale castaneous; structural characters as in

generic diagnosis.

Long. excl. tegm. 7 millim.; exp. tegm. 17 millim.

Locality. Mahé.

Subfamily Ricaniine.

Division RICANIINARTA.

55. Privesa infusca, sp.n. (Plate 4. figs. 5, 5a.)

Body and legs piceous brown; eyes ochraceous, transversely striped with piceous;

clypeus, rostrum, sternum, and femora paler and more ochraceous ; tegmina piceous or

piceous brown, central and posterior claval margins brownish ochraceous, the costal

margin broadening before a black stigmatal spot which is slightly margined with white

DISTANT—RHYNCHOTA. 43

on each side, a discal white suffusion formed by small spots beyond middle, and two sub-

marginal white spots, one near apex and the other below it ; wings hyaline, the venation

and a broad marginal fascia black; head short, transverse, the margins ridged and with

three longitudinal ridges, one central, the others sublateral; face finely and densely

granulose, with three longitudinal ridges, the central ridge straight, the other two sub-

lateral and curved; clypeus with a distinct central ridge, which neither reaches base nor

apex; rostrum reaching the intermediate coxe ; pronotum with a central longitudinal

ridge, on each side of which is a small tuberculous spot ; mesonotum with three longi-

tudinal ridges, one central, the others sublateral and united anteriorly at the apex of the

central ridge; posterior tibize with two strong spines, one at and the other before apex ;

teginina with the apical margin considerably shorter than the inner margin, the apex

obtusely rounded.

In some specimens the white macular markings to the tegmina are almost obsolete.

Long. excl. tegm. 8 millim.; exp. tegm. 22 to 23 millim.

Locality. Mahé, Praslin.

Division NOGODINIARIA.

OSAKA, gen. nov.

’ Head including eyes a little broader than pronotum, eyes directed backward and almost

extending to the pronotal basal lateral angles; vertex very short and transverse, the

anterior and posterior margins truncate, the former almost on a line with the anterior

margins of the eyes, tricarinate, the carinations continuous with the same number on the

face, which is about as broad as long, the lateral margins moderately convex, distinctly

deflected towards base of clypeus, basal margin straightly truncate and obscurely ridged ;

clypeus with a strong central longitudinal ridge, the lateral margins more obscurely

ridged ; pronotum short, but nearly twice as long as vertex, its anterior margin truncate

between the eyes, lateral margins oblique, the posterior margin subangularly concavely

sinuate, strongly centrally longitudinally ridged; mesonotum large, twice as long as

pronotum, centrally tricarinate, the central carination straight, the lateral carinations

deflected anteriorly and meeting at the apex of the central one; tegmina much longer

than abdomen, about half as broad as long, apically widened and rounded, costal membrane

transversely veined, the radial area beneath it as far as stigmatal spot without veins, four

series of transverse veins defining five series of cellular areas, two at end of basal cell

longer than three discal near middle, these are followed by about six long cells, the ante-

apical cells more numerous and a little longer than the apical cells, some of which are

bifureate, claval vein united to anterior claval margin at a little beyond its middle, and

again united with its posterior margin by two rather obscure but robust transverse veins ;

wings with two transverse veins near middle; posterior tibize with two strong spines.

4A, PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

56. Osaka hyalina, sp.n. (Plate 4. figs. 15, 15 a.)

Body ochraceous brown, legs paler and more ochraceous; ridges to vertex, pro- and

mesonota paler in hue; face paler ochraceous brown, densely finely punctate, the

carinations ochraceous, the lateral carinze outwardly spotted with brown; clypeus pale

ochraceous brown, densely finely punctate, the central and marginal ridges ochraceous ;

tegmina hyaline, the veins piceous, a somewhat large costal stigmatal spot, the claval

area behind claval vein brownish ochraceous ; wings hyaline, the veins piceous.

Long. excl. tegm. 44 millim.; exp. tegm. 13 millim.

Locality. Mahé.

57. Osaka relata, sp. n.

Allied to O. hyalina, but smaller ; body and legs ochraceous not olivaceous brown; face

pale ochraceous, apically more oblique towards clypeus, the spots at outer margins of

lateral carinz smaller and paler in hue.

Long. excl. tegm. 4 millim.; exp. tegm. 11 millim.

Locality. Cousin Islands, Seychelles.

Subfamily Delphacine.

Genus UGYOPS.

Ugyops, Guér. Voy. Ind.-Orient. Bélanger, Zool. p. 477 (1834).

Hygiops, Amy. & Serv. Hist. Hém. p. 511 (1843).

Bidis, Walk. List Hom. Suppl. p. 85 (1858).

Hygyops, Stal, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 175 (1866).

I have retained the name Ugyops, Guér., for this genus for the following reasons :—

(1) It is the earliest and original name. (2) Although Aimyot and Serville substituted

Hygiops for it, “Le nom avait été fautivement écrit Ugyops,’ Hygiops cannot be

accepted as final, for (3) Stal has again altered it to Hygyops. Itis therefore, I think,

better to accept the usual priority in this case, though the name is of faulty construction,

than to embark on this conflict in emendation.

58. Ugyops senescens, sp.n. (Plate 4. figs. 16, 16.)

Vertex, pronotum, and mesonotum very pale luteous; vertex with the apical and

lateral margins and a central longitudinal line black ; pronotum with a central castaneous

line not reaching apex, and two black spots on each lateral area; mesonotum with

a central longitudinal castaneous line, on each side of which is a more obscure curved

line, and two black oblique lines on each lateral area, between which the colour is much

darker; abdomen above pale luteous, a central line and the posterior segmental margins

castaneous, the lateral and apical areas broadly irregularly piceous ; face, clypeus, sternum,

and legs very pale luteous, face spotted with black, the spots arranged in four longitudinal

series, those on each side of the central sulcation most distinct, the marginal series more

obscure ; clypeus with two piceous spots near base and two near apex; abdomen beneath

DISTANT—RHYNCHOTA. 45

more or less piceous; apices of femora, three annulations to anterior and intermediate

tibize, apices of tarsi and apex of rostrum piceous ; vertex considerably projecting in front

of eyes; face elongate, much longer than broad, narrowest at base and widened towards

clypeus, which is also elongate but shorter than face ; posterior tibize with a long robust

apical spur ; antennze with the first joint a little shorter than the second, the first apically

fuscous and the second biannulated with fuscous ; tegmina subhyaline, the veins

alternately ochraceous and black, the apical margin distinctly black-spotted, costal margin

ochraceous; wings hyaline, the veins mostly black.

Long. excl. tegm. 8 millim.; exp. tegm. 14 millim.

Locality. Praslin, Desroches.

Family Cercopide.

Subfamily Aphrophorine.

59. Ptyelus mahei, sp. un. (Plate 4. figs. 14, 14a.)

Piceous or piceous brown; lateral and apical margins of the vertex narrowly ochraceous,

containing two small black spots at apex; scutellum with a central black spot at base ;

body beneath and legs piceous, apices of the femora, bases of the anterior and intermediate

tibie, and the whole of the posterior tibia and tarsi pale ochraceous ; vertex considerably

shorter than the pronotum, obscurely thickly finely punctate, about half as long as

breadth between eyes, convexly rounded anteriorly, the margin somewhat reflexed;

pronotum obscurely thickly finely punctate, a central incised longitudinal line on

anterior area, and a central raised longitudinal line on posterior area; scutellum very

finely transversely wrinkled; tegmina densely finely punctate; rostrum reaching the

intermediate coxz, testaceous at base, black at apex ; face centrally finely granulose,

transversely striate on lateral areas; posterior tibize with two strong spines.

Long. 8 millim.

Locality. Mahé,

Family Jasside.

Subfamily Bythoscopine.

GALBOA, gen. nov.

Vertex very short, angular, obliquely directed in front of eyes, which almost extend

to the lateral pronotal angles; face broader than long, strongly centrally longitudinally

carinate ; ocelli placed near apex of face between eyes, farther apart from each other than

from eyes, about as far apart from central carination as from eyes ; clypeus not visible

in the strongly carded typical specimen ; pronotum about as long as scutellum, conically

produced in front, angularly concave at base, the lateral angles broadly angulate but not

produced ; scutellum broad, subtriangular, an angulate impressed line before apical area ;

46 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

and thickly finely Bicailoses

This genus by the structure of the head and pronotum strongly resembles" Tart ‘

Stal, belonging to the subfamily Jassinze, but the position of the ocelli clearly, we —

Galboa in the Bythoscopine.

60. Galboa typica, sp.n. (Plate 4. fig, 11.)

Pale fuscous brown, scutellum and legs more ochraceous; vertex darkly granulose on

its anterior margin; face thickly, darkly, coarsely, irregularly punctate, the central

longitudinal carinate line ochraceous ; pronotum rugulose and coarsely punctate, the

extreme basal margin ochraceous; scutellum sparsely, coarsely, brownly punctate, the

apical area almost unicolorous ; tegmina with the veins palely granulose ; legs pale ochra-

ceous, the posterior tibiv thickly spotted with black near the bases of the spinules,

anterior and intermediate femora with a longitudinal black spot on upper surface; tarsal

claws black. \

Long. 5 millim. ’

Locality. Mahé.

Subfamily Jassinee (including Acocephaline).

Division HECALUSARIA.

61. Chelusa seychellensis, sp.n. (Plate 4. fig. 12.)

Sordidly pale ochraceous; vertex with two small black spots on apical margin and

three central similar spots on basal margin; pronotum with two small black spots on

each side of disk, placed one above the other, the uppermost smallest and somewhat

indistinct ; scutellum with a black marginal spot on each side a little before the middle —

and a similarly coloured spot before apex ; a somewhat broad black longitudinal fascia

near the lateral margins of pro- and mesosterna; anterior and intermediate femora

spotted with black on their apical areas, posterior femora with the apical area black above,

posterior tibize longitudinally black above, all the tarsal claws black; (body beneath

imperfectly seen, owing to the unique typical specimen being carded); vertex about as

long as breadth between eyes, flat, centrally depressed, somewhat conically rounded

at apex; pronotum about as long as vertex, both of which are irregularly, sparsely, finely,

darkly punctate ; tegmina with the veins prominent and margined with darker punctures.

Long. 8 millim.

Locality. Farquhar Atoll.

Division JASSUSARIA.

62. Jassus indicus.

Celidia indica, Walk. List Hom. iii. p. 855 (1851).

Jassus indicus, Dist. Faun. B. I., Rhynch. iv. p. 327, f. 210 (1908).

Mahé.—Found throughout British India.

Vou. XILI Pu. 4:

2, ZOOw.

SER.

Trans. Linn. Soc.

Distant.

West, Newman pros.

H. Knight del.

RiMNCGLOnhA FROM iE SB VChir IRE ES:

DISTANT—RHYNCHOTA.

Division ATHYSANUSARIA.

63. Athysanus insularis, sp.n. (Plate 4. figs. 10, 10a.)

Greyish white or very pale flavescent ; vertex with a transverse arched piceous line

broken in the middle and not reaching the eyes; scutellum with

a small black spot near each basal angle ; body beneath and legs pale ochraceous ; tegmina

subhyaline, the veins pale flavescent; vertex a little shorter than pronotum, about half

as long as breadth between eyes, convexly rounded in front of eyes, ocelli on margin

a little in front of eyes; face about as long as breadth at base; scutellum strongly

transversely impressed before apical area; tegmina passing the apex of the abdomen.

between the eyes,

Long. 34 to 4 millim.

Locality. Amirantes; Eagle Isld.

I know of no other recorded species from the Seychelles, at least I have none amongst

my notes.

Fig.

Vig.

Fig.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 4.

1. Amirantea gardineri, g. et sp. n.

la. Sternum of same showing odoriferous aperture.

2. Ivinga typica, g. et sp. n.

2a. Face and clypeus of same.

3. Sepina seychellensis, sp. n.

3a. Sternum of same showing odoriferous aperture.

4. Mahea sexualis, 8, g. et sp. n.

4a. Sternum of same showing odoriferous aperture.

5. Privesa infusca, sp. 0.

5a: Face and clypeus of same.

6. Nysius cargadosensis, sp. u.

6a. Side view of sternum of same.

7. Mahea sexualis, 9, g. et sp. n.

8. Cicada pulverulenta, Distant, 3.

8a. Face and clypeus of same.

86. Ventral surface of abdomen showing opercula.

9. Mascaregnasa typica, g. et sp. 1.

9a. Side view of head and pronotum showing rostrum.

10. Athysanus insularis, sp. 0.

10a. Face and clypeus of same.

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

. 11. Galboa typica, sp. n.

g. 12. Chelusa seychellensis, sp. n.

g. 13. Dysdercus ortus, sp. n.

. 14, Ptyelus mahei, sp. n.

. 14a. Face and clypeus of same.

x. 15. Osaka hyalina, g. et sp. n.

. 15a. Face and clypeus of same.

. 16. Ugyops senescens, sp. n.

ig. 16a. Face, clypeus, and antennz of same.

49]

No. V—AMPHIPODA HYPERIIDEA OF THE ‘SEALARK’ EXPEDITION

TO THE INDIAN OCEAN.

By AuFReD O. Waker, F.Z.S., F.Z.S.

Read 1st April, 1909.

The following list of the Hyperiidea of the Percy Sladen ‘ Sealark’ expedition represents

the greater part of the Plankton Amphipoda. It consists of 28 genera and 35 species,

most of which are well-known pelagic forms widely distributed in tropical and

subtropical seas. The occurrence of Scina borealis, G. O. Sars, hitherto recorded only

from the Lofoten Islands, Norway, at a depth of 100-300 fms., is interesting. But how

easily these animals can adapt themselves to great changes of temperature may be

judged from the fact that of the 8 specimens taken 4 were froma depth of 25 fms.,

with a surface-temp. of 82°, while the remaining 4 profess to have been taken at a depth

of 1200 fms., where the temp. would probably be near 36°. As, however, this haul (C)

was not made with a closing-net, the depth at which they were taken is open to doubt.

The Wolfenden and Fowler closing-nets appear to have been used six times, but tubes

from only four of these contained Amphipods. These were as follows :—

E (Wolfenden), 250* fms. One Hyperia bengalensis, 3.

I do. 500* ,, One Hemityphis young (Copepoda &c.).

r (Fowler), 250-500 * fms. One Stegocephalus globosus, sp. n. (Previously described.) Two Vibilia

gracilenta; one V. robusta; one Brachyscelus crusculum.

s (Fowler), 350-0* fms. Four Phronimella elongata; one Paraphronima gracilis; one Hemityphis

crustulatus.

In addition to these a large ovigerous female of Platyscelus armatus is said to have

been taken “ off sounding-lead” at 209 fathoms. If the specimen was in the cavity of

the lead, it is almost certain that it was brought up from the bottom, an indication that

this species deposits its ova or young there.

* These figures are taken from the tickets in the tubes. For localities, depths, &c., see Trans. Linn. Soe. ser. 2,

Zool. yol. xii. pp. 170-174.

SECOND SERIES.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII, 7

50 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Fam. PHRONIMIDA.

Phronima sedentaria (Forsk§l) ...............000005

PDC CI ICOM SULECUS ye ieneb tytn nee eenee eee

Bu curoypes) VOSSCLED na neini eee enn

Phronimella elongata, Claus

Fam. Hyprrima.

Phronimopsis spinifera, Claus

Hyperia bengalensis (Giles) .........00..0 cer cee ee

Fam. ANCHYLOMERIDA.

Euprimno macropa (Guérin) ................0e0eeees

Anchylomera blossevillei, M.-Kdw.

Phrosina semi-lunata, Risso

Fam. THAUMATOPSIDA.

Thaumatops longipes, Bovallius

Fam. PARAPHRONIMID2.

Paraphronimagracilis, Claus

Fam. Scrnipm.

Scina cornigera (M.-Edw.)

RRA (Gis OS SOM Ga andiat a neneseoncereroa00-

+B)

Fam. VIBILIIDA.

Vibilia longipes, Bovallius

By Cette, VetoN EMU Sregaegoasucnne Honconcous.

Be ODUST Cs OV ALUINTS etree eee eece heme

ie gnactienta, BOvallius:sanen te ecereeeenet

Fam. Lancrouipaz.

Lanceola sayana, Bovallius

Fam. Prorcipa.

Phorcorraphis raynaudii (M.-Kdw.)...............

Fam. TyPHipa.

Platyscelus armatus (Claus) ...........0..esere eens

Hemityphis crustulatus, Claus

Eutyphis ovoides (Risso)

Fam. Pronorp@.

ene e wee temas eeeseeseeeereee

Pronoé capito, Guérimn

Eupronoé armata, Claus

Parapronoé clausoides, Stebbing

DisTRIBUTION.

Mediterranean ; subtropical and tropical oceans of

the world.

Subtropical and tropical Atlantic and Pacific.

Tropical Atlantic.

Mediterranean ; subtropical and tropical Atlantic,

Pacific and Indian Oceans.

Mediterranean ; temp. and trop. N. Atlantic.

Temp. S. Pacific ; Ceylon.

Subtrop. and trop. Atlantic and Pacific ; Indian

Ocean.

Mediterranean ; Atlantic and other oceans.

Mediterranean; Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans.

Tropical Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans.

Temp. and trop. Atlantic and Pacific.

Atlantic.

Lofoten Islands.

8. Atlantic ; Pacific.

N. and 8. Atlantic; Pacific; Indian Ocean,

N. and trop. Atlantic.

Atlantic.

N. and S. Atlantic.

Indian Ocean.

Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans.

Zanzibar.

Mediterranean ; Atlantic; N. Pacific.

N. Atlantic; S. Pacific ; Indian Ocean.

Atlantic and Indian Oceans.

Australia.

WALKER—AMPHIPODA HYPERIIDEA. 51

Parapronoé crustulum, Claus oo... 0.0... ccee ee. Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans.

Sympronoé parva (Claus) .............0.csereeeeee es Zanzibar ; Celebes and China seas.

Fam. Lycmia.

Brachyscelus crusculum, Sp. Bate ............... . | N. Pacific.

Thamneus platyrrhynchus, Stebbing ............ | Australia.

EVE RORSUINELISS OLAS: uy. oe seh eeefedewene ide bodes s coes Lagos.

Fam. OxycrPpHALID&.

Oxycephalus clausi, Bovallius ...... see ihet ci All tropical and subtropical seas (Bov.).

Streetsia challengeri, Stebbing .............. csv. | N. Pacific (Sted.).

Stebbingella typhoides (Claus) ...............6.4... Ind. Ocean, Mediterranean (Cls.).

Leptocotis tenuirostris (Claus) ..................... Ind. Ocean; Gilolo Strait (C/s.).

Fam. XirpnocePHaip#, Bovallius, 1890.

Xiphocephalus white: (Sp. Bate) .................. Trop. Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans (Bov.).

Genus PHRONIMA, Latr., 1802.

1. Phronima sedentaria (Forskal).

A. 125 fms. : one.—C, 1200 fms. : two.—p. 200 fms.: one jr.—p. 400 fms. : one.—p. 300

fms. : one.—J0. 140 fms. : two jr.—dd. Surface : two jr. and one ¢ .—mm.400 fms. : one ?.

—O. 1-180 fms.: one.—Q,. Surface, one jr.—mm. 400 fms.: one 2 .—g. 1000 fms.: two large

2 s(one 388mm.)in Doliolum “ house” with young.—nz. 200 fms.: several of various sizes.

2. Phronima pacifica, Streets.

q. 1000 fms.: one, length 10 mm.—h. 250 fms., one jr.; and 300 fms., one ¢ , 7 mm.

3. Phronima curvipes, Vosseler.

ll. 750 fms.: one 2, length 12 mm.

Genus PHRONIMELLA, Claus, 1871.

4. Phronimella elongata, Claus.

Numerous specimens throughout the voyage ; surface to 1000 fms

Genus PHRONIMOPSIS, Claus, 1879.

5. Phronimopsis spinifera, Claus.

F. 25 fms.: one, length 2°75 mm.

Genus HYPERIA, Latreille, 1823

6. Hyperia bengalensis (Giles).

Hyperia dysschistus, Stebbing.

E. 250 fms.: one ¢, length 3 mm.—F. 25 fms. and surface: several—«. 100 and

150 fms. : four.—c. 200 fms.: one —?é. Surface: two ¢ .—kk. 150 fms., one; and 300 fms.,

one.—nn. 200 fms. : one.

52 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

I have given my reasons for considering Dr. Giles’s and Mr. Stebbing’s

species to be identical in Rep. Pearl Oyster Visheries, part ii. (Amphipoda),

p- 235.

Genus HUPRIMNO, Bovallius, 1887.

7. Euprimno macropa (Guérin).

F. 100 fms. : one jr.—O. 1.—180 fms.: one.—a. 25 fms., one jr.; and 50 fms., one ¢,

jr.—kk. 200 fms., two; 250 fms., three (2 ¢ ); and 300 fms., one.

Genus ANCHYLOMERA, M.-Edw., 1830.

8. Anchylomera blossevillet, M.-Edw.

Q. Surface: two jr.—z. Surface: three jr.

Genus PHROSINA, Risso, 1822.

9. Phrosina semi-lunata, Risso.

C. 1200 fms. : one.—F. 25 fms. : one-—O. 1-180 fms.: one ¢, one @ jr.—a. 25 tms.:

one 2? jr.—aa. 900 fms.: one.—nn. 200 fms.: five.—/. 800 fms. : one jr.

Genus THAUMATOPS, v. Martens, 1875.

(Thaumops, Willemoés-Suhm, 1873.)

10. Thaumatops longipes, Bovallius.

Wl. 750 fms.: one, length 25 mm.

Genus PARAPHRONIM 4, Claus, 1879.

11. Paraphronima gracilis, Claus.

A. 125 fms. : one—C. 1200 fms.: one.—N. 600 fms. : one.—a. 25 fms. ; one jr.—p. 200

fims.: one 2 .—s. 350-0 fms. : one.—0d. 140 fms.: one 3g .—nn. 200 fms.: one 2, length

14 mm.—zz. 200 fms. : one, 11 mm.—ZJ/. 750 fms.: one.

Genus SCINA, Prestandrea, 1833.

12. Scina cornigera (M.-Edw.), 1830.

Sema cornigera (M.-Kdw.), 1830.

Scina cornigera, Stebbing, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. xiii. 1895, pp. 351, 365.

Scina edwardsi, Garbowski, Ber. Com. Erforsch. éstl. Mittelmeer, 1896, p. 103.

Scina edwardsi, Vosseler, Amphipoden d. Plankton Exped. 1901.

Vosseler also refers S. gracilis and S. longipes (Dana) and S. sarsi and S. atlantica (Bov.) to

tliis species.

mm. 400 ims.: six 2, length 11 mm.—nn. 200 fms.: ten, length 9 mm.

Garbowski was evidently unaware that M.-Edwards’s name had been adopted for this

species by Stebbing or he would probably not have given it a new name on the ground of

insuflicient description.

Three small specimens (4-5 mm.) taken at kk, 250-300 fms., are probably young of

this species, though differing in a few points, e. g. the 3rd joint of perzeopod 3 is serrate

on doth margins.

————

WALKER—AMPHIPODA HYPERIIDEA. BYs)

13. Scina borealis, G. O. Sars.

C. 1200 fms.: four.—F. 25 fms.: four, length 5 mm.

Bovallius (Amph. Hyperiidea, p. 17) says that the exterior rami of all the uropoda in

this species are very minute. Those of the 8rd pair, however, are as described and

figured by G. O. Sars (Crust. Amph. of Norway, p. 20, pl. 8), fully half as long as

the inner.

Genus VIBILIA, M.-Edw., 1830

14. Vibilia longipes, Bovallius.

e. 200 fms.: one.

15. Vibilia viatriz, Bovallius.

F. Surface: three, length 4 mm.

16. Vibilia robusta, Bovallius.

p- 600 fms.: one, length 6 mm.—?. 250/500 fms.: two, 6 mm.

17. Vibilia gracilenta, Bovallius.

p. 600 fms.: one, length 6 mm.—r. 250/500 fms. : one.—fk. 200 and 300 fms. : three.

The occurrence of the last two species together on two occasions on the same

date suggests some connexion between them. V. gracilenta has the hind corners of the

last ural segment produced backwards, which is not the case in V. robusta.

Genus LANCEOLA, Say, 1818.

18. Lanceola sayana, Bovallius.

Wl. 750 fms.: one.—an. 200 fms.: one.

Both specimens are imperfect.

Genus PHORCORRAAPHIS, Stebbing, 1888.

19. Phorcorrhaphis raynaudii (M.-Kdw.).

Phorcorrhaphis edwardsi, Stebbing.

F. Surface: five, largest 3°5 mm.—Q. Surface: one, small.

Genus PLATYSCELUS, Sp. Bate, 1861.

20. Platyscelus armatus (Claus).

WW. 750 fms.: one ¢, length 8mm. Amirante, Eagle I., 17/10/05, 209 fms.: one 2

with ova, length 23 mm.; “ off sounding-lead.”

Genus HEMITYPHIS, Claus, 1879.

21. Hemityphis crustulatus, Claus.

F. 100 fms.: one ¢, 5 mm.—s. 350-0 fms.: one ?, 8 mm.

The head and gnathopods agree with Claus’s description of the above, but persweopod 5

with H. tenuimanus, Claus. Possibly they are identical.

54 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Genus EUTYPHIS, Claus, 1879.

22. Eutyphis ovoides (Risso).

q. 1000 fms.: one 2, 15 mm.

Genus PRONOE, Guérin-Méneville, 1836.

23. Pronoé capito, Guérin.

O. 1-180 fms. : one, 18 mm.—mm. 400 fms.: one, 15 mm.—nn. 200 fms. :

Genus EUPRONOE, Claus, 1879.

24. Hupronoé armata, Claus.

p. 200 fms.: one, 4 mm.

Genus PARAPRONOE, Claus, 1879.

25. Parapronoé clausoides, Stebbing.

qg. 1000 fms.: one, 18 mm.—zn. 200 fms. : two, 15 mm.

26. Parapronoé crustulum, Claus.

p. 300 fms.: one 2 with ova, 20 mm.

Genus SYMPRONOE, Stebbing, 1888.

27. Sympronoé parva (Claus).

Parapronoé parva, Claus.

g. 1000 fms.: one ¢, 6 mm.

Genus BRACHYSCELUS, Sp. Bate, 1861.

28. Brachyscelus crusculum, Sp. Bate.

one.

C. 1200 fms. : one, 10 mm.—Q. Surface: one, small.—7. 250-500 fms. : one, 5 mm.—

hh. Surface: two, 5 mm.—kk. 200 fms.: one, small.—//. 750fms.: one ¢, 10 mm.—

mm. 200 fms.: two, 15 mm.

Genus THAMNEUS, Bovallius, 1887.

29. Thamneus platyrrhynchus, Stebbing.

31/7/05. Surface: several g, 2, and young, 55 mm.—z. Surface: one.

There is a certain amount of variation in the denticulation of the gnathopods in

different individuals, and the specimen from “#” has the joints of the pereeopods

smooth except afew spines on the front of the 2nd joint of per. 4. It is a question

whether the species is distinct from 7’. rostratus, Bov.

Genus LYCAA, Dana, 1852.

30. Lycea similis, Claus.

P. 20 fms.: one ¢, 7 mm.

WALKER—AMPHIPODA HYPERIIDEA. 55

Genus OX YCEPHALUS,' M.-Edw., 1830.

31. Oxycephalus clausi, Bovallius.

O. 1-180 fms.: one 2 with ova 37 mm., one ¢ 17 mm.—P. 20 fms.: three, one

20 mm.—dd. Surface: six young.—nn. 200 fms.: one, 28 mm.

Genus STREETSIA, Stebbing, 1888.

32. Streetsia challengeri, Stebbing.

N. 600 fms.: one ¢, 15 min.—nn. 200 fms.: two 15 mm., two young.

Genus STEBBINGELLA, Bovallius, 1890.

33. Stebbingella typhoides (Claus).

e. 200 fms.: two, largest 6 mm.—dd. 140 fms.: one ¢, 7 mm.

Genus LEPTOCOTIS, Streets, 1877.

34. Leptocotis tenutrostris (Claus).

Y. Surface: one.—A. 100 fms.: three ¢, 12 mm.—L. 125 fms.: one ¢.—

a. 100 fms.: one, 7°5 mm.

Genus X1PHOCEPHALUS, Guérin, 1841.

(= Rhabdosoma, Adams and White.)

35. Xiphocephalus whitei (Sp. Bate).

ee. Surface: one imperfect.—nn. 200 fms.: two 2 ; length of largest, exclusive of

rostrum and caudal appendages, 25 mm.

a ee a oe

mais ; ~_

AS RRO

ca) Vargas }

ys ii VON

i. A

pear r ty

Are!

eee eet &

\ tet

(agit

tay 4

afk ae b's

Laat)

No. VI—THE LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA OF THE

SEYCHELLES ARCHIPELAGO.

By E. R. Syxus, B.A., F.L.S.

(With 3 Text-figures.)

Read 1st April, 1909.

In the following pages an account is given of the land and freshwater shells collected by

Mr. Stanley Gardiner in the Seychelles Islands. Those from the other islands visited

Land-Shells.

I. Ano-

Species. Mahé. Praslin. | Silhouette.| Felicité. | Frigate. nyme,

*Tropidophora pulehrum (Gray) .....-...00-5.

Leptopoma seychellense, Nev. .............+0045

* Cyathopoma blanfordi, H. Ad. ..............-.

* Helicina theobaldiana, Nev. .............2+05-

IEE CUSBUMTEN?, TEL. 2c os n< ss cece secs eves:

emer en T0reletty E. AdY its. 5 5 54 tlacid cine cls say 9

SME OCNCUNET?, SDs De, a. 2.6\ 2 51512 hss, 21,015 apeyw s, cre, 3:

amare CLOMASECU NBD. Dog ccaicca tensile das os ss aye ence

PME OL COLOT EAI CEON ai a feyederes 3p aistchcter ela csi's: eset a sic

* Acanthennea erinaceus (Martens) ..............

+Streptawis souleyetianus (Petit) ................

*S. (Imperturbatia) constans (Martens) ..........

a Le=yteuit NOV secre ccicieies + «ss

a violascens, Martens ..........

* 2 perelegans, Martens..........

* brauer?, Martens ............

ebmodiscus serratus, W.Ad. 2.2.60 .c cece cesses

* Pe TANT ENEUA SD oe lsae Wapsyatcy seecetens ie: sntiee aes 912

#Streptostele nevilli, H. Ad.............55-.00.

‘Maliella subturritula, Nev... .2....ccce sees eens

*Pilula mahesiana, Martens ...............4--

pellota stmelaris (F6t.)) 20.6222 eee ces cence ns x

#Stylodonta unidentata (Chemn.) ............4. x

* x SHAG (NSS) Gaceldononeoge aeeod x

RAL LUNES ENS(s) MUN Wes 0 ce es Sc clerdomite sien ee ote

* Pachnodus ornatus (Dufo) .............+.-.+..

* A melee) (bfeitten)) yt. et: ete) -/cyet vo

5 SPMOL NO VAllhs, qasts ccleaner enatiers cache .: ts on x

mAchatina pantherd, Ber, 6... etc eee ne eo

He 35 Hihiiesy URS eerie MeO Reon eCoe

*Subulina octona, Brug. ..........00.00e% bee

*Opeas javanicum (Reeve) ..........+..+ esse ee

RTCUR ICANN PERS oc cei aicin:syaiels fea sian as

easy gracias (Mubtom?)) )iieie die: Lidetde electors. = q “: a ce st 2 x

Hapalus braueri, Martens ..............+.--0-

Ceecilioides mauritianum, Ad. ..........0.000-

*Pupilla microscopica (Nevill) ................

*Succinea mascarensis, Nevill ..........0.00000-

xX XK XK XK

x x XK KK KK KK XK XK XK XK OX

xX XXXKX:

xX KKK XK XK XK

xX XK:

x xX

XX XX

xX XX

38 32 17 23 5 2 4

* Tn collection,

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 8

58 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

will form the subject of a separate paper. There is not very much novelty in the

collections, as might have been expected, since careful workers have already visited the

Seychelles; and an excellent account of the fauna may be found in the papers by

Martens and Wiegmann*. It may be of interest to complete Martens’s table of the

distribution up to date, so far as it concerns the land-fauna.

Of the above-recorded forms we may note that some—Znnea bicolor, Eulota similaris,

Helix aspersa, Subulina octona, and the species of Opeas—have a wide distribution, due

toman. Leptopoma seychellense and Streptaxis le-vieuxi are almost unknown ; while the

occurrence of Opeas mauritianum and Cecilioides mauritianum is doubtful ; the residue

form the real Seychelles fauna, which is practically peculiar to the islands. Very little

can be at present stated as to the origin of the fauna: Streptaxis shows African

influence, Stylodonta that of Madagascar, while Cyathopoma is mainly Indian. The

connection with any mainland must have been at a very remote period, from the well-

marked forms (Acanthennea, Priodiscus, &c.) now found.

1. Tropidophora pulchrum (Gray).

Cyclostoma pulchrum, Gray ; Griffith’s Animal Kingd., Moll. 1834, pl. 28. fig. 3; Martens, Mt.

Zool. Mus. Berlin, i. (1898) p. 4.

Mahé: Chateau Margot, 1600 feet; Morne Seychellois, 2000 feet; summit of

Mt. Sebert, 1800 feet; Mt. Alphonse, Cascade, 1000-1800 feet; Mountain Forest,

Cascade; N. of Victorine.

Praslin: Valley of Coco de Mer.

Silhouette.

Martens considered Pfeiffer’s Leptopoma seychellarum to be the possible young of this

species. If the British Museum specimens are to be relied on they belong to a distinct

form, and I doubt if Pfeiffer’s locality was quite accurate. Leptopoma seychellense,

Nevill, is unknown to me.

2. Cyathopoma blanfordi, H. Adams.

Cyathopoma blanfordi, Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868, p. 291; Martens, /. c. p. 5.

Mahé: summit of Mt. Sebert, 1800 feet ; Cascade Forest ; Morne, 2500 feet.

Silhouette.

From the last locality the specimens are large.

3. Helicina theobaldiana, Nevill.

Helicina theobaldiana, Nevill, J. As. Soc. Bengal, xxxix. p. 8 (1871); Martens, /. c. p. 6.

Mahé: summit of Mt. Sebert, 1800 feet; Mountain Forest, Cascade, 2000 feet ;

Mt. Alphonse, Cascade, 1000-1800 feet ; N. of Victorine; Morne Seychellois, 2500 feet ;

Bel Ombre ; Chateau Margot, 1600 feet.

Silhouette.

Praslin: Valley of Coco de Mer.

Anonyme I.

* Mt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, i. (1898) pp. 1-94, pls. 1-4,

SYKES—LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 59

4. Ennea dussumiert, Férussac.

Ennea (Edentulina) dussumieri, Fér. ; Martens, Mt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, i. (1898) p. 7.

Mahé: Trois Fréres, 1500 feet; Mountain Forest, Cascade ; Mt. Alphonse, Cascade,

1800 feet; summit of Mt. Sebert; Morne Seychellois, 2500 feet; Chateau Margot,

1600 feet.

Silhouette.

Praslin: Valley of Coco de Mer.

5. Hnnea moreleti, H. Adams.

Gibbus moreleti, H. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868, p. 291.

Ennea (Edentulina) moreleti, H. Ad.; Martens, l. c. p. 8.

Mahé: Cascade Forest.

Silhouette.

6. Hnnea gardineri, sp.n. (See fig. 1.)

Shell cylindrical, smooth, shining, with the apex rounded, opaque, very pale horn-

colour ; whorls 83, flattened, with well-marked suture, the last whorl ascending where

the outer lip joins the body-whorl ; mouth subquadrate, edentulous, outer lip thickened

and the columellar margin twisted.

Alt. 6; diam. max. 2°6 millim.

Hab. Mahé: Mt. Alphonse, Cascade, 1800 feet (type); Mountain Forest, Cascade,

2000 feet ; summit of Mt. Sebert, 1800 feet.

Var. a. Smaller and narrower in proportion.

Hab. Mahé: Cascade Forest.

Ennea gardineri, x 5.

_I think these two forms are only races of one species, which may be distinguished

from the others described from the Seychelles by its small size and polished smooth

surface. I have much pleasure in giving it the present name.

7. Ennea thomasseti, sp.n. (See fig. 2.)

Shell elongate-cylindrical, smooth, shining, almost transparent, very pale horn-colour ;

60 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

whorls 8, the last measuring about $ of the entire shell, flattened, suture well marked ;

mouth lunate, edentulous, the lip thickened and receding at the base, the columellar

margin slanting and a trifle twisted.

Alt. 4°5; diam. max. 1°3 millim.

Hab. Mahé: Mountain Forest, Cascade.

A single speciinen, far smaller than any other Seychelles form.

Ennea thomasseti, x 6.

8. Acanthennea erinaceus (Martens).

Ennea (Acanthennea) erinaceus, Martens, Mt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, i. (1898) p. 8; Wiegmann, ¢. c.

p. 45.

Mahé: Cascade Forest. 2000 feet ; Mt. Alphonse, Cascade, 1800 feet.

A nice series of this interesting form.

9. Streptaris souleyetianus (Petit).

Helix souleyetiana, Petit, Rev. Zool. 1841, p. 99.

Streptaxis souleyetianus, Petit; Martens, l. c. p. 10.

Mahé: Mt. Alphonse, Cascade, 1800 feet; Mountain Forest, Cascade, 2000 feet ;

Chateau Margot, 1600 feet ; Trois Fréres, 2000 feet ; Bel Ombre.

Praslin: Valley of Coco de Mer.

Silhouette.

10. Streptaxvis (Imperturbatia) constans (Martens).

Streptaxis (Imperturbatia) constans, Martens, /. c. p. 11.

Mahé: Cascade Forest, 2000 feet; Mt. Alphonse, Cascade, 1800 feet.

Silhouette.

From the latter locality a large form with the sculpture not so marked, especially

below, but I think it is only a local race.

ll. Streptaxis (Imperturbatia) perelegans, Martens.

Streptaxis (Imperturbatia) perelegans, Martens, 1. c. p. 12.

Mahé: Cascade Forest ; Mt. Sebert, 1800 feet.

SYKES—LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 61

12. Streptaxis (Imperturbatia) braueri, Martens.

Streptaxis (Imperturbatia) braueri, Martens, Mt. Zool. Mus. Berl. i. (1898) p. 13.

Mahé: Trois Fréres, 1500 feet; Mountain Forest, Cascade, 2000 feet ; Mt. Alphonse,

Cascade, 1800 feet ; Morne, 2500 feet.

13. Priodiscus serratus, H. Adams.

Discus serratus, H. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868, p. 290.

Priodiscus serratus, H. Ad.; Martens, /. c. p. 14.

Mahé: Cascade Forest, 1000 and 2000 feet; Mt. Alphonse, Cascade, 1800 feet ;

Mt. Sebert, 1800 feet.

Praslin: Valley of Coco de Mer.

14. Priodiscus(?) martensi, sp.n. (See fig. 3.)

Shell depressed, trochiform, the outline being rather concave than convex, brownish

corneous, deeply, somewhat openly, umbilicated, the umbilicus being pervious to the

apex ; protoconch smooth, the next whorl is marked by coarse radiating riblets, which

then cease and the residue of the shell bears only well-marked lines of growth; peri-

ostracum olivaceous, thicker at the sutures, where traces of prolongations may be seen,

periphery keeled and rugose; whorls 5, regularly increasing, plano-convex, with fairly deep

sutures ; base flattened and angulated round the umbilical area; mouth subquadrate.

Alt. 2°75; diam. max. 6 millim.

Silhouette.

Priodiscus (?) martensi, X 3.

Two specimens only of a difficult form. At first sight the shell recalls the genus

Thysanota, but I have seen no species of that group with a similar sculpture on the early

whorls. From an examination of this sculpture compared with that of Priodiscus

serratus, Adams, combined with the fact that two young shells fell out of the mouth

of the type, I am led to place it here. P. serratus may be readily separated by its well-

marked sculpture over the whole of the shell.

62 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

15. Streptostele nevilli, H. Ad.

Ennea (Elma) nevilli, H. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868, p. 291.

Streptostele (Elma) nevilli, H. Ad.; Martens, Mt. Zool. Mus. Berl. i. (1898) p. 14.

Mahé: Chateau Margot, 1800 feet; Mountain Forest, Cascade, 1000-1500 feet :

summit of Mt. Sebert, 1800 feet ; Mt. Alphonse, Cascade, 1000-1800 feet.

Silhouette.

Praslin: Valley of Coco de Mer.

16. Kaliella subturritula, Nevill.

Helix (Conulus) subturritula, Nevill, J. As. Soc. Bengal, xxxix. (1871) p. 7.

Kaliella subturritula, Nevill; Martens, /. c. p. 16.

Mahé: Mt. Alphonse, Cascade, 1800 feet; Mountain Forest, Cascade, 2000 feet ;

Chateau Margot, 1600 feet.

There may be more than one form here, but I am not well enough acquainted with

the genus to discriminate them.

17. Pilula mahesiana, Martens.

Helix pretumida, Morel., var. mahesiana, Martens ; Martens, /. c. p. 16.

Mahé.

A study of authentic specimens of Morelet’s Helix pretumida, kindly lent by

Mr. Ponsonby, leads me to regard Martens’s variety as being a distinct species from the

Réunion shell. It is smaller, not so swollen or elevated, and I am unable to trace, in

Morelet’s species, the well-marked spirals so characteristic of Pclula mahesiana.

18. Hulota similaris (Férussac).

Helix (Kulotelia) similaris, Férussac ; Martens, /. c. p. 17.

Mahé: N. of Victorine ; Cascade Forest ; Bel Ombre ; Chateau Margot, 1600 feet.

Silhouette.

Praslin.

Widely distributed over the world, especially where coffee is grown.

19. Stylodonta unidentata (Chemnitz).

Helix unidentata, Chemnitz ; Martens, 1. c. p. 18; Pilsbry, Man. Conch. vi. p. 86.

Mahé: Mountain Forest, Cascade; Cascade, 1000 feet ; Trois Fréres.

Silhouetie.

Praslin.

20. Stylodonta studeriana (Férussac).

Helix studeriana, Wérussac ; Martens, J. c. p. 18; Pilsbry, Man. Conch. vi. p. 87.

Praslin.

SYKES—LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 63

21. Pachnodus ornatus (Dufo).

Bulimus ornatus, Dufo, Ann. Sci. Nat. (sér. 2) xiv. (1840) p. 197; Martens, Mt. Zool. Mus. Berl.

i. (1898) p. 20.

Mahé: Morne, 2500 feet; summit of Mt. Sebert; Chateau Margot, 1600 feet ;

Mt. Alphonse, Cascade, 1800 feet.

Praslin: Valley of Coco de Mer.

Silhouette.

22. Pachnodus velutinus (Pfeiffer).

Bulimus velutinus, Pfeiffer, Symb. 1. p. 42; Martens, /. c. p. 22.

Mahé: Trois Fréres, 1500 feet; Morne, 2500 feet; Cascade, 1000 feet; summit of

Mt. Sebert ; Chateau Margot, 1600 feet; Mt. Alphonse, Cascade, 1800 feet; &e.

A long series of this interesting form.

23. Achatina panthera, Férussac.

Achatina panthera, Férussac ; Martens, l. c. p. 22; Pilsbry, Man. Conch. xvii. p. 41.

Mahé: Trois Fréres, 1500 feet ; Chateau Margot.

Silhouette.

Praslin.

In addition to its East African distribution, this species has been recorded from

Madagascar, Mauritius, and Réunion.

24. Achatina fulica, Férussac.

Achatina fulica, Férussac ; Martens, /. c. p. 22; Pilsbry, Man. Conch. xvii. p. 57.

Praslin.

Reported from Madagascar, Mauritius, &c.

25. Subulina octona, Bruguiére.

Helix octona, Bruguiére, Encycl. Méth. i. p. 325.

Subulina octona, Brug.; Martens, /. c. p. 23; Pilsbry, Man. Conch. xvii. pp. 71, 222.

Mahé: Chateau Margot, 1600 feet; Trois Fréres, 1500 feet; Morne, 2000 feet ;

N. of Victorine ; Bel Ombre.

Praslin.

Silhouette.

Anonyme I.

Genus OPEAS.

The species of this genus are very puzzling. I have endeavoured, with the assistance

of Mr. Pilsbry’s excellent work, correctly to identify them. The form recorded by

Martens as 0. clavulinum may belong really to 0. javanicwm. His Hapalus braueri

must, I think, belong to the Opeas group, but I have been unable to identify it in the

specimens before me.

64. PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

26. Opeas javanicum (Reeve).

Achatina javanica, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 17. fig. 79.

Opeas javanicum, Reeve ; Pilsbry, Man. Conch. xviii. p. 138.

Mahé: Cascade, 1000-1500 feet.

27. Opeas gracile (Hutton ?).

Bulimus gracilis, Hutton, J. As. Soc. Bengal, iii. p. 93.

Opeas gracile, Hutton; Pilsbry, Man. Conch. xviii. p. 125.

Anonyme I.

I am not quite sure of the identification.

28. Pupilla microscopica (Nevill).

Pupa microscopica, Nevill, Handl. Moll. Ind. Mus. i. p. 196; Martens, Mt. Zool. Mus. Berl. i.

(1898) p. 25.

Mahé: Baie Lazare.

Anonyme I.

99. Suceinea mascarensis, Nevill.

Succinea mascarensis, Nevill, J. As. Soc. Bengal, xxxix. p. 414.

Succinea mascarena, Nev.; Martens, l. c. p. 25.

Mahé.

Praslin.

30. Paludomus baccula, Reeve.

Paludomus baccula, Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1852, p. 128.

Silhouette : stream north of Grand Barbe.

I am able, from an examination of Morelet’s and Reeve’s types, to confirm Brot’s

decision as to the identity of Morelet’s Cleopatra ajanensis ; no doubt Reeve’s Indian

habitat was an error.

831. Melania tuberculata, Miller.

Melania tuberculata, Miller ; Brot, Conch.-Cab., Melania, p. 247.

Mahé: Bel Ombre.

Praslin.

Silhouette: La Passe River.

32. Neritina bruguieri, Récluz.

Neritina bruguierei, Récluz, Rev. Zool, 1841, p. 274; Martens, l. c. p. 26.

Praslin

65]

—

No. VII—REPORT ON THE MARINE MOLLUSCA OBTAINED BY

Mr. J. STANLEY GARDINER, F.R.S., AMONG THE ISLANDS OF

THE INDIAN OCEAN IN 1905.

By James Cosmo Metvitt1, J0A., D.Sc., F.L.S.

(Plate 5.)

Read Ist April, 1909.

THE Gastropoda and Pelecypoda collected in 1905 during the cruise of H.M.S. Sealark

consist in great measure of species widely dispersed over the immense area of the Indo-

Pacific region. The annexed table has been purposely drawn up so that the individual

distribution, so far as is at present known, might be discerned at a glance, by a wide

range of localities being given for comparison, extending from Natal and the Cape on

the south-west to Japan on the north-eastern confines of that region. No opportunity

seems to have been missed by the energetic explorers attached to the Expedition,

but, apparently, the rough coral-ground and Lithothamnia- or Halimeda-rubble, which

so often characterize the quality of the various soundings, are not conducive to the

free growth of the more delicate and smaller molluscan organisms—e. g., the Opistho-

branchiata and members of the Rissoide or Pyramidellide. Nor is the large and

important family Pleurotomidee well represented, which, indeed, contributes so large

a proportion of the species obtained further north in the same ocean—e. g., by the

dredging-results of H.M.S. ‘Investigator’ in the Bay of Bengal and elsewhere and

those in the Persian Gulf and North Arabian Sea particularly associated with the

name of Mr. F. W. Townsend.

But however this may be, some remarkably select and interesting forms are here

enumerated, notably in the genera Solariella, Mitra, Cyprea, Lambidium, and Terebra.

The genus Turbo likewise, with the Trochidze, is remarkable for the number of specimens,

as well as species, obtained. The recurrence of the genus Struthiolaria at the Seychelles

is also very noteworthy, as it has hitherto been believed to be confined to New Zealand.

Amongst the Pelecypoda, Cardiwm and Pecten are both especially numerically strong

in representatives, while, contrary to usual custom, but few Tellinide occur.

The Scaphopoda are but three in number, two being additions to the genus Dentalium.

Altogether between 465 and 475 are named in the accompanying catalogue, and of

these, fifteen are characterized as new to science.

The classification adopted is mainly that of Dr. P. Pelseneer, as proposed in his

‘Introduction & létude des Mollusques,’ with modifications to some extent borrowed

SECOND SERIES.-—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 9

66 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

from P. Fischer’s ‘Manuel de Conchyliologie,’ of which comprehensive work, published

in 1887, a new edition is beginning to be much wanted.

A brief bibliographical 7éswmé is given at the end of this paper.

I would wish, in conclusion, to express my sense of Mr. Edgar Smith’s kindness

in providing every facility for the necessary comparisons of certain species with their

accredited types at the British Museum (Natural History), and for his personal aid

in the matter. I would also thank Mr. Stanley Gardiner, F.R.S., for having given me

the opportunity to study a particularly interesting Fauna.

Comparative Distribution of 470 Species of Mollusca recorded in Ten Subdivisions

of the Indo-Pacific Region.

No, of

Species.

(i.) South and S.E. Africa, comprising the Cape of Good Hope to Natal, and

northward to Portuguese BH. Africa) fs) - = =. «© eee

(i.) Mauritius, Bourbon, Rodriguez, and Madagascar. . . . . . .. =. ~~. 312

(t:) | accadive’ and! Maldive Archipelasom-meia =. = - = = © oe eemmllog

(iv.) Red Seaand Aden. . . . 151

(v.) Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, a4 North feanien. Seat caine Bombay ie

Panjim and Goa. .. . ' Peer Croc sl. L8H!

(vi.) Ceylon, with S. Hindostan, and Tee ong Merc eo CIE

(vii.) Andaman is., Bay of Bengal, Malaya, Sumatra, &e. . ..... . . 158

(vii.) Philippine ie sy) eis 287

(ix.) Polynesia, including E. ore euiee a N. E. Beata 5 a. oy eee

6a) WEEE Cl MMO OIE 6 5 o 6 6 5 GEIGENee og chia oo 6 5 IE

It is natural that the closest affinity should exist with (ii.), which heads the list

with 312 species in common, but more curious that the Philippine Region (viii.) should

come next in order, with 287. This district, however, has been unusually well worked,

and no doubt when (vi.) and (vii.) receive an equal amount of attention the numbers

will be proportionately considerably augmented. It will be observed that (iv.) and (v.),

embracing the northernmost portions of the Arabian Sea, the Red Sea, and the Persian

Gulf, show the smallest ratio of community of species; and of these, the last-named,

with the Gulf of Oman, has been very fully examined during the past ten or fifteen

years, a total of 1620 species having been catalogued. It is therefore somewhat

surprising to find that, so far as can be estimated with our present knowledge, but

a twelfth part of these descend so far south as the Seychelles, Amirantes, or Chagos

Archipelago.

MELVILL—MARINE MOLLUSCA.

0. G. H., Natal, and

§.E. and South Africa,

Zanzibar.

—

Mauritius, Bourbon,

and Madagascar.

Laccadive and Mal-

Patella pica, Reeve ....

Helevoniscus rota (Gmel.) ............

Glyphis riippellii (Sowb.) .... 2... 004-

» singaporensis (Reeve) ........

Emarginula clathrata, Ad. & Rye.

tenuicostata, Sowb.

Rimula eaxquisita, A. Ad.

Haliotis pustulata, Reeve ............

» (PLadollus) ovina, Chem.

Stomatella angulifera, A. Ad. ........

Gena auricula, Lam. ........... oieterere

» wgra, Quoy

» strigosa, A. Ad.

Tiotia crenata (Kien.) ..............

Trochus mauritianus, Gmel.

» noduliferus, Lam,

on ETCHED Soca pee eee

ss CUnfundibulum) maculatus, L. . .

met \nadratie ies: so. ace

me ( ) venetus, Rye.

Clanculus margaritarius, Phil.

» mauritianus, sp. nov.

Monodonta australis, Lam. ..........

Calliostoma duplicatum, A. Ad.

Euchelus providentic, sp. nov.

Solariella aquamarina, sp. noy. ......

5 sayademathana, Sp. Noy.

incisura, sp. Nov.

Gibbula phasianella (Desh.)

» (orskalia) pulcherrima, A. Ad. .

Ethalia striolata, A. Ad.

Purbo marmoratus, LL. .....-...+.++:

» (Senectus) argyrostomus, L.

mC ) intercostalis, Menke

mee) AG ) radiatus, Gmel.

ciel ) setosus, Gmel.

) tursicus, Reeve

Leptothy yra gardineri, sp. nov.

ss roseocincta, v. Mart.

Phasianella ethiopica, Phil. ..........

AN aircitee (ALGAE. Or ee

PML SUSLIZOM ie tric cece ckaps ? actueittenes

» plewa, Chem.

» plicata, L.

LONG lis Saat es ks wo bara acs

Neritina ualanensis, Less. ............

ee nangeana, Recluz........2.....

Tanthina fragilis, Lam. ..............

Scala bulbulus (Sowb.) .........0.00-

» imterstriata (Sowb.)

» pallasti (Sowb.)

», perplexa (Pease)

Liglisia elegans, sp. nov.

Senay

xXXXXXKX!

PRs

x XX

ee Sar

Keene

xXXXXKX:!

MOGs

dive Is.

Red Sea and Aden.

Persian Gulf and

N. Arabian Sea.

(vi.)

Ceylon and Madras

Coast.

OTR Re Rios

xX XXXX XK:

see

(vil.)

Andaman Isles and

Malay Peninsula.

EXE

xX XX xX!

(viii.)

Philippine Isles.

XXX:

earns

xX!

XXXXXX?

(ix.

Polynesia.

xX XI

x X

KOR Ks

)

Japan and Loo Choo Is.

68 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

—

4a S

see

gos

BON

Natica chinensis, Lam. ..............

» gualterrana, Récluz ..........

Be) DRONTETILGUES) CTO G) Sue enter eene tee

» raynaudiana, Récluz ........

» (Polinices) pes-elephantis, Chem. .| ..

3 (Mamma) mamilla, L. ........ x

= (Mamilla) melanostoma, Gmel. . Se

\isunice, Mesh. face ct S

Vanikoro cancellata (Chem.).......... a

Mitrularia equestris (Le)... eee eee x

5 cicatricosa (Reeve) ........ x

Amalthea australis (Quoy) ...........- x

Solarium maximum, Phil. ............ x

Fe COC ty Vela A AS ie none ah

9 perspectoumi(L.)) 2.2.5 come x

>> (Philippia) owytropis, A. Ad...| ..

Torinia dorsuosa (Hinds) ............ x

» wmfundibuliformis (Gmel.) x

» vartegata (Gmel.))\. <ccccu. = x

Littorina (Melaraphe) glabrata, Phil. x

se al ) mauritiana, Lam.

ee FX ) melanostoma, Gray ....| ..

( Neate th CEOS Pee sae MS

Fossarus lamellosus, Montrouz. ........

Cerithium amirantium, Sm. .......--. *

3 citrinum, Sowb. .......... <

3 columna, Sowb. ..........-- Xx

Me echinatum, Lam. .......... x

_ lactewm, Kien... 02.66.05 x

5s Tidy Len ee goo apes bcInS

5 petrosum (Wood) ..........

a piperttum, Sowb. .......... ik

= rostratum, SOWD. .........- x

+ (Vertagus) articulatum, Ad. &

INV Ghr | DGODEED Geen Oao

es ( ) cedo-nulli, Sowb. a

35 (——) fasciatum, Brug. ....| xX

3 ( Noche, PHM oes we x

5 ( ) asperum (L.)........ x

Ay ( ) obeliscus, Brug. ...... os

) te nuiaculptum, Sowb.. BA

Potamides rik ws (We) Bonenpedoso4 x

Triphora complanata, Preston ........

oe corrugata (Hinds) ..........

By) att rite (CABINGE)) Aine Gate ea. o

» (Mastonia) coetiviensis, sp. nov.

» (Viriola) trilirata (Desh.)....

Planaxis lineolatus, Gould............ =

» pyramidalis (Gmel.) ........ x

ye | Giilenayn(iosa)) Ayogogeecccac x

Xenophora corrugata, Reeve .........-

cn solarioides (Reeve) ........

” (Lugurium) indica (Gmel.). .

Mauritius, Bourbon,

and Madagasear.

eel

MMM

Dan War moe oe Ot ON

KKK Ks

(iii)

Laceadive and Mal-

dive Is,

xXxXKKKXX:

xxXXX:

(iy.)

Red Sea and Aden.

aes XK MOS: KX KIC

aroha ONO

Persian Gulf and

N. Arabian Sea.

x xXx!

~—

(vii.)

(viii.) | (ix.)

= 5

# | ge

ao) om =

Ss an & Es

a ce] a

re me ee

S m ©

& 4s ap ae

Aaa g43 a

os s oy

a0 a =

BO | ga | 3

o = Ay

Q x

a0 x

x os ns

x x x

x +5 x

Xx x x

x x x

x x

on x

x 36 x

x x x

x x

5d x

x x

otk x che.

Xx x x

Xx x

x x x

ee x

x 56

oe x

xX ate x

Xx x Xx

x x x

x x

x ye

ane x

x x x

x x

; 3

3 5

B | a

a 5

x x

x :

x x

x =

x x

x xX

ole x

x eis

ous x

x x

x o.

x x

x F

x 5

x =

x x

x .

x '

x ae

x x

ou x

x x

mis x

x te

. x

x x

)

MELVILL—MARINE MOLLUSCA.

(@.) | Gi.) | Gi.) | (iv.) | (.) | (vi) | (vii) | (vill.) | ix.)

aI — A n :

se 23/S (22 | ee) Sas | |

aS Ba orcs 4 Eee Wr g.8 2

agra ae | a @ || Se7 Sls ge)

Bog! «es | os 3 ib reales am 2 dj

2 eI A= | Jl g Ae 45 & be Bs ‘@

BO8§| 2s | Fe A cist | RE) Bie =) Es

- s sa o.n = ay = 2 ey o

BON] gs Sirs 2 54 BO 3a | ra

wm a 4 a im is) 4 Ay AY

Modulus tectum (Gmel.) ...........- x x x * x x x

Turritella columnaris, Kien. .......... a x x x

A (Torcula) concava, v. Mts. x 5

Vermetus inopertus, Riipp. ..........- rr ¥ ~ x We on . ae be

e (Siphonium) maximus, Sowb. |... x fe ae *. = x x x

Strombus laciniatus (Chem.) .......... e a ae a s": ro 2 x x

Beppo (Chem) .......+.... fi x J = es x x

» (G@allinula) columba, Lam... .. x a x

ot ai ) fusiformis, Sowb. KS oe a0 x x A Fe ‘Ae

» (Canarium) floridus, Lam. x x x x x x x x x

ahs. (( ) gibberulus, L. .....-.. x x x x x x x x x

5, (Conomurex) mauritianus, Lam.) x x x x oc x # A

Seraphs terebellum, Montf, .......+.. am x x x x x x x x

Pterocera awrantia, Lam. .........- olla abe x 45 x oe

5 (hates (Up) \adaooe pou o GO nD Ot x x x x x x x x

Os PUG ORUANOW Os se telela/a)oieisiedets =: x x x :

Struthiolaria papulosa (Mart.) Jaboogee He a aye ks - at

macypred annulus, lu. .........00+-5:- x Be x x Se Be x x x

> caput-serpentis, Ue pact ev ae ucnersi-ys x x x x a6 x x x ys

) » carneola, UieeveredeVeysiet = ier) she cmt el| v2 x x x x We Ne x x

cf WM CUN ECE) Lis, Say eye osu are c.eps erate e+ x x x x x x x x x

PUCLTICLESTUNG, Vis. chaeie cicice «tore ee x x x x ts x x x x

1h picuenensis, Gel. .6. 520. - ae x. x x ae tae >< x

ba » contaminata, Gray .........- Av ac 5 ote x x x

e PRNCHIONCTIG! Vis. nc. cee aces escree 6 x x x x x x x x

Pemortita, (GMels ... 26s «. er x x a6 x x oe Ss x x

BRMMELALUOL Gs (Le cavepsisie\h <2) ofsiieis a> “epee a x Be x x 4. x x x a

2) (ECT ES Sega O OOo UR OOS x x of oe x x x x

meiersinto, Meusch. | 0-02 6-. 00s 36 < ao x x iy8 as ys x

Mis; | SQUELIA, LL. 1. eee eee x x x x x x x x

MS LYN, De. coe ew wee essen x x x x - Ba Ba x x

Ms, (MONA, Li... ce ee eee co wene x x x Se x x x x Bs

F PRM LEQLECEC) SOW Ds cs ce ene wren © < x x a x x x x

Ong WE Ee donee spomoooore Se x x x x x ve

2 Pmmetenculiata, Mart. © ..0 06-000 x x De x x x x

PM SCLUTIN | OHO ee cr feteierd o. ofers 6 , Ba 35 Xe x x

PeetaDEscens DW sec wc 2 aye oe x x fs 5% x oe oo

» Gdipeg WR Tee tooo ee oreepen oe x x x x x x x Ss

POMMILCETLO CONE, i... ine ine oe» 535 x a0 no x x x x x

. tity We Seeeososouoe speqon ne x x 34 x x x

PHMMMROLELLUSS Ty. Soy: sieve suelo s deieiseoace x mM x x x x x x

= iI OTD Romano erenoons 5 3 x x A x Se x

PREC LON UI wary e aie ve is'ehey evarei's pele x x < x mK x < x x

pe (Cerina) glooulus, l. . 4...) aie x x x < x

on ) insecta, Mighels ......| xX x ne x we x x

Pipe 1 ( eA “BR oolhen aor AB x De x oe D4 <

cy AG One WEISS Peg nooe cee Ne xe te x x x x x x

( ) staphylea, Le... 0.20. x x x x x x x

Amphiperas dentatus (Ad. & Reeve)....| .. mt

_ adun (UR Saesccucoone balk a6 x x x x x

Birostra longirostrata (Sowb.) ........ ae x an are 40

» subreflewa (Ad. & Reeve) ....| .. i ac BO x . .:

) DEMET()) De oapeecdesecndon ie be 36 ac on x ae Xx

er)

—

Japan and Loo Choo Tl

SEG OO GEG ONE TE OSE OREO EAE

eer ae ars

70 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Dolium costatum, Menke ............

maculatum, Lam. ..... Brian ehotecs

WTS WAS ooncon coodooT

faa@KO (UL) oescco000 meas cevans

»» (Malea) pomum (L.)........

EEA PAGO UCUS, (las) le tetekeleveleleietar ele eeneiael

a5, feeotdes,, Vid, Yeiarsicya ene eereteiere

”

Oassisvnuja (Ut) eke ee eee re

(Semicassis) pila, Reeve ........

(Bezoardica) plicata (L.) ......

», (Casmaria) vibew (L.)..........

ear LC ) torquata, Reeve ........

Lambidium exquisitum (Ad. & Reeve) ..

Lotorium chlorostoma (Lam.) ........

a puleane| (LD) eer tecmteeretae

» (Gutturnium) clavator (Lam.) .

* (-——) ewaratum (Reeve) ....

Ae (t ) moritinctum (Reeve) . .

35 ) sinense (Reeve) ......

Colubraria nitidula (Sowb.) ..-.....-.

Distorstoanus) (ls) eee ae eee

3, eancellina (Roiss.) .........-

Gyrineum affine (Brod.) .........64

5 bergeri (Sowb.)

- granferum (Lam.) ........

y margaritula (Desh.)........

3 pustium (Brod:) ..........

(Lampas) lampas (.) ......

Eulima arcuata, Sowb. ...........-.-

SS RCCLONLELLEZ I NOWO Sites ar iene

a SUDangulata.\NOWD: =. om sees +

Pyramidella terebellum (Miill.) ........

Marr extiri bulacan hyn) ae eee

» (Chicoreus) adustus,Lam.......

ay Namtconnis bam.)

» (——) microphyllus, Lam.

oy NSAUMEASOWDE =elec se ae

» (——) triqueter, Born ........

»> (Phyllonotus) inflatus, Lam. ....

Purpura rudolphi (Chemn.) ..........

» (Lhalessa) armigera (Chemn.). .

H { ) echinulata,Lam. .....

» (——) hippocastanum, Lam.

» (——) pica, Blainy. ........

opas sertum (Brug.) ......-.........

Pinaxia coronata, A. Ad. ............

Sistrum arachnoides (Lam.) ..........

» asperum (Tam.) ............

a7) Clatum) (Blainva) infers o> ose

», elongatum (Blainy.)..........

s _ fuscellum (Chem.)..........+.

2, Aorridum (Mam:) <....4......

ay ey stric (Li) eae oa:

—

§.B. and South Afriea,

C. G. H., Natal, and

Zanzibar.

XXX XK XK XK:

Be BS SSE

—

Mauritius, Bourbon,

and Madagascar.

OS PAG PAR TAO OS OS PSOE OG POS OG OS DA DS GL ESP OIES Oo OS DD x x Hie ESOS NOON OREN

KK SS

Gi.)

Lacecadive and Mal-

dive Is.

(iv.)

Red Sea and Aden.

xXXKXX:

Persian Gulf and

N. Arabian Sea.

xXX XK!

Ceylon and Madras

Coast.

x XX XK

be ee a

xX X

xxXX xX:

xXxKXXXX!

(vil.) | (viii

22 3

ae ic

Be ag

aS a

es) 2

a a

<4 Ay

x x

A x

x x

a x

x x

aig x

x a8

ho x

x x

ale x

x x

KM ES

)

(ix.)

Polynesia.

XXX:

KK Ks

X | Japan and Loo Choo Is.

POSE

MELVILL—MARINE MOLLUSCA.

(i.) | Gi.) | (ii.) | Gv.) | Cv.) | (vi) | (vit) | (vii) | Gx.)

$5 f

ge g. | 4 : a we

Sales || Ss | og | Ee :

43 39 an S aa 3

34 | &&| = mm esis || ele, lee

wena || lars Ss I aE | og all 5 :

iis aS Og 3 os & | q 8

Saa| ge | 3c $ ag sa | ae = 3

aOa| fs ae 2) esha B3 aa ay a

sgON| 33] 83 | vg £4 | BO | Fal 5 3

wa a a -q m4 ‘s) 4 a a

Sistrum tostoma (Reeve) .......-.... ne Ls oe x x 26

Peme207;28) (WaT) \ sive alcls cles cine is x x ; be x x x

» ochrostoma (Blainv.) ........ x x e x x

» spectrum (Reeve)..... coouads oe ac 6 a0 a0 x x

maespinosum (AL Ad.) 2.00... a a0 x Rye ae ee we x

» tuberculatum (Blainy.)........ < x x x x x x x

undatum (Chemn.) .......... 5% x x x x x x

Coralliophora abnormis (Sm.) ........ oe be 20 oC oe dc x .-

Fr neritoidea (Lam.) ...... nie x x Bs x

. monodonta (Quoy) ...... a. x x x x

Leptoconchus striatus, Riipp. .....-.... x we

Columbella pacila, Sowb. .........4.. : we x

turtunina, WAM... sce ss +0 x x x ie AS. x a os x

os varians, Sowb. .....+.... x x x do ie 26 ie oe x

x versicolor, Sowb. .........- x x x x x x

a (Mitrella) azora, Duclos . . x

” ( ) marquesa, Gask. ....| .. b3 em ds x x x

ox (Atilia) conspersa, Gask.....| .. bs x x x a ws Be x

(Conidea) flava, Brug. ....| xX x x x x x x x

Nassa arcularia (bi) soceooosaason0ed x x x x x x x x

PNCOTONGLC, BLURS) selec soe eyerai ve vie : x x x ae x x x

» (Miotha) gemmulata, Lam. ...... x eb x x x x x

», (Zeuwis) maldivensis, Sm. ...... fe ee x EG

5: (Lelasco) elegans, Kien. ..... con x x x x

» (Hebra) hispida, A. Ad......... xs ye OB 50 Br On :

( ) muricata,Q. & G. ...... ts x ae as ae Gc x x x

sania tritonoides, Reeve ......... arerell hl =36 66 o6 a oe x

Tritonidea reticosa (A. INGO aan ee AG a ae ae Bc os

os rubiginosa (Reeve) ....... a] 36 x b8 x x x : :

| a UNGOSA| (Lis)! wicrs «2 = = s.anone x x 4: x x x x x

Metula billeheusti (Petit) .........4.. + ae . Bf a 5 x

Fingina mendicaria (Li)... 66s ee eee x x x x x x x x x

Phos roseatus, Hinds ..... Oickcnerareeenn Gee sts a: ~ x x x x x

Pammecrrune(GMel.)! os. ied see le she's a a: Me x ‘ re na x x

Cynodonta armata (Brod.) ......... all. ot fz x :

os Canihiarn((e)) op become oBe x x x x

95 crosseana (Souv.) ......++0 Aa a at an oo

* cornigera (Lam.) .......... x x x x oe x x

Fasciolaria filamentosa, Lam. ........ x x x x x x

r trapezium, Lam. .......... x x x x x ats x

Fusus tuberculatus, Lam. ...........++ >< x

Latirus barclayt (Reeve) ........+++. x 36 .-

» craticulatus(Lam.) .......... aa x x x

PMOL GONUS) (Lis). clei aie cir @ c+ wie K x x ihe x x x

“) Wiprdin {Cin} Rep aoeeeroace ih x ts x 56 x be x

+ (Peristernia) corallina(Melv.&St.)| .. hi Bh Ee x 3¢ .- +

“AWG ) nassatula (Lam.) ...... x x * x ae x x x

(Leucozonia) smaragdula (L.) . x x x . x

Mitra floccata, Reeve.........+-+.55- ins : oe a Be :

PRIMORTICCOUS UAT. se -c)- <i eens ne De Se MS bc Co Ho is x x

PRSOLICL INCE VIO’. aisle es slecesuella.ele ein oe ie a ais A a; we

» (Scabricola) acupicta, Reeye ....| x x x wa x 52 x Se

juan ) crenifera, Lam. ........ oe Ba x x x x Me oc

—

X | Japan and Loo Choo Is,

72 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

(i) | @) | GL | Gr | | CD | Crt) | (HL) | Gx) |

az | 8 FA Ss dg dca |e z4 F Fe

ae Ge eae We Ga: om aa | & 3

3A Sh] a aa | a ae ic 8

S ...| As a me} 3.3 eo) tl =]

Ona) ss ° 5 Seal || A 2 : rg

| eee a | Oe | Bas |) Soe ele q

ao8/ S95 130) 8 ga | #2 | 84 Bi g a

3 a = m os Ss “=

HON| 23] 83] 8 pa | BO | Sel lee z it

wo a a } ey 5 4 ay ay &

Mitra (Cancilla) annulata, Reeye...... x x 60 na ; x 6

a ) interlirata, Reeve ...... x x x x x x x x

3 (Chrysame) cucumerina, Lam, .. x x x x x x ;

eta ( ) ferruginea, Lam, ........ ae x. x x x 5

RAS Goolgoon05o> oe x : x 5

» (Strigatella) acuminata, Sw. .... : x x On x x 0

sh AC ) ansulata, Reeve ........ $ 5 : : a a5 50 5

mC ) columbelliformis, Kien. ..| .. x x +4 x

» (——) fuscescens, Pease ........ x ae . a3 we 56 59

» (—) litterata, Lam........... x x x x x x x x x x

eee ) paupercula, Lam. ...... x x x x x

» (Costellaria) angulosa, Kist. .... x 20 x x a0

Ser Li( WeLer UL AUUE NS Some ooodos x x x on Ae x x x x x

ee Nerina n INS ING, ola coon A6 ne eS Ag x ae

eet ) cineracea, Reeve ........ x x x +.

an ) modesta, Reeve ........ 4 5 x x bic Be x

nyt (Busia erngcatane lama eeeeerters 3 Ne x x x

», (Swainsonia) filum, Wood ...... x x ae 3

JE Php UO WIG G5 55650000 6000KC x x x x x an BC x x

pity SUUALT UBIN tate hey eke sistemas eeeues se 20

A PUeNtriCOSA UAT. acl scissile eles x a x x x x x

Lyria delessertiana (Petit) .......... x :

Marginella (Closia) sarda, Kien. ...... x :

os (Glabella) serrata, Gask..... aie x oe ay se :

Oliva episcopalis, Lam. .............. x x 56 x x x

» erythrostoma, Lam. ...........- Se x x x aA

5 ates WENN, Gp coonddoaacn occ x x x x x

gy, emesmaness sis bicds\sqcye ers eiriesmuedepete we x x x x x

my ECHITED IVC Saaee ban oe Go x me x ox x

=. (p00, UGS Sap eeaooome 666 Ac6 ee x ae 53 3c ue of a 5a ae

op Weeki UNG Bean oo on ca cue ae ate B0 34 36 ee x 5c x Is

Ancilla rubiginosa, Swains. .:........ oye BS ie an oe ah

NERA ide EREN) Aen OU BG OnAanO Ge x * x 5c x x x

a dating, METIS Sondnnocccs x x x x x x x an

Suman WEY sag abaAacooe 5 ote 30 9 ale

5, c@rulescens,. Lam, ....-0..++.++ x x x x ac x a : :

eo schlorata MMamMl, \cave creepers De mc x x as 6

SC eCONS NEN SaapELIN OSs yop cle retrievers ie se to 33 8 ~ ee we

by pnenereiiataa (La) -asisrecepare sesrstetere x x x x x x x x

ee PRCA EECCA (Li) als eis clewe-eha ate tee x x x x x x x

ay Cyan (UO) SaosaoondsaouN x x a x x x x x

sor) namceCUlrta (as) egies ste) oracarsia pete x x x x x x x

sap MROTULLTE MON Ae tomas: craters eres x x x x 5b x

A edited bVeGU) tars ante Oltho neato Oc x x 2

» penicillata, Hinds............ te x ain 6

SU RPertUsi wD OLN weet \-\-¥<\ aici ea x x ee Bi

A gab) AS aootsocnoe7 on x x <x oe x S ac x

By) Ce@talias SEUMOs) soe .c ec ossvojeioe ele 4 ae x o< x :

Conus fuscatis Game © i.) we cue vient x x a x 5

», (Stephanoconus) distans, Hw. .... a x < ae x A 50

Pee ( vids EW lessee wn a x x x x x x x x x

» (Coronawis) ceylonensis, Hw. ....| - x x x Bh x ae Xx .. .

sok ) fulgetrum, Sowb......... a we if oe x ss ee no x x

MELVILL—MARINE MOLLUSCA.

G.) | (i.) | Gil.) | (iv.) | Cv.) | (vi.) | (vil) | (viii) | Gx.) | (x)

ae P

E 3 a a 2 3 F

= e 3 =| : 3 oe

as |ee/2 | 2 |ge)e | 22] s 6

ee lee 3 | 4 Wee besa a 3

See | sis | als |: Sin eae Nee Pia g a z

Beet 2o \iste |! Seis ee | 8 || a

aOs/ ou | ge n eS oan eeaicd B a g

BON| 22 | ss !|o¢u/] fa | so | ta] 2] se] &

wa a A a ay Ss) 4 a a 5

Conus (Coronaais) hebreus, L. ........ x x x x x a} x x x

i ( Nuniinanish ws ay.)ecls)« seis x x oe x x x x

» (Puneticulis) arenatus, Hw. x x x x x x x

eC ) pulicarius, Brug......... x S.C x x x

» (Nubecula) gubernator, Brug... .. x os x x x a6

par i )) CE I0s MORO 6 GEE ore ae x x x x x x

» (Dendroconus) quercinus,L. ....| xX x x x x x x x x

me ) tessellatus, Born’ ........ x x x x x x x x

» (Leptoconus) archithalassus, Dillw. x : os

» (tthoconus) ermineus, Dillw.....| .. x x ac c x x x

me ) ewimius, Reeve ........ ne dc a8 io x .

ee ( ) flavidus, Lam........... x x x x x x

», (Rhizoconus) miles, L........... x x x x x x x x

aan ) pulchellus, Swains. ...... x oo x .

onus att ) sulphuratus, Brug. ...... wh x x Bit x

ao ME CEE aE rar selec eters wth a 6 xe x x ot x x me

roe (( ) veatllum, Gmel. ........ x x x x x x ><

» (Chelyconus) catus, Brug. ...... x x x x i x x

» (Cylinder) archiepiscopus, Hw. .. x Se a6 Se

oy at MCULECUS May streets, crolere fievexe oe Ba x x x x

“Ho mal ) episcopus, Hw........ Rajel|| | 6 oe oe = bys a0

on ae N KECAITULE Mare zo wsstaj veh snessheveiafe x x x x x x x x x x

(Hermes) nussatella, L. ........ x x x x x x x

Plewn otoma biilowt, Sowb. ............ a .?

Fn garnonsti, Reeve......... BNO taace as ai ve os x

3 guckele, Weink,. ....... 000+ os x ae ao

variegata, Kien. .......... x x 50 x x x x x 96 de

Drillia flavidula (WER) soaaoagonnont al] § a6 se tc Be oe on ap an oe x

PRUOTIGOLS) SMe) tela sale oso sie es aa xe ce x x aS x ate ae ".

», _ (Clavus) ewasperata (Reeve) . oe x

Surcula bijubata, Reeve............+- x x x x x

Clathurella robillardi, H. Ad. ........ x

Mangilia (Glyphostoma) roseotincta,

POG ROMZ eee: wicycrecidiavaers ee eleva aS ee we Be B0 a ae ao EA x x 30

Cancellaria (Merica) asperella, Lam... . ae x 50 oe x a6 50 x oo x

> (Euclia) lactea, Desh. at eh an a a0 He i% au Fe! ie

Schizochiton incisus (Sowb.) .......+++ at a0 x ae oe a Be x x --

Acanthochites laqueatus (Sowb.).......- Bc 20 x ws ae x x x ..

Acanthopleura borbonica (Desh.) .....- is x ae ae ac 56 ae ye ae

Dentalium gardineri, sp. nov. ......+- on 5c 5c per a6 50 ac .- “6

» gemmiparum, sp. Noy. ....+- 53

» pseudosewagonum, Desh. ....| .. ae 0 ae oa ony An x on

Atys (Alicula) cylindrica (Helb.) ...... x x a x x oe x x x

Bulla australis, Q. & G... 2.2.6... eee Au as ae be a3 ae a me x on

Siphonaria atra, Q. & G. woe. eee eee 44 Be oe Be Pe 3 x Bd ye x

Arca imbricata, Brug...........00008% x BG x x x x x Me x a

BMAUICHIATIS, BIUL.. «0.00. .0s +20 x i x x oo x x

» (Barbatia) decussata, Sowb.. . x x x x x x x x

on tt ) nivea, Chem...........+ x at a x x oo oe x ac :

», (Acar) plicata, Chem. .......... x a x x x x : x

aC ) tenella, Reeve .......... x o : x x x

y» (Anadara) holoserica, Reeve...... x x x x Ba x x

an» ) secticostata, Reeve........ x sc . x

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 10

74 PEROY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION. ‘

(i.) | Gi) | Gai) | Gv.) | (¥.) | (vi) | (vil) | (viii.) | Gx.) | (x)

é¢ a

HE ee |p oS! : : B so 2

424 ss | 8 of | & Ete : a

ae (ese eges (ae .| (ene 8

5A S to Ss wa = ae] 2 ro}

Bre | re alee 2G lee siireamealltsted |) ve, A

ote BS Mea hee Sk | Ss") aie | eee

gO8| 25 | Soe Gs aa | s2| 84 Bi 3 5

--73| 38 SF Gaed Bo gs EE fe 8

BON aca ord 3 a a BO g a = a a

w Ss 4 is Ay 5 4 ay fy Ss

Pectunculus hoylei, M. & St. ......+--- ig x x

Modiola auriculata, Krauss ......-..- x x x x x re ss x hy

Septifer bilocularis (L.) ..........055+ x x x x x x x x x x

Lithodomus cinnamomeus (Lam.) .....- x x x x x xe Ss x

= Grade wl 5 joo ueaacns ah x x its

*e plumula, Hank. Wa... se: x ae a ? He:

nj tenes. IPH Et cperee easeeyener sess < x x oe x x x x +

Meleagrina margaritifera (L.) ....++++ x x x x x x x x x <

Pteria ala-corvi (Chem.)..........+--- x x x xe .f x x -

aun ROMOCEC, (THAT) fever) Sele eit acces x oe Bit x x Be

» malleotdes (Reeve) .........--- hd ae 3 Be ae ee Ae x x ah

3 macroptera (Lam) ....4....-.- ae ane ae sa x x x x

» semisagitta (Lam.) ..........-- x

Malleus normalis, Lam...........---- ov os ka he x ae

Perna isognomon (L.) ........000- ees x x ty x x < x x

» lingueformis, Reeve ........-- a Se ed 56 sa ond a0 x x

ay), NSULCELGMLAIN Pais otk eis ans x ae i

33) AUTEN EG RMEOVO® cP el aiciseis cine ohne x x S

AEE IES 3 Sg wecgon depeias x Fa x

Pinna (Atrina) nigrina, Lam. .......- x x x x x x x x x x

Ostreacerata, SowDs 254. --+ssa-+4-* x fe er a7

By ON ia Os ord conden Good we Geno x x x ee x x

» myilordes, MaMa. ene es ae ae x x ms .

» (Alectryonia) crista-galli, L. .... 5G x x a x x x

» (—) frons, L. oo... eee x 5

Pecten cuneolus, Reeve .........++++> x a ¥

Mh GaRihinky IOs, Gogaactoss ae x ws x Se

aa) LEMMISCOLUS WRU Ose seo c bere aie siep ie sit Pe Ba : me

ry MOREA IUGhINS. 68 ooriteninisoe doce x x x +.

5) malamensis Smith .. «+ «<i «+s ie x <

os muraficus, REVO... = +. 0. cane ie < x x

» noduliferus, Sowb. ......--+++: x x x ae

St OUT MIREOV Ou ctatA es ain cite « ere weseats A A SK 26 és a5 a bass i

Sy DIED) UR an Spa e OE ea OrloS ae x se 30 we x x x x

Say PEN{ECHUS|BP.| MOVe, . .sciciei«.v elev . ae : x

my yoo (lev caGeromounand sor st re x x x x x

» porphyreus, Chem. ..........-- x x x x x x x x x

» pseudo-lima,Sowb..........-.- bs ao x x 2

», metwulatus, Reeye ........-+-« dc x

Amussium caducum, Sm. ........-+.. as ae ee x Ae

Lima fragilis (Gmel.)........ 000002 5c x x .- x x < x x

mp Walia (WGN) 5 5 pease gononesnc 56 at at ac oe x Pia

» multicostata, Sowb. ..........4 x Sc Se aD 35 30 30 oi a a3

33) SOWENDYA, EBD aleiaiaysic)e i's ce ele es x x x x x x

», (Ctenordes) tenera, Chem. ........ SS 5% x x

Spondylus aurantius, Lam,...........- x : x x

6 coccmmeus, Lam............. x os

i (nig ONGMG Bap sonnocddc Bc a0 Se. Se eft sc x re x ab

i ZONMUG MATH opiates vei ic\sieiisisiere ue oa an ata a os as x

Cardita cooperi, Sp. MOY..........+++++ oe a oe att a0 te ae a i

Mytilicardia variegata (Brug.) .......- x x x x x x x x ao x

Tsocardia( Meiocardia)moltkiana(Chemn.)| .. a us sa a re SA x ae x

Tnbitina guinaica (Lam.) ............ 36 an ou a Oe at a ee x

MELVILL—MARINE MOLLUSCA.

(i.) | (ii) | (iii.) | Civ.) | (¥-) | (vie) | (vii) | (vii) | (ix) | &)

ela eee g

le] a. =| ° $

oe 22 |2. |) s lee eee :

ae |as|E (2 |ae)2 |e] 3 E

Bd) se | ow |yodlsdhs caine Bar le 2 3 ie

eoe| en | ss | 2 Wade iimele ca ig oye

aOa| ta | Se | 2 ER BE le Bei) ae 3 g

BON] 28 | 8s 3 He | BO | Sal B = a

wo a 4 a | a s) 4 cy & 5

Diplodonta globosa (Forsk.) .......... x Ss oe x Pe Ee Pa

Iucina (Codakia) interrupta, Lam. ....| .. - x 3 fs x x

Ba: ) punctata (L.) .......4.. x x oe 4: 5 x x x

( ) ewasperata, Reeve ...... x x x x x x x x

EG bomnia splendida, Desh. .......... EM x

‘Barclaya incerta, Desh. ...........+.. x ae ah o Be Ie ae ‘ie ao

Tellina ae rugosa, Born ...... x x x x x x x x x

» (Arcopagia) robusta, Hanl. .... x x zs Be x x Bs oe

( yiscobinata, Wie tel. 32. wanes x x os x x x x

Donace (Latona) abbreviatus, L......... Pc te x x x

)) Glin, Ones Eogoacdaus x x 85 Ss x = x Ae

Paphia glabrata, DES) el aa eer cece RCC x x x Se 50 x x x

pEerIond, DESH. ots. = at vec a ao x x ee x te oe a6

ME CeRSCH ILC (Lis) telsies «) «! ve /sisiale'e alee « x x x x x x x x x

Crista pectinata (L.) .........--205.. x x x x x x x 36 x

oo idea WE) Sa oncenoadoodore ie B.. a os hae x x x x x

Lioconcha picta (Lam.) .............. x x x x x x x x x

Callista costata (Chemn.) ............ x x x x

» amirantium, sp. Noy. ........ ne ae so

Caryatis leta (Chemn.) .........+++.. x ees x x dic

Venus (Chione) lamarckti, Gray ...... me. =e x x 56 an x ate

eal’ )) Ga WA Son oposodode x x a x ce x x x x

EC ) scabra, Hanley.......... x we x. x x x oe a

» _ (Omphaloclathrum) toreuma, Gould oy x sie x x

Caridium( Trachycardium)leucostoma, Born x = ae a x fe eb

oe ) maculosum, Wood oe x x x x x x

ae ( )mauritianum, Desh..... ~ de

op al ) serricostatum, M. & St. x

en ( ) transcendens, M. & St. as 50 5 Zt 30 =f On x

», (Papyridea) australe, Sowb. .. x x x x x x x x

», (Fragum) crenelloides, sp. nov. E

1, (——) roseolum, sp. Noy. .... de :

ar ( ) simillimum, Smith .... x

» (Levicardium) _ biradiatum,

BGP sy ssrevoperceeiecces waleserscs levers x x x x x x

», (Ctenocardia) fornicatum,

SOD, saaoesooousopeace4 as Eis x x x x a x

» (——)fragum, L........... x x x x

» (——) nivale, Reeve ........ me ae .- x

) victor, Angas ........ x x Be Sd rs

Hemicardium subr retusum, i x x x x x x .

Tridacna elongata, Lam. .....-...... x x Ye x os x

a ERG AUT See oonanarhors x x io .: x

Chama fibula, Reeve ................ x 6 ais x x on

PetmomCatd, BLOG. -\01.¢ «= sets x x x ac x

so) LECCE TERA STS Si oe ean RRC He x ie 56 ae a xe x ae .

Asaphis deflorata(L.) .............. x x x x x x x x x x

Rocellaria mytiloides (Lam.).......... x x : x x x :

Verticordia deshayesiana, Fisch. ...... : me :

10*

76 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Table showing the Number of Species collected individually in each Group of

Islands visited by H.M.S. ‘ Sealark,’ in 1905.

Spp. "

A, Mauritius’) 3 Sa ee ke 2 .

B., Cargados-Carajosaenemenie is | =) G8

C: Saya ide’Malha Banksys) ee AT, i

D. ProvidencelS Keecae eee) ons |. ee f

B., Amirantes: E49 aeons Peas 8), 29

i, Seychellesjand(@cetivy ales eee) mel

‘Aldabra (k= \fs 9 Sener ott ack “of 1 .

Farquhar Atoll) er vues meters fete, ae es 4

OETA NTNIEG 5 6 5 5 o o 3 o 9 IBY i

GASTROPODA.

Order PROSOBRANCHIATA.

Suborder i. DIOTOCARDIA.

(2) DOCOGLOSSA.

Family Patellide.

1. Patella pica, Reeve.

Patella pica, Reeve, Conch. Icon., Patella, fig. 45 (1854).

Patella chitonoides, id. ib. fig. 52.

Loe. Seychelles: Praslin I., on reefs and rocks.

2. Helcioniscus rota (Gmel.).

Patella rota, Chem. Conch.-Cab. x. p. 330, tab. 168. fig. 1619 ; Gmelin, Syst. Nat. vol. vi.

Patella scalata, Reeve, Conch. Icon., Patella, fig. 89.

Patella variegata, Reeve, Conch. Syst. tab. 136. fig. 1.

Patella petalata, Reeve, Conch. Icon. fig. 56.

Loc. Seychelles: Praslin I., with the preceding species.

Coetivy I.

(6) RHIPIDOGLOSSA.

Sect. i. ZYGOBRANCHIATA.

Family Fissurellide.

3. Glyphis riippellii (Sowb.).

Fissurella riippellit, Sowb. Conch. Mlustr, fig. 75; Reeve, Conch. Icon. vi. Fissurella, fig. 54.

Loc. Amirantes: St. Joseph I.

Beach-worn specimens only, probably to be referred to this species, a not uncommon

Mauritian mollusc,

MELVILL—MARINE MOLLUSGA. 17

4. Glyphis singaporensis (Reeve).

Fissurella singaporensis, Reeve, Conch. Icon. vi. Fissurella, fig. 100, 101.

Loe. Chagos Archipelago: Salomon I.

Coetivy I.

Family Emarginulide.

5. Hmarginula clathrata, Ad. & Rve.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago: Salomon I.

6. Emarginula tenuicostata, Sow.

Loc. Saya de Malha Banks: Station C 9, 145 fathoms, shell-rubble.

Coetivy I.

One example only was dredged at either place.

7. Rimula exquisita, A. Ad.

Loc. Amirantes: St. Joseph.

A very delicate and refined species, whose headquarters are the Philippine Islands.

Family Haliotide.

8. Haliotis pustulata, Reeve

Loc. Saya de Malha Banks: Station C 16, 26 fathoms, with the preceding. A young

shell only, but agreeing in both sculpture, form, and coloration with the Mauritian species.

9. Haliotis (Padollus) ovina, Chem.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago: Coin I., Peros Banhos.

Saya de Malha Bank: Station C 16, 26 fathoms, among living corals and rubble.

Sect. 1. AZYGOBRANCHIATA.

Family Stomatellide.

10. Stomatella angulifera, A. Ad.

Toc. Amirantes: Station E 11, 25-80 fathoms, hard ground.

20-25 fathoms, Halimeda-rubble.

Also Station E 18,

ll. Gena auricula (Lam.).

Loc. Seychelles I.

12. Gena nigra (Quoy).

Loc. Coetivy I.

13. Gena strigosa, A. Ad.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago: at low tide, Barachois Maurice, south of Diego Garcia.

78 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION,

Family Liotiide.

14. Liotia crenata (Kien.).

Loc. Amirantes: St. Joseph I.

One or two specimens only, a little worn, but quite characteristic. Of wide distri-

bution, ranging from the Philippines to Ceylon, but not yet recorded from Mauritius.

Family Trochide.

15. Trochus (Pyramis) mauritianus, Gmel.

Loe. Seychelles: Praslin I.

Coetivy I.

16. Trochus (Pyramis) noduliferus, Lam.

Loe. Coetivy I.

17. Trochus (Pyramis) pyramis, Born.

Loe. Seychelles: Praslin I.

Chagos Archipelago.

With this is included 7. (Pyramis) obeliscus, Gmelin; the two appear synonymous.

18. Trochus (Infundibulum) maculatus, L.

Loe. Seychelles: Praslin I.

Coetivy I.

A variable, widely distributed species.

19. Trochus (Infundibulum) radiatus, Gmel.

Loc. Seychelles: Praslin I. (a form perhaps referable to vividus, Reeve).

Coetivy I.

20. Trochus (Infundibulum) venetus, Reeve.

Loe. Seychelles: Praslin I.

21. Huchelus providentia, sp. nov. (Plate 5. fig. 1.)

#. testa rotundo-conica, umbilicata, carnea, solidula; anfractibus 6, quorum duo

apicales parvi, leeves, ceteris ad suturas haud multum impressis, undique spiraliter

arctissime geminato-nodulosis, nodulis parvis, uniformibus, nitidis, ultimo anfractu

tridecim nodulorum ordinibus decorato; apertura rotunda, intus margaritacea,

liratula, labro incrassato, intus crenulato, fere continuo; columella albo-margaritacea,

profunde plano-callosa, conspicue basin versus unidentata.

Alt. 8, diam. 7 mm. (sp. maj.).

foc. Providence I.

A roundly-conical, yellowish-pink uchelus, everywhere closely grained with small

gem-like nodules, spirally arranged; mouth roundish, within pearly, and strongly

spirally lirate ; peristome almost continuous, pearly, flushed with carneous pink,

crenulate within; the callous, margaritaceous, flattened, columellar process ending in a

blunt conspicuous tooth below the centre.

Two examples, the larger being selected for the type.

MELVILL—MARINE MOLLUSCA. 79

22. Clanculus margaritarius, Phil.

Loe. Coetivy I.

Seychelles: Praslin I.

Amirantes : St. Joseph.

Chagos Archipelago: Barachois Maurice, Diego Garcia.

Allied to C. wnedo, Ad.

23. Clanculus mauritianus, sp. nov. (Plate 5. fig. 5.)

O. testa depresso-conica, pallide puniceo-brunnea, profunde sed anguste umbilicata ;

anfractibus 6-7, quorum apicales duo minuti, rugosi, ceteris, preecipue ante-

penultimo et penultimo, infra suturas angulatim gradatulis, ubique et arcte

6-seriatim granulatis, tribus granorum ordinibus infra suturas conjunctim dispositis,

tribus inferis, lineis spiralibus minutis interpositis, regione interstitiali oblique

striata, simili modo anfractu ultimo usque ad peripheriam, ordinibus granorum

linea spirali inter se separatis, infra peripheriam tridecim ordinibus conjunctim

dispositis, puniceo tinctis et maculatis; apertura oblique rotunda, labro paullum

effuso, intus 4—5-lirato, regione umbilicari paucicrenata; columella infra plicatula,

apud basin conspicue uniplicata.

Alt. 9, lat. 12 mm.

Loc. Mauritius: Station A 4, 500-600 fathoms.

A pale brownish-pink-coloured Clanculus, with obscure pink spotting basally, de-

pressedly conical, narrowly umbilicate, the umbilical region coarsely crenate, six- or

seven-whorled, the three lowest whorls possessing, firstly, three rows of close spiral fine

granules followed by others which have a fine spiral line dividing them, the interstices

being very finely obliquely striate. Next, on the last whorl, below the periphery, the

many—about 13—spiral rows of granules are quite close together, with no intermediary

lines. The mouth is obliquely rotund, outer lip a little effuse, with four or five spiral

short lire just within the orifice; columella plicatulate above, and with a strong tooth-

like plait at the base. It is allied to C. wnedo, A. Ad., and others of that section of the

genus.

24. Monodonta australis, Lam.

Trochus labio australis, Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab. xi. fig. 1890.

Loc. Seychelles: Praslin I.

25. Calliostoma duplicatum, A. Ad.

Loc. Amirantes: Station E 2, 29 fathoms, algal rubble.

A small, elegant species, allied to the Indian C. scobinatum, A. Ad., endemic at

Bombay. This latter, however, is very much larger and somewhat broader in contour.

26. Gibbula phasianella (Desh.).

Turbo phasianellus, Desh. Moll. de Réunion, p. 74, pl. 8. figs. 11-13.

Margarita striatula, Philippi (sed ubi descript. ?).

Loe. Amirantes: St. Joseph I.

80 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

A small, turbinoid shell, variously brightly coloured, in the markings resembling

certain Phasianellz or Neritine. Its occurrence in the Amirante Isles shows a north-

ward extension of range; it has long been known to occur in the Mascarene Isles, and,

under the name of Margarita striatula, Phil. is reported * from Lifu, Loyalty Islands.

27. Gibbula (Forskalia) pulcherrima, A. Ad.

Loc. Saya de Malha Banks: Station C 15, 55 fathoms.

Providence I.: Station D1, 31 fathoms.

Amirantes: Station E11, 25-80 fathoms.

Seychelles: Station F 3, 31 fathoms.

With this I group G. fanuloides, Fischer, which seems only a slight variety, with

margin angled, owing to projecting nodules. The typical form has been well named by

its author, for when fresh and perfect it is undoubtedly one of the more beautiful of

the smaller Trochoids.

28. Solariella aquamarina, sp. nov. (Plate 5. fig. 2.)

S. testa depresso-conica, profunde umbilicata, omnino levissima, margaritacea, beryl-

lina, aque marine instar, nitida; anfractibus 6, quorum apicales tres parvi, acuti,

albi, striatuli, ceteris ad suturas, canaliculatis antepenultimo juxta suturas supra

crenellifero, penultimo et ultimo anfractu omnino lzevissimis, pulcherrime viridi-

margaritaceis, ad peripheriam subangulato; apertura rotunda, peristomate simpli-

ciusculo, regione umbilicari minute et pulchre crenellifera, intus ad faucem umbilici

spiraliter decussatim multilirata; operculo corneo, 6-7-spirali.

Alt. 6, diam. 11 mm.

Loc. Saya de Malha Banks: Stations C 4,150 fathoms, C6, 145 fathoms, oyster-shell-

rubble ground.

A most exquisite species, with a slightly fugitive colour of pearly aquamarine or beryl.

It is remarkably smooth, the only sculpture being the incised radiate sulculi around the

umbilicus, and the fine spiral liration of the apical whorls. The peristome is remarkably

thin and not in the least reflected. This species has all the appearance of an abysmal

shell.

29. Solariella incisura, sp.nov. (Plate 5. fig. 3.)

S. testa parva, depresso-conica, nitida, opalino-margaritacea, profunde umbilicata ;

anfractibus 5, quorum apicales duo perparvis, tertio concentrice liratulo, penultimo

supra minute crenulato et obscure liratulo, ultimo, in uno specimine fere levi,

in altero spiraliter sub lente pauciliratulo; apertura rotunda, margaritacea, peri-

stomate simplice, marginem apud columellarem triangulatim reflexo, basi circa

umbilicum fortiter et profunde radiatim sulcata.

Alt. 2°5, diam. 4 mm.

Loc. Saya de Malha Banks: Station C 6, 145 fathoms, on shell-rubble ground.

Only two examples, and neither in very perfect condition, occurred of this beautiful

* Journ. of Conch. viii. p. 126 (1895).

MELVILL—MARINE MOLLUSCA. 81

little pearly Solariella, having all the appearance of a benthal mollusc. The sculpture,

as given above, varies a little in the two specimens, being more pronounced in the most

broken example—the principal feature being the very strong and pronounced circlet

of short sulcations, 15-14 in all, around the umbilicus. The specific name has been

proposed in allusion to the very deeply cut incised umbilical radiations.

30. Solariella (Conotrochus) sayademalhana, sp. nov. (Plate 5. fig. 4.)

S. testa parva, profunde umbilicata, albo-straminea, conica ; anfractibus 6-7, quorum

13 apicales lzves, vitrei, ceteris gradatulis, delicate multiliratis, lirulis tenuis-

simis, tribus magis conspicuis, longitudinaliter, preecipue apud suturas, radiatim

arcte crenatulis, basi tenuiter multilirata, ad umbilicum angulata, intus tenuissime

longitudinaliter striata; apertura rotunda, peristomate tenui, margine collumellari

haud reflexo.

Alt. 4, lat. & mm.

Loc. Saya de Malha Banks: Station C 4, 150 fathoms.

A delicate, small, many-lirate Conotrochus, allied to S. variabilis, A. Ad., and singa-

porensis, Pilsbry, but not exactly agreeing with their definitions. The subgenus

Conotrochus, while holding good for the species just mentioned, seems in some cases to

merge very gradually into the typical Solariella.

31. Hthalia striolata, A. Ad.

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Station B 9, 30 fathoms.

32. Phasianella ethiopica, Phil.

Loc. Coetivy I.

83. Turbo marmoratus, L.

Loc. Aldabra I. (sp. max.).

Chagos Archipelago.

Seychelles: Praslin I.

34. Turbo (Senectus) argyrostomus, L.

Loc. Coetivy I.

Seychelles: Praslin I.

Chagos Archipelago.

35. Turbo (Senectus) intercostalis, Menke.

Loc. Seychelles: Praslin lL.

Chagos Archipelago.

This includes 7. articulatus, Reeve, elegans, Phil., &c

36. Lurbo (Senectus) radiatus, Gmel.

Loc. Saya de Malha Bank: Station C 15, 55 fathoms, among loose Lithothamnia-

rubble.

SECOND SERIES.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. ll

82 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

37. Turbo (Senectus) setosus, Gmel.

Loc. Seychelles: Praslin I.

A very abundant species in this locality.

38. Turbo (Senectus) tursicus, Reeve.

Turbo tursicus, Reeve, Conch. Icon., Turbo, sp. 60.

Turbo turcicus, Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Turbo, p. 200, pl. 8. fig. 75.

Turbo tursicus. Philippi, Conch. Cat. editio ii. p. 83, pl. 19. fig. 5; Smith, Rep. Voyage H.M.S.

‘ Alert,’ p. 504, pl. xliv. figs. U-U* (1884).

Loe. Providence I.: Station D 4, 50-78 fathoms.

A rare species, the type coming from the Philippines. Allied to 7. spinosus, Chem.,

but smaller, more elaborately sculptured, and of different colour-pattern.

39. Leptothyra gardineri, sp. nov. (Plate 5. fig. 6.)

ZL. testa anguste umbilicata, solida, turbinata, incrassata, albido-straminea, radiatim

brunneo-suffusa ; anfractibus 5-6, gradatulis, quorum 23 apicales minuti, ceteris

undique fortiter costulis spiraliter preeditis, duabus preecipue conspicuis, quarum

superior regulariter maculata, circa ultimi anfractus peripheriam, interstitiis

tornatis, obscure longitudinaliter striatulis; apertura rotunda, alba; peristomate

inecrassato, albo, continuo, extus multi-crenulato.

Alt. 6:5, lat. 7 mm.

Loe. Coetivy I.

A compact species, of the section to which ZL. amussitata, Gould, pilula, Dkyx., and

ponsonbyi, Sowb., belong. It is much smaller than the first-named, far more pronounced

in sculpture than the second, while it differs from Z. ponsonbyi in its quadrate whorls,

in marking, and in the nature of its spiral riblets or carinze, which are somewhat

irregular in size and relative distance from each other, but strong on the whole, and

pronounced, tornate, the interstices longitudinally striate, the last whorl suffused with

brown, while on the upper of the two more particularly conspicuous spiral keels at the

periphery regularly placed dark brown spots are seen. ‘The spire is gradate, mouth

round, white; peristome thickened, much crenulate without, continuous, white;

umbilical perforation narrow.

40. Leptothyra roseocincta, v. Mart.

Leptothyra roseocincta, KH. von Martens, Mollusken der Mauritius und der Seychellen, p. 294,

Taf. 20. fig. 22.

Loc, Cargados Carajos: Station B 2, 31 fathoms, among Lithothamnia- and weed-

rubble.

A brightly-painted little shell, hitherto supposed to be endemic in Mauritius only.

MELVILL—MARINE MOLLUSCA. 83

Family Neritide.

41. Nerita albicilla, L.

Loe. Coetivy I.

Chagos Archipelago.

Most of the Nerite here mentioned are of universal occurrence through the eastern

tropical area and extending into warm temperate regions, albicilla, plicata, and polita,

perhaps, being the most frequent.

42. Nerita histrio, L.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

43. Nerita plexa, Chem.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

Seychelles: Praslin I.

Coetivy I.

44. Nerita plicata, L.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

Seychelles: Praslin I.

45. Nerita polita, L.

Loc. Coetivy I.

Chagos Archipelago.

From the first-named locality (Coetivy) come a series of very finely-coloured varieties,

ranging from pure white to deep black, with every intermediate of hue, crimson, orange,

yellow, pink, and white striped, pink with green spiral band, and likewise spotted forms.

46. Neritina ualanensis, Lesson.

Neritina ualanensis, Lesson, Voyage de la ‘ Coquille,’ Zool. p. 379.

Neritina mertoniana, Récluz, Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1843, p. 71.

Loc. Amirantes: 8. Joseph I.

Very widely distributed throughout the whole Kastern tropies; and, as Prof. E. von

Martens well observes (Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxi. (1889) p. 172), it “resembles

somewhat NV. virginea, L., from the West Indies, but is essentially distinct in the

operculum ; extremely variable in colours, usually ornamented with very fine dark lines

on a shining greenish ground.”

47. Neritina rangiana, Récluz.

Loe. Chagos Archipelago: Salomon I.

The Eastern exponent of the well-known West-Indian JV. viridis, L.

84 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Suborder ii. MONOTOCARDIA.

(a) PTENOGLOSSA.

Family Ianthinide.

48. Ianthina fragilis, Lam.

Loc. Saya de Malha Banks: Station C 6, 145 fathoms, shell-rubble bottom.

One incomplete specimen of the form communis, Lam. (sp.).

Family Scalide.

49. Scala bulbulus (Sowb.).

Scalaria bulbulus, Sowerby, Thes. Conch. 1. t. 34, fig. 85.

Loc. Saya de Malha Banks: C 6, 145 fathoms, shell-rubble bottom.

50. Scala interstriata (Sowb.).

Scalaria interstriata, Sowerby, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, xvi. (1905) p. 190.

Loc. Saya de Malha Banks: C 6, 145 fathoms. The type came from Ceylon.

51. Seala pallasii (Sowb.).

Loc. Amirantes, Station E 5, 52 fathoms, sandy bottom.

52. Scala perplexa (Pease).

Loc. Amirantes: 8. Joseph I.

Most probably but a variety of the Lamarckian S. /amellosa.

58. Lglisia elegans, sp. nov. (Plate 5. fig. 7.)

E. testa eleganter attenuata, albida, tenui, fere papyracea; anfractibus ad 18, ventri-

cosis, apud suturas compressis, alveolatis, supernis tribus, deinde quatuor, penultimo

et antepenultimio sex, ultimo anfractu septem carinulis preeditis, vix prominulis, fere

zequalibus, superficie omni, preter ad basin ipsam, regulariter et pulcherrime decus-

satim tenuilirata, liris arctis, papyraceis, carinas superjacientibus ; apertura rotunda,

labro tenui, marginem apud columellarem paullum incrassato, nitido, albo, basi

subplanata, minute concentrice liratula.

Long. 30, lat. 7 mm.

Loc. Saya de Malha Banks: Station C 4, 150 fathoms.

The single example dredged, though imperfect, some of the upper whorls missing, is so

entirely distinct from the very few species described of this restricted genus, that I

venture to differentiate it.

From E. tricarinata, Ad. & Reeve, and leptomita, Melv. & Sykes, it differs both in

texture, greater ventricosity of whorl, and especially in the far greater number of

revolving spiral carine and papyraceous loose longitudinal cancellations.

ase >

MELVILL—MARINE MOLLUSCA. 85

(6) TABNNIOGLOSSA.

Sect. PLATYPODA.

Family Naticide.

54. Natica chinensis, Lam.

Loe. Saya de Malha Banks: C 2, 125 fathoms.

Amirantes: Station E 18, 20-25 fathoms.

55. Natica gualteriana, Récluz.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

56. Natica orientalis, Gmel.

Loc. Amirantes: Station E 5, 32 fathoms.

N. eburnea, Desh., is a synonym of this species.

57. Natica raynaudiana, Récluz.

Loc. Seychelles: Station F 8, 34 fathoms.

58. Natica (Polinices) pes-elephantis, Chem.

Loc. Seychelles: Station F 3, 39 fathoms, hard sand.

This species is frequently known by the name of columellaris, Récluz.

59. Natica (Mamma) mamilla, L.

Loc. Amirantes: Station E 9, 34 fathoms, shell-rubble.

Seychelles; Station F 2, 31 fathoms, shell-rubble.

Chagos Archipelago.

A molluse of very wide distribution.

60. Matica (Mamilla) melanostoma, Gmel.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

61. Natica (Mamilla) simia, Desh.

Loc. Farquhar Atoll: Lagoon.

Family Vanikoride.

62. Vanikoro cancellata (Chem.), Lam.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

For a full synonymy of this species, the type of the genus, I would refer to a paper

published last year * by Mr. Edgar A. Smith, 1.8.0. In this exhaustive account of a

* “On the known Species of the Genus Vanikoro, Q. & G.,” by Edgar A. Smith, Proc. Mal, Soc, Lond, viii. (1908)

p. 104,

86 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

most difficult genus, worked out mainly with the aid of the extensive series contained in

our National Collection, many changes are proposed. May we hope that this invaluable

paper is only the prelude to an illustrated monograph !

Family Hipponycide.

63. Mitrularia equestris (L.).

Loc. Amirantes: 8. Joseph I.

64. Mitrularia cicatricosa (Reeve).

Loe. Seychelles: Praslin I.

M. tortilis, Reeve, seems synonymic. Tryon has united every form under the typical

name equestris, L., but we think he has gone too far in his amalgamation, though,

doubtless, far too many specific forms have been described.

65. Amalthea australis (Quoy).

Loc. Coetivy I., on Phasianella.

Seychelles: Praslin I., upon Turbo argyrostomus, L.

Chagos Archipelago: a distorted form, with shelly base, shell assimilating upper

valve of a Chama.

Chagos Archipelago, Egmont I.: a smoothish variety, red-blotched.

Family Solariide.

66. Solarium maximum, Phil.

Loc. Saya de Malha Banks: Station C 12, 47 fathoms, shell-rubble and mud.

Only in young condition; but without much doubt referable to this species, which,

when well grown, attains a diametrical measurement of 24 inches.

67. Solarium modestum, Phil.

Loc. Seychelles: Station F 2, 31 fathoms, coral, sand, and Lithothamnia-rubble.

68. Solarium perspectivum (L.).

Loc. Amirantes: Station E 9, 34 fathoms, Polyzoa and shell-rubble.

69. Solarium (Philippia) oxytropis, A. Ad.

Loc. Amirantes: 8. Joseph I.

The specimen (one only) is imperfect, but agrees with New Caledonian examples, so

far as comparison can be made.

70. Torinia dorsuosa (Hinds).

Toc. Amirantes: Station E 6, 28 fathoms, Pecten-valve rubble.

MELVILL—MARINE MOLLUSCA. 87

71. Torinia infundibuliformis (Gmel.).

Loe. Coetivy I.

T. cylindracea, Hanley, is a synonym.

72. Torinia variegata (Gmel.).

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

With this is grouped 7. perspectiviuncula, Dillwyn. The two forms are united by

intermediates.

Family Littorinide.

78. Littorina (Melaraphe) glabrata, Phil.

Loe. Seychelles: Praslin I.

Chagos Archipelago: Egmont Atoll.

Tryon (Man. of Conch. ix. p. 251) merges this well-marked species under ZL. ziczae,

Chem., a shell which I have gathered in Cuba and other places in Antillean waters.

Indeed, the original specimens of Philippi’s glabrata were reported from Peru. Von

Martens chronicles its occurrence in the Seychelles, Mauritius, Madagascar, Bourbon,

south-eastern shores of Africa, and Ceylon. Personally, I consider it distinct from any

form of zéezae.

74. Littorina (Melaraphe) mauritiana, Lam.

Loe. Chagos Archipelago.

Seychelles: Praslin L[.

Inclusive of Z. levis, Phil.

75. Littorina (Melaraphe) melanostoma, Gray.

Loe. Seychelles: Praslin I.

76. Lictorina (Melaraphe) scabra (I..).

Loc. Amirantes: 8. Joseph I.

Seychelles : Praslin I.

Chagos Archipelago: Coin I., Peros Banhos.

Var. intermedia (Phil., sp.).

Seychelles: Praslin I.

Amirantes: Poivre I.

In some specimens the whorls are rounded at the periphery, being typically keeled.

This widely distributed mollusc is found, in one or other of its forms, around the tropics

everywhere, extending as far northward as Florida in the New World and Japan in the

Old. The synonymy is extensive, and is given in Tryon, Man. Conch. ix. pp, 248, 244,

the best-known forms, perhaps, being ahenea, Reeve, angulifera, Lam., lineata, Gmel.,

intermedia, Phil., filosa, Sowb., sieboldi, Phil., and rebulosa, Lam.

88 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Family Fossaride.

77. Fossarus lamellosus, Montrouz.

Loc. Amirantes: 8. Joseph I.

Seychelles: Praslin Island.

At both stations found attached to oysters.

Family Cerithiide.

78. Cerithium amirantium, Sm.

Cerithium amirantium, E. A. Smith, Rep. Voy. H.M.S. ‘ Alert,’ p. 501, pl. 44. fig. R (1884).

Loc. Amirantes: Station E11, 25-80 fathoms; hard rough ground.

One dead example, not in good condition, but seemingly agreeing in configuration

with this endemic species. In fresh state it is of a pink colour.

79. Cerithium citrinum, Sowb.

Loc. Coetivy I.

Chagos Archipelago.

80. Cerithium columna, Sowb.

Loc. Seychelles: Praslin I.

Chagos Archipelago.

81. Cerithium echinatum, Lam.

Loc. Seychelles: Praslin I.

Coetivy I.

Amirantes: Station E18, 280 fathoms (one specimen) on Lithothamnia-rubble

bottom.

Chagos Archipelago.

Seemingly a very abundant species, as are citrinum, columna, fasciatum, kochi, and

morus.

82. Cerithium lactewm, Kien.

Loc. Coetivy I.

88. Cerithiuwm morus, Lam.

Loc. Amirantes: 8. Joseph Atoll.

In very poor worn condition, small or broken examples. This most common and

variable species possesses a long synonymic list, the principal variety bemg C. varie-

yatum, Quoy, rightly, we think, incorporated with morus, Lam., by Mr. Edgar Smith

(Rep. Zool. Coll. H.M.S. ‘ Alert,’ p. 63).

84. Cerithium petrosum (Wood).

Loc. Chagos Archipelago: Diego Garcia, Barachois Maurice.

Seychelles: Praslin I.

Closely allied to the last species (C. morus, Lam.), and incorporated with it by some

authors. This is probably C. twberculatum, L.

MELVILL—MARINE MOLLUSCA. 89

85 Cerithium piperitum, Sowb.

Loc. Coetivy I.

Seychelles: Praslin I.

86. Cerithium rostratum, Sowb.

Loe. Coetivy I.

Seychelles: Praslin I.

87. Cerithium (Vertagus) articulatum, Ad. & Reeve.

Loe. Chagos Archipelago.

Amirantes: 8. Joseph I.

By Tryon (Man. Conch. ix. p. 146) this Eastern species is considered conspecific with

C. gemmatum, Hinds, from the West Coast of Central America.

88. Cerithium (Vertagus) asperum (1.).

Murex asper, Linné, Syst. Natur. xii. 1226.

Strombus vibex, Gmelin, Syst. Natur. xiii. 3522.

Cerithium lineatum, Lamarck, Enc. Méth. t. 443. fig. 3a, b.

Clava rugata, Mart. Univ. Conch. t. 12.

Loe. Chagos Archipelago: Diego Garcia, Barachois Maurice.

Seychelles: Praslin I.

Amirantes: 8. Joseph I.

89. Cerithium (Vertagus) cedo-nulli, Sowb.

Loe. Coetivy I.

Distinct, in my opinion, from C. obeliscus, Brug., to which it is by some authors

united. <A refined and beautiful species.

90. Cerithium (Vertagus) fasciatum, Brug.

Loe. Seychelles: Station F 2, 31 fathoms.

The plain, unbanded form only. Includes the larger C. martinianum, Pfr., occurring

at Providence I., Station D1, 31 fathoms.

91. Cerithium (Vertagus) kochii, Phil.

Loe. Cargados Carajos: Station B13, 30 fathoms.

Amirantes: Station E18, 280 fathoms.

Very widely distributed throughout the Indian Ocean, but not yet recorded from

the Eastern Archipelago or Philippines.

92. Cerithium (Vertagus) obeliscus, Brug.

Loc. Coetivy I.

Seychelles: Station F 2, 31 fathoms, coral and other rubble.

Chagos Archipelago.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII.

90 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

93. Cerithium (Vertagus) tenuisculptum, Sowb.

Loe. Chagos Archipelago.

Near C. articulatum, Reeve, but seemingly distinct.

94. Potamides (Tympanotonos) palustris (L.).

Loc. Seychelles: Praslin I.

Inhabiting brackish waters and swamps.

95. Triphora* complanata, Preston.

Loc. Amirantes: 8. Joseph I.

Agreeing with typical complanata in sculpture, but slightly different in form. Type

Ceylonese.

96. Triphora corrugata (Hinds).

Loe. Cargados Carajos : B13, 30 fathoms, coarse coral-rubble and sand.

97. Triphora sculpta (Hinds).

Loc, Cargados Carajos: Station B 29, 47 fathoms, rough bottom.

98. Triphora (Mastonia) coetiviensis, sp. nov. (Plate 5. fig. 8.)

T. testa mediocri, compacta, solidula, pupoidea, cinereo-brunnea, versus apicem

attenuata ; anfractibus ad 14, quorum apicales ipsi duo asperi, albo-vitrei, quatuor

his proximis duobus ordinibus tuberculatis, ceteris tribus, ultimo quinque spiraliter

instructis, tuberculis rotundis, nitidis, albo-cinereis; apertura fere rotunda, labro

crenulato, tenui, brunneo tincto, canali breviter rostrato.

Long. 18, lat. 4 mm.

Loc. Coetivy I.

An ashy-brown little Triphora, evenly spirally tubercled throughout with shining

small gemmee, of a compact growth, attenuate towards the apex, otherwise robust; on

the upper whorls the spiral rows are alternately straw-coloured and grey, the lower

whorls, however, are of a uniform dull grey, the orifice being tinged with brown, as is

the shortly beaked canal.

From figures and descriptions this species must be near 7. funebris, Jouss., from New

Caledonia, and 7’. intermedia, C. B. Ad., from the Antilles.

99. Vriphora (Viriola) trilirata (Desh.).

Triforis tritratus, Desh, Moll. Réunion, tab. xi. fig. 27.

Triforis incisus, Pease, var. triliratus, Desh., Tryon, Man. Conch. ix. 190, pl. 39, fig. 65.

Loc. Coetivy I.

One specimen, agreeing with description and figure of the above.

* For the use of Zriphora instead of the familiar Triforis, c.f. C. Hedley, Proc, Linn. Soc, N. 8, Wales, xxvii.

(1203) pp. 608 sqq-

MELVILL—MARINH MOLLUSCA. 91

Family Planaxide.

100. Planaxis lineolatus, Gould.

Loc. Amirantes: 8. Joseph Atoll.

United, with many other so-called species, by Tryon to the West Indian P. lincutus,

Da Costa.

Mr. E. A. Smith has identified an allied species from the Maldive Isles * as P. ineptus,

Gould.

101. Planaxis pyramidalis (Gmel.).

Loe. Chagos Archipelago: Salomon Anglaise.

Probably a variety of the next.

102. Planaxis sulcatus (Born).

Loc. Chagos Archipelago: Saiomon.

Var. savignyt, Desh.

Loc. Chagos: Diego Garcia, Barachois Maurice.

Amirantes: 8. Joseph I.

Variable, but very widely diffused.

Family Xenophoride.

103. XYenophora corrugata, Reeve.

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Station B 9, 30 fathoms.

Amirantes: Stations E 2, 29 fathoms, E 10, 22-55 fathoms, E 16, 39 fathoms,

all rough coral or Lithothamnia bottom.

104. XYenophora solarioides (Reeve).

Loc. Amirantes: Station E 6, 28 fathoms, Polyzoa-rubble.

Seychelles: Stations F 2, 31 fathoms, coral-rubble, F' 3, 39 fathoms, and F 6,

44. fathoms, both hard sand.

105. Xenophora (Tuguriwm) indica (Gmel.).

Loc. Seychelles: Station F 3, 39 fathoms, hard sand.

One example, not adult.

Family Modulide.

106. Modulus tectum (Gmel.).

Loc. Amirantes: 8. Joseph I.

Tn local plenty.

* Gardiner, J. §., ‘Fauna and Geogr. of Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes, Mollusca,’ by E. A. Smith, p, 615.

12*

92 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION,

Family Turritellide.

107. Turriteila (Haustator) columnaris, Kien.

Loc. Saya de Malha Banks: Station C 1, 150 fathoms, white coral rubble, &c.

Amirantes: Station E 8, 33 fathoms, hard sand.

Only fragmentary examples from the first-named station.

108. Turritella (Torcula) conecava, v. Mart.

Turritella concava, v. Martens, Beitr. Mcersf. Mauritius und Seychellen (Mobius), p. 283, Taf. xx.

fig. 19 (1880).

Loe. Amirantes: Station E 21, 30 fathoms, on ground consisting of quantities of

Halimeda- and Lithothamnia-rubble.

Two specimens. Hitherto considered endemic in Mauritius, where it was discovered

by M. Robillard. An interesting extension of range.

Family Vermetide.

109. Vermetus (Thylacodes) inopertus, Riippell.

Loc. Cargados Carajos.

This is identified with a little doubt as synonymous with V/. erwea, Lamarck.

110. Vermetus (Siphonium) maximus, Sowb.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago: Salomon.

111. Vermetus (Siphoniwm) sp.

Loe. Seychelles: Praslin I.

A species I cannot identify with certainty bears some resemblance to the variable

V. centriquadrus, Valenc., which is, typically, a Western American species.

Besides this, several specimens also occurred at Coetivy I. of a small species, with very

friable shell, evidently found imbedded in corals, with remarkably large horny operculum

proportionately speaking. Probably not adult, and difficult to name.

Family Strombide.

112. Strombus (Luprotomus) laciniatus (Chemn.), Dillw.

Loc. Amirantes: Station E 18, 20 to 25 fathoms, on rubble covered with Halimeda

and calcareous Algze.

One fine example.

118. Strombus (Euprotomus) papilio (Chemn.), Dillw.

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Station B 24, 30 fathoms, sand and weed.

Amirantes: Stations E 16, 39 fathoms, EK 21, 30 fathoms.

Seychelles: Praslin I.; Stations F 7, 34 fathoms, F 8, 34 fathoms, both sand

bottom.

MELVILL—MARINE MOLLUSCA. 93

One of the less frequent of the Strombi, and a shell of great beauty. Specimens in

all stages of growth were collected at the various stations given above.

Recorded from Mauritius (von Martens), but not hitherto from either the Seychelles,

Amirantes, or Chagos Archipelago.

114. Strombus (Gallinula) columba, Lam.

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Stations B 8, 30-32 fathoms, B 9, 30 fathoms, B 16,

30 fathoms, B 17, 30 fathoms.

Saya de Malha Banks: Stations C 4, 123 fathoms, C 12, 47 fathoms.

Amirantes: Stations E 5, 32 fathoms, E 6, 28 fathoms, E 8, 33 fathoms, E 9,

34 fathoms, E 21, 30 fathoms.

Seychelles: Stations F 5, 44 fathoms, F 6, 44 fathoms, F 8, 34 fathoms.

Var. orosminus, Duclos.

Doe. Cargados Carajos: Stations B 14, 30 fathoms, B 15, 30 fathoms.

Not yet, apparently, recorded from Mauritius, though one of the most abundant

Gastropods in the regions traversed by the ‘ Sealark.’

115. Strombus (Gallinula) fusifor mis, Sowb.

Loc. Amirantes: Station 21, 30 fathoms.

Seychelles: Stations F 2, 31 fathoms, F 7, 34 fathoms, F 8, 34 fathoms.

Not mentioned as an inhabitant of Mauritian seas. Nor is it included by

M. Dautzenberg in his list of the Mollusca of the Seychelles *, but it is by no means

infrequent in the Gulf of Oman and Persian Gulf ( Townsend).

116. Strombus (Canarium) floridus, Lam.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

117. Strombus (Canarium) gibberulus, L.

Loe. Chagos Archipelago.

But few specimens were collected.

This and the preceding (floridus) are the most widely distributed of the Eastern

Strombi.

118. Strombus (Conomurex) mauritianus, Lam.

Loc. Chagos: Diego Garcia lagoon.

This is the S. cylindricus, Swainson.

119. Seraphs terebellum, Monté.

Terebellum subulatum (Klein), Lam.

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Stations B16 at 30 fathoms, B17, 30 fathoms.

Amirantes: Station E 9 at 34 fathoms.

Seychelles: Stations F 2 at 31 fathoms, F 5, 44 fathoms.

* Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, xviii. (1893) pp. 78 sqq.

94. PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

The var. punciata occurs at the latter station.

A monotypic mollusc (as recent), very widely dispersed throughout the Indo-Pacific

region.

120. Pterocera aurantia, Lam.

Loc. Seychelles: Stations F 2, 31 fathoms, coral-, shell-, and Lithothamnia-rubble,

¥ 7, 34 fathoms, sand, with weed.

121. Pterocera lambis (L.).

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Station B, 30 fathoms.

The type of the genus, and one of the most abundant of Eastern mollusea.

122. Plerocera rugosa, Sowb.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

Family Struthiolariide.

123. Struthiolaria papulosa (Martyn).

_ Loc. Seychelles.

It is surprising to find two specimens of this genus, hitherto considered endemic

in Neo-Zealandic Seas, labelled as found in the Seychelles. One of these is typical

papulosa, the other more referable to the form straminea (Gmel.) | Jurex stramineus,

Gmel. |.

Family Cypreide.

124. Cyprea annulus, L.

Loc. Seychelles: Praslin I.

Chagos Archipelago.

125. Cyprea caput-serpentis, L.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

126. Cyprea carneola, L.

Loc. Farquhar Atoll Lagoon.

Amirantes: Station E9, 34 fathoms.

Coetivy I.

Chagos Archipelago: Salomon, 60 fathoms.

A very pale whitish variety also occurred at Providence I.

127. Cyprea caurica, L., var. oblongata, Melv.

Loc. Seychelles: Praslin I.

128. Cyprea clandestina, I.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

MELVILL—MARINE MOLLUSCA. 95

129. Cyprea chinensis, Gmel.

Cyprea chinensis, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. ed. xiii. p. 3421 (1790).

Cyprea variolaria, Lamarck, Ann. Mus. xvi. (1810) p. 91.

Cyprea cruenta, auct. plur. non Gmelin.

Loc. Saya de Malha Banks: Station C 15, 55 fathoms.

Seychelles: Station F' 8, 34 fathoms.

I follow Prof. J. G. Hidalgo’s views as to the nomenclature of this species, which

has been almost universally known as C. cruenta, Gmel. Gmelin, however, in 1790

thus re-named C. errones, Linné, 1758, and the name cruenta therefore falls.

130. Cyprea contaminata, Gray.

Loc. Seychelles: Station F 5, 44 fathoms.

Coetivy I.

The specimen from the last-named island is in remarkably fine condition. Always a

rare species. Prof. Hidalgo * names Pulo-Condor, the Philippine and Loyalty Isles as

the only known localities. The discovery of these specimens in the Sealark

Expedition therefore extends the range of distribution immensely to the south

westward.

131. Cyprea cribraria, L.

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Station B 20, 28 fathoms.

1382. Cyprea fimbriata, Gmel.

Loc. Amirantes: Stations E11, 25-80 fathoms, E13, 20-25 fathoms.

133. Cyprea helvola, L.

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Stations B38, 30 fathoms, sandy bottom, B19, 28 fathoms,

coarse coral rubble.

Amirantes: Stations E 2, 29 fathoms, E 9, 34 fathoms, E11, 25-80 fathoms,

#13, 20-25 fathoms, E 21, 30 fathoms, mostly Halimeda- and Lithothamnia-

rubble.

Seychelles: Stations F 2, 31 fathoms, I'7, 34 fathoms, Coetivy I.

Chagos Archipelago.

Var. mascarena, Mely. (? chalcedonia, Perry).

Loc, Chagos Archipelago.

At the Cargados Station (B 3) an unnamed variety, subtransparent, of a pinkish-yellow

hue, occurred. The examples, also, of the variety mascarena, of remarkable depth of

colour and brilliancy, from the Chagos Archipelago prompt one to the belief that here

the species reaches its highest development.

It is never a common species on the coast of Hindustan, though reported from Madras

and the island of Ceylon. It is likewise an inhabitant of the Laccadive and Maldive

Isiands, of the Andamans, and, further eastward, of Siam, Penang, Cochinchina, China,

* Hidalgo, Monografia Esp. viv., gen. Cypraa, 1906, p, 194.

96 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Formosa, and Japan. Fairly generally diffused over the East Indian islands, including

New Caledonia, the Kingsmill Group, as far north as the Marianne Isles. Lastly, the

E. African coasts, with Madagascar and the Mascarene Isles, harbour it, ranging to

Socotra I. and the Red Sea, at this last rarely. It does occur, too, in Natal and at the

Cape of Good Hope.

134. Cyprea hirundo, L.

Loc. Coetivy I.

Chagos Archipelago.

Renamed by Hidalgo C. kieneri*, as he considers C. neglecta, Sowb., to be the true

C. hirundo, Linn.

135. Cyprea histrio, Meusch.

Loc. Coetivy I.

Chagos Archipelago.

From the latter station a fine variety was collected, with blurred and confused dorsal

pattern.

Var. gillei, Jousseaume.

Cyprea intermedia, Redfield (non Kiener).

Loe. Seychelles: Praslin I.

I hardly agree with Prof. Hidalgo that C. gil/ei, Jouss., can stand on its own merits,

specifically speaking. It appears to be an abbreviated variety only, much thickened

laterally with free deposit of enamel, the markings dorsally being those of histrio.

186. Cyprea isabella, L.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

137. Cyprea lyna, L.

Loe. Coetivy I.

Chagos Archipelago.

From Coetivy came only small examples: they are finer in every way at Chagos.

138. Cyprea moneta, L.

Loc. Providence I.: Station D.

Seychelles: Praslin I.

Chagos Archipelago : Diego Garcia, Barachois Maurice (var. icterina, Lam.).

The varieties of this abundant cowrie so run into each other that it is well nigh

impossible to catalogue them correctly, though the attempt has been made by

Rochebrunef. At Chagos, besides the var. ictervina, Lam., which is a large, smooth,

oblong, whitish form, there occurs a smaller, yellow, wrinkled variety, and one with

uniform deep yellow-brown glaze.

* Hidalgo, Monografia Esp. viy., gen. Cypraa, 1906, p. 392.

+ “ Monographie des formes appartenant au genre Monetwria,” Bull, Soc. Mal. France, tome i. pp. 73-162 (1884).

MELVILL—MARINE MOLLUSCA. 97

139. Cyprea neglecta, Sowb.

Loe. Coetivy I.

Chagos Archipelago.

As already mentioned, according to Prof. Hidalgo, this is the true C. hirwndo, L.,

the species which is generally known under that name, being re-named C. kieneri, Wid.,

1906 (Mon. Cyp. viv. pp. 177, 3879, 392).

140. Cyprea onya, L.

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Station B 24, 30 fathoms.

Amirantes: Stations E5, 32 fathoms, F 12, 32 fathoms, coral-rubble.

This is C. adusta, Chemn.

141. Cyprea reticulata, Martyn.

Loc. Seychelles: Praslin I.

Chagos Archipelago.

Intermediate between C. arabica, L., and histrio, Meusch.

142. Cyprea scurra, Chemn.

Cyprea scurra, Chemn. Conchyl.-Cab. x. p. 103, tab. 144. fig. 1338 (1788).

Cyprea amarata, Meusch. Mus. Gevers. p. 401 (1787).

Cyprea indica, Gmel., Syst. Nat. ed. xiii. p. 3412 (1790).

Loc. Chagos Archipelago, rarely.

Hidalgo gives precedence to C. amarata, Meusch., over the well-known name sewrra;

but it is a question whether Meuschen’s species were properly diagnosed, and many

authors do not recognise them.

143. Cyprea tabescens, Dillw.

Cyprea tabescens, Dillwyn, Cat. Shells, i. p. 466 (1817).

Cyprea punctulata, Gmel. Syst. Nat. ed. xi. p. 3404 (1790), non Gray (1824).

Loc. Seychelles: Praslin I.

The resuscitation of Gmelin’s name would plunge the nomenclature into confusion :

hence I do not follow Prof. Hidalgo in this instance. The West American shell known

for the past eighty-five years as punctulata, Gray, is now re-christened robertsi, Hid.*.

144. Cyprea talpa, L.

Loe. Chagos Archipelago.

145. Cyprea testudinaria, L.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago: Peros Banhos, Coin.

146. Cyprea tigris, L.

Loc. Seychelles: Praslin I.

Chagos Archipelago: Peros Banhos, Coin.

Several colour-varieties occurred, e. g. flavo-nitens and lyncichroa, Mely.

* Hidalgo, Monografia exp. viy., gen. Cypraa, 1906, p. 501.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 13

9S PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION,

147. Cyprea vitellus, L.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago: Peros Banhos, Coin,

Including a very gigantic example measuring 33 X 2 inches.

148. Cyprea walkeri, Gray.

Loc. Cargados Carajos.

Amirantes: Stations E.5, 32 fathoms, E 9, 34 fathoms, E13, 20-25 fathoms.

Seychelles : Station F 7, 34 fathoms, sand and weed (sp. juv.).

An uncommon and beautiful species, some very select examples having been dredged,

especially in the Amirante Islands.

149. Cyprea ziezae, L.

Loc. Amirantes: Station E 9, 34 fathoms.

150. Cyprea (Trivia) globulus, UL.

Loc. Amirantes: 8. Joseph I.

Chagos Archipelago.

151. Cyprea (Trivia) insecta, Mighels.

Loc. Amirantes: 8. Joseph I.

Coetivy I.

This is C. hordacea, Kiener (Cypriea, p. 149, tab. liv. fig. 5).

152. Cyprea (Trivia) nucleus, L.

Loe. Coetivy I.

153. Cyprea (Trivia) oryza, Lam.

Loc. Amirantes: 8. Joseph I.

Coetivy I.

154. Cyprea (Trivia) staphylea, L.

Loc. Coetivy I.

Chagos Archipelago: Diego Garcia.

A small variety only from the latter locality. I consider C. limacina, Lam., but, at

best, a subspecies, Hidalgo favouring it with full specific rank. The extremes may be

dissimilar, but every form of intermediate occurs.

155. Amphiperas dentatus (Ad. & Reeve).

Loc. Providence I.

156. Amphiperas ovum (L.).

Loe. Seychelles: Praslin I.

MELVILL—MARINE MOLLUSCA. 99

157. Birostra longirostrata (Sowb.).

Ovulum longirostratum, Sowerby, Spec. Conch. i. tab. 48. fig. 46 (1830).

Loc. Saya de Malha Banks. Owing to accidental transpositions of label, a little

uncertain.

I possess the original type of this species, from the I. Bourbon; it is not, as wrongly

advertised by Pactel *, an inhabitant of the Adriatic and Mediterranean Seas.

158. Birostra subreflexa (Ad. & Reeve).

Loc. Amirantes: Station E12, 32 fathoms, coral-rubble.

Also recorded from the Persian Gulf (7. WV”. Townsend, 1906).

159. Birostra volva (1.). '

Loc. Saya de Malha Banks: Station C15, 55 fathoms, on loose Lithothamnia-rubble.

One specimen only of a beautiful variety, dorsally smooth, delicate, thin, light pink,

extremities orange-tipped.

Family Doliide.

160. Dolium costatum, Menke.

Loc. Cargados Carajos, 30 fathoms.

161. Dolium maculatum, Lam.

Loc. Seychelles: Station F 6, 44 fathoms.

One young specimen. Tryon (Man. Conch. vii. p. 264) considers this well-marked

_ species a variety merely of costatwm, Menke.

162. Dolium olearium, Brug.

Loc. Seychelles: Praslin L., Station F 2, 31 fathoms, on coral, sand, and Lithothamnia

rubble.

Chagos Archipelago: Peros Banhos, Coin.

163. Dolium perdiz (L.).

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

Typical, in company with an unmottled variety. The distribution of this species is

very wide and extended. I have gathered it myself in the West Indies, and it seems

common throughout the whole range of the Eastern tropics.

164. Dolium (Malea) pomum (1.).

Loc. Amirantes: Station E9, 34 fathoms, Polyzoa and shell-rubble.

165. Pyrula ficus (L.).

Loc. Saya de Malha Banks: Station C 2, 128 fathoms.

This is Picula levigata, Reeve.

166. Pyrula ficoides, Lam. [=reticulata, Reeve, non Lam. |.

Loe. Cargados Carajos, 30 fathoms.

* Vide Cat. Conchyl. Samm. i. p. 327.

100 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Family Cassidide.

167. Cassis (Cyprecassis) rufa (L.).

Loe. Coetivy I.

Chagos Archipelago: Peros Banhos, Coin.

168. Cassis (Semicassis) pila, Reeve.

Loc. Amirantes: Station E 9, 34 fathoms, shell-rubble.

Seychelles: Station F 3, 39 fathoms, hard sand.

169. Cassis (Bezoardica) plicata (L.) [=plicaria, Lam.|.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

170. Cassis (Casmaria) vibex (1.).

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

171. Cassis (Casmaria) torquata, Reeve.

Loc. Saya de Malha Banks: Station C 15, 55 fathoms.

Amirantes: Station E 5, 32 fathoms.

172. Lambidium (Oniscidia) exquisitum (Ad. & Reeve).

Oniscia eaquisita, Adams & Reeve, Voy. Samarang, p. 35, pl. 5. fig. 3 a—b.

Oniscia exquisita, Reeve, Conch. Icon. yv. Oniscia, sp. 3.

Loc, Saya de Malha Banks: Station C 15, 55 fathoms, loose Lithothamnia-rubble.

One specimen only, in not very perfect condition, of this rare species, known by its

pink lip, the granulations thereon being white. In form very similar to LZ. cancellatum

(Sowb.). Lambidiwm, Link, 1807, as pointed out by Mr. Edgar Smith *, has precedence

of seventeen years over Oniscia, Sowerby, 1824.

This species was first found in the Sulu Sea at 16-20 fathoms (Belcher); and therefore

its discovery at Saya de Malha shows a very considerable extension of range.

Family Tritonide. (Lotoriide.)

178. Lotorium chlorostoma (Lam.).

Loe. Chagos Archipelago.

174, Lotorium pileare (L.)

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Stations B38, 30 fathoms, sandy bottom; B 24, 30 fathoms,

sand and weed.

175. Lotorium (Gutturnium) clavator (Lam.).

Loc. Amirantes: Station E 8, 38 fathoms, hard sand.

L. gallinago, Reeve, seems very near this species.

* J. Malac, (1895) pp. 11-14.

MELVILL—MARINE MOLLUSCA. 101

176. Lotorium (Gutturnium) exaratum (Reeve).

Loc. Chagos Archipelago: Diego Garcia, Barachois Maurice.

In worn and almost unrecognizable condition.

177. Lotorium (Gutturnium) moritinetum (Reeve).

Loc. Seychelles: Station F 8, 34 fathoms, sand, shell, with weed.

178. Lotorium (Gutturniwm) sinense (Reeve).

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Stations B 8, 30 fathoms, B11, 30-33 fathoms.

179. Colubraria nitidula (Sowb.)

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

180. Distorsio anus (L.). [Persona.|

Loe. Chagos Archipelago.

181. Distorsio cancellina (Roiss.). |Persona.|

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Stations B13, B15, both at 30 fathoms, shelly bottom.

Amirantes: Stations E 5, 32 fathoms, sandy, with much Cymodocea ; E 6,

28 fathoms, Polyzoa and shell-rubble.

Seychelles: Station F 3, 39 fathoms, hard sand.

182. Gyrineum affine (Brod.). |Ranella, Lam. |

Loe, Chagos Archipelago.

183. Gyrineum bergeri (Sowb.).

Loc. Amirantes: Station E12, 32 fathoms, coral-rubble.

Providence I.

N.B.—G. thome, D’Orb., seems too near this species to be separable ; if so, that name

has priority.

184. Gyrineum bufonium (Gmel.).

Loe. Seychelles: Praslin I.

185. Gyrineum graniferum (Lam.).

Loc. Seychelles: Praslin I.

Coetivy I.

Exceedingly widely diffused throughout the Eastern tropics.

186. Gyrineum margaritula (Desh.).

Loc. Amirantes: Station E5, 32 fathoms.

187. Gyrineum pusillum (Brod.), var. rosea, Reeve.

Loc. Amirantes: Station E 2, 29 fathoms.

102 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

188. Gyrineum (Lampas) lampas (1).

Loc. Providence I.: Station D 3, 29 fathoms, coral-rock.

Amirantes, 30-32 fathoms.

By some authors (e. g. von Martens) placed in Lotoriwm.

Family Eulimide.

189. Eulima arcuata, Sowb.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

190. Hulima aciculata, Sowb.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago: Salomon, on Holothurie.

191. Eulima subangulata, Sowb.

Loc, Chagos Archipelago: Salomon, with £. aciculata on Holothurie.

Family Pyramidellide.

192. Pyramidella terebellum (Mill.).

Loc. Amirantes: Station E11, 25-80 fathoms.

(d) RHACHIOGLOSSA.

Family Muricide.

Subfamily i. Muricine.

193. Murex tribulus, L.

Loc. Saya de Malha Banks: Station C 4, 128 fathoms.

In but poor condition.

Var. crassispina, Lam.

Loe. Seychelles: Station F 3, 39 fathoms, hard sand.

194. Murex (Chicoreus) adustus, Lam.

Loc. Seychelles: Station F 5, 44 fathoms, shells and coral-rubble.

Chagos Archipelago: Diego Garcia, Barachois Maurice.

Exceedingly widely distributed.

195. Murex (Chicoreus) axicornis, Lam.

Loc. Saya de Malha Banks: Station C 12, 47 fathoms, shell-rubble and mud bottom.

196. Murex (Chicoreus) microphyllus, Lam.

Loc. Amirantes: Station EH 6, 28 fathoms, among Polyzoa and Pecten-valve rubble.

MELVILL—MARINE MOLLUSCA, 1035

197. Murex (Chicoreus) saulie, Sowb.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago,

198. Murex (Chicoreus) triqueter, Born.

Loc. Coetivy I.

199. Murex (Phyllonotus) inflatus, Lam.

Loe. Cargados Carajos: Station B 3, sandy bottom.

Chagos Archipelago.

Subfamily ii. Purpurine.

200. Purpura rudolphi (Chemn.).

Loc. Seychelles: Praslin I.

Thais, Bolten, is now being adopted by some authors for Purpura.

201. Purpura (Thalessa) armigera (Chemn.).

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

202. Purpura (Thalessa) echinulata, Lam.

Loc. Seychelles: Praslin I.

203. Purpura (Thalessa) hippocastanum, Lam.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

204. Purpura (Thalessa) pica, Blainv.

Loe. Chagos Archipelago.

205. Topas sertum (Brug.).

Loc. Seychelles: Praslin I.

Coetivy I.

Chagos Archipelago.

206. Pinaxzia coronata, A. Ad.

Loc. Coetivy I.

207. Sistrum arachnoides (Lam.) (Ricinula, Lamarck), var. albolabris,

Blvlle. (sp.).

Loc. Coetivy I.

Seychelles: Praslin I.

Chagos Archipelago.

This is Murex ricinus, L., which name should have priority.

208. Sistrum asperum (Lam.).

Loc. Seychelles: Praslin I.

Chagos Archipelago.

104 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

209. Sistrum elatum (Blainv.).

Loc. Coetivy I.

Seychelles: Praslin I.

Including S. fragwm (Blainv.), a variety occurring in the Chagos group.

210. Sistrum elongatum (Blainv.).

Loc. Coetivy I.

Seychelles: Praslin I.

211. Sistrum fiscellum (Chemn.).

Loc. Chagos Archipelago: Diego Garcia, Barachois Maurice, and Salomon.

Perhaps a variety of S. wndatum, Chem.

212. Sistrum horridum (Lam.).

Loc. Coetivy I.

Seychelles: Praslin I.

Chagos Archipelago.

213. Sistrum hystria (L.).

Loc. Coetivy 1., where also the variety clathrata occurs.

214. Sistrum iostoma (Reeve).

Loc. Chagos Archipelago: Diego Garcia.

215. Sistrum morus (Lam.), var. aspera (Lam., sp.).

Loc. Coetivy I.

Seychelles: Praslin I.

Both the typical form and the variety occur together.

216. Sistrum ochrostoma (Blainv.), var. cavernosa (Reeve).

Loc. Coetivy I.

Seychelles: Praslin I.

217. Sistrum spectrum (Reeve).

Loc. Seychelles: Praslin I.

Chagos Archipelago.

218. Sistrum spinosum (A. Ad.).

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

219. Sistrum tuberculatum (Blainv.).

Loc. Coetivy I.

Seychelles: Praslin I.

MELVILL—MARINE MOLLUSCA. 105

220. Sistrum undatum (Chemn.).

Loe. Seychelles: Station F 2, 31 fathoms, coral, shell, and Léthothamnia rubble.

Chagos Archipelago.

Most of the above-mentioned Sistra are of wide distribution in the Indo-Pacific

region.

Family Coralliophilide.

221. Coralliophila abnormis (Sm.).

Fusus abnormis, Kh, A. Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. 1878, p. 811, fig.

Rhizochilus abnormis (Sm.), Melvill & Sykes, Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond. vol. ii. (1897) p. 170.

Loe. Seychelles: Station F 3, 39 fathoms, hard sand bottom,

222. Coralliophila neritoidea (Lam.).

Loe. Coetivy I.

Seychelles: Praslin I.

Chagos Archipelago.

C. violacea, Kiener, is synonymice.

223. Coralliophila monodonta (Quoy).

Loe. Coetivy I.

Saya de Malha Banks: Station C 16, 26 fathoms.

_ Chagos Archipelago: Salomon and Diego Garcia.

With this we group C. madreporarum, Sowb., the forms appearing to intergrade.

224. Leptoconchus striatus, Riipp.

Loc. Seychelles: Praslin I.

Family Columbellide.

225. Columbella pecila, Sowb.

Loe. Coetivy I.

226. Columbella turturina, Lam.

Loc. Coetivy I.

Chagos Archipelago.

227. Columbella varians, Sowb.

Loc. Amirantes: 8. Joseph I.

In poor, broken condition, but most probably referable here.

228. Columbella versicolor, Sowb.

Loe. Coetivy I.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. i4

106 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

229. Columbella (Mitrella) azora, Duclos.

Columbella azora, Duclos, Chenu, Illustr. Conch. pl. 1. figs. 1, 2.

Columbella albinodulosa, Gaskoin, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. xi. (1853) p. 358, pl. 12.

figs. 7, 8.

Loe. Chagos Archipelago: Salomon, 25-75 fathoms.

Included under the Duclosian name by M. Ph. Dautzenberg (Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. xviii.

p. 81) in his list of the Mollusca of Seychelles Isles.

230. Columbella (Mitrella) marquesa, Gask.

Loc. Coetivy I.

231. Columbella (Atilia) conspersa, Gask.

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Station B 8, 35 fathoms.

C. puella, Sowb., is, I think, rightly conjectured by Tryon (Man. Conch. v. p. 145)

to be identical, though the typical forms are larger and more elaborately sculptured.

A specimen with the apex badly broken, from Coetivy, was at first set aside as being

perhaps undescribed, but careful examination with large series of conspersa from the

Persian Gulf, &c., prompt one to the conclusion that it may be identical. It is a

handsome form, shining, smooth, yellow-brown, attenuate towards the apex, the last

whorl] well shouldered at the periphery, the whole surface closely painted with straight

close longitudinal darker lines.

Long. 10, lat. 4 mm.

232. Columbella (Conidea) flava, Brug. [=flavida, Lam.]

Loc. Amirantes: Stations E 9, 34 fathoms, E12, 32 fathoms, E13, 20-25 fathoms,

and E 21, 30 fathoms.

Saya de Malha Banks: Station C 12, 47 fathoms.

One of the most widely distributed of Eastern shells.

Family Nasside.

233. Nassa arcularia (L.).

Loc. Seychelles: Praslin I.

Including a large pure white variety.

234. Nassa coronata, Brug.

Loe, Cargados Carajos: Station B 8, 30 fathoms.

235. Nassa (Niotha) gemmulata, Lam.

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Stations B 9, B 15, B 16, B 17, B 23, all 30 fathoms.

Saya de Malha Banks: Station C 13, 49 fathoms.

Amirantes: Station E 12, 32 fathoms.

Most of the specimens collected are of a brilliant whiteness.

MELYVILL--MARINE MOLLUSGA. 107

236. Nassa (Zeuvis) maldivensis, Sm.

Nassa maldivensis, 8. A. Smith, (Mollusca) in J. S. Gardiner, Fauna and Geography of Maldive

and Laceadive Archipelagoes, vol. 11. part 2, p. 606, pl. 35. figs. 6-8.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago: Diego Garcia Lagoon.

The only species of the four described by Mr. Edgar Smith that has yet occurred

in more southerly seas.

237. Nassa (Telasco) elegans, Kien.

Loc. Cargados Carajos, 30 fathoms.

238. Nassa (Hebra) hispida, A. Ad.

Loc. Seychelles: Praslin L., also Station F 8, 39 fathoms, hard sand bottom.

N. acinosa, Gould, appears synonymous.

239. Nassa (Hebra) muricata, Q. & G.

Loc. Coetivy I.

Family Buccinide.

240. Pisania tritonoides (Reeve).

Loc. Providence I.: Station D 4, 50-78 fathoms, among hard rough lumps of coral.

Considered by Tryon a variety of P. ignea, Gmelin, while Paetel merges it altogether

as a synonym of that species.

241. Tritonidea reticosa, A. Ad.

Loc. Amirantes: Station E 11, 25-80 fathoms, hard rough bottom.

Also found in Japan.

242. Tritonidea rubiginosa (Reeve).

Loe. Seychelles: Praslin I.

243. Tritonidea undosa (L.).

Loc. Saya de Malha Banks: Station C 16, 26 fathoms, among living corals and rubble.

Seychelles: Praslin I.

Coetivy I.

Chagos Archipelago: Barachois Maurice, Diego Garcia.

Very widely distributed throughout the Kast.

244. Metula billeheusti (Petit).

Loe. Seychelles: Station F 2, 31 fathoms, coral and shell bottom.

Extends to New Caledonia. This species seems placed indiscriminately in the genera

Hetula and Tritonidea. Paetel, for instance, twice names it, once in each genus, quoting

it, indeed, as a synonym of Pisunia reticulata, A. Ad.

14*

108° PERCY SLADEN TRUSD EXPEDITION.

245. Engina mendicaria (L.).

Loc. Chagos Archipelago: Peros Banhos, Coin.

Mostly of the deep black variety, with only one white spiral band on the body-whorl.

A most abundant species.

246. Phos roseatus, Hinds.

Loe. Cargados Carajos : Stations B 9, 30 fathoms, B 14, 30 fathoms, shell-rubble.

Saya de Malha Banks: Station C 4, 150 fathoms.

Amirantes: Stations E 5, 32 fathoms, sandy bottom; E 6, 28 fathoms, E 9,

34 fathoms, shell-rubble (a variety); E 12, 32 fathoms, coral.

This is especially abundant in the Persian Gulf and Sea of Oman further north.

247. Phos textum (Gmel.).

Loc. Amirantes: Stations EK 6 and E 9.

Very probably only a form of P. roseatus, Hinds.

Family Turbinellide.

248. Cynodonta armata (Brod.).

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

Not adult, and referred here with a little uncertainty.

249. Cynodonta ceramica (L.).

Loe. Seychelles: Praslin I.

250. Cynodonta crosseana (Souv.).

Turbinella crosseana, Souverbic, Journ. de Conch. (1876) pp. 382-3883, pl. 13. fig. 1.

Vasum muricatum, Born, v. crosseanum, Souv. Tryon, Man. Conch, iv.

Hab. Seychelles (no exact sounding being given).

A fine example of this rare shell, with some specimens hardly adult, showing an

interesting stage of growth. ‘The conspicuous, button-like, crenulate apical whorls

distinguish this well from any form of muricatwm, of which at first it was considered

a variety.

251. Cynodonta cornigera (Lam.).

Loc. Coetivy I.

Chagos Archipelago.

Family Fasciolariide.

252. Fasciolaria filamentosa, Lam.

Loc. Seychelles: Praslin I.

Chagos Archipelago.

253. Fasciolaria trapezium, Lam.

Loe. Cargados Carajos.

Amirantes.

Seychelles: Praslin [.

MELVILL—MARINE MOLLUSCA. 109

954. Fusus tubercuiatus, Lam.

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Stations B 8, 30 fathoms, B 9, 30 fathoms.

Chagos Archipelago: Diego Garcia, Barachois Maurice.

Extends northward to the Red Sea.

955. Latirus barclay? (Reeve).

Loe. Coetivy I.

A Mauritian species.

256. Latirus craticulatus (Lam.).

Loc. Coetivy I.

257. Latirus polygonus (L.).

Loc. Coetivy I.

Chagos Archipelago: Diego Garcia.

258. Latirus turritus (Gmel.).

Loe. Cargados Carajos: Stations B 2, 31 fathoms, B 9, 30 fathoms.

259. Latirus (Peristernia) corallina (Melv. & St.).

Peristernia corallina, Melvill & Standen, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. xii. (1903) p. 308,

pl. 22. fig. 11.

Loc. Amirantes: Station E 9, 34 fathoms, among Polyzoa and shell-rubble.

This was described five years ago from Maskat (Muscat) at the entrance to the

Persian Gulf; and it was then suggested that, owing to its appearance and texture, if

would probably be found to inhabit corals.

260. Latirus (Peristernia) nassatula (Lam.).

Loe. Coetivy I.

A small, brightly coloured variety.

261. Latirus (Leucozonia) smaragdula (L.). [=rustica, Lam. |

Loe. Chagos Archipelago, common.

Family Mitride.

262. Mitra floccata, Reeve.

Loc. Cargados Carajos, 30 fathoms.

One specimen, not adult. Cargados Carajos is, I believe, the headquarters for tls

rare Mitra.

263. Mrtra pontificalis, Lam.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

110 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

264. Hitra solida, Reeve.

Loc. Amirantes: Station E 9, 34 fathoms.

In young and rather doubtful condition.

265. Mitra (Scabricula) acupticta, Reeve.

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Station B 3, 30 fathoms, sandy bottom.

266. Mitra (Seabricula) crenifera, Lam.

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Stations B 9, 30 fathoms, B 24, same depth.

Arnirantes: Stations E 2, 29 fathoms, E 5, 32 fathoms, E 9, 34 fathoms, :

FE 12, 32 fathoms ; sandy bottom at E 5, the others in rough rubble.

Seychelles : Stations F 2, 31 fathoms, F 7, 34 fathoms, sand, with weed.

267. Mitra (Cancilla) annulata, Reeve.

Loc. Amirantes: Station E 9, 34 fathoms, on Polyzoa and shell-rubble bottom.

In poor condition.

268. Mitra (Cancilla) interlirata, Reeve.

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Station B 16, 30 fathoms, white sand.

Saya de Malha Banks: Station C 12, 47 fathoms, shell-rubble and mud.

Amirantes: Station E 9, 34 fathoms.

Seychelles: Station F 2, 31 fathoms, coral- and shell-rubble.

269. Mitra (Chrysame) cucumerina, Lam.

Loc. Coetivy I.

Seychelles: Praslin I.

Var. fraga, Quoy (sp.).

With the type, at Praslin I.

270. Mitra (Chrysame) ferruginea, Lam.

Loc. Coctivy I.

271. Mitra (Chrysame) fulva, Sw.

Loc, Chagos Archipelago.

Very near UZ. ambigua, Sw., with which some authors unite it.

272. Mitra (Strigatella) acuminata, Sw.

Loc. Coetivy 1. —

273. Mitra (Strigatella) ansulata, Reeve.

Loc. Coetivy I.

MELVILL—MARINE MOLLUSCA. 111

274. Mitra (Strigatella) columbelliformis, Kien.

Loe. Coetivy I.

An intermediate, between acuminata, Sw., and colwmbelliformis, occurred. Both may

be extremes of one variable form.

275. Mitra (Strigatella) fuscescens, Pease.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

M. awriculoides, Reeve, seems synonymous. The headquarters of this species are

the Hawaiian Islands.

276. Mitra (Strigatella) litterata, Lam.

Loc. Coetivy I.

Seychelles: Praslin I.

Chagos Archipelago.

277. Mitra (Strigatella) paupercula, Lam.

Loe. Coetivy I.

Chagos Archipelago: Peros Banhos, Coin.

278. Mitra (Costellaria) angulosa, Kiist.

Loc. Cargados Carajos, 30 fathoms.

279. Mitra (Costellaria) arenosa, Lam.

Loc. Amirantes: Stations E 2, 29 fathoms, rubble and weed; E 12, 32 fathoms,

coral-rubble bottom.

Although the extremes differ, mainly in the few longitudinal ribs of MW. exasperata,

Rve., as compared with those of JZ. arenosa, Lam., yet most authors now agree in

joining the two species.

280. Mitra (Costellaria) delicata, A. Ad.

Loc. Amirantes: Station E 5, 32 fathoms, sandy bottom with much Cymodocea.

Allied to bella, Pease, from the Hawaiian Islands, and dorothee, Melv., from the

Marquesas I.

281. Mitra (Costellaria) cineracea, Reeve.

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Station B 2, 30 fathoms.

282. Mitra (Costellaria) modesta, Reeve.

Loc. Amirantes: Stations E 6, 28 fathoms, 1 9, 34 fathoms, EK 12, 30 fathoms, mostly

coral-rubble.

283. Mitra (Pusia) aureolata, Sw.

Loc. Amirantes: 8. Joseph I., not adult.

112 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

284. Mitra (Pusia) crocata, Lam.

Loc. Saya de Malha Banks: Station C 15, 55 fathoms, on bank of loose Lithothamnia-

rubble.

285. Witra (Swainsonia) filum, Wood.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

One specimen.

N.B.—Von Martens * enumerates 127 species of Mitra and Turricula combined from —

this region, including Mauritius and Bourbon.

Family Harpide.

286. Harpa minor, Lam.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

Var. crassa, Phil. (sp.).

Occurring sparsely with the typical form.

287. Harpa striata, Lam.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

Of the form cabritii, Fischer.

288. Harpa ventricosa, Lam.

Loc. Seychelles: Praslin I.

Chagos Archipelago.

From the latter locality a whitish variety was procured

Family Volutide.

289. Lyria delessertiana (Petit).

Loe. Cargados Carajos: Station B 2, 30 fathoms.

One finely coloured but much damaged example.

Family Marginellide.

290. Marginella (Closia) sarda, Kien.

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Station B15, 30 fathoms, sandy and shelly bottom.

One fine, perfect, and large variety, measuring 19 x11 mm.

291. Marginella (Glabella) serrata, Gask.

Loc. Amirantes: 8. Joseph I.

A very worn example.

* Von Martens, Mollusken der Mauritius und der Seychellen, p. 249 seqq-

MELVILL—MARINE MOLLUSCA. 118

Family Olivide.

292. Oliva episcopalis, Lam.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

The O. cerulea of Botten, whose names I am still chary of adopting, in spite of the

growing tendency towards their recognition.

293. Oliva erythrostoma, Lam.

Var. ponderosa, Duclos.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

294. Oliva guttata, Lam.

Loc. Providence I.: Station D1, 31 fathoms, dead coral covered with Algee, &c.

Amirantes : Station K 25, 20-40 fathoms, rough coral bottom.

Seychelles: Station F 7, 34 fathoms, sand, with weed.

0. emicator, Meuschen, is the older name for this species.

295. Oliva trisans, Lam.

Loc. Providence I.: Station D1, 31 fathoms, with the preceding species.

Amirantes: Station E9, 34 fathoms, Polyzoa and shell-rubble.

296. Oliva paxillus, Reeve.

Loc. Amirantes: Station E 5, 32 fathoms, sandy bottom with much Cymodocea.

Chagos Archipelago (one specimen).

297. Oliva pica, Lam.

Loe. Chagos Archipelago.

One of the most recherché of Olives, and in which the coloration and pattern, though

variable, is always unmistakable. It is considered by some authors a colour-variety

merely of O. ¢éremulina, Lam., which, in its turn, with the very distinct O. erythrostoma,

Lam., is likewise placed under the common head of ivisans, Lam. My personal opinion

is that they are both good species. Pica is more frequently known under the

name of olympiadina, Duclos.

298. Oliva todosina, Duclos.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

Placed by Tryon (Man. Conch. vy. p. 87) as a synonym of 0. sidelia, Duclos, todosina

being the mature adult form. If this peeemeuon be allowed, the distribution is wide,

extending from China to Madagascar.

299. Ancilla rubiginosa, Swains.

Loc. Saya de Malha Banks: Station C4, 150 fathoms.

One dead shell, broken, and encrusted with various growths. It is, however, full-

grown and quite distinguishable.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII 15

114 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

(e) TOXOGLOSSA.

Family Terebride.

300. Terebra affinis, Gray.

Loc. Cargados Carajos; Station B18, 30 fathoms, coarse sand, &e.

Providence I.: Station D1, 31 fathoms, dead encrusted coral.

Amirantes: Station E 21, 30 fathoms, on Halimeda-rubble.

301. Terebra babylonia, Lam.

Loc. Seychelles: Station F 2, 31 fathoms, rubble-bottom.

302. Terebra bruguierit, Desh.

Loc. Amirantes. Station E9, 34 fathoms, with 7. conspersa, Hinds.

One specimen only. It extends to China.

308. Terebra cerulescens, Lam.

Loc. Seychelles: Praslin I.

304. Terebra chlorata, Lam. [=knorri, Gray. }

Loc, Chagos Archipelago.

305. Terebra conspersa, Hinds.

Loc. Amirantes: Station E 9, 34 fathoms, on Polyzoa and shell-rubble.

Specimens from the Philippine Islands are in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.).

306. Terebra crenulata (L.).

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

307. Lerebra dimidiata (1.).

Loc. Coetivy I.

Amirantes: Station E 9, 34 fathoms.

308. Terebra duplicata (1.).

Loc. Cargados Carajos, 30 fathoms.

309. Terebra maculata (1.).

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

310. Terebra monilis, Quoy & Gaim.

Loc, Amirantes: Stations E 6, 28 fathoms, E 9, 34 fathoms, Polyzoa and Pecten-

rubble.

311. Terebra nitida, Hinds.

Loc. Amirantes: Station E 9, 34 fathoms, with the preceding.

MELVILL—MARINE MOLLUSCA. 115

312. Terebra penicillata, Hinds.

Loe, Chagos Archipelago.

313. Terebra pertusa, Born.

Loe. Providence I.: Station D 1, 39 fathoms, dead encrusted coral bottom.

314. Terebra subulata (1..).

Loc. Amirantes: Station E 9, 34 fathoms, with others of the same genus,

e.g. 7. brugwierii, Desh.

315. Terebra textilis, Hinds.

Loe. Saya de Malha Banks: Station C 4, 150 fathoms, shelly bottom (Osérew).

Family Conide.

316. Conus fuscatus, Lam.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

317. Conus (Stephanoconus) distans, Hwass.

Loe, Chagos Archipelago.

318. Conus (Stephanoconus) lividus, Hwass.

Loc. Coetivy J.

Chagos Archipelago.

With the typical shell occurred, at the latter locality, one or two examples of an

elongate form, which is most probably the var. sugillatus, Reeve.

319. Conus (Coronaxis) ceylonensis, Hwass.

Loe. Coetivy I.

C. pusillus, Chemn., is a synonym.

320. Conus (Coronaxis) fulgetrum, Sowb.

Loe. Coetivy I.

Perhaps only a variety of C. miliaris, Hwass.

321. Conus (Coronaais) hebreus, L. (ebreus).

Loc, Chagos Archipelago.

The variety vermiculatus, Lam. (sp.), occurs plentifully with the type.

322. Conus (Coronaxis) miliaris, Hwass.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

C. minimus, L., considered by many authors a variety, occurs with this, but rarely,

It is, however, abundant further northward, in the Persian Gulf and Gulf of Oman,

323. Conus (Puncticulis) arenatus, Hwass.

Loc. Amirantes: Station E 9, 34 fathoms, hard sand.

Chagos Archipelago.

157

116 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

324. Conus (Puncticulis) pulicarius, Brug.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

325. Conus (Nubecula) gubernator, Brug.

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Station B 3, 30 fathoms, sandy.

Amirantes: Station EH 9, 34 fathoms, hard sand.

326. Conus (Nubecula) tulipa, L.

Loc. Providence I.; Station D1, 39 fathoms, dead encrusted coral bottom.

Chagos Archipelago.

327. Conus (Dendroconus) quercinus, L.

Loc. Seychelles: Station F 3, 39 fathoms, hard sand.

328. Conus (Vendroconus) tessellatus, Born.

Loc. Providence [.: Station D 38, 29 fathoms, coral-rock.

Amirantes: Station E 9, 34 fathoms, hard sand.

329. Conus (Leptoconus) archithalassus, Dillw.

Conus ammiralis, L., var. granulata, Kieuer, Spec. gén. Teon. Coq-viv., Conus, pl. 21. fig. 1 d.

Conus archithalassus, Dillwyn, Deser. Cat. i. 374; Sowerby, Thes. Conch. 111. no. 30, p. 5, figs. 24, 25.

Loc. Amirantes: Station E 21, 30 fathoms, among quantities of Halimeda and

Lithothamnia.

Known to the older school of conchologists as the “Crowned Admiral.” Though it

can always be differentiated from ammiralis, L., it is a moot question whether it is

really distinct specifically, though so treated by both Dillwyn, Sowerby, and ‘others.

The latter gives habitat “ Mauritius,” but von Martens * queries this. At all events,

the dredging of this beautiful Cone at the Amirantes establishes the fact of its presence

near the Mauritius, while Paetel (Catalog der Conchyl.-Sammil. p. 291) mentions the

Seychelles as a locality also.

330. Conus (Lithoconus) ermineus, Dillw. [= lithoglyphus, Meusch.)

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Station B 2, 30 fathoms, Lithothamnia-rubble.

The unicolorous golden-brown variety, with no white flecking or spots.

331. Conus (Lithoconus) eximius, Reeve.

Loc. Amirantes: Station E 9, 34 fathoms.

A smooth, very beautiful variety.

IT am much indebted to Mr. G. B. Sowerby for his opinion as to this shell.

332. Conus (Lithoconus) flavidus, Lam.

Loe. Chagos Archipelago.

333. Conus (Rhizoconus) miles, L.

Loe. Chagos Archipelago.

* Mollusken der Mauritius und der Seychellen, p. 221.

MELVILL—MARINE MOLLUSCA. ily;

334. Conus (Rhizoconus) pulehellus, Swainson.

Loc. Amirantes: Station E 2, 29 fathoms, weed and rubble.

Var. cinctws, Swains. (sp.).

Loc. With the preceding.

335. Conus (Rhizoconus) sulphuratus, Brug.

Loc. Amirantes: Station E 9, 34 fathoms, Polyzoa and shell-rubble.

A young shell only, perhaps a non-adult form of vexilluwm, Gmel.

336. Conus (Rhizoconus) rattws, Hwass.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

Var. tahitensis, Hwass. (sp.).

Loc. With the type, and also at Coetivy I.

337. Conus (Rhizoconus) vexillum, Gmel.

Loc. Seychelles: Praslin I.

Chagos Archipelago.

A brightly coloured form, in shading inclining to C. capitaneus, L

398. Conus (Chelyconus) catus, Brug.

Loc. Coetivy I.

309. Conus (Cylinder) archiepiscopus, Hwass.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

A rare species.

I do not consider this a mere variety of fertile, L., but a fairly well-marked species,

allied to victoria, Reeve, and abbas, Brug. I would refer to my “ Revision of the

Textile Cones” (Journ. of Conch. vol. ix. 1900, p. 307).

340. Conus (Cylinder) aulicus, L.

Loe. Chagos Archipelago: Peros Banhos, Coin.

341. Conus (Cylinder) episcopus, Hwass.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

342. Conus (Cylinder) textile, L.

Var. canonicus, Hwass (sp.).

Loe. Chagos Archipelago.

The form rubescens, Bonnet, is merely a bluish-tinged variety of this variety.

Var. vicarius, Lam. (sp.).

Loc. Cargados Carajos, 30 fathoms.

343. Conus (Hermes) nussatella, L.

Loc. Coetivy I.

A particularly widely-distributed species throughout the whole Indo-Pacific region.

118 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

344. Pleurotoma bilow?, Sowb.

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Stations B 8, B 9, B 13, B 16, all 30 fathoms; B 23, —

28 fathoms.

A white, unspotted shell, very probably an albino variety of either variegata, Kien.,

marmorata, Lam., or jickeli, Weink.

345. Pleuwrotoma garnonsii, Reeve.

Loc. Cargados Carajos : Station B 8, 30 fathoms, weed and broken shells.

Seychelles: Station F 2, 31 fathoms, coral and Lithothamnia-rubble.

346. Pleurotoma jickeli, Weink.

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Station B 17, 30 fathoms, shell-rubble.

347. Pleurotoma variegata, Kien.

Loe. Cargados Carajos: Station B 13, 30 fathoms, coarse coral-rubble and sand.

Seychelles: Station F 2, 31 fathoms, coral and Lithothamnia-rubble.

P. variegata, Kien., appears intermediate between P. jickeli, Weink., marmorata, Lam.,

and tigrina, Lam. The extremes are fairly distinct, but intermediates doubtless occur,

and dwarfed, or non-adult, examples, as exist from the above-mentioned localities, are

very hard, if not impossible, to identify with absolute certainty. Indeed, very probably,

some experts would name one or two examples as ¢/grina.

348. Drillia flavidula (Lam.).

Toc. Cargados Carajos: Station B 14, 30 fathoms, shell-rubble, with large

Foraminifera.

849. Drillia variabilis, Sm.

Loc. Seychelles: Station F 2, 31 fathoms, coral and shell-rubble.

One example alone dredged, in non-adult condition. It possesses the contour of

D. variabilis, with some inclination in smoothness and marking to D. theoreta, Melv.,

from the Persian Gulf.

350. Drillia (Clavus) exasperata (Reeve).

Loe. Seychelles: Station F 2, 31 fathoms, coral and sand, with Lithothamnia-rubble.

351. Surcula bijubata (Reeve).

Loc, Cargados Carajos, 30 fathoms.

Reported from the Mauritius, with extension of range eastward to the Philippines,

Viti Isles, and the Solomon I. Group.

352. Clathurella robillardi (Barclay, MSS.), H. Ad.

Loc. Amirantes: Station E 9, among Polyzoa and on shell-rubble.

353. Mangilia (Glyphostoma) roseotincta, Monty.

Loc. Amirantes: Station E 11, 25-80 fathoms, on hard, rough ground.

A remarkably select little species, of a bright rosy-red hue, of which only one

specimen was dredged.

MELVILL—MARINE MOLLUSCA. 119

Family Cancellariide.

354. Cancellaria (Merica) asperella, Lam.

Loe. Seychelles: Station F 3, 39 fathoms, hard sand.

355. Cancellaria (Euclia) lactea, Desh.

Loe. Saya de Malha Banks: Station C1, 150 fathoms, on white-rubble ground of

dead coral, &e.

Order AMPHINEUBA.

Suborder POLYPLACOPHORA.

Family Chitonide.

356. Schizochiton incisus (Sowb.).

Loe, Coetivy I.

Saya de Malha Banks: Station C 16, 26 fathoms, on living corals and rubble.

Amirantes: Station E 2, 29 fathoms, on living corals and rubble.

Chagos Archipelago: Egmont Atoll reef.

The specimens obtained from the above stations are moderate in size and seem akin

to the var. elongatus, Reeve (sp.). Mr. E. A. Smith records this species as obtained for

the first time in the Indian Ocean at Addu Atoll, Maldives, on Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner’s

first expedition.

S. incisus will always be considered one of the most interesting of the Chitonide, since

the late Prof. Henry Nottidge Moseley, F.R.S.*, first noticed the presence of dorsal eyes

on its surface in 1883.

357. Acanthochites (Loboplax) laqueatus (Sowb.).

Acanthochites (Loboplax) laqueatus, Sowb. ; H. A. Smith, Faun. Mald. & Lacead. Arch. vol. ii.

part 2, p. 620.

Craspedochiton laqueatus, Shuttleworth, Bern. Mitt. 1853, p. 27.

Chiton laqueatus, Sowb. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1841, p. 154.

Loc, Amirantes: Station E 13, 20 to 25 fathoms, calcareous rubble.

Also from Mindoro I., Philippines, and Maldive Islands (J. Stanley Gardiner).

Mr. Edgar Smith’s remarks on this species (/. ¢. p. 620) are of much interest.

358. Acanthopleura borbonica (Desh.).

Chiton borbonicus, Deshayes, Moll. Réunion, p. 37, Taf. 5. figs. 12, 15.

Loc. Seychelles: Praslin I.

Fine, well-developed specimens, and presumably locally common.

N.B.—Three very small specimens of this Order, about 5 mm. in length, and most

probably all undeveloped, non-adult species—(a) from Chagos Archipelago, Peros

Banhos, (0) Coetivy, 32 fathoms, (¢) Amirantes, Station E 2, 29 fathoms,—have, at the

recommendation of two specialists in Chitonidie, been left undifferentiated.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser, 5, xiv. (1884) pp. 141-147,

120 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Order SCA PHOPODA.

359. Dentalium gardineri, sp. nov. (Plate 5. fig. 9.)

D, testa magna, solidula, paullum apicem versus arcuata, aliter fere recta, straminea,

undique longitudinaliter arcte lirata, liris apicem analem versus ad 14, levibus,

conspicuis, supra ad 50, lineis spiralibus incrementaliter multis preedita ; apertura

rotunda, tenui, anali perparva.

Long. 100, diam. 6, apic. anal. 15 mm.

Loc. Amirantes: Station 20, 160-209 fathoms, rough and hard shell-rubble.

A large, straw-coloured Dentalium, four inches in length, almost straight till just

below the apex, where slight arcuation is perceptible; the longitudinal lirze about

fourteen in number, increasing to fifty at the aperture. Incremental spiral lines are

noticeable, closely dispersed over the surface, with the aid of a lens, the shell being

otherwise smooth. In the only specimen obtained there is a strong sea-break. It is a

much narrower species than the Japanese D. vernedei, Hanley. It is a pleasure to

connect with this fine species the name of Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner, F.R.S,

360. Dentalium gemmiparum, sp. nov. (Plate 5. fig. 10.)

D. testa alba, paullum postice arcuata, aliter fere recta, delicata, undique longi-

tudinaliter arcte lirata, liris ad aperturam circa 35, ad apicem analem 16, angusta,

spiraliter et regulariter ad liras noduloso-gemmata, gemmis albis, nitidis, leevibus,

parvis; apertura rotunda, apice anali perparvo, rotundo.

Alt. 38, diam. ad aperturam 4, ad ap. analem 1 mm.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago: Diego Garcia Lagoon.

A vemarkable member of the Scaphopoda, for we know no other Dentalium

possessing a sculpture nodulous with small white gemme placed at regular con-

centric intervals upon the liree or riblets. The aperture is round and somewhat

expanded, the anal orifice being remarkably small; the shell in form is only very

slightly arcuate.

361. Dentalium pseudosexagonum, Desh.

Loc. Saya de Malha Banks.

Cargados Carajos: Station B 17, 30 fathoms, shell-rubble,

Amirantes: Station E 9, 34 fathoms (poor).

T possess specimens from the Philippine Islands sufficiently near to pronounce them

identical, allowing for a certain degree of variation—e. g., these specimens are 8-angled,

not 6, at, the anal orifice,

MELVILL—MARINE MOLLUSCA. 121

Order OPISTHOBRANCHIATA.

Suborder i. TECTIBRANCHIATA.

Family Scaphandride.

362. Atys (Alicula) cylindrica (Helb.).

Loc. Seychelles: Station I 8, 34 fathoms, sand, shell, and weed ground.

Family Bullide.

363. Bulla australis, Quoy & Gaim.

Loc. Amirantes: Station E 21, 30 fathoms, on Halimeda- and Lithothamnia-rubble.

Chagos Archipelago.

From the first-named station only young shells.

Family Siphonariide.

364. Siphonaria atra, Quoy.

Loc. Amirantes: 8. Joseph [.

Class PELECYPODA.

Order FILIBRANCHIATA.

Suborder i. ARCACEA.

Family Arcade.

365. Area imbricata, Brug.

Var. mutabilis, Sowb.

Loc. Seychelles: Praslin I.

Chagos Archipelago: Salomon, Lagoon and Peros Banhos, Diamant, 16 fathoms.

366. Arca navicularis, Brug.

Loc. Saya de Malha Banks: Station C15, 55 fathoms, on bank of loose Lithothamnia-

rubble.

Amirantes : Station E 2, 29 fathoms, similar ground.

367. Arca (Barbatia) decussata, Sowb.

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Station B 9, 30 fathoms, among broken coral.

Amirantes : Stations E13, 20-25 fathoms, rubble; E 16, 39 fathoms, among

Inthothanmnia.

Chagos Archipelago: Salomon Lagoon and Peros Banhos, Diamant, 16 fathoms.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 16

122 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

368. Arca (Barbatia) nivea, Chemn.

Loe. Cargados Carajos: Stations B 9, 30 fathoms, broken shell and coral lump-

bottom; B 20, 28 fathoms, on coarse coral-rubble.

Providence I.: Station D 3, 29 fathoms, coral-rock.

Amirantes: Stations E 1, 29 fathoms, E 2, 29 fathoms, rubble; E 5 32 fathoms,

sandy ; E 16, 39 fathoms, on Lithothamnia-rubble.

Chagos Archipelago: Salomon Lagoon, 10-14 fathoms (var. helblingi); Diego

Garcia, Barachois Maurice, also Diego Lagoon, 14 fathoms.

Evidently a very abundant and variable form, of which many examples in all stages

of growth were secured. I cannot separate the large Barbatia helblingi (Brug.) from

the typical nivea. It is merged as synonymic by Dr. Edouard Lamy, whose recently

published work on the genus * will be found absolutely indispensable to students of this

most difficult family.

369. Arca (Acar) plicata, Chemn.

Arca plicata, Chemn. Conch.-Cab. xi. p. 244, pl. 204. fig. 2008 (1795).

Arca domingensis, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert. vi. p. 40 (1819).

Arca squamosa, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert. vi. p. 45 (1819).

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Station B11, 30-33 fathoms, white sand bottom; B 17,

30 fathoms, shell-rubble.

Amirantes: Station E 25, 20-44 fathoms, rough coral.

A most widely distributed mollusc, found both in the tropics of the Old and New

Worlds alike, with a most extensive synonymy, of which only the three principal are

given above.

370. Arca (Acar) tenella, Reeve.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

A well-marked form, extending on the N.E. to the Philippines, and to Madagascar

on the 8.W.

371. Arca (Anadara) holoserica, Reeve.

Loe. Chagos Archipelago: Diego Garcia, Lagoon, 10 fathoms, and Barachois.

This is the Arca uropigimelana of Bory St. Vincent (1824), subsequently toned down

to uropygmelana, which, strictly speaking, has priority of several years over Reeve’s

better-known cognomen. But it seems a barbaric meaningless name, and such are

often rightly disallowed, and accordingly it is not adopted here.

372. Arca (Anadara) secticostata, Reeve.

Arca scapha, Lamarck (in parte), Anim. sans Vert. vi. p. 42 (1819).

Arca secticostata, Reeve, Conch. Icon. ii. Arca, pl. 6. fig. 38 (1844).

* “ Révision des Arca vivants du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle de Paris,” par E. Lamy, Journ. de Conch. vol. ly.

(1907) pp. 1-111, 199-807, tabb. 1, 3.

MELVILL—MARINE MOLLUSCA. 123

Loe. Cargados Carajos: Stations B 2, 30 fathoms, rubble; B 9, 30 fathoms, broken

shell; B16, 30 fathoms, white sand bottom.

A local species with restricted range, mainly found in the Indian Ocean.

373. Pectunculus hoylei, M. & St.

Pectunculus hoylei, Melvill & Standen, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. vol. xxvii. (1899) p. 187,

pl. 11. fig. 24.

Loc. Providence I.: Stations D 1, 39 fathoms, D 3, 29 fathoms, coral-rock.

Amirantes : Station E 9, 34 fathoms, Polyzoa and shell-rubble.

Exactly agreeing with the original specimens described from the Torres Straits

(A. C. Haddon).

374. Pectunculus sp.

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Station B 14, 30 fathoms, amongst shell-rubble.

One specimen, probably not adult. I cannot exactly match it with any known

species, though it approximates with several, notably P. formosus, Reeve, from the

South Atlantic Ocean.

Suborder ii. MYTILACEA.

375. Modiola auriculata, Krauss.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago,

Described originally from South Africa, but it evidently has a wider range northward

into the Tropics, being mentioned by Mr. E. A. Smith as occurring in the Maldive

Archipelago (J. c. p. 623) and by Mr. Standen and myself (Proc. Zool. Soe. 1906, p. 800)

from the Persian Gulf.

376. Septifer bilocularis (1.).

Loc. Amirantes: S. Joseph I.

Saya de Malha Banks: Station C 15, 55 fathoms.

Chagos Archipelago: Salomon, Lagoon, 14 fathoms; Diego Garcia, Lagoon,

10-14 fathoms.

Many specimens collected of another very widely distributed species. It is the

Mytilus nicobaricus, Reeve.

377. Lithodomus cinnamomeus (Lam.). [cinnamominus.|

Loc. Mauritius: Station A 2, 100 fathoms.

By some authors considered a Wodiola.

378. Lithodomus gracilis, Phil.

Loe, Farquhar Atoll, north reef.

16%

124 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION. ;

379. Lithodomus plumula, Hanley.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago: Diego Garcia, Lagoon.

Originally described from West Coast of America.

380. Lithodomus teres, Phil.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago: Diego Garcia, Lagoon, with the preceding; Peros Banhos,

Diamant, 16 fathoms.

N.B.—A few undeveloped and obscure specimens likewise occurred, which it has been

impossible exactly to identify. The species, especially of the nasuta type, are variable

and confusing, and the distribution of many is almost world-wide in the warmer seas.

Such occur in dredgings from Providence I., Station D 4, 56-78 fathoms, &e.

<P eS ES See

Order PSEUDOLAMELLIBRANCHIATA.

Family Aviculide. | i

381. Meleagrina margaritifera (1.).

Loc. Seychelles: Praslin I.

Chagos Archipelago: Peros Banhos, Diamant, 16 fathoms.

Dr. Lister Jameson has lately undertaken * a revision of the species of Pearl Oysters,

and I believe that those found in the above localities will come under his IZ. mauritie.

382. Pteria ala-corvi (Chemn.). [Avicula, Klein. |

Loc. Chagos Archipelago: Diego Garcia, Barachois Maurice.

N.B.— A pale ochreous shell from the latter locality may be Pf. placunoides, Reeve.

LD RS

383. Pteria crocea (Lam.).

Loe. Chagos Archipelago.

A Mauritian species, known by its bright colour.

384. Pteria malleotides (Reeve).

Loc. Chagos Archipelago: Salomon, Lagoon, 10-14 fathoms.

Extends in range to Australian waters.

385. Pteria macroptera (Lam.).

oc. Farquhar Atoll.

386. Pteria semisagitia (Lam.).

Loe. Amirantes: Station E10, 22-86 fathoms, rubble of dead coral, &e.

The specimens are much encrusted with nullipores, but are probably referable to this

species, found in the Mauritian area.

* Proce, Zool. Soc. Lond. 1901, i. pp. 372-394, figs. in text.

MELVILL

MARINE MOLLUSCA. 125

387. Malleus normatlis, Lam.

Loe, Chagos Archipelago.

M. anatinus, Lam., is so nearly allied to this as to suggest its perhaps being only a

varietal form. The geographical distribution is much the same.

388. Perna isognomon (L.).

Loe. Chagos Archipelago.

Only in young condition.

389. Perna lingueformis, Reeve.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

390. Perna suleata, Lam.

Loc. Seychelles: Praslin I.

Very imperfect and a little doubtful.

391. Perna vitrea, Reeve.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

P. maillardi, Desh., is nearly akin, and probably also occurs, being a well-known

Manritian form.

392. Perna vulsella, Lam.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

Only in very imperfect condition, and therefore doubtful. The same remark will

apply to several others of this and related families.

393. Pinna sp.

Loc. Seychelles: Praslin I.

Only in imperfect or non-adult condition. A ribbed, non-spinous species.

394, Pinna (Atrina) nigrina, Lam.

Loe, Chagos Archipelago: Peros Banhos, Coin.

In broken fragments.

Family Ostreide.

395. Ostrea cerata, Sowb.

Loc, Chagos Archipelago.

396. Ostrea hyotis, L.

Loc, Chagos Archipelago.

Seychelles: Station F 2, 31 fathoms.

Only imperfect valves

126 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

397. Ostrea mytiloides, Lam.

Loc. Coetivy Island.

Not apparently adult, but in many ways agreeing with the species named above.

A few specimens.

398. Ostrea (Alectryonia) crista-galli, L.

Loe. Cargados Carajos: Stations B17, 30 fathoms, B 24, 30 fathoms.

399. Ostrea (Alectryonia) frons, L.

Loc, Cargados Carajos, 30 fathoms.

Saya de Malha Banks: Station C 15, 55 fathoms.

Seychelles: Station F 2, 31 fathoms.

Many of the Ostreide are hardly in a condition to be differentiated with any

certainty.

Family Pectinide.

400. Pecten cuneolus, Reeve.

Loc. Saya de Malha Banks: Station C 19, 29 fathoms, among corals, rubbles,

and Alge.

401. Pecten irregularis, Sowb.

Loc, Chagos Archipelago: Salomon Reef.

402. Pecten lemniscatus, Reeve.

Loc, Chagos Archipelago: Salomon Lagoon, 10-14 fathoms.

403. Pecten lividus, Lam. [= serratus, Reeve. |

Loc. Amirantes: Stations E 2, 29 fathoms, weedy ground; E 5, 25 fathoms, sandy.

A very variable species. None of these last three found in good condition, being

much encrusted with nullipores, &c.

404. Pecten maldivensis, Sm.

Pecten maldivensis, Edgar A. Smith, Faun. & Geogr. Mald. & Laccad. Arch. ii. p. 622, pl. 36.

figs. 19, 20.

Loe. Saya de Malha Banks: Station C15, 55 fathoms.

Amirantes: Station E 21, 30 fathoms, Halimeda-rubble.

Described but three years ago from the Maldives (J. Stanley Gardiner), this pretty

and peculiar species has been since recorded from the Persian Gulf (/. W. Townsend),

and now a further extension of range is supplied.

405. Pecten noduliferus, Sowb.

Loc. Amirantes: Stations E 2, 29 fathoms, rubble; E 11, 25-80 fathoms, hard

ground ; E13, 20-28 fathoms, E 16, 39 fathoms, Lithothamnia-rubble; E 21,

30 fathoms, Halimeda and weed.

Seychelles: Station F 7, 34 fathoms, sand, with weed.

MELVILL— MARINE MOLLUSCA. 127

Allied to P. corallinoides, VOrb., from the Cape de Verdes, and with which, a larger

and very different species, it has been sometimes unwarrantably confounded.

406. Pecten nuxz, Reeve.

Loe. Cargados Carajos: Station B 20, 28 fathoms, coarse coral-rubble.

Saya de Malha Banks: Station C 15, 55 fathoms, similar bottom.

407. Pecten pallium, L.

Loe. Chagos Archipelago.

Small and poor examples only of this most select and brilliant species.

408. Pecten perfectus, sp. nov. (Plate 5. fig. 15.)

P. testa compressa, eequivali, pulchre miniata, hic illic albo et nigro conspersa, radiis

albis, preecipue marginem apud ventralem, obscuris decorata, auriculis valde in-

eequalibus, postica parva, obliquissima, antica decem-costata, breviter squamata,

superficie omni in valva utraque, longitudinaliter arctissime et delicate tenuicostata ;

costis fere 55, minute squamulosis, fere regularibus ; interstitiis planatis, nitidis.

Alt. 25, lat. 23, diam. 6 mm.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago: Peros Banhos, Diamant, 16 fathoms.

This pretty Pecten seems most akin to the coarser P. irregularis, Sowb., which occurs

in the same region and is widely distributed in the Indian Ocean. It differs in its far

greater regularity of longitudinal coste, these being about 55 in number, close and

fine-set, the interstices being smooth and shining; the ribs themselves are delicately

scaly. The colour is scarlet-crimson, here and there flecked with white suffusion

bordered by black spotting; around the ventral margin are five or six white rays,

becoming soon evanescent. I am much indebted to Mr. G. B. Sowerby for his opinion

concerning this interesting species.

409. Pecten plica (L.).

Loc. Amirantes: Stations F 5, 32 fathoms, sandy ; E9, 34 fathoms, Polyzoa and shell-

rubble.

410. Pecten porphyreus, Chemn.

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Station B14, 30 fathoms, on shell-rubble.

Amirantes: Stations E 5, 32 fathoms, sandy; E 15, 20-25 fathoms, E 21,

30 fathoms, in both stations amidst Halimeda and other calcareous Algze.

Chagos Archipelago: Diego Garcia, Barachois Maurice.

P. porphyreus, Chemn., is probably an outlying, squamosely ribbed form of the fairly

smooth and large P. senatorius, Gmel., so abundant an inhabitant of the Arabian Sea

further north. It is, at best, an extremely variable species, and it is a question whether

the very fine P. gloriosus, Reeve, and crassicostatus, Sowb., had not best be treated as

synonymic. The distribution of the typical form is wide, extending to Japan: the

varieties are more or less restricted in range.

128 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

411. Pecten rastellum, Lam.

Pecten rastellum, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert. vi. 166; Delessert, Recueil des Coquill. Lam. pl. 16.

fig. 3a, 6; Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Pecten, p. 50. sp. 30.

Var. mirificus, Reeve (sp.).

Pecten mirificus, Reeve, Conch. Icon., Pecten, fig. 104.

Loc. Amirantes: Stations E11, 25-80 fathoms, on hard rough ground; E 16,

39 fathoms, also E 21, 30 fathoms, both Zithothamnia-rubble bottom.

One of the most beautiful of Pectinidze when in fine condition. The principal form in ~

the Amirantes seems to be typical rastellum. I have received this in the past from —

the Philippines. Hidalgo*, under the name Chlamys rastellwm, Lam., confirms my views

of the more solid and smaller mirificus, Reeve, being but a variety. It is a species that

requires further study as regards both variation and limitation.

412. Pecten pseudo-lima, Sowb.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago ; Salomon Reef.

413. Pecten reticulatus, Reeve.

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Station B9, 30 fathoms.

Amirantes: Stations E1 and E2, 29 fathoms, rubble; EH 6, 28 fathoms, among

Polyzoa.

Seychelles: Station F 8, 34 fathoms, sandy bottom.

Chagos Archipelago: Diego Garcia, Lagoon, 14 fathoms.

Single specimens occurring in either case. Nearly allied to P. testudineus and fucatus,

both of Reeve. A Red Sea species, extending to the Persian Gulf (Townsend).

414, Pecten (Vola) sp.

Loc. Saya de Malha Banks: Station C1, 150 fathoms.

Two dead flattened valves, encrusted with Serpula, &c. The longitudinal ribs are

bipartite in one valve, plain and undivided in the other ; otherwise the sculpture is

identical. JI have compared them with the Australian P. bicostatus, and find some

similarity.

415. Amussium caducum, Sm.

Amussium caducum, EB. A. Smith, Rep. ‘ Challenger’ Exp. xiii. p. 309, pl. 23. figs. 1-le.

Loc. Saya de Malha Banks: Station C 20, 331-500 fathoms, hard ground, with a few

solitary corals, &c.

Two or three examples, in fine condition. The original specimens dredged during the —

‘Challenger’ Expedition came from the west of Luzon I., Philippines, at 700 fathoms.

Family Limide.

416. Lima fragilis (Gmel.).

Loc. Coetivy 1., 52 fathoms.

Providence I.: Station D 4, 53-78 fathoms, rough coral bottom.

* Cat. Moll. Test. Islas Philippinas, &c. (1904-1905) p. 379.

417.

Loe.

418.

Loe.

419.

Loe.

MELVILL—MARINE MOLLUSCA. 129

Lima inflata (Chemn.). [= fasciata (L.), Gmel. |

Amirantes: Station E 18, 20-25 fathoms, rubble.

Chagos Archipelago: Peros Banhos, Diamant, 16 fathoms.

Lima multicostata, Sowb.

Providence I.: Station D4, 50-78 fathoms, rough coral bottom. Some speci-

mens with flattened and distorted ventral margin.

Amirantes: Station E 20, 160 fathoms, rough rubble.

Chagos Archipelago: Peros Banhos, Diamant, 16 fathoms.

Lima sowerbyt, Desh.

Amirantes ?

The label has unfortunately got mislaid. Almost an exact Eastern exponent of the

Mediterranean ZL. squamosa, Lam.

420.

Loe.

4.24,

Loe.

Lima (Ctenoides) tenera, Chemn.

Cargados Carajos Station: B17, 30 fathoms, shell-rubble ground.

Family Spondylide.

. Spondylus aurantius, Lam.

. Chagos Archipelago.

. Spondylus coccineus, Lam.

. Chagos Archipelago.

. Spondylus croceus, Chemn.

. Amirantes: Station H 20, 160 fathoms, rubble bottom.

Chagos Archipelago.

Spondylus zonalis, Lam.

Chagos Archipelago.

All weathered and in poor condition, being hardly recognizable. Aucther specimen

from Diego Garcia Lagoon, with lilac interior, seems distinct, though it is not possible

exactly to differentiate it.

4.25.

Loe.

Order EULAMELLIBRANCHIATA.

Suborder i. SUBMYTILACEA.

Family Carditide.

Mytilicardia variegata (Brug.).

Chagos Archipelago.

Coetivy I.

A very abundant species in Eastern seas.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL, XIII. 17

130 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

426. Cardita cooperi, sp. nov. (Plate 5. fig. 11.)

CO. testa trapezoidea, solidula, alba, eequivalvi, valde inzequilaterali ; umbonibus perobli-

quis, contiguis ; lunula parva, superficie omni longitudinaliter multicostata ; costis ad

20, obliquis, crassiusculis, regulariter echinosquamatis, interstitiis spiraliter arcte

rudi-striatis; margine dorsali antice fere recto, subquadrate declivi marginem ad

ventralem, postice multum abbreviato, pagina intus alba; cardine incrassato, normali ;

sinu palliali distincto, haud sinuoso, margine rudi-denticulato.

Alt. 19, diam. 14, long. 20 mm.

Loc. Saya de Malha Banks: Station C 2, 125 fathoms, broken shell-rubble.

Though not found in perfect condition, this Cardita is seen at once to be not exactly

comparable with any of its congeners; the umbones are very inclined posteriorly, and

the echinulate ribs, twenty in number, are noteworthy. I name this shell in honour

of Mr. C. Forster Cooper, attached to the expedition of H.M.S. Sealark.

Family Cyprinide.

427. Isocardia (Metocardia) moltkiana (Chemn.).

Loc. Saya de Malha Banks: Station C15, 55 fathoms, on loose Lithothamnia-rubble.

428. Libitina guinaica (Lam.)=[Cypricardia, Lam. |].

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

Family Lucinide.

429. Diplodonta globosa (Forskal).

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Station B38, 30 fathoms, sandy.

430. Lucina (Codakia) exasperata, Reeve.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago: Diego Garcia, Barachois Maurice.

Sometimes confounded with Z. (Codakia) tigerina (L.), a species of the Western

Hemisphere.

431. Lucina (Codakia) interrupta, Lam.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

432. Lucina (Codakia) punctata (L.).

Loc. Chagos Archipelago.

Family Galeommide.

433. Galeomma splendida, Desh.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago: Egmont Reef.

A variety, not quite typical. Extends to the Philippine Isles.

MELVILL—MARINE MOLLUSCA. 131

434, Barclayia incerta, Desh.

Loe. Cargados Carajos ?

Considered by Fischer a subgenus of Scéntilla, and orginally described by Deshayes

from I. Bourbon specimens.

The locality is given with slight doubt. Only one specimen occurred.

435,

Loe.

436.

Loe.

Suborder ii. TELLINACEA.

Family Tellinide.

Tellina (Tellinella) rugosa, Born.

Chagos Archipelago: Diego Garcia, Barachois Maurice.

Tellina (Arcopagia) robusta, Hanley.

Seychelles: Station F 6, 44 fathoms.

Only very young, but probably referred here.

437.

Loe.

438.

Loe.

439.

Loe.

440.

Tellina (Arcopagia) scobinata, L.

Amirantes: Station E 21, 30 fathoms, Halimeda- and Lithothamnia-rubble.

Chagos Archipelago.

Family Donacide.

Donax (Latona) abbreviatus, Lam.

Coetivy I.

Donax (Latona) faba, Chemn. (=radians, Lam.)

Coetivy I.

Family Mesodesmatide.

Paphia glabrata, Desh.

Mesodesma glabratum, Lam. Encycl. pl. 257. fig. 3.

Loe.

441.

Loe.

442,,

Loe.

Amirantes: 8. Joseph I.

Paphia trigona, Desh.

Chagos Archipelago: Diego Garcia, Barachois Maurice.

Suborder iii. VENERACEA.

Family Veneride.

Circe scripta (1.).

Cargados Carajos: Stations B 7, 29 fathoms, B 16, 30 fathoms, weed or sandy.

Amirantes : Station E 9, 34 fathoms, shell-rubble &e.

Seychelles: Stations F 2, 31 fathoms, shell-rubble &c.; F 3, 39 fathoms, hard

sand.

Mostly of the plain, unicolorous variety albida.

ily:

132 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

448. Orista pectinata (I).

Loc. Seychelles; Praslin I.

Chagos Archipelago: Diego Garcia, Barachois Maurice.

444. Crista gibbia (Lam.).

Loc. Chagos Archipelago: Diego Garcia, Barachois Maurice.

445. Lioconcha picta (Lam.).

Toc. Cargados Carajos: Station B 9, 30 fathoms, broken shell, with coral-lumps.

Seychelles: Station F 2, 31 fathoms, on coral, sand, and Lithothamnia-rubble.

446. Callista amirantium, sp, nov. (Plate 4. fig. 12.)

C. testa convexa, leevi, tenui, nitida, sequivalvi, inzequilaterali, hic illic pallide et

leniter bi- vel tri-rufo-radiata, aliter unicolore, undique concentrice arcte costulata ;

umbonibus prominulis, contiguis; lunula parva; margine dorsali postice leniter

declivi, ventrali fere rotundato, antice brevi; pagina interna albo-straminea, leevi,

margine levigata ; cardine normali.

Loc. Amirantes: Station E 9, 34 fathoms, among Polyzoa and shell-rubble.

Alt. 18, lat. 21, diam. 12 mm.

Several examples of a moderate-sized, convex, light Callista, smoothish, fairly

shining, evenly concentrically closely ribbed, the ribs narrow and close, the surface palest

yellow, ornamented obscurely with faint reddish rays, which become obsolete in the

centre of the shell. The umboes are contiguous and prominent, the lunule small, hinge

that of a normal Callista, while within the surface is whitish straw-colour and very

smooth.

447. Callista costata (Chemn.).

Loe, Cargados Carajos : 30 fathoms.

448. Caryatis leta (Chemn.).

Loc, Amirantes: Station E 16, 30 fathoms, Lithothamnia-rubble.

Not quite typical in form, but probably referable to this species.

449. Venus (Chione) lamarckit, Gray.

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Stations B 7, B 8, B 9, 30 fathoms, weed, broken shell,

and coral bottom; B 15, 30-83 fathoms, sandy; B 17, 30 fathoms, shell-

rubble.

Amirantes: Station E 8, 33 fathoms, hard sand.

450. Venus (Chione) marica, L.

Loc. Providence I.: Station D 1, 39 fathoms, dead and encrusted coral bottom.

MELVILL—MARINE MOLLUSCA. 133

451. Venus (Chione) seabra, Hanley.

Loe. Saya de Malha Banks: Station C 15, 35 fathoms.

A form allied to C. swbnodulosa, Hanley, from Australia

452. Venus (Omphaloclathrum) toreuma, Gould.

Loc. Cargados Carajos, 30 fathoms.

Suborder iv. CARDIACEA.

Family Cardiide.

453. Cardium (Trachycardium) leucostoma, Born.

Loc. Chagos Archipelago: only dead, disassociated valves.

454. Cardium (Trachycardium) maculosum, Wood.

Loc. Amirantes: Station E 16, 39 fathoms, with the next species.

455. Cardium (Trachycardium) mauritianum, Desh.

Loc. Amirantes: Station E 16, 39 fathoms, among Lithothamnia-rubble.

Omitted, curiously enough, from von Martens’s Mauritian and Seychelles Catalogue.

456. Cardium (Trachycardium) serricostatum, M. & St.

Cardium (Trachycardium) serricostatum, Melvill & Standen, Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. vol. xxvii.

(1899) p. 191, pl. 11. fig. 20.

Loe. Seychelles: Station F 6, 44 fathoms, sand.

One specimen, agreeing with the type, which was dredged off Murray Island, Torres

Straits (4. C. Haddon). The deeply excavate interstices and squarely set serrated ribs

are noticeable.

457. Cardium (Trachycardium) transcendens, M. & St.

Cardium (Trachycardium) transcendens, Melvill & Standen, Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. vol. xxvii.

(1899) p. 191, pl. 11. fig. 21.

Loc. Amirantes: Station E 21, 30 fathoms, among quantities of Halimeda- and

Lithothamnia-rubble.

A beautiful Zrachycardium, amply distinguished by its very fine longitudinal ribs,

nearly sixty in number, and bright coloration.

458. Cardium (Papyridea) australe, Sowb. (=pulehrum, Reeve.)

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Stations B9, 30 fathoms, broken shell and coral lumps ;

B 17, 30 fathoms, shell-rubble.

134 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION,

459. Cardium (Fragum) simillimum, Smith.

Loc. Saya de Malha Banks: Stations C 2, 123 fathoms, C 4, 150 fathoms, on broken

shell and rough bottom.

A very delicate, elegant species, of the same character as C. (Fulvia) peramabilis,

Dall *, from the W. Indies and Florida (‘ Blake’ Expedition), or C. (ragwm) 100-liratum,

Mely. & St., from the Persian Gulf (Townsend).

460. Cardium (Fragum) crenelloides, sp. nov. (Plate 5. fig. 13.)

C. testa alba, papyracea, inflata, subquadrata, equivalvi, inzequilaterali; margine

dorsali postice recto, antice rapide declivi, margine postico oblique expanso ventralem

apud marginem, latere antico subangulato; umbonibus tumidis, quam maxime

contiguis; superficie undique longitudinaliter delicatissime costulata ; costis 38-40,

arctissime squamatis, squamis seepe evanidis, postice breviter minute spinulosis.

Alt. 8, lat. 9, diam. 6 mm.

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Station B 20, 28 fathoms, coarse coral-rubble bottom.

wo examples, perfect, and differing only in size, of a pure white, fragile, papyraceous

shell, trapezoid in form, and very swollen, particularly at the umbones, which are closely

approximate to each other. The whole surface is many-ribbed longitudinally, with

oblique costz, thirty-eight to forty in number; these are closely scaled, and shortly

spinulose posteriorly. The superficial likeness in form to a Crenella suggests the

specific name.

461. Cardium (Fragum) roseolum, sp. nov. (Plate 5. fig. 14.)

S. testa minuta, sequivalvi, invequilaterali, fere squarrosa, tumida, rosea; margine

dorsali recto, postice abbreviato, ventrali cum dorsali parallelo, antice rotunde

breviter expanso; umbonibus contiguis, superficie omni delicatissime costulata ;

costis longitudinalibus obliquis ad 40, arctissime squamatis, squamis regularibus,

fere imbricatis, haud evanidis.

Alt. 7, lat. 6, diam. 5 mm.

Loe. Cargados Carajos: Station B 20, 28 fathoms, with tie preceding.

Nearly allied to C. crenelloides, described above, but of different form, being of a

squarrose contour, the posterior margin much shortened, the ventral and dorsal well-

nigh parallel. The whole surface is closely scaly-ribbed ; these ribs are 40 in number, of

much the same character as exists in crenelloides, save that they appear more persistent

and imbricate, not being of so delicate a substance. The margin of the valves also is

more deeply serrate or pectinate than in the allied species, of which, indeed, it might be

considered a variety, but the great differences of form and colour—a clear rose—have

prompted the differentiation.

462. Cardium (Levicardium) biradiatum, Brug.

Loc. Amirantes: Station E 9, 34 fathoms, among Polyzoa, &e.

Seychelles: Station F 2, 31 fathoms, coral and shell-rubble.

Extends in range to the Philippine Isles.

* Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard (1885-86), p. 269, pl. 4. fig. 7.

MELVILL-—MARINE MOLLUSCA. 135

463. Cardium (Ctenocardia) fornicatum, Sowb.

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Stations B9 and B17, both 30 fathoms, shell-rubble.

Seychelles: Station F 5, 44 fathoms, coral-rubble.

A rare and exquisite form which has lately been dredged in considerable quantity in

the Gulf of Oman, off Maskat (Muscat), by Mr. F. W. Townsend. Originally described

from Erythreean waters.

464. Cardium (Ctenocardia) fragum, L.

Loc. Amirantes; 8. Joseph I.

Chagos Archipelago.

465. Cardium (Ctenocardia) nivale, Reeve.

Loe. Coetivy I.

Extends in range from the Red Sea to the Philippine Isles.

466. Cardium (Ctenocardia) victor, Angas.

Cardium victor, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1872, p. 612, pl. 42. fig. 9.

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Stations B 9, 30 fathoms, among broken shell and coral ;

B 20, 28 fathoms, coral-rubble.

Providence I.: Stations D3, 29 fathoms, coral-rock ; D 4, 50-78 fathoms.

A brilliant and magnificent species, also noted from the Maldive and Laccadive Isles

(Stanley Gardiner). From D4 (v. supra) came one large and fine specimen peculiarly

oblique in form, which might be characterized as var. pulcherrima.

467. Hemicardium (Lunulicardia) subretusum, Sowb.

Loc. Amirantes: Station E11, 25-80 fathoms, on hard rough ground.

Family Tridacnide.

468. Tridacna elongata, Lam.

Loe. Chagos Archipelago.

469. Tridacna gigas, Lam.

Loe. Chagos Archipelago.

Only young shells collected.

Family Chamide.

470. Chama fibula, Reeve.

Loc. Cargados Carajos : Station B 24, 30 fathoms, sand and weed.

Amirantes: Stations E1, 29 fathoms, H13, 20-25 fathoms, rubble.

Seychelles: Station F 9, 37 fathoms, hard sand.

Chagos Archipelago.

136 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Mostly in young or imperfect condition, but they seem to assimilate, and are

probably referable as above.

471. Chama imbricata, Brod.

Loc. Cargados Carajos: Station B9, 80 fathoms, broken shell with coral-lumps.

Chagos Archipelago: Salomon.

Specimen dead, or entirely encrusted with nullipore.

472. Chama lazarus, L.

Loc. Amirantes: Stations E 9, 34 fathoms, E10, 22 to 85 fathoms, rubble.

Both the yellow-tinted and ordinary form of this beautiful Chama occurred.

Suborder v. MYACEA.

Family Psammobiide. [Gariide.|

473. Asaphis deflorata (L.). [= Capsa rugosa, Lam. |

Loc. Chagos Archipelago: Diego Garcia, Barachois Maurice.

T have found this species in the West Indian region not uncommonly ; for I consider

A. dichotoma, Ant., and coccinea, Mart., only New-World forms of a world-wide

species. A. violascens, Forsk., from the Red Sea, is also probably the same, and also

A. taheitensis, Reeve, from Polynesia.

Family Gastrochenide. [Rocellariide. |

474. Rocellaria (Spengleria) mytiloides (Lam.). |Gastrochena.|

Loc. Providence I ; Station D 4,50— 78 fathoms, coral-rubble.

Suborder vi. ANATINACEA.

Family Verticordiide.

475. Verticordia deshayesiana, Fischer.

Loc. Saya de Malha Banks: Station C 2, 125 fathoms.

A fine example of this abyssal species, which has also been found recently to occur in

the Gulf of Oman, having been dredged at 156 fathoms by Mr. F. W. Townsend.

MELVILL—MARINE MOLLUSCA. 137

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

1840. Dufo, H.—Observations sur les Mollusques terrestres, marines et fluviatiles, des iles Seychelles et

des Amirantes. Ann. de Sci. Nat. série 2, Zool. xiv. (1840), pp. 45-80, 166-221.

1843. Sganzin, Vict.—Catalogue des Coquilles trouvées aux tles de France, de Bourbon et de Madagascar.

Mém. Soc. Hist. Nat. Strasbourg, vol. 11. pt. 2.

1863. Deshayes, G. P.—Catalogue des Mollusques de Vile de la Réunion (Bourbon), aux L. Maillard’s

Notes sur Vile de la Réunion. Paris. 144 pp. 14 pl. (28-41).

1871-75. Nevill, Geoffrey & Hugh.—Descriptions of new Mollusca from the Eastern Regions.

Part I. Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, xxxix. part 2 (1871), pp. 1-11, pl. 1.

Part II. Journ. As. Soe. Bengal, xliv. part 2 (1875), pp. 83-104, pls. 7, 8.

1877. Lienard, Elisé.—Catalogue de la Faune malacologique de Vile Maurice et de ses dépendances.

Paris, 1877. 115 pp.

1878. Nevill, Geoffrey.—Hand-List of Mollusca in the Indian Museum, Calcutta.—Part I. Gastropoda,

Pulmonata, Neurobranchia.

1880. Mobius, K., Richter, F., von Martens, E.—Beitrage-zur Meeresfauna der Insel Mauritius und der

Seychellen. Mollusken bearbeitet von Prof. E. von Martens, mit 4 Tafeln. Berlin, 4°.

1884. Smith, Edgar A.—Report on the Zoological Collections made in the Indo-Pacific Ocean during

the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Alert, 1881-1882. Mollusca, by E. A. Smith.

1893. Dautzenberg, Philippe—Contribution 4 la Faune malacologique des iles Séchelles. Bull. Soc.

Zool. France, xviil. pp. 78-84 (Paris).

1893. Sowerby, George B.—Descriptions of new Species of Shells, principally from the Mauritius.

P. Malac. Soc. Lond. i. pp. 41-44, figs.

1894. Dautzenberg, Ph.—Liste de Mollusques marins provenant des iles Glorieuses. Bull. Soc. Ouest

France, v. pp. 99-121, map.

1896. Smith, Edgar A.—Descriptions of new Deep-Sea Mollusca. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, xviii.

pp- 867-375.

1g0l. Jameson, H. L.—On the Identity and Distribution of the Mother-of-Pearl Oysters, with a Revision

of the Subgenus Margaritifera. Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1901, i. pp. 372-394.

1g02. Voeltzkow, A.—Die von Aldabra bis jetzt bekannte Flora und Fauna. Abh. Senckenberg. Ges.

XXvl. pp. 539-565.

1902. Von Martens, E.—Hinige neue Arten von Meer-Conchylien aus den Sammlungen der deutschen

Tiefsee Expedition. Sitzungsb. der Gesellsch. naturf. Freunde zu Berlin, pp. 237-244.

Die beschalten Gastropoden der deutschen Tiefsee Expedition, 1898-99. Carl Chun.

Vol. vii. pp. 1-146, pls. 1-5.

1903. Smith, E. A.—Marine Mollusca. In Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and Laccadive

Archipelagoes, vol. ii. pp. 589-630, pls. 35, 36.

1903.

N.B.—For a fairly complete list of publications on the Molluscan Fauna of the more northern portions

of the Indian Ocean, Persian Gulf, Andaman Islands, &c., vide Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1901, ii.

pp. 331-334; and also ib. 1906, pp. 787-791.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 18

188 ©

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 5,

Fig.

. Euchelus providentie.

. Solariella aquamarina.

. Leptothyra gardineri.

. Eglisia elegans.

8. Triphora coetiviensis.

. Pecten perfectus.

x 3.

x2.

ay incisura. x4.

» (Conotrochus) sayademalhana.

X 2.

x3.

x4.

Clanculus mauritianus.

. Dentalium gardineri.

10.

. Cardita cooperi.

. Callista amirantium.

. Cardium (Fragum) crenelloides. x §.

% gemmiparum.

Pel x3.

) roseolum.

Xe:

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION. Traws. Linn. Soc. Ser. 2. Zoot. VoiXII. Pu. 5

(MELviLL.)

E.Wilson, del.

MARINE MOLLUSCA FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN.

boris

lal

139 ]

No. VIII—ALCYONARIANS COLLECTED ON THE PERCY SLADEN TRUST

EXPEDITION BY Mr. J. STANLEY GARDINER, M.A., F.RB.S.

Part I.—The Axirera. By Prof. J. AntHur Taomson, M.A., and Mr. E. S. Russexy, M.A.

born,

fe Raa

Part I].—The Srotonirera, Atcyonacra, Pseupaxonia, and Sretucnotonna. By Prof. J. ArrHur 4.; Li BARAK

Tuomson, M.A., and Miss Doris L. Mackinnon, B.Se., Carnegie Scholar, University ie Car

of Aberdeen. Pe Mast

(Communicated by J. Srantey Garpiner, M.A., F.RS., WLS.)

(Plates 6-14.*)

Read 30th June, 1909.

Parr [.—AXIFERA.

By J. Arruur THomson and HE. 8. Russe.

Tue Axifera reported on in this part of the paper were collected in 1905 by Mr. J.

Stanley Gardiner, chiefly at the following localities:—Salomon Islands (Chagos Archi-

pelago), Seychelles, Amirante Isles (Seychelles Group), Providence Island (Farquhar

Group), and Saya de Malha Bank.

The collection includes the following 50 species of Axifera, of which 11 are new :—

AXIFERA.

Family Dasycoreip2.

Chrysogorgia orientalis, Versluys.

Family Istpa.

Ceratoisis sp.

Family Primnor.

Caligorgia pennacea, Versluys.

Stachyodes allmani (Wright and Studer).

39 parva, Versluys.

a clavata, Versluys.

Plumarella delicatissima, Wright and Studer,

var. dentata, n.

Family Muricrrp.

Acanthogorgia aspera, Pourtalés.

i ceylonensis, Thomson and Hen-

derson.

inermis, Hedlund.

muricata, Verrill.

F truncata, Studer.

eA tenera, Sp. 0.

Anthogorgia sp.

Calicogorgia robusta, sp. n.

ep 3 var. rosea, 0.

Pr rigida, sp. 0.

Echinogorgia pseudosasappo, Kélliker.

* I have to thank the Carnegie Trust for a grant, which paid the artist who drew the plates, and for Plate 14,

leaving a small balance towards the cost of the color -ed plates.—J. A. T.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII.

14.0 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Echinogorgia ramosa, sp. 0. Muricella rubra, Thomson.

Menacella sladeni, sp. 0. Elasmogorgia filiformis, Wright and Studer.

Bebryce mollis, ae Family Puexaverpm.

ig Ca as ea Plexauroides prelonga (Ridley), var. cinerea,

Ridley.

Euplexaura antipathes (Klunzinger).

Acamptogorgia spinosa, Hiles.

3 ceylonensis (n. nom, for Eehino-

muricea ceylonensis, "Thomson ; p

net ; 3 jleauosa (n. nom. for Plewaura anti-

and Henderson). ; ! P

pathes, (Wluuzinger, var. flexuosa,

” ee, Ae Thomson and Henderson).

foliata, sp. n.

5) tenuis, Thomson and Simpson. Family Gorconipa.

Acis solitaria, Pourtalés. Gorgonia dubia, sp. n.

5, indica, Thomson and Henderson. Family GorGoNELLID.

» ceylonensis, Thomson and Henderson. Nicella dichotoma, Gray.

», spinosa, Thomson and Henderson. Juncella gemmacea (Valenciennes).

,, alba, Thomsou and Henderson. Scirpearella aurantiaca, Thomson and Henderson.

», dejecta, sp. n. Scirpearia furcata, Wickson.

5, alfernans, sp. n. » flagellum (Johason).

»» Obscura, Sp. Nn. Gorgonella orientalis, Wright and Studer.

Muricella complanata, Wright and Studer. 2 verriculata, M.-Edwards and Haime.

» purpurea, Whitelegge. Verrucella flexuosa, Klunzinger.

Inrropuctory Nore.

Some of the most interesting features of this collection of Axifera may be briefly

alluded to, taking them in the order in which they are discussed in the text.

(a) The beautiful and somewhat divergent species of Plumarella, known as P. deli-

catissima, Wright and Studer, is represented in the collection by a variety found at

Providence, 128 fms. The new variety differs from the type in the minute details of the

calyx-scales. The distribution is very striking, for the type was obtained by the

‘Challenger ’ from the West Coast of Patagonia, 140 fms.

(6) Interesting new species of Calicogorgia have afforded material for making a clearer

distinction between this genus and the nearly related Anthogorgia.

(ce) In Calicogorgia rigida, sp. n., the polyps contained numerous embryos about 1mm,

in diameter, which we hope to discuss along with other similar bodies in a separate —

communication. Many of the embryos showed a distinct invagination at one pole.

(d) The somewhat divergent Hehinogorgia ramosa, sp. n., seems to us to connect this —

genus with Anthogorgia.

(e) A study of specimens of Bebryce mollis, Philippi, has confirmed our conclusion,

substantiated elsewhere, that this species should include B. philippi, Studer, and —

B. studeri, Whitelegge. If so, we have in B. mollis a fine illustration of wide distri-

bution—-from the Mediterranean to Funafuti. The remarkable species B. acanthoides, —

sp. n., which seems very divergent, is linked to B. mollis by a new Indian species,

B. tenuis, described in the second part of ‘The Alcyonaria of the Indian Ocean’ (1909).

(f) The collection shows several illustrations of quite remarkable “convergence.” Thus —

THOMSON AND RUSSELL—AXIFERA. 141

Acamptogorgia ceylonensis has a striking resemblance in colour and habit to Muricella

purpurea, which is generally found along with it, but the two genera are not nearly

related. Similarly, Acamptogorgia gracilis is like a mimic of Muricella rubra, and both

these species are somewhat like a straggling variety of Stphonogorgia mirabilis,

Klunzinger, which has white polyps.

(g) Of the genus Acis, the collection has a rich representation (eight species), and we

have taken this opportunity of working out an artificial key. Of all the species, the

most striking is Acts dejecta, sp. v., which spreads out horizontally, has the polyps on

the sides and under surface of the branches, and has large superficial scales. In Acis

obscura, sp. u., which is a much less specialized species, like an Acis in the making

indeed, we found a useful instance of the way spicules differ according to the age and

vigour of the colony. This species is furthermore of systematic interest in showing that

the genera Acis and Muricella are nearly related.

(h) In the numerous specimens of Muricella complanata, Wright and Studer, there is

a fine illustration of colour-variability ; white, yellow, pale pink, rose, and other hues

are seen.

(¢) Considerable time was spent in examining numerous apparently different Gorgo-

nellids of the Juncella type, with the result of showing that no importance can be paid

to the number of rows of polyps, or to the degree of projection of the polyps, or to the

colour.

Family Dasygorgide.

Genus CHRYSOGORGLIA.

1. Chrysogorgia orientalis, Versluys.

For description see :—

Versluys, J.: “ Die Gorgoniden der Siboga-Expedition. II. Die Chrysogorgiide.” Siboga-Expe-

ditie. Monographie xiii.* 1902, pp. 53-55, 5 figs.

A somewhat damaged specimen seems nearer to C. orientalis, Versluys, than to any

other species.

Locality. Saya de Malha (C 20) *, 300-500 fms.

Previously recorded from Ceram Sea, 924 metres, and Timor Sea, 918 metres (Versluys,

1902); and from the Indian Ocean, 6° 32’ N., 79° 37' E., 675 fms. (Thomson and

Henderson, 1906).

Family Iside.

Genus CERATOISIS.

2. Ceratoisis sp.

A small piece of a Ceratoisis, 2 cm. in length, with the cenenchyma much worn and

very fragmentary. It is not possible to determine the species with certainty, but the

spicules are smooth rods and broad spiny spindles, a feature which suggests that the

specimen may belong to Ceratoisis palme, Wright and Studer.

Locality. Mauritius, 100-200 fms.

* These refer to the dredgings made by the expedition at each locality. See Gardiner and Cooper's ‘ Description

of the Expedition,” Trans. Linn. Soc. ser, 2, Zool. vol. xii. (1907) pp. 163-169.

ig)

142 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Family Primnoide.

Genus CALIGORGIA.

3. Caligorgia pennacea, Versluys.

For description see :——

Versluys, J. : “ Die Gorgoniden der Siboga-Expedition. II. Die Primnoide.” Siboga-Expeditie.

Monographie xiii.* 1906, pp. 66-67, 2 figs.

A fragment 8 cm. in length by 3 em. in breadth.

Dr. Versluys has been good enough to confirm this identification.

Locality. Saya de Malha (C 1), 150 fms.

Previously recorded from Kei Islands (5° 28’ 4” §., 182° 0! 2” E.), 204 metres

(Versluys, 1906).

Genus STACHYODES.

4. Stachyodes alimani (Wright and Studer). (Plate 9. fig. 7.)

For description see :—

Wright and Studer: ‘ Challenger’ Report, xxxi. 1899, pp. 53-54, pl. 11. figs. 1, 1 a, pl. 14. fig. 5,

pl. 20. fig. 2.

Versluys, J.: op. cit. 1906, pp. 92-94, 3 figs.

Versluys has shown that Calypterinus allmani of Wright and Studer should be trans-

ferred to the genus Stachyodes. The following points are noteworthy in regard to our

specimen :—

(a) The basal part is very substantial and attains a diameter of 75 mm. From

this base numerous branches arise, 3-4 mm. in basal diameter and reaching

a length ef about 16 cm.

(0) On some of the branches the polyps have their mouths turned wpwards.

Locality. Saya de Malha (C 20), 300-500 fms.

An imperfect specimen (D 2) from Providence, 744 fms., probably belongs to this

species. ;

Previously recorded from Fiji Islands (Wright and Studer, 1889); Indian Ocean,

8° 36! 15" N., 81°20' 30" E., 542 fms. (Zhomson and Henderson, 1906). Roule (1896)

records §. allmani from the Bay of Biscay, but Versluys (1906) considers the identi-

fication doubtful.

5. Stachyodes parva, Versluys.

For description see :--

Versluys, J. : op. cit. 1906, pp. 96-98, 5 figs.

There are several almost typical examples of this species. The largest colony is

THOMSON AND RUSSELL—AXIFERA. 143

10 em. in height and is feebly branched. There are usually three or four polyps ina

whorl, but some branches show five polyps ina whorl. These branches also show the

* covered way” so well seen in S. allmani, formed by the enlarged basal sclerites of two

adjacent rows of polyps. While the elongated ccenenchyma spicules typical of S. parva

were found in some cases, many were considerably broader than the one figured by

Versluys. Large reproductive bodies were found in some of the polyps; their nature

will be discussed in a subsequent communication.

Locality. Saya de Malha (C 20), 800-500 fms.

Previously recorded from Ceram Sea, 1300-1633 metres, and Banda Sea, 1595 metres

(Versluys, 1906).

6. Stachyodes clavata, Versluys.

For description see :—

Versluys, J.: Gorgon. Siboga-Exp., Monog. xiii.? 1906, pp. 98-101, 6 figs.

The collection includes three fine specimens of this species. One is almost

complete, and shows the base, which is 4 mm. broad and somewhat calcified. The main

stem is 3 mm. thick. The largest colony reaches a height of 13 em. and a breadth of

6em. All the polyps look downward. The colour when living was light pink, in spirit

pure white.

Locality. Providence (D 8), 125 fms.

Previously recorded from Kei Islands, 204 metres (Versluys, 1906).

Genus PLUMARELLA.

7. Plumarella delicatissima, Wright and Studer, var. n. dentata. (Plate 9.

fig. 3; Plate 13. fig. 10.)

For description see :—

Wright and Studer: ‘ Challenger’ Report, xxxi. 1889, pp. 74, 75, pl. 16. figs. 1, 1a, pl. 21. fig. 8.

Versluys : op. cit. 1906, pp. 14-15, 1 fig.

Several specimens, about 12 cm. by 9 em., resemble very closely this species of

Plumarella, which occupies a somewhat isolated position in the genus. Dr. Versluys,

who was kind enough to look at a specimen, expressed his opinion that it should be

referred to P. delicatissima, but a study of the scales (see Pl. 18. fig. 10) leads us to

suggest a new variety. The distribution is remarkable.

Locality. Providence (D 8), 125 fms.

Previously recorded from West Coast of Patagonia, 140 fms. (Wright and Studer,

1889).

144 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Family Muriceide.

Genus ACANTHOGORGIA.

8. Acanthogorgia aspera, Pourtalés, (Plate 9. figs. 4 & 5.)

For description see :—-

Pourtalés, L. F. de: Contributions to the Fauna of the Gulf Stream at great Depths. Bull. Mus.

Comp. Zool. Harvard, No. 6, 1867, p. 113.

Several colonies, white or grey in colour, seem to be referable to this somewhat vaguely

described species. The largest colony is 9 cm.in height by 5 cm. in breadth. The —

specimens are intermediate between the typical A. aspera and the form referred by —

Hedlund (1890) to A. aspera. They resemble the former in having many projecting

spicule-points on the surface of the coenenchyma and verruce. They resemble the —

latter, however, in the details of their spiculation, in the size, shape, and irregular dis-

tribution of the verrucee, and in the crowding of the verruce at the ends of the

branches.

Localities. (a) Saya de Malha (C 4), 125 fms.; (+) Seychelles (F 8), 34 fms. ; .

(ce) Providence, (D 4) 50-78 fms. and (D 7) 70 fms.

Previously recorded from Havana, 494 metres (Pouwrtales, 1867); Amoy, 35 fms.

(Hedlund, 1890); South of Pico, Azores, 927 metres (Studer, 1901); Indian Ocean,

6° 81’ N., 79° 88! 45" E., 401 fms. (Lhomson and Henderson, 1906).

9. Acanthogorgia ceylonensis, Thomson and Henderson. .

For description see :—

Thomson and Henderson: Ceylon Pearl Oyster Report, No. xx. 1905, p. 209, pl. 4. fig. 6, pl. 5.

fig. 12.

A colony from Providence bears a marked resemblance in habit of growth and in-

spiculation to A. ceylonensis, Thomson and Henderson. It is, however, somewhat larger,

95 mm. in height by 35 mm. in breadth, whereas the typical A. ceylonensis was 55 mm. —

by 80 mm. The verrucze are about 1 mm. in height, as against the 0'6-0°7 mm. of.

the type. |

Locality. Providence (D 3), 29 fms.

Previously recorded from ‘Trincomalee ( Thomson and Henderson, 1905).

10. Acanthogorgia inermis, Hedlund.

For description see :—

Hedlund: Bihang K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. xvi. 1890, pp. 6-8, pl. 2. figs. 1-27.

A large colony, 20 cm. in height by 25 em. in width, profusely branched in one plane,

and exhibiting frequent anastomosis, resembles very closely 4. inermis, Hedlund. It

THOMSON AND RUSSELL—AXIFERA. 145

has numerous quadriradiate spicules, more regular than those figured by Hedlund.

Hedlund’s specimen was only 80 mm. in height by 55 mm. in breadth, but it was

incomplete.

Locality. Amirante (E 25), 20-44 fms.

Previously recorded from Hong Kong, 30 fms. (Hedlund, 1890).

ll. Acanthogorgia muricata, Verrill. (Plate 7. figs. 4 & 7.)

For description see :——

Verrill: Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, ii. 1883, p. 34.

Hiles: Proce. Zool. Soc. London, 1889, p. 48.

Studer: Alcyonaires provenant des Campagnes de I’Hirondelle, fase. xx. 1901, p. 45.

(a) A magnificent bushy colony 17 em. high by 15 em. broad.

(0) Numerous smaller colonies, when alive of a dark yellow colour.

Localities. (a) Amirante (H 10), 22-85 fms.; (b) Providence (D 4), 50-78 fms. ;

(ec) Cargados Carajos (B 21), 25 fms.

Previously recorded from Barbadoes, 76 fms. (Verrill, 1883); Funafuti, 40-90 fms.

(Hiles, 1899); Azores, 454 metres (Studer, 1901). A. muricata, var. indica, is recorded

by Thomson and Henderson (1905) from Trincomalee.

12. Acanthogorgia truncata, Studer.

For description see :—

Studer : op. cit. 1901, p. 46, pl. 6. figs. 5-8.

Two colonies, the larger of which is 9 cm. in height by 10 in maximum breadth, agree

closely with Studer’s description of this species. The colour, however, is greyish-brown

and without the golden yellow shown in Studer’s figures. The spicules have also rather

fewer tubercles. Many of the polyps contain ova and some relatively large reproductive

bodies (0228 xX 0176) with a distinct cavity. These will be discussed along with

similar forms in a separate paper.

Locality. Salomon, 60-120 fms.

Previously recorded from the Bay of Biscay, 240 metres (Studer, 1891).

18. Acanthogorgia tenera, sp.n. (Plate 9. figs. 1 & 2.)

Several graceful colonies, much branched without anastomosis in one plane, and rising

more or less erect to a height of 18 em., with a maximum breadth of about the same.

A dried specimen is 40 em. in height by 25 cm. in breadth. The general colour is

greyish-brown. ‘The coenenchyma is very thin throughout.

The slender verrucz arise on all sides of the axis, approximately at right angles, to a

height of 2-3°5 mm., with a breadth of about 0°8 mm. Like the general coenenchyma,

they are covered with warty spindles. These are arranged en chevron in eight longi-

tudinal rows, the 24 or 20 pairs meeting at a very acute angle and dovetailing far into

each other. At the top of the verruca these longitudinal rows are continued into eight

146 ; PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

narrow isosceles incurved triangles following the bases of the tentacles. In some cases

there is a slight projection of eight marginal spicules, but in other polyps there is no

projection. There is no hint of an operculum in the strict sense. The tentacles are in —

most cases completely inturned into the gullet, and lie bent like fish-hooks, the tips

being turned externally to the proximal parts. There are only about 10 pairs of

pinnules, and no spicules were found on the tentacles except at the very base.

Numerous ova were seen in many of the polyps.

The golden-brown axis seems to be altogether horny; it shows on the main stem

numerous irregular longitudinal grooves: in the branches it becomes smooth and soft.

The spicules are all spindles, slender and curved, and sparsely tuberculate. The

following measurements were taken of length and breadth in millimetres :—0°65 x 0:05,

0°54 x 0°035, 0°51 x 0:05, 0°33 x 0035.

Localities. Seychelles (F 4), 39 fms.; Salomon, 60-120 fms.; Providence,

60-120 fms., (D 4) 50-78 fms.; Amirante (E 10), 22-85 fms.

Genus ANTHOGORGIA.

14. Anthogorgia sp.

In the collection there are three specimens of an undoubted Anthogorgia, which is

possibly identical with A. divaricata, Verrill, recorded from Hong Kong, and from

Mauritius (Studer, 1878). As Verrill’s description (Proc. Essex Instit. iv. (1866) p. 188,

pl. v.) is net accessible to us, we are unable to refer our specimen definitely to his

species. <A full description is therefore given.

The colony is branched profusely in one plane, and reaches a height of 15 em. and a

breadth of 12 em. The main stem is short and bent to one side; it soon loses itself in

large branches, which shoot off from it in a more or less vertical direction. The main

stem is about 7 mm. in diameter and the terminal twigs about 2 mm. in diameter. The

axis is horny and of a light brown colour. The somewhat thin coenenchyma is crowded

with large spindles closely but irregularly arranged. The verruce are tubular and

stand out more or less at right angles to the stem and branches. They occur chiefly

along the sides of the branches in an irregular single or double series. A number occur,

however, on the face of the branches, and afew on the back. They are 2-3 mm. in

height and 1-15 mm. in breadth, and are, on the average, 2 mm. distant from one

another.

The verrucze are covered with the same warty spindles that occur in the cenenchyma,

and they he in a somewhat irregular fashion, though for the most part transversely.

The verruca margin shows eight triangular lobes, each of which is supported by five or

six spindles disposed in the usual way to form “ points.” Inside the margin the tentacles

of the polyp are seen pointing horizontally inwards. These are armed on their aboral

surface by a number of slender longitudinally disposed spindles, of a yellow colour.

The general colour of the ccoenenchyma and verruc is orange-red or reddish-brown.

A small specimen (2) occurs with bright orange ceenencbyma, and distant verruce

growing yellow towards the tip.

THOMSON AND RUSSELL—AXIFERA. 147

The spicules are all straight or curved spindles with numerous small close-set tuber-

culate warts. They are orange-yellow in colour, the smaller (polyp) spicules being

lighter in colour. The following measurements were taken of length and breadth in

millimetres :—0°82 x 0:12, 0°91 «0°16, 14x 0°23, 0°56 x 0:07, 0°31 x 0:035.

Localities. (a) Amirante (E 15), 39 fms.; (0) Providence (D 4), 50-78 fms.

Genus CALICOGORGIA.

There is no doubt that Calicogorgia and Anthogorgia are closely allied genera.

In the Calicogorgia type there is a more or less prominent anthocodial region,

supported by a crown and points. Bent inwards from the tips of the points, the

tentacles are recurved like fish-hooks, and the proximal half of the tentacles bears a

double row of spindles on its aboral surface.

In the Anthogorgia type there is no anthocodial operculum, but the upper margin of

the verruca forms eight triangular points. Internal to this lie the small spicules on the

aboral surface of the tentacles.

15. Calicogorgia robusta, sp.n. (Plate 7. figs. 8 & 9.)

A strong colony, branched somewhat irregularly, but approximately in one plane,

rising toa height of about 25 cm. with a maximum breadth of about 9 cm. The axis

is about 4 mm. in breadth at the base, and dwindles gradually to about 1mm. The

cylindrical polyps are for the most part arranged in a single series along each side of the

branches and twigs, standing out almost at right angles to a height of 2-3 mm., with a

breadth of 2-25 mm. On one side of the colony there are some polyps away from the

sides and towards the middle line of the branches.

The verruce are covered with large rough spindles more or less longitudinally disposed,

and show eight marginal points, each terminating in a single spicule. The arrangement

in eight vertical double rows, seen in at least some of the verruce of C. énvestigatoris,

Thomson and Henderson, is not demonstrable here.

The well-developed operculum, which may protrude beyond or be retracted within

the verruca, consists of a crown and points. The tongue-shaped points include four or

more spicules and the horizontal spicules of the crown are two or three deep.

The tentacles are incurved like fish-hooks, and two or three rows of longitudinally

disposed curved spindles are seen on the aboral surface of their proximal parts.

The spindles are stout, warty spindles, of very various sizes ; many of them show a strong

development of interlocking outgrowths, and in some cases these are all developed on

one side. Most of the larger spindles are curved. Many of the smaller spindles are

pinkish in colour, and straight.

The following measurements were taken of length and breadth in millimetres :—

(a) Larger spicules: 1° 5X 0°28, 1°75 x 0°32, 1°88 0°35.

(6) Smaller spindles: 0°28 x 0:05, 0°38 x 0°07.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 20

148 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Many of the polyps contained reproductive bodies with cavities, which will be

discussed in a separate paper. The colour of the colony is greyish-brown with a

distinct rose tinge. .

This species is closely allied to C. investigatoris, from which it can be distinguished —

by its stouter growth, its thicker coenenchyma, its shorter cylindrical verrucae (as

contrasted with the conical verrucee of OC. investigatoris), and the much greater size of —

the spicules of its cenenchyma. The other species, C. rubrotincta, is much more delicate.

Locality. Salomon, 60-120 fathoms.

A large brown colony was dredged at Salomon in 75 fathoms. A dried specimen

reaches a length of 33 em. and a breadth of 12 em.

16. Calicogorgia robusta, var. rosea, n. (Plate 8. figs. 7 & 8.)

A very distinet colour-variety of C. robusta was dredged at Providence. It is ofa

deep rose-red colour, with yellow projecting polyps. The specimen obtained is not

complete. It consists of a main stem 125 mm. in length, which gives off two lateral

branches. The stem is 5 mm. thick; the verrucze reach a length of 3:5 mm., and the

polyp-heads project 1 mm. beyond the verrucee. Altogether it isa thicker and larger —

form than the typical C. robusta.

The spicules are very similar to those of the type in size and shape, but the large

spicules do not show interlocking outgrowths. The spicules are mostly rose-red, but

there are a few small colourless spindles, probably polyp-spicules.

Locality. Providence (D 11), 50 fms.

17. Calicogorgia rigida, sp.n. (Plate 8. fig. 5.)

An incomplete colony, consisting of a much bent main stem, which rises to a height

of 14 cm., and gives off four broken branches. The general colour is vivid orange; the

anthocodie are dirty white. The surface appears very rough to the naked eye.

The verruce are crowded all round the stem; they are truncated cones with vertical

spindles in their walls; they are about 1:5 mm. in breadth and rise to a height of

15-2 mm.; the anthocodie may project for another millimetre. The spicules of the

verrucee are somewhat stronger than those of the ccenenchyma, and there are about

sixteen of them projecting around the margin.

The operculum consists of a crown of three or four rows of transparent spindles, and —

triangular points of three or four converging pairs of similar spicules. There are also

small spicules on the aboral surface of the inturned tentacles.

The axis is exceedingly hard and calcareous ; it has a diameter of about 4 mm. at the

hase and about half that at the upper (broken) end of one of the branches.

The ccenenchyma spicules are densely-warted spindles with tubercles on the warts.

The general colour is orange-yellow. The following measurements were taken of length

and breadth in millimetres :—

(a) Large spindles: 0°91 0°3, 0°79 X017.

(b) Intermediate spindles: 0°66 x 0:26, 0°61 x 0°14.

THOMSON AND RUSSELL—AXIFERA. 149

The polyps contain numerous embryos about 1 mm. in diameter, many showing an

invagination at one pole. These and similar bodies will be discussed in a subsequent

paper.

Localities. Salomon, 60-120 fms. ; Providence (D 4), 50-78 fms.

Genus ECHINOGORGIA.

18. Echinogorgia pseudosasappo, Kolliker.

For description see :—

Wright and Studer: ‘Challenger’ Report, xxxi. 1889, pp. 119-120, pl. 23. fig. 9, pl. 25. fig. 5.

A fine example of this well-known species, 15 cm. high by 17 em. broad.

Localities Amirante (E15), 35 fms.; Saya de Malha (C 4), 125 fms.

Previously recorded from East Indian Seas (sper) ; Torres Straits (Wright and Studer,

1889); and from Ceylon (Ridley, 1883; Thurston, 1890; Thomson and Henderson, 1905).

19. Hehinoyorgia ramosa, sp. n.

This species resembles in its spicules Lehinogorgia mnultispinosa, Thomson and Henderson,

and both diverge somewhat from the spiculation seen in Z. sasappo and the like. Thus

there are no “ Blattkeulen,” nor stellate discs, nor one-sided spiny spindles. In some

ways L. ramosa resembles Anthogorgia, and may be regarded as connecting the two

genera.

The colony is large and profusely branched, mostly in one plane. The main stem is

7 mm. thick, and arises from a large, soft basal expansion of the horny axis, 6 em. across.

The colony reaches a height of 45 cm. and a breadth of 830 em. Anastomosis occurs,

but sparingly, the branching being on the whole free. The main branches are somewhat

contorted and about 4: mm. in diameter.

The general colour of the colony is a dingy brown.

The axis is dark brown, and is very soft in the terminal branches.

The verrucze occur on all sides, sparingly on the main stem, rather densely on the

branches and twigs, being distant on an average 2 mm. from one another. The verruca

is a truncated cone 1°5 mm. in basal diameter and about 1 mm. in height. The polyps

are wholly retractile. The mouth of the verruca is closed by incurving of the margin,

or there may be a circular aperture left.

There is a low operculum, consisting of eight pairs of slender, curved spindles forming

narrow triangles or points, and resting on a crown of spicules formed of one or two rows.

The ccenenchyma is moderately thin, especially on the main branches, and is crowded

with spicules. The spicules, which are mainly warty spindles, are all colourless.

The following forms were noted and measured (in millimetres) :—

(2) Warty spindles: 0°35 x 0-096, 0:32 x 0:088, 0°176 x 0°088.

(6) Slender curved spindles: 0:28 x 0-026, 0°37 x 0°035.

(d) Irregularly-shaped discs, frequently quadriradiate: 0°28 x 0°21, 0°33 x 0°23.

20*

150 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Besides the large specimen described, there are several smaller colonies and fragments

of a lighter colour (4, ¢, d).

Localities. (a) Seychelles (F 9), 87 fms.; (4) Seychelles, (F 9) 37 fms. and (F 4) 39 fms. ;

50 fms.

Genus MENACELLA, Gray.

20. Menacella sladent, sp. n.

A small, slightly branched imperfect colony of a whitish colour, with a yellowish axis,

with low dome-like verruce, for the most part lateral. The short branches come off at

right angles and in one plane. The ccenenchyma shows a predominantly longitudinal

arrangement of close-set tuberculate spindles. On the walls of the verruce there is

a definite arrangement in eight double rows of small spindles en chevron, and the margin

of the verruca shows eight corresponding points, not very pronounced. The anthocodize

are for the most part retracted, but those left protruding show an armature of crown

and points. The following measurements were taken of the length and breadth of the

spicules in millimetres :—357 x ‘085, *289 x ‘017, -238 x -034, °153 x -085, ‘119 x 035.

This form agrees with the genus Menacella so far as that has been defined by Gray

and Ridley. Thus it has (a) tuberculate fusiform spicules, (0) an eight-rayed anthocodial

armature, and (c) short, mainly lateral verrucee. Owing to the small size and imperfect

preservation of the specimen, we have been unable to amplify the diagnosis; but as our

specimen does not agree with either of the species known to us—WMenacella reticularis,

Gray, or IZ. gracilis, Thomson and Simpson (1909),—we have given it, for convenience of

reference, a specific name, MW. sladeni.

Locality. Providence (D3), 29 fms.

Genus BEBRYCE.

21. Bebryce mollis, Philippi.

For description see :—

(1) de Philippi: Arch. f. Naturgesch. 1. 1842, p. 35.

(2) G. von Koch: Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel.—Die Gorgoniden, 1887, pp. 55-57.

(3) Thomson and Simpson: Alcyonaria of Indian Ocean, pt. 11, 1909, pl. 1. fig. 1, pl. 5. fig. 10, pl. 6.

fig. 20.

The verruce are wart-like, and only about 1 mm. in height; the spirals are often

irregular; there are four crowded verruce at the tips of the branches, and these are no

larger than the others.

‘The spicules include the following forms :—

(a) Stellate, 16-rayed shields with tuberculate bosses; 0°14 0117.

(5) Irregular dises with bosses, derivable from the shield-type.

THOMSON AND RUSSELL—AXIFERA. 151

(d) Curved spindles with numerous tubercles: 0:47 x 0:07, 0°35 < 0:05.

(e) Irregular forms derivable from spindles, e. g. somewhat hockey-club-like, with a

smooth handle.

(f) Numerous forms of minute irregular nodules, 0:05-0:08 mm. in diameter.

We have given, in the second part of the “ Aleyonaria of the Indian Ocean,” reasons

for uniting B. philippi, Studer, and B. studeri, Whitelegge, with B. mollis, Philippi.

Localities. Providence, (D3) 29 fms., (D 4) 50-78 fms.

Another specimen shows two main stems facing one another, and enclosing with their

branches a hemispherical space.

Locality. Amirante (E15), 29 fms.

A beautiful specimen from Providence measures 14 cm. in height by 15 em. in

breadth.

Locality. Providence (D 11), 50 fms.

Previously recorded as B. mollis, Philippi, from Mediterranean (von Koch) and from

Andamans (Thomson and Simpson); as B. philippi, Studer, from Arafura Sea, 49 fms.

(Studer, 1889); as B. studeri, Whitelegge, from Funafuti.

22. Bebryce acanthoides, sp.n. (Plate 7. figs. 3 & 6.)

Under this title we include three specimens which are referable to the genus Bebryce,

though the general appearance is somewhat markedly different from that of other species.

The two larger specimens are portions of substantial colonies, with thick stiff branches

sometimes anastomosing, and with prominent polyps standing out stiffly, like thorns, on

all sides of theaxis. The polyps are in irregular spirals, and they are separated from one

another by about one-third of the circumference. The third specimen is a young colony

3 cm. in height, with one branch.

The surface of the colony has the usual arenaceous or roe-like appearance, and the

colour varies from creamy white to light brown.

The branches of the larger specimens are 3-4 mm. in thickness, of which about

2-2'5 mm. is oceupied by the dark brown to black axis. ‘The crater-like verruce project

for about 0°5 mm., and the anthocodize for the same distance beyond. In some cases

the margin of the verruca shows eight teeth. The anthocodie show a high operculum—

a “crown” of four or five rows—and “ points” of converging pairs of curved spindles,

of which the two lowest are the largest. No spicules were seen on the tentacles.

The coenenchyma spicules include the following types :—

(a) Thick warty spindles: 0°19 x 0:08, 0-2 x 0-11.

(6) Warty clubs of about the same dimensions.

0°18 X 0°15.

(d) A few stud-like forms with a short waist, and with one end distinctly smaller

than the other, and warted in a different way.

(e) A few cruciate types: 0:064 0-064.

152 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Except in (d) and perhaps in (e) there is not in this species any representation of the

shield and boss type of spicule which is characteristic of Bebryce, but it is linked to

B. mollis, Philippi, by an Indian Ocean species, B. ¢enwis, in which spheroidal bodies

occur along with the shield and boss type.

Locality. Providence (D4), 50-78 fms.

_ Genus ACAMPTOGORGIA.

23. Acamptogorgia spinosa, Hiles.

For description see :—

Hiles: Proc. Zool. Soe. 1899, pp. 47-48, pl. 1. figs. 3-5.

An imperfect and apparently weathered specimen, which resembles in its spiculation

A. spinosa, Hiles, but is of a much stouter growth, may be referred to this species.

Locality. Mauritius (A 1), over 100 fms.

Previously recorded from Funafuti, 40-90 fms. (Hiéles, 1899) and from Galle (Thom-

son and Henderson, 1905).

24. Acamptogorgia ceylonensis, nom. n.

(=Echinomuricea ceylonensis, Thomson and Henderson.)

For description see :—

Thomson and Henderson : Ceylon Pearl Oyster Report, No. xx. 1905, p. 292, pl. 6. fig. 6.

A number of fan-shaped colonies, branched in one plane and of a deep purple or

almost black colour, seem to be identical with the specimens described by Thomson and

Henderson under the name Hchinomuricea ceylonensis.

The species must, however, be transferred to the genus Acamptogorgia, as it possesses

the radiate spicules with foliate expansions which are so typical of that genus.

One colony reaches a height of 27 em. and a breadth of 20 em.; another is 10 em. broad

and high. Mr. Gardiner notes that the colonies when living were of a claret-red colour.

This species bears a notable superficial resemblance in colour and habit to Muricella

purpurea, Whitelegge, which is generally found along with it, illustrating that super-

ficial convergence not infrequently met with in Alcyonarians. Similarly, Acamptogorgia

gracilis is very like Muricella rubra.

Two dried colonies measure in centimetres 30 x 25 and 88X17.

Localities. (a) Providence (D 11), 50 fms.; (0) Salomon, 75 fms.; (e) Salomon,

60-120 fms.

Previously recorded from Periya Paar, Ceylon (Thompson and Henderson, 1905).

25. Acamptogorgia gracilis, Thomson. (Plate 18. fig. 3.)

For description see :—

Thomson: Appendix to Ceylon Pearl Oyster Report (1905), No. xxviii. p. 177, figs. 12 & 13.

In the present collection there is one specimen of this exceedingly beautiful form.

THOMSON AND RUSSELL—AXIFERA. 153

The colony is almost entire, and has a height of 10 cm. with a width of 75cm. The

diameter of the axis near the base is 45 mm. Branching occurs freely in one plane.

The polyps are much more numerous on one face of the colony than on the other; they

project from the red ccenenchyma as cream-white warts, 1-1°5 mm. in height.

The superficial resemblance between Acamptogorgia gracilis and Muricella rubra is

very striking. Closer examination shows a different anthocodial arrangement and com-

pletely different spicules in the two species—those of WZ. rubra being uniformly warty

spindles, while those of 4. gracilis are clubs with irregularly expanded divaricate ends,

curved warty spindles with toothed foliaceous expansions, irregular stellate forms,

quadriradiates, &c.

Locality. Providence, 50 fms.

Previously recorded from the Ceylon seas.

26. Acamptogorgia foliata, sp. n.

This apparently new form is in some respects like 4. arbuscula (Gray). Thus it shows

the same sort of characteristic foliar expansions on some of the spicules.

Tt differs, however, (a) in showing more than two (usually four) folia, rising at an

angle from the body of the spicules ; (4) in the larger size of the spicules, which are in

most cases about twice as large, although the colony itself is very much smaller (55 cm.

in height as contrasted with 27 cm.); (c) in the less crowded disposition of the verruce,

which are often 2-3 mm. apart.

The branches arise alternately from a main stem and spread out for the most part in

one plane. The axis is 1°5 mm. in thickness at the base. The truncated cylindrical

_ yerrucz arise on all sides, and some show a high prominent operculum. The general

colour is light greyish-brown.

The spicules include the following forms :—

(a) Spindles with sparse irregular spines or with more numerous compound warts,

often with hints of folia, and often showing an unequal development of

spines on opposite sides: 0°37 X 0-088, 0°67 X 0:21 mm.

(b) Curved warty spindles with two to three strongly developed folia which arise

from the convex side and are often associated with spines: 0°33 x0'19.

0°44x 0°26 mm.

folia arising at different angles and always with serrated edges: 0°40 0°38,

0-47 X 0:28 mm.

(d) Thin curved spindles from the anthocodiz : 0°28 0:035 mm.

Locality. Salomon, 120-150 fms.

27. Acamptogorgia tenuis, Thomson and Simpson. (Plate 7. fig. 2.)

For description see :—

Thomson and Simpson: Alcyonaria of Indian Ocean, pt. ii. 1907, p. 280, 3 figs.

Locality. Providence, 50 fms. Formerly recorded from Andamans.

154 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Genus ACIS.

28. Acis solitaria, Pourtalés. (Plate 6. fig. 7.)

For description see :—

Pourtalés: Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, 1868, p. 132.

A dirty-white colony, consisting of two unbranched vertical stems and several other

unbranched pieces of the same appearance, may be provisionally referred to Acis solitaria,

Pourtales, of which the following description has been given :—‘ Corallum never

branching, five or six inches long. Ccenenchyma thick, covered with large, elongated,

flat spicules, which become smaller and converging on the not very prominent verrucze.

Polyps in two rows, rarely closely set ; a few scattering ones out of line. No longitudinal

furrow. Colour whitish. Locality, Gulf Stream, 200 fathoms.”

In the best specimen the two stems, which are united in a basal piece, rise to heights

of 18 em. and 6 cm., and have a thickness of 25-3 mm. ‘The low verruce are scattered

allround. ‘The axis is relatively thick, with a basal diameter of about 2mm. One of

the other specimens reaches a height of 32 em.

The spicules include a superficial layer of large, thick, irregularly quadrangular

spicules, below which there are small warty spindles and irregularly shaped dises,

divaricate at the margins or at one end. ‘The following measurements were taken of

length and breadth in millimetres: 1:5 0°7, 0°88 x 0°61, 0:49 x 0°16, 0°26 x 0:07.

Locality. Salomon, 60-120 fms.

Previously recorded from Gulf Stream, 200 fms.

29. Acis indica, Thomson and Henderson. (Plate 8. fig. 3.)

For description see :—

Thomson and Henderson: Ceylon Pearl Oyster Report, No. xx. 1905, pp. 297-298, pl. 2. fig. 3,

pl. 5. fig. 7, pl. 10. fig. 10.

The well-defined operculum consists of a crown and points. The crown is three

spicules deep; each point consists of two elongated hockey-club-like spicules. ‘The

colour is typically greyish brown.

Locality, Salomon, 75 fms.

A small pink colony was also got, along with other grey colonies.

Locality. Salomon, 60-120 fms.

Previously recorded from Galle (Thomson and Henderson, 1905).

30. Acis ceylonensis, Thomson and Henderson.

For description see :-—

Thomson and Henderson: Ceylon Pearl Oyster Report, No. xx. 1905, pp. 299, 300, pl. 6. fig. 3.

Some fragmentary colonies resemble this species in every respect.

Locality. Providence (D 4), 50-78 fms.

Previously recorded from Galle (Thomson and Henderson, 1905).

THOMSON AND RUSSELL—AXIFERA. 155

31. Acis spinosa, Thomson and Henderson.

For description see :—

Thomson and Henderson: Alcyonaria of the Indian Ocean, pt. i. 1906, pp. 77-78, pl. 5. fig. 11.

A large grey colony branched in one plane and measuring 20 em. in height by 15 cm.

in breadth, seems to belong to this species. 4. spinosa is to be distinguished from

A. indica, Thomson and Henderson, which it resembles closely, by the smoother

eeenenchyma spicules and the longer spines of the verruca spicules. A smaller colony,

10X10 cm., was also found.

Locality. Salomon, 60-120 fms.

Previously recorded from the Andamans, 45-270 fms. (Thomson and Henderson, 1906).

32. Acis alba, Thomson and Henderson.

For description see :-—

Thomson and Henderson : Ceylon Pearl Oyster Report, No. xx. 1905, p. 299, pl. 3. fig. 9, pl. 5. fig. 4.

Locality. Providence (D 4), 50-78 fms.

Previously recorded from Trincomalee and Galle (Thomson and Henderson, 1905).

33. Acis dejecta, sp.n. (Plate 6. figs. 2, 2a, 4a, 40.)

A very distinctive new species is represented by a number of colonies of a grey-white

colour which branch in a more or less horizontal plane, occasionally rising to about 45°

The verruce are exclusively on the sides and under surface of the branches. Another

distinctive feature is the large size and scale-like appearance of the superficial spicules

of the ceenenchyma. It is the most striking species of Acis that we have seen.

The colonies rise to a height of 1-5-5 cm., and expand on all sides with a diameter of

about 7em. There is an extremely short common trunk of about 5mm. in height. The

branches are about 3 mm. thick. ‘The axis is horny and flexible.

The verruce are somewhat irregularly disposed, but there is a tendency towards

arrangement in two lateral lines with a few scattered in the middle. They are separated

from one another by intervals of 15-2 mm., and there are usually about ten to a

centimetre. In many cases a single scale-like spicule stretches from one polyp to

another.

The verrucze appear like small rounded scale-covered buds, about 2 mm. in breadth

and 1 mm. in height. The spicules that surround them are imbricating scales. The

polyps are very dark in colour. There is an operculum, which is hidden from sight by

the scales of the verruca; it is formed by eight triangles, each composed of two strong

curved spindles lying along the base of a tentacle. Numerous large ova are to be seen

in the polyps.

The coenenchyma contains so many large plate-like spicules that it is reduced ie

very scanty proportions. The superficial spicules form a layer of closely-fitted large and

thick scales, 8-4°5 mm. long, 1:5—2°5 mm. broad, and up tol mm. thick. Below this layer

there lies, at least on the larger branches, a layer of smaller, slightly imbricating scales,

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 21

156 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

resembling those of the verruca, more or less rectangular in outline, and 0°5-0°9 mm.

long. All these large scales are closely covered with minute conical tubercles.

Besides these spicules there are many typical “ Blattkeulen,” 0°3 0-19, 0:5 x 0°28,

with tuberculated heads. These merge into irregular plates resembling flattened-out

“ Blattkeulen,” and measuring about 0°5 X0°5 mm.

Variously shaped tuberculated spindles also occur, 0°3 X 0°17, 0°2 X 0°16, 0°24. 0:1.

Locality. Saya de Malha (C 1), 150 fms.

34. Acis alternans, sp. n.

A white colony with a strong main stem, 76 mm. in height, from which branches

arise alternately, and spread in one plane to a maximum breadth of 50mm. The

verrucz arise on the sides of the stem and branches, but are markedly turned to one

surface. ‘They occur more or less alternately, and there is occasionally one on the face

of the axis. They are truncated cones, about 15-2 mm. in height by 2 mm. at the base,

and there are six to eight in acentimetre. All the spicules, both of the ceenenchyma and

the verruce, are warty spindles ; those of the verruce lie for the most part vertically,

and often form eight projecting teeth; the general surface is rough and the spindles

overlap, not being neatly fitted into one another as in many cther species. There is a

prominent operculum of eight triangular points, each consisting of two converging

spindles and two horizontals, one below the other, at the base of the triangle. The —

following measurements were taken of length and breadth in millimetres :—

(a) General spicules: 3°8 x 0°67, 2°7 x 0°44, 2°6 x 0°49, 1:2 0°28.

(6) Polyp-spicules: 0-7 0°21, 0°58 x 0°12.

This form has a considerable resemblance to the figure of 4. pustulata given by

Wright and Studer, and there is great similarity in the general spiculation. But in

A. pustulata the verrucee are much smaller and closer; the spindles form a much

smoother pavement, and there is an interlocking by marginal denticulations; and the

operculum is described as violet. A comparison with the ‘Challenger’ specimen of —

A. pustulata showed the marked difference between it and this new species, which is,

however, apparently nearer to it than to any other.

Locality. Salomon, 60-120 fms.

35. Acis obscura, sp. n.

That this species is not a typical Acis is evident at once from its spindle-shaped

spicules. It resembles an Acis, however, in general appearance, and it will fit into no

other genus. It seems better to include it in Acis, for it seems to be an Acis in the

making.

The colony is of a somewhat thick and clumsy build, and branches rather sparingly in —

a more or less dichotomous fashion, in one plane. The colony is 16 cm. high and 10cm. —

broad. The axis is throughout very thick, being 4 mm. in diameter at the base and

2-8 mm. in the branches. It is dark brown in colour, and finely and irregularly grooved.

THOMSON AND RUSSELL—AXIFERA. 157

The ccenenchyma forms a thin layer and is filled with rather stout warty spindles, which

have a pebbly appearance.

The verruce are beehive-like, 2-25 mm. in basal diameter and 1:5-2 mm. in height.

They are crowded on all sides of the stem and branches, being distant from one another

2-25 mm. The mouth of the verruca is frequently open, showing the underlying

operculum. ‘The spicules on the verruca wall are arranged longitudinally and overlap

one another like the slates on a roof. The mouth of the verruca is also surrounded by

an inconspicuous fringe formed by the projecting ends of the spicules.

The polyps are completely retractile and possess a well-developed operculum, consisting

of eight “points,” each composed of two pairs of converging spicules, resting upon a

“crown,” which consists of three rows of spicules.

The spicules are white and are almost exclusively warty spindles, straight or slightly

bent. The warts are small, close-set, frequently truncated, and bear minute pointed

tubercles. The spindles seem to be covered by fine longitudinal striations. A few of

the spindles approximate to the club type. The following measurements were taken of

length and breadth in millimetres: 0:44 0°08, 0°84X016, 1:04X0:28, 162 X 0°28.

There are also some small slender curved spindles with scattered tubercles along one

side: 0°35 x 0:035, 0°56 x 0:07.

In a large dried specimen, 47 x 27 cm., the spicules were more irregular in form, and

more like those of typical species of Acis. Along with spindles there were clumsy broad

dises of irregular shape and others like rough pebbles. This is a good instance of the

way the spicules differ with the size and vigour of the colonies.

Locality. Salomon, 60-120 fms.

Key for the identification of the Species of Acis.

1. Spicules squamous, or large fusiform spindles with fine warts. . . 3.

2. Spicules coarse warty spindles and clubs. . . . . . +. - ~~. A. obscura.

3 Colony ImmeGQln 6 & Go moo 6 feo co oo 0 uk

Aee@olonyaumbranched sss) sori ujes 5 » « + «© «= +s) eeeememrauscuvantc.

i, (Dinllonngy Gheh GP tel Beek igheewed aphne eS

G, Colla Ce mercls 6 6 6) 6) 4 | Aa one A. dejecta

epeaieen up to 45x 25x 1 mm.).

7. Spicules without interlocking projections. . . . +. . ++ + =. 9.

8. Spicules with interlocking projections . . ...- . . =. . . A. pustulata.

Cmcmenlessmalleandsovaliyu eee ees «3 . « ») o \eumremerdenalba.

10, Spiculesround and pebbly ....... =.=. =. ~. =~. =. « A. ceylonensis.

11. Spicules with large tubercles. . . . sie . . A. orientalis.

(Hickson’s Acis sp. is near A. phiehtaies ae is yéllow or red: )

12. Spicules long (3 mm.) and fusiform, closely fitted. . . . . . . A. alternans.

13. Verruce with projecting spines round the mouth . . . . . . . 14,15.

IM MIS ines (prominent alate we cows. 0+ +, Susu | Aaspinosa.

15. Spines irregular and not promiuent . . . . . + + + + » + A. indica.

Note.—A. guadalupensis, D. & M., is not included in the above Key, since we have not been

able to gather any details concerning it.

21*

158 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Genus MURICELLA.

A study of forms like Acis obscura seems to us to show conclusively that in the

family of Muriceids the genera Acis and Muricella are nearly related. It may be noted

that a characteristic feature of the genus Wuricella is the way in which the verruce,

with small vertical spindles, arise from between the large ceenenchyma spindles.

36. Muricella complanata, Wright and Studer. (Plate 6. figs. 3, 8, 12.)

For description see :—

Wright and Studer: ‘Challenger’ Report, xxxi. 1889, pp. 125-126.

A number of typical rose-coloured colonies of this well-known species. Some other —

specimens illustrate the variability of coloration in this species; whitish, yellowish, and —

pale pink forms are represented.

Locality. Amirante (E 12 and E 9), 32 and 34 fms.

A large rose-coloured colony with much flattened verrucee.

Locality. Seychelles (F 4), 39 fms.

Previously recorded from Japan, 345 fms. (Wright and Studer, 1889); Periya Paar and

West Coast of Ceylon (Thomson and Henderson, 1905).

We have some hesitation in regard to a form with very large (2 mm.) spicules. It

is an upright colony, 8 cm. in height and 7 cm. in maximum breadth. ‘There is a

straight main stem with alternate branches. The general colour is greyish-white.

As the species of Muricella have been multiplied exceedingly, and as the differences

between them are within a narrow range, it seems to us better to refer this specimen to

the I. complanata type than to try to define a new species.

Locality. Salomon, 60-120 fms.

37. Muricella purpurea, Whitelegge. (Plate 6. figs. 6 & 9.)

For description see :—

Whitelegge: The Alcyonaria of Funafuti, pt. 1. 1897, pp. 315-317, pl. 17. figs. 26-29.

Two incomplete specimens, expanded in one plane, and of a deep red or purple colour,

seem to belong to this species. They differ, however, in having smaller spicules, the

largest of them averaging only 2 mm. in length, while Whitelegge gives dimensions up

to 5°5 mm.

In some of the verrucze the spicules show a tendency to arrangement in eight double

rows, and eight marginal teeth are in some cases clearly seen. The operculum consists

of eight triangles of spindles, each triangle consisting of four to five converging pairs.

Below the opereular pieces there is a collaret of four or five rows of horizontal spicules.

There are some small red spicules longitudinally disposed in two rows on the tentacles”

beyond the tips of the opercular pieces. The tentacles are very white, and show only

about six pairs of pinnules.

THOMSON AND RUSSELL—AXIFERA. 159

Along with IZ. purpurea, at the same locality, there were found two other dark red

torms—Stphonogorgia mirabilis and Acamptogorgia ceylonensis.

Some of the polyps contain large reproductive bodies.

Locality. Providence, (D 4) 50-78 fms. and (D8) 125 fms.

Previously recorded from Funafuti ( Whitelegge, 1897).

38. Muricella rubra, Thomson. (Plate 6. figs. 1 & 5; Plate 18. fig. 17.)

For description see :—

Thomson: Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fisheries, Supplementary Report xxviii. Aleyonaria. Appendix,

1905, p. 179.

Thomson and Simpson: Report on the Alcyonarians collected by the ‘ Investigator’ in the Indian

Ocean, pt. 11. 1909.

The largest specimen is an almost complete colony, branching irregularly in one

plane, with a total height of 8 em. The axis has a diameter of 2°5 mm. at the base.

The polyps are mainly confined to one face of the colony. The eight-rowed arrangement

of the spicules in the verruce is very marked.

Locality. Providence, 50 fms.

Previously recorded from the Ceylon seas; Andamans, off Ganjam coast, 18 fms.

Genus ELASMOGORGLA.

39. Hlasmogorgia filiformis, Wright and Studer.

For description see :—

Wright and Studer: ‘Challenger’ Reports, xxxi. 1889, p. 133, pl. 28. fig. 10, pl. 27. fig. 17.

Hickson: “ Alcyonaria of the Maldives,” pt. iii., in ‘Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and

Laccadive Archipelagoes,’ vol. 11. pt. 4, 1903, pp. 814-815, figs. 5, 6, 7.

Thomson and Simpson: Alcyonaria collected by the ‘Investigator’ in the Indian Ocean, pt. ii.

1909.

A single incomplete specimen, 9°5 cm. high, with a diameter of 1°75-2°5 mm. The

cceenenchyma is pure white; the axis is dark brown and highly flexible. The polyps

occur at rather wide intervals and alternating on the two sides of the branches; they

are completely retracted into low, rounded calyces. The spicules are for the most part

broad spindles, with numerous prominent finely tubercled warts (-306 x °119, °235 x 136,

‘153 °068 mm.). In many cases these spicules are so broad that they can no longer

be described as spindles, and they may show broad lateral expansions. There are

also numerous smaller simpler spindles, with few prominent warts (221-068,

‘153 x ‘034 mm.).

The spicules are smaller than those described for Hlasmogorgia filiformis, and differ in

certain particulars. But our specimen is small and imperfect, and we do not think that

there is sufficient evidence to warrant a new species.

Locality. Amirante, 32 fms.

Previously recorded from Arafura Sea, south of Papua, 28 fms.; Ganjam coast,

28-30 fms.

160 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Family Plexauride.

Genus PLEXAUROIDES.

40. Plexauroides prelonga (Ridley), var. cinerea, Ridley. (Plate 8. fig. 1.)

For description see :—

Ridley : Zoological Collections of H.M.S. ‘ Alert’ in the Indo-Pacific Ocean, 1884, pp. 339-341,

pl. 36. fig. F, pl. 37. figs. g, 9’, h.

Three specimens, 15, 18, and 32 cm. in length, apparently belong to this variety of

P. prelonga. The colour of two specimens is dirty grey, as in Ridley’s variety cinerea,

but the third is a beautiful orange (Pl. 8. fig. 1).

Locality. Saya de Malha (C 15), 26 fms.

Previously recorded from Queensland, 5-10 fms. ( Ridley, 1884); P. prelonga from

Cape York, 8 fms. (Wright and Studer, 1889); and Gulf of Manaar (Thomson and

Henderson, 1905).

Genus LUPLEXAURA.

41. Huplexaura antipathes (Klunzinger).

For description of Plexaura antipathes see :—

Klunzinger: Korallthiere des Rothen Meeres, 1877, pp. 51-52, pl. 4. fig. 1.

Whitelegge: Alcyonaria of Funafuti, pt. ii. 1897, pp. 317-318.

Hiles: Proc. Zool. Soc. 1899, pp. 51-52, pl. 4. figs. 1 & 2.

Locality. Seychelles. A piece of a typical colony. Previously recorded from Red Sea

(Klunzinger) and Funafuti ( Vhitelegge).

42. Huplexaura flexuosa, nom. n.

Plexaura antipathes, Linné, var. fleruosa, Thomson and Henderson.

For description of Plexaura antipathes, var. flecuosa, Thomson and Henderson, see :—

Thomson and Henderson: Ceylon Pearl Oyster Report, No. xx. 1905, p. 305.

A specimen agreeing closely in external appearance and in spiculation with the variety

flexuosa of P. antipathes described by Thomson and Henderson.

Its manner of branching is, however, somewhat different. There is a main stem,

9 em. high, from one side of which there arise two long side branches bearing a few

short twigs, and from the other side five short twigs about 1 cm. in length. The twigs

come off at about right angles to the stem. The spicules are for the most part short,

stout spindles, with large, close-set, tuberculate warts. A few slender curved spindles

also occur. The latter were not met with in the specimen described by Thomson and

Henderson.

The Plexaura antipathes of Klunzinger is more properly referred to Verrill’s genus

Eupleaaura, Since Huplexaura antipathes is a very large bushy species with an enor-

mous basal expansion, it seems better to separate the var. flexuosa, Thomson and

Henderson, as a new species, Huplexaura flexuosa.

Locality. Seychelles (F 4), 39 fms.

Previously recorded from Gulf of Manaar (Zhomson and Henderson, 1905).

THOMSON AND RUSSELL—AXIFERA. 161

Family Gorgonide.

Genus GORGONIA.

43. Gorgonia dubia, sp. n.

A complete colony, 10°5 cm. high, with an almost uniform diameter of 2°5 mm.

About 2:75 cm. above the slightly encrusting basal attachment the stem forks into two

simple branches ending bluntly.

The axis is brown; the ccenenchyma is thin and of a cream-white colour. Verrucx

occur all over the stem and branches, irregularly and in spirals; they are low, eight-

rayed, and wart-like: the polyps are completely retractile. The expanded polyps show

an armature of eight triangular points, each consisting of four to six pairs of delicate

spindles.

The spicules of the ecoenenchyma form a close-set. pavement; they are very uniform—

for the most part small spindles with rather prominent tuberculate warts, which show a

strong tendency to be arranged in zones. The following measurements were taken of

length and breadth in millimetres: -221 x ‘034, ‘187 x :025, (153-034.

Some of the spicules are stouter and shorter, approaching barrel-shape (-185 x -068,

‘102X051 mm.). There is no trace of anything resembling the “scaphoid” spicules

described as characteristic of the genus Gorgonia. In this respect our species comes

nearest to Gorgonia oppositipinna, Ridley, and G. australiensis, Ridley, where the

spicules are mainly whorled spindles, the scaphoids being only slightly developed. It

differs from these species in the mode of branching, the arrangement of the polyps on

the branches, the colour, and the entire absence of scaphoid spicules.

Locality. Amirante, 32 fms.

Family Gorgonellide.

The collection includes numerous specimens of elongated Gorgonellids belonging to

Scirpearella and related genera.

We have provisionally named these, but the definitions of the genera are in a very

unsatisfactory state, and a revision of the family is urgently needed. This has been

undertaken by Mr. James J. Simpson, B.Sc.

Genus NICELLA.

44. Nicella dichotoma, Gray. (Plate 7. figs. 1 & 5.)

For description see :—.

Gray : Proc. Zool. Soc. 1859, p. 481; Catalogue of Lithophytes in the British Museum, 1870,

pp. 40, 41, 1 fig.

Several colonies, of chestnut-brown to umber-brown colour. The largest is 20 em. in

162 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

height by 8 cm. in maximum breadth, and consists of a main stem with lateral branches

which are again repeatedly branched. For the most part the branching is in one plane,

but this is not rigorously adhered to. On the main stem of one of the larger specimens

there is a curious gall-like swelling from which branches arise on all sides.

The stem is 4 mm. in thickness at its base and gradually tapers to 2 mm. at the ends

of the branches. The axis is light brown in colour and very calcareous. On the

surface of the general cceenenchyma and on the verruce there are irregular wavy longi-

tudinal ridges, producing a characteristic bark-like appearance. Under the low-power

microscope the texture seems finely arenaceous.

The verrucze are very prominent, rising more or less perpendicularly to a height of

about 2mm. They occur on all sides of the stem, but in the upper parts of the branches

a bilateral arrangement is well defined. At the apex of the verruce there is an indi-

cation of eight lobes, from amidst which the tentacles here and there project.

Another specimen, the basal part of a large colony, branches in a somewhat irregular

fashion and not rigidly in one plane. The verrucee are much less bilateral, especially

near the base of the colony. Examination of the spicules shows that this may be referred

to NV. dichotoma.

Locality. Salomon, 65 fms. ; Salomon, 60-120 fms.

Previously recorded from Mauritius.

Genus JUNCELLA.

45. Juncella gemmacea (Valenciennes).

For description see :-—

Thomson and Henderson : Ceylon Pearl Oyster Report, No. xx. 1903, pp. 313-314, pl. 4. figs. 4 & 5.

Milne-Edwards and Haime: Histoire naturelle des Coralliaires, i. 1857, p. 185, pl. B2. fig. 7.

Hickson, 8S. J.: The Alcyonaria of the Maldives, pt. i. (in Fauna and Geogr. of Maldive and

Laccadive Archipelagoes, ii. pt. iv.), 1903, p. 819.

A broken and apparently unbranched colony, probably 65 cm. in length, 7 mm. in

diameter at the base, 2 mm. at the top, of a creamy-white colour. The cceenenchyma is

covered with crowded verrucve curved inwards and upwards, on an average about 2°5 mm.

in length. The axis is greenish-brown in colour, and has a diameter of about 2°5 mm. at

the base; at this region the coenenchyma is about 2 mm. in thickness. The inner

layers of the cenenchyma have a rusty-red colour. The spindles are of the usual types,

colourless and yellow clubs and double clubs. The typical Juncella gemmacea is red, and

this form approaches that colour in its inner layers.

Locality. Amirante, 32 fms.

Previously recorded from the Red Sea, Australia, Burmah, Singapore, Ceylon

seas.

THOMSON AND RUSSELL— AXIFERA. 163

Genus SCIRPEARELLA.

46. Scirpearella aurantiaca, Thomson and Henderson. (Plate 8. figs. 4, 6, 9.)

For description see :-—

Thomson and Henderson : Ceylon Pearl Oyster Report, No. xx. 1905, pp. 311-3812, pl. 4. fig. 7, pl. 5.

fig. 15.

We include under this species a large number of specimens, which, while differing

from one another in size, degree of projection of the polyps, number of rows of polyps,

and superficial flecks of colour, agree as regards spicules. These are, without exception,

small spindles and double-clubs of yellow, white, or orange shades. Their average

dimensions (in millimetres) are :—

(1) Spindles; -08 x 022, ‘07 x -03, :065 « -035.

(2) Double-clubs: -06 x 045, °055 « ‘035, °05 x :045.

The largest specimen was as much as 1 metre 2 cm, in length, with an almost uniform

diameter of 7-8 mm. Other specimens were very small and slender, 17 em.x3 mm.,

4cem.X2mm., &. These last had the polyps arranged in two more or less regular

rows, one on each side of the stem; it seems likely that this condition obtains in the

young forms, becoming superseded later on by the many-rowed arrangement shown

in the large specimens.

The colours varied from orange-brown to reddish-orange, with occasionally flecks

of red.

Localities. Amirante, 22-85 fms.; Salomon, 120-150 fms.; Salomon, 60-120 fms.; .

Cargados Carajos, 180 fms. ; Providence, 78-150 fins.

Previously recorded from Gulf of Manaar, Ceylon.

Genus SCJRPEARIA.

47. Scirpearia furcata, Hickson.

For description see :—

Hickson: Aleyonaria, part iii., in Fauna and Geogr. Maldives and Laccadives, vol. 1. 1903,

p- 822, 2 figs.

Locality. Providence, 29 fms.

Previously recorded from Maldives.

48. Scirpearia flagellum (Johnson). (Plate 8. fig. 2.)

For descriptions see :—

Johnson, J. Y.: Description of a new Species of Flexible Coral belonging to the Genus Juncella,

obtained at Madeira (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, pp. 505-506).

Studer: Alcyonaires provenant des Campagnes de |’Hirondelle: Resultats des Campagnes

scientifiques du Prince de Monaco, fasc. xx. 190), p. 53, pl. 9. figs. 1-3, pl. 11. figs. 10, 11.

Three slender, unbranched, incomplete specimens, the largest 23°5 cm. long, agree

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 22

164 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

with the descriptions of Scirpearia flabellum: (1) in the club-shaped polyps; (2) in the

bilateral arrangement of the polyps on the stem in single alternating rows above, with a

tendency to form two rows on each side in the thicker parts of the colony ; and (3) in the

character of the spicules, which are double-clubs and relatively large spindles. The

colour of our specimen is cream. If our identification is correct, the geographical

distribution of this species is rather striking.

Locality. Salomon, 60-120 fms.

Previously recorded from near the Azores and Madeira.

49. Gorgonella orientalis, Wright and Studer (?).

For description see :—

Wright and Studer: ‘ Challenger’ Report, xxxi, 1889, pp. 161-162, pl. 34. fig. 10.

A small and much-weathered specimen shows some agreement with Gorgonia orientalis,

Wright and Studer, more especially in the form of its spicules ; but it is not sufficiently

preserved nor large enough to admit of more than tentative classification.

Locality. Cargados Carajos, 45 fms.

‘This species was previously recorded from Hyalonema-ground off Japan, 345 fms.

Genus GORGONELLA.

50. Gorgonella verriculata, Milne-Edwards and Haime.

For description see :— }

Hickson: The Alcyonaria of the Maldives, part iii., in Fauna and Geogr. of Maldive and Laccadive

Archipelagoes, vol. 11. 1903, pp. 816-817. ,

A flabellate colony, 46°5 cm. in height by 27 em. in breadth, with very frequent

anastomosis forming approximately oblong meshes, agrees well, except in one feature,

with the description which Hickson gives of the form which he referred to the above

species. ‘The colony is dry, and the anthocodiz are entirely retracted ; the verrucze are

indicated only by the apertures unevenly scattered over the stem and branches; the

axis is very calcareous; the colour is rufous brown; the spicules are tuberculate double-

clubs (‘084 °017 mm.) and tuberculate spindles (‘187 x ‘034, ‘119 x-034 mm.). The

feature in which there is a marked difference between our form and Hickson’s is that

his specimen had ‘‘a few double-clubs,” whereas in ours the double-clubs are abundant.

Locality. Seychelles.

Previously recorded from Maldives.

THOMSON AND MACKINNON—STOLONIFERA, ETC. 165

Part IL.—THE STOLONIFERA, ALCYONACEA, PSEUDAXONIA, AND

STELECHOTOKEA.

By J. Arruur THomson and Doris L. Mackinnon.

The “non-axiferous” Alcyonarians reported on in this part of the paper were

collected by Mr. Gardiner in 1905, at the localities already noted in Part I. We have

here to deal with 76 species, 13 of which are new :—

List of Species.

Order I. STOLONIFERA, Hickson. Family Neruruyip2.

Family Cornuiarimpx. | Lnthophytum flabellum (Q. & G.).

Sympodium ceruleum, Klunzinger. | » confertum, Kiikenthal.

Ae salomonense, sp. n. » brassicum (May).

Clavularia scintillans, sp. u. Capnella fungiformis, Kiikenthal.

Anthelia glauca, Lamarck. | »» ‘morula, sp. 0.

» longissima (May). | Sclerella pratti (Thomson and Henderson), nom. n.

» flava (May). | Nephthya amentacea, Studer.

Tubipora purpurea, Pallas. » grisea (Kiikenthal).

: 3 cupressiformis, Kiikenthal. .

Order II. ALCYONACEA, Verrill (pro parte). ‘ chabrolii, Audouin.

Family Xenia. | FS lobulifera (Holm).

Xenia wmbellata, Savigny. | we columnaris, Studer.

Cespitularia teniata, May. | ” spherophora, Kiikenthal.

s cerulea, May. 3 striata, Kiikenthal.

4 mollis, Brundin. | Dendronephthya hemprichi (Klunzinger).

a umbellulifera, Kiikenthal.

Family Atcyonip#. =, multispinosa, Henderson (1909).

Alcyonium fulvum (Forskal). es gardineri, sp. n.

yy spherophorum (Ehrenberg). s gigantea (Verrill).

Aleyonium (Erythropodium) indicum (Thomson and Rs studeri (Ridley).

Henderson). 5 kollikert, Kiikenthal.

6) oe salomonense, sp. ui. | i japonica, Kiikenthal.

Lobophytum crassum, Marenzeller. | i suensoni (Holm).

5 pauciflorum, Ehrenberg. Bs divaricata (Gray).

Sarcophyium reichenbachi, Schenk. Stereonephthya kikenthali, sp. n.

5 ehrenbergi, Marenzeller. x macrospiculata, sp. D.

3) latum (Dana).

7 plicatum, Schenk. Family SipHonocoreip.

HY oligotrema, Pratt. Siphonogorgia variabilis (Hickson).

Sclerophytum gardineri, Pratt. ss macrospiculata (Thomson and

his densum, Pratt. Henderson).

iy durum, Pratt. re mirabilis, Klunzinger.

wh querciforme, Pratt. | oe hicksoni, sp. n.

22*

166 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Siphonogorgia pendula var. ternatana, Kiikenthal. Family Mexiropip#.

» pendula var. nae < Melitodes levis, Wright and Studer.

3, kollikeri, Wright and Studer, var. n. &: variabilis, Hickson.

rugosa.

+ flabellum, sp. n.

flavocapitata (Harrison). Wrightella coccinea, Gray.

” robusta, sp. Nn. Parisis fruticosa, Verrill.

a harrisoni, sp. 1.

Stereacanthia indica, Thomson and Henderson. Order IV. STELECHOTOKEA.

ie armata, Thomson and Simpson.

a elongata, sp. 1. Section ASiphonacea.

ia lampas, sp. Nn. 7

Cactogorg pas, S} Family Tetestipm,

Telesto rubra, Hickson.

Order III. PSEUDAXONIA, G. von Koch.

; Section Pennatulacea.

Family Brrarerp%.

? Family Pennaruipz.

Subfamily Briareinz.

Pennatula sp.

Solenocaulon tortuosum, Gray.

Family ScLEROGORGIDZ. Order Vv. C@NOTHECALIA.

Suberogorgia verriculata (Esper). Family Heriororipas,

Keroéides koreni, Wright and Studer. Heliopora cerulea, Blainyille.

Inrropucrory Nore.

Some of the most interesting features of the non-axiferous Alcyonarians in the —

collection may be briefly referred to, keeping to the order in which they occur in~

the text :— - j

(a) A very remarkable and puzzling appearance is presented by Sympodium

salomonense, sp. n.—a membranous Aleyonarian, like the British Sarcodictyon, growing |

over a weathered piece of a M/adrepora.

(b) In its glistening appearance—due to peculiar spiculation—Clavularia scintil- j

ians, sp. n., is a distinctive species in this crowded genus.

that very little importance can be attached to such changeable features as the number —

of rows of polyps, or the extent of the middle line left bare. An occasional growth- —

variation—the coherence of adjacent polyps at their bases—is interesting, because it

suggests a link between Anthelia and Xenia, or how the Xenia type might arise.

(d) The brilliant pinkish-red variety of Cespitularia teniata, May, is striking, and so —

was the vivid grass-green of C. cerulea, May. In neither is the colour due to spicules, —

for there are none. In C. cerulea the colour seems to be due to zoochlorelle and it :

has faded away in the spirit. 7

(e) The puzzling form Bellonella indica, Thomson and Henderson, one specimen of —

which Prot. Herdman found of Ceylon, has fortunately reappeared in Mr. Gardiner’s —

collection, and it must be confessed that it is no Bellonella. Nor is it to be included in —

THOMSON AND MACKINNON—STOLONIFERA, ETC. 167

the genus Midalia, as Prof. Kiikenthal argued from the description in the Ceylon

Pearl Oyster Report. It is a species of Hrythropodium, which Kikenthal makes

a subgenus of Aleyonium.

(f) Another species, Alcyonium (Hrythropodium) salomonense, sp. n., is instructive.

It is an encrusting form with warty prominences, yet it is closely akin to the upright

Aleyonium (Hrythropodium) indicum.

(g) We have figured two young colonies of Sarcophytum which show a striking

armature on the autozooids, different from any arrangement we have found elsewhere

or seen described for this genus. It seems that the polyp-spicules in this genus are

seldom preserved in the alcohol specimens.

(h) Our study of a number of specimens which we refer to Lethophytum flabellum

(Q. & G.) leads us to agree with Professors May and Kiikenthal that this species should

include Ammothea digitata, May. It seems to us, moreover, that it should also include

A. africana, May, and A. flava, May.

(2) The difficult form Paranephthya pratti, Thomson and Henderson, of which a

single small specimen was found by Prof. Herdman off Ceylon, fortunately reappears in

Mr. Gardiner’s collection. We have to confess that it is no Paranephthya, a genus

which Prof. Kiikenthal now merges in Capnella. Nor can it be included in Oupnella,

even as emended by Kiikenthal. It requires a new genus, for which the name S¢lerellu

is proposed. The huge otolith-like internal spicules are very remarkable. It is probably

an annectant genus, like Dactylonephthya, Cactogorgia, Agaricoides, and Studeria,

binding together Aleyonids, Nephthyids, and Siphonogorgids. We have here one of the

most interesting types in the collection.

(j) In Stereonephthya macrospiculata, sp. n., we have an illustration of extreme

spiculation, for not only is the colony hard and rigid, but some of the spicules attain

the length of a centimetre. So far as we know, these are the longest and strongest

Aleyonarian spicules, 10 x 1°5 mm.

(4) Our study of a large number of specimens of Siphonogorgia and Chironephthya

has led us to the conclusion that there is no satisfactory distinction between these

genera. ‘The former stands. The determination of the species is extremely difficult,

and we have no great satisfaction in the two new ones we have been forced to erect.

(7) The specimen which we have named Stereacanthia elongata, sp. n., is very

puzzling. It has some resemblance to Kiikenthal’s Hunephthya spiculosa—a very

aberrant species.

(m) Simpson’s interesting genus Cactogorgia finds another representative in

C’. lampas, sp. n.

(n) Attention may be directed to the exceedingly fine colony of Keroéides horeni,

Wright and Studer, which seemed to us to demand a worthy coloured figure.

(0) We have tried to define more sharply the distinction between the genera

Melitodes and Wrightella, by contrasting MW. coccinea and W. coccinea, M. variabitis

and W. variabilis.

168 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Family Cornulariide.

Genus SYMPODIUM.

1. Sympodium ceruleum, Ehrenberg. (Plate 12. fig. 2.)

For description see :—

Klunzinger: Korallthiere des Rothen Meeres (1877), p. 42, pl. 3. fig. 5.

Several bluish-green colonies, forming flat or cushion-like encrustations on stoves,

with polyp-bodies retracted into the ccenenchyma (about 1-5-2 mm. in diameter across

the mouth), with minute spicules like blood-corpuscles.

Localities. Coetivy ; Egmont, 6-7 fms., lagoon.

Previously recorded from Tumbatu, East Africa, Red Sea, Zanzibar.

2. Sympodium salomonense, sp.n. (Plate 12. figs. 11 & 12; Plate 15, figs. 15 a, b.)

The collection includes, among its most puzzling specimens, four white and orange

colonies from 12 to 16 mm. in height, with an average breadth of about 8mm. Their

appearance suggests an Aleyoniid of the type of Erythropodiwm indicum (Thomson and

Henderson). Examination shows, however, that there is an axis of stony hardness, over

which a very thin coenenchyma is spread. The polyps, which are completely retracted

into the coenenchyma, bear no real relation to the axis beneath. The specimen, in fact,

must be interpreted as a membranous Alcyonarian, which has formed a thin encrustation

over the weathered base of a madreporarian coral, the thecze of which are now occupied

by the polyps of the Alcyonarian. The general appearance of the colonies is well

shown in the figures.

The polyps are indicated externally by bright spots of orange colour, 1-2 mm. in

diameter. The polyp-openings are surrounded by very low, eight-rayed calyces,

separated from one another by intervals of 2-4 mm. The surface of the calyces is

densely crowded with orange-coloured double spindles and * quadruplets.” The white

polyps are deeply sunk into the coral pits, and appear to be entirely destitute of spicules.

In some cases they contain numerous ova of large size.

In the areas between the calyces the coenenchyma is so thin that the colour and

markings of the subjacent coral can be seen through it: here the spicules are much less

numerous and are either colourless or yellowish.

The double-spindles are broad in proportion to their length, especially in the ease of

those of a reddish colour: ‘07:05 mm., (06 '035 mm., ‘04:015 mm. The body of

the spindle bears two whorls of tuberculate warts, each wart having about ten short,

sharp tubercles. Each end of the spindle bears similar tubercles grouped on a wart-like

knob. In many cases this terminal knob may be double, or there may be accessory

knobs between the whorls and the ends.

The “ quadruplets” are four-cornered spicules with an axial cross, each corner bearing

one or more tuberculate warts. In one instance the warts had developed so that the

result was a six-cornered, though four-rayed form. A five-rayed type was also observed.

‘The average dimensions of the “ quadruplets” are ‘05 to ‘(06 mm.

THOMSON AND MACKINNON—STOLONIFERA, ETC, 169

This strange form presents considerable difficulty. It shows certain points of

resemblance with the genera Sarcodiclyon, Forbes, and Callipodium, Verrill, but, as

Kiikenthal has recently pointed out (Alcyonacea: Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der

deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition, 1906), these genera, together with a number of others are

better referred to Sympodium. Accepting, then, Kiikenthal’s definition of the genus

Sympodium as having “the polyps completely retractile into the basal membrane,” we

have described these specimens as a new species of that wide genus.

Locality. Salomon, 120-150 fms.

Genus CLAVULARIA, Q. & G. emend. Kiikth.

3. Clavularia scintillans, sp. n. (Plate 12. fig. 3; Plate 13, fig. 2.)

This interesting form would be ranked as a Sympodium according to the older

classifications. If, however, we accept Kiikenthal’s definition of Sympodium as having

the polyps completely retractile within the connecting membrane, then this species

must find its place in the emended genus Clavularia, with “the polyp-body divided into

a lower, calyx-like, thick-walled portion, and an upper, retractile, thin-walled portion,

bearing the tentacles.”

The colonies form encrusting, brownish-grey, india-rubber-like expansions on lumps

of coral. From a membranous base rise numerous richly spiculated calyces supporting

the upper non-retracted portions of the polyp. The average total height is about 5 mm.

For the most part they are so closely placed as to be almost touching, but here and

there intervening spaces of 1-3 mm. occur.

The tentacles are short (1-1'5 mm.), plump, and strongly incurved. Frequently one

tentacle is placed nearer the centre of the oral disc than its fellows, and bends com-

pletely over the mouth-opening. Each tentacle has two rows of very short pinnules on

each side. There are from 6 to 8 in a row, and, in the retracted state, those of adjacent

rows seem to alternate. In a fully expanded tentacle there is possibly only one row.

Small, obviously young, polyps occur here and there among the others, with their

tentacles merely suggested by a circle of warts.

Below the tentacles the body of the polyp is in many cases markedly swollen. Such

polyps were found to contain numerous reproductive bodies.

The “spiculature ” is very characteristic. Over the whole surface of the coenenchyma

and polyps there are numerous small rods, not unlike rice-grains, and apparently of a

yellowish colour. The spaces between these are filled up by minute whitish dises, which

give a scintillating appearance to the surface as seen through a lens. On the polyps

the rods tend to take a longitudinal direction, but, on the whole, their arrangement is

very irregular; they extend up on to the tentacles, but are not found on the oral side

nor on the pinnules, where there are discs only.

Under the microscope the “ rice-grains”” are seen to be blunt or truncated rods, of a

dirty grey colour, with a minutely rough surface (323 X‘05 mm., °187x°‘051 mm.,

‘102 017 mm.). The white discs appear as minute oval bodies like blood-corpuscles,

170 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

of a yellowish-white colour, often having small cracks running from their edges towards

the middle (021012 mm.). There are also a few small, whitish-grey spherasters,

about ‘035 mm. in diameter.

Locality. Egmont, reef.

Genus ANTHELIA, Lamarck emend. Kiikth.

See Kiikenthal: Alcyonacea, in Wissenschaful. Ergebnisse deutsch. Tiefsee-Exped. xiii. (1906),

p: 10.

Kiikenthel recognises four genera of Cornularids, namely, Cornularia, Anthelia,

Clavularia, and Sympodium. The genus Sympodium is distinguished from the others

by having completely retractile polyps; Cornularia has horny sheaths and no spicules;

Anthelia differs from Clavularia in having non-retractile polyps which are not

differentiated into an upper thin-walled and a lower thick-walled, calyx-like portion.

4. Anthelia glauca, Lamarck.

(=A. strumosa (Ehrb.), + Sympodium fuliginosum (Ehrb.), + S. purpurascens (Ehrb.).)

See Kiikenthal: Korallentiere des Rothen Meeres (1904), p. 43.

A whole series of specimens from Salomon, Egmont, &c. may be included under

Anthelia glauca, a wide species, as Kiikenthal has well shown.

We feel strongly that the multiplication of species in this very variable genus (the

Clavularia of most authors) has already gone much too far, and that Kikenthal’s

condensation is progressive. Anyone who studies on actual specimens the features used

by various authors as the basis of their classification in this group must be struck by

the great variability illustrated within the limits of a single haul. Size of polyps, —

length of tentacles and pinnules, number of rows of pinnules, the extent to which the

middle line of the tentacle is left free—these are all features that vary greatly with

the age of the polyps, the life-conditions, the degree of retraction, and the mode of

preservation.

‘The representatives of Anthelia glauca in this collection are all characterised by the

possession of very numerous, minute, rod-shaped spicules (05—09 mm. x°‘013 mm.),

with blunt or truncated ends and a minutely granular surface. There are usually two

rows of pinnules on each side of the tentacles, but three rows sometimes occur. The

average length of the tentacles is about 8 mm.; the pinnules are straight, and have a

measurement of ‘5-1 mm. ‘The usual colour is cream-white to grey.

Some of the more important variations may be mentioned :—

(1) In one set of specimens from Salomon the tentacles are as much as 10 mm. in

length, and bear extraordinarily long (on an average 2 mm.) and curly pinnules, The

colour of the whole polyp is pale blue-green.

(2) An occasionally well-marked feature is the coherence of adjacent polyps at their

bases to form masses, resembling low-growing Xeniide. The stalk-like portion thus

formed may be of any height from 4mm. up to12 mm. This manner of growth occurs

RAE Lp Sa mt A Da!

THOMSON AND MACKINNON—STOLONIFERA, ETO. La

too sparingly to be considered as anything more than a growth-variation, but it is at

least interesting as suggesting a link between Anthelia and Xenia. Pavia,

Previously recorded from Red Sea; Zanzibar.

Localities. Salomon, 10-14 fms., lagoon reefs, 15 fms., 79 fms.; Egmont; Coetivy. Kn ms iT >

4 eg

‘

5. Anthelia longissima (May).

= Clavularia longissima, May.

For description see :—

May: Jenaische Zeitschr. Naturwiss. xxxiii. (1899), p. 41, pl. 1. fig. 1.

The specimens in this coilection differ somewhat markedly in size from those

described by May. The total height of a polyp is about 25-28 mm., of which 7 mm. is

the length of the tentacles. May’s specimens were 27-66 mm. in height, and the

tentacles 12 mm. long.

But our specimens show the complete absence of spicules, the pronounced swelling of

the polyp below the tentacles, and the arrangement of the “long, sausage-like” pinnules

in a single row on each side of the tentacles, which are characteristic features of

A. longissima.

Locality. Salomon, 79 fms.

Previously recorded from Tumbatu, Kokotoni.

6. Anthelia flava (May).

= Clavularia flava, May; non Cl. flava, Hickson.

See Kiikenthal: Alcyonacea, Wiss. Ergebn. deutsch. Tiefsee-Exped. xiii. 1906, p. 11.

For description see :—

May: Jenaische Zeitschr. Naturwiss. xxxiii. (1899), p. 43, pl. 1. fig. 3; and Thomson & Henderson,

Proc. Zool. Soc. 1906, p. 402, pl. 30. fig. 4.

The collection contains a specimen of Anthelia flava with yellow-pink basal portion

and cream-white polyps, and a number of smaller pale bluish-green specimens.

The polyps come very close to Hickson’s description of 4. garcia (Clavularia garcie,

Hickson), especially as regards the “ fluffy”? appearance of the tentacles. But the

spicules of A. garcie are “of rhomboid shape with the angles rounded off, and having

a number of extremely minute thorn-like projections,” while those in our specimens are

small (02-03 mm. in length) oval bodies with a smooth surface. They occur in great

numbers over the whole colony.

Locality. Cargados Carajos, reef; Egmont; Salomon, lagoon reef.

Previously recorded from Zanzibar.

Genus TUBIPORA.

7. Tubipora purpurea, Pallas.

The collection includes several specimens of this well-known coral.

Localities. Salomon ; Egmont.

Previously recorded from Zanzibar, Red Sea, “ East Indies,” &c.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 23

Ly PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Family Xeniide.

Genus XENIA.

8. Xenia umbellata, Savigny.

For descriptions see :—

Klunzinger: Korallthiere des Rothen Meeres, 1877, p. 39, pl. 3. fig. 3.

Bourne: Phil. Trans. vol. clxxxvi. 1895, p. 475, pl. 11. fig. 11, pl. 12. fig. 12.

May: Jenaische Zeitschr. Naturwiss. xxxiii. 1899, p. 82.

Ashworth: Willey’s Zool. Results, pt. iv. p. 513, pl. 53. figs. 10-13.

Thomson and Henderson: Proc. Zool. Soc. 1906, p. 410.

A large number of specimens are referable to this wide-spread species, which seems

to be very variable as regards the dimensions of the polyps (5-25 mm.), the number of

rows of pinnules (2-4), the length of the pinnules, and the extent to which the middle

line of the tentacle is bare.

Localities. Egmont, reef; Diego Garcia, 9 fms.; Salomon, 10-15 fms.; Coin, Peros.

Previously recorded from Red Sea, Zanzibar, Mozambique, Diego Garcia, New

Britain, &e.

Genus CESPITULARLIA.

9. Cespitularia teniata, May. (Plate 12. fig. 9.)

For description see :—

May: Jenaische Zeitschr. Naturwiss. xxxiii. 1899, p. 89, pl. 1. fig. 9.

If the colour of an Alcyonarian counts for little, we may refer several brilliant

pinkish-red specimens in this collection to May’s Cespitularia teniata. They agree

well with the diagnosis, which is in the following terms :—Pinnules in one row on each

side of the middle line of the tentacles. Polyps (without the tentacles) 2 mm. long,

tentacles 15 mm. long. No spicules.

The largest specimen measures 4°5 cm. in height by 4 cm. in breadth; its general

appearance is plain from the figure.

The polyps are on an average about 2 mm. in length, to which has to be added

about 15-2 mm. for the tentacles. The stiff and somewhat truncated appearance of

the tentacles is curious. There are about 8 short pinnules on each side of the oral

surface. No trace of spicules could be found.

A smaller specimen (3 em. X1°5 em.), showing the polyps well expanded, is of a deep

cream-colour, in spirit.

Whether the genus Cespitularia is distinct from Xenia is a matter of opinion, but —

considering the number of species of Xenia, we think it is useful to have a separate

genus— Cespitularia—for those in which the polyps arise at various levels on the

trunk.

Locality. Cargados Carajos, 20-25 fms., 30 fms.

Previously recorded from Mozambique.

THOMSON AND MACKINNON—STOLONIFERA, ETC. 173

10. Cespitularia cerulea, May. (Plate 12. fig. 5.)

For descriptions see :—

May: Jenaische Zeitschr. Naturwiss. xxxiii. 1899, p. 90, pl. 1. fig. 10.

Thomson and Henderson: Proc. Zool. Soc. 1906, p. 414.

Two specimens agree in the main with May’s diagnosis of Cespitularia cerulea, in

having pinnules in one row on each side of the middle line of the tentacles, the polyps

about 4 mm. long (without the tentacles), and the tentacles from 2°5-3 mm. long.

There are no spicules. The size of the larger colony is 10 cm. x 65 cm. It is

remarkably turgid. The original colour was a vivid grass-green, but in spirit this has

faded to cream.

Locality. Cargados Carajos, 20-25 fms.

Previously recorded from the Indian Ocean (Kokotoni, near Zanzibar).

11. Cespitularia mollis, Brundin.

For description see :—

Brundin: Bihang K. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Handl. xxii. No. 4, 1896, p. 4, pl. 1. fig. 1, pl. 2. fig. 1.

A number of specimens, delicate in texture, white to light brown in colour, with

thimble-like branches densely covered with polyps, agree closely with Brundin’s

description.

Locality. Praslin Reef; Cargados Carajos Reef ; and Coetivy.

Previously recorded from Pacific Ocean (Korean Straits), 120 m.

Family Alcyonide.

Genus ALCYONIUM.

12. Alcyonium fulvum (Forskal).

According to Kiikenthal = Sympodium fulvum (Forskal).

For description see :—

Klunzinger: op. cit. p. 43, pl. 3. fig. 6; and May: Beitriige zur Systematik und Chorologie der

Aleyonaceen, Jenaische Zeitschr. Naturwiss. xxxiii. (1599), p. 52.

Several encrusting colonies with polyps completely retractile in the meshes marked

by the large surface spindles.

According to Kikenthal (‘Korallentiere des Rothen Meeres,’ Festschr. Haeckel

(1904), p. 41), the structure of the polyps, their differences in size, their armature, the

form of the tentacles, and the arrangement of the pinnules, as well as the structure

of the ccenenchyma and the connection of the polyps with one another, all suggest a

position in the genus Alcyonium, any likeness to Sympodiwm being pure convergence.

He supposes this form to be a species of Alcyoniwm which has been expanded like a

membrane.

Locality. Coetivy.

Previously recorded from Tumbatu, East Africa; Red Sea.

23*

174: PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

13. Alcyonium spherophorum (Ehrenberg).

For description see :—

Klunzinger: Korallthiere des Rothen Meeres, 1877, p. 22, pl. 1. fig. 1.

May: Jenaische Zeitschr. Naturwiss. xxxili. 1899, p. 105.

In the present collection there are three complete colonies of this old-established

species. Their dimensions vary from 3-4 cm. across the widest part of the capitulum,

with an average height of 15 em. The low, rounded, closely crowded lobes of the

capitulum give the characteristic “brain-like” appearance. The spicules are double-

clubs and double-spheres with relatively short and narrow “necks,” and 8-shaped forms

without a clear “neck.’’ The colour in spirit is a dirty cream.

Locality. Praslin, Seychelles.

Previously recorded from the Red Sea and Madagascar.

14. Aleyonium (Erythropodium) indicum (Thomson and Henderson). (Plate 12.

fig. 7.)

= Bellonella indica, Thomson and Henderson.

For description see :—

Thomson and Henderson: Ceylon Pearl Oyster Report, No. xx. 1905, p. 274, pl. 6, fig. 5.

An upright colony about 4 cm. in height, with three finger-like branches diverging

from a short thick trunk (7 mm. in maximum diameter). The colour of the

ecenenchyma is brilliant sealing-wax red, and over this the low wart-like calyces

appear as scattered yellow points; the polyps themselves are white or pale yellow,

and have numerous spicules diffusely disposed on their protrusible portion.

The spicules are for the most part warty, double spheres; a few capstan-like forms,

like Kélliker’s “ Sechser,” are probably young stages of the others.

This specimen agrees entirely with one in Herdman’s Ceylon collection which was

mistakenly described by Thomson and Henderson as a new Bellonella. From the

description Kiikenthal has inferred that this form should be included in the genus

Nidalia as emended by him. For various reasons, however, we cannot accept this

suggestion; it may be enough to note that the calyces in Nidalia are hard and non-

retractile, and that the spicules are thorny rods and spindles.

Locality. Seychelles, 39 fms.

Previously recorded from deep water south of Galle.

15. Aleyonium (Erythropodium) salomonense, sp. n. (Plate 12. fig. 8; Plate 13.

fig. 9.)

A few fragments of an encrusting form, of sealing-wax red colour with white polyps.

The flat, encrusting portion—15-2 mm. thick—bears no polyps, but gives origin to

solid, warty, polyp-bearing prominences, varying in size from 5x6 mm. to 12X95 mm.

The polyps are about 8 mm. apart; nearly all of them are completely retracted into

low wart-like calyces.

The polyp armature consists of eight distinct points, each formed of 5-6 steeply

sloping pairs of small, delicate, white spindles; below these is a horizontal band of some

anes

THOMSON AND MACKINNON—STOLONIFERA, ETC. 175

6-7 rows of similar spicules. The tentacles bear minute white spicules arranged

transversely in a single row along the middle line.

For the rest, the spiculature of the colony is made up uniformly of double-spheres,

which show scarcely any middle constriction, except in some of the smaller, and

obviously younger forms. (Measurements in millimetres: -11 x ‘085, ‘153 x ‘186,

"195 X 127.)

‘These spicules are so closely packed that they give the ecenenchyma an almost stony

consistency. Under the lens the surface looks as though encrusted with yellow, orange,

and red sand-grains. Towards the centre of the mass, the brightly-coloured spicules

become less numerous, and pale yellow to white forms predominate.

Locality. Salomon, 60-120 fms.

Genus LOBOPHYTUM.

16. Lobophytum crassum, Marenzeller.

See Marenzeller: Zool. Jahrb. i. (1886), p. 363, 4 figs.

Locality. Praslin, Seychelles.

Previously recorded from Réunion, Port Denison (Australia), Tonga.

17. Lobophytum pauciflorum, Ehrenberg.

See Marenzeller: Zool. Jahrb. i. (1886), p. 366, 1 fig.; and Pratt: Alcyonaria of the Maldives,

1903, p. 515, 4 figs.

Locality. Wight Bank, Chagos; Egmont.

Previously recorded from Red Sea, New Zealand, Andamans, Tonga, Moluceas,

Funafuti, New Britain, Maldives.

Genus SARCOPHYTUM.

18. Sarcophytum reichenbachi, Schenk. (Plate 13, fig. 12.)

For description see :—

Schenk: Clavulariiden, Xeniiden u. Aleyoniiden von Ternate, Abhandl. Senckenberg. Ges. 1896,

p- 74, pl. 2. fig. 11, and pl. 4. figs. 34, 35, 36, & 37.

Two specimens agree with Schenk’s diagnosis of Sarcophytum reichenbachi, but show

certain variations in the size and form of the spicules, which it may be well to mention.

There are :—

(1) Small clubs: 13°03 mm., ‘17 X‘05 mm.

(2) Slender spindles with a few simple warts: ‘374-03 mm., ‘25 <:03 mm.

(3) Short, thick, zoned spindles with tuberculated warts: ‘187 x ‘09 mm.,

*221 <*102 mm.

(4) Very numerous, stout, warty spindles with ‘“ waists.” The warts here are

large and spreading, with a minutely spiny surface. The dimensions of

the spindles are: -255°153 mm., °280 ‘17 mm., ‘289 ‘144 mm.

The spicules tend to be smaller than those described by Schenk. He does not

mention the “waist” of the stout spindles, which is so striking in our specimens, nor

176 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION,

does he figure any such forms. In this respect our specimens approach his Sarcophytwm

dispersum, but they do not exhibit the other characters of that species.

Locality. Egmont, reef.

Previously recorded from Ternate.

19. Sarcophytum ehrenbergi, Marenzeller.

See Marenzeller: Zool. Jahrb. i. (1886), p. 356, 2 figs.; Pratt: Aleyonaria of the Maldives

(1903), p. 508, 2 figs.

Locality. Diego Garcia, 9 fms.

Previously recorded from Red Sea, Cebu, Port Denison, Tonga, Viti Islands, and

Maldives.

20. Sarcophytum latum (Dana).

See Pratt: loc. cit. p. 510.

Locality. Salomon, lagoon reefs,

Previously recorded from Funafuti, Maldives.

21. Sarcophytum plicatum, Schenk.

See Schenk: Abhandl. Senckenberg. Ges. xxiii. 1896, p. 76, 2 figs.

Locality. Salomon.

Previously recorded from Ternate.

22. Sarcophytum oligotrema, Pratt.

See Pratt: Ceylon Pearl Oyster Report, Supplement No. xix. 1905, p. 250, 3 figs.

Locality. Salomon.

Previously recorded from Ceylon.

Note on two Young Specimens of a Sarcophytum. (Plate 12. figs. 1, 4, 6.)

There are two very young colonies of typical mushroom-shape. The larger has a

height of 2°5 cm., the diameter of its stalk near the base is about 7 mm., and the

capitulum is 1°3 em. across its widest part. The corresponding dimensions of the smaller

specimen are 1 cm., 6 mm., and 1:2 em.

The siphonozooids are numerous and well-marked. The autozooids are rather large,

and only a few of them are retracted. Their armature is very characteristic (see

figure); the tentacle-bearing portion is surrounded by a sort of upstanding collar of

eight points, each formed of about 14 pairs of steeply-converging, delicate spindles.

The spicules are spindles and a few clubs; these are all slender forms and have few

simple warts: occasionally the spindles are forked or slightly branched at the tips.

The following measurements were taken of length and breadth in millimetres :—

"488 X 051, *289 x 034, °153 x °017.

The autozooid armature is striking, and different from any arrangement that we have

found elsewhere or seen described. But May (Jenaische Zeitschr. Naturwiss. xxxiii.

THOMSON AND MACKINNON—STOLONIFERA, ETC. VF

1899, p. 111) and others have drawn attention to the fact that the polyp-spicules of

Sarcophytum are so often not preserved in the alcohol specimens, that they cannot be

used for systematic purposes. The colour of the ccenenchyma is pale brown; the polyps

are white.

Localities. Amirante, 29 fms.; Cargados Carajos, 12 fms.

Genus SCLEROPHYTUM.

23. Sclerophytum gardineri, Pratt. (Plate 12. figs. 10, 18.)

For description see :—

Pratt : Alcyonaria of the Maldives, 1903, p. 527, pl. 31. fig. 28.

The type-specimen described by Miss Pratt had an irregularly-shaped capitulum, with

irregular, long and slender lobes, which were brittle and often branched. The largest

lobe was 28 mm. high with a diameter of 9 6°5 mm. at the base.

Most of the specimens of S. gardineri in the present collection agree in their manner

of growth with this description. But those in a haul from 8. de Malha (26 fms.) show

an interesting variation. They are of an encrusting form, without distinction into

stalk and capitulum. There is simply a flat slab, like a slice of bread, about 1 cm.

thick, bearing on its upper surface low, rounded hillocks separated by distinct and

sometimes rather wide valleys. The highest rise for 7-8 mm. and have a diameter of

10-12 mm. at the base.

The whole colony is intensely hard and brittle, owing to the development of very

numerous large spindles. On the under surface of the “slice” these are horizontally

disposed in roughly parallel lines. ‘The colour is dark brown on the upper and lower

surfaces; cream-white in the interior.

Localities. S. de Malha, 26 fms.; Praslin, Seychelles; Amirante, 12-18 fms. ;

Seychelles, 20 fms.

Previously recorded from Hulule, Male Atoll.

24. Sclerophytum densum, Pratt.

See Pratt: Alcyonaria of the Maldives, 1903, p. 521, 3 figs.

Locality. Praslin, Seychelles.

Previously recorded from Funafuti and Maldive

25. Sclerophytum durum, Pratt.

See Pratt: Joc. cit. p. 528, 4 figs.

Locality. Seychelles, 37 fms.; Amirante, 22-35 fms.; 8S. de Malha, 26 fms.

Previously recorded from the Maldives.

26. Sclerophytum querciforme, Pratt.

See Pratt : loc. cit. p. 530, 1 fig.

Locality. Amirante, 85 fms.; Cargados Carajos, 32 fms.; Diego Garcia, 124 fms.

Previously recorded from the Maldives.

178 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Family Nephthyidz.

Genus LITHOPHYTUM.

27. Lithophytum flabellum (Q. & G.).

=,according to May and Kiikenthal, Ammothea digitata, May, Jenaische Zeitschr. Naturwiss, :

xxxilil, 1899, p. 136, pl. 2. fig. 16.

Probably also = Ammothea africana, May; A. flava, May.

For description see :—

Kiikenthal: Versuch einer Revision der Aleyonarien.—II. Die Familie der Nephthyiden, 1 Theil —

(1903), p. 111. q

The distinctions drawn between L. africanum (May), L. flavum (May), and L. flabellum

(Q. & G.) are very indefinite, and are, in fact, based on characters that seem to us too —

variable to admit of their being used as specific distinctions.

We therefore refer to Lithophytum flabellum (Q. & G.), as the oldest of the three

species, a number of specimens that vary slightly from one another in such points as the —

extent to which the stems are united at the base of the colony, the closeness of the polyps

to one another on the ‘‘ catkins,” and the size and frequency of the warts on the spicules. —

Localities. Salomon, N.W. reef and lagoon ; Egmont, lagoon, 6-7 fms.

Previously recorded from the Indian Ocean (Zanzibar, Tumbatu) and the Pacific —

Ocean (Carteret Haven, New Ireland).

28. Lithophytum confertum, Kiikenthal.

For description see :-—

Kiikenthal: Versuch einer Revision der Aleyonarien.—IJ. Die Familie der Nephthyiden, 1 Theil —

(1903), p. 116, pl. 7. fig. 2, pl. 9. figs. 18-20.

Two badly preserved specimens seem best included in Kiikenthal’s LZ. confertum, with —

which they agree in general appearance, the large tentacles of the polyps with 8 pinnules —

on each side, and the character of the spicules. Cut across with the knife, our specimens

show an extremely compact interior free from large canals. This is not mentioned as

characteristic of Lithophytum confertum in Kiikenthal’s description; further, he finds

the polyps strongly retracted, which is certainly not the case in our specimens.

Locality. Salomon, 10-14 fms.

Previously recorded from Viti.

29. Lithophytum brassicum (May).

See May: Jena. Zeitschr. f. Naturwiss. xxxiii. 1899, p. 139, 1 fig.; Kukenthal: Zool. Jahrb. xix, —

1903, p. 120.

Localities. Amirante, 39 fms.; Coetivy.

Previously recorded from Zanzibar, &c.

THOMSON AND MACKINNON—STOLONIFERA, ETO. 179

Genus CAPNELLA.

30. Capnella fungiformis, Kikenthal. (Plate 5. fig. 11.)

J or description see :—

Kiikenthal: Versuch einer Revision der Aleyonarien.—II. Die Familie der Nephthyiden, 1 Theil

(1903), p. 183, pl. 7. fig. 5, pl. 9. figs. 30-32.

There is one representative of this species, 3 cm. in height by about 2°5 em. across

the polyparium. ‘The colour in spirits is brownish grey, lightening to whitish grey on

the upper parts.

The polyp-spicules are small clubs and spindles. These bear rather strongly developed

spiny warts, which in some of the clubs approach foliate expansions. . The following

measurements were taken of length and breadth in millimetres :—-408 X°168, -238x

165, °187 x ‘059.

In the stalk the spicules are stout cylinders, often almost barrel-shaped, and some-

times showing a constriction in the middle. They are closely covered with tuberculated

warts in a zoned arrangement :— 204 x ‘085, ‘195 x 119, 17x :042 mm. There arealsoa

few clubs and slender spindles :—'119 x 034, ‘(085 x‘051 mm. The spicules of the thick

canal-walls are of the same type as those in the stalk, except that the slender forms

are here absent. In the tentacles there are minute clubs and spindles :—:085 x -028,

051x017 mm.

Locality. Coetivy.

Previously recorded from the Indian Ocean (coast of Dar es Salaam).

31. Capnella morula, sp.n. (Plate 18. fig. 6.)

The collection includes a Capnella which is not referable to any of the hitherto

described species.

The height of the colony is 3°5 cm., with a maximum breadth of 2°5 em. across the

polyparium. The stem is very flaccid and is longitudinally striated; at a height of

about 1:5 cm. it passes over into the polyp-bearing portion, consisting of a closely-

packed “head” of low, rounded lappets, which are not very distinctly separated from

one another. The largest are 4-6 mm. in height. Over the lappets the closely-crowded

polyps are arranged in irregular whorls, the head of one usually fitting between the

bases of the two in the row immediately above, so as to give an imbricate effect to

the whole.

The polyps are 1-15 mm. in height. They have generally light shallow longitudinal

groovings, and are incurved so strongly that their oral surface is completely hidden.

The spiculation is very dense. On the polyps it consists of both slender and stout

curved and bent spindles, some with small and simple warts and others with larger,

more spiny, more numerous warts. The following measurements were taken of length

and breadth in millimetres :—:85 x‘119, ‘7381 :‘102, -476x:°051, °35x°‘051. There are

also a few small clubs with a foliate tendency :—-41 X-086, 18 x ‘045 mm.

The cortex of the stem contains numerous spindles, rather stout and short, closely

covered with warts, which are prominent, blunt, and sometimes finely tuberculated.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 24

180 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

The following measurements were taken of the spindles:—408 ‘102, -3806X°108,

‘187x'051 mm. There are also a few tri- and quadri-radiates and irregular forms :—

340 x-119, :214x "102, °204.x ‘085 mm.

In the canal-walls spicules are very numerous; it is the extreme thinness of the —

canal-walls themselves that gives the stem its flaccidity. There are a few clubs and —

slender spindles and irregular forms, but the predominant spicules here are large stout q

spindles (1'190 x25, *850x°30, °765X°136 mm.), closely covered with very numerous

small warts, which may be arranged in zones.

The colour of the whole colony is a brownish cream ; the spicules are colourless.

Locality. 8.W. Indian Ocean, precise record lost.

Genus SCLERELLA, g. n.

Rigid Nephthyid colonies with numerous digitiform lobes thickly covered with sessile

polyp-calyces, which are curved over so that the mouth is hidden. The tentacles are —

simply inturned, leaving an 8-lobed aperture. Very characteristic are the massive

spicules of irregular “ otolith”’-like form which lie on the walls of the numerous —

longitudinal canals; they occur from the base, where many protrude on the surface, —

to near the tips of the finger-like lobes, and they give the interior of the colony a —

Siphonogorgid-like texture. The calyces are covered with spicules like those of the

interior, but smaller, with the addition of spindles, clubs, approximately foliate clubs,

and very small irregular bodies. On the surface of the stalk there are minute irregular

bodies, capstans, and double-clubs. .

32. Sclerella pratti, nom.n, (Plate 6. fig. 10; Plate 13. fig. 11.)

= Paranephthya pratti, Thomson and Henderson.

For description see :—

Thomson and Henderson: Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fisheries Reports, No. xx. 1905, pp. 284-285, —

pl. 2. fig. 6, pl. 5. fig. 18.

A number of specimens of this puzzling form afford an opportunity for a better

diagnosis of the species, based by Thomson and Henderson on a single small specimen,

which they placed under Wright and Studer’s genus Paranephthya. Kikenthal has

since shown (Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse deutsch. Tiefsee-Expedition, 1898-1899

(1906), Bd. xiii.) that the genus Paranephthya must be merged in his emended genus —

Capnella, and, misled by the inadequacy of the description of Paranephthya pratti, he —

has not unnaturally sought to make it follow its genus. While admitting that Para-

nephthya may be merged in Capnella, we cannot agree that this can be done with the

forms named P. pratti, for which we now propose a new genus. The stalk portion is —

densely filled with massive, very irregular spicules lying on the canal-walls, and presents —

an appearance quite different from that seen in Capella, where numerous small spicules

occur in the same position. The unfortunate use of the word “ zooids” and “ degenerate

in character” in the original description of this puzzling form led Kiikenthal to infer —

that dimorphism was indicated, which was not the intention of the authors.

THOMSON AND MACKINNON—STOLONIFERA, ETO. 181

The largest specimen has a width of 6 cm. across its widest part, with a maximum

height of about 83cm. The intensely harsh, resistant colonies bear a deceptive resem-

blance to low-growing forms of Sclerophytum gardineri. A shallow, somewhat wrinkled

stalk portion supports a broad low capitulum covered with digitiform lobes, which are

generally simple, but bear in some cases secondary smaller lobes. Over the whole -

surface of the capitulum, both on the lobes and in the depressions between them, there

are very numerous closely-crowded minute polyps. The polyps have well-defined,

non-retractile, club-shaped calyces, 1:25 mm. in length, which are bent in towards the

axis of the lobe, so that their oral opening is hidden. The tentacles are infolded and

give the mouth an 8-lobed margin.

The most striking feature of the colony is the enormous development of spicules in

the canal-walls; in the lower part of the stalk they attain dimensions of nearly 3 mm.

They occur from the base of the colony right up into the tips of the lobes. They are

flattened, but thick, oblong and irregular bodies, covered with numerous roughly

parallel tuberculate ridges, which run out from a middle line towards the margins, where

they produce a sort of ‘‘scalloped” outline. They often resemble the otoliths of Gadoid

fishes. The following measurements were taken of length and breadth in millimetres :—

2°89 x °735, 1°81 X68, 1:02 x 476, °78 x °4.2, -493 x “17.

Over the surface of the polyp-bearing capitulum the spicules are much smaller.

Many of them are irregular in shape, like those of the canal-walls (39-272 mm.,

‘17X‘136 mm.); there are also spindles and clubs (:289‘052 mm., ‘17-051 mm.,

186 x ‘034 mm.) ; very small irregular bodies (‘102 x 034 mm., ‘085 ‘051 mm.); anda

considerable number of forms approaching the “Blattkeulen” of Capnella (-221x

085 mm., °204°119 mm., -187 x ‘068 mm.).

The surface of the stalk portion is full of minute irregular bodies and double-clubs

and “ capstans ” (102 x -068, -085 x ‘068, ‘069 x ‘051 mm.).

The colour of the colony is a dark sepia-brown; the spicules are white.

In its densely spiculose interior this type is Siphonogorgia-like or Sclerophytum-like,

but it differs from both very markedly in the nature of its polyps; we regard it as a

Nephthyid (subfamily Spongodinze), having affinities with Capnella emend. Kiikenthal,

and with Dactylonephthya, Thomson and Simpson. It is probably one of those annectant

types, like Dactylonephthya, Cactogorgia, Agaricoides, and Studeria, which bind together

Aleyonids, Nephthyids, and Siphonogorgids.

Localities. Salomon ; Egmont, reef.

Previously recorded from Ceylon.

Genus NEPHTHYA.

30. Nephthya amentacea, Studer.

See Kiikenthal: Zool. Jahrb. xix. 1903, p. 151.

Locality. 8. de Malha, 29 fms.; Cargados Carajos, 30 fms.

Previously recorded from Sulu Islands.

24*

182 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

34. Nephthya grisea (Kikenthal).

See Kiikenthal: Zool. Jahrb. xix. 1903, p. 152.

Locality. Egmont.

Previously recorded from Ternate and Tonga.

35. Nephthya cupressiformis, Kiikenthal.

See Kiikenthal: duc. cit. p. 153, 6 figs.

Locality. Seychelles, 37 fms.

Previously recorded from Palau Island.

36. Nephthya chabrolii, Audouin.

See Kiikenthal : doc. ciz. p. 157.

Locality. Salomon, lagoon reef. .

Previously recorded from Red Sea, Java, Celebes, Ternate, New Guinea, Chinese Sea.

37. Nephthya lobulifera (Holm).

See Kiikenthal: doc. cit. p. 161.

Locality. Egmont, reef.

Previously recorded from Hongkong and Korean Strait.

38. Nephthya columnaris, Studer.

See Kiikenthal: Joc. cit. p. 161.

Locality. Egmont.

Previously recorded from Celebes.

39. Nephthya spherophora, Kikenthal.

See Kikenthal: Joc. cit. p. 164, 2 figs.

Locality. Egmont, reef.

Previous locality not known.

40. Nephthya striata, Kikenthal.

See Kiikenthal : Joc. cit. p. 166, 2 figs.

Locality. 8. de Malha, 26 fms.

Previously recorded from the Red Sea.

Genus DENDRONEPHTHY A, Kiikenthal.

(= SPONGODES of most Authors.)

41. Dendronephthya hemprichi (Klunzinger).

For description see :—

Klunzinger: Korallthiere des Rothen Meeres, 1877, Bd. i, pp. 86, 37, pl. 45. fig. 1.

Kiikenthal: Ueber einige Korallentiere des Rothen Meeres, 1904, p. 49.

A single specimen belonging to this variable species is of “divaricate”’ build, and

shows a strong tendency to have its lower branches drawn out in foliaceous expansions.

Locality. Amirante, 34 fms.

Previously recorded from the Red Sea, Sandal Bay, Lifu. .

THOMSON AND MACKINNON—STOLONIFERA, ETC. 183

42. Dendronephthya umbellulifera, Kiikenthal. (Plate 11. fig. 7.)

= Paraspongodes striata, Thomson and Henderson.

For description see :—

Kiikenthal: Zool. Jahrb. xxi. 1905, p. 629, pl. 29. fig. 31; and Wiss. Ergebn. deutsch. Tiefsee-

Exped. 1906, xii. p. 82.

Thomson and Henderson : Ceylon Pearl Oyster Report, 1905, p. 277, pl. 2. figs. 2 & 7.

Three specimens of a greyish-brown and yellowish-brown colour are referable to this

somewhat deceptive species of Dendronephthya, which shows very little ‘ Stiitzbiindel.”

The largest specimen is about 19 cm. in height, of which the stalk occupies 14 cm.

About 2} cm. from the base there is a marked constriction, and the portion of the stalk

beneath this is 2°5 cm. in breadth and of firm texture, in contrast to the long portion

above, which is about 1 cm. broader and very flaccid.

The specimen agrees with Kikenthal’s description and figure, e.g. in the deep trans-

verse striations of the branches, in having 6-8 pairs of spindles in each of the 8 rows

on the anthocodia, and in showing very numerous minute stellate spicules in the cortex.

The “ Stiitzbiindel”’ is very inconspicuous and poorly developed, and seemed at first sight

absent. This deceptive appearance led to a previous reference of similar forms to the

genus Paraspongodes.

Localities. Seychelles, 34 fms.; Amirante, 33 and 34 fms.

Previously recorded from 8. China Sea, Gulf of Manaar, Zanzibar.

43. Dendronephthya multispinosa, Henderson. (Plate 11. fig. 1.)

For description see :—

Thomson and Simpson: Alcyonarians of the Indian Ocean, II. Littoral, 1909.

A beautiful colony covered with somewhat loosely disposed umbels. The stalk is

about 2 em. in height, the polyparium is 5 cm. in height by about 4 in breadth.

At the top of the stalk there is a complete circle of foliate branches. The polyps are

brilliant white, the spicules of the “Stiitzbiindel” and the verruca are deep red; the

general surface of the ccoenenchyma is orange to cream, but pink on the stalk.

Locality. Amirante, 29 fms.

Previously recorded from Andamans.

44. Dendronephthya gardineri, sp. nu. (Plate 11. fig. 4; Plate 13. fig. 1;

Plate 14. fig. 6.)

From a blunt base, bearing a number of short root-like attachments, the slender,

eraceful, typically divaricate colony rises to a height of 20 cm. For the first 6 cm. the

trunk is bare; then there arise a series of small foliate projections, bearing polyps round

their edges, and at a height of 9 em. from the base a strongly developed foliate expansion

nearly encircles the stem. This has polyps all round its edges as well as on short twigs

from its upper surface. A little higher up, one fair-sized branch is given olf and then

the main stem forks; the “crown” of the tree is formed by the further ramifications of

these two main branches. The polyps are borne in groups of 3-5 on the rather long,

slender, divergent twigs.

184 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

The “ Stiitzbiindel”’ is formed of at most two spindles, of which one is rather longer —

than its fellow (2-8 mm.) and projects slightly beyond the polyp-head. |

The polyp-head makes an acute angle with its stalk. It is armoured with the usual

crown of eight “ points,” which are formed here of several pairs of almost equal-sized

spicules, 8 pairs on the (dorsal) side towards the point of the “ Stittzbiindel” and only

3-4. pairs on the (ventral) side towards the stalk. These spicules are short and stout,

chalk-white spindles with few warts :—221x-051, 153x-042 mm. They sometimes ;

occur also in little groups between the “ points,” and are often continued irregularly on .

to the polyp-stalk like scattered rice-grains. The tentacles show an irregular dou

row of similar but smaller spicules, ‘093 x ‘022 mm.

The stem and branches are not very heavily armoured and are somewhat flaccid.

The spicules of the branches and upper part of the stem are pale yellow spindles, straight —

or curved, having rather distant simple warts. Their dimensions vary from 935 x ‘085 —

and 1°53 x ‘085 to 2:041 x 102 mm.

In the lower part of the stem the spicules occur more densely. The slender spindles

give place here to short bent spindles (-255 ‘17, °595 185 mm.) and triradiate and

quadriradiate forms. These are all of a yellowish-red colour, tipped with white.

The canal-walls are almost free from spicules; a few minute, white, stellate and

triradiate forms occur in the upper part of the colony.

The colour of the specimen is yellowish cream with white polyps, while the lower

part of the trunk is rhubarb-red. In general characters it comes very near to Kitken-

thal’s D. japonica, and we are reluctant to add to the already bewildering list of.

species. But certain features, such as the presence of numerous spicules in the lower

part of the stem, the different form of the spicules in the canal-walls and in the

anthocodia, the reduction in the number of spicule-pairs on the ventral side of the

polyp, are against its inclusion in D. japonica, and may justify the erection of a new,

though closely-allied species, D. gardineri. .

Locality. Seychelles, 37 fms.

45. Dendronephthya gigantea (Verrill).

See Kiikenthal: Zool. Jahrb. xxi, 1905, p. 549, 1 fig.

Locality. Amirante, 22-85 fms.

Previously recorded from Japan and Hongkong.

46. Dendronephthya studeri (Ridley).

See Kiikenthal: Joc. cit. p. 567, 1 fig.

A very young colony.

Locality. S.W. Indian Ocean; precise locality not recognisable.

Previously recorded from New Guinea and North Australia.

47. Dendronephthya koellikeri, Kikenthal.

See Kiikenthal: loc. cit. p. 573, 2 figs.

Locality. Amirante, 36 f{ms.; Amirante, 20-44 fms.

Previously recorded from Palaos.

THOMSON AND MACKINNON—STOLONIFERA, ETC. 185

48. Dendronephthya japonica, Kiikeuthal.

See Kiikenthal: Zool. Jahrb. xxi. 1905, p. 576, 3 figs.

Locality. Providence, 78-50 fms.

Previously recorded from Japan.

49. Dendronephthya suensoni (Holm).

See Kiikenthal: Joc. cit. p. 586, 1 fig.

Locality. Providence, 50 fms. and 78-50 fms.; Seychelles, 39 fms.; Amirante, 34 fms.

Previously recorded from Japan.

50. Dendronephthya divaricata (Gray).

See Kiikenthal: Joc. cit. p. 588, 2 figs.

Locality. Providence, 70-50 fms. ; Mauritius, 100 fms.

Previously recorded from New Guinea and Philippines.

Genus STEREONEPHTHY A.

To this genus we refer a number of specimens having strong affinities with Dendro-

nephthya and Nephthya, but with their polyps arranged “neither in bundles nor in

_ ‘lappets,’ but separately or in groups, springing directly from the stem and branches.”

For such forms Kiikenthal’s Stereonephthya is designed as a convenient halfway house

between the two more important genera. We are, however, obliged to create two new

species, S. kiikenthali and S. macrospiculata, to include the specimens in the present

collection.

51. Stereonephthya kiikenthali, sp.n. (Plate 9. fig. 6; Plate 14, fig. 7.)

This species is represented by a single small specimen, complete except for a portion

of the base. It is a very compact, rigid, bush-like colony, about 2°75 em. in height by

25 em. across the crown. ‘The branches tend to form flattened umbrella-like expan-

sions. The lemon-yellow polyps contrast strongly with the whiteness of the stem and

branches, on which they occur singly or in groups. There is a tinge of mauve near the

base of the colony. The polyp-stalk is from 3-4 mm. in length, with a breadth of

about 1:5 mm. at its origin. The “Stiitzbiindel” is formed of a group of long, stout,

white spindles, of which two usually project slightly beyond the polyp.

The polyp-head is bent sharply down along its stalk. It is long and narrow, almost

cylindrical in shape, and armoured only on its free surfaces; where it is pressed against

the polyp-stalk the spicules are completely absent. There are thus only four rather

‘ill-defined “points” formed of 3-6 steeply sloping pairs of lemon-yellow spicules.

These are straight, rather sharply pointed spindles, bearing numerous prominent

warts. The following measurements were taken of length and breadth in millimetres :—

"765 x 085, -476X°102, *289x-034. Small white spindles with few warts occur in the

tentacles, ‘102 x‘017 mm.

The spicules of the trunk and branches are stout, white spindles covered with

numerous warts, which are frequently tuberculate. Their dimensions in millimetres

186 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

are: 1:53x°119, 1:7 x°17, 1:955 x ‘17, 2°38x°204. In the lower part of the stem the

spindles become shorter and stouter (‘68 x °119, °595 x 152, ‘153 x ‘085 mm.), and at the

base they are largely supplemented by clubs (34x ‘086, °221X°171, 173 x-085 mm.),

triradiate and irregular forms, many of which are tinged with mauve and pink.

Locality. Amirante, 29 fms.

52. Stereonephthya macrospiculata, sp. n. (Plate 9. fig. 8; Plate 14. fig. 8.)

The specimens of this curious form are small colonies 1-3 em. in height, all showing —

the same characteristic habit of growth. Each has a slightly encrusting base, from

which arises a stout rigid stem about 1°2-1°5 cm. in diameter, which is surrounded at a

height of about 1 em. from the base by a down-rolled collar-like expansion. Above this

come off several branches like great jagged thorns, which either bear one terminal polyp

or else split up into a group of sharp, polyp-bearing twigs.

The colony is extremely hard and rigid, being furnished with a dense armature of

spicules, which attain in the base to the huge dimensions of 9X15 mm. In the collar-

shaped expansion they are smaller, 2°5X°25,4x°5 mm. The largest spicules are those

of the “ Stitzbiindel,” 651, 92,1015 mm. These spicules are all of the same

veneral type, namely, stout spindles covered with numerous, small, slightly tuberculate

warts.

One or two of the “ Stiitzbiindel” spicules project slightly beyond the polyp-head.

The polyp-head itself is rounded, from 2°5-3 mm. in height, and is bent down on its stalk.

Its armature consists of eight “points” of two main convergent spindles, bent out at

the base like hockey-clubs (1:19 ‘119, 1:103 x 137, 1:02<'119 mm.); a few smaller

spindles may occur in the angles between these. Below the “points” there is a

“collar” of 2-38 rows of stout spindles, horizontally arranged.

The tentacles are very long, 2°5-3 mm.; they have a row of 9 pinnules along each

side, and are so folded within the polyp, in the contracted condition, that the tip of each

touches its own base on the aboral surface and projects slightly beyond the ‘ crown.”

Their armature is very characteristic. From the top of the angle formed by the»

spindles of each “ point ” a double series of converging spindles, of much smaller size, —

runs up the base of each tentacle, to give place higher up to a single median line of

small horizontal spindles with few warts and rather blunt ends, ‘102 °‘017, 119-034, —

186 X°025 mm.

The colour of the whole colony is cream-white with grey polyps.

Locality. Salomon, 120-150 fms.

Family Siphonogorgiide.

The family Siphonogorgiidz is distinguished from the family Nephihyide (1) by

having many more spicules in the canal-walls, (2) by the more Gorgonid-like mode of

growth.

There can be little doubt that the Siphonogorgid type is derived from the Nephthyid

type, and Kiikenthal calls attention to transition-forms like Spongodes indivisa, Kiiken-

thal, and Siphonogorgia squarrosa, Studer.

THOMSON AND MACKINNON—STOLONIFERA, ETC, 187

The family includes the following genera :—

Siphonogorgia, Kélliker.

Chironephthya, Wright and Studer,

Paranephthya, Wright and Studer.

Scleronephthya, Wright and Studer.

Stereacanthia, Thomson and Henderson.

Agaricoides, Simpson.

Cactogorgia, Simpson.

Numerous attempts have been made to find satisfactory distinctions between the first

two genera, but we are compelled to agree with Kiikenthal that none holds good.

That, at least, is our experience. The following table may serve to illustrate the

contrasts that have been drawn :—

CHIRONEPHTHYA. | S1PHONOGORGIA.

1. Nephthya-like form of growth. (Hickson. ) 1. Gorgonid-like form of growth. (Hickson.)

2. Anthocodia rarely completely retracted. | 2. Anthocodia may be completely retracted.

(Hickson.) (Hickson.)

3. Anthocodial points with four principal 3. Anthocodia with the spicules irregularly

spicules arranged “en chevron.” (Hick- placed, or arranged in a fan-like manner.

son.) (Hickson.)

4. One large main canal in stem. (Harrison.) 4. Numerous, fairly equal-sized canals in

stem, (Harrison.)

What we have found is, that a given specimen may be in some of its characters

Siphonogorgia-like, and in others Chironephthya-like. As an example of this we may

refer to Siphonogorgia (Chironephthya) macrospiculata, Thomson and Henderson. The

specimens of this species in the present collection show a Gorgonid-like mode of

growth and numerous longitudinal canals in the stem (Stphonogorgia characters

according to Hickson and Harrison), but the anthocodial crowns have A-shaped points,

each composed of four converging pairs of spicules (one of the most striking characters

of a Chironephthya, according to Hickson).

Genus SIPHONOGORGIA.

53. Siphonogorgia variabilis (Hickson). (Plate 11. fig. 5.)

= Chironephthya variabilis, Hickson,

For description see :—

Hickson: Alcyonaria of the Maldives, pt. i. (1903), in Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and

Laccadive Archipelagoes, vol. ii. pt. i. p. 488, pl. 26. figs. 8, 9, 10.

A large number of specimens, differing from one another in small details, may be

referred to this variable species.

(A) One group from Providence (50 fms.) has the main stems and branches cream-

white, while the lesser branches are of a purplish-pink colour, with their tips and the

anthocodize deep purple.

(B) Another haul from Providence (50 fms.) contains some extremely beautiful

specimens of a delicate pale pink colour, deepening into rose-pink on the branches and

lower portions of the stem. The most perfect colony is about 11°5 cm. in height, and of

SECOND SERIES.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 25

188 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

strikingly tree-like form. From a slightly encrusting base there arises a very stout

trunk of 15 mm. in diameter. About 2:5 em. from the base this begins to give off a

few rather slender branches, and then breaks up into six stout main branches, all

starting from about the same level and ramifying extensively to form the crown of the

“tree.” The final twigs are of more slender form than the rest, and tend to be

pendulous; to them the anthocodiz are restricted.

cream-colour with the polyp-bearing twigs in yellowish-brown, on which the anthocodiz

are distinguished as dark points owing to the deep purple shade of their tentacles.

The finest specimen has a height of 13°5 em. without the basal attachment, which is

missing. The stem in its thickest part is 9°5 mm. in diameter, and, after giving off two

lesser branches, it divides almost at once into two main forks. These are of equal size

at the point of origin, but one comes to dominate and forms almost the entire bulk

of the richly branched “crown.” ‘The final ramifications bear the polyps, and are

markedly pendulous and of more slender build than in either (A) or (B).

The polyps themselves are smaller in this case than in the others. They conform to —

the Siphonogorgia (Chironephthya) variabilis type, on the whole, in having two main

spindles to form each A-shaped point of the anthocodial crown; but these spindles are —

smaller and more delicate, and show rather less constancy in their number and arrange-—

ment than is usual in S. variabilis. Further, the tentacles are strongly armed with

minute purple spicules, and the whole anthocodia is highly retractile.

A small specimen (Providence, 29 fms.) shows an interesting variation in the size of

its ceenenchyma spicules. It is a polyp-bearing fragment from the end of a branch,

where the normal spicules are slender, dull red spindles, covered rather sparsely with

small, pointed warts; length and breadth in mm.: 1:02X°‘119, °8x°‘08, °64%x-068.

Among these are embedded in this specimen relatively large white and pale pink

spindles, very striking to the naked eye, and with dimensions in mm. of 1°75 x-28,

1:41 °25. These are much stouter and blunter in proportion than the normal spicules, |

and are covered much more thickly with warts, which are large and tuberculated.

In other respects this specimen is of exactly the same type as (A), and must simply be

regarded as a “freak.” But it is of interest as serving to show that the size of the

spicules developed is variable, perhaps dependent on certain variable factors. in the

life-conditions.

Previously recorded from the Maldives, Ceylon, Bay of Bengal, 88 fms.

54. Siphonogorgia macrospiculata (Thomson and Henderson).

= Chironephthya macrospiculata, Thomson and Henderson.

For description see :—

Thomson and Henderson: Alcyonarians collected by the ‘ Investigator’ in the Indian Ocean, part i.

(1906) p. 12, pl. 4. fig. 10.

A number of specimens agree with the description of Chironephthya macrospiculata

except with regard to colour, which is deep reddish-brown instead of yellowish-brown.

Locality. Salomon, 60-120 fms.

Previously recorded from the Indian Ocean (11° 14! 30" N., 74° 57/15" E., 68-148 fms.).

THOMSON AND MACKINNON—STOLONIFERA, ETC. 189

55. Siphonogorgia mirabilis, Klunzinger.

For description see :—

Klunzinger: Korallthiere des Rothen Meeres, 1877, p. 49, pl. 3. fig. 9.

Hickson: Aleyonaria of the Maldives, pt. i. (1903), in Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and

Laceadive Archipelagoes, vol. i. pt. 1. p. 492, pl. 26. figs. 11 & 12.

Numerous branching pieces of colonies, 3-5 em. in length, all agree very closely with

Klunzinger’s description of this species, but the spicules seem larger. Klunzinger’s

measurements are, for the larger spicules ‘5 <-128 mm., and for the smaller -11—12

‘016 mm.; whereas in our specimens 1:1 x-18 mm. is a common measurement. Some

spicules attain the proportions 1:36 X:2 mm., and only the smaller spicules are ‘85x

15 mm. and ‘59 x17 mm.

Five fragments are dull red with lemon-yellow polyps, as described by Klunzinger ;

all the others have white polyps.

The polyp-armature consists of a crown and points. Each point is formed of from

six to eight curved slender spindles. These may lie almost parallel to one another

within the group, or may even diverge a little distally, thus agreeing with Hickson’s

figure, where he shows the “fan” arrangement to be characteristic of 8. mirabilis.

Much more frequently we found that the spicules tend to leave the parallel arrange-

ment, and come to be divided into two groups, which converge to form the “ point.”

This agrees with Klunzinger’s figures and seems to be the more usual arrangement.

Below the points the horizontal band of similar spicules is about 8 or 10 rows deep.

It is surrounded at the base by the ends of the supporting spicules of the ccenenchyma,

which, in the second set of specimens, show a tendency to form an 8-pointed verruca.

Locality. Providence, 50-78 fms.

Previously recorded from the Red Sea, the Maldives, and Ternate, 30 fms.

56. Siphonogorgia hicksoni, sp.u. (Plate 11. fig. 3; Plate 14. fig. 4.)

Five more or less complete specimens, varying in height from 8-35 cm. There is a

slightly encrusting basal attachment. From this arises an erect trunk, continued for

some 2-4 cm. before any branching occurs. It is cylindrical at first, with a diameter of

from 4-7 mm., but becomes compressed and deeply furrowed from the point where the

branches begin to come off.

The branches arise for the most part without any definite arrangement, though in a

few cases the branching is confined to one plane. They tend to be broad and flattened,

especially near their junction with the main stem, and are often pendulous at the tips.

Secondary branches occur rarely.

The branches alone bear the polyps, which are arranged in wide spirals, ending at the

tip of the branch in a group of 3-4, The polyps are unretracted, and project distinctly.

The verrucze, which support them, are more strongly developed on the side away from

the branch, so that the polyps face directly up towards the tip.

Their armature is a “crown” with points formed of eight groups, each consisting of

3-4 short red spindles; these lie more or less parallel to one another, but occasionally

one spicule may dominate, or two may converge, so that the effect of a “point” is

25™

190 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

produced. There are usually 1-2 smaller spicules between these main groups. The —

tentacle-spicules are arranged in a double row, “en chevron”; they are very conspicuous —

by reason of their bright lemon-yellow colour, while stem, branches, and the rest of the —

polyp-spicules are a dull maroon-red. Below the “points” of the anthocodia come at —

least 10 rows of horizontally arranged spicules of the usual spindle shape. The base of —

this band is sunk in the projecting verruca formed of the eccenenchyma spicules; these

are more strongly developed towards the outer side of the verruca, and frequently

project beyond the polyp-base as a distinct point.

The spicules of the coenenchyma are long crimson-red spindles of rather slender build —

and thinly covered with comparatively simple warts. The following measurements were

taken of length and breadth in millimetres :—1°36 x°204, 11-187, *85x°153. The —

spindles of the anthocodie are about ‘59X17 mm.

This form comes nearest to Siphonogorgia mirabilis as described by Hickson, where

he figures the crown “points” in the fan-arrangement described above. In this

particular his §. mirabilis differs from the description and figures given by Klunzinger,

which we incline to accept as those of the type-species. The polyp-armature also —

suggests affinities with Kiikenthal’s Siphonogorgia miniacea. On the whole, it seems —

most convenient to include it in the same group with S. mirabilis and S. miniacea, —

but as a distinct species.

Locality. Providence, 30-100 fms.

57. Siphonogorgia pendula, Studer, var. ternatana, Kiikenthal.

For description see :—

Kiikenthal: Aleyonaceen von Ternate, Abhandl. Senckenberg. Ges. (1896) p. 135, figs. 28 & 29.

For description of S. pendula see :—

Studer: ‘Challenger’ Reports, xxxi. (1889) p. 5, pl. 1. figs. 1 a, 1, pl. 5. fig. 2.

A small, almost complete specimen and a number of fragments may be referred to —

Studer’s Siphonogorgia pendula, but seem best included under Kiikenthal’s variety of —

that species, ternatana. é

Kikenthal finds that ternatana differs from 8. pendula proper: “(1) in the branches -

coming off at right angles, (2) in the absence of furrowing on the branches, (3) in the

spicules being longitudinal on the branches, (4) in the spicules of the branches being —

larger than those of the stem, (5) in the polyps arising from the main stem, (6) in the —

presence in the canal-walls of spicules three times as large as elsewhere.” q

The specimens in this collection agree with Kikenthal’s diagnosis except in a few

minor points. Thus, while it is true that the spicules of the branches are larger than —

those of the stem, if we take into consideration only the lower part of the stem, this is

not the case as regards the polyp-bearing region. Again, the spicules of the canal- ;

walls seem rather smaller than those elsewhere. q

The polyp-armature is of the characteristically simple pendula type, 7. e. eight points, :

each formed of a single convergent pair of spindles, and below these a rather shallow

* crown,” only a few rows deep.

THOMSON AND MACKINNON—STOLONIFERA, ETC. 191

Near the base of the branches six canals can be made out on a cross-section ; but in

the lower part of the stem these appear small and inconspicuous, owing to the strong

development of spicules, which form the bulk of the stem, and give it a firm, rigid

consistency.

_ The colour of the whole colony is a dull brownish-orange; the polyps are somewhat

lighter.

The spicules of the coenenchyma are pale yellowish-brown and salmon-coloured

spindles, covered thickly with rather large warts, minutely tuberculate.

The size of the large spindles is 1-7 x22, 1-61-21, 1:36 x:2 mm., and of the smaller

more slender spindles with few and simple warts, ‘88 x-1, 51°11, ‘68:06 mm.

Locality. Salomon, 75 fms.

Previously recorded from Ternate.

S. pendula previously recorded from Amboina.

58. Stphonogorgia pendula, Studer, var. n. ramosa. (Plate 14, fig. 2.)

For description of S. pendula, Studer, see :—

Studer: ‘Challenger’ Reports, xxxi. (1889) p. 5, pl. 1. figs. la, 10, pl. 5. fig. 2.

There are two broken branches in the collection; one 2 cm. in height, the other

35cm. These give off twigs in all directions. The diameter of the main branches is

about 4 mm., that of the twigs about 2 mm.

The surface is rough and wrinkled, the wrinkles becoming in certain places deep

longitudinal furrows.

The polyps are almost entirely confined to the twigs, where they are arranged in a

wide spiral. The tip of each twig is usually ended by a single polyp. ‘The polyps are

markedly stalked; the stalk may be from 2-35 mm. in length, and makes an angle of

_ 45° with the twig from which it arises.

The polyp-heads are large and conspicuous, from 1°5-2 mm. in height and 1:5 mm. in

diameter. They are of a bright lemon-yellow colour, in contrast to the dull red of the

rest of the colony. ‘Their armature consists of a crown and points. The arrangement

in these is variable, but there is a strong tendency to have each point composed of two

main converging spindles, of which one is often much the stouter; a third and even a

fourth may be inserted in the angles between these. The tentacles are very heavily

armoured with a double row of minute yellow spindles arranged “en chevron.” Below

the points is a deep ring of yellow spindles similar to those of the points, arranged in

8-10 horizontal rows.

The ends of the longitudinally arranged spicules forming the polyp “stalk” may, in

some cases, project slightly on to the collar so as to form a rudimentary verruca, into

which the polyp is never retracted.

The spicules of the cenenchyma are dull red, warty spindles, somewhat massive, and

with the warts markedly tuberculate. The following measurements were taken of

length and breadth in millimetres :—1°78 x ‘21, 1:27 x ‘21, ‘07 x1, ‘05 x°‘1. The yellow

_ anthocodial spindles are :—°76 x ‘09, °59 x ‘08, °34x ‘08 mm.

192 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

The specimen seems to agree with Studer’s Sighonogorgia pendula in its general

characters. It is thought justifiable, however, to create for it a new variety, ramosa,

on account of its bushy habit, the larger size of the polyps, their heavier and more

complex armature, their longer “ stalks,” and their different arrangement at the tips of

the twigs.

Locality. Providence, 58-78 fms.

S'. pendula recorded from Amboina.

59. Stphonogorgia koellikeri, Wright and Studer, var. n. rugosa. (Plate 14.

fig. 5.)

For description of S. koellikeri see:—

Wright and Studer: ‘Challenger’ Reports, xxxi. (1889) p. 236, pl. 24. fig. 2.

There are five small specimens (from 2-4 cm. in height) which agree in a general

way with Wright and Studer’s diagnosis of Siphonogorgia koellikeri, but show certain

peculiarities that seem to make it necessary to establish a distinct variety.

The general build is of a much more massive type than that of S. koellikeri, recalling

rather that of S. robusta by its thick furrowed stem and short thick branches. One

very young specimen, however, has a more slender form.

Further, the polyps project more conspicuously than in S. koellikeri. In many cases

they are completely retracted, but, where visible, they present by their creamy whiteness

a strong contrast to the crimson-red of stem and branches. Careful examination failed

to bring out any distinctive difference between the arrangement of the anthocodial

spicules here and in 8. koellikeri. In both cases rather small white spindles are arranged

in a series of eight “points,” each formed of a varying number (4-6 is common) of

converging pairs. There is the usual band of horizontal spindles below these points,

and the whole is retractile into the distinet verruca formed by the red spicules of the

coenenchyma.

The likeness of S. koellikeri in the spicule-arrangement of the anthocodial point is one

of the chief reasons for regarding these specimens as a variety of that species rather —

than as a distinct species.

The spicules of the coenenchyma are long, red, warty spindles, visible at once to the

naked eye. The following measurements were taken of length and breadth in mil-

limetres :-—2°26 x ‘26, 2°12°3, 1°7x°2, ‘93°18, ‘62-07. They are markedly longer

and more slender in proportion than those of S. koellikeri, and show a further difference

in the more scattered arrangement, simpler form, and comparatively small size of the

warts. As to colour, it may be well to note that, while in S. koellikeri proper the

spicules are of strong orange or even yellow shade, those of the 7wgosa variety are

vermilion with an occasional crimson tinge.

In the variety rugosa the spicules occur much more sparsely, and run more irregularly

over the surface of the stem and branches than in S. koellikeri itself. Frequently they

fall into groups of three or four together, which may show a sort of “ cross-hatched ”

arrangement.

Localities. Providence, 50 fms.; Amirante, 22-85 fms.

S. koellikeri recorded from Amboina; deep water off Galle.

THOMSON AND MACKINNON—STOLONIFERA, ETO. 193

60. Siphonogorgia flavocapitata (Harrison). (Plate 9. figs. 10 & 12.)

See Harrison: Journ. Linn. Soe. (Zool.) xxx. 1908, p. 187.

Two specimens which agree closely with this species as described by Miss Harrison.

We have been able to compare it with one of her preparations,

Localities. Providence, 50 fms.; Amirante, 39 fms.

Previously recorded from Admiralty Islands.

61. Stphonogorgia robusta, sp. un. (Plate 11. fig. 2; Plate 14, fig. 3.)

Five intact specimens, from 4-8 cm. in height. There is also a fragment of stem,

including the basal portion, and three branched pieces from higher up.

The basal attachment is narrow, flattened, and slightly encrusting. From it arises

the erect firm stalk, without branches for the first 3-4 em. of its height. It is deeply

furrowed and has a very coarse, rough texture. The branches arise from all sides without

definite arrangement. They are markedly thick in proportion to their length (diameter,

4-5 mm. at junction with stem), and taper scarcely at all. This tends to give the colony

a characteristically heavy, thick-set appearance.

The polyps occur on the stem, upwards from the point at which the first branch

comes off, and on the branches, where they form a spiral. The spiral is closer in its

windings towards the end of the branch, where it finally terminates in a group of 3-4.

The verruce are more strongly developed on their outer edge, so that they form a

series of ‘“ graptolite”’-like projections along the branch. The polyps are, in many

cases, wholly retracted into these.

The arrangement of the spicules in the polyp-crown is very characteristic. There

are eight points, formed in each case of a pair of long, thorny spindles ; these are bent

outwards at the base, somewhat after the manner of a hockey-club. The straight

tapering “ handles ” of each pair lie closely apposed, while the space between their blunt,

diverging, curved ends may contain one or two small straight spindles. Similar small

spindles are inserted in parallel groups of 2-3 between each pair of ‘ hockey-clubs” and

its neighbours. The tentacles are further heavily armoured with a double row of small

yellow spicules “en chevron.” Below the “points” is a ring of horizontally arranged

spindles about six rows deep, and over the base of this project the ends of the spicules

that form the verruca into which the polyp is retractile.

One is struck at once by the large size of the polyp-spicules; their heavy build and

close setting give the polyp-head a massive appearance that is very characteristic.

(1) The spicules of the ceenenchyma are massive crimson spindles densely covered with

rather large tuberculate warts. The larger spindles are 2°21 -42, 156-28, 1:19

187 mm. in length and breadth, while the smaller ones are ‘74-068, °714.<°059 mm.

(2) The “hockey-club” spicules of the anthocodial points are ‘85 x +136, -74 x

119 mm. Like the other spicules, they are covered with tuberculate warts; these

are most closely set over the blunt “club” end; towards the “handle” they become

sparser and of much simpler form, finally giving place to short spines which are directed

towards the tip of the “handle.” The colour is crimson, fading into yellow near the

‘handle ” end.

194. PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

(3) The small yellow spicules of the tentacles are short, thick spindles and club-like

forms with a few spines, from ‘17 X03 to about °25 ‘07 mm,

Localities. Providence, 50 and 75 fms.; Amirante, 39 fms.

62. Siphonogorgia harrison, sp.n. (Plate 14, fig. 1.)

A broken stem with several branches, about 9 em. high, with a maximum diameter

of 5 mm. 4

The branches are arranged without definite order and terminate bluntly.

The stem itself is perfectly cylindrical and relatively smooth ; the branches, on the |

other hand, tend to be compressed and rather deeply furrowed. Near the base of a

branch, seven canals can be clearly distinguished in cross-section, four somewhat larger

than the others. In the stem the lumina of the canals are encroached on by the

numerous spicules, which form the bulk of the stem. There is a central canal with

small, relatively inconspicuous canals round about it. The strong development of the

spicules gives the whole stem a very compact, resistant character.

The twigs, branches, and upper portion of the stem all bear the polyps, which are

retractile into distinct, spirally arranged verrucee. These are from 2-3 mm. apart along

the branches, but are clustered in groups of 5-6 at the tips, giving these a swollen

appearance.

The anthocodize show the usual eight “ points,” rising from a horizontal zone of six

rows of spicules. Each point consists here of 3-4 convergent pairs of small orange-

yellow spindles (42°05 mm.).

All the other spicules of the colony are long, pale yellow-brown spindles with

prominent slightly tuberculate warts.

Over the surface of the stem these spicules are arranged transversely and longi-

tudinally in an irregular feltwork, but on the branches they are strictly longitudinal.

The dimensions of the larger spindles are, in millimetres, 1°53 x °28, 144 X°25,

1:05 X18, and of the smaller, less warty spindles, ‘85 x1, ‘64x ‘06, ‘51° x 02.

Locality. Providence, 50 fms.

Genus STEREACANTHIA.

63. Stereacanthia indica, Thomson and Henderson.

For description see :—

Thomson and Henderson: Alcyonarians collected by the ‘ Investigator ’ in the Indian Ocean, part i.

(1906) pp. 13-15, pl. 5. fig. 2, pl. 9. fig. 19.

Several small specimens, some of which are evidently young, seem to be referable to

this species.

Localities. Salomon, 6U-120 fms.; Providence, 78-50 fms.; Amirante, 20-44 fms.,

35 fms.

Previously recorded from the Andamans, 270-45 fms.

THOMSON AND MACKINNON—STOLONIFERA, ETC. 195

64. Stereacanthia armata, Thomson and Simpson.

For description see :—

Thomson and Simpson: Alcyonarians of the Indian Ocean, part ii. (1909) p. 141.

While referring a small specimen and some fragments of a Stereacanthia to the

species S. armata, we think it well to mention that in this case the colour is a deep

stone-grey instead of light brown, as in the type-species. Furthermore, the spicules are

considerably larger, many of them being from 4—5 mm. long, and the “ Stiitzbiindel ”

arrangement is more pronounced.

Locality. Salomon, 60-120 fms.

Previously recorded from the Andamans.

65. Stereacanthia elongata, sp.n. (Plate 13. fig. 5; Plate 14. fig. 9.)

Several small and puzzling specimens, the largest barely 2 cm. in height, seem to be

referable to the genus Stereacanthia, Thomson and Henderson. They differ from the

species described hitherto in the structure of the anthocodia and the length of the

polyp-stalk.

The polyp and its stalk have together a length of 3-3-5 mm. The slender stalk

passes gradually into the club-shaped polyp-head, with which it generally makes an

obtuse angle. The polyp-armature consists, typically, of eight “points,” each formed

of 4-6 close-set pairs of very steeply-converging spindles; the spicules of a pair may

be closely apposed through the greater part of their length. The spaces between the

x points ” are filled with smaller spindles. In the smaller polyps there is more irregu-

larity in the number and arrangement of the spicules, but nowhere is there any hint of

a horizontal band below the “ points.’ In the tentacles there is a double row of very

small spindles ‘en chevron.”

The polyp-spicules pass over below into the polyp-stalk, where they keep a general

longitudinal direction. They tend to be much more strongly developed on the dorsal

side of the stalk, so as to form a ridge, almost amounting in certain cases to a

“Stitzbiindel” (1:24 -085, 1:19 x 104, 1:02 x -085 mm.).

The spicules of the cortex are smaller, but of the same general type, 7. e. curved and

straight spindles with numerous high projecting warts often minutely tuberculate.

The following measurements were taken of length and breadth in millimetres :—

‘68 X 062, -459 x 051, -289 x ‘084.

The colour of the colony is yellowish-brown.

It must be admitted that this specimen is a very difficult one to place. In its spicules

it agrees with other species referred to the genus Stereacanthia, but the armature of the

anthocodia has no transverse ring below the points. The state of the canal-walls could

not be made out from the fragments. There is some resemblance in the spicules

between our specimen and Kiikenthal’s Hunephthya spiculosa (Japanische Alcyonaceen,

Abh. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. 1. Klasse, Suppl. Bd. i. Abt. 1906, p. 67), but the latter is

admittedly a very aberrant species of the genus, and should perhaps be referred to

Stereacanthia.

Locality. Providence, 70 fms.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 26

196 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Genus CACTOGORGIA.

66. Cactogorgia lampas, sp.u. (Plate 11. fig. 6; Plate 13. fig. 16.)

A representative of the interesting genus Cactogorgia, Simpson. It cannot be included ~

in any of the three species already described.

The total height of the specimen is 45 em. It is incomplete, but what there is of it

suggests a branched torch-holder. A slender stalk-portion—8 mm. in width—tises to a

height of 2°5 em., when it bends at right angles to its former direction, gives off one

short branch, then makes another right-angled bend upwards, and terminates in a club-

shaped, polyp-bearing portion, with a breadth of 85 mm. The single branch runs

parallel to this, and also bears a cluster of polyps on its swollen tip.

The whole colony is very rigid and densely spiculose. About 9-10 canals are to be

seen on a cross section of the stem, their walls full of spicules. The surface of the stem

is rough; in its upper portion it bears deep, longitudinal wrinkles, and the superficial

spicules have an approximately longitudinal arrangement. Lower down they occur more

irregularly. The spicules of the stem are stout spindles covered with prominent tuber-

culate warts, and often forked at the ends; some are quite extensively branched. Their

dimensions, in millimetres are: 2°38 x ‘306, 1°95 x 272, 1°53 x °25, ‘901x119.

All the polyps, except one, are retracted into the verruce, which cover the club-

shaped terminations of the stem and branch. These verruce are directed upwards

towards the tip, and are about 2mm. in height by 2 mm. across. The longitudinal —

spicules forming the verruce project slightly in eight rather indefinite points round the

margin.

The polyp-head is large—2°5 x2 mm.—and is armoured with a “ crown and points.”

Each of the eight “points” is formed of about three converging pairs of spindles. In

the angle between two adjacent points lies a single spicule, and below the points there

are six rows of horizontal spindles. These polyp-spicules are colourless, straight or

curved spindles, with smaller, simpler warts than have those of the ceenenchyma. Their

dimensions are :—1°105 x ‘085, ‘867 x ‘102, °69 x °059 mm.

The long tentacles have a single row of long, slender pinnules on each side, and —

bear small, cream-coloured, scale-like spicules (*153 x-051, 127 x-059, -17 x:053 mm.)

arranged transversely along the middle line.

The colour of the specimen is yellow-brown, with cream-coloured polyps.

Locality. Seychelles, 37 fms.

Family Briareide.

Genus SOLENOCAULON.

G7. Solenocaulon tortuosum, Gray.

The collection includes two pieces of colonies referable to this well-known and

variable species.

Localities. Amirante, 36 fms.; Seychelles, 44 fms.

THOMSON AND MACKINNON—STOLONIFERA, ETC. 197

Family Sclerogorgiide.

Genus SUBEROGORGIA.

68. Suberogorgia verriculata (Esper).

For description see :—

Thomson and Henderson: Ceylon Pearl Oyster Report, No. xx. 1905, pp. 287-289.

This well-known species is represented by a complete colony (21°519 cm., with a

stalk-diameter near the base of 7 mm.), and a large number of incomplete pieces, all

branching in one plane, and anastomosing freely. To one of them a small pearl-oyster

is attached. The colour is a drab-brown.

Localities. Amirante, 12-39 fms.; Cargados Carajos, 25 fms.

Previously recorded from N.W. coast of Australia, Japan, deep water off Galle

(Ceylon).

Genus KEROEIDES.

69. Keroéides koreni, Wright and Studer. (Plate 10. figs. 1 & 2.)

For description see :—

Wright and Studer: ‘Challenger’ Reports, xxxi. (1889) p. 169, pl. 40. fig. 3.

Thomson and Henderson: Aleyonarians collected by the ‘ Investigator’ in the Indian Ocean, part i.

(1906) p. 22, pl. 1. figs. 6 & 7.

A ‘number of branching fragments, and one very fine specimen which is nearly

complete.

The complete colony has a height of 9°5 cm. with a maximum width across the

branched portion of about 13 cm. The stem (5 mm. in diameter) gives off three

branches from close to its slightly encrusting base: the bulk of the colony is composed

of the further ramifications of the stem itself and of two of these main branches.

Branching is approximately in one plane: the branches come off at about right angles,

and then either curve upwards or are slightly pendulous. There is no anastomosis.

The branches have in most cases a diameter of 2-3 mm. The polyps occur all over the

colony, but are confined to two sides of a branch: in the smaller branches the polyps

of one row alternate with those of the other. The verruce project to a height of

1-15 mm.; many of the polyps are not retracted.

The surface of the colony has a characteristic wax-like appearance, especially when

dry: the limits between the broad flattened spicules of the “‘ pavement” covering look

like a network of shallow grooves in the wax.

The colour is a beautiful coral-red, the tentacles of the polyps snow-white.

Localities. Salomon, 60-120 fms. ; Salomon, 75 fms.

Previously recorded from off Japan, 345 fms.; Funafuti (Ailes), 40-90 fms. ;

Andamans, 270-45 fms.

26*

198 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION f

Family Melitodide.

Genus MELITODES.

70. Melitodes levis, Wright and Studer. (Plate 10. figs. 5 & 10.)

For description see :—

Wright and Studer: ‘Challenger’ Reports, xxxi. (1889) p. 179, pl. 40. fig. 8.

A well-branched, freely anastomosing specimen, 10°5 cm. high by 5 cm. broad, cor-

responding on the whole to the diagnosis of Melitodes levis. It differs from the type-

specimen, however, in the following points:—(1) the colour is a deep salmon-pink,

tending to brown in places, instead of being grey; (2) the spicules are rather simpler

and less thorny than those figured by Wright and Studer; and (3) there occur among

the spicules numerous spindles with but fwo whorls of warts, which are not mentioned

in the ‘ Challenger’ description.

Locality. Providence, 50 and 60 fms.

Previously recorded from Amboina, 15-25 fms.

71. Melitodes variabilis, Hickson. (Plate 18, fig. 13.)

For description see :—

Hickson: Alcyonaria of the Maldives, part iii. vol. 11. (1903) p. 809, fig. 11.

Specimens in this collection show the delicate form, the branching in all planes,

with frequent anastomosis, and the very variable colour described as characteristic of

Melitodes variabilis.

The majority of our specimens are sulphur-yellow with sealing-wax red nodes; a few

are creamy white with red nodes, and others are salmon-pink with red nodes. The red

colour of the nodes is often carried up for a short way on to the internodes in a series of

fine specks and dots.

Locality. Providence, 50 fms.

Previously recorded from the Maldives (shallow water), Gulf of Martaban, Andamans.

72. Melitodes flabellum, sp. un, (Plate 10. figs. 6 & 7; Plate 13. fig. 8.)

We are obliged to create a new species to include a small brown Melitodid that does

not correspond exactly with any hitherto described form.

‘he available material consists of one piece from the anastomosing network of

the upper part of a colony (3°5 cm. high by 5 cm. broad), and a number of smaller

fragments.

The colony has the appearance of a network with oblong meshes, owing to strongly

developed anastomosis, and the fact that the branching occurs in one plane only. A

number of slender branches (1°6-2 mm. in diameter) run upwards more or less parallel

to one another, and then branch dichotomously; the two forks diverge slightly, but

continue to keep a roughly parallel course, and, in their turn, divide to form a

THOMSON AND MACKINNON—STOLONIFERA, ETC. 199

dichotomy. Smaller branches may arise singly, especially from the internodes; they

tend to come off at a considerable angle from the parent branch, and it is to them that

the anastomosis with neighbouring branches is mainly due.

The surface of the branches has a glistening, highly “arenaceous”’ appearance.

The polyps occur mainly on one face, and over nodes and internodes alike. They

project in very distinct verrucze, which show no definite arrangement.

The polyp-opening is marked by eight lobes of varying distinctness: within these the

folded tentacles may be seen; they are of a greyish tint, and are supported by several

spicules placed longitudinally. Stripped of the thin brown ccenenchyma, the axis shows

relatively long calcareous internodes (5-10 mm.), longitudinally grooved and of a deep

eream-colour; the horny internodes are short and scarcely swollen (2X1 mm.); their

colour is yeliowish-brown.

The spicules of the ccenenchyma are mostly spindles and clubs, pale brown

and yellowish. The spindles are straight or slightly bent (17Xx-034, :263x-051,

181-042 mm.), with simple, not very numerous warts, which may be arranged so as

to point towards the ends of the spindle. The clubs (-187 x ‘051, ‘204. ‘042 mm.) have

projecting warts, which may be either abruptly truncated or slightly toothed. There

are also small double clubs and irregular compact forms (051-034, ‘058 x-025,

034. ‘I7 mm.).

Locality. Providence, 6 fms.

Genus WRIGHTELLA.

Note on the Genus.

The series of Melitodes-like genera to which Gray’s Wrightella belongs presents

many difficulties, especially because of the great variability of some of the species, as

- Prof. Hickson has so well shown in the case of Welitodes variabilis, Hickson.

If we retain Wrightella as a distinct genus, nearly related to Welitodes, it must be

- more sharply defined. Towards this end we would point out that Wrightella is

characterised by distinctive spicules—short clubs with very broad flanges. The heads

of these clubs form a compact pavement in the ccenenchyma, producing an almost roe-

like appearance, as in species of Bebryce. This is so characteristic that it is easy to

distinguish with the lens between a Wrightelia and a Melitodes, which is the more

useful since the convergence between these is extraordinarily close, as may be inferred

from our figures of Wrightella coccinea and Melitodes coccinea (Plate 18. figs. 4 & 7).

That these two forms, which seem identical to the unaided eye, are really quite different

will be admitted, we think, when our figures of the two sets of spicules are compared.

Another point is that in spite of many trials of many specimens of Wrightella we

have not been able to find any longitudinal canal in the axis, though there is often a

hint of a softer core.

ids

200 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

73. Wrightella coccinea, Gray. (Plate 10. figs. 3, 4, 8,9; Plate 13. fig. 7.)

For description see :—

Gray : Catalogue of Lithophytes in British Museum, 1870, p. 32.

Ridley : Zoological Collections from West Indian Ocean, H.M.S. ‘ Alert,’ 1884, p. 581.

Numerous specimens resemble Wrightella coccinea in all respects except that the

colour is a beautiful lemon-yellow. Although this colour-difference is probably of little

importance, it may be useful to record it, since coccinea by itself suggests bright red.

That the red colour of Wrightella coccinea is valueless as a species-distinction, is further

borne out by the occurrence, in this collection, of several well-branched specimens (the

largest 6°5 cm. high), which are undoubtedly to be referred to W. coccinea, but are

characterised by their bright orange colour. Other specimens are typically red.

The occurrence of numerous specimens enables us to say that no importance can be

attached to the general aspect of the colony as regards branching, for some spread out

laxly in approximately one plane, while others are bushy.

Localities. Farquhar Atoll; Praslin, Seychelles.

Previously recorded from Seychelles, 4-12 fms., Ceram.

Note on Wrightella variabilis, Thomson & Henderson, and WMelitodes

variabilis, Hickson. (Plate 13, figs. 13, 14.)

Professor Hickson called our attention to the resemblance between these two forms,

and was good enough to send us specimens of his species. The case seems to us quite

parallel to that of Wrightella coccinea, Gray, and Melitodes coccinea, Esper; there is

close superficial resemblance, but the spicules are very different. In corroboration of

Wrightella variabilis we submit a figure contrasting its spicules with those of Melitodes

variabilis. Cf. also Plate 18. figs. 4 & 7.

Genus PARISIS.

74. Parisis fruticosa, Verrill.

For description see :—

Wright and Studer: ‘Challenger’ Reports, xxxi. (1889) p. 182, pl. 41. fig. 4.

Ridley: Contributions to Knowledge of Aleyonaria, Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist. 5th series, ix.

1882, p. 131, fig. 1.

Thomson and Henderson: Alcyonarians collected by the ‘ Investigator’ in the Indian Ocean, part i.

(1906) p. 28, pl. 4. figs. 4, 5, 8, 9.

Several small specimens are referable to this species. The dimensions of the two

largest are 11X7 cm. and 10X95 cm. The verruce are prominent, lateral, and

alternate. Over the surface of the ccenenchyma the knobs of the spicules form a

close, pavement-like covering such as would be formed by rounded sand-grains closely

apposed. Unlike many specimens of Parisis, these are quite clean, without any

encrusting Palythoids.

The surface of the specimens referred by Thomson and Henderson to Parisis indica,

THOMSON AND MACKINNON—SYTOLONIFERA, ETC. 201

sp. n., was almost covered with Palythoids, which, as was stated, rather obscured the

real appearance of the colonies. Although these specimens differed in some respects

from the description of P. fruticosa given by Wright and Studer, an acquaintance with

_ a larger number of specimens, and especially with those in this collection, leads us to

merge P. indica in P. fruticosa.

Locality. Providence, 60 fms.

Previously recorded from Sulu Sea; Andamans, 270-45 fms.; Mauritius, 80 fms.

Family Telestida.

Genus TELESTO.

75. Telesto rubra, Hickson.

For description see :—

Hickson, 8. J.: Aleyonaria of the Maldives, part i. (in Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and

Laccadive Archipelagoes, vol. ii. pt. i.) 1903, pp. 480-481, pl. 26. figs. 1-6.

Thomson and Henderson: Alcyonarians collected by the ‘Investigator’ in the Indian Ocean, part 1.

(1906) p. 85.

There are severai small branching pieces and one almost complete colony, which is

much overgrown by an encrusting sponge. The height of this specimen is 7 cm. It

gives off five pendulous “branches,” two of which are nearly 6 em. in length. The

polyps are arranged on the four sides of the branches, from which they project toa

height of 2-2°5 mm.

Locality. Cargados Carajos, 28 fms., 30 fms.

Previously recorded from the Maldives and Trincomalee.

Family Pennatulide.

Genus PENNATULA.

76. Pennatula sp. (Plate 9. figs. 9 & 11.)

Two small but complete colonies, 5°5 cm. and 3:5 cm. in height respectively. The

larger specimen has fifteen pairs of pinnules, the other has about six pairs. The

greatest number of autozooids borne on a pinnule is three. We were unable to see any

siphonozoids.

The fully developed autozooids are from 2-4 mm. in length. The colour of the stem

is a bright orange-red, fading into white on the lower parts; the polyps are lemon-

yellow. In some features, e. g. of the spiculation of the autozooids, these specimens

bear a strong resemblance to Pennatula pendula, Thomson and Henderson, of which

they may be young forms.

Locality. Seychelles, 37 fms.

Pennatula pendula was found at the Andamans.

2 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

i=)

Family Helioporide.

77. Heliopora cerulea, Blainville.

This well-known “blue coral” is represented in the collection by a dry specimen.

Locality. Salomon.

Previously recorded from Singapore to Torres Strait.

ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE ALCYONARIANS IN THIS

COLLECTION.

(1) The most remarkable case is that of Plumarella delicatissima, a variety of which

was collected at Providence, 125 fms., while the type-species was obtained by the

‘Challenger’ at Port Grappler, off the West Coast of Patagonia, 140 fms. This is a

striking case, all the more since P. delicatissima is a very distinct species, standing

somewhat apart from the numerous other members of the genus. It is true that the

form from Providence does not quite correspond with the description given by Wright

and Studer, and by Versluys, so that we have made a new variety of it. But it is so

near the type that Versluys thought it should be kept in the species P. delicatissima.

(2) It is interesting to find that Acanthogorgia truncata, Studer, previously recorded

from the Bay of Biscay, was collected at Salomon. It is inadvisable, however, to base

conclusions on the species of Acanthogorgia, whose boundaries are not satisfactorily

defined.

(3) If our conclusion be correct that Bebryce philippi, Studer, and B. studeri, White-

legge, should be included in B. mollis, Philippi, we have a good illustration of wide

distribution—Mediterranean, Andamans, Providence, Amirante, Funafuti, and Arafura %

Sea. In any case we have no doubt that B. mollis is widely represented in the Indian

Ocean.

(4) Curious, but not satisfactory (because of the vague diagnosis given by Pourtalés),

is the case of what we have called Acis solitaria, Pourtalés. The form that Pourtalés

described all too briefly was from the Gulf Stream, 200 fms.; our specimen is from

Salomon, 60-120 fms.

(5) An interesting case is that of Scirpearia flagellum, Johnson, now recorded from

Salomon, previously from near the Azores and Madeira.

The range of the “ blue coral,” Heliopora cerulea, is extended to Salomon.

THOMSON AND MACKINNON—STOLONIFERA, ETC. 208

Of more importance than these curiosities and isolated cases is the general fact that

the islands around which Mr. Gardiner collected have an Aleyonarian fauna that has

much in common with that of East African, Asiatic, and Australasian coasts. Let us

give a few details :—

(I.) Seventeen species have been previously recorded from East African coasts, chiefly

from Zanzibar.

(IJ.) Eighteen species, chiefly Alcyoniids and Nephthyids, have been previously

recorded from the Red Sea.

(III.) Fifty-eight species have been previously recorded from the Asiatic coasts,

including Ceylon, Andamans, and Japan.

(IV.) Thirty-four species have been previously recorded from Australasian coasts.

(V.) Seventeen species have been previously recorded from the same general localities,

e.g. Maldives, Laccadives, &e.

A glance at the detailed lists will show that a few species occur in all these

areas (1.-V.), that a few occur in all but one, that many are common to III. and IV.

I. PREVIOUSLY RECORDED FROM AFRICAN COASstTs.

Tubipora purpurea, Pallas .

Sympodium ceruleum, Ehrenberg

Anthelia glauca, Lamarck .

s longissima (May) .

» flava (May)

Xenia umbellata, Savigny

Cespitularia teniata (May)

3 cerulea (May) .

Alcyonium fulvum (Forskal)

BS spherophorum (Ehrenberg)

Lobophytum crassum, Marenzeller

Sarcophytum ehrenbergi, Marenzeller

Sclerophytum querciforme, Pratt .

Lithophytum flabellum (Q. & G.).

x brassicum (May) .

Capnella fungiformis, Kiikenthal .

Dendronephthya umbellulifera, Kikenthal .

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII.

Zanzibar; now from Salomon, Egmont; also II.

and III.

Tambatu ; Zanzibar; now from Coetivy and Egmont.

Zanzibar ; now from Salomon, Egmont, and Coetivy.

Tumbatu; Kokotoni; now from Salomon,

Zanzibar; now from Cargados Carajos, Egmont,

and Salomon.

Zanzibar ; Mozambique; now from Egmont, Diego

Garcia, Salomon, Coin, Peros.

Mozambique; now from Cargados Carajos.

Zanzibar (Kokotoni) ; now from Cargados Carajos.

Tumbatu ; now from Coetivy ; also II.

Madagascar ; now from Praslin Reef; also II.

Zanzibar ; now from Praslin Reef; also II., V.

Zanzibar; now from Diego Garcia; also II., III.,

Ive; Vie

Zanzibar; now from Cargados Carajos and Diego

Garcia; also II., III., V.

Zanzibar ; now from Salomon and Egmont; also lV.

Zanzibar ; now from Coetivy, Amirante ; also II.

Zanzibar, Dar es Salaam ; now from Coetivy.

Zanzibar ; now from Seychelles, Amirante ; also III.

204. PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

II. PREVIOUSLY RECORDED FROM THE RED SEA.

Euplevaura antipathes (Klunzinger) .

Juncella gemmacea (Valenciennes)

Verrucella feauosa, Klunzinger

Tubipora purpurea, Pallas

Sympodium caruleum, Ehrenberg

Anthelia glauca, Lamarck

Alcyonium fulvum (Forskal)

os spherophorum (Ehrenberg)

Lobophytum pauciflorum (Ehrenberg)

Sarcophytum ehrenbergi, Marenzeller .

Sclerophytum gardineri, Pratt .

* densum (Whitelegge) .

3 querciforme, Pratt . .

Lithophytum brassicum (May) .«

Nephthya chabrolii, Audouin

5 striata, Kiikenthal . . .

5 columnaris, Studer ;

Dendronephthya hemprichi, Klunzinger .

Siphonogorgia mirabilis, Klunzinger .

Now from Seychelles; also LV.

Now from Amirante; also III. and IV.

Now from Mauritius; also III.

Now from Egmont, Salomon; also I.

Now from Coetivy and Egmont; also I.

Now from Salomon, Egmont, Coetivy; also I.

Now from Coetivy; also I.

Now from Praslin Reef; also I.

Now from Egmont Reef, Wight Bank, Chagos;

also I1I., IV., V.

Now from Diego Garcia; also I., III., IV., V.

Now from 8. de Malha, Praslin Reef, Amirante, —

Seychelles ; also V. |

Now from Praslin Reef; also III., IV., V.

Now from Cargados Carajos, Diego Garcia; also —

1G HUE We

Now from Coetivy, Amirante; also I.

Now from Salomon and Egmont; also III., IV.

Now from 8S. de Malha.

Now from Egmont ; also IV.

Now from Amirante; also IV.

Now from Providence; also III., V.

III. PrEvrousLy RECORDED FROM Astatric Coasts.

Chrysogorgia orientalis, Versluys .

Stachyodes allmani, Wright and Studer

sy parva, Versluys

Acanthogorgia aspera, Pourtales

A inermis, Hedlund

muricata, Verrill

Bebryce mollis, Philippi .

Echinogorgia pseudosasappo, Kdlliker

Acamptogorgia spinosa, Hiles

ceylonensis, Thomson & Henderson.

Indian Ocean ; Ceram Sea; Timor Sea; now from

Saya de Malha.

Indian Ocean ; now from Saya de Malha; also IV.

Ceram Sea; Banda Sea; now from Saya de Malha.

Indian Ocean; Amoy; now from Saya de Maiha, |

Seychelles, Providence ; also from Havana, Azores. —

But the species of this genus require revision.

Trincomalee, Ceylon; now from Providence.

Hong Kong; now from Amirante.

Trincomalee, Ceylon, as var. indica, Thomson and —

Henderson; now from Amirante, Providence, —

Cargados Carajos; also recorded from Funafuti,

Barbadoes, Azores.

Andamans; now from Providence and Amirante;

also [V. and from Mediterranean.

Ceylon; “East Indian Seas”; now from Amirante, —

Saya de Malha; also IV.

Ceylon ; now from Mauritius ; also IV.

THOMSON AND MACKINNON—

Acamptogorgia ceylonensis (Thomson and Hen-

derson).

ns gracilis, Thomson .

33 tenuis, Thomson and Simpson.

Acis indica, Thomson and Henderson

,», ceylonensis, Thomson and Henderson

», spinosa, Thomson and Henderson .

,, alba, Thomson and Henderson.

Muricella complanata, Wright and Studer .

5, rubra, Thomson .

Plexauroides prelonga (itvidley )

Elasmogorgia jiliformis, Wright and ante

Euplexaura jflecuosa, nom. n. (= Plexaura

antipathes, Linné, var. flecuosa, Thonison and

Henderson).

Juncellu gemmacea (Valenciennes)

Verrucella flexuosa, Klunzinger ae

Secirpearella aurantiaca, Thomson and Senden son.

Gorgonella orientalis, Wright and Studer

Tubipora purpurea, Pallas

Cespitularia mollis, Brundin

Alcyonium (Erythropodium) indicum (Thomson

and Henderson).

Lobophytum pauciflorum (Ehrenberg)

Sarcophytum plicatum, Schenk

ms oligotrema, Pratt . .. .

Sy reichenbachi, Schenk

a ehrenbergi, Marenzeller

A durum, Pratt

i densum (Whitelegse)

s querciforme, Pratt

Nephthya chabrolii, Audouin .

55 cupressiformis, Kiikenthal

oh columnaris, Studer .

os lobulifera (Holm)

os grisea, Kiikenthal .

STOLONIFERA, ETC. 205

Ceylon ; now from Providence, Salomon.

Ceylon ; now from Providence.

Andamans ; now from Providence.

Ceylon; now from Salomon.

Ceylon; now from Providence.

Andamans; now from Salomon.

Ceylon ; now from Providence.

Japan; Ceylon; now from Amirante, Seychelles.

Ceylon; Andamans; now from Providence.

Ceylon; now from Saya de Malha; also IV.

Ganjam Coast; now from Amirante; also IV.

Ceylon; now from Seychelles.

Burmah, Singapore, Ceylon;

also II. and IV.

Ceylon;

now from Amirante ;

now from Mauritius ; also IT.

Ceylon; now from Amirante, Salomon, Cargados

Carajos, Providence.

Off Japan; now from Cargados Carajos.

“ Hast Indies ”

I. and II.

Korean Straits ;

; now from Egmont, Salomon ; also

now from Praslin Reef, Cargados

Carajos, Coetivy.

Ceylon; now from Seychelles.

Andamans; Moluccas; now from Egmont Reef,

Wight Bank, Chagos; also II., IV., V.

Malay Archipelago, Ternate; Amboina, Celebes,

Ceylon; now from Salomon; also IV.

Ceylon; now from Salomon.

Malay Archipelago, Ternate ; Amboina; now from

Egmont Reef.

Ceylon ;

Vis; Vi.

now from 8. de Malha; also V.

Ceylon ; China Seas; now from Praslin Reef; also

TUES ELVis aves

Ceylon; now from-Cargados Carajos and Diego

Garcia; also I., II., V.

Ceylon; Java, Celebes, Ternate, China Seas ;

from Salomon and Egmont ; also II. and IV.

Palau Island; now from Seychelles.

Celebes; now from Egmont; also II.

Ceylon ;

Egmont.

now from Diego Garcia; also L., I1.,

Ceylon ;

now

Hong Kong; Korean Straits ; now from

Ternate; now from Egmont ; also IV.

Zhe

206 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Nephthya amentacea, Studer .

Dendronephthya suensoni (Holm)

japonica, Kiikenthal

gigantea (Verrill)

6 multispinosa, Henderson .

35 umbellulifera, Kiikenthal .

Siphonogorgia variabilis (Hickson)

= mirabilis, Klunzinger

BS pendula, Studer

Stereacanthia indica, Thomson and Henderson

armaia, Thomson and Simpson.

Solenocaulon tortwosum, Gray .

Suberogorgia verriculata (Esper) .

Kervéides koreni, Wright and Studer . .

Melitodes variabilis, Hickson .

Parisis fruticosa

Heliopora cerulea .

Sulu Islands ; now from Cargados Carajos, Saya de

Malha. 4

S.W. Japan and Hirudo Straits; now from Provi- —

dence and Amirante.

Japan ; now from Providence.

Japan, Hirudo Straits ; Hongkong; now from

Amirante.

Andamans; now from Amirante.

Ceylon; China Sea; now from Seychelles, Ami- 1

rante ; also I.

Ceylon; Bay of Bengal; now from Providence, —

Amirante, Salomon, Seychelles ; also V.

Ternate ; now from Providence ; also IT., V.

Ternate and Japan ; now as new var. ramosa from —

Providence, and as var. ¢ernatana, Kiikeuthal,

from Salomon ; also IV.

Andamans ; now from Salomon, Providence.

Andamans ; now from Salomon.

Ceylon ; now from Seychelles, Amirante ; also IV.

and V.

Ceylon ; Japan; now from Amirante and Cargados

Carajos ; also IV.

Japan ; Andamans ; now from Salomon ; also IV.

Gulf of Martaban; Andamans; now from Providence;

also V.

Andamans; Sulu Sea;

also V.

Singapore, &c.; now from Salomon ; also IV.

now from Providence ;

IV. PREVIOUSLY RECORDED FROM AUSTRALASIAN COASTS.

Caligorgia pennacea, Versluys .

Stachyodes allmani, Wright and Studer

A clavata, Versluys

Acanthogorgia muricata, Verrill

Bebryce mollis, Philippi .

Echinogorgia pseudosasappo, Kolliker

Acamptogorgia spinosa, Hiles

Muricella purpurea, Whitelegge :

Llasmogoryia filiformis, Wright and Studer

Plexauroides prelonga (Ridley)

Kei Islands ; now from Saya de Malha.

Fiji Islands ; now from Saya de Malha ; also III.

Kei Islands ; now from Providence.

Funafuti; now from Amirante, Providence, Car-

gados Carajos; also III.; also from Barbadoes |

and Azores, but the species of this genus require —

revision.

Funafuti, Arafura Sea; now from Providence and —

Amirante ; also III. and from Mediterranean.

Torres Straits; now from Amirante, Saya de Malha;

also IIT.

Funafuti; now from Mauritius; also III.

Funafuti; now from Providence.

Arafura Sea, south of Papua; now from Amirante; —

also III.

Queensland ; Cape York; now from Saya de Malha;

also IIT.

THOMSON AND MACKINNON—STOLONIFERA, ETC. ; 207

Euplexaura antipathes (Klunzinger) ’.

Juncella gemmacea (Valenciennes)

Xenia umbellata, Savigny

- Lobophytum crassum, Marenzeller

5 paucijlorum, Ehrenberg .

Sarcophytum plicatum, Schenk

a latum, Dana :

A ehrenbergi, Marenzeller

Sclerophytum densum (Whitelegge)

Lithophytum jlabellum (Q. & G.) .

39 confertum, Kiikenthal

Nephthya chabrolii, Audouin

iss grisea, Kiikenthal

Dendronephthya hemprichi (Klunzinger)

3 divaricata (Gray)

x studeri (Ridley)

Ds, koellikeri, Kiikenthal

Siphonogorgia pendula, Studer .

A flavocapitata, Harrison

Solenocaulon tortuosum, Gray

Suberogorgia verriculata (Esper)

Keroéides koreni, Wright and Studer

Melitodes levis, Wright and Studer .

Wrightella coccinea, Gray

Heliopora caerulea, Blainville

Funafuti; now from Seychelles; also IT.

Australia; now from Amirante; also II. and III.

New Britain; now from Egmont, Diego Garcia,

Salomon, Peros.

Port Denison (Australia) ; Tonga; now from Praslin

Reef ; also I. and V.

New Zealand; New Britain; Funafuti; Tonga;

now from Egmont Reef, Wight Bank, Chagos ;

also Ul ele Vie

Funafuti; now from Salomon; also III.

Port Denison (Australia); Tonga; Viti; now from

Diego Garcia; also I., II., III., V.

Funafuti; British New Guinea; now from Praslin

Reef; also II., III., V.

New Ireland; now from Salomon and Egmont ;

also I.

Viti; now from Salomon.

New Guinea; Moluccas; Philippines; now from

Salomon and Egmont; also II. and III.

Tonga ; now from Egmont; also III.

Sandal Bay, Lifu; now from Amirante; also II.

New Guinea; now from Mauritius and Providence.

McClure Bay, New Guinea; Queensland ; now from

Magunda Reef; Pashitia Reef.

Palau Islands ; now from Amirante.

Amboina; now (as new var. ramosa) from Pro-

vidence ; and (as var. ¢ternatana, Kiikenthal) from

Salomon; also III.

Admiralty Islands, New Guinea; now from Pro-

vidence and Amirante.

N. and N.W. Australia; now from Seychelles,

Amirante ; also III. and Y.

N.W. Australia ; now from Amirante and Cargados

Carajos ; also LIT.

Funafuti ; now from Salomon; also III.

Amboina; now from Providence.

Ceram; now from Farquhar Atoll, Praslin Reef ;

also V.

Torres Strait; now from Salomon; also III.

V. PREVIOUSLY RECORDED FROM THE SAME GENERAL LOCALITIES.

Scirpearia furcata, Hickson .

Nicella dichotoma, Gray .

Xenia umbellata, Savigny

Lobophytum crassum, Marenzeller

Maldives ; now from Providence.

Mauritius ; now from Salomon.

Diego Garcia ; now from Salomon.

Réunion; Mauritius; now from Praslin Reef; also

1 Mo

208 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Lobophytum pauciflorum, Ehrenberg .

Surcophytum latum, Dana

a ehrenbergi, Marenzeller

Sclerophytum durum, Pratt .

gardineri

»”

Be densum, Whitelegge

5 querciforme, Pratt

Siphonogorgia variabilis (Hickson)

iss 4 macrospiculata (Thomson and

Henderson).

by mirabilis, Klunzinger .

Solenocaulon tortuosum, Gray

Melitodes variabilis, Hickson

Wrightella coccinea, Gray

Parisis fruticosa, Verrill

Maldives; now from Egmont, Wight Bank, Chagos ; 7

also If., II1., LV.

Maldives ; now from Salomon ; also IV.

Maldives ; now from Diego Garcia; also I., Il., —

MS LV.

Maldives ; now from S. de Malha; also III.

Maldives; now from §S. de Malha, Praslin Reef, —

Amirante, Seychelles; also IT.

Maldives ; now from Praslin Reef; also II., UL,

IV. 7

Maldives ; now from Cargados Carajos; Diego —

Garcia; also J., II., III.

Maldives ; now from Providence, Seychelles, Ami-—

rante, Salomon; also III. ; ’

‘Investigator’ Station 246 (11° 14! N., 74° 57! B.);

now from Salomon. ;

Maldives ; now from Providence ; also II. and III.

Maldives; now from Seychelles and Ainirante ; also

III. and IV. ~

Maldives; now from Providence; also III.

Seychelles; now from Farquhar Atoll, Praslin ©

Reef ; also IV.

Mauritius ; now from Providence; also III.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. oe i

Fig. 1. Muricella rubra, Thomson. # nat. size.

Fig. 2. Acis dejecta,sp.n. #? nat. size.

Fig. 2

Fig. 5. Piece of Muricella rubra, Thomson.

Vig. 6. Muricella purpurea, Whitelegge. # nat. size.

Fig. 7. Acis solitaria, Pourtales. } nat. size.

Vig. 8. Piece of Muricella complanata, Wright and Studer. x 74.

Wig. 9. Piece of Muricella purpurea, Whitelegge. x 6.

Vig. 10. Selerella pratti (Thomson and Henderson).

Wig. 11. Capnella fungiformis, Kiikenthal. Nat. size.

Fig. 12. Colour variety of Muricelia complanata, Wright and Studer. x 74.

PLATE 6.

a. Side view of Acis dejecta, sp.n. Much reduced.

Fig. 3. Muricella complanata, Wright and Studer.

Fig. 4a. Under surface of Acis dejecta, sp. n., showing the polyps. x 3%.

Fig. 46. Upper surface of Acis dejecta, sp. n., without polyps. x 33.

5 Ue

3 nat. size.

Nat. size.

THOMSON AND MACKINNON—STOLONIFERA, ETC. 209

PLATE 7.

1. Nicella dichotoma, Gray. xX }.

2. Acamptogorgia tenuis, Thomson and Simpson. x 3.

3. Bebryce acanthoides, sp.n. x }.

4. Acanthogorgia muricata, Verrill. x 3.

5. Piece of Nicella dichotoma, Gray, showing verrucze and corrugations. x 74.

6. Piece of Bebryce acanthoides, sp.n. x 6.

7. Three polyps of Acanthogorgia muricata, Verrill. x 74.

8. Calicogorgia robusta, sp.n. xX 3. ;

9. Piece of Calicogorgia robusta, sp.n. x 6.

Puate 8.

1. Plexaurvides prelonga (Ridley), var. cinerea, Ridley. x 74.

2. Scirpearia flagellum (Johnson). x 124.

3. Acis indica, Thomson and Henderson. x 74.

4. Young colony of Scirpearella aurantiaca, Thomson and Henderson. x 3.

5. Calicogorgia rigida, sp.n. x 33.

6. Young colony of Scirpearella aurantiaca, Thomson and Henderson. x 3.

7. Calicogorgia robusta, sp. n., var. rosea. x 4.

8. Calicogorgia robusta, sp. n., var. rosea. x 74.

9. Young colony of Scirpearella aurantiaca, Thomson and Henderson. Nat. size.

PLATE 9.

1, Acanthogorgia tenera, sp.nu. xX }.

2. Acanthogorgia tenera, sp.n. x 10.

3. Plumarella delicatissima, Wright and Studer, var. n. dentata. x #.

4. Acanthogorgia aspera, Pourtalés. x }.

5. Acanthogorgia aspera, Pourtalés. x 74}.

6. Stereonephthya kiikenthali, sp.n. x 4.

7. Base of Stachyodes allmani (Wright and Studer). Nat. size.

8. Stereonephthya macrospiculata, sp.n. x 14,

9. Pennatulasp. x 13.

10. Siphonogorgia flavocapitata, Harrison. x 1}.

. 11. Pennatula sp. x 74.

12. Stphonogorgia flavocupitata, Harrison. x 7.

Puate 10.

1. Keroéides koreni, Wright and Studer. x 3.

2. Keroéides koreni, Wright and Studer. x 5.

3, Colour variety of Wrightella coccinea, Gray. xX }.

4. Yellow variety of Wrightella coccinea, Gray. x }.

5. Melitodes levis, Wright and Studer. x 12.

6. Melitodes flabellum, sp.n. x 4.

7. Melitodes flabellum, sp.n. x 9.

8. Typical Wrightella coccinea, Gray. x }.

9. Wrightella coccinea, Gray. x 9. :

10. Melitodes levis, Wright and Studer. x }.

210 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Puate 11,

Fig. 1. Dendronephthya (Spongodes) multispinosa, Henderson. x 3.

Fig. 2. Siphonogorgia robusta, sp.n. xX 15.

Fig. 8. Siphonogorgia hicksoni, sp.n. X 3.

Fig. 4. Dendronephthya (Spongodes) gardineri, sp.n. X 3.

Fig. 5. Peculiar form of Siphonogorgia variabilis (Hickson). x 73.

Fig. 6. Cactogorgia lampas, sp.n. Nat. size.

Fig. 7. Dendronephthya (Spongodes) umbellulifera, Kiikenthal (?). x 3.

Pate 12.

Fig. 1. Autozooids of a young Sarcophytum (fig. 6). x 43.

Fig. 2. Sympodium ceruleum, Klunzinger. Nat. size.

Fig. 38. Clavularia scintillans, sp.n. xX 7.

Fig. 4. Young Sarcophytum. x 1}.

Fig. 5. Cespitularia cerulea. Nat. size.

Fig. 6. Young Sarcophytum. x 1}.

Fig. 7. Alcyonium (Erythropodium) indicum (Thomson and Henderson). x 3.

Fig. 8. Alcyonium (Erythropodium) salomonense, sp. 0. X #-

. Cespitularia teniata, May. x 3.

Fig. 10. Sclerophytum gardineri, Pratt, showing large spindles on the broken edges. x 3.

—

. Sympodium salomonense, sp. n., growing on a coral, x 23.

Fig. 12. The same.

. View of the edge of Sclerophytum gardinert, Pratt, showing the large spindles in the

ceenenchyma. x4,

—

Puate 18,

[ N.B.—The dimensions of the spicules are stated in the text. The drawings of the spicules

of different species are not always on the same scale. |

Fig. 1. Dendronephthya gardineri, sp. n. 14, base; 14, polyps; 1c, cortex of polyparium.

Fig. 2. Clavularia scintillans, sp. n.

Fig. 38. Acamptogorgia gracilis, Thomson.

Fig. 4. Melitodes coccinea, Esper. Contrast with Wrightella coccinea (fig. 7).

Fig. 5. Stereacanthia elongata, sp. 0.

Fig. 6. Capnella morula, sp.n. 6a, polyp; 60, stem; 6c, canal-walls.

Fig. 7. Wrightella coccinea, Gray.

Fig. 8. Melitodes jlabellum, sp. nu.

Fig. 9. Alcyonium (Erythropodium) salomonense, sp. 0.

Fig. 10. Plumarella delicatissima, Wright and Studer, var. n. dentata.

Fig. 11. Sclerella pratti (Thomson and Henderson). 114, canal walls; 114, polyps ; 11 ¢, base.

Fig. 12. Sarcophytum reichenbachi, Schenk.

Fig. 13. Melitodes variabilis, Hickson. Contrast Wrightella variabilis (fig. 14).

Fig. 14. Wrightella variabilis, Thomson and Henderson.

Fig. 15, Sympodium salomonense, sp. n. 15 a, top of a spicule seen from above.

Fig. 16. Cactogorgia lampas, sp.n. 16a, cortex; 160, polyp.

Fig. 17. Muricella rubra, Thomson.

Fig.

4.,

THOMSON AND MACKINNON—STOLONIFERA, ETO.

Puate 14,

Polyp of Siphonogorgia harrisoni, sp. n.

”

»”

Siphonogorgia pendula, var. n. rumosa.

Siphonogorgia robusta, sp. n.

Siphonogorgia hicksoni, sp. nu.

Siphonogorgia kéllikert (Wright and Studer), var. n. rugosa.

Dendronephthya gardineri, sp. n.

Stereonephthya kikenthali, sp. n.

Stereonephthya macrospiculata, sp. n.

Stereacanthia elongata, sp. n.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII.

Percy SLADEN TRusT EXPEDITION. Trans. Linn. Soc., SER. 2. Zoot. Vou. XIII. PL. 6

(THomson) :

G. Davidson del. Grout, sc. & imp,

ALCYONARIA FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN.

Percy SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION. TRANS. LINN. Soc., SER. 2. Zoot. VOL. XIII. PL. 7.

(THomson)

G. Davidson del. Grout, sc. & imp

ALCYONARIA FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN.

Percy SLADEN Trust ExpEpITION.

(THomson)

TRANS. Linn. Soc., Ser. 2. Zoot. Vou. XIII. PL. 8.

) )

‘

Grout, sc. & imp.

ALCYONARIA FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN,

G, Davidson del,

PRt

(THOMSON)

SLADEN

PERCY

G. Davidson del

NDIAN OCE

THE

FROM

ALCYONARIA

Percy SLADEN Trust ExPEDITION. TRANS. LINN. Soc., SER. 2. Zoot. XIII. PL. 10.

(THomson)

G_ Davidson del. Grout, sc. &.imp

ALCYONARIA FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN.

Percy SLADEN TRUsT EXPEDITION.

(THomson)

TRANS. LINN. Soc., Ser. 2. Zoot. Vor. XIII. Pt. 11.

G. Davidson del. Grout, sc. & imp.

ALCYONARIA FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN.

Percy SLADEN Trust ExpepITION.

(THomson)

Trans. Linn. Soc., SER. 2. Zoot. Vot. XIII. Pie2

G. Davidson del. Grout, sc, & imp.

ALCYONARIA FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN.

Trans. LINN. Soc., SER. 2. Zoot. Vou. XIII. PL. 13.

Percy SLADEN TRusT EXPEDITION.

(THomson)

Grout, sc. & imp.

G. Davidson del.

ALCYONARIA FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN.

pen Trust Exrepition,

(Luomsoy.) TRANS. LINN. SOC. SER. 2, ZOOL. VOL. XIII. Pl. 14.

ALCYONARIA FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN.

bi sk Marea

< No. IX.—THE CEPHALOCHORDA: “AMPHIOXIDES.”

By H. 0,8. Grson, B.4., New College, Ouford.

(Communicated by J. Svantey Garver, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.)

(Plate 15 and 4 Text-figures.)

Read 3rd June, 1909.

ContENTs.

Page

IDSWEMION, Cc cid d0 bd 00. AAD eee oe Een Dcmo Ora monS COU Dba 214

PAM ALOMY ——= (M1) SPUD RGA YEE) cle vai. «asic assis « 5\si ore tavern, iol ar olailclntel a eeenedgan ere 217

(@)eibemMietamonphosed Amimals) 27.7.) ote ele serene ere 233

\Wanis ly MOGULS?. 5 ootaando nen BoUROMmONEOGUGMDGNoaDT OD a uotOCS 239

Tela? dais Aliyeils aN oh) LenS eB BOOBS EOD DF BA nO ao doGnoSEco0 6cO0 244

INTRODUCTION.

THE remarkable pelagic forms now generally known under the name of “ Amphiorides”’

were first brought into prominence by the excellent monograph of Goldschmidt (1905)

based on the 29 animals collected by the ‘ Valdivia’ Expedition, His examination of

these led him to the belief that they represented a primitive family of pelagic Acraniates,

characterized by the possession of an unpaired median series of gill-slits and an

asymmetrical left-sided mouth and by the absence of atrium and oral cirrhi, from which

the Branchiostomide were evolved by adaptation to a littoral existence. Subsequently

(1906) he has admitted the probability that ‘ Amphiovides” is a “ neotenically developed

Branchiostomid-larva,” maintaining, however, his belief that its structure, as also that

of the well-known ‘‘ Amphiovus larva,” represents a primitive phylogenetic condition.

Mr. Stanley Gardiner’s large and carefully preserved collection—consisting of some

190 specimens—has given an admirable opportunity of testing these conclusions. It

does not, unfortunately, include any forms undergoing metamorphosis, to prove that

Amphiozxides is a larval form: but it does contain two animals already metamorphosed,

which may with some probability be regarded as a link between Amphioxides pelagicus

and the remarkable form Asymmetron lucayanum, well known from the description of

Andrews (1893). In addition, fresh points in the anatomy of Amphioxides itself, which

are now brought to light, make its larval character almost certain. ‘These new points

also weigh heavily against the theoretical conclusions as to the primitiveness of the

Amphioxides type of organisation. I am compelled to differ from Dr. Goldschmidt

as to these conclusions, as upon a number of smaller points: but I should like to pay a

tribute here to his admirably full and lucid treatment of the subject, which wili have

greatly lightened the task of all subsequent investigators of these forms,

SECOND SERIES,--—-ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 29

214 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

I wish to thank Mr. E. 8. Goodrich, of Merton College, Oxford, for looking over this

report, and M. Robert Legros, to whose unique knowledge of the development of

Amphioxus and unvarying kindness in placing the same at my disposal I am very

greatly indebted.

DISTRIBUTION.

Of 187 specimens examined, 171 were assigned to Goldschmidt’s species 4. pelagicus,

only 14 being A. valdivie. The remaining two were the metamorphosed animals above —

alluded to.

The following Table, compiled by the aid of the list of stations given in Part I. of

these Reports, shows the localities from which the animals were obtained. A. valdivie

is indicated by round brackets enclosing the numerals, the metamorphosed animals by

square brackets.

Station. Locality. Nets employed. Depth. Ma: ea

A ....| N. of Chagos (in 2008 f.). | Regular in series (surf., 25, 75 f. (1)

50, 75, 100, 125, & 130 f.). 125 f. 1 ay

Bare 35 (in 2082 f.). 3 oF 75 f. 1

JAE 5s ( oH pe a wi surf. 1

25 f. 2

Gece a ( oy ). | Wolfenden. 500 f. 1

S (M 7 miles N.W. of Yéyé, | Regular in series. 25 if: 1

- Peros Atoll. 50 f. (1)

=| P* ..! Anchorage off passage into Regular 10 f. 41 a)

a) Salomon Atoll. (nets taken in every hour

4 4 during night 6.30 P.m.—

8 6.30 a.M.).

2 | Q* oF ~ ” surf, 90 (2) [2

ak (7.15 v.m.-7.15 a.m. OF

(a ....| Mauritius, 5 miles W. of Regular in series. We 1

a Black River. 150 f. 1

5 ¢ ” ” ” 250 f 1

‘EX (200, 225, 250, 275, 300 f.).

= | d*....| Anchorage in Black River Regular surf. 12

ta Bay. (every hour during night

te 7 p.m.—5 A.M.).

k ....| Off Nazareth Bank (in 330 f.). Regular in series 100 f. I

(0, 160, 150, 200, 250, 300 f.).

p ....|S. by E. of Farquhar (in Regular in series 200 f. 1

1938 f.). (50, 100, 200... .800 f.). 300 f. 1

600 f. 1

r . 45 Fowler 500-250 f. 1

(500-250 f.).

Fe inte 5 6 Fowler 0-250 f. 1 (2)

(0-250, 250-500, 500-750,

750-1000 f.).

u*....| Anchorage off N. Island, Regular surf. 1

Farquhar. (every 2 hours 7 p.w.—7 a.M.).

dd* ..| Anchorage S. of Alphonse Regular. surf. 1

Island.

kv....| 3 miles N.W. of entrance Regular in series 100 f. 2

into Desrovhes Atoli. (5, 100...300 f.). 150 f. 2

200 f. 1

GIBSON—CEPHALOCHORDA : “‘ AMPHIOXIDES.” 215

It is evident from this table that Amphioxides is equally capable of a littoral and

of a pelagic existence. In order to gather some idea of the depth at which it lives

pelagicaily, the specimens taken in water deeper than 300 fathoms (¢. e. those from all

stations except the ones marked with an asterisk) are in the next table considered

separately. Amphiovides was obtained from 7 deep-water localities, out of 15 from

which plankton was taken, showing that it is of very general occurrence in the open

sea in the regions in question.

| No. of specimens taken.

No. of |

Depth. plankton-samples = eee es te AT oi En,

taken. Teeth

mney 8-4 4-5 5-6 6-7 7-8 8-9 | 9-10 || Total No.

| : bs ks | lise 2

surf. 13 | 1 | | 1

| |

Batis... 5 1 1 eee 4] | 3

| |

IU Eines, - 9 Gy} (1)

ph iederes < 6 | (1) 1 1 (1)

HOOT. 5... 11 1 1 abl (a 3

fbf, .:.. 6 1 (1) 1 2 (1)

Ha Ohts.., 5. - 8 1 2 3

POOL. 6... 6 | 1 1 2

250 f. 4 | 1 1

OWE Ls os 6 1 it

BOO Lo... 3

S100): See 4 1 ]

600 f..... 3 1 1

(The following, taken with a Fowler net, are not included :—

1 A. pelagicus (8:1 mm.), between 250 and 500 f.

1 d. pelagic : :

2A. Aes See a mn,), } between 0) snd ae

A fairly wide range of depth is indicated. No specimens were obtained at depths

greater than 600 fathoms. Only 7 plankton samples were taken from such depths, so

that it is not proved that Amphioxides does not occur so far down. Nevertheless, it

seems hardly probable that it can be equally capable of living at the surface and at the

great depths (1200-3500 metres) which Goldschmidt suspected it to inhabit. The

figures are insufficient to show whether there is any correlation between size and depth

of habitat, and the occurrence of the smallest specimen—3'9 mm. long—at a depth of

500 fathoms may be only a coincidence.

29*

;

216 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Only quite a small proportion of the specimens are accounted for in the last table.

By far the larger number were obtained from anchorages close to land. Although

material was only found in 5 out of 17 localities situated in shallow water, these 5

yielded in all 148 A. pelagicus, 9 A. valdivie, and the two metamorphosed animals.

Particularly favoured was the anchorage off Salomon Atoll, in the Chagos Archipelago,

where plankton nets taken in every hour during two nights gave the following

numbers :—

June 30th, 6.30 p.m.—July Ist, 6.30 a.m. (10 fathoms) :—7, 1, 3(1), 2, 0, 5(3), 4(2), 10, 6(1), 2, 1, 0.

July 4th, 7.15 v.w.—July Sth, 7.15 a.m. (surface) :—5, 12[1], 0, 0, 14, 4(2), 0, 0, 11[1], 38, 7, 2.

Thus over three-quarters of the whole material was taken from one place.

If Amphioxides is only the larva of an Amphiorus-like form, destined ultimately to —

metamorphosis and a littoral existence, we should expect to find it in the greatest

numbers in the immediate proximity of its breeding-places, which upon this assumption

we must look for in the littoral region. That it does occur in great numbers in just —

such a locality is a strong argument for its larval nature; at any rate it forces us to

abandon the view that it is a purely pelagic organism, to which the earlier observations

seemed to point. All Goldschmidt’s material, as well as the few other specimens

obtained before 1905, excepting Cooper's, were taken in the open sea; hence this view

seemed to be fairly well founded.

Cooper (1903) obtained his specimens in stormy weather, and regarded them as larvee

of some pelagic species driven in accidentally to land; but that the animals obtained —

off Salomon Atoll were the chance jetsam of a pelagic species we clearly cannot suppose. —

The fact that Amphioxides has only as yet been taken in large numbers from one

locality need not surprise us, since the occurrence of all Cephalochorda is notoriously —

very local.

Among the specimens taken close to land, animals between 8 and 9 mm. in length

were much the most frequent, as the following figures show :—

Length in mm.—5-5'5 . 55-6 . 6-6°5 . 65-7. 7-75. 75-8. 8-85 . 85-9 .9-9:5. 95-10. 10-105

No: obtained vid 8) WAL. cree 8 .40(2)[1].59(2)[1]-44(8). 07 Seay

Probably growth becomes considerably less rapid with the attainment of the full

number of myotomes and larval gill-slits; possibly the animals then enter upon a

resting stage of some duration, in which growth is inhibited, previous to metamorphosis.

In connection with the pelagic occurrence of Amphioxides—we know that the ©

Branchiostoma larva is also to a certain extent pelagic; but, so far as I am aware, it

has never been taken at any very great distance from land. Not improbably the —

prolonged larval existence of Amphioxides is an adaptation to the highly pelagic life

which it may be compelled to lead, a life to which the delicate tissues of the Branchiostoma

larva would be ill-suited; if so, it is an adaptation which has become fixed in the

species, not merely a possible resource of individuals driven out to the open sea. a

The evidences for the larval character of Amphioxides will be discussed later. In

the following account of certain points in its anatomy, this character will be taken fom q

granted. |

GIBSON—CEPHALOCHORDA: ‘ AMPHIOXIDES.” 217

ANATOMY.

(1) Toe Larva.

External Characters.

The great majority of specimens found are, as already stated, 4. pelagicus, between

which and 4. valdivie there can be no confusion. None can be assigned to A. sternurus.

The two animals to which Goldschmidt gave this name differ, however, so slightly

from A. pelagicus, that their specific distinctness may perhaps be doubted. Their 70

myotomes would not represent a variation outside the range which we know from

Andrews (1893), Punnett (1903), and others to be of normal occurrence among the

Cephalochorda, although I found no 4. pelagicus possessing more than 68.

Amphioxides pelagicus can at once be distinguished from 4. valdivie by the

conformation of its tail- and fin-membranes. The majority of my specimens showed

the constriction at the anterior limit of the tail represented in fig. 2, but in a large

number, as in Goldschmidt’s, it was absent. The sharp point and great relative length

of the tail, with its tapering notochord and myotomes, are characteristic. The dorsal

fin-membrane begins at the level of the 23rd—25th myotomes, the ventral—on an

average—at the level of the 40th, but further forward in many of the older animals.

Between its anterior end and the gill-region, a curious regular crinkling of the ventral

edge of the body was often seen, suggesting at first sight rudimentary fin-ray boxes :

this suggestion was, of course, fallacious ; probably the appearance is simply an effect

of preservation. The fin-ray boxes, anteriorly, often appear in side view to be completely

covered by the myotomes, and at the hinder end of the first myotome are replaced by an

undivided, tapering canal. Their.number per myotome ranges from 2 at the extreme

anterior end to 4 at the base of the tail. The pre-oral organ is large and oval in

contour. ‘The mouth and adjoining organs are hard to see satisfactorily in whole

preparations ; a characteristic feature, usually seen, is a dark band passing obliquely

backwards below the posterior end of the mouth. The gill-bars appear in whole

preparations as roughly square, dark areas, hollowed ventrally by the ccelomic canals,

in the floor of which the fibres of the branchial muscles are conspicuous.

Amphioxides valdivie has a neater and more compact appearance. The tail is paddle-

shaped with a marked constriction at its base, shorter and broader than that of

A. pelagicus. Tail, notochord, and myotomes all end bluntly. The dorsal fin-membrane

starts behind the gill-region—level with the 32nd-33rd myotome, the ventral level with

the 48rd—further back than in A. pelagicus. Both rise gradually from the body-

surface and are comparatively low. ‘The fin-ray boxes are taller and thinner than in

A. pelagicus, and there are about 5 to a myotome throughout. Their extension to the

anterior end of the nervous system is very characteristic; they everywhere project

above the myotomes. The pre-oral pit is small and compact, the mouth very long.

Through it can be seen the anterior gill-bars lying in the right wall of the pharynx ;

these have somewhat the appearance of figures of 8: further back the folds become

218 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

more complex: at the extreme hinder end of the gill-region the bars closely resemble

those of A. pelagicus.

Some numerical characters of the two species are given in the appended table. My

results tally with Goldschmidt’s, both as to the remarkable constancy of the myotome

formula in A. pelagicus, and as to the variation in the number of pre-anal myotomes in

Ratio: Ratio:

Tength Tength Total length Gill-slits. ‘Myotomes.

mmm. | “Breadth. | Post-anal length.

To last To Post-

Gill-slit. Anus, Anal.

A. pelagicus .... 39 pis me 10

5:2 ae 7-0

a3 14°7 6:8 16

5:8 11°6 70 ous 614 14 = fd

5:8 12-9 6°7 18 ? (18) 52 + 15 = 67

5:9 116 65 A (19) DLE ee

6-0 12-0 65 16? (19) 50 + 14 = 64

6-1 12:0 66 ve (20) 5§2+15 = 67

6-2 12:4 6-9 19? (21) 562+ 14 = 66

6°25 12°5 6-4 OTs 51 + 14 = 65

6-4 12:3 67 4

66 19) 63 24 (24) 53 + 14 = 67

7-0 12°7 6-5

73 12-2 6-2 25 (25) 53 +14 = 67 ‘

Li) 10°7 56 27 (27 563 + 15 = 68

75 12:9 66 25 (25) 563 + 14 = 67

8-0 intent 61

8:25 10°7 o4 ih (27 53 + 14 = 67

8-4 11:8 58 25 (25) 538 + 14 = 67

8:5 11:8 55

8-6 11:8 59 27 (27) 63 =— 1d =68

86 11-0 5:5 27 (27) 53 +15 = 68 ’

8-7 11°8 5:8 27 (27) 53 + 15 = 68

8-7 116 5-4 26 (26) 52 + 15 = 67

87 J1-4 5:3

$3 11-7 59 as 53 + 15 = 68

88 11-0 54 26 (26) 50 + 17 = 67

8:9 Woleil 5:7 28 (27) 563 + 14 = 67 ¢

9-0 2 5d sa 62 + 15 = 67

9:0 11-5 5d 27 (27) 52 + 15 = 67

9-1 iley 56 27 (27) 63 + 14 = 67

9-1 12:0 5:3 27

9:25 11-0 5-4 28 1

9:5 mee 30

A, valdivie...... 7-4 13:5 74 30 (28) 568 + 11 = 69

8:0 13°8 (Pil og (29) 53 + 12 = 70

8-6 139 74 3b4 (28)

8:8 ot 33 (28) 565 + 15 = 70

9-1 11:9 75 384 58 + 11 = 69

9:2, ak aay 34 (28) 56 +13 = 69

9-4 13:h ties sie 56 + 13 = 69

10°25 12-1 6-9 34 (29) 55 + 14 = 69

A. valdivie. The full number appears to be attained in 4. pelagicus when the animal

is about 7 mm. long; the young Branchiostoma lanceolatum is already complete in this

respect when it is only 35 mm. long, just before it begins to metamorphose,

GIBSON—CEPHALOCHORDA: ‘ AMPHIOXIDES.” 219

The ratio of length to breadth and that of total to post-anal length both diminish

with age, within the period of growth represented, and show characteristic differences in

the two species. The youngest animal obtained, measuring 3°9 mm., showed extreme

juvenility in the position of its anus, which lay close to the end of the tail.

Mesenchymatous Elements of the Fins.

In this category may be included :—

(1) The radiating cell-strands of the tail and the forwardly directed strands of the

dorsal and ventral fins.

(2) The so-called ‘‘ lymph-canals ” of the rostrum.

(3) Connective tissue, described by Goldschmidt as existing in the form of cellular

lamelle in the tail, rostrum, and cheeks.

In reality, the first two of these elements almost certainly form parts of a single tissue—

that which Goldschmidt (1908) has since described in detail, for the adult Branchiostoma

lanceolatum, under the name of ‘ Haut-skelett.” This consists of an anterior and a

posterior system of anastomosing cell-strands, presenting arrangements adapted to

mechanical needs, which clearly indicate a supporting function. Most previous authors

regarded it as a lymphatic system: notably Andrews (1893) described it as such in

Asymmetron. Van Wijhe(1902), however, adopted the view since followed by Goldschmidt,

and both authors agree in denying the existence of any connection between the irregular

spaces found in the strands and other cavities: Andrews, on the other hand, regarding

the strands as lymph-canals, stated that they open into the dorsal fin-ray boxes.

(1) Goldschmidt described these strands as solid, and originally separated them on

that account from the so-called lymph-canals; but he has since recognized both as

belonging to the “ Haut-skelett.” My sections show apparent cavities in the cell-strands,

which, however, I do not doubt to be artefact, since epithelium can be seen on one side

only.

(2) Goldschmidt describes these as fine backwardly-directed canals springing from the

“dorsal rostral canal”—itself a space overlying the rostral extension of the notochord

(separated from it by the ‘‘ subdorsal rostral canal’), and connected posteriorly with the

anterior extension of the fin-ray boxes and, on the right side only, with the cavity of the

first myotome.

If this account is a true one, the lymph-canals would seem to provide an exception to

the rule that the cavities of the skeletal tissue do not communicate with other cavities.

I cannot, however, corroborate the existence of the connections described, and I believe

that the rule still holds good so far as Amphiowides is concerned.

The arrangement of the lymph-canals is seen in figs. 3 and 4. From sections they

certainly appear—particularly in A. valdivie—to possess cavities continuous with that

of the “dorsal rostral canal.” he latter, however, I cannot find to be connected either

with the system of fin-ray boxes or with the cavity of the first myotome. In A. valdivie

it is seen clearly enough as a laterally flattened space lymg above the subdorsal canal,

Just in front of the brain, as we pass backwards, it becomes constricted into two cavities,

220 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

and in the cellular thickening which separates them a third, that of the most anterior

fin-ray box, makes its appearance. This does not seem to be connected in any way with

the other spaces: the space lying immediately below it ends blindly just above the

anterior end of the brain, that lying above tapers away as a long lymph-canal. In

A, pelagicus the relations are very similar, except that the dorsal rostral canal appears

to be obliterated, save for disconnected spaces, by concrescence of its walls. Above the

brain the lamella thus formed tapers away as before, the cavity of the long canal repre-

senting the fin-ray spaces appearing at its ventral edge. In neither species could I see

any trace of connection between the dorsal canal and first myoccele.

These facts, and the non-existence of any such cavity in the adult Branchiostoma or

Asymmetron—where in its place we find irregular pear-shaped spaces in the skeletal

tissue—seem to point to the conclusion that the “ dorsal rostral canal” is itself no more ~

than a space of that nature *.

The occurrence of spaces within the skeletal tissue of the rostrum even at the early

stage represented by Amphioxides accords with the fact that they are best developed in

the same region in the adult.

(3) Goldschmidt describes as a probable representative of true connective tissue, —

occurring in the tail, rostrum, and cheeks, “sehr schmale, auf der Kante stehende

Lamellen, denen in unregelmiissiger Verteilung spindelférmiger Kerne eingelagert sind.”

They show an “Anordnung in Druckkurven,” which suggests at once a supporting —

function. In the rostrum they are visible dorsally only in the region corresponding

to the ‘dorsal canal,” ventrally over the whole surface of the fin. So much is seen from

whole preparations: in transverse sections the lamellze are said to appear as fine radiating ©

threads, not embedded in any ground-substance, and taking the place of the elsewhere

cell-less gelatinous layer of the cutis.

In this account I cannot help thinking that two distinct structures are confused. My _

sections unfortunately are not good enough to admit a proper study of the radiating —

threads. Goldschmidt, bowever, figures these (figs. 69 and 47) both at the sides of the {

notochord, and, dorsally, above the region of the rostral canal. If they occur in these

positions, why are they not seen there in whole preparations ?

The most natural explanation is that they are not seen at all in the latter}, and that —

the lines of cells which are seen are something quite different. The direction in which —

the latter run clearly indicates that they are a part of the skeletal system. Dorsally they

appear to be directly continuous with the “lymph-canals” opening into the dorsal canalf _

and are seen only in the region corresponding to the latter; it seems evident that they —

simply constitute its walls. If so, they give conclusive evidence that my view of the —

nature of the canal is correct. WVentrally they are seen to take a corresponding direction

in relation to the walls of the ventral rostral cavity, another space which disappears in ~

* Tf this is so, the name may conveniently be transferred to Goldschmidt’s “ subdorsal rostral canal.”

+ Probably the fine radiating threads are simply fibrille in the gelatinous layer, and do belong to the system of

true connective tissue the existence of which Goldschmidt has demonstrated in Amphiowus.

+ This is clearly shown in Goldschmidt’s fig. 34,

GIBSON—CEPHALOCHORDA: “‘ AMPHIOXIDES,” 291

the adult Branchiostoma, its walls very probably going to form “ lymph-canals.” Beyond

its limits I am unable to see them, although Goldschmidt figures them right up to the

edge of the rostrum.

The Spaces of the Snout.

In addition to the “dorsal rostral canal” the rostrum of Amphioxides possesses five

other distinct cavities, all probably of true ccelomic nature :—

(1) The subdorsal rostral canal, also present in the adult Branchiostoma and Asym-

metron, as a space extending from the anterior end of the brain towards the tip of the

notochord dorsally. Goldschmidt finds it to connect on both sides with the cavities of

the first pair of myotomes, vid the lateral rostral cavities. I cannot find these connections

and doubt their existence, though it is impossible to be positive upon the point: they are

much more probable than the connection last descrilied. This canal is probably to be

regarded as the homologue of the dorsal fin-ray spaces *.

(2) The two lateral rostral canals, simple lateral prolongations of the first pair of

myoccelomic cavities.

(8) The ventral rostral canal, which Goldschmidt again finds to communicate with the

first pair of myocceles: again I cannot follow him. This space is much larger in

A. pelagicus than in A. valdivie: in the latter it tapers away before the level of Hatschek’s

pit is reached posteriorly ; in the former it ends apposed to the front wall of the pit as a

square cavity lined with moderately high epithelium.

It would seem probable that the space below the notochord in the rostrum of the adult

Branchiostoma described by Van Wijhe (1902) is the same as this canal and not the

remnant of the rostral cavity.

(4) The ventral rostral cavity—the well-known “right endoderm-sac” of Hatschek |

(1881),—the wall of which in Amphioxides supplies the muscle of the pre-oral organ: Van

Wijhe (1906) has now found the same to be the case in the Branchiostoma larva. It

may be worth noting that this muscle takes origin, not below the chorda (as those of the

mouth do), but to the left of it, from the septum separating the rostral cavity from that

of the first myotome.

In A. valdivie (not in A. pelagicus) this cavity sends back a small tubular diverticulum

to the left of Hatschek’s pit, occupying exactly the position of the canal regarded by

Goldschmidt as a left-side connection between splanchnoceele and first myoccele (shown

in his fig. 49, “c.s.k.”). Iam convinced that the two canals are identical and that no

such connection occurs, at any rate in the older animals. The canal has an apparent

opening posteriorly into the splanchnoccele, near the anterior termination of the latter

immediately behind Hatschek’s pit: I cannot be certain that this opening is not artefact ;

it appears to be shown in Goldschmidt’s fig. 51.

* The origin of the fin-ray spaces is unknown. Hatschek (1888) regarded their epithelium as derived from the

“Cutisblatt ” of the myocceles, but did not follow their development.

T Ido not wish to state dogmatically that the communications are absent—particularly in this case, where the

walls of the cavities in question are closely united laterally. Possibly they may be visible with certainty in better

sections than mine.

SECOND SERIES.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 30

222 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

The opening of the splanchnoceele into the cavity of the first right myotome is always

wide and conspicuous.

The Pre-oral Organ.

The gross structure of this organ as seen in my specimens does not quite tally with

Goldschmidt’s description. He describes its opening as a V-shaped slit, with its apex

posterior, and its obliquely-directed lower limb the shorter (forming a direct opening into

the ventral diverticulum of the organ). In my specimens, on the other hand, the

opening always forms a simple horizontal slit: its lower lip may be slightly depressed

posteriorly, so that here the ventral diverticulum may be said to open directly to the

exterior : generally speaking, however, this ventral cavity opens into Goldschmidt’s

“ Haupthohle ” throughout its extent, and is continued into no blind process anteriorly,

though there may be one posteriorly, as seen in fig. 7.

The lips of the opening are continued directly into those of the ciliated groove leading

to the mouth: the upper forms a prominent ridge overhanging the groove, at the bottom

of which the mouth-opening breaks through ; the lower is rounded off and passes into —

the ventral wall of the stomodzeum,

In a few of the oldest specimens of A. pelagicus the pre-oral organ was particularly —

widely open and a conspicuous bunch of stiff, hair-like cilia was seen immediately

behind it, springing apparently from the lower margin of the groove. A similar bunch

of cilia occurs in the same place in very young Amphioxus larve (as figured by Hatschek,

1881) and also—though less conspicuous—in larvz about to metamorphose (Willey. 189r),

but was not seen in any except a few A. pelagicus, which further differed from the rest

in the condition of their gill-slits: the head of one of them is shown in fig. 4.

The epithelium of the pre-oral organ appears to be everywhere ciliated, and the

glandular differentiation of Hatschek’s pit, cescribed by Andrews and Van Wijhe (1902),

is not yet visible.

The Mouth and adjoining Organs.

These are difficult to make out satisfactorily in whole preparations, owing to the over-

hang of the upper lip of the stomodzeum, which conceals the lower lip in all except well-_

expanded specimens. Fig. 3 gives an idea of its normal relations in A. pelagicus.

Goldschmidt describes a single “ Mundschliesser”’ muscle having its origin anteriorly,

and its insertion posteriorly, below the chorda. It appears to me truer to say that there

are distinct anterior and posterior muscles, as in the Branchiostoma larva (Van Wijhe,

1906), each taking origin below the chorda, and inserted into the somatopleure of the

lower lip. Their insertions overlap in the middle region of the lip, but the fibres seen

here are few compared to those seen further forward and further back.

The lower limb of the endostyle may extend to the extreme end of the ventral

cxecum of the pre-oral gut, or may not appear anterior to the mouth-region. In either

case, its anterior end lies to the left of the topographical, as of the morphological, middle

line : followed backwards in sections, it is soon seen to cross over onto the right, while on

the left there passes back from its most anterior portion the left peripharyngeal band.

GIBSON—CEPHALOCHORDA : “ AMPHIOXIDES.”’ 223

This is quite distinct in A. valdivie (vide fig. 12) as a tract of cells taller than their

neighbours, with elongated, deeply-staining nuclei. Behind the mouth it passes up onto

the left lateral fold of the pharynx, at the summit of which it appears to become con-

_ tinuous with the band of modified cells with long cilia noted by Goldschmidt. A band

of similar cells can be seen on the dorsal side of the right lateral fold, but cannot be

traced into continuity with the upper limb of the endostyle. 'The absence of the anterior

portion of the right peripharyngeal band is hardly surprising, in view of the great

crowding of the region in which it would be expected to occur.

The opening of the club-shaped gland into the pharynx is situated in A. pelagicus

at the anterior end of its dorsal limb. In A. valdivie the dorsal limb is reduced to a

mere vestige, but here, too, the opening obviously belongs to it and not to the ventral

limb—a fact of importance for those theories which interpret the gland as the homologue

of an anterior right gill-slit, since the ventral limb lies below the endostyle and so to the

left of the morphological middle line.

In the smallest 4. pelagicus obtained (3°9 mm.) the gland does not yet possess an

internal opening.

Like Goldschmidt, I never found any trace of an external opening.

The Pharynx.

This region of the alimentary canal is, on Goldschmidt’s view, of primary and

predominant importance for our morphological interpretation of Amphioxides and of the

Amphioxus larva.

Its most notable characteristics are the division by means of lateral folds into dorsal

and ventral portions, and the large number and complicated nature of the gill-slits.

When Goldschmidt’s monograph appeared, the detailed structure of the gill-slits of the

Amphioxus larva had not been described, though Lankester and Willey (1890) had alluded

to their peculiar folding in the contracted condition. Since then, however, he has him-

self (1906) drawn attention to the fact that the contracted larvee—in fact all preserved

specimens that have not been carefully killed with osmic acid—present appearances very

similar to Amphioxides. The condition described for the latter must, therefore, be

regarded as one of contraction, and there can be little doubt that an expanded condition

is also possible, in which the slits of Amphioxides will not appear so very different from

those of the expanded Amphiozus larvee figured by Willey (1891).

A few of my specimens of 4. pelagicus are, fortunately, in the expanded condition

expected *, in spite of the fact that all were killed with formol: Pl. 15, fig. 4 shows the

head of one of these. These expanded specimens were all taken together (with one

normal specimen and one A. valdivie): all exceed 9 mm. in length, being among the

largest obtained. Curiously enough, they agree also in the possession of the tuft of cilia

in front of the mouth, alluded to above, and not found elsewhere. The largest of them

* The older larva figured by Cooper (1903) also shows the slits in the expanded condition, I cannot be certain

that this larva is A. pelagicus. The number of gill-slits—31, in an animal only 6°5 mm. long—and the point at

which the dorsal fin-membrane ends suggest rather A. valdivie, but the position of the anus and of the anterior

gill-slits exclude it from that species. Cooper’s younger larye were evidently A. pelagicus.

30*

294, PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

is further remarkable for the possession of 30 gill-slits (no other specimen being found

with more than 28). In everything else, however, they show so exact a correspondence

with the normal specimens that it is impossible to regard them as specifically distinct.

T am inclined to attribute their peculiarities to rather greater age: possibly they may

represent the stage immediately preceding the onset of metamorphosis.

I have also found one specimen of A. valdivie in which a few of the anterior gill-bars

are everted and appear as simple rods of uniform thickness separating the wide rectangular

slits. This specimen showed side by side the two very different conditions which the bars

can assume: they are so different that one can readily understand Goldschmidt’s belief

in an essential diversity of structure, in the absence of evidence showing them to be

alternatives, dependent solely on the contraction or relaxation of the branchial muscles.

The disposition of the folds into which the branchial epithelium is thrown in the

contracted state, with its characteristic differences in the two species, is presumably

determined by mechanical exigencies, which have led to the formation of definite lines

of weakness in the pharyngeal wall ; it can hardly be directly influenced by the branchial

muscles, since these are inserted solely into the somatopleure, and no splanchnopleuri¢e

fibres occur. Their formation follows as an obvious mechanical necessity on the

contraction of the muscles: the folding would be even more marked were it not for the

additional contraction of the sphincter muscle, reducing the outer opening of the

originally rectangular gill-slit to a small cireular orifice. Since no folding of the outer

body-wall occurs, we must presume that it possesses considerable elasticity. Itis evident

that Goldschmidt’s view that the transverse muscles act as dilators of the gill-slits,

adopted in ignorance of the true expanded condition, is incorrect : the transverse and

sphincter muscles must act in harmony with, not, as he supposed, in opposition to one

another, The mechanism of dilatation is not so easy to understand as that of contraction ;

probably it is effected by the pressure of the coelomic fluid, as soon as the muscles have

relaxed.

With regard to the finer structure of the gill-bars, am obliged to differ from Gold-

schmidt on certain points. The first of these concerns the course of the muscle-fibres.

He writes: ‘ Innerhalb des Kiemenbogens verlaufen die Fasern vorwiegend dicht unter

der Kérperwand... Aber sie steigen auch zwischen die Falten der entodermalen

Kiemenbogenwand empor”; and he depicts in fig. 21 (A. valdivie) fibres running

apparently in the dorsal (splanchnoceelic) wall of the ccelomic canal, and in fig. 22

(A. pelagicus) in its lateral walls—also apparently splanchnoceelic. As I have said, no

fibres are inserted into the splanchnopleure ; and the only places where they can be said,

in any sense, to pass between the folds are at the edges of the slits, round which the

ectoderm is drawn in towards the interior and shares to a certain extent in the folding of

the endoderm: it is to this inward extension and folding of ectoderm that the complex —

shape of the inner opening of the slit, so clearly figured and described by Goldschmidt,

is due. The structure of the gill-bars is practically impossible to make out in whole

preparations viewed from the side, and here he was probably misled by appearances ; if

real fibres were seen in the position depicted, probably (as in his fig. 19) they were some

which had shrunk away from the somatopleure.

GIBSON—CEPHALOCHORDA: ‘‘ AMPHIOXIDES.” 225

A more important point upon which I differ has to do with the structure of the endo-

dermal portions of the bars. Goldschmidt derives important support for his view, that

the single series of gill-slits of Amphioxides is morphologically median and primitive,

from the bilaterally symmetrical structure which he professes to see in the bars. He

elucidates this bilateral structure by means of a diagrammatic schema (p. 35), and writes :

“ Das Schema zeigt uns schliesslich uoch, dass der Darmanteil des Kiemenbogens durch

eine tiefe mediane Furche in zwei symmetrischen Halften geschieden wird, so also ein

paariger Aufbau des unpaaren Gebildes angedeutet ist.” I must confess that I cannot

find his figures made from actual preparations nearly so convincing on this point as the

schema; in the excellent drawings from models—for instance, figs. 12, 13—the right

appears to predominate considerably over the left, even allowing for the partial conceal-

ment of the latter. The two symmetrical halves of each bar, according to Goldschmidt,

are represented by projections (‘‘ Erhebungen ”’) of the endoderm separated by a deep

sagittal furrow—each projection further subdivided by a furrow cutting into it from in

front. But he does not note that the “sagittal” furrow is itself interrupted at the anterior

margin of each bar by the junction of its two bounding ridges, so that we might with

equal justice speak of a median “ Erhebung” into which the furrow cuts from behind.

The cessation of this furrow, anteriorly, is not so obvious as that of the lateral ones,

posteriorly, for the reason that the tongue of tissue in which it ends is directed ventrally

(thus it is somewhat hidden from view in his fig. 13 a). This tongue of tissue is in fact

the “ medial Einbuchtung ” which Goldschmidt describes at the bottom of p. 87, but by

a curious mistake places at the hinder margin of the gill-bar. In reality there is no

median projection at the posterior, but only at the anterior margin of the bar, as is

Fig. 1.—A series (interrupted) of transverse sections through the 14th gill-bar of A. valdivie. The first section

(top, left-hand side) is the most anterior, and the last (bottom, right-hand side) the most posterior.

obvious from his fig. 18. His figs. 19 and 20 would be correct representations of gill-

bars seen from the wight, not from the /efé side.

226 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

The accompanying figures (text-figs. 1 & 2) show how the various ridges (1-6) run

into one another at the fore and hind margins of the bar—

being in reality no more than a single ridge or fold in the

vertical plane, thrown into several folds in the horizontal plane.

Goldschmidt’s fig. 18 shows it equally well, if we eliminate the

A fiction of the continuous sagittal furrow. This furrow is

merely the result of the folding, and has no more morpho-

logical significance than the lateral ones: somewhat further

back than the 14th gill-slit, indeed, it loses its “sagittal”

position, the ridge numbered 6 in the figures being no longer

present, and a ridge (3) instead of a furrow occupying the

“sagittal” plane (text-fig. 2, B).

What I have said of the folds hitherto applies to A. valdivie :

B complex, projecting right up into the “ pars nutritoria ” between

the lateral folds of the pharyngeal wall.

Undoubtedly the gill-slits do show a more or less symmetrical

disposition about the middle line, particularly marked in their

ilig, 0 abemnapaetnal face musculature, but—theory apart—I do not think it is possible

of 14th gill-bar, with out- | to See in them the essentially “paarige Aufbau” claimed by

lines of the gill-slits in | Goldschmidt.

front and behind. (Recon- The typical number of gill-slits appears to be, for 4. pela-

struction.) B. Similar re- gjeus, 27, attained simultaneously with or a little after the full

ee ae number of myotomes; for A. valdivie, 34, attained when the

eee” animal is about 85 mm. long. Further details are given in

the table on p. 218.

As to the apparent eumetamery of the slits in 4. pelagicus I can fully corroborate

Goldschmidt: the 27th slit coincides with great regularity with the ventral end of the

septum dividing 27th and 28th myotomes ; I only observed one exception. In younger

specimens, as he did, I found that the correspondence was not exact; thus in an animal ~

with 16 slits, the last corresponded with the line of division between 19th and 20th

myotomes. He suggests, to account for this lack of correspondence, that the most anterior

gill-slits may be formed late. In view of their known sequence of development in the

Branchiostoma larva, where the first appears long before the others, and the rest in

regular order from before backwards (Lankester & Willey, 1890), this seems hardly

probable, It would seem more likely that the segmentation of the gill-slits is after all —

independent of that of the myotomes, especially in view of their non-correspondence

in A. valdivie. In the latter Goldschmidt regards a variable number of the anterior

slits (determined by the excess of the number of slits over that of the corresponding

myotomes) as pre-somital, and supposes the splanchnoccele in relation to them to represent

the ventral mesoderm of so many formerly-existing somites, the dorsal parts of which —

are now incorporated into the first myotome-pair and lateral rostral canals. Thus he ~

holds that the whole region of the pharynx lying between the 5th-8th gill-slit and the

in A. pelagicus they are of similar character, but even more |

GIBSON—CEPHALOCHORDA: “ AMPHIOXIDES.” 227

endostyle and club-shaped gland in A. valdivie is entirely unrepresented in A. pelagicus !

But for all the “ Zuriickschiebung ” of the myotomes, greater extension of the mouth,

and shifting of anterior gill-slits onto the right wall of the pharynx in the former, the

morphological relations of organs in the mouth-region are essentially the same as in

A. pelagicus, and it is hard to believe that segments attain a partial development in one

which are altogether suppressed in the other. Still more improbable is it that a variable

number of such segments should be developed. Their development is rendered possible,

according to Goldschmidt, by the elongation of the mouth, causing the ventral ends of

the anterior myotomes to be carried back; the ventral mesoderm sharing this transference

leaves room for the development of that belonging to the suppressed anterior segments.

Now the actual number of gill-slits found in relation to the mouth is constantly 9, and

probably the total number of 34 is equally constant in animals which have developed

their full number : it is therefore well-nigh impossible to believe that a variable number

of these slits are pre-somital. Everything points rather to the conclusion that the gill-

slits of A. valdivie are not eumetameric.

Imay mention that I did not, except in a few cases, see the “ halbmondférmige

Falten ”—segmental extensions of the fusion between the body-wall and “pars nutritoria”

of the pharynx—upon which Goldschmidt relies as indications of the strict intersegmental

arrangement of the gill-slits.

The lateral folds separating dorsal and ventral portions of the pharynx are seen

to be practically obliterated in sections of an expanded specimen. In the fully

expanded condition they probably disappear altogether. Since, in life, the expanded

condition is, in all probability, the normal one, the function assigned to them by

Goldschmidt, that of preventing the fall of food-particles into the “ pars respiratoria,”

becomes somewhat doubtful. Willey has suggested that they may represent the peri-

pharyngeal bands of Amphioaus. There can be little doubt that this is the true homology

of the bands of differentiated cells which occur on the folds; these, however, are not

absolutely co-extensive with the folds themselves, and the latter have probably a purely

mechanical significance.

Goldschmidt describes in 4. pelagicus two bands of thickened epithelium, seen in the

wall of the “pars nutritoria” in the region of the most posterior gill-slits, passing back into

the similar epithelium of post-pharyngeal gut-wall. Very similar thickenings occur in

A. valdivie, but are here seen to form direct continuations of the tracts of cells which

we have regarded as peripharyngeal bands; their position is more ventral than in

A. pelagicus.

The blood-vessels in relation to the pharyngeal wall may be alluded to here.

Goldschmidt calls attention to the fenestrated character of the vena subintestinalis and

branchial artery. This is especially conspicuous in the anterior pharyngeal region of

A. pelagicus, where the latter is seen in sections as a number of separate vessels lying

side by side in the right wall of the “pars respiratoria.” Anteriorly, in both species,

the branchial artery is continued into a plexus of vessels supplying the endostyle and

club-shaped gland; in front of these organs they appear to be collected into a single

large trunk which passes upwards ventral to the dorsal portion of the pre-oral gut (vide

228 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

figs. 6-7). At the end of the latter, it appears, in A. pelagicus at any rate, to become

directly continuous with the aorta, where both vessels terminate, immediately behind

Hatschek’s pit.

The anus lies almost exactly in the morphological middle line, and actually opens

towards the right, as Goldschmidt’s fig. 66 shows. The ventral fin is thus displaced

from its median position (or retains its primitive lateral position, according to another

view of its nature), exactly as Andrews has noted it to be displaced in Asymmetron—

an important point of correspondence. In Branchiostoma, though formed close to the

middle line, the anus soon moves up to the left ; according to Hatschek’s account (1881)

it is even formed slightly to the left.

The Metapleural Folds.

Goldschmidt has fully described the characteristic differences between A. valdivie

and A. pelagicus in the matter of their metapleura. In the former they are thinner and

more distinctly marked off from the body, and contain throughout a well-developed

cavity; the right predominates considerably over the left: in the latter they are stout

and consist largely of gelatinous tissue, the pterygocceles being greatly reduced, and

they are not so asymmetrical. In both species the right fold ends near the level of the

anterior end of the mouth, the left near that of its posterior corner: the portion of the

right fold corresponding to the elongated mouth in 4. valdivie is particularly well

developed, overhanging the anterior gill-slits, which in this species lie well up in the

topographical right wall of the pharynx.

So far I ean corroborate Goldschmidt, but in further details I find several differences.

First—a point to which he makes no reference—both metapleures are marked

throughout the greater part of their length by a remarkable band of epidermal cells,

which can hardly be other than a sense-organ, though I have not been able to trace any

nerves into connection with it. The structure of this band, as seen in transverse section,

is roughly shown in PI. 15, fig. 12. It consists of very large clear cells, with round

nuclei near their inner ends; between their outer ends lie other cells with elongated

nuclei * ; the adjoining cells on either side have elongated and in some places appear to —

have grown round both externally and internally to the clear cells, so as to form a

canal, in which these lie: the elongation of the lateral cells affects their nuclei to a

remarkable extent ; they have almost the appearance of being cornified.

Similar bands of cells occur on the metapleures of the Amphiorus larva, but do not

seem to have met with much attention. Lankester and Willey (1890) figure them in

young larvee; according to these authors they migrate inwards before metamorphosis.

Macbride (1898) describes the right band as an “ epithelial thickening” forming “ the first

trace of the future fold on the right side.” Subsequently (1900) he takes the view that —

the definitive pterygocceles are formed by the hollowing out of groups of epithelial —

cells which have wandered into the interior of the folds, and suspects these to be the

“Jarge clear cells” seen in earlier stages. It is evident, from the conditions found in

Amphioxides, that this view cannot be correct.

* IT am iudebted to M. Legros for pointing out the existence of this second type of cell.

GIBSON—CEPHALOCHORDA: ‘“‘ AMPHIOXIDES.” 299

Tf, as I can hardly doubt, the bands of cells are true sense-organs, we may see in

them a possible representative of the lateral-line organs of the lower craniates. The

possibility is of considerable interest in connection with Willey’s suggestion (1894,

pp- 42-45) that the metapleures of Amphioxus and the hypothetical lateral fin-folds of

the craniate ancestor are homologous, and that the lateral-line system arose in

conjunction with the primitive fin-fold to subserve the function of balance.

The band of cells is best developed on the right metapleure of A. valdivie ; it runs

along the ventral edge of the fold, and extends beyond it anteriorly along the ventral

edge of the so-called “rostral fin” or “right cheek,” a fact tending to support the

belief that this and the metapleures are primitively continuous structures. It dies out

towards the hinder end of the gill-region. The band on the left metapleure is not so

well-developed, and can be traced only from the level of the hinder end of the mouth

to about the middle of the gill-region.

The general relations of the right metapleure in this species are well shown in

Goldschmidt’s figs. 55-62. But he makes a mistake in his location of the anterior end

of the left metapleure. According to his fig. 59, it would appear that this passes up

onto the left side into the upper lip of the stomodzeum. Its true course is very

different ; instead of ending dorsal to the mouth, high up on the left side of the body, it

ends actually on the right hand of the topographical sagittal plane, in close proximity

to the 7th and 8th gill-slits. It shares, in fact, in the torsion which affects the gill-slits

and right metapleure in this region, and throughout its course, as in the Amphiorus

larva (Lankester and Willey), runs strictly parallel to its fellow. The whole of the

anterior part of the fold is very poorly developed—it hardly stands off from the body-wall

as a genuine fold before the level of the 17th or 18th gill-slit; in this anterior region it

is represented only by the band of clear cells and by its cavity—the pterygoccele,—here

minute, lying immediately internal to these. Its appearance and position immediately

behind the mouth (at the opening of the 10th gill-slit) can be seen from PI. 15. fig. 12.

Opposite the Sth gill-slit, the band of clear cells dies out; the pterygoccele can be traced

a little farther forward as a minute canal. This appears to communicate with the

splanchnocele at its anterior end, but the openings are irregular and not above

the suspicion of being artefact. Such communications as appear to exist between the

right pterygoceele and splanchnocele appear to me to be even more suspicious.

Goldschmidt states that openings exist in both cases, but it is clear that he did not see

the true anterior termination of the left pterygocceele at all. I cannot regard the

question as settled one way or the other.

In A. pelagicus the general relations of the metapleures are very similar, with the

differences that the right one is not carried up onto the right-hand side in the mouth-region,

and that the left one is much better developed anteriorly than in valdivie. The right

fold, however, forms a shelf projecting over the anterior slits exactly as in A. valdivie,

with the difference that instead of hanging down on the right side, it is inserted nearly along

the middle line and projects upwards towards the left. Fig. 9 (Pl. 15), taken through

almost the same region as Goldschmidt’s fig. 78, shows this. On the outer face of this

shelf the thickened epidermal band is conspicuous in most whole preparations, forming

SECOND SERIES.— ZOOLOGY, VOU. XIII. 3l

230 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

the oblique dark band alluded to on p. 217, where it passes up from its anterior termination

in the ventral edge of the rostrum towards the edge of the metapleure. The epidermal

band of the left fold is not seen until the level of the 4th gill-slit, just behind the —

mouth ; its position corresponds completely with that described for A. valdivie. At the

level of the 12th slit the two folds are seen to be approximately equal in size, although

they are, nowhere, perfectly symmetrical*. The epithelial band of the left fold is very —

poorly developed.

The pterygocceles, as Goldschmidt points out, are here relatively minute; but towards

the posterior end of the gill-region they become much larger than anteriorly (vide Pl. 15. ;

fig. 11). In front of the 6th slit or thereabouts I cannot discover them to exist at all;

their absence anteriorly, if a fact, must have some bearing upon our views as to their origin

(vide infra, p. 253). Again I find no certain connection with the splanchnoceele anteriorly. —

{ looked for a connection posteriorly, with an equally unsatisfactory result. The

segmental connections which Van Wijhe (1906) notes in the Amphioxus larva do not

occur in Amphioxides; these also were not regarded by their discoverer as certainties.

In both A. valdivie and <A. pelagicus a corner of the splanchnoceele, cut off from the

rest by the transverse branchial muscle. can often be seen to project into the substance —

of the metapleure; it is quite distinct, however, from the pterygoccele.

The Excretory Canals.

I owe it to M. Legros that I am able to state the existence of excretory canals in

A. valdivie ; no doubt they exist in A. pelagicus also, although I have not yet been able |

to see them there. Goldschmidt’s failure to find them is not surprising, since their minute

size renders them more than inconspicuous, in the absence of exact knowledge as to the

right position for the search. I saw nothing of them until M. Legros kindly pointed

out to me the very similar tubules of the Branchiostoma larva; with this aid their

identification became easy.

The canals form a complete series, on the left side only, one in relation to each

vill-slit. Each is a very narrow tube lying between the splanchnopleure and the

thickened branchial epithelium which lines the left-hand border of the gill-slit. Usually

the lumen of the tube can be seen in three successive sections of 6°64 thickness. In the

most anterior (vide P1.15. fig. 12) it is seen toabut upon the point where the thick branchial

passes into the thin external epithelium at the mouth of the slit. I have little doubt

that the tubule has an external opening here, though this could not always be seen ©

satisfactorily. In the two succeeding sections it is seen to pass back obliquely away from

the posterior corner of the slit. Immediately behind it the blood-vessel of the gill-bar

emerges from the latter to pass up in the left wall of the pharynx to the aorta. The

tubules do not seem to possess an internal opening; nothing can be made of their

histology from my sections, and I cannot say whether or no solenocytes have yet been

* The appearance of the metapleures in Goldschmidt’s figures of A. pelagicus and in mine is somewhat different ;

this is very probably, however, the effect of a difference of distension. I cannot doubt that his specimens and mine

belong to the same species,

GIBSON—CEPHALOCHORDA: “‘ AMPHIOXIDES,” 231

developed. The lumen of the tubule is largest in the last of the series, and decreases in

size as we pass forwards.

Goldschmidt’s theoretical interpretation of the gill-slits of Amphioxvides would rather

lead us to expect a double series of nephridia symmetrically disposed on either side of

them. This is emphatically not the case. But I do find what may possibly be the

beginnings of a second series, in an exactly similar position—far up on the right wall of

the pharynx—to that in which they appear, in relation to the right-hand series of

gill-slits, in the Amphioxus larva (vide infra). In sections through the middle region

of the pharynx there are seen at regular intervals, rather longer than those separating

the gill-slits, little aggregations of cells occupying the end of the ccelomic diverticulum

included by the right lateral pharyngeal fold. The nature of these aggregations can

only satisfactorily be seen anteriorly ; here, in the region of the hinder end of the mouth,

we can see, at rather more frequent intervals, small septa springing from the lateral

wall (separating splanchnocele and myoccele) at their anterior end, and passing back

obliquely onto the dorsal splanchnopleure lining the roof of the ccelomic diverticulum

included in the fold, to end at the angle of the latter; at the point where it ends

posteriorly, each septum increases in breadth and shuts off between itself and the

pharyngeal wall a small, backwardly directed pouch of the splanchnoccele (vide Pl. 15.

fig. 12). The first of these septa lies opposite the 5th gill-slit, and ends apposed to the

dorsal arm of the club-shaped gland; behind the 8th (corresponding to the 11th gill-slit)

the lateral portions of the septum do not occur, and each is represented solely by the

celomic pouch, the true nature of which is often impossible to make out, owing to the

confined space in which it lies; the 21st and last of these pouches occurs opposite the 26th

gill-slit. It should be mentioned that the ccelomic epithelium on both sides of the

septa, where they underlie the pouches, is of a more cubical character than that found

elsewhere.

In order to elucidate these appearances, I must refer to the extremely valuable paper

on the development of the right series of gill-slits and excretory tubules in the

Amphioxus larva, now in the press and shortly to appear in the ‘ Anatomischer Anzeiger’

(1909), which, by the kindness of the author, I have been allowed to read in manuscript.

By this, the first account we have of the subject, the mesodermal origin of the tubules—

at any rate of the right-hand series—seems to be established beyond all doubt; for they

are shown to be formed, before any fusion of atrial and pharyngeal walls exists in their

neighbourhood, as splanchnopleuric funnels growing downwards between branchial and

cceelomic epithelia immediately dorsal to the points where, a little later, the secondary

slits will break through. Of great importance for our interpretation of Amphioxides is

the presence, in the Amphioxus larva also, of inter-metameric septa very similar to those

which I have just described; posteriorly these are somewhat displaced from their

original position, but “au niveau de la 1° poche, les insertions internes se prolongent

vers le bas et larriére sur I’ébauche du canalicule de Boveri. La conclusion qui se

dégage de ce 1udiment de segmentation métamérique du splanchnoccele serait que le

jeune canalicule de Boveri s’ouvre par son orifice ceelomique dans le segment situé

devant lui.”

31%

232 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

This passage gives the key, I think, to the appearances found in Amphioxides. The

arrangement of the septa in the latter—more crowded anteriorly, more spaced out

posteriorly than the gill-slits—corresponds closely with that of the myotomes; they are

evidently intermetameric. It would seem a not unlikely supposition, that the coelomic

pouch formed at the posterior, internal end of each septum represents the first

beginning of an excretory tubule, formed here at an earlier stage than in the Amphiorus

larva, and actually seen to open at the hinder end of its segment as delimited by the

septum. If this is the case, we have it actually demonstrated here that the excretory

tubules are at their first origin, in 4. valdivie, metameric; it is, unfortunately, impossible —

to determine whether the same holds good of the right-hand series of gill-slits, since no

rudiments of these are yet present in the stage described.

In connection with the excretory tubules, I must make brief allusion to other organs

of a supposed similar structure. The preservation of my material has not allowed me

to see anything of the solenocytes in “ Hatschek’s nephridium,” and I can add nothing ~ |

to Goldschmidt’s account of this. With regard to the enigmatical organs described

under the name of ‘“‘Schwammkorper,” the same cause has debarred me from personal

observations. But it is difficult to credit Goldschmidt’s account of their structure, and

M. Legros informs me that the appearances in the Amphioxus larva lead him to believe

that the structures taken for solenocyte tubules were in reality branches of the ascending

rami viscerales of dorsal nerves; in this region of the body the latter take a peculiar

course in septa cutting across the dorsal portions of the splanchnocele (vide Legros,

1902).

The Gonads.

I did not find a single sexually mature specimen of Amphioxides, nor any showing

the gonads in any but an extremely early stage of their development. Goldschmidt

only found gonads in 3 of his 29 specimens—one of which he regarded as approaching

maturity. There can therefore be scarcely any doubt that Amphiowxides does not normally —

become sexually mature in the state in which we at present know it. In the single

specimen supposed by Goldschmidt to be nearly mature, the gonads present remarkable

relations, lying in spacious ventral prolongations of the myocele separated from the

myoccele proper—to judge from his figure—by horizontal epithelial septa. In Amphioxus,

on the other hand, they early come to lie in rhomboidal pouches—“ Genital Saickchen ” of

Boveri (1892, ii.)—formed as evaginations of the ventral wall of the myoccles, which

soon lose their connection with the latter and hang down into the atrial cavity. The

condition found in the one Amphioxides is clearly an abnormality, due to precocious

development of the gonads in the absence of an atrial cavity—an exceptional case of

“individual neoteny.”

My specimens show perfectly normal conditions, the gonads being in much the same

state as that shown in Boveri’s fig. 7 (1892, ii.) and in Zarnik’s fig. E (1904). The

gonad appears in some cases to contain a cavity communicating behind with that of its

parent myotome. JZarnik found a similar condition. In no case has the stalk of ©

connection with the parent myotome been lost, and the future ‘‘ Genital Sickchen,” or

GIBSON—CEPHALOCHORDA : ‘‘ AMPHIOXIDES.” 233

perigonadial ccelom, is represented only by a slight downward bulge of the posterior end

of the myotome in which each gonad lies.

In the great majority of specimens, including all those of A. valdivie, gonads could

not be seen at all. In sections of an A. valdivie 10°6 mm. long there was no trace of

them; Goldschmidt, however, found them, in an early stage of development, in animals

only 75 and 8 mm. long. In A. pelagicus their differentiation appears to commence

when the animal is about 9 mm. long; they occur in all the animals alluded to on

p. 224, as probably rather older than the rest, and in a few of the more normal

specimens. In one of the former category, 9:1 mm. long, they could be seen in the

hinder corners of segments 17-42 (their mother-segments therefore being 18-48); in

one of the latter, 8:9 mm. long, they are found in segments 20-43. In both animals

traces of them could be seen in a few more anterior segments in the shape of cell-

thickenings still lying in the anterior wall of their parent myotomes, as in Boveri's

figs. 3-6.

Finally, Goldschmidt found the gonads on the right side only. In this I can fully

corroborate him; no traces of them were ever to be seen on the left. This character is

important as allying Amphioxides to Asymmetron and Heteropleuron in contradistinction

to Branchiostoma.

(2) Toe METAMORPHOSED ANIMALS.

Of these there were unfortunately only two in the collection. They present many

points of agreement with A. pelagicus, and I am inclined, in spite of certain difficulties,

to assign them to the same species. To the discussion of their nature we shall return

after describing them.

External Characters.

These were examined in the smaller of the two specimens shown in Pl. 15. fig. 2. Its

measurements, when mounted, were 8x ‘64 mm., the post-anal length being 1°57 mm. ;

thus the ratio of length to breadth—12°5—though large, is not unparalleled in

A, pelagicus (vide table on p. 218) ; that of total to post-anal length—5-1— is a lower

figure than was ever found in the latter.

Apart from differences due to metamorphosis, there is a considerable general

resemblance to A. pelagicus. Thus the fin-ray boxes have a similar character and

arrangement, disappearing some little distance behind the anterior end of the nervous

system. The dorsal fin-membrane starts at the same level, and there are similarly

disposed fin-strands. The tail, however, is longer in proportion, and a good deal more

tapering and sharply pointed. The number of myotomes appears to be 70, of which

16 are post-anal, a larger number than was ever found in A. pelagicus.

The atrium is evidently completely closed and extends back a long way behind the

gill-region to the atriopore, situated opposite the 46th myotome. Just in front of the

latter the thickened rectal patch, so conspicuous in Amphioxides, can still be seen.

934 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Corresponding with the 32nd segment is seen the short “liver” cecum. There appear

to be 15 laterally situated gill-slits on the left, with indications of two more behind

them, which may be median in position. The precise number of the right gill-slits,

which resemble the left in appearance, I am unable to determine. The first slit is very

small and undivided; it is followed by 3 in which the ventral ends of the tongue-bars

are not fully formed; the 4th slit is the largest of the series, and—with the five

sueceeding—is completely divided by its tongue-bar into two equal halves; the slits behind

the 10th are small and incompletely divided.

In place of the pre-oral organ of Amphiowxides we find a buccal hood into both cheeks

of which the ventral ends of the myotomes extend, not being crowded together and

carried back as in Amphiovides; it is not yet fully formed, the left cheek being

considerably shorter dorso-ventrally than the right, and the opening still facing towards the

left. Round the posterior end of the opening the buccal skeleton has begun to form:

its lower, definitive right arm already shows 6 cirrli, its upper 4, the most posterior

being the longest in both cases, while there is also a long median cirrhus ; the cirrhi are

perfectly smooth, as in Asymmetron, and have not the sensory thickenings found in

Branchiostoma and Heteropleuron. Behind the buccal skeleton the velum can be dimly

seen, and appears to be shaped like a V with its apex posterior.

No gonads could be seen in this specimen.

Internal Anatomy.

This was studied in sections of the larger specimen (PI. 15. figs. 13-18). The latter was

86 mm. when first measured; the greatest depth of the sections is ‘66 mm., giving

18 as the ratio of length to depth; since shrinkage may safely be assumed to have

occurred, this figure is certainly too large. Neither can the ratio of total to post-anal

length—apparently about 65—be relied upon, since it was obtained by reconstruction,

and was, unfortunately, not observed in the uncut specimen. <As in J. pelagicus,

the number of myotomes was 67, the anus corresponding with the 53rd, and the origin —

of the dorsal fin-membrane with the 25th or thereabouts; the “liver” cecum lay

opposite to the 32nd myotome, the atriopore to the 42nd and 48rd.

Both metamorphosed animals almost certainly represent the same species, and are in

very much the same stage of development, though they do not agree absolutely in their

myotome formule and number of gill-slits.

The cavities of the rostrum show almost identical relations with those of

A. pelagicus, the only difference affecting the ventral rostral cavity, the anterior part

of which is occluded and forms a solid lamella of “skeletal” tissue similar to that

representing the “dorsal rostral canal” of Goldschmidt. Behind the level of the braia |

a cavity appears in this lamella (immediately ventral to the conspicuous ventral rostral —

canal), but it breaks up again into lymph-canals round the anterior end of the invagination —

of the buccal hood; one of these canals passes back for a short distance in the left cheek

of the hood, the rest, lying to the right of the invagination, re-unite to form a spacious —

cavity which is directly continuous with the right division of the stomocele. No trace —

GIBSON—CEPHALOCHORDA: ‘‘ AMPHIOXIDES.” 235

can be seen of the septum separating rostral cavity and posterior splanchnoccele, so

conspicuous in Amphioxides. Probably the obliteration of the former cavity and the

formation of “skeletal” tissue from its walls, already seen anteriorly, will ultimately

affect its whole extent, since no wide cavity occurs in either cheek of the hood in the

adult Branchiostoma.

The ventral rostral canal appears to open into the cavity of the right cheek at its

posterior end, just in front of Hatschek’s pit.

An important point of correspondence with A. pelagicus is the identical character of the

long canal forming the anterior prolongation of the fin-ray boxes ; it appears immediately

above the brain as a small triangular space in the ventral edge of the dorsal skeletal

lamella.

The brain has a well-developed pigment-spot like that of A. pelagicus, but its cavity

no longer communicates with the olfactory pit (Pl. 15. fig. 18).

The buccal cavity, or pre-oral hood, still opens well up on the left-hand side, the

downgrowth of the left cheek being not yet nearly completed, although the velar opening

(the larval mouth) has already acquired very nearly its definitive adult position.

Hatschek’s pit, opening into the roof of the hood near its anterior end, has much the

same appearance as in the larva; possibly it lies a little more towards the right. The

tall ciliated epithelium of its right wall is continued into a ciliated tract, which passes

downwards and backwards in the right wall of the hood to end in front of the velum.

This is evidently the representative of the ventral part of the larval pre-oral organ,

destined to become the “ Raderorgan” of the adult; how far it has taken on the

characters of the latter the preservation is not good enough to show.

The buccal skeleton, mouth, and stomocele (vide figs. 15-17) show in the

main the characters’ described by Van Wijhe (1902) for the adult Branchiostoma.

Such differences as occur are probably, most if not all of them, the marks of youth.’

The inpushing of the buccal skeleton into the cavity of the hood, so marked a feature in

the adult, is here only just beginning; consequently the region termed “ Lippenstiel”

by Van Wijhe does not yet exist as such, and the two cavities which occupy it—right

and left “cava epipterygia”’—are still directly continuous with the dorsal parts of the

stomoceele ; the same is true of the greater part of the outer lip-cavity. But as regards

the separation of the “cava” from one another and from the epibranchial ceelom, and

their communication with the pterygoceles and—vid the celomic canals of the first pair

of gill-bars—with the hypobranchial ccelom, the adult conditions are already attained.

Perhaps the most notable feature of the stomoceele is its great extension dorsally on

either side, seen in figs. 15 and 16. Its dorsal portions are entirely obliterated in the

adult Branchiostoma, except for a small remnant on the right, by the enlargement of

the velum and its cavity. Here, on the other hand, there is a spacious dorsal cavity

on both sides, that of the right directly continuous with the rostral cavity, that of the left

prolonged a considerable distance forward as a small ccelomic space lying external to

Hatschek’s nephridium (fig. 15).

Taking origin below the aorta, and inserted into the outer wall of the left division of

the stomoceele, is a long muscle (seen in fig. 16), which is evidently a remnant—probably

236 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

destined to atrophy—of the posterior mouth-muscle of the larva. It is separated by a

gap from the anterior end of the pterygial muscle, and its very different place of origin

shows it to be morphologically unconnected with the latter. Covering the base of the

buccal skeleton, in the wall of the cavity opposite to the insertion of this muscle, is seen

the outer lip-muscle ; it is evident that this belongs solely to the left side.

The inner lip-cavity, as in the adult, is not seen to communicate with any other part

of the stomoceele ; it is co-extensive with the buccal skeleton, both appearing immediately

in front of the velum. The skeleton shows 4 cirrhi in its ventral (definitive right) arm,

only the two posterior ones (3 & 4 in Pl. 15. fig. 15) projecting from the edge of the hood, a

long median cirrhus (5), and 2 cirrhiin its dorsal arm (6 & 7), neither of them projecting.

The velum and its cavity, though they have attained their definitive position, are still

comparatively inextensive, and the opening putting buccal cavity and pharynx into

communication is a wide one. The lower portion of the velum is set at an angle to the

upper, so that the whole when viewed from the side would form a V with its apex

posterior and its lower limb the shorter, as in the other metamorphosed animal. The

velicavum communicates with no other cavity ; it is seen anteriorly (fig. 15) as a median

space separating a short blind prolongation of the pharynx, on the right, from Hatschek’s

nephridium, on the left. Its relations, one section in front of the opening, are seen in

fig. 16; the ventral limb of the velum is not seen until a few sections further back.

The velar muscle is not very well-developed, and tentacles do not appear to be formed

as yet.

The pharynx, gill-slits, and atrium may next be considered. The atrium is

everywhere closed except at the atriopore, but is still of very limited extent, in

correspondence with the small size of the gill-slits (which are in the same condition as

in the other metamorphosed animal, shown in fig. 2). . Its anterior termination lies to

the left of the topographical middle line, appearing as a minute cavity in the septum

which separates the two halves of the stomocele. In this region, between the opening

of the buecal cavity and the 2nd or 3rd pair of gill-slits, the sagittal plane seems to be

twisted slightly to the left, as if the detorsion, which brings the primary gill-slits from a

median position onto the left-hand side, had overshot the mark; possibly, however, this

may be a remnant of the slight torsion to the left affecting the pre-oral gut and anterior

end of the endostyle in the larva. It is shown here, too, in the position of the extreme

anterior end of the endostyle, and also in the highly asymmetrical relations of the

metapleures.

The relations of the anterior gill-slits may be understood, without description, from the

accompanying schematic figure (text-fig. 3). The presence of two separate communica-

tions between hypobranchial celom and right stomoccele (“cavum epipterygium ”) is

noteworthy: the posterior connection (p) is a typical narrow “ ccelomic canal,” the

anterior (a) a wide opening; the anterior end of the hypobranchial ccelom is, in fact,

still directly continuous with the right stomoceele ; it will, no doubt, become closed off

from it at this point, so soon as the atrium extends round onto the right-hand side.

There are 18 gill-slits on the right side, all except the first two alternating in the

normal manner with their fellows of the left. Behind the last right gill-slit are three

i el et oe oa ere

G1BSON—CEPHALOCHORDA : “ AMPHIOXIDES.” 237

more left slits, making 21 in all, The position of these last three slits is instructive ; the

last of them lies exactly in the (topographical) mid-ventral line, the other two only very

slightly to the left of it. Thus they are proved to be persistent larval slits, and not

“tertiaries,” since we know the latter to be formed simultaneously on both sides, in their

definitive symmetrical position. It follows that the larva from which their possessor

was derived had at least 21 median slits. Further, we can see behind these slits an

indication that some five more have previously existed, in the presence, on the left side

only, of celomic canals uniting hypobranchial and epibranchial ecelom ; between these

canals the two cavities are separated by concrescences of atrial and branchial epithelia,

and on the right side a like concrescence is continuous. If these canals have the

supposed significance, and if we may assume the most anterior larval slit to have closed,

as it does in the Branchiostoma larva, 27 slits—the number almost always found in

A. pelagicus—may be assigned also to the larva from which our metamorphosed animal

was derived.

Fig. 3.—Diagrammatic horizontal section through anterior gill-

bet Epibranchial ] ;

¥ x ae slits of a young metamorphosed animal. Hypobranchial ccelom

[ i] i} iar: < Ste tomoroete overlaid by the endostyle, shown by the heavy dotted line.

eee er The light dotted lines indicate the inner limits of the pterygo-

‘ \ J JD Bei Rigut Stomacoele cceles, lying below the epibranchial cceloms, and opening into

4 S ee the stomocceles in front. The shaded areas represent the gill-

a ae hial coelo™

Right Epibranc bars of the second and succeeding slits.

The retention by the posterior gill-slits of their larval, median position involves a

further retention of the larval asymmetry in the position of the sub-endostylar blood-

vessel, or branchial artery. ‘This, together with the hypobranchial ccelom, in the roof of

which it lies, takes its course well to the right-hand side in the region of the last three

slits. The endostyle itself does not yet extend so far back, but appears a little further

forward as a band of clear cells: at its hinder end it, too, is asymmetrically affected, and

follows an undulating course, being pushed to the right, so to speak, by each left gill-

slit, but lying in its definitive median position in the intervals between them. From the

region of the 13th to the 1st gill-slit, the endostyle is perfectly symmetrical. As already

mentioned, at its extreme anterior end, immediately behind the velum, it lies slightly to

the left. The appearance of a section through a primary gill-bar is seen in Pl. 15. fig. 18.

In most of the primary bars, but not in the tongue-bars, chitinous supporting-rods are

developed. The atrial epithelium covering the primary bars of the left, not those of the

right, side is peculiarly modified, its cells being large, projecting, and of irregular

outline. Tongue-bars are not present in the last three left slits, in the last right, or in

the first on either side.

The histology of the pharynx could not be satisfactorily made out, its whole ventral

portion appearing as little more than a mass of deeply staining nuclei, in which the

openings of the gill-slits were seen as clear areas. One thing is evident, that the

branchial epithelium is extremely thick The larval separation of dorsal and ventral

portions by means of lateral folds is still seen anteriorly, though it is not so marked as

in Amphioxides ; towards the middle of the gill-region, the dorsal portion becomes more

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 32

23 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

restricted and takes on the character of a true epibranchial groove, liaed by tall

columnar cells.

The failure to find peripharyngeal bands or excretory canals was no doubt due to the

bad preservation of the pharyngeal wall.

The region behind the gill-slits need not detain us, The atrium here encroaches on

the epibranchial ccelom considerably more than it does in the gill-region. There is no

sign of any post-atrioporal extension of the atrium.

The metapleural folds are for the great part of their extent—from the level of

the 8rd gill-slits to the atriopore—symmetrical. The anterior, asymmetrical portion

of the right fold somewhat recalls that of 4A. pelagicus in the manner in which it

merges into the right cheek, and in the course of its band of clear cells, which can

still be traced, although it shows signs of breaking up, and merges anteriorly into

an extensive tract of thickened epidermis; the left metapleure, likewise, still possesses

its band, and for some distance behind the point where the two folds become symme-

trical their two bands are seen lying side by side on the shelf of tissue which floors

the atrium,

The left metapleure dies out a little behind the opening of the buccal cavity, just —

internal to the ridge (seen in Pl. 15. fig. 16) which forms the prolongation of its left edge.

Its anterior portion thus lies much more to the left than in Amphiovides: it also shows

a very marked difference in point of size.

The shape of the metapleures, and the pronounced constriction by which they are

marked off from the body, can be seen from fig. 18. The well-developed pterygocceles

are roofed dorso-medially by the pterygial muscles, covering which no epithelium can —

be seen except a band of peculiar large cells on either side. Behind the gill-region the

pterygoccele comes to occupy the whole interior of the metapleure, the gelatinous layer

of the cutis disappearing completely.

Behind the atriopore, the left metapleure soon dies away, while the right becomes :

continuous with the ventral fin, a character shared by the genera Heteropleuron and

Asymmetron, but not found in Branchiostoma. Andrews describes the posterior

portions of both metapleures in the second named genus as having the structure of —

tins: this is not the case here, since both pterygocceles are still visible behind the

atriopore. They appear to end by opening into the splanchnopleure, but, as is so_

frequently the case, the openings cannot be determined with absolute certainty.

Vascular System.—The aorta is single, as in the larva, in the posterior gill-region:

further forward it divides into two branches, of which the left can be traced as far as —

Hatschek’s pit—it overlies Hatschek’s nephridium anteriorly. The right:branch tapers

away behind the velum. In front of the latter traces of the so-called “right aortic

arch” can be seen as a plexus of vessels lying below the notochord, apparently com- j ’

municating with the left aorta anteriorly.

The dorsal and ventral fins are similar in structure to those of Amphioxides: a

towards the hinder end of the tail, at any rate, the fin-strands appear to be quite solid; —

more anteriorly they may become hollowed, but do not open into the fin-ray boxes. —

As in Amphiowides and Asymmetron, the ventral fin is displaced to the right by the

GIBSON—CEPHALOCHORDA : “* AMPHIOXIDES.” 239

anus, and here presents the appearance of a lateral structure, the anus itself lying in the

middle line. Fibrillae are conspicuous in the gelatinous substance of the fins.

The gonads (vide Pl. 15. fig. 18) are in exactly the same condition as that already

described for Amphioxides, appearing, on the right side only, as small masses of cells in

the hinder corners of the 22nd—44th myotomes (therefore belonging in reality to the

23rd—45th). They still retain the stalk of connection with the parent myotome, and do

not form any projection into the atrium. Traces of gonads can be seen in about ten

more anterior segments as small cellular thickenings not yet evaginated from the wall

of the parent myotome.

WHAT IS “ AMPHIOXIDES”?

Goldschmidt has now adopted the view, and there can be very little doubt of its

correctness, that Amphioxides is no adult, but the larva of some undetermined member

of the Branchiostomide. Most conclusive in favour of this view are the detailed corre-

spondences which Amphioxides presents with the well-known larva of Branchiostoma

lanceolatum in the structure and relations of its pre-oral organ, mouth, endostyle, gill-

slits, metapleural folds, and other organs—correspondences which could hardly occur in

such perfection between a true primitive form and a larva displaying a mere recapitula-

tion of the same primitive organisation. This objection only holds, of course, against

the supposition that Amphioaides is an adult of primitive character, not against

Goldschmidt’s alternative hypothesis that it is racially or individually neotenic. Other

considerations, however, will show us that there is not sufficient ground for the latter

hypotheses. In the first place, only one of his 29 specimens showed the gonads in at

all an advanced state of development, and only two others had even beginnings of them:

in the 190 specimens which [ have examined, only a few showed any traces of them,

and in these they were in a very young stage. ‘There is therefore no evidence to show

that “ Amphioxides” can become sexually mature in the condition in which we know it,

and not sufficient ground for assuming that it does so without undergoing meta-

morphosis *. Secondly, the occurrence of Amphiovides in great numbers in the

neighbourhood of land is strong presumptive evidence that it is the larva of some

littoral, and therefore metamorphosed, form. On the supposition that its distribution

was purely pelagic, it was quite justifiable to suspect, if not to assume, the power of

neotenic development, since the metamorphosed condition is an obvious adaptation to

a littoral existence, and the change thereto might well be inhibited by a pelagic one.

Now, even this ground for the supposition disappears.

In his later paper (1906) Goldschmidt adopts the view that Amphiovides is a

*neotenisch weitergebildete Larvenform.” This would seem to imply that the

“Weiterbildung ” which gives rise to Amphiovides is an exceptional, or at any rate an

* It is impossible to be certain as to the true nature of the animal, 20 mm. long, described by Cooper (1903) as

Branchiostoma pelagicum. It does not look at all like A. pelagicus, and is described as having only 60 myotomes.

The ‘ Challenger’ specimen, on the other hand (Giinther, 1889), is probably a genuine A. pelagicus.

32*

24.0 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

alternative occurrence, in a species which in other cases undergoes metamorphosis at an

earlier stage: ‘‘ Man kann annehmen, dass junge Larven vor der Metamorphose auf die

hohe See verschlagen wurden und so an der Metamorphose verhindert, ihre larvale

Organisation weiterbildeten.” But this is a supposition which the remarkable constancy

of the number of gill-slits, as of other characters, in Amphioxides, would alone make it

difficult to accept; and now that animals in no way differing from their pelagic

relatives have been taken in the immediate neighbourhood of land, I do not think that

it can be any longer maintained. There can be little doubt that the different kinds of

Amphioxides represent fixed and normal stages in the life-history of the species to which

they belong. Possibly the great length of the larval period is an adaptation to a more

prolonged pelagic existence, originally developed in the species in response to the

same need which Goldschmidt supposes to have evoked it in individuals; but it is also

conceivable that it is a primitive condition. No doubt the period of pelagic life became

progressively shortened, as the Cephalochordate ancestor became adapted to life in the

sand: the species of which Amphiowides is the larva may well represent an earlier

stage in the process than Branchiostoma, without any implication of the primitiveness of

the larval organisation.

We have now to consider the question to what, if any, known adult form we can

regard Amphiovides as belonging. Certain features in the structure of the larve give

slight clues as to their affinities. Thus the occurrence of gonads on the right side only,

in A. pelagicus and A. valdivie (two of Goldschmidt’s specimens), precludes them from

belonging to the genus Branchiostoma. They must therefore belong to Asymmetron,

Heteropleuron*, or some unknown genus. In both the genera named gonads occur on

the right side only, and the right metapleure is continuous with the ventral fin;

Asymmetron is further marked by the presence of a urostyloid process and the absence

of ventral fin-ray chambers; but in one species of Heleropleuron (H. agassiziz), described

by Parker (1904) from a single specimen, ventral fin-ray chambers also appear to be

absent. Their non-occurrence in any species of Aimphioxides would suggest the alliance

with Asymmetron or with H. ayassizii rather than with other species of Heleropleuron.

It is true that the ventral fin-ray chambers cannot be seen in the Branchiostoma larva t+

in its oldest pre-metamorphic stage, but neither can the dorsal ones: since the latter are

extremely well developed in Amphiowides, it is hardly likely that the absence of the

former is merely a larval character. Another feature allying Amphiowxides pelagicus,

but not valdivie, to Asymmetron, is the absence of distinct dorsal fin-ray chambers over

the most anterior portion of the nerve-cord. This is a feature not elsewhere found

outside the genus Asymmetron, so far as I am able to discover.

Unfortunately, the essentially larval character of Amphiowides gives us few points of —

general comparison with known adult Cephalochordates. We must expect it to differ

as much from its adult as the larva does from the adult of Branchiostoma lanceolatum ;

* I follow Parker (1904) in provisionally regarding Branchiostoma, Heteropleuron, and Asymmetron as three

distinct genera.

7 I have determined this point on mounted larye kindly lent to me by M. Legros.

GIBSON—CEPHALOCHORDA: ‘‘ AMPHLOXIDES.” 241

hence it is only natural that, in the absence of intermediate stages, its proper assignment

should be far from obvious. One valuable criterion remains to us, however, viz., the

myotome formula. In view of the constancy of the number of myotomes in the larger

specimens of Amphioxides, and the fact that even the much smaller Branchiostoma larva

already possesses its adult number before metamorphosis, there can hardly be any doubt

that Amphioxides, as we know it, also possesses its full adult number.

The following table (p. 242) shows the myotome formule and distribution of the

various species of Heteropleuron, Asymmetron, and Amphioxides.

Two correspondences are at least close enough to be worth considering, and are

further supported by coincidences of distribution, viz., those between Asymmetron

lucayanum and Amphioxides pelagicus, and between Heteropleuron parcum and

Amphioxides valdivie. We will deal first with the former.

Cooper (1903) describing as pelagic larvee specimens of Amphiorides pelagicus taken

off the Maldives, has already speculated as to whether they could be the larve of

Asymmetron lucayanum—by far the most abundant Cephalochordate of that Archipelago

—but decided the question, provisionally, in the negative. One of his reasons for doing

so is the absence of an olfactory pit in Asymmetron: since, however, the olfactory pit is

a remnant of the neuropore, its absence cannot be a primitive feature, and it is bound to

occur in the earlier stages of the life-history ; its retention up to the end of larval life,

and subsequent atrophy, would be in no way remarkable.

Apart from the sufficiently close correspondences in the myotome formule, a relation-

ship between Amphioxides pelagicus and Asymmetron is, as we have seen, indicated by

certain anatomical features. With 4. /wcayanum in particular there is a very remark-

able correspondence in the structure of the snout, as Andrews’s fig. 10, in the paper in

which he first described the species (1893), will show. This figure might almost have

been drawn from a specimen of A. pelagicus, so close is the similarity of the long

tapering canal which takes the place of fin-ray boxes anteriorly. A further noteworthy

correspondence is in the median position of the anus and consequent right-handed

position of the ventral fin in its vicinity.

But perhaps the most remarkable correspondence is that of distribution. A glance at

Andrews’s fig. 5 is, I think, sufficiently convincing evidence that Amphioxides pelagicus

occurs in association with Asymmetron lucayanum in the Bahamas, as well as in the

Maldives. The animal there depicted is clearly recognisable, and in the numerical

characters given (length, 6 mm.; no. of gill-slits, 22; myotome formula, 51+13) it

agrees excellently with similar-sized specimens of mine (ef Table, p. 218). Andrews

assigns it without question to Asymmetron lucayanum; he may, of course, have been

incorrect in so doing, since he did not follow the metamorphosis; but the occurrence of

practically identical adults in conjunction with larve, also apparently identical, in two

localities so widely separated as the Bahamas and the Maldives, is at least highly

remarkable, if adults and larvee do not belong to a single species.

_ At this point it will be convenient to consider the metamorphosed animals which I

have described above. There are undoubtedly some difficulties in the way of regarding

them as metamorphosed A. pelagicus. No specimen of the latter was found in which

242 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Species. oe apo ay Be ea Distribution.

Heteropleuron bassanum, Ginther. . 70-78t 45+16+4 14=75* Bass Straits, Australia.

ooo

A hectone (Benham eric eine eres 53+19+12=84* New Zealand.

————>

H. maldivense, Cooper .......... 70-76 45+ 16412=73* Maldives.

H. cingalense, Kirkaldy.......... 61-64t 39+16+8 =63* Ceylon.

(SS

A parvum; Parker) 'a./0s thas. +2 404+18+10=68* Maldives,

“

DE cultellum, Pebers! Vas. 6 ce ont « 50-567 32+104+10=52* Torres Straits.

Eg assizty. barker. se cite eee 454+15+10=70* Maldives.

———— ‘

Asymmetron lucayanum, Andrews. . 63-69T 444+9+413=66* Bahamas, Maldives '.

—S——

A. macricaudatum, Parker ...... 58+-68+ 43+5+4 14=62* Florida,

; 40 | fy

A. caudatum, Willey ............ 44 | +9+4+11 Orissa Coast.

Indian Ocean passim.

Amphiouides pelagicus, Gill ...... 67-68 534-14=67 Gulf of Guinea,

Pacific, Bahamas *,

A, sternurus, Goldschmidt........ 70 55+ 15=70 Indian Ocean.

A. valdivice, Goldechmidt 67-70 58+11=69 Tadient Oana

3 ARTS toe ahh Te CuK Ee ok s i S. of Teneriffe.

* Cooper described the Maldive form as identical, save in point of size, with Andrews’s A. lucayanum. Parker, —

on account of certain other slight differences, separated it as a distinct species, A. orientale; the two forms —

would seem, however, to be hardly more than yarieties of one species.

* Vide infra, for occurrence of A, pelagicus in the Bahamas. ‘The ‘Challenger’ specimen was taken in the

Pacific.

the anus lay behind the 54th myotome; in one of the metamorphosed animals it corre- q

sponded with the 55th, Comparison of transverse sections shows notable differences in —

the shape and structure of the metapleures. The snout is more tapering, and the ©

GIBSON—CEPHALOCHORDA: ‘ AMPHIOXIDES.” 243

posterior end of the mouth-opening and of Hatschek’s pit both lie relatively farther back

in the metamorphosed animal than in the larva. Further, both metamorphosed animals

are considerably smaller than the largest larvze obtained.

But on the whole these difficulties seem to me to be outweighed, once again, by a

distributional coincidence. For Andrews figures, as a stage in the life-history of

Asymmetron, not only a larva which can hardly be other than A. pelagicus, but also

a young metamorphosed animal extremely similar to mine, as a comparison of his fig. 3

with my PI. 15. fig. 2 will show. Thus we have in the Bahamas and Maldives closely

similar parallel series of three stages, with undoubted correspondences between them to

suggest that all are stages in the life-history of a single species. That they do, in fact,

belong to one and the same species is, I think, a justitiable deduction.

The connection is perhaps weakest between the two younger stages, where, however,

the intervening metamorphosis would naturally be expected to bring about a con-

siderable change. That the young metamorphosed animals belong to 4. lucayanwm is

indicated by their corresponding myotome formula, their smooth oral cirrhi, and the

continued absence of ventral fin-ray spaces—in the corresponding stage of Branchiostoma

lanceolatum the latter have definitely made their appearance. ‘The number of distinctly

developed gonads is not yet so great as that possessed by the adult Asymmetron ;

this is only what we should expect in a young specimen. The posterior limit of the

gonads coincides, within two segments, in Amphiovides pelagicus, the metamorphosed

animal, and Asymmetron lucayanwm, a further argument for their specific identity.

{ Asyminetron lucayanum (Andrews). . 15-43

Metamorphosed animal . . . . . 22-44

) on nye S42

) oS Re 2043

Segments in which gonads

are distinctly developed. | Amphioxides pelagicus (1

L (2

Andrews’s specimen, to judge from the length of the liver-czecum and the more

tapering tail, is rather older than those which I have described. It has apparently

15 left gill-slits, most of them completely divided by tongue-bars, thus resembling the

smaller of mine.

The exact metamorphic history of the pharyngeal region is a little difficult

reconstruct from imagination. Ina typical 4. pelagicus there are 27 median gill-slits,

the last corresponding to the division between 27th and 28th segments. In the larger

but—judging from the number of oral cirrhi—the younger of my metamorphosed

animals, the 21st and last left gill-slit lies opposite the ventral end of the 28th myotome.

We must therefore suppose that, with the closing of the most posterior slits during

metamorphosis, those in front have been shifted bodily backwards, a fate which the

mouth and Hatschek’s pit would seem to have shared. In my other specimen, and in

Andrews’s since there are only some 15 left slits, a larger number of the posterior ones

would seem to have atrophied ; a certain amount of irregularity in this respect is found

in Branchiostoma pelagicum, and need not therefore surprise us here.

Until more intermediate stages are discovered, it would no doubt be premature to

state dogmatically that Amphioxides pelagicus is the larva of Asymmetron lucayanum.

We can only express the opinion that it probably is so. It is certainly remarkable that

244 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Asymmetron has not yet been found in the adult state anywhere in the Indian Ocean,

except in the Maldive Archipelago. Mr. Stanley Gardiner informs me that he made

special search for it, without success, in the Chagos and Seychelles Archipelagoes, and off

Mauritius and Madagascar, and that Mr. Fryer has failed to find it at Aldabra. Such

negative evidence need not, however, have great weight against the belief we have

expressed above. 4. pelagicus must develop into an adult of some kind, and any other

Cephalochordate which can claim to be that adult is at present quite as unknown from

the region as Asymmetron itself.

Goldschmidt’s Amphioxides sternurus, with its great similarity to A. pelagicus, is very

probably only a variety, and therefore need not detain us.

The third species, 4. valdivie, agrees approximately as regards its myotome formula

with Heteropleuron parvum, a genus founded by Parker (1904) on two specimens from

the Maldives. The somewhat blunt notochord and the manner in which the myotomes

end off posteriorly, are points of resemblance between the two. HH. parvum, however, is

described as possessing ventral fin-ray spaces and fin-rays, and is also remarkable for its

small size (11°5-12°5 mm.). It would seem improbable therefore that its larva could

attain a size of 10°6 mm. without showing traces either of gonads or of ventral fin-ray

spaces. It is perhaps rather more probable that 4. valdivie belongs to H. agassizit,

which is distinguished from all other species of Heteropleuron by the absence of

ventral fin-ray spaces. Since only a single specimen of this has been described, the fact

that it possessed as many as 60 pre-anal myotomes need not exclude the possibility.

The extension of the dorsal fin-ray spaces as far as the anterior end of the nervous

system certainly allies 4. valdivie to Heteropleuron rather than to Asymmetron: as

to its specific assignment we must for the present suspend judgment.

Goldschmidt obtained both A. pelagicus and A. valdivie off the West Coast of Africa,

the Cephalochordate fauna of which is at present practically unknown. Probably,

therefore, the adults to which they belong will one day be found there, and we may look

to future collections from this region, from the West Indies (Bahamas), and from the

Indian Ocean (in particular the Maldives) for the final settlement of the nature of

“ Amphioxides.” We may further expect that new kinds of ‘‘ Amphioxides” will be

discovered. Not improbably all the species of Heteropleuron and Asymmetron—possibly

some Branchiostoma as well—may have pelagic larvee of the same type. The name

itself must disappear as that of a genus, but may conveniently be retained as an

expression forthe peculiar type of larval organisation brought into prominence by

Goldschmidt’s monograph.

TO WHAT EXTENT IS “ AMPHIOXIDES” PRIMITIVE?

By his researches on Amphiowxides, the comparison of its structure with that of the

Branchiostoma larva, and the consideration of the developmental history and so-called

“ metamorphosis” of the latter, Goldschmidt was led to the remarkable conciusion that

Amphioxides—and the Branchiostoma larva to a lesser extent—showed the primitive type

of organisation from which the adult organisation of all other known Cephalochordates

GIBSON—-CEPHALOCHORDA: “ AMPHIOXIDES.” 245

had been derived. On this view, the larval phase of Branchiostoma presents a true

recapitulation, and its metamorphosis—now rightly so-called—represents the transition

from an ancestral to a modern phylogenetic stage, a transition which occurred

historically when the pelagic ancestor became adapted to life in the sand. The generally

accepted view that the larval peculiarities of Branchiostoma are in the main ceenogenetic

and not priusitive, is, according to Goldschmidt, an unsatisfactory explanation of the

facts. He further regards Amphiowxides as standing much nearer to the ancestral line

of the higher craniates than its more specialized relatives.

These views are, of course, unaffected by the subsequent admission that Amphiovides

may be only the larva of some more normal Cephalochordate: its organisation still

represents for Goldschmidt, albeit in a recapitulated larval form, the primitive type.

Van Wijhe (1906) and Willey (1906) have already criticised Goldschmidt’s conclusions

on several important points. Since this report deals with Amphiovides in particular, and

brings forward a few new facts which weigh against them, I may perhaps venture on a

more detailed discussion of the questions he has raised.

It will be as well to state at once in what characters Goldschmidt considers the

_ primitive nature of Amphioxides to be displayed, and how he conceives the evolution of

“ Amphioxus” from an Amphiovides-like ancestor to have occurred. The most impor-

tant supposed primitive characters are :—

(1) The possession of a single, median series of gill-slits, symmetrically disposed

along the mid-ventral line, eumetamerically arranged (in A. pelagicus), and separated

from one another by gill-bars which show an obvious bi-lateral structure in their

branchial epithelium and musculature.

(2) In close connection with the last, the absence of an atrial cavity. The gill-slits

open directly to the exterior between metapleural folds which hang down freely on

either side.

(8) The separation of the pharynx by means of symmetrical lateral folds into a dorsal

“pars nutritoria” and a ventral “ pars respiratoria.”

(4) The possession of an asymmetrical—left-sided—mouth.

(5) The asymmetrical development, in the wall of the pharynx opposite to the mouth,

of the “‘endostyle” and club-shaped gland.

The primitiveness of the second character is obviously indisputable, and we may leave

it out of consideration for the moment. Of the rest, by far the most important is the

first; the separation of the pbarynx into dorsal and ventral portions, and the asym-

metrical position of the mouth and endostyle, are all, according to Goldschmidt, adapta-

tious to secure non-collision of the nutritive and respiratory functions, necessitated by

the appearance in an originally unperforated pharynx of a mid-ventral series of gill-slits

extending to its extreme anterior end. A dorsal position for the mouth is rendered

impossible by the anterior extension of the notochord, a ventral by that of the gill-slits ;

it therefore breaks through laterally into the dorsal section of the pharynx, which has

become partially separated from the ventral by the development of lateral folds, food-

particles being thus prevented from falling through the gill-slits ; anteriorly, where the

separation is less complete, the asymmetrical endostyle is developed, and, aided by the

SECOND SERIES.— ZOOLOGY, VOL, XIII. 33

246 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

secretion of the club-shaped gland, serves to convey food-particles into the ‘“ pars

nutritoria.” Thus the asymmetry of mouth and endostyle is primitive, not secondary :

both organs arose de ovo in the position in which we now see them, at the time when

the ancestor of Amphiowides first acquired gill-slits. The position of the formerly-

existing mouth is not specified. Incidentally, it is assumed that the rostral extension

of the notochord was already present at the phylogenetic stage when these changes took

place, in opposition to Willey (1891), who regards it as an adaptation to life in the sand. —

Before considering the supposed course of evolution from Amphioxides to Amphioxrus,

I may offer a few criticisms on the direct evidences of primitiveness derived from the

structure of the former. Of such evidences, Goldschmidt insists principally on that of

the gili-slits. _Eumetamery of the gill-slits is, no doubt, a primitive character, but in

view of the extreme unlikelihood that it really obtains in A. valdivie (vide supra,

p- 227), no very great importance can be attached to its apparent occurrence in

A. pelagicus. The bilaterally symmetrical structure of the gill-bars, if it really occurred,

would be an important argument for their primitive character. Goldschmidt lays

considerable stress upon it, and writes :—‘‘ Man miisste den Thatsachen schon ziemlich

Gewalt antun, wenn man etwa annehmen wollte, dass durch die sekundire Verlagerung

einer linksseitigen Kiemenspaltenreilie in die Symmetrieebene sie auch sekundir eine

innere Symmetrie angepommen habe.” I cannot but think that far less violence to

facts is needed for this supposition than for Goldschmidt’s own as to the manner in

which the perfect symmetry of the gill-slits of the adult Amphiowus was secondarily

established. But, in fact, the symmetry of the gill-bars in Amphioxides is of the

slightest, and such as it is may perfectly easily have arisen secondarily. I hope to have

shown above that the assumption of a paired structure of the endodermal portions is

unjustified. The symmetrical disposition of the muscles is no indication of paired

structure, being conditioned solely by mechanical needs. Moreover, in A. valdivia, at

any rate, the position of the gill-slits is far from symmetrical: and I cannot find entirely

satisfying the explanation that here the sagittal plane of the whole pharyngeal region

has been pushed to the right, owing to the development of a long stomodzeum, consequent

upon the increased ventral extension of the muscles.

Another fact which weighs against the primitiveness of the median series of gill-slits

is the occurrence of an asymmetrical series of excretory tubules, on their left side only

(the right series being represented, if at all, by mere “ Anlagen,” far up on the right-

hand side). Whether, with Boveri, we homologize these tubules with the pro-nephric

tubules of the craniates, or regard them, with Goodrich, as the probable homologues of

the annelid nephridia, or even if we accept neither hypothesis, there can be little doubt

that they are essentially and primitively paired structures. Goldschmidt’s apparent

acceptance of Boveri’s homology, and his views as to the relationship of Amphiovides to

the eraniates, undoubtedly demand their occurrence in a double series symmetrically

disposed with regard to the median slits. Their occurrence as actually determined

points strongly to the conclusion that the slits have secondarily assumed the median

position during the temporary suppression of their fellow series. Positive proof of the

GIBSON—CEPHALOCHORDA ; “‘ AMPHIOXIDES.” 247

correctness of this view would be given, could it be shown that the branchial muscles of

Amphioxides are innervated from the left side only.

Willey (1906) has already pointed out the improbability of Goldschmidt’s view as to

the respiratory mechanism and function of the lateral pharyngeal folds, and we may

now regard it as fairly certain that in the living Amphiowides, as in the Branchiostoma

larva, an expanded condition of the pharynx, in which the folds are obliterated, is the

normal one. With this admission, his views upon the function of the endostyle, and his

physiological explanation of the asymmetry of this organ and of the mouth, lose the

greater part of their value.

Willey also calls attention to the fact that the peripharyngeal bands of the adult are

already represented in the Branchiostoma larva: I have shown this to be true, at any

rate for the left band, in Amphioxides. M. Legros has demonstrated to me that a band

of clear cells representing the future endostyle and a thickening marking the position of

the future right gill-slits are also present in the Branchiostoma larva before the beginning

of metamorphosis: although these do not seem to be present in Amphioxides, their

significance is just as great in one asin the other. We might, of course, suppose that all

these are purely secondary structures, belonging to the adult type of organisation only,

but precociously developed in the larva: possibly even, as Goldschmidt does for the

endostyle, we might find in their asymmetrical position a physiological significance and

interpret it as primitive. The generally accepted view that they are primitively

symmetrical organs, ccenogenetically shifted into an asymmetrical position during larval

life, remains vastly the most probable.

A: priori, the primitiveness of the asymmetrical arrangements found in Aimphiovides

is rendered highly improbable by the general consideration of symmetry and asymmetry

elsewhere in the animal kingdom. There can be no question but that asymmetry is

secondary in the vast majority of cases where it occurs, being arrived at either by

unequal growth and diversity of development of originally paired equivalent organs, or

by the suppression of one such, or else by the displacement of primitively median

organs, only very rarely by the appearance of asymmetrical organs de novo.

We may now pass to the explanation of the metamorphosis of ‘* Amphioaus” and of

the phylogenetic transition of which it is held to be the recapitulation, based on the

supposition that the organisation of Amphioxides and of the Amphioxus larva is

primitive. From the belief that this supposition makes a satisfactory explanation of

the facts possible, where other hypotheses fail, Goldschmidt derives an increased

confidence in its validity.

From the stage represented by A. pelagicus, the supposed evolution of which we have

already traced, the lines of evolution leading to A. valdivie and to Amphioxus are

supposed to coincide for a short distance. The musculature acquires a greater ventral

extension and so necessitates the development of a long stomodzeum, which causes a

torsion of the sagittal plane towards the right. In this way the right-sided position of

the gill-slits in A. valdivie and in the Branchiostoma larva is accounted for. In point

of fact, however, we find a particularly slight ventral extension of the musculature, and

DYE

248 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

no stomodeum, in the latter, as the figures of Lankester and Willey (1890) and Legros

(1898) clearly demonstrate. But the great and important change takes place when a

pelagic existence is abandoned for life in the sand. This necessitates the formation of

an atrium, primarily, on Goldschmidt’s, as on Boveri’s view, in order to make possible

an increase of respiratory surface in the presence of a body musculature extending far

down towards the ventral edge. An atrium having been formed and beginning to grow

in towards the interior, a new series of gill-slits, in no way homologous with the old,

arises on the right-hand side. Both series increase in lateral extent, and, encroaching

on the mouth, force it to abandon its lateral position for a new and topographically

symmetrical one anterior to the gill-slits. These are then enabled to follow suit, and

take up a symmetrical position, equally coenogenetic with that of the mouth, on either

side of the originally asymmetrical branchial artery. With the continued dorsal growth

of the gill-slits the “pars nutritoria’’ becomes reduced to an epibranchial groove, and

the endostyle, losing its original function, follows the prevailing fashion of symmetry

and grows back between the two rows of gill-slits*. Finally, the velum and buccal

tentacles appear as adaptations to the new conditions of nutrition, and the evolution of

Amphioxus as we know it is thus completed.

This reconstruction of phylogeny, agreeing almost point for point with the course of

ontogeny in Branchicstoma lanceolatum, Goldschmidt considers to offer a more satis-

factory explanation of its development than any other which kas been proposed. But it

can hardly fail to strike one that this agreement is almost too perfect to be trusted.

We have learned, since the earlier days of the “ Biogenetic Law,” to expect in the

individual at best a highly modified and obscured representation of the racial history.

Moreover, one step in the course of evolution here traced seems to me so exceedingly

improbable as seriously to vitiate the whole theory : this step is the establishment of a

secondary symmetry between the two rows of non-homologous gill-slits in place of the

supposed primary symmetry of the originally existing series. To restate the supposed

course of events :—Amphioxides possesses a median unpaired series of slits, displaying a

bilateral symmetry about the sagittal plane: to these are subsequently added a second

series, In no way homologous with them, essentially asymmetrical organs, arising on one

side only : the first series now acquires a structure identical with that of its newly-formed

partner, and a rotation of the pharynx brings the two into symmetrical positions on

either side of a new sagittal plane. Surely this is a history unparalleled elsewhere in —

the animal kingdom! Cases are numerous enough in which an organ of one side grows

over on to the other and establishes apparently symmetrical relations about the sagittal

plaue—the development of the hydroccele in Echinoderms may be cited as an instance:

there are none that we can call to mind of a primitively median and a primitively

asymmetrical organ, much less whole series of organs, secondarily establishing sym-—

* Goldschmidt suggests that the endostyle acquires the function of conducting food-particles backwards between —

the gill-slits. It would seem more probable that (as in Ascidians) its function is to secrete a cord of mucus which —

shall involve the food-particles, and lead it forwards to the peripharyngeal bands. Andrews has obseryed the food —

to pass backwards along the latter in Asymmetron lucayanum.

GIBSON—CEPHALOCHORDA: ‘* AMPHIOXIDES.” 249

metrical relations with one another. Further, this complicated evolution would surely

have been unnecessary had the primitive gill-bars of Amphioxides possessed the paired

structure assigned to them by Goldschmidt. Why should not the single series here also

(as he supposes it to have done in the course of evolution leading from Amphioxides to

the Cyclostomes) simply have split into two ?

Goldschmidt himself admits the prima-facie absurdity of supposing “ dass durchaus

symmetrische Organe verschiedenerlei Ilerkunst sein sollen,” but adds that it is no more

difficult to credit than that the apparently symmetrical mouth of Amphiorus should be

an organ purely of the left-hand side, as Van Wijhe has proved it to be. This com-

parison seems to me to be an unfortunate one. The symmetry of the mouth is shown

to be more apparent than real, by the disposition of the ecelomic cavities in relation to

it and by its innervation: the two rows of gill-slits, on the other hand, in addition to

their identical structure and symmetrical disposition, show perfectly symmetrical

relations with all the surrounding organs—metapleures, excretory canals, blood-vessels,

endostyle, peripharyngeal bands, and ccelomic cavities. When to this we add that

closely similar symmetrical dispositions of gill-slits, endostyle, and peripharyngeal bands

occur also in the Ascidians and in Ammocetes, there can scarcely be any doubt that the

arrangement is a primitive one, inherited by each of the three from a common ancestor,

Goldschmidt himself suggests that the Ascidians are derived by degeneration from

Cephalochordates, but gives no grounds for the belief, to which there are many obvious

objections—the more complex structure of the brain and its sense-organs in the Ascidian

tadpole for one.

This leads us to the last argument I shall advance against Goldschmidt’s contentions,

one which has already been enforced by Van Wijhe. 'lhis is the well-known homology

drawn by Miller and Dohrn between the endostyle of Amphiorus and the Ascidians and

the thyroil gland of Ammocetes, supported by the further homology of the peri-

pharyngeal bands; the truth of which is perhaps as certain as that of any homology

could be. Van Wijhe has pointed out the insufficiency of Goldschmidt’s grounds for

dowbting it, drawn from non-essential differences in the development in the three groups.

His chief reason for doubting its validity between Amphioxus and Ammocetes, however,

seems to be the impossibility of harmonising it with his views on the evolution of the

Cyclostomes from an Amphioaides-like ancestor. ‘There can be little doubt that not

Dohrn’s well-founded homology, but Goldschmidt’s assumption of the primitiveness of

the asymmetrical endostyle and median gill-slits of Aimphiovides, will have to be

abandoned.

With these assumptions the theories of the ancestral history of Amphiorus and of the

craniates, which are founded upon them, must also fall to the ground. Nevertheless,

there are, I think, a considerable number of features in the structure of Amphiowides

which Goldschmidt was quite justified in claiming as primitive: and such points in the

two theories as are based on these will retain their value.

Thus it cannot be doubted, in view of Van Wijhe’s conclusive demonstration (1892,

1902), that the mouth of Amphioxus is essentially an organ of the left side, and that its

250 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

larval is more primitive than its adult position. But I cannot sce that this discovery

necessarily invalidates Willey’s theory, as Goldschmidt thinks it does: a mouth migrating

from a dorsal position onto the side of the body, as this theory postulates, would

naturally lose all trace of its former symmetry and derive its musculature and inner-

vation from the side to which it had passed. Goldschmidt’s chief objection to Willey’s

theory is, however, that neither the larval dispositions held thereby to be ccenogenetic,

nor the factors conditioning them, can be regarded as adaptations to the larval manner

of life. No doubt this is a perfectly just criticism, and it would seem not unreasonable

to admit that the larval stage of Amphiorus is to a certain extent—more than Willey,

though considerably less than Goldschmidt supposed—a recapitulation of a more

primitive condition. Somewhat in this light it has been regarded by Van Wijhe (1906)

in his latest exposition of the ‘““Tremostoma” theory. He suggests that with the

gradual usurpation by the first left gill-slit of the functions of the ancestral mouth

(pre-oral organ), the left gill-slits acquired a predominance and the right became

partially rudimented: on the assumption of life in the sand and the formation of an

atrium, symmetry was re-established, and both series re-acquired an equal importance.

Attractive as this theory is, the evidence for it seems hardly sufficient as yet. Should

Van Wijhe’s theory of the nature of the mouth have to be abandoned, his view of an

actual predominance, at one stage in phylogeny, of the left series of gill-slits, might with

advantage be incorporated into Willey’s.

Another probably genuinely primitive feature to which Goldschmidt has called

attention is the branchial musculature. There can be little doubt that this was possessed

by the pelagic ancestors of Amphioxus before they acquired an atrium as an adaptation

to littoral existence, and so ceased to need the muscles in question: probably it was also

possessed by the common ancestors of Amphiorus and the craniates. We must assume,

contrary to Goldschmidt, that these ancestors had a double series of gill-slits, both sides

possessing the typical musculature. No doubt they also possessed symmetrical meta-

pleural folds, in which we may see the possible homologue of the hypothetical lateral

fin-folds of the craniates. Goldschmidt’s view that the atrium is a structure peculiar to

Amphioxus and a special adaptation to its mode of existence, finding no homologue in

the craniates, is one in which he will probably meet with general agreement, even

though he differs therein from Boveri.

Of his further suggestions as to homologies between Amphioxides and the craniates,

the greater part, perhaps, can no longer be maintained. ‘Thus it is evident that the

paired gill-slits of Cyclostomes are homologous with the paired slits of the adult

Amphioxus and not with the single series of the larva only: nor is it probable that the

endodermal folds of the gill-bars of the contracted Amphiowides have any connection

with the branchial lamellze of higher forms. But his suggestion as to the method by

which the altered relations of tlie branchial muscles of the Cyclostomes were derived

from those of an Amphiowides-like ancestor would seem to have considerable probability.

The same may be said for the belief that the paired aorte of Amphioxus and the

craniates were derived independently from a primitively single dorsal blood-vessel, —

GIBSON—CEPHALOCHORDA : “* AMPHIOXIDES.” 251

although the general homologies which have been drawn between the vascular systems

of the two groups can hardly be held to be prejudiced by the dispositions—often obviously

secondary—found in Amphioxides.

It would be unprofitable to enter here into a discussion of the vexed questions of the

segmentation of the head, with which Goldschmidt deals in the last section of his

monograph. But there is one aspect of the problem, brought into prominence by the

study of Amphioxides, and important in connection with the discoveries and speculations

of Van Wijhe, with which he has not dealt, viz, the relation of the ventral ecelomic

cavities in the anterior region of Amphioxides (no doubt closely paralleled in the

Branchiostoma larva) to those in the adult Branchiostoma.

A striking change, the most essential features of which may be understood from the

accompanying diagrams, is seen to affect the splanchnoccele as we pass from larva to

adult. In Amphioxides this forms a single continuous cavity, surrounding the gut on

NQ.------ Lymph- canals

~ Replacing Ventral

Rostral. Cavity

» Ventral

F Rostral

Buccal

Cavity

X55 O12ts0g -*

reserves

Gidg

Da Ms 3

~~ & a

Ly = x Ps

wv 4 a :

o § ; < rye ae

3 ees Ao Si eed WS ea

% nf eee

ca AYA S ‘

° : : Aye ia) y eel

8 Ae AY a || Shang

— Fi 3 BY a a o

2 AY “ 64

cata ee =

5 oe OE Z mt it

Fig. 4.—Diagrammatic horizontal sections through the heads of Amphiowides pelagicus (left) and adult Branchiosterna

lanceolatum (right). The gill-slits are shown as clear areas; ccelomie cavities lightly shaded: darker

shading indicates solid tissues. L.C.E., R.C.E.: left and right “ cava epipterygia.”

_ three sides as far as its extreme anterior end, interrupted only by the gill-slits and mouth:

anteriorly it communicates on the right-hand side with the cavity of the 1st myotome.

In the adult Branchiostoma, on the other hand, the epibranchial cceiom does not extend

farther forward than the 1st pair of gill-slits, at the level of which it is separated by an

252 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

oblique septum on either side from the anterior portion of the splanchnoceele. The

latter, termed by Van Wijhe the “ stomoccele,” has become further subdivided and

forms a complex system of cavities in relation to the mouth, for details of which we

must refer to his description (1902): here we need only note its complete division by a

ventral septum into asymmetrical right and left halves—a division of which there is no

trace in the larva,—and the fact that the only communication with the hinder parts of

the splanchnoceele is that with the hypobranchial ccelom by the ccelomie canals of the

first pair of gill-bars. Further, the pterygocceles, whose connection with the splanchno-

cole in Amphioxides is at best doubtful, in the adult open freely round the anterior ends

of the pterygial muscles into the right and left ‘‘cava epipterygia’”—the posterior

portions of the stomoccele. All trace of a connection between splanchnoccele and cavity

of the 1st myotome has disappeared.

How are we to account for the separation of anterior and posterior portions of

the splanchnoceele, found in the adult Branchiostoma, but not in Amphioxides ?

Van Wijhe (1906) sees in it the primitive separation of ‘‘ mesosoma”’ and * metasoma” ;

but in view of the fact that there is no trace of any division in Amphioxides, this

supposition can hardly be correct. It gains some support, it is true, from Macbride’s

account of the development of Branchiostoma (1898), according to which the ventral part

of the “ collar cavity ” would appear to remain separate from the rest of the splanclno-

cele, at any rate for a great part of larval life*. But I have little doubt that a

re-investigation of the Branchiostoma larva will show it to possess a simple undivided

splanchnoceele similar to that of Amphiovides +: the identity of the anterior part of the

latter with Macbride’s “collar cavity ” is clearly shown by the wide communication of

both with the cavity of the 1st right myotome.

Van Wijhe’s own demonstration that the adult position of the mouth is secondary

seems to point the way toa truer view of the nature of the stomoccele, viz., that its

separation and subdivision are purely secondary, and connected with the new position

and complex functions of the mouth. ‘These events should, I believe, be interpreted

physiologically rather than morphologically.

One other point in Macbride’s description may be noticed here, viz., the great backward

extensions of the collar-cavities in the ventro-lateral angles of the body of the young

larva, originally supposed by him to give rise to the metapleural cavities. He has since

abandoned this view, and it is difficult to see how it can be correct, since the metapleural

folds, according to Lankester and Willey’s account, develop from behind forwards.

* Even if the ventral part of the “ collar cavity ” does remain separate, however, Van Wijhe’s complete identi-

fication of the adult stomoceele therewith does not seem to be justified. According to Macbride’s account, the

“collar cavity ” only gives rise to a single pair of myotomes, while the stomoewle must, on Van Wijhe’s showing,

include the ventral portions of at least two segments.

+ It may be permissible to suggest that the apparent separation of the ventral part of the “ collar cavity” from

the rest of the splanchnoceele, in Macbride’s larvae, was due to the collapse of the walls of the latter cavity in the

anterior pharyngeal region, where he only saw it as a solid mass of cells. Amphiowides, owing to the greater

resistancy of its tissues, is a much more favourable object for the study of the ccelomic cavities than the

Branchiostoma larva, and it is hardly probable that the cavities differ materially in the two forms.

GIBSON—CEPHALOCHORDA: “ AMPHIOXIDES.” 253

Probably the backward extensions are a purely larval character, and become obliterated

at an early stage.

The true mode of origin of the pterygocceles still remains to be observed. Macbride’s

later view of their ‘‘ pseudoccelic ” origin we have already seen (p. 228) to be untenable,

and there can be little doubt that they are true ccelomic cavities. Their relations in

Amphioxides pelagicus, where they apparently do not exist in the anterior portions of

the metapleures, and are much largest posteriorly, strongly suggest that they develop,

like the metapleures themselves, from behind forwards. Van Wijhe’s suggestion (1906)

that they may arise as segmental diverticula from the splanchnoccele, which become cut

off from it and fuse with one another, seems much the most probable that has yet been

made.

Since the metapleures and their cavities extend back much farther in the adult than

in the larva, their posterior portions must be formed separately from their anterior,

during or after the metamorphosis. In <Asymmetron and Heteropleuron it is not

improbable that the ventral fin grows into continuity with the right metapleure before

the metamorphosis (in some of the older Amphiovides pelagicus it was seen to extend

forward very nearly as far as the branchial region), and subsequently moves up onto the

right side and acquires a cavity. The occurrence of apparent connections between

metapleural cavities and splanchnoccele at the hinder ends of the former, in the young

metamorphosed animal described above, suggests that these cavities are derived directly

from the splanchnoceele rather than from a backward growth of the cavities already

existing anteriorly. The posterior part of the left metapleure, in Asymmetron and

Heteropleuron, and of both in Branchiostoma, must be formed in a backward direction

from their original posterior termination.

It follows from the view which I have taken of the origin of the pterygocceles and of

the nature of the stomoccele, that I regard the adult connection between these cavities,

and with it the apparent continuity of left pterygial muscle and outer lip-muscle, as

entirely secondary developments. Von Wijhe admits the two muscles named to be

independent of one another ontogenetically. I believe that they are equally independent

morphologically, and that their connection is of purely physiological significance.

REFERENCES.

[ Papers dealing with “* Amphiowides” are indicaied by *.]

1893. Andrews, E. A—An Undescribed Acraniate, Asymmetron lucayanum. Stud. Biol. Lab. Johns

Hopkins Univ. vol. v.

1892. Boveri, Th.—(i.) Die Nierenkanalchen des Amphiovus. Zool. Jahrb. (Anat.) Ba. vy.

(ii.) Ueber die Bildungstiitte der Geschlechtsdriisen und die Eutstehung der

Genitalkammern beim Amphiovus. Anat. Anz. Bd. vii.

*1903. Cooper, C. F.—Cephalochorda (Systematic). J. Stanley Gardiner: Fauna and Geography of

the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes, vol. i. part 4. (Cambridge.)

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 34

. Goldschmidt, R.—(i.) Amphiowides. Vertreter einer neuen Acranierfamilie. Biol. Centralb.

. —— Amphioxides und Amphiowus. Zool. Anz. Bd. xxx.

. Goodrich, E. S.—On the Structure of the Excretory Organs of Amphioxus. Q. J. M.S. vol. xly.

. Giinther, A—Pelagic Fishes. ‘Challenger’ Reports, Zool. xxxi.

. Hatschek, B.—Studien iiber Entwickelung des Amphiovus. Arb. Zool. Inst. Wien, iv.

. Kirkaldy, J. W.—A Revision of the Genera and Species of Branchiostomide. Q. J. M.S.

. Lankester, E. R., & A. Willey.—The Development of the Atrial Chamber of Amphiowus.

. Tattersall, W. M.—(i.) Report on the Cephalochorda. In Herdman, Rep. Goy. Ceylon Pearl- —

. Van Wijhe, J. W.—Ueber Amphioxus. Anat. Anz. Bd. vii.

. — Beitriige zur Anatomie der Kopfregion des Amphiowus lanceolatus. Petrus Camper,

. —— Die Homologisirung des Mundes des Amphiovus und die primitive Leibesgliederung der —

. Willey, A.—The later Larval Development of Amphioxus. Q.J. M.S. vol. xxxii.

. — Review of Dr. R. Goldschmidt’s Monograph on Amphiovides. Q.J.M.S. vol. 1.

. Zarnik, A—Ueber die Geschlechtsorgane von Amphioxvus. Zool. Jahrb. (Anat.) Bd. xxi.

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Dohrn, A.—Studien zur Urgeschichte des Wirbelthierkorpers, viii. Mitth. Zool. Stat. Neapel, vi.

Bd. xxv.

(ii.) Amphiowides. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der deutschen Tiefsee-Expe-

dition (‘ Valdivia’). (Carl Chun: Jena.)

Das Bingewebe der Amphiozus. Sitzungsb. d. Ges. f. Morph. u. Physiol. in Miinchen.

Mitteilungen iiber Amphioxus. Zool. Anz. Bd. vil.

Ueber den Schichtenbau von Amphiorus. Anat. Anz. Bd. in.

vol. Xxxvil.

Q. J. M.S. vol. xxxi.

Legros, R.—Développement de la cavité buccale de Amphioxus lanceolatus. Arch. Anat. Micr.

tt. i. & i.

— Contribution a l’étude de l’appareil vasculaire de Amphiozus. Mitth. Zool. Stat. Neapel,

Bd. xy.

MacBride, E. W.—The Early Development of Amphiovus. Q. J. M.S. vol. xl.

Further Remarks on the Development of Amphiovus. Q. J. M.S. vol. xlii.

Parker, G. H.—Maldive Cephalochordates. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Coll. xlvi.

Oyster Fishery, i. (Royal Soc. London.)

(ii.) Notes on the Classification and Geographical Distribution of the

Cephalochorda. ‘Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc. xvii.

Bijdr. Anat. Haarl. Bd. 1.

Wirbelthiere. Petrus Camper, Bijdr. Anat. Haarl. Bd. iv.

Amphiovus and the Ancestry of the Vertebrates. (Columbia Uniy. Biol. Series, New

York.)

Percy SLADEN Trust EXPEDITION.

(Gipson)

Tt {lis rat

See

2. canal representing fused

ay ee ee = Foe he

LE Lod dada

oes folds of gill-basr

& seen by transparency

ree

coelomic canal,

wl)” wut bransverse

3 mi. ie ji i branchial muscles

; edge of upper lip overlapping H :

of stomodaeum edgeor'nmetapleure edge of l.metapleure position af ee 4

t , erang Wh - sbié

lymph canals, representing SSS ——— q eg

Goldschmidtis dorsal rostral canal, ——— SS Lk

AUT Au ba. WI].

skeletal lamellae —~ W\ \

in walls of ventral ‘

rostral casuty. \ a BC.77_-- 1 —

>—)

preoral organ -- ==

VAAN -S-

endostyle

por : ; pe. L.

CEPHALOCHORDA

TRANS. LINN. Soc, SER.2.ZooL Vol. XIII. PL.15.

E Wilson, lith & imp

INDIAN OCEAN

FROM THE

—

Hae

Fig.

Fig. 2

Fig. 3

Fig. 4

Fig. 5

Fig. 6

Fig. 7

Fig. 8

Vig. 9

Fig. 10.

Fig. 11.

Fig. 12.

GIBSON—CEPHALOCHORDA : “ AMPHIOXIDES.” 255

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 15.

a, Atrium, m.pt. Pterygial muscle.

ao. Aorta. m.o. Outer lip-muscle.

é.a. Branchial artery, or its anterior | mtp.r., mtp.l. Bands of clear cells on right and

continuations. | left metapleures.

b.c. Buccal cavity. | n.H. Hatschek’s nephridium.

c.c. Ceelomic canal. | nl. Exeretory tubule of left series.

c.g. Club-shaped gland. n.r. Possible excretory tubule of right series.

d.s. Dorsal stomoceele. | o.l.c. Outer lip-cavity.

e. Endostyle (d. dorsal, v. ventral limb). | o.p. Olfactory pit.

e.c. Epibranchial ccelom. pe. Pterygoceele.

eg. Epibranchial groove. ph. Anterior diverticulum of pharynx.

g. Gonad. p-g. Pre-oral gut.

H.p. Hatschek’s pit. p.ow. Pre-oral organ, ventral portion.

h.c. Hypobranchial ccelom. p-r., pl. Right and left peripharyngeal bands.

i.l.c. Inner lip-cavity. r.o. Raderorgan.

lc. Lymph-canal, probably derived from r.c. Ventral rostral canal.

ventral rostral cavity. s.c. Splanchnoceele.

lr.c. Lateral rostral canal. s.rc. Subdorsal rostral canal of Goldschmidt.

m.a. Anterior mouth-muscle. sh. Skeletal lamella.

m.b, Branchial muscle. st. Stomodzum.

m.p. Posterior mouth-muscle. v.r.c. Ventral rostral cavity.

m.po. Muscle of pre-oral organ. ve, Velicayum.

1. Amphiowides pelagicus, 9 wm. long, seen from the left. (The fin-strands of the tail should be

finer and more numerous. ‘The (fallacious) appearance of fin-ray boxes, at x, is somewhat

exaggerated.)

. Metamorphosed animal, 8 mm. long, seen from the right (buccal cirrhi omitted).

. Head of normal A. pelagicus, from the left.

. Head of a large specimen of A. pelagicus, showing widely open pre-oral organ, mouth, and

gill-slits.

Figs. 5-11. Transverse Sections of A. pelagicus.

. Through anterior region of pre-oral organ, showing Hatschek’s pit.

. Through mid-region of pre-oral organ.

. Through extreme posterior end of pre-oral organ, just in front of mouth-opening.

. Through mouth, a little in front of mid-region.

. Through mouth, behind Ist gill-slit.

Between 14th and 15th gill-slits.

Behind 27th (last) gill-slit.

Transverse section through 10th gill-slit of A, valdivie, showing excretory tubule.

54*

256 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Figs. 13-18. Transverse Sections through a Metamorphosed Animal.

Fig. 13. Through brain and eye-spot.

Fig. 14. Through anterior region of buccal cavity, Sarr Hatschek’s pit.

Fig. 15. Through buccal cavity, near hinder end, showing buccal cirrhi. (For references to numbers,

see p. 236.)

Fig. 16. Through anterior portion of velum and base of buccal skeleton.

Fig. 17. Through Ist left gill-shit.

Fig. 18. Through 15th left gill-slit, showing primary gill-bar on the right. he epithelium of the

epibranchial and hypobranchial cceloms, and of the ccelomic canal, is omitted.

No. X.—PEN AIDEA, STENOPIDEA, AND REPTANTIA

FROM THE WESTERN INDIAN OCEAN.

By L. A. BorRavatse, M.A., Lecturer in Natural Sciences at

Selwyn College, Cambridge.

(Communicated by J. Sranuey Garptur, M.A., E.R.S., F.L.S.)

(Plate 16.)

Read 17th June, 1909.

Tue Crustaceans enumerated in the following systematic list were collected by

Mr. Stanley Gardiner’s two expeditions to the Islands and Banks of the Western

Indian Ocean. Together the collections contained twenty-two species, of which eight,

or perhaps nine, are new, one being the type of anew genus. All tue species which were

already known have previously been recorded from some part of the Indian Ocean or

neighbouring waters, but Sicyonia carinata is interesting as having been taken also in

the Western Atlantic.

DECAPODA NATANTIA.

PEN ZIDEA.

Family Penida.

Subfamily Peneine.

Genus METAPENAUS, W.-Mason, 1891.

1. Metapeneus mogiensis (Rath.), 1903.

Parapeneus mogiensis, Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxvi. p. 39.

Metapeneus mogiensis, Aleock, Cat. Ind. Dec. Crust. iii. i. p. 29, pl. 5. fig. 15.

The antennular flagella in most of the specimens are rather longer and more tapering

than in Alcock’s figure, and the rostrum curves slightly upwards, more as in Miss

Rathbun’s figure than as in Alcock’s. The relative width of the two halves of the

petasma varies and the right half is sometimes rather larger than the left.

Many specimens taken in depths down to 34 fathoms throughout the Maldives and in

the Seychelles and Cargados Carajos.

2. Metapeneus stridulans, Alc., 1905.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvi. p. 526; Cat. Ind. Dec. Crust, tii, i. p, 27, pl. 4. fig. 14.

Taken in various localities in the Maldives.

258 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

3. Metapeneus sp. aff. lysianassa (de Man), 1888.

A single somewhat damaged specimen dredged in 25-80 fathoms in the Amirante

group is closely related to this species, but differs in having the rostrum larger, reaching

nearly the end of the eyes.

Genus HALIPORUS, Bate, 1881.

4, Haliporus malhaensis, sp.n. (Plate 16. fig. 2.

Diagnosis —A. Haliporus with the carapace stout, leathery, smooth; the rostrum

straight, slightly outreaching the eyes, and bearing above six teeth, of which three

are on a crest which continues the rostrum on the back as far as the cervical groove ;

no branchiostegal spine at the edge of the carapace, but a spine a short distance behind

the branchiostegal angle; the second joint of the mandibular palp as long as but

narrower than the first; the carpopodite of the legs not broadened at the base; the

fourth leg rather longer and the fifth a good deal longer than the third, neither of these

legs particularly slender; the abdomen keeled; and the telson pointed, grooved above,

bearing two spines at the sides one-third of its length from the end, and shorter than

the endopodite of the last limb.

Length to end of rostrum 8 cm.

One female was dredged in 145 fathoms off Saya de Malha.

Genus SOLENOCERA, Lucas, 1850.

Subgenus Parasorenocrra, W.-Mason, 1891.

5. Solenocera (Parasolenocera) maldivensis, sp.n. (Plate 16. fig. 1.)

Diagnosis —A Parasolenocera with the carapace smooth, its grooves slightly marked,

bearing antennal and hepatic teeth only; the rostrum gently rising, slightly wavy,

bearing above nine teeth, of which four are on the body, and a trace of a tooth below

near the end; the first pair of legs short, the last two pairs of moderate length and

slenderness; only the last two abdominal segments keeled ; and the telson short and

pointed, without spines at the sides.

Length to end of rostrum 2°75 em.

One female specimen was taken in Funadu Velu, Miladumadulu Atoll, Maldive

Islands.

Subfamily Aristezine.

Genus BENTHESICYMUS, Bate, 1881.

6. Benthesicymus investigatori, Ale. & And., 1899.

The keel on the fifth abdominal segment ends in a small spine in the present

specimens, which were dredged in 300-500 fathoms off Saya de Malha.

BORRADAILE—PEN ZIDEA. 259

Subfamily Sicyonine.

Genus SICYONIA, H. M.-E. 1830.

7. Sicyonia lancifer (Olivier), 1811.

Bate, ‘Challenger’ Macrura, p. 297, pl. 43. fig. 4.

Specimens were taken in various depths down to 34 fathoms in South Nilandu,

Mulaku and Suvadiva Atolls, all in the Maldives.

8. Sicyontia carinata (Olivier), 1811.

H. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. i. xix. p. 339, pl. 9. figs. 1-8; Bate, ‘Challenger’ Macrura,

p. 29, pl. 43. fig. 1.

The distribution of this species is interesting. Milne-Edwards, Dana, and Bate

describe it from the Western Atlantic, while Pearson has recently reported it from

Ceylon (Pearl Fisheries Report). My specimens, which were taken at Haddumati

Atoll, Maldive Islands, agree with Milne-Edwards’s figure rather than with Bate’s in

the shape of the teeth of the keel on the carapace, which project less upwards than

in Bate’s figure.

Genus SICYONELLA, nov.

The collection contains many specimens of a new prawn which must be placed in the

subfamily Sicyonine on account of its having (1) no exopodite on any thoracic leg

behind the first maxilliped, (2) no podobranchs, (8) arthrobranchs in a single series,

(4) no leaf-like appendage on the basal joint of the antennule, and perhaps because

(5) the rostrum is very short. At the same time it differs widely from Sicyonia in the

following features :—(6) the carapace is not unusually hard, (7) the crest of the rostrum

is not continued along the back, (8) the eye-stalks are very long, (9) the flagella of the

antennules are long and slender, (10) the scales of the antennz do not narrow rapidly to

the end, which is broad and bears its spines at the side, (11) the gill-formula consists

only of one arthrobranch on each of the limbs from the second maxilliped to the

fourth leg inclusive and a pleurobranch on the fifth leg, without mastigobranchs, (12) the

abdominal segments are not keeled, and (13) the swimmerets are biramous. I propose

accordingly to place the animal in a new genus Sicyonella.

9. Sicyonella maldivensis, sp.n. (Plate 16. figs. 3, 3a.)

Diagnosis.—A. Sicyonelia with the rostrum very short, bearing two teeth above and

none below; the antennal teeth present and placed a little behind the fore edge of the

carapace, the branchiostegal tooth present but small; the third maxilliped very long,

tapering, and sparsely set with strong hairs; the first leg shorter than the second and

the second shorter than the third; the fourth and fifth of moderate length, with the last

two joints flattened and fringed with long hairs; and the telson deeply grooved above

260 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

and shorter than the endopodite of the last limb, which in turn is shorter than the

exopodite. The petasma is complicated, and has the shape shown in fig. 3 a.

Length of largest specimen 3°75 em.

Specimens were taken throughout the Maldives and in Cargados Carajos in various

depths.

STENOPIDEA.

Family Stenopide.

Genus STENOPUS, Latr. 1825.

10. Stenopus hispidus (Olivier), 1811.

Bate, ‘ Challenger ’ Macrura, p. 211, pl. 30.

Found by the expeditions throughout the Western Indian Ocean, living in pairs under

loose coral masses on ali the surface-reefs.

ll. Stenopus tenuirostris, de Man, 1887.

Arch, Naturg. lin. i. p. 567, pl. 22 a. fig. 5.

Two small specimens of this species were taken in Coetivy Island, Seychelles.

12. Stenopus robustus, sp. n. (Plate 16. fig. 4.)

Diagnosis—A Stenopus with the cuticle stout; the body broad and depressed; the

spines on the carapace regularly arranged, fewer and stouter than in S. hispidus; the

rostrum bent somewhat downwards, slender, bearing on its free part three teeth above

and none below; the first two pairs of legs smooth; the third very massive, its hand

almost smooth, with a rough edge below and a rough-edged crest above, its wrist

rougher, with a few stout spines above and below, its arm rough, with several sharp

spines below; the last two pairs of legs moderately slender, with short, curved end-joints

each bearing a spine below; the abdominal segments smooth, transversely ridged, with

sharp pleura; the telson short, broad, with two longitudinal ridges bearing obsolescent

spines.

Length to end of rostrum 1°5 em.

A single specimen from Salomon Atoll, Chagos Archipelago.

DECAPODA REPTANTIA.

PALINURA.

Family Palinuride.

Genus PANULIRUS, White, 1847.

13. Panulirus penicillatus (Olivier), 1811.

Bate, ‘Challenger,’ Macrura, p. 82, pl. 12. fig. 2.

A specimen was taken on the reef at Egmont Atoll, Chagos Archipelago.

BORRADAILE—REPTANTIA. 261

14. Panulirus versicolor, juv. (Latr.), 1804.

Puer spiniger, Ortmann, Jena. Denkschr. viii. p. 19, pl. 2. fig. 2.

Panulirus versicolor, juv., Calman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) iii. p. 441.

A specimen was dredged in 39 fathoms on the Seychelles bank.

Genus PUERULUS, Ortmann, 1897.

15. Puerulus carinatus, sp.n. (Plate 16, fig. 5.)

Calman (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [8] iii. p. 441) has reduced the genus Pwerulus to a

single species (angulatus, Bate), by showing that all the other forms hitherto assigned

to it are the young of various species of Panulirus. I am now able to add a second

species to the genus on the evidence afforded by an individual taken near Saya de Malha.

The following is a diagnosis of the new species :—A Puerulus with the carapace almost

smooth save for certain rows of teeth and knobs, almost square save that the back slopes

from a keel in the middle; a furrow on the hinder half of the epistome; the horns

which overhang the eyes wide apart; just inside each of these horns a smaller horn,

cleft at the tip; between the eye-horns and the cervical groove two teeth; in front of

the cervical groove four knobs forming a square and in front of the square a small patch

of little knobs; behind the cervical groove four knobs on a middle keel and two side

keels bearing knobs on their course and a tooth at their fore end; below the eye two

spines on the edge of the carapace, the upper being the larger, and behind the upper

- two smaller teeth ; the flagella of the antennule of moderate length, the outer broad and

the inner stout; five teeth on the third joint of the antenna, three on the second joint ;

the flagellum of the exopodite of the third maxilliped stout, cylindrical, tapering,

reaching the carpopodite of the endopodite ; the legs slender, none (except perhaps the

last, which is broken on both sides in the specimen) showing any approach to chelation ;

the abdomen smooth, pleura 2-5 bearing two spines, pleuron 6 one spine; and on each

of the pieces of the tail-fin a small tooth on the outer edge at the junction of the hard

and soft parts.

Length 19 em.

One male specimen was dredged in 125 fathoms off Saya de Malha bank.

Family Scyllaride.

Genus SCYLLARUS, Fabr., 1781.

16. Scyllarus arctus (L.), 1758.

H. Milne-Edwards, Cuvier’s Rég. Anim., Crust. p. 119, pl. 14. fig. 1 (1849).

Dredged in 25-80 fathoms off the Amirante bank.

Genus THENUS, Leach, 1814.

17. Thenus orientalis, Fabr., 1798.

H. Milne-Edwards, Cuvier’s Rég. Anim., Crust. p. 120, pl. 45. fig. 2 (1849).

Dredged in 55 fathoms off Saya de Malha bank.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL, XIII. 35

262 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

ASTACURA.

Family Nephropside.

Genus NEPHROPSIS, Wood-Mason, 1873.

18. Nephropsis malhaensis, sp. n.

A specimen dredged in 300 fathoms off Saya de Malha belongs to a species closely

related to NV. atlantica, Norman, 1881, but differing from it in the following points ;—

(1) there is no fur on the body; (2) the second pair of small spines behind the rostrum

is wanting; (3) the median tubercle behind the rostrum is not enclosed by spinules, but

two rows of granules hardly larger than those which cover the rest of the back start just

before the tubercle on each side and converge towards the spines at the base of the

rostrum; (4) the keels on the back of the abdominal segments are wanting.

Length 7°75 cm.

ANOMURA.

THALASSINIDEA.

Family Axiida.

Genus AXJOPSIS, Borradaile, 1903.

19. Axiopsis spinipes (de Man), 1887.

Axius spinipes, de Man, Arch. Naturg. lili. i. p. 464, pl. 19. fig. 6.

A specimen from Salomon Atoll, Chagos Archipelago.

Family Callianassidz.

Subfamily Upogebinee.

Genus UPOGEBIA, Leach, 1814.

Subgenus Cazzrapye, Strahl, 1861.

Nobili (Bull. Sc. Fr. Belg. xl. (1907) p. 61) has shown that this subgeneric name must

be substituted for Gebiopsis, A. M.-E., 1868.

20. ? Upogebia (Calliande) darwini (Miers), 1884.

Gebiopsis darwinii, Miers, ‘ Alert’ Report, p. 281, pl. 32. fig. A.

Upogebia (Calliadne) darwini, Nobili, Ann. Sci., Zool. (9) iv. (1906) p. 97.

A specimen dredged in 55 fathoms at Saya de Malha unfortunately has the rostrum

damaged, but appears to belong to this species. It agrees with Miers’s description and

figure, and not Nobili’s, in being without the spines on each edge of the wrist.

BORRADAILE—REPTANTIA,. 263

21. Upogebia (Calliadne) cargadensis, sp.n. (Plate 16. fig. 6.)

Specimens dredged in 30 fathoms at Cargados Carajos belong to a new species, which

may be distinguished from the other members of the group of closely related forms

which make up the subgenus Calliadne by the following characters :—(1) the rostrum

considerably outreaches the eyes and bears five spines on each side; (2) the antennal

stalk outreaches the antennular by its last joint ; (3) the last four joints of the first two

pairs of legs are fringed above and below by long hairs; (4) the first leg has on the

moveable finger two teeth inside and several thorns outside on the hand, two or three

sharp thorns near the base below and many on the upper side towards the end, its wrist

is smooth save for a tooth on the inner side at the end of the upper edge, and its arm has

two or three small thorns below; (5) the hinder edge of the sixth abdominal segment is

smooth, but there is a group of small spines at each hinder angle.

Length of largest specimen 3 cm.

In some small specimens, which seem to belong to this species, the upper side of the

palm and finger are smooth. These individuals probably represent a variety, for in

another specimen of the same size the spines, though fewer than in large individuals,

are present.

Subfamily Callianassine.

Genus CALLIANASSA, Leach, 1814.

Subgenus Tzyrza, Dana, 1852.

22. Callianassa (Trypea) cristata, sp.n. (Plate 16. fig. 7.)

Diagnosis.—A. Trypea with the rostrum sharp, nearly as long as the eyes; the stalks

of the antennules longer than those of the antennz, the inner flagellum about twice as

thick as the outer; the great chela simple in shape, hairy on the somewhat hooked

moveable finger and along the sharp lower edge, a blunt lobe between the fingers, the

wrist nearly square, sharp edged above and below, the arm longer than broad, bearing

below a long crest with two large and several small teeth, and on the lower side of the

ischium a few small teeth; and the telson rather shorter than the endopodite of the last

limb, which has a broad, gently rounded end.

Length 1°5 em.

A specimen was taken at Salomon Atoll, Chagos Archipelago.

264

Fig

5°

~oa

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 16.

Solenocera (Parasolenocera) maldivensis, sp. nov. x 4.

Haliporus malhaensis, sp. nov. Natural size.

Sicyonella maldivensis, sp. nov. xX 3.

Nee ty 3 first pair of abdominal limbs of male, highly magnified.

Stenopus robustus, sp. nov. xX 6.

Puerulus carinatus, sp. nov. X 3.

Upogebia (Calliadne) cargadensis, sp. nov. Great chela. x 4.

Callianassa (Trypea) cristata, sp. nov. Great chela. x 7.

Percy SLADEN Trust EXPEDITION

(BoRRADAILE)

CRUSTACEA

FROM

THE

TRANS. Linn Soc, Sar.2. Zoot Vol XIll.Pu.16

Te mo

ame srerc rarer MA TTIETE VO

E Wilson,del et lith

INDIAN OCEAN.

[ 265 ]

No. XI.— LEPIDOPTERA, EXCLUSIVE OF THE TORTRICIDZ AND TINEIDZ,

WITH SOME REMARKS ON THEIR DISTRIBUTION AND MEANS

OF DISPERSAL AMONGST THE ISLANDS OF THE INDIAN OCEAN.

By T. BAINBRIGGE FLEetcHER, R.N., FES.

(Communicated by J. Stantey Garviner, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.)

(Plate 17.)

Read 17th June, 1909.

Taste oF ContTEnTs.

Page

Uke, donee CGY. coc. cnotoibigca io larh el Clore Eee ee eee ari nino nticio octowUe Oe em 265

JOT. SIGH RTENRIG ILE ob So cld dee eo co ee eae ane rorcicetiris cin b.coocias pone 267

III. Synopsis of the Distribution - Table, showing Geographical Affinities of Lepidoptera

TTIVEACHY GOMPOf USIATIOSI atts ahs, jo(')s0¢ 5 ape as, sae ae chs c-aje antic, oyna ea one aR eee etebe tone 313

IV. Table showing the Distribution of the Lepidoptera in and around the Indian Ocean .... 314

V. On the Distribution of the Lepidoptera in the Islands of the Indian Ocean ............ 317

VI. On the Means of Dispersal of Lepidoptera in the Islands of the Indian Ocean ........ 319

VII. On Widely Distributed Forms of Lepidoptera .............. cece cece cece e eee ees 321

VOU, IO OWTRS ge iénigcpads 4.0.6 6.00 0300 00s eee a RRC Ic o.0 Bio c cho Woda 0 OUBIDL 322

I. INTRODUCTION.

THE present collection, consisting of about 1218 specimens of 131 species*, was

made during the Perey Sladen Trust Expedition to the Indian Ocean in H.M.S.

Sealark, during the months of May—November 1905. A general account of the

Cruise, with a description of the islands visited, has already appeared in these

‘ Transactions ’ (vol. xii. parts 1 and 2).

Omitting consideration of Mauritius and the Seychelles, the geological character of

all these islands may roughly be stated to be coralline and their soil calcareous. They

are all low-lying, being scarcely elevated above the level of the sea, and the similarity

of their soil limits to a large extent any great diversity in the vegetation, the uniformity

of this latter of course governing the insects. Hence we can hardly be surprised to

find a remarkable paucity, not merely in the variety of species in these islands, but

frequently also in the number of their individuals.

* Exclusive of the Tortricide and Tineide, which Mr. E. Meyrick, F.R.S., has kindly undertaken to determine.

266 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Our stay in Mauritius was far too short for any serious attack on its lepidopterous

fauna, which promises to be of great interest, although up to the present only the larger

and more conspicuous species have been collected, even the references to these being

scattered throughout the field of entomological literature.

The three weeks which we spent in the Seychelles, followed by a further month spent

in Mahé and Praslin by Messrs. Stanley Gardiner and Forster Cooper after the departure

of H.M.S. Sealark, yielded a small but representative collection of the larger

Lepidoptera, our success being largely attributable to the ready and generous help of

the local collectors. Our thanks are due to Mr. J. A. de Gaye for kindly permitting

us to select a large number of insects (many of them unique) from his own collection,

and for forwarding specimens of several new and scarce species which he has discovered

since we left the islands; to Mr. H. P. Thomasset, of Cascade Estate, for his hospitality

and most useful help in enabling us to collect along the higher parts of Mahé; to

Mr. Dupont for a selection from a small collection of insects from the Seychelles and

from Marie Louise Island, Amirantes; and to Mr. Connor for a small collection of

Lepidoptera from Frigate Island.

As regards the other islands, the collection may be considered on the whole as

satisfactory, and as probably representing some seventy or eighty per cent. of their Insect

Fauna. It must be remembered that the conditions under which we worked were not

of the most favourable. The short time at our disposal, the large amount of ground to

be covered, and the scanty number of workers, all combined to prevent exclusive

attention being devoted to any one group of insects. Our greatest amount of collecting

was done in the Chagos Group, but it was then the dry season (May—July) and perhaps

not the most favourable time of the year. ‘To some of the other islands (South

Providence, Poivre, D’Arros, Eagle) we were only able to devote one day apiece, and

only two or three days each to Cargados Carajos, Farquhar, and Desroches. Under

these circumstances we could not expect to obtain more than a proportion of the

fauna of any particular locality, and probably of those obtained most belong to the

commoner and more conspicuous forms.

One of the most interesting points connected with an insular fauna is the question

of the derivation and means of entrance of its component species. ‘To attack this

question the first requisite is a knowledge of the range of the species outside of the

area under consideration, and I have therefore stated under each species its exact range

so far as it is known to me after a lengthy search through entomological literature and

collections.

For ease in comparison of their distribution I have added a table of all the species

dealt with, showing their occurrence in certain areas around the Indian Ocean.

Finally, I have endeavoured to analyze the geographical connections of the species

occurring in each of the main groups of the islands visited, and have added a few

suggestions as to the means by which they may have obtained an entrance into these

islands.

The types of all species described as new in this paper, together with a selection of

the other specimens obtained, have been deposited in the National Collection.

FLETCHER—LEPIDOPTERA. 267

II. Systematic Last.

Family Arctiade.

1. Utetheisa lactea, Buti.

Deiopeia lactea, Butl., Zool. Collns. of H.M.S. ‘ Alert,’ p. 577 (1884).

Utetheisa lactea, Hampson, Cat. Phal. iii. p. 482, t. 50. f. 6 (1901) ; Hampson, A. M. N. H. (8)

‘i. p. 481 (1908).

Farquhar I.—Twenty-seven specimens. Of these, fifteen agree with the type in the

‘entire absence of the usual scarlet markings” &c., but the remaining twelve show

more or less conspicuously distinct signs of a red pattern on the fore wing. In its

most pronounced type (specimen no. 6066) this takes the form of a longitudinal

subcostal bar extending from about } to a little beyond 4, a rather broader submedian

longitudinal stripe from about 4 to just beyond the origin of vein 2, and a longitudinal

interrupted stripe below and parallel to the second stripe and bounding the anterior

edge of vein 1; all these three stripes are of vermilion scales intermixed externally

with orange scales. Besides these stripes, there are pale orange spots, of which the

best defined are three subbasal, two costal, one subapical, one at lower angle of cell,

and one on anterior margin of vein 1 at about 3.

This moth was fairly common in Farquhar Island around bushes of Tournefortia

argentea, on which the larve were found feeding.

The following is a description of the larva made on 7 October, 1905, from living

Farquhar examples :—

Colour a creamy white with a slight tinge of yellow, particularly in intersegmental

rings. Head black, with a creamy A mark. A pale yellow dorsal stripe. Tubercles i

and iii faintly ringed with pale yellow. Legs black. Prolegs whitish; hooks on inner

side of prolegs only, few in number (about 10), on a flange, reddish in colour; prolegs

on third to sixth and tenth abdominal segments.

All tubercles are glossy black, being raised almost like warts above the smooth and

glossy skin. Anterior (i) and posterior (ii) trapezoidals each bear a single black hair.

The supraspiracular tubercle (iii) bears a single white hair. A postspiracular tubercle

(iv) bears a white hair. A small black hairless prespiracular dot below (iii). Two black

tubercles below the flange, the foremost bearing one white hair, the hindmost having

two. A black spot at base of leg and proleg. (Plate 17. fig. 16.)

The larva seems to feed indifferently on the upper and under side of Tournefortia

leaves, consuming halfway through the leaf, and leaving an unsightly brown patch

usually starting from the edge and of quite irregular shape.

S. Providence—Common on 3 October, 1905, on the Zowrnefortia bushes, and larvee

also found.

Of twelve specimens only five have the red markings developed at all, the range of

this red-spotted variation being quite parallel to that in Farquhar examples. In the

lactea form, however, there seems to be a greater development of the black spots in

these specimens as compared with Farquhar examples, these spots forming a pattern

968 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

similar to that seen in pulchelloides, except for the absence or obsolescence of the black

costal spot just before } of the fore wing.

Marie Louise I.—A single worn specimen, collected in Marie Louise Island by

Mr. Dupont.

Distribution —Farquhar I.; Providence Group; Marie Louise I. (Amirantes) ;

Assumption; Gloriosa; Aldabra.

It is interesting to note the extraordinary range of variation in the markings of this

species. We have :—

(a) The type-form lactea, in which the wing is pale creamy-white and practically

unspotted.

(b) A black-spotted form, in which the black markings of the usual U¢etheisa-pattern

are developed, but no red markings. This form seems to be predominant in

South Providence, and may be distinguished as var. négrosignata, var. n.

strongly developed, the black spots being more or less obsolete. This form,

which may be distinguished as rubrosignata, var. n., occurs rather sparingly

with the type in Farquhar and South Providence, but is still more strongly

marked in Gloriosa and Assumption, where it appears to quite replace the

typical lactea form.

(d) Examples from Aldabra in which both the red and black markings are strongly

developed so as to give a superficial resemblance to U. pulchellocdes, from which,

however, this form is easily distinguishable by (i) the presence of a white patch

in the black border at anterior angle of hind wing; (ii) the absence of any

discoidal spot on hind wing; (iii) the unspotted cilia of fore wing. This form

has hitherto only been found in Aldabra and I therefore name it aldabrensis,

subsp. nov.

2. Utetheisa pulchelloides, Hmpsn.

Utetheisa pulchelloides, Hampson, A. M. N.H. (7) xix. (1907) p. 239.

Chagos.—Forty-three specimens from Salomon (Ile du Sel, Ile de la Passe, He

Anglaise), Peros Banhos (Ile Diamant [type], He du Coin), and Diego Garcia. Found

abundantly in all the Atolls.

In a few specimens, particularly those from Ile Anglaise, the black spots on the fore

wing coalesce and form incomplete transverse bands; this tendency is very strongly

marked in examples from the New Hebrides and Solomon Islands in the National

Collection. In one specimen from Diego Garcia the black spots have combined to form

a longitudinal striga. ;

The females seem to be more active on the wing than the males, and start up more

readily as one approaches the bushes on which they are resting. At Diego Garcia on

12 June some specimens of this species were so active on the wing in the extremely

hot midday sun that at first sight they appeared to be small Pierid butterflies.

The larve (Plate 17. fig. 15) were found feeding on the leaves of Towrnefortia

argentea.

FLETCHER—LEPIDOPTERA. 269

Cargados Carajos.—Abundant in all stages at the end of August, the larvee on

Tournefortia argentea. The twenty-three examples in the present collection represent a

flavescent form in which the usually red markings are of a pale yellow, probably

a variation directly correlated with existence on a sandbank.

Coetivy.—Of fourteen specimens, ten have the usual red markings, but in four

examples these spots are distinctly yellow as in the Cargados form.

Poivre.—Eleven examples, of which ten have the spots of a pale orange colour,

similar to those of Cargados, and only one has these markings red, and even in this

case the red is of a very dull shade.

D’Arros.—Three specimens from St. Joseph Island and thirteen from D’Arros. Of

these only one from D’Arros has the typical red markings, and even in this case the

red colour is very dull; in all the others the fore-wing spots are of a pale orange

colour.

Ile Desroches.—Larvz were found on Tournefortia argentea, but the moth was not

common.

Eagle Island.—Ten specimens, of which only two have the typical red markings on

the fore wing, and even in their cases the red colour is very dull. The other eight

have these markings of a pale orange colour, similar to that seen in examples from

Cargados.

Seychelles.—Thirteen specimens, all collected in La Digue during November 1905.

All have typical red markings.

Distribution—Seychelles (Praslin); Coetivy; Amirante Islands (Kagle, D’Arros,

St. Joseph, Desroches, and Poivre) ; Cargados Carajos ; Chagos Islands; Cocos-Keeling ;

Christmas Isd.; Ceylon; Singapore; Formosa; Loo-Choo Is.; New Guinea; North

Australia; Solomon Is.; Gilbert Is.; Marshall Is.; Ellice Is. It seems to be almost

everywhere an insular form.

3d. Utetheisa pulchella, Linn.

Tinea pulchella, Linn., Syst. Nat. (ed. x.) p. 534.

Euchelia pulchella, Boisd., Faun, Mad. Maur. p. 85.

Deiopeia pulchella, Guenée, Maill. Réun., Lép. p. 24.

Utetheisa pu'chella (partim), Saalm. Lep. Madag. p. 159; Hampson, Moths Ind. ii. p. 55 (fig.) ;

? Joannis, Aun. Soc. Ent. France, 1894, p. 430; ? Holland, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1895, p. 270

(Mahé) ; Hampson, Cat. Phal. iii. p. 483 *.

Utetheisa pulchella, Hampson, A. M.N. H. (7) xix. (1907) p. 240.

Seychelles—Hight specimens; of these, four were taken in St. Anne Island on

26 October, 1905, and four are from Mr. de Gaye’s collection and also from St. Anne

Island.

I assume that Dr. Abbott’s specimens recorded by Holland as pulehella from

* Before I drew attention to the fold and tuft on the hind wing of U. pulchelloides this latter species had always

been confused with pulchella; hence it is often extremely difficult to ascertain, in the case of many of these

earlier records, which species is really intended to be referred to.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 36

270 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Gloriosa, Poivre I., and Platte I. are really pwlchelloides, and those from Aldabra are

probably U. lactea aldabrensis.

Distribution.—C. and S. Europe; throughout mainland of Africa and Asia; Mauritius

Sokotra; Seychelles; Ceylon; Nicobars; Java; New Guinea, Port Moresby ;

N.S. Wales; Tasmania; Fiji.

4. Utetheisa elata, Fb.

Noctua elata, Fabr., Ent. Syst. p. 440.

Utetheisa venusta, Hiibn., Ziitr. iti. p. 29, ff. 521, 522 ; Hampson, Moths Ind. ii. p. 55.

Euchelia formosa, Boisd., Faun. Mad. Maur. p. 85.

Deiopeia diva, Mabille, Aun. 8. E. France, 1879, p. 305.

Uletheisa elata, Hampson, Cat. Phal. iii. p. 480, f. 215.

Seychelles.—Three specimens of type elata from Mahé (de Gaye); the typical form

is only found at Barbarons, on the west side of Mahé at about 200 feet elevation.

Seven examples of ab. diva, Mab., all from Cascade Estate, Mahé, on various dates

between 18 September and 1 December, 1905; the moth appears to be very local and

occurs at about 1000 feet elevation on the edge of the ancient forest.

Larvee were found at Cascade Estate on 2 November, 1905, feeding on the leaves of

Tournefortia sarmentosa, Lam., but owing to our departure from the Seychelles and

consequent inability to obtain a fresh supply of the food-plant, I was unable to breed

out the moth. The larva is shown on Plate 17. fig. 17.

Distribution —(Form elata) Mauritius; Madagascar; Johanna I.; Seychelles (Mahé).

(Form diva) Seychelles (Mahé).

Family Noctuidae.

5. Chloridea armigera, Ub.

Heliothis armigera, Hiibn., Noct. t. 79. f. 370; Boisd. Faun. Mad. Maur. p. 98.

Chloridea armigera, Hampson, Cat. Phal. iv. p. 45, f. 18.

Coetivy.—Two specimens. Fairly common in September.

South Providence.—One example reared (21 October, 1905) from larva found on

“ Bois balais” (Erythroxylon sp.). These larvee were cannibalistic; I collected four

or five, but this solitary survivor devoured all the others.

Distribution —Texas; California; Mexico; Guatemala; Jamaica; Barbados; St.

Vincent (W. I.); Venezuela; Brazil; Peru; Chile; Argentina; Cape Verde Is.;

S. Europe; Madeira; Canaries; throughout Africa to Syria and Aden; St. Helena ;

Rodriguez; Réunion; Mauritius; Madagascar; 8. Providence ; Coetivy ; throughout

India; Ceylon; Singapore; Java; China; Formosa; Japan; throughout Australia ;

Tasmania; New Zealand; Gilbert Is.; Sandwich Is.

6. Cirphis leucosticha, Hmpsn.

Cirphis leucosticha, Hampson, Cat. Phal. v. p. 541 (1905).

Leucania insulicola, Saalm. (nec Guen.), Lep. Madag. p. 254, f. 181 (1891).

Seychelles.—A single worn female from Praslin, November 1905.

FLETCHER—LEPIDOPTERA. 271

Distribution.—Br. E. Africa; Natal; Mauritius; Madagascar (Nossi-Bé) ; Seychelles

(Praslin).

7. Eriopus maillardi, Gn.

Eriopus maillardi, Guenée in Lep. of Maillard’s ‘Notes sur l’Ile de la Réunion,’ p. 39, t. 22. f. 8

(1863) ; Hampson, Cat. Phal. vii. p. 551 (fig.).

Callopistria recurvata, Moore, ep. Atk. p. 144 (1882) ; Moore, Lep. Ceylon, ili. p. 60, t. 151.

f. 1; Hampson, Moths India, ii. p. 257.

Chagos.—Five specimens from Salomon Atoll only. Of these two were bred from

larvee found on Aspleniwm nidus in Ile de la Passe on 22 June.

Coetivy.—Two worn examples.

Seychelles—Two specimens, one from Frigate Island (Connor), the other from Round

Island (de Gaye). The Frigate Island specimen is very dark, with the usually light

markings inconspicuous, but does not seem separable from #. maillardi.

Distribution —Sierra Leone; Natal; Réunion; Mauritius; Coetivy; Seychelles ;

Sokotra; throughout India; Ceylon; Singapore; Hongkong; Java; New Guinea;

Trobriand Is.; Fiji; Samoa.

It is noteworthy that this species is not recorded from Madagascar, the Maldives, or

Christmas Island.

8. Spodoptera mauritia, Bdv.

Hadena mauritia, Boisd., Faun. Mad. Maur. p. 92, t. 13. f.9 (1833).

Spodoptera mauritia, Hampson, Moths Ind. ii. p. 248, f. 140; Joannis, Ann. S. HE. France, 1894,

p. 432.

Seychelles—Five specimens: two from Frigate Island (Connor); two from Mr. de

Gaye’s collection from Mahé; one received from Mr. de Gaye labelled ‘* Mahé, sea-level,

20 March, 1906.”

Distribution —Lagos; N. Nigeria; Mashonaland; Natal; B. E. Africa; Réunion;

Mauritius ; Madagascar; Seychelles (Mahé, Frigate I.); Sokotra; throughout India ;

Burma; Ceylon; Cocos-Keeling Is.; N. Guinea; Port Darwin; Queensland; Marquesas

Is.; Hawaii.

9. Spodoptera abyssinia, Gn.

Spodoptera abyssinia, Guenée, Noct. i. p. 254.

Spodoptera cilium, Hampson, Moths India, ii. p. 259.

Caradrina orbicularis, Hampson, Nat. Hist. Sokotra, p. 323, t. 20. f. 26.

Seychelles—Three worn examples from Mr. de Gaye’s collection (Mahe),

Distribution —Lagos; 8, Nigeria; Mashonaland; E. Transvaal; Natal; Mauritius;

Seychelles (Mahé); Sokotra; throughout India; Ceylon ; Philippines.

36*

272 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

10. Prodenia littoralis, Bdv.

Prodenia littoralis, Boisd., Faun. Mad. Maur. p. 91, t. 13. f. 8 (1833); Moore, Lep. Ceylon, ii.

t. 146. ff. 1 a—d (larva) ; Hampson, Moths India, ii. p. 248, f. 189; Saalm., Lep. Madag.

p- 267 (1891).

Hadena retina, Guenée, Maill. Réun., Lép. p. 35 (1863).

Chagos.—Five examples: one from Salomon Atoll, two from He Yéyé (Peros

Banhos), one from Ile du Coin (Peros Banhos) on 25 June, and one bred from a larva

found on “ Rougette” in Diego Garcia on 23 July. The larva was noted as olive-brown

in colour, with a large yellow ocellus on meta- and mesothoracic segments. ;

Seychelles.—One female collected by Mr. J. A. de Gaye.

Distribution—Porto Rico; Crete; Asia Minor; Madeira; throughout Africa ;

St. Helena; Ascension I.; Rodriguez; Mauritius; Bourbon; Madagascar; Seychelles ;

throughout India and Ceylon; Chagos; Cocos-Keeling I.; Sumatra; Christmas L. ;

Java; Celebes; Philippines; Aru Is.; Amboina; Australia; Viti; Marshall Is.

11. Perigea capensis, Gn.

Apamea capensis, Guenée, Noct. i. p. 218.

Caradrina conducta, W1k., Cat. x. p. 296.

Eupleaia conducta, Wampson, Moths Ind. ii. p. 211.

Perigea conducta, Joannis, Ann. 8. E. France, 1894, p. 432.

erigea centralis, Moore (nec W1k.), Lep. Ceylon, iii. p. 28, t. 147. ff. 2, 2.@ (larva).

Perigea meleagris, Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 271, f. 228 (1891).

Perigea capensis, Hampson, Cat. Phal. vii. p. 332, t. 116. f. 20 (1908).

Seychelles—One very worn example from Cascade Estate, Mahé (800 feet), on

15 September, 1905.

Distribution—Throughout Africa; St. Helena; Mauritius; Madagascar; Seychelles

(Mahé) ; Sokotra; Aden; throughout India; Burma; Assam; W., C., and 8.E. China;

Philippines; Borneo; Formosa; Ceylon; Andamans; Perak; Singapore; Java;

Br. New Guinea; Solomon Is.; Marshall Is.; Fiji; Queensland.

12. Chasmina sericea, Hmpsn.

Leocyma sericea, Hampson, Ill. Het. ix. p. 92, t. 161. f. 7; Moths India, ii. p. 289, f. 158.

? Leocyma veste, Joannis (nec Guen.), Ann. 8S. E. France, 1894, p. 433.

Seychelles.—Five specimens: one female from Mr. de Gaye’s collection, taken in

October in Mahé; one female, Mahé (Dupont) ; one male, two females, Praslin, November

1905.

The presence of the single male specimen enables me to identify this species as sericea.

I have no doubt that the examples recorded by M. de Joannis as veste were all females,

in which sex vest@ is indistinguishable from sericea.

Distribution Seychelles (Mahé, Praslin); Ceylon; Maldives; Rangoon; Cocos-

Keeling Is.; Christmas I.; Formosa; New Caledonia; Funafuti. It is noteworthy

that this species is essentially the insular representative of its genus.

FLETCHER—LEPIDOPTERA. 2713

13. Amyna octo, Gn.

Perigea octo, Guenée, Noct. i. 233.

Amyna octo, Hampson, Moths Ind. ii. 251, f. 142; Pag., Lep.-Het. Madag. p. 104.

Tlattia octo, Joannis, Ann. §. E. Fr. 1894, p. 482; Holland, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1895, p. 271.

Coetivy.—Two examples, September 1905.

Seychelles.—Eight specimens from Mahé, Praslin, and Frigate Island. This short

series shows great variability in the conspicuousness of the discal spot of the fore wing,

this spot varying from obsolescence to very sharp definition in pure white.

Distribution.—The range of this species is practically world-wide, one result of this

fact being that it has at various times been placed in about a dozen different genera, and

has received upwards of twice that number of specific names.

Some localities are :—Mexico; Grenada; Jamaica; Amazons; Paraguay ; Argentina ;

throughout W., C.,8., and E. Africa-to Sokotra; Rodriguez; Madagascar ; Coetivy ;

Seychelles ; throughout India; Ceylon; Andamans; throughout China to Amurland ;

Christmas I.; N. Australia; Queensland; N. 8. Wales; Solomon Is.; New Hebrides ;

Gilbert Is.; Fiji; Ellice Is.; Cook Is.; Tahiti; Marquesas.

14. Hutelia inextricata, Moore.

Eutelia inextricata, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 147; Hampson, Moths India, ii. 395.

Seychelles——One male, Mahé (de Gaye); bred from a larva found at Port Victoria.

Distribution.—Seychelles (Mahé) ; N. India; Assam; Ceylon; N. China; Japan.

15. Stictoptera pecilosoma, Saalm.

Steiria pecilosoma, Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 491, ff. 99 9, 120 ¢.

Seychelles.—One female in very bad state from Mahé (de Gaye).

Distribution.—Madagascar (Nossi-Bé) ; Seychelles (Mahé).

16. Asinduma nesta, sp.n. (Plate 17. fig. 1.)

é. Expanse 22 mm. Head grey; frons sprinkled with fuscous. Palpi greyish

fuscous, lighter beneath; upturned; second joint long and thickly scaled, third joint

short and lightly scaled, not reaching vertex. Haustellum well developed, naked.

Antenne finely ciliated (over 1). Thorax and abdomen greyish sprinkled with fuscous ;

abdomen with lateral hair-pencils anally. Legs pale grey irrorated with fuscous on fore

femora and posterior tibize and tarsi.

Fore wing grey ; costairrorated with dark fuscous from base to #; an ill-defined sub-

basal blackish patch from costa to median nervure; beyond thisa whitish patch bounded

exteriorly by a narrow sinuous outwardly-oblique black bar from costa at $ to vein 2

(submedian nervure) ; orbicular spot tinged with yellow and margined by blackish scales,

less apparent on terminal edge ; a whitish line, preceded on costa by a short black line, runs

obliquely inwards from costa at 2, is then abruptly angled outwards along vein 8, and

is then sharply retraced sinuously to inner margin, being edged extcriorly with blackish

between veins 7 and 8; a longitudinal patch of pale grey suffusion occupies the apical

274 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

third of costa; below this a } -shaped fuscous shade runs into inner margin near toruus ;

terminal margin suffused with brown apically ; termen indicated in blackish around

tornus. Cilia dark grey, paler marginally and opposite terminations of nervures.

Hind wing hyaline white, lightly margined with fuscous on outer margin towards and

at apex, and with terminations of veins 2 to 8 indicated in fuscous. Cilia whitish grey

suffused with fuscous around apex. '

S. Providence.—A single specimen beaten from “ Bois balais” (Zrythroxylon sp.) on

3 October, 1905.

Observation.—In generic position the above species is apparently most closely related

to Asinduma rederi, Stndf., but the short palpi of both these species seem to necessitate

their transference into a new genus.

17. Acontia malve, Esp.

Acontia malve, Hsp., Schmett. iv. 2. p. 63, t. 195. f. 4; Hampson, Moths Ind. uu. 322.

Eagle I.—One male example, 17 October, 1905.

Distribution.—S. Europe; W.,8., and E. Africa; Amirantes (Eagle I.) ; Sokotra;

India; Burma; Ceylon ; Formosa.

18. Ophiusa honesta, Hb.

Noctua honesta, Hiibn., Samm. Exot. ii. Index, p. 4, t. 203. figs. 1, 2.

Ophiusa honesta, Hampson, Moths India, ii. p. 504.

Chagos.—A single specimen from Ie Diamant (Peros Banhos), 19 May. This was

started up out of herbage at the foot of a coco-palm into which it flew high up

and quite out of reach, so that I was obliged to bring it down with a shot-gun ; there

is, however, sufficient of the moth left to be certain of its identity.

Distribution.—N. India to Bombay ; Burma; Andamans; Chagos ; Ceylon ; Christmas

Island ; Singapore ; Manila.

19. Ophiusa melicerte, Drury.

Phalena melicerte, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ins. i. 46, t. 23. f. 1.

Ophiusa melicerte, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, iii. t. 168. ff. 2-26 (larva) ; Hampson, Moths Ind. ii. p. 494;

Pag., Lep.-Het. Madag. p. 116.

Achea melicerta, Joannis, Ann, 8. E. France, 1894, p. 433.

Achaea melicerte, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. ii. t. S. ff. 1, 2 (larva, pupa).

Seychelles.—Five specimens, of which two are from Praslin in Novembe 11905, the

other three from Mahé,

Distribution Throughout Africa to Aden and Sokotra; St. Helena; Rodriguez ;

Madagascar; Seychelles (Mahé, Praslin); throughout India; Burma; Assam ; Ceylon ;

Cocos-Keeling Is.; Christmas I.; Java; Singapore; Port Darwin ; Queensland ;

Philippines; Gilbert Is.; Fllice Is. ; Marshall Is.; Marquesas ; Tahiti.

20. Ophiusa algira, Gmel.

Noctua algira, Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 2547.

Ophiusa algiro, Hampson, Moths India, ii. p. 500, f. 280 ; Pag., Lep.-Het. Madag. p. 116.

FLETCHER—LEPIDOPTERA. 275

Seychelles.—Two specimens; one collected at Cascade Estate, Mahé, in November

1905 ; the other received from Mr. J. A. de Gaye without exact data, but probably from

Mahé.

Distribution.—South Europe to Syria; W. Africa; Aden ; White Nile; Rhodesia ;

Mashonaland ; Transvaal; Natal; Br. E. Africa; Mauritius; Rodriguez; Madagascar ;

Gloriosa; Seychelles (Mahé); throughout India; Burma to China and Japan; Ceylon.

21. Ophiusa angularis, Bdv.

Ophiusa angularis, Boisd., Faun. Mad. Maur. p. 103, t. 13. f. 2; Joannis, Ann. S. E. Fr. 1894,

p. 433 ; Pag., Lep.-Het. Madag. p. 119.

Seychelles.—Five specimens, all from Mahé.

Distribution.—Mashonaland ; Transvaal; Natal; Br. EK. Africa; Mauritius ; Mada-

gascar ; Seychelles (Mahé).

22. Dragana pansalis, W1k.

Dragana pansalis, Walk., Cat. xvi. 200 ; Hampson, Ill. Het. ix. t. 167.f£. 3; Joannis, Ann. S. E. Fr.

1894, p. 434, t. 15. ff. 3, 3a.

Acantholipes pansalis, Hampson, Moths Ind. ii. 524.

Seychelles.—Ten specimens (3 ¢,7 2), of which seven are from Mahé and three from

Praslin.

Distribution.—Sierra Leone; Lagos; Seychelles; throughout India; Ceylon; Anda-

mans; Nicobars; Singapore; Formosa; Java; Borneo; Thursday I.

23. Remigia repanda, Fb.

Noctua repanda, Fab., Ent. Syst. 11 (2) p. 49 (1792).

Ophiusa repanda, Boisd., Faun. Mad. Maur. p. 107, t. 13. f. 3 (1833).

Remigia latipes, Guenée, Spec. Gén. vii. p. 314 (1852) ; Guendée, Maill. Réun., Lép. p. 52 (1863) ;

Joannis, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1894, p. 433; Pag., Lep.-Het. Madag. p. 120 (1907).

Remigia repanda, Hampson, A. M. N. H. (8) i. pp. 474, 476, 485 (1908).

Remigia conveniens, Walk. Cat. xiv. p. 1507 ; Holland, Proc. U.S. N. Mus. 1895, p. 273.

Poivre.—A single specimen. Amongst long grass, 10 October, 1905.

Seychelles ——Nineteen specimens from Mahé and Praslin.

Distribution—Panama and Jamaica to Argentina; S. Trinidad; W., C., E., and 8.

Africa ; Mauritius; Réunion; Rodriguez; Madagascar ; Comoro Is. ; Poivre (Amirantes) ;

Seychelles (Mahé, Praslin, Felicité) ; Aden.

24. Remigia frugalis, Fb.

Noctua frugalis, Fab., Syst. Ent. vi. p. 601.

Remigia frugalis, Guenée, Maill. Réun., Lép. p. 52 ; Moore, Lep. Ceylon, iii. t. 172. ff. 4, 4. (larva);

Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 472, ff. 220, 221 ; Hampson, Moths India, i. p.527 ; Semper, Schmett

Philipp. i. t. T. f. 2 (larva); Hampson, A. M. N. H. (8) i. p. 476 (1908).

Chagos.—Two specimens (1 ¢, 1 2) taken on 7 July at Minni-Minni (Diego

Garcia).

276 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Farquhar I.—One male taken on 80 September, This moth was noted as fairly common

here in damp grassy places.

Distribution.—Old Calabar ; Congo ; Aden; Nyasaland; Natal; Réunion; Mauritius ;

Madagascar ; Farquhar I.; Mayotta; throughout India; Assam; Burma; Ceylon ;

Andamans; Nicobars; Singapore; Java; Cocos-Keeling ; Chagos; Thursday I.; New

Guinea; Celebes; Borneo; Queensland; Fiji; Tahiti; Carolines; Gilbert Is.; Marshall

Is.; Ellice Is.

25. Remigia undata, Fb.

Noctua undata, Fab., Syst. Ent. vi. p. 600.

Noctua archesia, Cram., Pap. Exot. i. t. 273. ff. F, G.

Ophiusa mayeri, Boisd., Faun. Mad, Maur. p. 104,

Remigia mayeri, Guenée, Maill. Réun., Lép. p. 53; Joannis, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1894, p. 433.

Remigia archesia, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, iii. t. 172. ff. 3, 3a (larva); Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 472,

ff. 219 g, 152 9; Hampson, Moths Ind. ii. p. 526 (fig.); Pag., Lep.-Het. Madag. p. 119.

Cauninda archesia, Semper, Schmett. Philipp. ii. t. T. f. 1 (larva).

Remigia undata, Hampson, A. M. N. H. (8) 1. pp. 476, 485 (1908).

Seychelles.—Thirty-five specimens from Mahé, St. Anne, and Praslin. The species is

very variable throughout its range both in ground-colour and markings, but the varieties

do not appear to fall into any geographical races.

Distribution—W., C., S., and E. Africa; Mauritius; Madagascar; Comoro Is.

(Mayotta) ; Seychelles (Mahé, St. Anne, Praslin, Felicité); throughout India; Burma ;

Assam; Ceylon; Andamans; Nicobars; Selangor ; Singapore; Java; Nias; throughout

China; Hainan; Japan; Formosa; Philippines; Solomon Is.; Navigators’ Is.; New

Guinea; Marquesas; Tahiti; Tonga.

26. Grammodes geometrica, Eb.

Noctua geometrica, Fab., Syst. Ent. p. 599.

Phalena ammonia, Cram., Pap. Exot. iii. t. 250. f. D.

Grammodes geometrica, Hampson, Moths Ind. ii. p. 531, f. 296; Pag., Lep.-Het. Madag. p. 120

(1907).

Grammodes bifasciata, Joannis, Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 1894, p. 433.

Farquhar I.—One specimen bred on 28 October, 1905, from a pupa found under

a log in North Island on the 1st of the month. This pupa was lying on the ground,

without any web.

Seychelles.—Two specimens: one from Praslin in November 1905; the other from

St. Anne I. on 29 December, 1906 (de Gaye).

Distribution.—S8. Europe ; throughout Africa; Madagascar; Comoros; Farquhar LI. ;

Seychelles (Mahé, St. Anne, Praslin, La Digue) ; throughout India ; Burma; Ceylon ;

W. China; Formosa; Singapore; Pulo Laut; Java; Queensland.

27. Grammodes stolida, Fb.

Noctua stolida, Fab., Syst. Ent. p. 599.

Grammodes stolida, Hampson, Moths Ind. ii. p. 532; Holland, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1895, p. 271;

Pag,, Lep.-Het. Madag. p. 121 (1907).

FLETCHER— LEPIDOPTERA. 277

Coetivy.—One specimen, 10 September, 1905. Found in dry grassy places, but not

common.

Distribution.—Dalmatia ; Greece; Syria; Sierra Leone; Congo; Abyssinia ; Aden ;

Kilimanjaro; Uganda; B. BE. Africa; Natal; Basutoland; Cape Colony; Madagascar ;

Coetivy ; Seychelles (Platte I.); India (Karachi to Madras); Lower Burma.

298. Grammodes delta, Bdv.

Ophiusa delta, Boisd., Faun. Mad. Maur. p. 105, t. 13. f. 1 (1833).

Grammodes delta, Guence, Maill. Réun., Lép. p. 52 (1863) ; Pag., Lep.-Het. Madag. p. 121 (1907);

Hampson, A. M. N. H. (8) i. (1908) p. 483.

D’Arros.—A single specimen taken on 13 October, 1905, amongst dry grass under

coco-palms.

Distribution.—Transvaal ; Mashonaland ; N’Gami Land; B. E. Africa (Taveta, Tanga) ;

Zanzibar ; Mauritius; Madagascar; Aldabra; D’Arros I. (Amirantes).

29. Chalciope hyppasia, Cram.

Noctua hyppasia, Cram., Pap. Exot. ii. t. 250. f. E.

Ophiusa anfractuosa, Boisd., Faun. Mad. Maur. p. 104, t. 15. f. 6.

Trigonodes hyppasia, Hampson, Moths Ind. ii. p. 527 ; Joannis, Ann. 8. E. Vrance, 1894, p. 483 ;

Pag., Lep.-Het. Madag. p. 120 (1907).

_ Chalciope hyppasia, Hampson, A. M. N. H. (8) i. (1908) pp. 476, 483, 484.

Seychelles.—Sixteen specimens from Mahé, St. Anne, Praslin, and Frigate Island.

Distribution—W., C., S., and E. Africa; Abyssinia; Aden; Mauritius; Rodriguez ;

Réunion; Madagascar; Comoro Is.; Gloriosa; Seychelles (Mahé, St. Anne, Praslin,

Felicité, Cerf); throughout India; Burma to China; Ceylon; Java; Australasia.

30. Plusia chalcytes, Esp.

Plusia chalcytes, Esper, Schmett. t. 141. f. 3 (1789); Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 391.

Plusia chalsytis, Boisd., Faun. Mad. Maur. p. 95.

Plusia eriosoma, Hampson, Moths India, ii. p. 569 (fig).

Chagos.—One very worn example collected in Egmont Atoll, on Ile Sipaille, where

several were seen under “ mapou”’ trees (Pisonia Calpidia).

Coetivy.—Hight specimens of a rather pale-coloured form in which the metallic spots

of the fore wing are nearly or quite touching one another.

Farquhar 1.—Examples were seen but not captured.

South Providence.—Eleven specimens, in four of which the two metallic spots of fore

wing are conjoined. In all cases the ground-colour of the wings is very pale. Larva on

Scevola Kenigii; pupa in a dense white web on underside of Scevola leaves.

Poivre.—A single specimen found dead in a spider’s web. The two metallic spots of

fore wing are touching and the general ground-colour is very pale as in the South

Providence form.

D’ Arros.—One empty pupa on Scevola Kenigit.

Desroches.—Several moths seen but not captured.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 37

278 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Eagle I.—Only a single specimen, although the moth was noted as common. The

eround-colour is very pale, but the metallic spots are separate.

Seychelles.—Five specimens, all from Mahé.

The form with conjoined metallic spots on the fore wing seems to occur occasionally

throughout the range of the species, but attains an unusually large proportion in these

low-lying coral islands.

Distribution.—This moth has been recorded, under about a dozen different names, from

practically the whole of the warmer regions of the world. Its range extends from

Florida and Bermuda through Central America to Braziland the West Indies ; through-

out the south of Europe to Syria; throughout the whole of Africa; Teneriffe ;

St. Helena; Mauritius; Réunion; Madagascar; Farquhar I.; South Providence I. ;

Amirante Is. (Poivre, D’Arros, Desroches, Eagle) ; Coetivy ; Seychelles ; Sokotra ;

Aden; N.W. India to Ceylon; Upper Burma; Java; Cocos-Keeling Is. ; Chagos ;

throughout China to Japan and the Philippines; Borneo; North Australia to New

Zealand; Fergusson I.; Tonga; Society Is.; Marquesas ; Sandwich Is.

31. Plusia signata, Fb.

Noctua signata, Fab., Ent. Syst. ili. 2, p. 81.

Plusia signata, Guenée, Maill. Réun., Lép. p. 41; Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 391; Hampson, Moths

Ind. ii. p. 568; Joannis, Ann. S. E. France, 1894, p. 433.

The present collection contains no specimens, but this species was received from the

Seychelles by M. de Joannis.

Distribution.—W. Africa; Natal; Réunion; Mauritius; Madagascar (Nossi-Bé) ;

Seychelles (Mahé); Burma; Ichang; 8. India; Ceylon; Java; Fiji.

32. Plusia limbirena, Gn.

Plusia limbirena, Guenée, Noct. ii. p. 350; Moore, Lep. Ceylon, in. t. 152. f. 5; Guenée, Maill.

Réun., Lép. p. 41; Hampson, Moths Ind. ii. p. 568; Joannis, Ann. S. E. France, 1894, p. 433 ;

Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 394.

Seychelles.—One specimen from Mahé.

Distribution.— St. Helena; Delagoa Bay; Mashonaland; Natal; Br. E. Africa;

Réunion ; Mauritius; Madagascar; Seychelles (Mahé); Aden; N.W. Himalayas ;

Sikhim ; Nilgiris; Ceylon.

33. Azazia rubricans, Bdv.

Ophiusa rubricans, Boisd., Faun. Mad. Maur. p. 106, t. 16. f. 1 (1833).

Thermesia rubricans, Guenée, Maill, Réun., Lép. p. 53; Pag., Lep.-Het. Madag. p. 122.

Azazia rubricans Hampson, Moths Ind. un. p. 534, f. 298; Joannis, Ann. 8. E. France, 1894,

p. 433.

Seychelles.—Eight specimens; from Mahé, Praslin, St. Anne, and Frigate I. Of

these, seven belong to the yellowish form (¢ransducta, Wlk.), and only one to the

fuscous form.

Distribution.—Throughout Africa; Madagascar; Comoro Is.; Seychelles (Mahé,

FLETCHER—LEPIDOPTERA. 279

Praslin, St. Anne, Frigate I.); throughout India; Burma; Ceylon; Andamans ;

Nicobars ; Christmas I.; Java; Borneo; Formosa; Solomon Is.; Aru; Marquesas ;

Navigators’ Is.; Tahiti; Tonga; Fiji.

04, Hypospila thermesina, Gn.

Hypospila thermesina, Guenée, Maill. Réun., Lép. p. 53 (1863) ; Joannis, Bull. Soc. Ent. France,

1899, p. 199.

Hypospila bolinvides, Joannis (nec Guenée), Ann. S. E. France, 1894, p. 433, t. 15. ff. 5, 5a.

The present collection contains no specimens.

Distribution.—Réunion ; Seychelles (Mahé).

39. Cosmophila erosa, Hb.

Noctua erosa, Hiibn., Zutr. ii. p. 19, figs. 287, 288.

Cosmophila xanthindyma, Boisd., Faun. Mad. Maur. p. 94, t. 13. f. 7 (1833); Moore, Lep. Ceylon,

lil. t. 155. ff. 1-1” (larva); Guenée, Maill. Réun., Lép. p. 44; Joannis, Ann. Soc. Ent. France,

1894, p. 433.

Cosmophila erosa, Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 407 ; Hampson, Moths India, ii. p. 411.

Chagos.—One worn specimen from Salomon.

Seychelles.—Three: two collected in Mahé during November 1905, the third from

Mr. de Gaye’s collection.

_ Distribution—Alabama; Mexico; West Indies and Cuba; Sao Paulo; Argentina ;

Paraguay ; W. Africa; Ascension I.; St. Helena; throughout S. Africa; E. Africa;

Rodriguez; Réunion; Mauritius; Madagascar; Seychelles; Aden; Sokotra; throughout

S. and E. Asia to Japan; Formosa; Philippines; Andamans; Chagos; Christmas I. :

Solomon Is.; Gilbert Is.; Marquesas; Viti Is.; Queensland to 8.E. Australia.

36. Hublemma rivula, Moore.

Thalpochares rivula, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 140.

Micra chalybea, Swinh., P. Z.S. 1884, p. 518, t. 47. £. 10.

Eublemma rivula, Hampson, Moths Ind. ii. p. 341; Joannis, Bull. Soe. Ent. France, 1899, p. 197.

Farquhar I.—Fifteen specimens, 30 September and 1 October, 1905 ; locally abundant

in North Island.

Distribution —N’Gami Country; Transvaal; Natal ; Farquhar I.; Mahé (Seychelles) ;

Calcutta; Nilgiris; E. and 8S. Australia.

37. Hublemma ragusana, Frr.

Eublemma ragusana, Freyer, Neue Beitr. v. p. 92 ; Hampson, Moths India, ii. p. 339, iv. p. 516.

Coetivy.—One specimen, 24 September, 1905, amongst grass &e. in a dry place under

coco-palms.

Distribution.—Syria ; Nigeria; B. E. Africa; Mashonaland ; Transvaal; Natal ;

throughout India; Burma; Ceylon; Andamans; Java; New Guinea; Queensland.

This species does not seem to have been recorded previously from any of the islands

in the Indian Ocean.

37*

280 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

38. Tarache zelleri, Wlgn.

Tarache zelleri, Wallengren, Anteckn. i. Zool. p. 59 (1856).

Farquhar I.—Two specimens on 30 September, 1905. One of these has a much darker

ground-colour than typical 7. zelleri, but does not appear to differ specifically.

Distribution—Accra ; Kumasi; Yorubaland; E. Africa; Gazaland; Transvaal ;

Zululand ; Natal; Farquhar I.

39. Magulaba mestalis, Wlk.

Magulaba mestalis, Walk., Cat. xxxiv. p. 1127.

Hingula figurata, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, in. p. 199, t. 174. f. 10.

Raparna imparata, Hampson, Moths Ind. lii. p. 26 (partim); Joannis, Bull. Soc. Ent. France,

1899, p. 197.

Seychelles.—Nineteen specimens: from Mahé, St. Anne, and Praslin. Common in

shady places, resting amongst dead leaves; occurs from sea-level up to the slopes of

Morne Seychellois.

Distribution —Sierra Leone; N.W. Nigeria; Mashonaland; Transvaal; B. E. Africa;

Seychelles (Mahé, St. Anne, Praslin); Allahabad; Nilgiris; Ceylon; Borneo; Korea;

Japan.

40. Simplicia sp. (Pinfleaalis, Gn.).

Seychelles—One very worn and almost scaleless specimen from Praslin, in November

1905, may be referred with certainty to the genus Simplicia, and is probably S. inflexalis,

Gn., which is widely spread from 8. Africa to India.

41. Hypena longipalpalis, Gn.

Hypena longipalpalis, Guenée, Maill. Réun., Lép. p. 57 (1863); Joannis, Ann. S. E. France, 1894,

p- 434.

Received by M. de Joannis from Mahé, but I have seen no specimens.

Distribution Réunion ; Seychelles (Mahé).

42. Hypena sp.

Seychelles.—One specimen from Frigate Island (Connor). It is quite scaleless and

can only be referred to its generic position. In structure of palpi &c. it appears to be

similar to a specimen of Hypena strigata, Fb. (abyssinialis, Gn.), taken in Mauritius

(Petite Riviére, 18 August, 1905).

43. Hypena masurialis, Gn,

Hypena masurialis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr. p. 38; Hampson, Moths Ind. ili. p. 79; Pag., Lep.-Het.

Madag. p. 124.

Hypena obacerralis, Walk., Cat. xvi. p. 53; Moore, Lep. Ceylon, iii, t. 175. f. 5,

Coetivy.—Four specimens in September 1905.

FLETCHER—LEPIDOPTERA. 281

Seychelles—Two specimens; one from Frigate Island (Connor), the other from

Praslin, November 1905.

Distribution Aden ; Abyssinia; Congo; Sierra Leone; Lagos; Kumasi; Teneriffe ;

Transvaal; Mashonaland; Natal; B. E. Africa; Madagascar; Coetivy; Seychelles ;

Sokotra; throughout India; Ceylon; Brisbane; Fiji.

44. Ophiuche conscitalis, W1k.

Ophiuche conscitalis, Walk., Cat. xxxiv. p. 1509; Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 483, f. 139.

Hypena conscitalis, Hampson, Moths Ind. iii. p. 80; Joannis, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1894, p. 434;

Hampson, A. M.N. H. (8) 1. (1908) p. 485.

Seychelles.—Seven specimens : two from Frigate Island (Connor), four from Praslin,

November 1905, one from Mahé (de Gaye).

Distribution —Sierra Leone; N.W. Nigeria; Madagascar (Nossi-Bé); Réunion ;

Seychelles (Mahé, Praslin, Frigate I.) ; throughout India; Ceylon; Java; Queensland ;

8.E. Australia.

45. Hydrillodes sp.

Seychelles.—Four specimens: three from Praslin in November 1905, and one from

Mahé (Dupont). Of these only the last has any pattern remaining on the wings, and

this specimen has a lighter median bar across the fore wing, which does not seem to be

normal.

In pattern of markings and general coloration this species comes closest to H. nilgiri-

alis, but structurally it seems to fall into Section II a. of Hampson’s classification

(Moths India, iii. p. 55), the male antenna having very long ciliations, but the fore wing

without a very large tuft on underside of costa.

This moth is almost certainly a new species, but I refrain from describing it as such

from the poor material before me.

46. Hyblea puera, Cram.

Noctua puera, Cram., Pap. Exot. t. 103. ff. D, E.

Heliothis apricans, Boisd., Faun. Mad. Maur. p. 98, t. 15. f. 7.

Hyblea puera, Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 407; Hampson, Moths India, ii. p. 371, f. 204; Joannis,

Ann. S. E. France, 1894, p. 433 ; Semper, Schmett. Philipp. ii. t. Q. ff. 15-17 (larva, pupa);

Pag., Lep.-Het. Madag. p. 123.

Seychelles.—Two specimens: one from Mahé (de Gaye), the other taken in Praslin,

November 1905.

Distribution Mexico; Honduras; W. Indies; N’Gami Country ; Transvaal; Delagoa

Bay; Br. E. Africa; Rodriguez; Mauritius; Madagascar; Seychelles (Mahé, Praslin) ;

Aden; throughout India; Burma; Assam; Ceylon; Maldives; W. China; Loo-Choo

Is.; Java; New Guinea; Trobriand I.

989, PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Family Hypside.

47. Hypsa subretracta, Wk.

Hypsa subretracta, Walk., Cat. vii. p. 1676.

Pseudohypsa subretracta, Joannis, Ann. 8. BE. France, 1894, p. 430.

Seychelles——Joannis has recorded a single female as collected in Mahé. I have not

seen or heard of any other examples from the Seychelles.

Distribution —Sierra Leone ; 8. Nigeria; Uganda; Natal; Cape Colony ; Seychelles

(Mahé).

48. Deilemera seychellensis, Hmpsn.

Deilemera seychellensis, Hampson, A. M. N. H. (8) i. (1908) p. 485.

Deilemera, leuconoé, Joannis (nee Hopffer), Ann. S. E. France, 1894, p. 430.

Seychelles.—Eight specimens (43,429), all taken in Mahé at Cascade Estate, where

it flies by day along the edge of the ancient jungle at about 1000 feet elevation.

Distribution —Seychelles (Mahé).

49, Argina astrea, Drury.

Phalena astrea, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ins. ii. p. 11, t. 6. f. 3.

Euchelia pylotis, Boisd., Faun. Mad. Maur. p. 89.

Deiopeia cribraria, Guenée, Maill. Réun., Lép. p. 24.

Argina cribraria, Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 160; Hampson, Moths Ind. ii. p, 51, f. 24; Semper,

Schmett. Philipp. ii. t. P. ff. 8, 9 (larva, pupa).

Seychelles.—Two specimens of form pylotis from Mahé (de Gaye).

Distribution —Réunion ; Mauritius; Rodriguez; Madagascar; Seychelles (Mahé,

La Digue); throughout India; Burma; Ceylon ; Andamans; Nicobars; Christmas I. ;

Penang; Hongkong; Philippines; New Guinea; New Hebrides; Thursday I. ;

Queensland.

Family Sphingide.

50. Herse convolvuli, Linn.

Sphina convolvuli, Linn., Syst. Nat. (ed. x) p. 490 (1758); Boisd., Faun. Mad. Maur. p. 77 (1833) ;

Guenée, Maill. Réun., Lép. p. 22 (1863).

Protoparce convulvuli, Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 132 (1884) ; Hampson, Moths Ind. i. p. 103 (fig.) ;

Semper, Schmett. Philipp. ii. t. H. ff. 5-7 (larva, pupa).

Phlegethontius convolvul’, Holland, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1895, p. 270; Joannis, Ann. S. Ii. France,

1894, p. 432.

Agrius convolvuli, Tutt, Brit. Lep. iv. p. 330.

Herse convolvuli, Roths. & Jord., Revis. Sphing. p. 11.

Farquhar I.—Larvee found on “ poc-poe,” 29 September, 1905, and one moth bred on

19 October.

Distribution —Europe ; throughout Africa; Réunion ; Mauritius; Madagascar ;

Farquhar I.; Seychelles; Aden; throughout S. Asia to Askold I. and Japan; Andamans;

FLETCHER—LEPIDOPTERA. 283

Philippines; Borneo; Celebes; Lombok; Ternate; Java; Sumatra; New Guinea;

New Hebrides; New Caledonia; Solomon Is.; Marshall Is.; Fiji; Society Is. ;

throughout Australia.

51. Acherontia lachesis, Fb.

Sphine lachesis, Fab., Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 434.

Acherontia morta, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, ii. t. 77. ff. 1, 1 a—c (larva, pupa).

Acherontia lachesis, Roths. & Jord., Revis. Sphing. p. 17 (1908).

Chagos.—Two specimens. One found in Ile du Coin (Peros Banhos) on 22 June by

Mr. Stanley Gardiner, who also found the larve on “ Bois malgache.” The second

example was bred from a larva found at Point Marianne, Diego Garcia, on 12 July; this

pupated on 19 July and emerged on 10 August.

Distribution —Throughout India and Ceylon; Siam; China; Penang; Singapore;

Java; Sumatra; Nias; Borneo; Palawan: Lombok ; Timor; Celebes; Ceram.

It is noteworthy that this conspicuous species has not been recorded from the Maldives

or the Christmas or Cocos-Keeling Islands.

52. Acherontia atropos, Linn.

Sphinx atropos, Linn., Syst. Nat. (ed. x) p. 490.

Brachyglossa atropos, Boisd., Faun. Mad. Maur. p. 77.

Acherontia atropos, Guenée, Maill. Réun., Lép. p. 23 ; Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 129; Joannis, Aun.

S. E. France, 1894, p. 432; Holland, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1895, p. 270; Roths. & Jord.,

Revis. Sphing. p. 18.

Seychelles.—Five specimens: two from Mahé (de Gaye) without exact data; three

bred during November 1905, from pup given me by Mr. de Gaye.

I was unable to hear of any superstitions about this moth except the belief that the

scales cause disease if introduced into the eye. This idea seems widely spread amongst

the Creoles and was probably introduced by the French colonists.

Distribution—KEurope; Asia Minor to N. Persia; throughout Africa; Madeira ;

Canary Is.; Teneriffe ; Azores; St. Helena; Réunion; Mauritius; Rodriguez; Mada,

gascar ; Seychelles (Mahé, La Digue) ; Sokotra.

53. Cephonodes hylas, Linn., subsp. virescens, Wlgn.

Sphine hylas, Linn., Mant. Plant. p. 539 (1771).

Potidea virescens, Wailgn., Kongl. Sv. Vet.-Ak. Handl. (2) v. 4, p. 17 (1865).

Hemaris hylas, Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 117, t. 3. f. 40 (1884).

Cephonodes hylas, Joannis, Ann. 8. E. France, 1894, p. 430; Fawe., T. Z.S. xv. p. 312, t. 48.

ff. 13-18 (larva), 19 (pupa).

Cephonodes hylas virescens, Rots. & Jord., Revis. Sphing. p. 467.

Coetivy—Common in September 1905, especially around flowers of “ Bois balais”

(Erythroxylon sp.).

Poivre.—Not very common on 10 October, 1905. Larva found on Guettarda

speciosa, Linn,

IS te PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

D’Arros.—One young larva on the same tree, 13 October, 1905.

Seychelles —Three specimens, all from Mahé.

Distribution —Africa, south of the Sahara; Madagascar; Amirantes (Poivre, D’Arros);

Mayotta; Gloriosa ; Coetivy ; Seychelles.

54. Cephonodes picus, Cr.

Sphine picus, Cramer, Pap. Ex. ii. p. 38, t. 148. f. B.

Macroglossa picus, Kollar in Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. 2, p. 458 (1848).

Cephonodes picus, Roths. & Jord., Revis. Sphing. p. 470, t. 64. f. 16 (1903).

Chagos.—Nine specimens, all from Peros Banhos Atoll. In Ile du Coin, on 25 June,

it was noted as common, but very worn; flying high up amongst the coconut-palms, but

occasionally settling on a low leaf or descending to feed on the flowers of Scevola

Kenigii and Guettarda speciosa. Larvee common on the latter.

These Chagos examples are very large and identical with those from Christmas Island.

Specimens in the National Collection from Cocos-Keeling are smaller.

Distribution.—South India; Ceylon; Christmas Island; Cocos-Keeling; Java; Penang;

Sumba; and eastwards to the Marshall Islands; New Guinea; Queensland.

This moth possesses a very strong flight and wandering proclivities, often flying miles

out to sea. On 18 November, 1905, a number of this species flew on board the ship

when we were at least sixty miles distant from the nearest land.

55. Deilephila nerii, Linn.

Sphine nerii, Linn., Syst. Nat. (ed. x.) p. 490.

Deilephila nerii, Boisd., Faun. Mad. Maur. p. 74; Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 123; Roths, & Jord.,

Revis. Sphing. p. 507.

_ Cherocampa nerii, Guenée, Maill. Réun., Lép. p. 21.

Daphnis neriit, Hampson, Moths Ind.i. p. 94 (tig.); Joannis, Ann. S. E. France, 1894, p. 432 ;

Tutt, Brit. Lep. iv. p. 249.

Seychelles.—One specimen from Mahé (de Gaye).

Distribution —Kurope; Syria; Sierra Leone, southwards to Cape of Good Hope,

eastwards to Aden and Abyssinia; Mauritius; Madagascar; Seychelles (Mahé) ;

N.W. India; 8. India; Ceylon; Sikhim.

56. Temnora fumosa, subsp. peckovert, Butl.

Diodosida peckoveri, Butl., T. Z. 8. 1877, p. 637 ; Saalm., Lep. Madag, p. 121, f. 41 (1884) ; Joannis,

Ann. 8. E. France, 1894, p. 432.

Choerocampa peckoveri, Mabille, Ann. S, EH, France, 1879, p. 299.

Temnora fumosa ss. peckoveri, Roths. & Jord., Revis. Sphing. p. 574, t. 8. f. 5 g (1903).

Seychelles—Recorded from Mahé by Joannis (/.c.), The present collection contains

no specimens,

Distribution.—Madagascar ; Comoro Is.; Seychelles.

FLETCHER—LEPIDOPTERA. 285

57. Macroglossum corythus, Wik.

Macroglossa corythus, Wik., Cat. viii. p. 92 (partim).

Macroglossum corythus, Roths. & Jord., Revis. Sphing. p. 659.

Chagos.—T'wo examples; a male from Te Anglaise (Salomon) and a female from

Salomon Atoll without exact data. The male specimen was bred from a larva found on

Morinda citrifolia on 31 May; this larva pupated on 18 and emerged 29 June. The

moth was also seen in Ile Mapou (Salomon) on 26 May and in Ile du Coin (Peros

Banhos) on 25 June.

These examples seem to belong to a rather small local race having the termen of fore

wing more rounded than usual.

Distribution.—Japan ; China; Formosa; India; Ceylon; Andamans; Perak ; Penang ;

Java; New Guinea; Queensland.

58. Macroylossum alluaudi, de Joann.

Macroglossa alluaudi, Joannis, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1893, p. 52; Ann. S. E, France, 1894,

p. 430, t. 15. f. 1.

Distribution.—Seychelles (Mahé). I have seen no specimens.

59. Hippotion velox, Fb.

Sphin« velox, Fab., Ent. Syst. ii. 1, p. 878 (1793).

Sphina vigil, Guérin in Deless. Voy. Ind. ii. p. 80, t. 25. f. 1 (1843).

Chaerocampa vigil, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. 11. t. 87. ff. 3, 3 a-b (larva and pupa) ; Hampson, Moths India,

i. p. 88.

Hippotion velox, Roths. & Jord., Revis. Sphing. p. 749 (1903).

Chagos.—A single very worn example found at rest under a palm-branch in Ie du

Coin (Peros Banhos) on 25 June.

Distribution —Throughout India; Ceylon; Andamans; Nicobars; Penang; Java;

Christmas Island; Lombok; Sumba; Tenimber Is.; Amboina; Buru; German and

British New Guinea; d’Entrecasteaux Is.; Louisiade Arch.; Neu Pommern; Queens-

land; Lifu.

60. Hippotion celerio, Linn.

Sphinaz celerio, Linn., Syst. Nat. (ed. x.) p. 491 (1758).

Deilephila celerio, Boisd., Faun, Mad. Maur. p. 72 (1833).

Cherocampa celerio, Guenée, Maill. Réun., Lép. p. 21 (1863).

Chaerocampa celerio, Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 123 (1884).

Hippotion celerio, Roths. & Jord., Revis. Sphing. p. 751 (1903).

Coetivy —One fresh specimen and one very worn example taken on 11 September,

1905.

Distribution—S. Europe; throughout Africa; S. Thomé; Comoro Is.; Gloriosa:

Madagascar; Coetivy ; Mauritius; Réunion; Oriental Region eastwards to Solomon Is.

and Lifu; Sokotra and Abd-el-Kuri.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 35

286 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

61. Hippotion osiris, Dalman.

Deilephila osiris, Dalman, Anal. Entom. p. 48 (1823).

Chaerocampa osiris, Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 122 (1884) ; Marshall, T. E. S. 1902, p. 397 (larva).

Chaerocampa osyris, Mabille, Ann. S. E. France, 1879, p. 298.

Theretra osiris, Joannis, Ann. 8. E. France, 1894, p. 432.

Hippotion osiris, Roths. & Jord., Revis. Sphing. p. 750 (1903).

Seychelles.—Six specimens: five from Mahé, of which four are from Port Victoria

(de Gaye) and one from Cascade Estate (800 feet), 2 November, 1905 ; one from Praslin,

November 1905.

Distribution.—Spain (advena); Sierra Leone ; Gold Coast ; Nigeria; Uganda ; Abys-

sinia; Nyasaland; Mashonaland; Madagascar; Seychelles (Mahé, Praslin).

62. Hippotion aurora, R. & J.

Hippotion aurora, Roths. & Jord., Revis. Sphing. p. 812 (1903).

Coetivy.—One example bred from a larva found on Gwettarda speciosa. This appears

to be a dwarfed and faintly-marked form of H. aurora.

Farquhar I.—One example bred from a larva found on “mapou” (Pésonia Culpidia).

Eagle I.— Remains of large numbers of empty pupa-cases, apparently belonging to

this species, were found under stones.

Distribution Madagascar ; Gloriosa; Farquhar I. ; Coetivy; ? Amirantes (Eagle I.).

The examples from Coetivy and Farquhar Island are both lighter in ground-colour

than the typical form and perhaps represent local races.

63. Hippotion eson, Cram.

Sphina eson, Cram., Pap. Exot. iil. p. 57, t. 226. f. C (1779).

Deilephila eson, Boisd., Faun. Mad. Maur. p. 71 (1833).

Cherocampa eson, Guenée, Maill. Réun., Lép. p. 21 (1863).

Chaerocampa gracilis, Butl., P. Z. S. 1875, p. 8, t. 2. f. 2.

Chaerocampa eson, Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 122 (1884) ; Hampson, Moths Ind. i. p. 85 (1892).

Theretra eson, Joannis, Ann. 8. E. France, 1894, p. 432.

Hippotion eson, Roths. & Jord., Revis. Sphing. p. 754 (1903).

Seychelles—Two specimens: one at light in Port Victoria (Mahé) on 25 October,

1905 ; the other without exact data, probably from Mahé (de Gaye).

Distribution—Sierra Leone; N. Nigeria; Uganda; S.E. Africa;

Réunion ;

Mauritius; Madagascar; Seychelles (Mahé).

Family Geometridae.

64. Petrodava lucicolor, Butl.

Hyperythra lucicolor, Butl., A.M. N. H. (4) xvi. p. 417 (1875).

Hyperythra miegii, Mabille, Le Naturaliste, 1882, p. 135 (¢) ; Joannis, Ann. S. E, France, 1894,

p- 432, t. 15. f.4( 2); Swinhoe, T. E. 8. 1904, p. 582.

Tycoonia natalensis, Warren, Noy. Zool. iv. p. 114, ¢ 2 (1897).

FLETCHER--LEPIDOPTERA. 287

Petrodava olivata, Warren, Nov. Zool. iv. p. 253, g.

Petrodava latimarginata, Warren, Noy. Zool. ix. p. 529, 2 (1902).

? Petrodava marginata, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1904, p. 503.

Seychelles—Two specimens: one male from St. Anne Island, 26 October, 1905 ;

one female from Mahé without exact data (de Gaye).

This moth seems to be extremely variable even as amongst a short series from the

same locality, and I am quite unable to perceive any constant difference between any of

the above-quoted forms which have been named as distinct, often on the strength of

single specimens only.

Distribution —Abyssinia ; Ruwenzori; Upper Congo; Nyasaland; Mashonaland ;

Beira; Br. E. Africa; Madagascar ; Seychelles (Mahé, St. Anne).

65. Todis stibolepida, Butl.

Comibena stibolepida, Butl., Cist. Ent. ii. p. 394 (1879).

Jodis stibolepida, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1904, p. 547.

Farquhar I.—A single specimen.

Distribution—Madagascar ; Farquhar I.; Cape Colony.

66. Gymnoscelis sp.

Desroches.—One female, taken at west end of island on 15 October, 1905, flying

around Morinda citrifolia.

This is probably a new species, but I will not describe it as such from a single female

specimen not in the best of condition.

67. Chloroclystis metallicata, sp.n. (Plate 17. fig. 2.)

¢. Exp. 11 mm. Palpi dark grey, lighter beneath, depressed, thickly scaled.

Antenne dark fuscous, annulated with lighter between segments. Head, thorax, and

abdomen light fuscous, irrorated with darker; abdomen with a pronounced dorsal ridge.

Pectus, legs, and venter greyish.

Fore wing light fuscous. Base indistinctly suffused with fuscous ; costal margin dark

fuscous from base to 3; a conspicuous blackish-fuscous antemedian sinuous striga trans-

versely across wing, commencing on costa as a square spot which is continued from its

inner corner as a narrow elbowed bar increasing in breadth to inner margin; this ante-

median bar is sharply indicated exteriorly against the paler ground-colour; a narrow

sinuous blackish-fuscous striga from costa to dorsum at 3; the area between these two

strigze is occupied by two narrow ill-defined dark-fuscous lines running sinuously across

the wing; termen broadly edged with dark fuscous; a dark fuscous dot on dorsum at 7.

Cilia fuscous irrorated with darker.

Hind wing light fuscous. A broad antemedian transverse fuscous band, basally

indistinct, outwardly sharply defined, not reaching costa; a broad postmedian band of

fuscous scales, externally sharply margined with blackish, not reaching costa; termen

broadly edged with dark fuscous. Cilia fuscous irrorated with darker.

38*

288 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION,

Both wings are powdered with irregularly scattered scales which reflect a metallic

iridescence whose tints vary with the direction of the light-rays.

D’Arros.—One male example (type) captured on 12 October, 1905. This was one of two

seen seen flying around “ Bois de feu” (Morinda citrifolia).

Desroches.—A single specimen.

Distribution.—Amirantes (D’Arros, Desroches) ; Mauritius (Curepipe).

68. Chloroclystis sp,

Seychelles.—One worn and broken specimen from Praslin, November 1905. It may

possibly be Chl. metallicata, but is in too bad a state for accurate comparison.

No Eupitheciid has previously been recorded from the Seychelles,

69. Craspedia minorata, Bdv.

Geometra minorata, Boisd., Faun. Mad. Maur. p. 115 (1833).

Acidalia mauritiata, Guenée, Spéc. Gén. 1. pp. 476, 809; Guenée, Maill. Réun., Lép. p. 33 (1863).

Acidalia consentanea, Walk., Cat. xxii. p. 745.

Emmiiltis consentanea, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1904, p. 555.

Acidalia actuaria, Walk., Cat. xxii. p. 752.

Craspedia actuaria, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, iii. t. 200. f. 8; Hampson, Moths Ind. iii. p. 432.

Acidalia minorata, Joannis, Ann. 8. E. France, 1894, p. 435.

? Emmiltis minorata, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1904, p. 558 *.

D’Arros.—Two specimens.

Coetivy.—Six specimens of grey type.

Farquhar I.—One worn specimen only.

Seychelles.—Eleven examples, from Mahé, Praslin, and Frigate Island. Some speci-

mens are suffused with orange-yellowish.

Distribution—Throughout W. and 8, Africa; Massowah; Mauritius; Farquhar I.;

Coetivy ; Seychelles; Sokotra; Aden; throughout India; Burma; Ceylon; Andamans;

Nicobars; Singapore; Pulo Laut; Philippines.

Family Nymphalidae.

70. Danais chrysippus, Linn.

Papilio chrysippus, Linn., Syst. Nat. (ed. x.) p. 471.

Danais chrysippus, Boisd., Faun. Mad. Maur, p. 35; Guenée, Maill. Réun., Lép. p. 9; Distant,

Rhop. Malay. p. 20, t. 1. f. 10; Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 73; Joannis, Ann. S. E. France, 1894,

p. 427; Holland, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1895, p. 265 ; Bingham, Butt. Ind. i, p. 11, t. 1. £.2;

Kershaw, Butt. Hongkong, p. 10, t. 1. f. 6, t. 1a. ff. 5, 6 (larva, pupa).

Seychelles.—Thirty specimens from Mahé and Praslin. They are quite typical and are

quite similar to examples from Madagascar, Mauritius, Rodriguez, and Ceylon. A single

male (from Mahé, Cascade Estate, 200 feet, 3 November, 1905), however, shows a slight

* The name minorata, Boisd., in this reference appears to haye been misapplied to a quite distinct species,

FLETCHER—LEPIDOPTERA. 289

approach to var. alcippoides, Moore, the posterior veins of the hind wing being distinctly

outlined with white scales.

It is noticeable that no examples of the form dorippus have been recorded from these

outlying islands,

Distribution—S.E. Europe; throughout Africa; Canary Is.; Réunion; Mauritius;

Rodriguez; Madagascar ; Aldabra ; Comoro Is.; Seychelles (Mahé, Praslin, La Digue):;

Sokotra; Aden to Syria and India; throughout India; Burma; Ceylon; Malay Penin-

sula; Java; Lombok; Siam; 8S. China.

71. Huplea mitra, Moore.

Euplea mitra, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. Co. i. p. 127 (1857) ; Joannis, Ann. S. E. France, 1894,

p. 427; Holland, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1895, p. 266, t. 8. f. 6.

Pramasa mitra, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1883, p. 281, t. 31. f. 8 (2).

Seychelles.—Thirty-six specimens, all from Mahé and nearly all from Cascade Estate

(about 800 feet). The female seems much scarcer than the male and only forms about

20 per cent. of captures.

Distribution.—Seychelles ; Aldabra.

It is noteworthy that this species does not appear to occur outside of Mahé within the

Seychelles group—-at least, all these specimens are from Mahé and those recorded by

Joannis and Holland also had the same origin.

72. Melanitis leda, Drury.

Papilio leda, Drury (nec Linn.), Exot. Ins. i. t. 15. ff. 5, 6 (1773).

Papilio ismene, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. t. 26. ff. A, B (1775).

Cyllo leda, Boisd., Faun. Mad. Maur. p. 58.

Melanitis leda var. fulvescens, Guenée, Maill. Réun., Lép. p. 15 (1863) ; Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 90 ;

Mabille in Grandid. Madag. p. 12, t. 2. ff. 5-7; Joannis, Ann. 8. E. France, 1894, p. 427 ;

Holland, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1895, p. 266.

Melanitis leda, Dist., Rhop. Malay. pp. 41, 42, 411, t. 4. ff. 9-12; Kershaw, Butt. Hongkong,

p. 24, t. 3. ff. 2, 3, and t. 1a. ff. 9, 10 (larva, pupa) ; Mathew, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1883,

p- 137 (early stages).

Melanitis ismene, Forsayeth, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 382, t. 14. ff 2-20 (larva, pupa); Green, Spol.

Zeylan. ii. p. 75 (tab.); Bingham, Butt. Ind. i. p. 158 (fig.).

Seychelles.—I'welve specimens, November 1905, all from Mahé at an elevation of

about 1000 feet on edge of endemic jungle. All these specimens belong to the ocellate

(wet-season) form.

Distribution Throughout Africa south of a line from Ashanti to Abyssinia ;

Réunion ; Mauritius; Rodriguez; Madagascar; Seychelles (Mahé, Platte) ; throughout

Indo-Malayan Region to Australia.

73. Junonia vellida, Fb.

Papilio vellida, Fab., Mant. Ins. ii. p. 85 (1787); Donov., Ins. New Holl. t. 25. f. 3 (1805).

Junonia vellida, Mathew, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1888, t. 6. f. 11 (larva).

Chagos——Common throughout the whole Chagos group and generally noted as

290 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

abundant. There are no specimens from Egmont Atoll, but it is reported to occur there,

although not commonly. It was noted as particularly abundant on 27 May and 22 June

in Ile de la Passe (Salomon) around the bushes of Scevola Kenigit, on which the larve

were found in all stages from newly-hatched to full-fed. The larvee feed on the under-

side of the leaves, eating away the green cuticle in irregular patches, generally midway

between the edge and mid-rib of the leaf. The greenish-grey pups were found attached

to the underside of the mid-rib of a Scevola leaf.

The forty specimens collected seem to belong to the wet intermediate phase and vary

considerably ¢xter se, there being a marked tendency to duplication of the blue ocelli.

Distribution—Tasmania to Queensland; New Hebrides; Ellice Islands; Java;

Cocos-Keeling ; and Christmas Island.

Chagos specimens are quite similar to those from Christmas Island and Cocos-

Keeling.

74. Pyrameis cardui, Linn.

Papilio cardui, Linn., Syst. Nat. (ed. x.) p. 475.

Vanessa cardui, Boisd., Faun. Mad. Maur. p. 48; Guenée, Maill. Réun., Lép. p. 10; Bingham,

Butt. Ind. 1. p. 865 (fig.) ; Kershaw, Butt. Hongkong, p. 42, t. 5. f. 3.

Pyrameis cardui, Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 77.

Seychelles.—The present collection contains no specimens, but Mr. H. P. Thomasset

informed me that he had seen this species on several occasions at Cascade Estate (Mahé),

and Mr. J. A. de Gaye reports having taken thirteen specimens in one day in St. Anne

Island (7a litt., 3 May, 1906).

Distribution.—W orld-wide except in arctic and subarctic regions and in New Zealand.

In the East African Islands it is recorded from Réunion, Mauritius, and Madagascar.

It is also found throughout India and Ceylon to the Maldives and in Sokotra,

75. Hypolimnas bolina, Linn.

Papilio bolina, Linn., Syst. Nat. (ed. x.) p. 479 (1758).

Apatura bolina, Moore, Lep. Ind. iv. p. 187, t. 829 figs. 1-1f (larva and pupa, ¢ ?), and t. 330.

figs. 1-lf, ¢ 9.

Hypolimnas bolina, Bingham, Butt. India, i. p. 586; Kershaw, Butt. Hongkong, p. 45,t. 5. ff. 6-11,

t. 6a. figs. 3, 4 (larva, pupa).

Chagos.—The collection contains 14 males and 5 females, all from Salomon and Peros

Banhos Atolls, It occurs, however, throughout the Chagos Group, actual localities and

dates being :—

Salomon Atoll.—Tle du Sel, 24 May, one, flying high—Takamaka, 25 May, two males—

Ile de la Passe, 27 May, one seen flying high over the trees; 22 June, common—lIle

Anglaise, 31 May, 5 males, 1 female, all rather worn, flying on edge of cocos on seaward

side of the islet-—Ile Boddam, 3 June, 1 male, 1 female seen.

Peros Banhos.—lle Diamant, 19 May, 1 male flying around tops of cocos—Ile du Coin,

6 June; abundant.

Diego Garcia.—One male seen on Middle Islet, June 12.

FLETCHER—LEPIDOPTERA. 291

Egmont Atoll.—Reported to occur, but not common.

Female specimens of this butterfly from the Chagos Islands are characterized by the

great extension of the white markings of the hind wings, in which respect they exactly

resemble specimens of H. bolina from Palawan as represented in the National

Collection. I can discern no difference whatever, yet it appears very remarkable that

such a striking form of parallel variation should have arisen in two localities so widely

separated. This form of the female is shown on Plate 17, fig. 3.

The early stages of this butterfly were not met with.

Distribution—Throughout Ceylon; India; Burma; Andamans; Nicobars; the Malay

Peninsula; Siam; China; Sumatra; and Java.

76. Hypolimnas misippus, Linn.

Papilio misippus, Linn., Mus. Ulr. p. 264 (1764).

Diadema bolina (3) misippus (?), Boisd., Faun. Mad. Maur. p. 39.

Hypolimnas misippus, Saalm., Lep. Madag. p.82; Bingham, Butt. Ind. i. p. 388; Kershaw, Butt.

Hongkong, p. 47, t. 7. f. 13, t. 8. f. 1; Joannis, Ann. S. E. France, 1894, p. 428.

Seychelles—The present collection contains only a single male taken in Mahé by

Mr. J. A. de Gaye, who reports that this butterfly was common in March and April,

1906, in St. Anne Island.

Distribution—S. America; throughout Africa; Réunion; Mauritius; Rodriguez ;

Madagascar ; Gloriosa; Aldabra; Sokotra; throughout India and Ceylon to Malayan

Subregion and China; Christmas Island; Nicobars; Sumatra; Java.

[77. Atella phalantha, Drury.

Papilio phalantha, Dru., Ins. i. t. 21. ff. 1, 2.

Argynnis phalanta, Boisd. Faun. Mad. Maur. p. 41.

Atella phalanta, Guenée, Maill. Réun., Lép. p. 10; Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 77; Holland, Proc.

U.S. Nat. Mus. 1895, p. 266.

Atella phalantha, Bingham, Butt. Ind. i. p. 412 (fig.) ; Kershaw, Butt. Hongkong, p. 31, t. 4. f. 8,

and t. 3a. ff. 1,2 (larva, pupa).

Recorded from Mahé by Dr. Holland, but as Dr. Abbott’s collection also contained

examples of this species from Aldabra and Gloriosa I have little doubt but that the

specimen in question had been mis-labelled and originally came from one of these other

two localities. |

Distribution —Tropical and 8. Africa; Réunion; Mauritius; Madagascar ; Comoro Is. ;

Gloriosa ; Aldabra; Sokotra; throughout India; Ceylon; Burma; Siam; China;

Japan; Malayan Subregion ; Java; Sumatra.

78. Atella philiberti, Joann.

Atella philiberti, de Joannis, Bull. S. E. France, 1893, p. 51; Joannis, Ann. S. E. France, 1894,

p. 427, t. 15: £. 7.

Atella seychellarum, Holland, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1895, p. 266, t. 8. f. 11.

Seychelles.—Thirty-three examples, of which four are from Praslin, the others from

292 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION,

Mahé. It is found at a height of about 800-1000 feet and over, but is not seen lower

down. It is fond of beds of streams, where it flies over the trees in company with Huplaa

mitra, having an elegant sailing flight.

In the Praslin examples, as Joannis has remarked, the metallic patch of the underside

is usually more yellowish rather than green, but this is paralleled in many of the

Mahé specimens and so cannot be taken as a distinctive race-character.

Distribution —Gloriosa; Aldabra; Seychelles (Praslin, Mahé).

Family Papilionide.

79. Papilio disparilis, Bdv., var. nana, Obth.

Papilio disparilis v. nana, Oberthur, Etudes d’Entomologie, iv. p. 54; Saalm., Lep. Madag. pp. 35,

56; Joannis, Ann. S. E. France, 1894, p. 426.

This butterfly, if it really occurs in the Seychelles, must be very rare, as it has remained

quite unknown to all the entomologists who have collected in the group during the last

thirty years. I doubt the accuracy of the locality.

This variety, which is only half the size of the type-form disparilis (from Réunion),

appears peculiar to the Seychelles.

Family Pieride.

80. Catopsilia florella, Eb.

Papilio jflorelia, Fab., Syst. Ent. p. 479.

Callidryas florella, Guenée, Maill. Réun., Lép. p. 5, t. 22. ff. 1, 2; Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1866,

p- 330; Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 66.

Catopsilia jlorella, Joannis, Ann. 8. E. France, 1894, p. 429; Bingham, Butt. India, ii. p. 223

(fig.).

Seychelles—Recorded by Joannis as collected in Mahé by Philibert, but I much

doubt the accuracy of this locality. If it occurs in the Seychelles it must be very scarce.

Certainly we never saw it, and it was also quite unknown to the local collectors.

Distribution Africa from C. de Verde Is. to Zanzibar; Réunion; Mauritius; Mada-

gascar ; Mayotta; Sokotra; Abd-el-Kuri; throughout India; Assam; Burma; Siam;

China; Ceylon.

[81. Teracolus aldabrensis, Holland. ;

Teracolus aldabrensis, Holland, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1895, p. 269, t. 8. ff. 7, 8; Joannis, Bull. S. E.

France, 1899, p. 199.

This species is recorded from Mahé (Seychelles) by Martin Linell (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.

xix. p. 695), but there is evidently some error of locality, as otherwise this butterfly is

quite unknown from the Seychelles, and such a conspicuous species is hardly likely to

have escaped notice if it really occurs there. |

FLETCHER—LEPIDOPTERA. 293

Family Lycenide,

82. Zizera maha, Koll.

Lycena maha, Kollar in Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 422.

Zizera maha, Bingham, Butt. Ind. ii. p. 355, t. 19. ff. 186, 137.

Seychelles.—I have seen no specimens of this species from the Seychelles, but Mr. J.

A. de Gaye reports (tz litt., 13 March, 1906) that one specimen caught in Mahé by

Mr. Thomasset was identified as Z maha by Col. Manders. This must be a rarity in

the Seychelles, as I find no examples in a series of nearly sixty Zzere in the present

collection.

Distribution —India from Himalayas to Travancore; Upper and Lower Burma;

Seychelles (Mahé).

83. Zizera lysimon, Hb.

Papilio lysimon, Hiibn., Samm. Eur. Schm. ff. 534, 535 (

Lycena lysimon, Herr.-Schff., Schmett. Eur. i. p. 118, t.

Lycena knysna, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1862, p. 282.

Lycena lysimon, Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 98 (1884) ; Trimen, S. Afr. Butt. ii. p. 45 (1887) ;

Joannis, Ann. S. E. France, 1894, p. 428.

Farquhar I.—Five male examples in one place only, apparently a small garden, in the

village in North Island. (? Introduced.)

Desroches.—One worn female, 15 October, 1905, in cultivated ground near the settle-

ment.

Eagle I.—Four specimens (3 ¢, 1 2), 17 October. Common, but all are worn.

Seychelles.—Fifty-seven specimens from Mahé, St. Anne, and Praslin.

Seychelles specimens seem to be constant in having an additional spot (sometimes

reduced to a mere shade, but usually well-defined and distinct) below the ocellus of the

cell, this latter ocellus itself being frequently duplicate.

Distribution.—S. Europe; throughout Africa; Teneriffe; Mauritius; Réunion; Mada-

gascar; Comoro Is.; Farquhar I.; Amirantes ; Seychelles; Sokotra; Bengal; Ceylon;

Java.

798 ?).

ff. 28, 29 (1843).

(84. Zizera gatka, Trim.

Lycena gaika, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1862, p. 403.

Zizera gaika, Holland, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1895, p. 268; Bingham, Butt. Ind. 11. p. 359.

Recorded by Dr. Holland as from Providence I., Alphonse I. (Amirantes), and from

Mahé (Seychelles), probably in error for Z. lysimon. I have seen no Z. gaika from this

region, nor has it been recorded from Madagascar. |

Distribution —S. Africa; Mauritius; Aden; throughout India; Ceylon; Assam ;

Burma; Tenasserim; Andamans; Sumatra; Java.

SECOND SERIES.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XII. 39

994 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

85. Polyommatus beticus, Linn.

Papilio beticus, Linn., Syst. Nat. (ed. xii.) p. 789.

Lycena beticus, Boisd., Faun. Mad. Maur. p. 23; Guenée, Maill. Réun., Lép. p. 18; Saalm., Lep.

Madag. p. 100; Joannis, Ann. 8S. E. France, 1894, p. 428.

Polyommatus beticus, Bingham, Butt. Ind. ii. p. 482 ; Kershaw, Butt. Hongkong, p. 75, t. 9.

ff. 2, 10.

Seychelles.—Nineteen specimens, all from Mahé and mostly from sea-level or the lower

slopes of the hills.

Distribution._S. Europe; throughout Africa and Arabia; Madeira; Teneriffe; St.

Helena; Réunion; Mauritius; Madagascar; throughout India; Ceylon; Andamans

and Nicobars; Assam to Malay Peninsula; Sumatra; Java; China; throughout Malayan

Subregion; Australia; Hawaiian Is.

86. Syntarucus telicanus, Lang.

Papilio telicanus, Lang, Verz. sein. Schmett. 11. p. 47 (1789) ; Hiibn., Eur, Schmett. i. ff. 371, 372,

553, 554 (1798-1803).

Lycena telicanus, Boisd., Faun. Mad. Maur. p. 24; Guenée, Maill. Réun., Lép. p. 18; Saalm., Lep.

Madag. p. 100; Holland, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1895, p. 268; Joannis, Ann. 8. E. France,

1894, p. 428.

Eagle I.—Three male specimens, 17 October, 1905.

Seychelles—Twenty specimens, from Mahé, St. Anne, and Praslin. ‘These do not seem

to differ in any constant respect from examples from the Mediterranean region.

Distribution.—S. Europe; W. Asia; throughout Africa ; Réunion; Mauritius; Rodri-

guez; Madagascar; Aldabra; Amirantes (Alphonse, Eagle I.) ; Seychelles.

Family Hesperiidae.

87. Eagris sabadius, Gray.

Thymele sabadius, Gray in Griffith’s ‘Animal Kingdom,’ vol. xv. Insecta, pt. nu. p. 594, t. 99. f. 2

(1832); Boisd., Faun. Mad. Maur. p. 63, t. 9. f. 2 (1833).

Hesperia andracne, Boisd., Faun. Mad. Maur. p. 67 (1833) (¢ ).

Antigonus andrachne, Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 112, f. 14: (1884).

Eagris sabadius, Guenée, Maill. Réun., Lép. p. 19 (1868) ; Joannis, Ann. 8. E. France, 1894, p. 429 ;

Holland, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 17.

Nisoniades sabadius, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1866, p. 339.

Seychelles——Twenty-one specimens, all from Mahé. This species generally occurs on

the edge of the jungle at about 800 feet and over. It has a peculiar habit of settling on

the under surface of leaves with its wings outspread.

E. plicata, Butl., from East Africa seems hardly distinguishable from this species.

Distribution—Réunion ; Mauritius; Madagascar ; Seychelles (Mahé).

FLETCHER—LEPIDOPTERA. 295

88. Parnara borbonica, Badv.

Hesperia borbonica, Boisd., Faun. Mad. Maur. p. 65, t. 9. ff. 5, 6 (1833) ; Chenu, Encycl. d’Hist.

Nat. f. 385 (1852) ; Guenée, Maill. Réun., Lép. p. 20, t. 22. ff. 3, 4 (larva, pupa) (1863) ;

Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 108 (1884).

Pamphila borbonica, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1866, p. 3838; Mabille in Grandid. Madag. Lep. i.

p- 360, t. 55. ff. 6, 6@ (1887) ; Joannis, Ann. 8. E. France, 1894, p. 429.

Parnara borbonica, Holland, P. Z. S. 1896, p. 62.

Seychelles.—Thirty specimens, of which one is from Praslin (November 1905) and the

rest from Mahé.

Distribution.S. Africa; Réunion; Mauritius; Rodriguez; Madagascar; Seychelles

(Mahé, Praslin).

89. Parnara morella, de Joannis.

Pamphila morella, Joannis, Bull. S. E. France, 1893, p. 52; Joannis, Ann. S. E. France,

1894, p. 429, t. 15. f. 6.

? Gegenes poutieri, Holland (nec Boisd.), Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1895, p. 270.

Seychelles.—Six specimens, all taken by myself in Mahé (Cascade Estate, 800 feet)

on 2 November, 1905. The collection also contains one specimen, received from

Mr. J. A. de Gaye without exact data, which is doubtfully referable to this species.

Distribution.—Peculiar to the Seychelles group and as yet only found in Mahé.

90. Parnara gemella, Mab.

Pamphila gemella, Mabille, Bull. S. E. Belg. 1884, p. 187; Mabille in Grandid. Madag, Lep.

i. p. 359, t. 55. ff. 7, 7 a@ (1887) ; Joannis, Ann. S. E. France, 1894, p. 429.

Hesperia ellipsis, Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 109 (1884).

Geyenes gemella, Holland, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1895, p. 270.

Parnara gemella, Holland, P. Z.S. 1896, p. 62.

Seychelles.—Forty-two specimens, of which three are fan Praslin and the other

thirty-nine from Mahé (mostly from Cascade Estate on 2 November, 1905, when male

and female were taken én cop.).

Distribution—Madagascar ; Amirantes (Alphonse I.); Seychelles (Mahé, Praslin,

Platte).

91. Parnara poutieri, Bdv.

Hesperia poutieri, Boisd., Faun. Mad. Maur. p. 65 (1833).

Pamphila poutieri, Mabille in Grandid. Madag. Lep. i. p. 363, t. 55. ff. 8, 8 a, 9, 9a.

Parnara poutieri, Holland, P. Z.S. 1896, p. 63.

? Seychelles.—In his list of Dr. Abbott’s collection, Dr. Holland describes * “ one most

wretched specimen, from Mahé,” under the name of Gegenes poutiert. It seems probable

that the specimen is referable to P. morella, a species which Dr. Holland appears to

have overlooked, as he omits it from his paper on African Hesperidz (quoted above)

written at about the same time.

Distribution —Madagascar.

* Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1895, p. 270.

39*

296 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

92. Parnara marchalii, Bdv.

Hesperia marchalii, Boisd., Faun. Mad. Maur. p. 66 (1833); Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1866,

p- 389; Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 107 (1884).

Seychelles.—A single unlabelled worn specimen, from the collection of Mr. J. A.

de Gaye, is supposed to have come from Silhouette. As, however, Mr. de Gaye’s

collection contained numerous examples of Lepidoptera collected by him in Mauritius,

I am inclined to question the true origin of this particular specimen, and this species

must be queried as a Seychelles butterfly pending further evidence.

Distribution —Mauritius ; ? Seychelles.

93. Rhopalocampta arbogastes, Gn.

Thymele arbogastes, Guenée, Maill. Réun., Lép. p. 19 (1863).

Hesperia florestan, Boisd. (nec Cram.), Faun. Mad. Maur. p. 61 (1833).

Ismene margarita, Butl., Cist. Ent. 1i. p. 889 (1879).

Ismene arbogastes, Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 114 (1884); Mabille in Grandid. Madag. i. p. 323,

t. 51. ff. 5,5a@; Joannis, Ann. 8. E. France, 1894, p. 429.

Rhopalocampta arbogastes, Holland, P. Z.S. 1896, p. 99.

Seychelles.—A single specimen from Mahé (Cascade Estate, 800 feet, 2 November,

1905).

Distribution — Madagascar ; Seychelles ; Réunion.

The form floristan is found in Mauritius and Rodrignez.

Family Pyralide.

94. Corcyra cephalonica, Stt.

Corcyra cephalonica, Stainton, Ent. Mo. Mag. ii. p. 172; Leech, Pyral. t. 13. f.5; South, Entom.

1890, p. 336, t. 4. f. 38; Rag., Mon. ii. t. 45. f. 24.

Coetivy—Common in rice-stores, September 1905. Doubtless imported by man.

Distribution—W. Indies; S. Europe; C. and 8. Africa; Ceylon; Christmas I.;

Kei Is.

95. Culladia admigratella, Wk.

Araxes admigratella, Walk., Cat. xxvu. p. 192.

Culladia admigratella, Hampson, Moths Ind. iv. p. 11, f. 10 ; Hampson, A. M. N. H. (8) i. (1908)

p- 486.

Chagos.—One very worn specimen taken in Diego Garcia on 12 June, flying in the

sunshine around flowers of ‘‘ Bois balais” (Zrythrozylon sp.).

Seychelles—Two examples, St. Anne Island, 26 October. The ‘ Valhalla’ collection

also contained an example from Praslin.

Distribution. —Sierra Leone; Old Calabar; Nyasaland; Mauritius; Seychelles ;

Sokotra; throughout India; Burma; Ceylon; Chagos; Pulo Laut; Philippines ;

Sumatra.

FLETCHER—LEPIDOPTERA., 297

96. Crambus seychellelius, sp.n. (Plate 17, fig. 4.)

é. Exp. 283mm. Labial palpi porrect, more than twice length of head, clothed with

long hair; greyish-fuscous. Maxillary palpi triangularly scaled with long hair; greyish-

fuscous. Frons rounded. Vertex with collar-like tuft of scales above and between eyes.

Antenne reddish-brown, with greyish appressed serrations. Head, thorax, and abdomen

pale glistening greyish-yellow, thorax with admixture of fuscous scales especially on

prothorax and tegulz. Abdomen with pale yellowish anal tuft. Legs pale yellow-grey

irrorated with fuscous ; outer tibial spurs half length of inner.

Fore wing with costa slightly arched, apex subrectangular, tornus well marked, termen

very slightly undulate; pale greyish; costal third thickly irrorated with pale reddish-

fuseous scarcely evident towards apex; dorsal third also irrorated with pale reddish-

fuscous scales, which are notedly collected to form ill-defined inwardly-oblique short

transverse striggee commencing on dorsum at about 2? and 4 of wing-length; a sub-

terminal pale reddish-fuscous transverse striga, indistinct towards costa but well marked

on dorsal half; termen indicated in fuscous and with a few fuscous scales on termi-

nations of nervures: cilia whitish, pale fuscous towards base.

Hind wing pale glistening greyish-fuscous, with long scale-pencils along base of median

and submedian nervures ; cilia whitish, darker along base.

Seychelles—Five specimens, taken at light in Port Victoria, Mahé, 25 October, 1905,

when the species was noted as ‘ abundant.”

97. Cirrhochrista perbrunnealis, sp.n. (Plate 17. fig. 5.)

¢. Exp. 25 mm. Labial palpi down-curved, about twice length of head, thickly

covered with long reddish-fuscous hair, third joint not visible. Maxillary palpi long ;

apex triangularly scaled; red-brown. Frons oblique. Antenne ciliated (1). Head,

thorax, and abdomen fuscous (very mouldy). Pectus and legs shining whitish.

Hind wing with hair-pencil.

Fore wing white, thickly irrorated with reddish-brown except in three subcostal

patches, the first rounded and subbasal, the second subtriangular and situated between

4 and 4 of wing-length, the third subquadrate at about 3; these patches are outlined

by darker red-brown scales and are very prominent; there are also two small paler

specks, each rendered conspicuous by an outline of darker red-brown scales, the first

subdorsal at 3, the second subtornal ; cilia yellowish on termen, red-brown on dorsum.

Hind wing white; a narrow ill-defined red-brown transverse striga at 3, expanding

between veins 4 and 2 into a triangular patch reaching termen; some ill-defined

yellowish markings along termen on terminations of nervures; cilia pale yellowish,

whitish apically.

Seychelles ——A single specimen taken by Mr. J. A. de Gaye in St. Anne Island in

December, 1906. It has been mouldy and is now in bad state.

M. de Joannis records (Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1899, p. 199) a Cirrhochrista as received

from Mahé, but does not describe his specimen at all; it is probably the same species.

Distribution.—Seychelles (St. Anne, ? Mahé).

9298 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

98. Ephestia cautella, Wlk.

Pempelia cautella, Walk., Cat. xxvii. p. 73.

Ephestia cautella, Hampson, Moths Ind. iv. p. 66, £.44; Joannis, Ann. S. E, France, 1894,

p. 437.

Seychelles.—Recorded from the Seychelles by M. de Joannis. Not found in the present

collection. This species, however, is of cosmopolitan distribution, being a common

food-pest carried everywhere by shipping, so that its presence in the Seychelles is only

to be expected.

Distribution Central and South Europe; throughout Africa; Seychelles; W. and

S. Asia; Ceylon; Sumbawa; Australia; America.

99. Heterographis insularella, Rag.

Heterographis insularella, Ragonot, Bull. S. E. France, 1893, p. 295; Joannis, Ann. S. E. France,

1894, p. 437, t. 15. f. 2.

Seychelles.—Received from Mahé by M. de Joannis. I have seen no specimens.

Distribution.—Seychelles (Mahé).

100. Phycita sp.

Seychelles.—A single specimen from Mr. J. A. de Gaye’s collection; it is without

exact data, but was doubtless taken in Mahé.

This is almost certainly a new species peculiar to the Seychelles, but as the only

specimen available is a single female, I think it advisable to defer any attempt at nomen-

clature or description. In general pattern and coloration this specimen comes very

close to some dull-coloured forms of Pempelia subornatella, Dup.

Distribution.—Seychelles (Mahé).

101. Htiella zinekenella, Tr.

Pempelia zinckenella, Treit., Schmett. Eur, ix. i. p. 201.

Rhamphodes heraldella, Guenée, Maill. Réun., Lép. p. 72.

Etiella madagascariensis, Saalm., Lep. Madag. p. 509.

Etiella zinckenella, Hampson, Moths India, iv. p. 108 ; Pag., Lep.-Het. Madag. p. 129.

Seychelles.—Five specimens, all from Mahé. On 31 October, 1905, I found it fairly

common amongst long grass, &c. on the hill-side just above the Botanical Gardens in

Port Victoria.

Distribution—S. Europe to Cyprus; W. Indies; Colorado to Chile; W., S., and

HE. Africa; Sokotra; Réunion; Madagascar; Mayotta; Seychelles (Mahé); throughout

India; Ceylon; Assam to Korea and Japan and to N. 8. Wales.

102. Endotricha chagosalis, sp.u. (Plate 17. fig. 6.)

é. Exp. 10 mm. Labial palpi upturned, reaching vertex, thickly scaled, pale

fuscous; terminal joint shorter than second, fuscous. Maxillary palpi long, reaching

well above vertex, up-curved, with long scales on inner side towards apex. Antenne

FLETCHER— LEPIDOPTERA. 299

ciliated, basal joint dilated (terminal portion broken). Head, thorax, and abdomen

fuscous, intermixed with white scales. Legs pale grey; spurs on posterior tibia rather

short, subequal.

Fore wing with base of costa strongly arched. Whitish-grey; basal third of costa

broadly dark fuscous, the dorsal area of wing also suffused with dark fuscous towards

base ; a prominent dark fuscous discocellular spot; terminal fifth of wing suffused with

fuscous, the inner and terminal margins of this suffusion indicated in darker fuscous.

Cilia greyish-fuscous with a dark fuscous basal line; paler around tornus.

Hind wing dark fuscous, with a broad whitish-grey postmedial fascia and an ill-defined

greyish subterminal fascia.

Chagos.—A single specimen from Ile de la Passe (Salomon), 22 June, 1905. This

was the only one seen here, but I have a note that I saw an example of this species at

Minni-minni (Diego Garcia) on 23 July, 1905.

103. Endotricha mesenterialis, Wlk.

Doththa mesenterialis, Walk., Cat. xvii. p. 285.

Endotricha mesenterialis, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, iii. t. 178. f. 8 ; Hampson, Moths Ind. iv. p. 133,

ate Woe

Chagos.—A single female specimen from Takamaka Isd., Salomon.

Distribution.—Throughout India; Burma; E. Pegu; W.China; Formosa; Sarawak ;

Java; Nicobars; Ceylon; Maldives.

104. Hndotricha sp. nu.

Poivre.—A single male example, taken on 10 October, 1905, without an abdomen and

in very worn state.

Seychelles.—T'wo specimens collected by Mr. J. A. de Gaye; they are without data,

but are doubtless from Mahé.

These specimens come very close to H. mesenterialis, W1k., the basal joint of the male

antenna bearing the curious recurved spine characteristic of that section of the genus

(see ‘ Moths India,’ iv. p. 133, f. 75, and T. E. 8. 1896, p. 483).

The species appears to differ from mesenterialis in the very distinct broad creamy

yellow fascia across both wings and in the different coloration of the cilia, and is almost

certainly new, but in the absence of further material in better condition I will not

venture to describe or name it.

I assume that the Seychelles Hndotricha recorded by M. l Abbé de Joannis is this

same species and not the true H. mesenterialis, Wik. (see Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1894,

p. 435, and Bull. 8. E. Fr. 1899, p. 199).

105. Hndotricha vinolentalis, Rag.

Endotricha vinolentalis, Ragonot, Ann. S. E. France, 1890, p. 525; Hampson, Trans. Ent. Soc.

1896, p. 485 ; Hampson, A. M. N. H. (8) i. (1908) p. 477.

Seychelles.—Three specimens: one taken in St. Anne Island on 26 October, 1905 ;

300 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

two received from Mr. J. A. de Gaye and labelled “Cascade Forest, March, ¢ 2

in coitu.”

The male does not exhibit the tooth on the basal joint of the antenna characteristic of

the mesenterialis section of the genus.

Distribution—W. Africa; Mayotta; Seychelles (Mahé, St. Anne). Doubtless this

species is more widely distributed, but has been overlooked.

106. Pyralis manthotalis, Gn.

Pyralis manihotalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 121; Hampson, Moths Ind. iv. p. 151, f. 87.

Pyralis gerontesalis, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, iii. t. 178. f. 6.

Seychelles—Two specimens, both found in my cabin on board H.M.S. ‘Sealark’

whilst lying in the harbour of Port Victoria, Mahé, 24 October and 3 November, 1905.

These may have flown off from the shore or may have been bred in the ship; but it will

readily be seen how easily a species of this sort is distributed by shipping.

Distribution —S. America; W.and 8. Africa; Seychelles; India; Ceylon; Nicobars;

Cocos-Keeling Is.; Java; Singapore; W. China; New Guinea; Formosa; Queensland ;

N. 8. Wales; Sandwich Is.

107. Pyralis farinalis, Linn.

Phalena farinalis, Linn., Syst. Nat. (ed. x.) p. 226.

Pyralis farinalis, Stdgr., Cat. Lep. Pal. (ed. iii.) i. p. 45 ; Hampson, A. M.N. H. (8) i. (1908)

p. 486.

Seychelles.—Not found in the present collection, but previously recorded as obtained

from Praslin (‘ Valhalla’ cruise, /.c¢.). Though not so stated, these specimens may have

been obtained on board the ship. In any case, if it now occurs in the Seychelles, this

species has doubtless been introduced by man.

Distribution —Europe; N. and C. Asia; Japan; N. America; N. Africa; Australia;

New Zealand; Seychelles (Praslin).

108. Bradina aureolalis, de Joann.

Bradina aureolalis, Joannis, Bull, 8. E. France, 1899, p. 198 (fig.) ; Hampson, A. M. N. Il. (8)

1. (1908) p. 486.

Seychelles——Hight specimens (6 ¢, 2 2). Of these, seven are from Praslin in

November 1905, and one is from Cascade Estate, Mahé, in November 1906 (de Gaye).

Previously only known from Praslin, this species is now shown to occur in

Mahé also.

Distribution Seychelles (Mahé, Praslin).

109. Bradina admiztalis, Wik.

Botys admixtalis, Walk., Cat. xviii. p. 665.

Bradina admiztalis, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, iii. t. 180. f. 18; Hampson, Moths Ind. iv. p. 227;

Pag., Lep.-Het. Madag. p. 182 ; Hampson, A. M.N. H. (8) i. (1908) p. 477.

Chagos.—Twelve specimens (7 ¢, 5 2), all from Salomon Atoll. In Tle de la Passe

FLETCHER—LEPIDOPTERA. 301

it was noted on 22 June as “abundant but worn”; it is noteworthy that it was not

found in any of the other islands of the Chagos group.

Distribution —Gold Coast; Liberia; Kumasi; Natal; Nyasaland; Mayotta; throughout

India; Ceylon; Maldives; Nicobars; Burma; Singapore; Hainan; Japan; Java;

Bali; Queensland.

110. Mabra eryxalis, W1k.

Asopia erywxalis, Walk., Cat. xvii. p. 371.

Mabra eryxalis, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, i. t. 179. f. 4; Hampson, Moths Ind. iv. p. 240, f. 145.

Chagos.—A single specimen from Egmont Is.

Distribution.—India ; Burma; Ceylon ; Singapore; Sarawak ; Sumatra.

111. Sufetula minimalis, sp.n. (Plate 17. fig. 7.)

3. Exp. 10mm. Labial palpi upturned, second joint moderately scaled and almost

reaching vertex ; third joint long, acuminate; greyish, apices of segments banded with

fuscous. Maxillary palpi long, dilated with scales; greyish, banded with fuscous.

Head, thorax, and abdomen greyish-fuscous, abdomen suffused with fuscous on base of

segments ; a long fuscous anal tuft. Antenne shortly ciliated, greyish-fuscous. Legs

ereyish-fuscous ; tibie, spurs, and tarsi broadly annulated with darker.

Fore wing pale grey, with a few scattered fuscous scales ; costa broadly suffused with

dark fuscous, cut by a narrow pale streak at $ and by three small pale crescents whose

apices lie on the costa, the first at 5, the third at about 4, and the second midway

between the first and third; a small blackish-fuscous apical triangle whose base lies on

costa ; a conspicuous blackish-fuscous spot on discocellulars, touching subcostal suffusion ;

a narrow transverse dark-fuscous striga, outwardly oblique from below costal suffusion

at about # to vein 6, thence incurved to dorsum, which it reaches at about #; a broad

fuscous terminal suffusion, less marked along vein 6 ; termen sharply outlined in blackish-

fuscous. Cilia pale fuscous ; a blackish-fuscous apical patch on costa and with darker

basal patches on terminations of nervures.

Hind wing pale’ greyish-fuscous; a blackish discocellular speck ; outer half of wing

indistinctly suffused with fuscous, tending to form transverse bands. Cilia greyish-

fuscous, darker basally.

Coetivy.—A single male taken on the wing at sunset in the marsh behind the settlement.

The species also occurs in the Seychelles.

112. Zinckenia fascialis, Cram.

Phalena fascialis, Cram., Pap. Exot. iv. t. 398. f. O (1783).

Hydrocampa albifascialis, Boisd., Faun. Mad. Maur. p. 119, t. 16. £. 7 (1833).

Spoladea recurvalis, Guenée, Maill. Réun., Lép. p. 62 (1863)

Zinckenia recurvalis, Joannis, Ann. S. E. France, 1894, p. 437.

Zinckenia fascialis, Hampson, Moths Ind. iv. p. 262, f. 158; Pag., Lep.-Het. Madag. p. 133

(1907) ; Hampson, A. M. N. H. (8) i. (1908) pp. 478, 484.

Chagos.—Eleven examples from Salomon (I. Anglaise, I. de la Passe), Peros Banhos

(1. Diamant, I. du Coin), and Diego Garcia.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 40

302 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Chagos specimens have a noticeably paler area on the hind wing fringing the exterior

edge of the white transverse fascia. This, however, cannot be looked on as a form

peculiar to the Chagos group, as it is a variable character frequently exhibited by

specimens from many diverse localities throughout the whole range of the species.

Coetivy.—Five specimens, September 1905. Common in shady bushy places.

Farquhar I.—One only, in South Island, 29 September, 1905.

D’Arros.—Not found by me, but noted by Dr. Holland as obtained there by Dr. Abbott

(Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1895, p. 273).

Seychelles.—Two from Mahé. Also recorded from Platte I.

Marie Louise I. (Amirantes). One specimen, collected by Mr. Dupont.

Distribution.—Texas ; Central America; W. Indies; 8S. America; throughout Africa ;

Aden; Syria; Sokotra; Réunion; Mauritius; Madagascar; Comoros; Aldabra;

Gloriosa; Farquhar I.; Amirantes (Marie Louise, D’Arros); Coetivy; Seychelles

(Mahé, Platte); throughout India; Burma; Assam; Ceylon; Maldives; Andamans ;

Chagos; Cocos-Keeling; Christmas Island; Java; Singapore; Timor Laut; throughout

China; Japan; Korea; Amboina; Formosa; New Guinea to 8.H. Australia; New

Zealand ; NeweIreland; Pitcairn I.; Marquesas; Gilbert Is.; Samoa; Sandwich Is.

1138. Hurrhyparodes tricoloralis, Zell.

Botys tricoloralis, Zeller, K. Vet.-Ak. Handl. (Mic. Caff.) p. 31 (1852).

Tsopteryx abnegatalis, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, iii. t. 179. f. 7.

Eurrhyparodes tricoloralis, Hampson, Moths Ind. iv. p. 264.

Mauritius.—One specimen at Petite Riviere (400 feet), 18 August, 1905.

Seychelles.—Five specimens, all from Mahé.

Amirantes.—One specimen from Marie Louise I. (Dupont).

Distribution —W. and 8S. Africa; Mauritius; Amirantes (Marie Louise I.); Seychelles

(Mahé); India; Ceylon; Maldives; Java; Queensland; N.S. Wales; Fiji.

114. Synclera traducalis, Zell.

Eudioptis traducalis, Zeller, K. Vet.-Ak. Handl. (Mic. Caff.) p. 54 (1852).

Pagyda traducalis, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, iii. t. 182. f. 9; Hamps. Moths Ind. iv. p. 272.

Synclera traducalis, Joannis, Ann. §. H. France, 1894, p. 437.

Seychelles.—A single specimen from St. Anne I., December 1906 (de Gaye).

Distribution —W. Indies; C. and 8. America; throughout W., S., and E. Africa to

Aden and Syria; Seychelles (Mahé, St. Anne, Cerf); throughout India to Ceylon ;

New Guinea.

115. Ereta ornatalis, Dup.

Spanista ornatalis, Dup., Lép. France, viii. p. 207, t. 228. f. 8.

Stenia ornatalis, Guenée, Maill. Réun., Lép. p. 63.

Hydriris ornatalis, Joannis, Ann. 8. E. France, 1894, p. 437.

Preta ornatalis, Hampson, Moths Ind. iv. p. 274; Semper, Schmett. Philipp. ii. t. 5. f. 11 (larva);

Pag., Lep.-Het. Madag. p. 133 (1907).

FLETCH ER—LEPIDOPTERA. 303

Farquhar I.—One specimen, 30 September, 1905.

Seychelles.—Four specimens: one from Frigate I. (Connor); one from Mahé (Cascade

Estate, 800 feet, 2 November, 1905); two from Praslin in November 1905.

Distribution.—Throughout 8. America to the Southern United States; W. Indies ;

S. Europe; throughout Africa; Réunion; Farquhar I.; Comoros; Seychelles; N.W.

India to Assam and Ceylon; Maldives; Nicobars; Java; S.E. Borneo; New Hebrides ;

Tahiti.

116. Marasmia venilialis, Wik.

Asopia venilialis, Walk., Cat. xvil. p. 373.

Marasmia cicatricosa, Led., Wien. ent. Mon. 1863, p. 386, t. 12. f. 8.

Marasmia veniliahs, Hampson, Moths Ind. iv. p. 276, f. 167.

Chagos.—Seven specimens (3 ¢, 42) from Salomon and Peros Banhos (I. Diamant,

19 May, when it was noted as “common amongst grass in damp places ”).

Coetivy.—Seven specimens (43, 3 2 ) in September.

Desroches.—Five specimens (3 ¢, 22). Common on 14 October.

Seychelles —One male from Mahé, February 1907 (de Gaye).

Distribution —W., C., E., and 8. Africa to Natal; Mauritius; Amirantes (Desroches) ;

Coetivy; Seychelles; throughout India; Ceylon; Chagos; Cocos-Keeling ; Sumatra ;

Singapore; Queensland to 8.E. Australia; Fiji; Solomons.

117. Marasmia trebiusalis, Wk.

Asopia trebiusalis, Walk., Cat. xviii. p. 718.

Murasmia trebiusalis, Hampson, Moths Ind. iv. p. 276; A. M. N. H. (8) i. (1908) p. 486.

Seychelles.—Eight specimens: five from Cascade Estate, Mahé, 2 November, 1905 ;

one from summit of Mt. Sebert (1000 ft.), 8 November, 1905; one from Cascade Forest,

November 1905; one labelled “ Cascade, March” (de Gaye).

Distribution —W. Africa; Seychelles (Mahé, Cerf); N. India; Assam; Ceylon;

Hongkong; Sarawak; Fiji; Sumatra.

Doubtless overlooked in 8. and E. Africa, Java, and Malay Subregion.

118. Marasmia trapezalis, Gu.

Botys trapezalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr. p. 200.

Botys creonalis, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, iii. t. 180. f. 10.

Marasmia trapezalis, Hampson, Moths Ind. iv. p. 277; Joannis, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1899, p. 197;

Hampson, A. M. N. H. (8) i. (1908) p. 486.

Seychelles—Four specimens: one from Frigate Island (Connor) ; one from Mahé,

November 1905; one from Mahé, November 1905 (de Gaye); and one female from

Mahé, February 1907 (de Gaye) *.

Distribution.—S. America ; W., S.,and E. Africa; Seychelles (Mahé, Frigate I., Cerf) ;

throughout India and Ceylon to China, Polynesia, and Australia.

* This last specimen may possibly be Marasmia venilialis, W1k., 2 , but is in very poor state and headless.

4.0*

304 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

119. Syngamia abruptalis, Wik.

Asopia? abruptalis, Walk., Cat. xvii. p. 371.

Syngamia abruptalis, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, iii. t. 178. f. 14; Hampson, Moths Ind. iv. p. 279.

Seychelles.—Three specimens, all from Mahé.

Distribution —Gold Coast; Sierra Leone; N.W. Nigeria; Mashonaland; Br. E.

Africa; Mauritius; Seychelles (Mahé); Sokotra; throughout India; Burma; Ceylon;

Andamans; Queensland; Fergusson I.; Fiji.

120. Syngamia floridalis, Z.

Stenia floridalis, Zeller, Lep. Micropt. Caffr. p. 60 (1852).

Syngamia floridalis, Hampson, Moths Ind. iv. p. 280, f. 169.

Chagos.—Two specimens, both from Salomon: one taken in Ile de la Passe on 22 June,

1905; the other without exact data.

On the wing this moth mimics a small red coccinnellid beetle which is also found here

on Scevola Kenigii. Its flight is rather slow and the outer black border is not seen

at all, so that it gives the visual impression of a heavy-bodied insect with small scarlet

black-spotted wings.

Distribution. Africa; India; Burma; Ceylon; Java; Celebes; New Hebrides;

Duke of York I.; Tahiti.

121. Bocchoris inspersalis, Zell.

Botys inspersalis, Zeller, K. Vet.-Ak. Handl. (Mic. Caff.) p. 33 (1852).

Desmia afflictalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr. p. 190, t. 5. f. 4.

Bocchoris inspersalis, Joannis, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr, 1894, p. 436; Hampson, Moths Ind. iv. p. 284;

Pag., Lep.-Het. Madag. p. 133 (1907).

Mauritius.—One specimen from Petite Riviere (400 fect), 18 August, 1905.

Distribution Throughout Africa; Mauritius; Madagascar; Seychelles (Mahé) ;

Aden; India; Burma; Ceylon; Java; China; Japan.

122. Nacoleia niphealis, Wlk.

Botys niphealis, Walker, Cat. xviii. p. 638.

Botys epastalis, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 874, t.57.f. 13; Joannis, Ann. 8. E. France, 1894, p. 436.

Nacoleia niphealis, Hampson, Moths Ind. iv. p. 318.

Chagos.—Eleven specimens from Salomon Atoll (Boddam I., 24 May; I. du Sel,

26 May; I. Anglaise, 31 May) and Peros Banhos.

Seychelles.—T wo, one from Frigate Island (Connor), the other from Mahé, November

1905.

Distribution —Sierra Leone ; India (low country); Burma; Ceylon; Maldives.

123. Nacoleia maculalis, sp.n. (Plate 17, fig. 8.)

3. Exp. 21 mm. Labial palpi upturned, thickly scaled ; second segment whitish, third

fuscous. Antenne fuscous, minutely ciliated. Patagia with tuft of hair extending

beyond metathorax. Posterior tibize with outer spurs half length of inner. Head,

FLETCHER—M—LEPIDOPTERA. 305

thorax, and abdomen fuscous. Legs greyish, slightly irrorated with fuscous; fore leg

without spurs on tibia, but with tuft of hair-scales on first tarsal joint.

Fore wing rather dark fuscous ; a short transverse pale yellowish subbasal striga not

reaching costa or dorsum; an indistinct transverse yellowish costal suffusion a little

before +; a conspicuous quadrate yellowish-white spot in cell a little before } of wing-

length, preceded and followed by a patch of blackish scales; a yellowish spot on costa

at 3, prolonged into a yellowish-white transverse line, straight from costa to vein 5, bent

outwards between veins 5 and 2, then sharply retracted inwards to lower angle of cell,

thence bent transversely downwards to dorsum: cilia dark fuscous.

Hind wing dark fuscous, -yellowish towards base and along costa; a blackish cellular

spot and pale-yellowish postmedial line; a blackish terminal line: cilia dark fuscous.

Seychelles.—A single example taken in Praslin in November 1905, by Mr. J. Stanley

Gardiner.

124. Nacoleia vulgalis, Gn.

Botys vulgalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr. p. 202, t. 6. f. 8.

Nacoleia vulgalis, Hampson, Moths Ind. iv. 315.

Nacoleia indicata, Joannis, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1899, p. 197.

Seychelles.—Four specimens; three from Mahé (de Gaye) and one from St. Anne Isld.

on 26 October, 1905. Of these four examples one belongs to the typical bright yellow

form, one is of a very dull yellow colour, and the other two are almost entirely suffused

with blackish-fuscous.

Distribution—W. Indies; 8. America; throughout Africa; Seychelles (Mahé,

St. Anne); throughout India; Burma; Ceylon; Andamans; Java; Singapore ;

W. China.

125. Nacoleia chagosalis, sp.n. (Plate 17. fig. 9.)

¢. Exp. 20 mm. Labial palpi light brown, white beneath, very thickly scaled,

upturned, reaching vertex; second joint broadly angled with scales; terminal joint

short and concealed by long scaling. Haustellum well developed, scaled basally.

Antenne finely ciliated, without tuft of scales at middle. Patagia with tuft of hair

extending beyond metathorax.

Fore wing very pale ochreous-yellow ; basal half of costa suffused with fuscous; a

transverse blackish spot in dise at + is produced to dorsum as an ill-defined outwardly-

oblique line; a blackish dot in cell at 4; a blackish transverse discocellular spot; a

blackish undulated line commences below the costa and runs towards tornus as far as

vein 4, where it is retracted inwards to a position below the discocellular spot and runs

hence to dorsum as an outwardly-curved arch. Interspaces of nervures suffused with

fuscous on termen especially towards tornus. Termen slightly suffused with fuscous,

broadly so towards costa. Cilia concolorous with fore wing, on termen paler apically

and suffused with fuscous medially.

Hind wing coloured as fore wing, but whitish costally to before apex ; a blackish discal

spot at 3; a blackish postmedial line at 3, commencing as a spot beiow vein 6, then

irr ance

“Cee “Ap

306 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

curved outwards between veins 5 and 2, thence continued transversely towards tornus.

Termen lightly suffused with fuscous, especially towards costa. Cilia yellowish-white,

on termen suffused with fuscous towards base.

Head, thorax, abdomen, and legs very pale ochreous-yellow. Hind tibia with outer

anterior spur half length of inner.

Chagos.—Five specimens: one (type) taken in Ile de la Passe (Salomon) on 22 June,

1905; two others from Salomon Atoll without exact data; two from Egmont Atoll,

July 1905.

Possibly a very pale local form of WV. vulgalis, but it seems a distinct species.

126. Nacoleia salomonalis, sp.n. (Plate 1%. fig. 10.)

Exp. 15 mm. Pale yellowish, with a few dark fuscous scales intermixed; frons

suffused with fuscous ; a dorsal blackish band across abdomen at + and indications of a

second band at about 3.

Fore wing with scattered blackish-fuscous suffusion at base; a prominent black trans-

verse sinuous antemedial line between 4 and 4; an incomplete annulus in cell and a

discocellular annulus, the latter the more conspicuous and open tornad; four black

costal spots between 3 and apex and a fifth spot at apex; from the second of these spots

tuns a black postmedial line, sinuous from costa to vein 2, then retracted inwards to

beneath discocellular annulus and thence sinuous to dorsum; exterior fourth of wing

suffused with blackish-fuscous, less so towards apex and tornus: cilia fuscous, pale

yellow beneath apex and at tornus.

Hind wing narrowly blackish at base; a blackish discocellular spot from which runs a

sinuous blackish line enlarged on inner margin; a postmedial sinuous blackish line,

beyond which the wing is suffused with blackish-fuscous, darker along anterior margin:

cilia greyish-yellow, dark fuscous at base.

Intermediate between marionalis and tiasalis.

Chagos.—Three specimens; Ile de la Passe, 22 June, 1905, when it was noted as

common.

127. Nacoleia charesalis, Wlk.

Botys charesalis, Walk., Cat. xviii. p. 709.

Botys molusalis, Forsayeth, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 417 (early stages).

Nacoleia charesalis, Hampson, Moths Ind. iv. p. 319; Joannis, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1899, p. 198.

Seychelles.—Mahé, two specimens; one taken at Cascade Estate (800 feet) on

2 November, 1905, the other received from Mr. de Gaye without exact data.

Distribution Seychelles (Mahé); India; Ceylon; Singapore; Sumbawa; Borneo ;

Philippines.

128. Sylepta sabinusalis, Wik.

Botys sabinusalis, Walk., Cat. xviii. p. 708.

Notarcha dubia, Hampson, Ill. Het. viii. p. 136, t. 155. f. 16.

Sylepta sabinusalis, Hampson, Moths Ind. iv. p. 333.

FLETCHER—LEPIDOPTERA. 307

Coetivy.—Five specimens in September 1905.

Distribution Throughout Africa; N. India; Assam; Nilgiris; Ceylon; Java ;

Celebes; Sumbawa; Borneo; New Britain; Solomons; Fiji.

129. Sylepta derogata, Eb.

Phalena derogata, Fab., Syst. Ent. p. 641.

Sylepta multilinealis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr. p. 337, t. 8. f. 11; Hampson, Moths Ind. iv. p. 334 :

Semper, Schmett. Philipp. ui. t. V. f. 1 (larva).

Botys basipunctalis, Bremer, Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 68, t. 6. f. 8.

Sylepta derogata, Hampson, A. M.N. H. (8) i. (1908) p. 487.

Seychelles.—Three specimens, all from Mahé (de Gaye). The only one with exact

data is labelled **‘ Mahé, Dec. 1906.”

Distribution —S. America; W. and 8. Africa; Seychelles (Mahé, Cerf); throughout

India; Burma to China, Japan, and E. Siberia; Ceylon; Maldives; Andamans;

Singapore; Malayan Subregion; Australian Region.

1380. Sylepta straminea, Butl.

Sylepta straminea, Butl., A. M.N. H. (4) xvi. (1875) p. 416; Hampson, Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc.

xvii. p. 581 (1908).

Farquhar Is.—One very worn and scaleless specimen is apparently referable to this

species.

Desroches.—Specimens from Desroches resemble examples of S. straminea in the

National Collection except in having an ill-defined undulate subterminal fuscous

clouding to both wings. The short series in the British Museum, however, is sufficiently

variable inter se for me to regard this difference as only varietal and possibly individual.

Distribution.—Natal; Farquhar I.; Desroches (Amirantes); Ceylon.

181. Glyphodes sericea, Drury.

Phalena sericea, Drury, Ins. ii. p. 9, t. 6. f. 1 (1770).

Botys thalassinalis, Boisd., Faun. Mad. Maur. p. 117, t. 16. f. 6.

Margarodes sericeolalis, Guenée, Maill. Réun., Lép. p. 65.

Botys sericea, Joannis, Aun. 8. E. France, 1894, p. 435.

Glyphodes sericea, Pag., Lep.-Het. Madag. p. 185 (1907); Hampson, A. M.N. H. (8) i. (1908)

p. 487.

Seychelles.—Two specimens from Mahé. Larva found in St. Anne Island in rolled-up

leaves of oleander (de Gaye).

Distribution—W. Africa; Sudan; Mashonaland; Natal; E. Africa; Madagascar ;

Seychelles (Mahé).

182. Glyphodes unionalis, Hb.

Botys unionalis, Hibn., Eur. Schmett., Pyr. f. 132.

Botys quinquepunctalis, Boisd., Faun. Mad. Maur. p. 117, t. 16. f. 5; Guenée, Maill. Réun., Lép.

p. 65.

308 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Margarodes transvisalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr. p. 304.

Margarodes unionalis, Joannis, Ann. 8. E. France, 1894, p. 436.

Glyphodes unionalis, Hampson, Moths Ind. iv. p. 351.

Mauritius.—One specimen (de Gaye).

Distribution —S. Europe; Asia Minor; Teneriffe; W. Africa; Natal; Mauritius ;

Réunion ; Madagascar; Seychelles (Mahé); Aden; throughout India; Assam; Ceylon;

New Guinea; Australia.

133. Glyphodes stolalis, Gn.

Glyphodes stolalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr. p. 293, t. 3. f. 11; Hampson, Moths Ind. iv. p. 354.

Seychelles.—Three specimens: one from Long Island (de Gaye); one from Silhouette,

end of September 1905 (Thomasset); one from Round Island, December 1906

(de Gaye).

A well-marked local form of G. stolalis, constantiy distinct in wanting the narrow

fuscous line bisecting either of the first two yellow transverse fascie of the fore wing.

Most examples of G. stolalis from other localities have both these transverse yellow

fasciee bisected longitudinally by a darker line commencing on the costa and often

reaching to the dorsum of the fore wing. Occasionally this darker line is absent from

the first (basal) fascia, but is very rarely absent from the second. A single specimen

(one of several from New Guinea) in the National Collection, however, has both these

strigee unsullied, and therefore I do not consider the Seychelles form worthy of a name

as a distinct geographical race.

Distribution—Natal; Br. E. Africa; Seychelles (Mahé, Round I., Silhouette) ;

throughout India; Assam; Ceylon; Sumatra; Pulo Laut; Sarawak; New Guinea;

New Hebrides.

134. Glyphodes subamicalis, sp.n. (Plate 17. fig. 11.)

¢. Exp. 31mm. Shape and markings precisely as in G. amicalis, Swinh., but the

vitreous-whitish antemedial bar on fore wing is much narrower, and the postmedial broad

whitish bar, which in G. amicalis reaches from the costa to below vein 3, is here reduced

to a subcostal spot only bounded by veins 4 and 8.

Hind wing as in amicalis, the white median patch being only slightly reduced.

Seychelles.—A single male specimen taken in Port Victoria, Mahé, by Mr. J. A. de Gaye

on 11 May, 1906.

Distribution.—Seychelles (Mahé).

G. amicalis, of which the present species is obviously a geographical form, is recorded

from Dar-es-Salaam, Durban, and E. Africa.

135. Glyphodes sinuata, Fb.

Phalena sinuata, Fab., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 267.

Botys sinuata, Joannis, Aun. 8. HE. France, 1894, p. 436.

Glyphodes sinuata, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, iii. t. 183. ff. 2, 2a (larva) ; Hampson, Moths Ind. iv.

p. 858; Pag., Lep.-Het. Madag. p. 185 (1907).

FLETCHER—LEPIDOPTERA, 309

Seychelles.—Seven specimens, all from Cascade Estate, Mahé (600 feet and above), at

various dates.

Distribution.—W., C., 8., and E. Africa; Seychelles (Mahé) ; Nilgiris ; Ceylon.

136. Glyphodes indica, Saunders.

Eudioptis indica, Saunders, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1851, p. 163, t. 12. ff. 5-7; Kirby, Handb. Lep. v.

p- 267, t. 153. f. 2; Joannis, Ann. 8. E. France, 1894, p. 436.

Botys hyalinalis, Boisd., Faun. Mad, Maur. p. 117 (1833) (preocc.).

Phakellura cucurbitalis, Guenée, Maill. Réun., Lép. p. 64 (1868).

Glyphodes indica, Hampson, Moths Ind. iv. p. 360; Pag., Lep.-Het. Madag. p. 135 (1907);

Hampson, A. M. N. H. (8) i. (1908) pp. 479, 487.

Chagos.—One specimen from Peros Banhos (I. Diamant, 19 May).

Coetivy—Ten examples in September 1905. Found in pumpkin patches.

Seychelles——Seventeen specimens from Mahé, Praslin, and Frigate Island.

Distribution —W. Africa; Abyssinia; Aden; Sokotra; White Nile; Br. C. Africa ;

Br. E. Africa; Natal; Mashonaland; Mauritius; Mayotta; Coetivy; Seychelles ;

throughout India; Ceylon; Maldives; Chagos; Christmas I.; Java; W. China; Korea ;

Japan; Borneo; Gilolo; N. Guinea; Queensland to S.E. Australia; Fiji; Tahiti;

Marquesas; Navigators’ Is.; Fergusson I.

137. Crocidolomia binotalis, Zell.

Crocidolomia binotalis, Zeller, K. Vet.-Ak. Handl. (Mic. Caff.) p. 66 (1852); Hampson, Moths

Ind. iv. p. 372.

Pionea comalis, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, iii. t. 179. ff. 2-2 6 (larva).

Seychelles—One specimen, in extremely poor condition, from Mr. de Gaye’s

collection.

Distribution—S. Africa; Seychelles (Mahé); India; Burma; Ceylon; Java;

Formosa; Norfolk I.; Australia.

138. Heliula undalis, Fb.

Phalena undalis, Fab., Syst. Ent. p. 392.

Hellula undalis, Hampson, Moths Ind. iv. p. 373, f. 200; Pag., Lep.-Het. Madag. p. 136.

Seychelles.—Two specimens ; Frigate I. (Connor).

Distribution—N. America (Texas); W. Indies; 8S. Europe; Syria; Teneriffe ;

throughout Africa; Ascension; St. Helena; Aden; Sokotra; Madagascar; Comoro Is. ;

Seychelles (Frigate I.); throughout India; Burma; Ceylon; Christmas I,; China ;

Japan; Manila; Sandwich Is.

139. Omphisa anastomosalis, Gn.

Botys anastomosalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr. p. 373.

Botys illisalis, Wik. ; Led., Wien. ent. Mon. 1863, t. 9. f. 12.

Omphisa anastomosalis, Joannis, Ann. S. E. France, 1894, p. 436; Hampson, Moths Ind. iv.

p. 382, f. 207,

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 41

310 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Seychelles.—Received from Mahé by M. de Joannis. The present collection contains

no specimens.

Distribution Seychelles (Mahé); throughout India and Burma to Ceylon and

Andamans; Java; China; Duke of York I.

140. Isocentris seychellalis, sp.n. (Plate 17. fig. 12.)

3. Exp.22mm. Palpi porrect, densely scaled, third joint short; golden-yellow inter-

mixed with pink and purple scales. Antenne finely ciliated, yellow. Head and thorax

yellow, the latter with some purple-red scales transversely arranged across prothorax

and metathorax. Abdomen bright yellow, dorsal area irrorated with purple-red.

Fore wing bright yellow, with eight small purple-red spots on basal half, the first

subcostal and subbasal, the second costal at 4, the third in cell at 4, the fourth on disco-

cellulars, the fifth in dise below cell at 4, and the sixth a little beyond fifth, the seventh

on dorsum near base, and the eighth near dorsum at j. Exterior third of wing with a

purplish-red patch (except round apex, which is yellow) incurved along vein 2 to about 3,

thence straight to dorsum. Cilia purplish-red.

Hind wing light yellow, a broad purplish-red terminal patch from apex to inner margin.

Cilia purplish-red.

Seychelles.—A single specimen in very poor state from Mr. de Gaye’s collection.

141. Pachyzancla pheopteralis, Gn.

Botys pheopteralis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr. p. 349.

Botys otreusalis, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, iii. t. 180. f. 11; Joannis, Ann. S. E. France, 1894,

p- 436.

Pachyzancla pheopteralis, Hampson, Moths Ind. iv. p. 402.

Seychelles.—Eight specimens, of which seven are from Mahé and one from Praslin.

Distribution —S. America ; throughout Africa; Aden; St. Helena; Mauritius; Sey-

chelles (Mahé, Praslin) ; throughout India; Burma; Ceylon; Andamans; Solomon Is.

Probably in Madagascar, Nicobars, Java, Sumatra, and New Guinea, and possibly in

Australia also, but I do not find any records from these localities.

142. Pachyzancla mahensis, sp.u. (Plate 17. fig. 13.)

3. Exp. 23 mm. Labial palpi porrect, broadly triangularly scaled, third joint not

visible ; dark fuscous above, whitish below. Maxillary palpi short, filiform, inconspicuous,

dark fuscous. Antenne pale greyish-yellow, minutely ciliated. Head, thorax, and

abdomen yellowish, collar with some dark fuscous scales. Pectus and legs pale yellowish-

white.

Fore wing pale golden-yellow; costa broadly dark fuscous from base to about 4; a

small but conspicuous blackish cellular spot a little beyond }; a conspicuous blackish

transverse spot on discocellulars; a transverse fuscous striga from costa at #, quite

obsolete below vein 6; termen faintly suffused with fuscous, especially around apex :

cilia pale yellowish, whitish at tips, faintly clouded with pale fuscous at base.

FLETCHER—LEPIDOPTERA. 311

Hind wing pale golden-yellow; a conspicuous blackish discocellular spot; apex clouded

with dark fuscous: cilia pale yellowish, whitish at tips.

Seychelles—Two male specimens, both taken at Cascade Estate, Mahé, the first by

myself on 2 November, 1905, the second by Mr. J. A. de Gaye in March 1907.

143. Phlyctenodes massalis, Wk.

Scopula massalis, W1k., Cat. xviii. p. 792.

Dosara celatalis, Wik., Cat. xix. p. 829 ; Hampson, Ill. Het. ix. t.172. f. 22; Joannis, Ann. S. E.

France, 1894, p. 435.

Phlyctenodes massalis, Hampson, Moths Ind. iv. p. 408, f. 221; Pag., Lep.-Het. Madag. p. 137.

Coetivy.—Four specimens. Three without exact data, the fourth taken on 24 September,

1905, when the species was noted as readily taking to wing in the daytime and having

a distinct partiality for tufts of grass.

Poivre.—Only one specimen taken, but the moth was fairly common.

D’Arros.—One specimen. Not common; over dry grass.

Desroches.—Four specimens. Abundant over short herbage.

Eagle I.—One specimen; 17 October, 1905. Noted as common.

Seychelles.—Six examples; five from Frigate Island (Connor), and one taken in

St. Anne I. on 26 October, 1905.

Distribution—Accra; Transvaal; Madagascar ; Amirantes ; Coetivy ; Seychelles ;

N. India; Ceylon; Queensland ; N.S. Wales.

This species will probably be found to have a very wide range, but it is inconspicuous

and easily overlooked in the field.

144. Antigastra catalaunalis, Dup.

Botys catalaunalis, Dup., Lép. France, viii. p. 330, t. 232. f. 8.

Antigastra catalaunalis, Joannis, Ann. 8. B. France, 1894, p. 436; Hampson, Moths Ind. iv. p. 412,

f. 224; Hampson, Nat. Hist. Sokotra, p. 338 ; Pag., Lep.-Het. Madag. p. 187 (1907).

Seychelles —Received by M. de Joannis from Mahé.

Distribution Europe ; Syria; W. and E. Africa; Aden; Abd-el-Kuri; Comoro Is. ;

Seychelles (Mahé); India; Burma; Ceylon.

145. Pyrausta mahensis, sp.n. (Plate 17. fig. 14.)

g. Exp. 26mm, Labial palpi porrect, thickly and triangularly scaled, terminal joint

not visible; fuscous above, white below. Antenne as long as fore wing, very minutely

ciliated. Head, thorax, and basal half of abdomen pale greyish-fuscous, anal half of

abdomen dark fuscous. Legs pale greyish-fuscous ; fore leg with large tuft of hair-like

scales on fore tibia and with first tarsal joint clothed with long fuscous scales, other

tarsal joints irrorated with fuscous ; median leg dark fuscous on tibia and tarsi; posterior

tibia with outer medial spur about half length of inner and approximately equal in

length to both posterior spurs.

41*

312 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Fore wing very pale yellowish-grey irrorated with fuscous ; costal margin strongly

marked with dark fuscous ; termenrather broadly margined with dark fuscous suffusion ;

a dark fuscous transverse striga at [; a blackish-fuscous cellular dot touching vein 8

at 4 of wing-length ; a blackish-fuscous discocellular bar prolonged to dorsum as a dark

fuscous outwardly-waved striga; an outwardly-oblique dark fuscous curved striga from

costa at about ? running into termen at termination of vein 2: cilia greyish-fuscous,

darker at base.

Hind wing very pale yellowish-grey irrorated posteriorly with fuscous; an antemedial

dark-fuscous cellular bar prolonged to tornus as an outwardly-curved striga; a dark-

fuscous striga from costa at 3 to termination of vein 2; termen strongly suffused with

dark fuscous: cilia greyish-fuscous, darker at base, grey-white at tornus and along

dorsum.

Seychelles.—Five specimens: three taken in jungle above Cascade Estate, Mahé,

November 1905; two received from Mr. J. A. de Gaye, one labelled “ Cascade, March,”

the other “‘ Cascade Forest, March.”

In its build, pattern of markings, and general appearance this species much resembles

a Stenia, but only veins 8 and 9 of the fore wing are branched, 10 running out of cell

parallel to 9.

Distribution.—Seychelles (Mahé).

Family Pterophoride.

146. Lrichoptilus defectalis, Wlk.

Pterophorus defectalis, Walk., Cat. xxx. p. 943.

Pterophorus congrualis, Walk., Cat. xxx. p. 943.

Trichoptilus oxydactylus, Walsm., Faun. Hawaii Micro-Lep. t. 10. f. 3 (1907).

Trichoptilus congrualis, Fletcher, Spol. Zeylan. vi. p. 28, t. A. f. 8, & t. F. figs. 2, 3 (larva, pupa)

(1909).

Chagos.—Nine examples, eight from Salomon (1 ¢, Boddam I., 24 May; 3 3 ;

I. Anglaise, 31 May; 1 2,1. de la Passe, 22 June; 3 2 without exact data) and one

3 from Peros Banhos (I. du Coin, 25 June).

Coetivy.—Ten specimens ; noted as fairly common on 10 September, and as abundant

on 24 September.

Farquhar I.—Seventeen specimens. Locally abundant in North Island, 1 October.

Poivre.—Four specimens. Common, 10 October, 1905.

D’Arros——Four specimens; 13 October. Not common.

Desroches.—Four specimens; 14 October. Abundant.

Eagle I.—Three specimens ; 17 October. Abundant everywhere.

Distribution —Florida; W. Indies; Peru; W., S., and E. Africa; Mauritius;

Farquhar I. Amirantes; Seychelles (Dennis I.); Coetivy ; Sokotra; Chagos; Ceylon;

throughout India to China and New Guinea; Queensland.

In Ceylon I have found the larva on Boerhavia repens, but probably it has other food-

plants also.

FLETCHER—LEPIDOPTERA.

147. Sphenarches caffer, Zell.

Oxyptilus caffer, Zeller, Linn. Ent. vi. p. 348.

Sphenarches caffer, Walsm.,. Indian Mus. Notes, ii. p. 20 (figs.); Fletcher, Spol. Zeylan. vi.

p- 21, t. H. f. 10, t. F. f. 1 (larva, pupa) (1909).

Seychelles.—One specimen from Mahé (de Gaye).

Distribution —Throughout Africa; Seychelles (Mahé); India; Burma to Japan;

Ceylon; Maldives; Australia; Sumatra.

148. Platyptilia pusillidactyla, Wlk.

Oxyptilus pusillidactylus, Walk., Cat. xxx. p. 933.

Platyptilia hemimetra, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 18.

Platyptilia pusillidactyla, Fletcher, Spol. Zeylan. vi. p. 13, t. A. £. 2, t. E. ff. 5, 6 (larva, pupa).

313

Seychelles——A single specimen taken in the Botanical Gardens, Port Victoria, Mahé,

31 October, 1905.

Undoubtedly introduced with its food-plant (Lantana Camara).

Distribution —W. Indies; Teneriffe; Réunion; Seychelles (Mahé); India; Ceylon ;

Hongkong ; Honolulu.

149. Hrelastis liophanes, Meyr.

Marasmarcha liophanes, Meyrick, T. E. S. 1886, p. 19.

Exelastis liophanes, Fletcher, Spol. Zeylan. vi. p. 33, t. A. f. 12 (1909).

Seychelles.—Eleven specimens from Mahé and St. Anne Island. Abundant from sea-

level to about 1200 feet.

Distribution Barbados ; Natal; Réunion; Seychelles; Ceylon; China (Fuchau).

This species is doubtless very widely distributed, but is inconspicuous and easily over-

looked.

III. Synopsis oF THE DISTRIBUTION-TABLE, SHOWING GEOGRAPHICAL

AFFINITIES OF LEPIDOPTERA IN EACH GROUP OF ISLANDS.

Common Mal Common Common

to African, | Peculiar Tel ea to Peculiar to Peculiar Total

Group of Indian, to Mas- . a) 8 | African to Indian to Peculiar Waclaced in

Islands, and African carenes, M: " jor and Indian and Australian} Forms. npisced. each

Australian] Region. adagas- | Indian Region. | Australian| Region. group

Regions, car Regions. Regions,

Chagos 9 4 5 4 ul 3 26

Coetivy 12 1 2 4 1 20

Seychelles ..| 36 13 4 G 28 + 3 17 8 120

Amirantes .. 6 4 1 3 4 1 1 20

Farquhar and

Providence . 9 2 2 4 il 18

314

IV. TABLE

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

SHOWING THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE LEPIDOPTERA IN AND

AROUND THE INDIAN OCEAN.

. Azazia rubricans

. Hypospila thermesina ......

. Cosmophila erosd .....60...

. Bublemma rivula ....ceeee.

Name.

———

ARCTIADZE.

Utetheisa lacted........++++

c pulchelloides......

5 pulchella .......-

CULL) vincn)nielels ovarsiet

Fe VERS CLO ope,

Noctuipa&.

. Chloridea armigera ........

. Cirphis leucosticha ........

. Eriopus maillardi .........-

. Spodoptera mauritia........

abyssinia ......

- ”

. Prodenia litioralis........+.

. Perigea capensis ........4.

Chasmina sericea ........45

AIMYNGOCLO in /0 (5 n' o eo ni jee's

. Eutelia imextricata ........

. Stictoptera pecilosoma ......

3. Asinduma nesta ......-.4

. Acontia Mave .....+2.605-

. Ophiusa honesta ...... Ono 2

5 melicerte ........5.

” alytra ....... Acta

Se IG TEGTALATIAS wrarareinyeleyexei<

. Dragana pansalis .... 6...

SARE) noncqudtoD

oy ERM so5 648A aDaOF

5. Grammodes geometrica

7 BLOUAG eines

HAT se ouhanadd

29. Chaleiope AYPPANG 606...

. Plusia chalcytes ..........

y SIgnata ..........4.

»» Uimbirena

7 VAGUSANG ... 6.6

1» Laracherzellend) trate cies |p sis 2

. Magulaba mestalis ........

. Simplicra infleralis ........

. Hypena longipalpis ........

Ede AnsBbnvoicabe

” “J

. Ophiuche conscitalis ........

. Hyblea puera Sen esl Ln)

Tiypsw.

. Hypsa subretracta ........

. Derlemera seychellensis

. Argina astrea

Miloan ise alee

a 5 rs 3 =

AU Sea) | rae Plavleaies

aie) SiSel 2 eae g =|8|s8lasles $< /2 5) Summary of Distribution.

Bl SI1S3 ledle|/slealie2ial| els |sslbSissiea

St et el <a ost | O! |S) 1S) iS ead

aaa ou: || oc. |) a4) |ROe oe Ree on leds |lssoulroe AIGK Smo eeaciiiaies:

ve | SN ESM es | x | x 1 | Se oe | indosAtustralianglelances

Se ESI te on|'2 Su OX Salts viii x | X | Europe, Africa, India, Austr.

% x .. | .. | 1d, African Islands.

ieee its on 5 x +» | .. | Seychelles.

ar ep dal veel lm-sellivae (>< || oa ae x x | x | World-wide.

Soll exe (od sien | tere mam ei oe 4 llc .. | .. | African Region.

Soa saa e Sel) SS We x |) ||| x || x | Adie, Ind!

Sr OK Se wr Sn eee HS x tale x | Afr., Ind., Austr.

7S Woes Wosa Ya | Seles x .. | Afr, Ind.

2S || 4 | Salcalerelia | oC || XL | «|e || Xo World=ewides

x.| X | x fel eel Mee) 0 | OX .. | x | x | Afr. Ind., Austr.

ety Babi fees Rhee liteseil|ip 6 5||..3% x | x | .. | .. | Indo-Australian Islds.

PSs \le>xs Te elise) XS x x | World-wide.

Orel | soc all) ec Mere meee ete | SC oe |! ie | ew Heed oe endian Reston.

PANES ES Ra teteivers Vik sll eclietiiruelfeat | ++ | Melagasyisubreniaas

too Sesh <a ee eee een eee eve (lorem cossyii[ietes |i ead Meal ieow Ee Ovidencepls

<iullcie Sesh co x SPA case {aia pose at hes tie pd GaN

sia, Ale eqs eteirsllijerateal eae x |x |..) x | .. | .. | Indian Region.

Peal beset 4am ect Waco | iGo ||! 2%, [hex x x | x | x | X | Aff, Ind.) Austr,

> ah I> Ga eda ectya| fiers | 6.) |) 2-82 {00 >< 3A Afr., Ind.

elle eaiii>-<illncron Precio: |f.So |) S|] a Be oo African Region.

DS ers ve |e ea ea [Ge x x Afr., Ind.

Gal Faller. enlace Wi eS feos es ea a .. | .. |S. Amer., Afr.

» al ep. > eal ternl eo |f os. |) Shelf ici x >< een | eAuins indy

eae ceria nese esse sc, || So, | SS aa x x | X | Afr., Ind., Austr,

eae odpeme del sc | oe dR ae ee eel eel Korie |lcre Ibo | ese ere el betel

2S || Soll 28 ole 5a) || Gen eSonl aoe meniimon || Sonilee ifeWertervn IRersGr

vo lh Bs (lise deoliicn’ || SS ’| Seal een ab aan ies eral cin i eal ecu GaeedMGl Laas:

PS te Galina eee Ph eS) SS) | eae he Bg x | x | x |... | x | X | World-wide.

ole Sli Ganl Weenies || on. ||) 2S Cin | meen lie ee lesg lt on | ecuendy lal,

Pe |e || Si) nus, |< yt | Peed SS lb ee hs ,- | Afr., Ind.

Ze WA Wl allen. 6 5 do.\| esau Wie XY ctl te NN OX Sain eatin Sind Se Ans ties

Om )| 54 Baio 5:0 ‘I l-25Se4\ Weck Sihn|fecue . |e. |. | +. |B. Afpican Isds.

SESS linat at || 2 Aes <a lex x | .. | X | World-wide.

28 NI oe x Balt cog ete ethyl Mecho x | Afr., Ind., Austr.

x Beales oc j) 34 foc. ol Niece ip. a Ben eid pina selre sa) Jie s Tbh. kins:

SOU ec Es | Sea ere escola |) wie fl ee] gee eee ee fens Cen CHR rare.

Ss Mlicexoyl liars x Bacall callta : ==) || Actr:, Jods :

oS || baal ie erent aX | Afr., Ind., Austr.

a) 3 |h xo : x OO Il wee E. African Islands.

Pe | : x be | el cc | ee |) tant) Se oe Ate ind wACi ate

2 {I tae Ih os é S21] 26) Sse dal Se crm lacey stow les Iiestiea dba AWisyin:

Fully oo x" Sol goult ool oo: || oc, || oe |) oo | Sehtacilles,

oul ty Galil, 4 x x I) es x | X | World-wide.

x | x African Region.

ve, | A 22; || orgi Mecieen ciean NCR Merge leis Nikko \|( oo: fistyqeliellioc:

. Sol SS 26 |) Ge loo FPA Sin Wena oa | 28) I] Ses Is Ind., Austr.

| |

FLETCHER—LEPIDOPTERA.

Name.

SPHINGIDA.

. Herse convolvuli ....... ony

. Acherontia lachesis ........

I Fi atropos ..... ano

. Cephonodes hylas virescens ..

: ” PBICUS te erase sae

. Deilephila nerti ........0.45

. LTemnora fumosa peckoveri ..

. Macroglossum corythus

I 1 alluaudi......

. Hippotion veloc ....-.....

L A COLETLON y ssavet ieivots

» COI Soto pedo

ot GULOTE veces aes

“ Ca Snr coer omton 34

GEoMETRID®,

. Petrodava lucicolor ........

. Todis stibolepida ..........

. Gymnoscelis sp. ...... oton

. Chloroclystis metallicata ....

h ; BOS oa See o ate

! Craspedia minorata ..... an

NyMPHALID&.

. Danais chrysippus ........

» Buplea mitra wi... sess

2 ALT EN ETAT en

. Junonia vellida ....... e000

. Pyrameis cardui ..........

. Hypolimnas bolina ........

I 9) misippus ......

. Ateila phalantha ..........

yy PAGE. ke ee cw

PaPILIONIDz,

. Papilio disparilis, var: nana. .

PIERID am.

. Catopsilia florella ........

. Teracolus aldabrensis ...., 5

Lyc2nipm,

» lysimon ............

oe tiie LA GEL mate

. Polyommatus beticus ......

. Syntarucus telicanus........

HEsPrRIID®.

. Lagris sabadius............

. Parnara borbonica ........

» morella ..........

92. a MOrChalt ae. oes

93. Rhopalocampta arbogastes

Providence.

Keeling.

Island.

Sumatra

and Java.

New Guinea.

Christmas

Australia and

Farquhar and

Africa.

Mascarenes.

Madagascar.

Amirantes,

Ooetivy.

Sokotra.

Maldives.

Ceylon.

Chagos.

Cocos-

| Seychelles,

= as

Faas eas

Poe ee Re

BR OXIOX ee ON ake

mae KK ce

SEK:

Sa OCG ac

eee. 4

Summary of Distribution.

Afr., Ind., Austr.

Indian Region,

Europe, Afr.

African Region,

Ind., Austr.

Afr., Ind.

K. African Islands.

Ind., Austr.

Seychelles.

Ind., Austr.

Afr., Ind., Austr.

African Region.

Malagasy Islands.

African Region.

African Region,

Amirantes,

E. African Islands,

Os Os

ses

Gee cia

oe Ks cus

B PnS eS

See Ke By HE OE,

O. DNceSiae en ate Dash Thess

PSI) Glin Dace PPPS

5 PSok ee NPE Uae

=) XG OG OK

AES DS ea IE

xXXX:

wx!

EUG c

XX wx X

cme Ke OR

or OOKEXE:

2 xXx

ea Kins os

XK wwxX KX X

eG cine

Afr., Ind.

Aldabra, Seychelles,

Afr., Ind., Austr,

Australian Region.

World-wide.

Indian Region.

Afr., Ind.

Afr., Ind,

Aldabra, Seychelles,

Seychelles.

Afr., Ind,

Aldabra,

Indian Region.

Afr., Ind.

Afr., Ind., Austr,

African Region.

E. African Islands.

African Region.

Seychelles,

Malagasy Islands,

Madagascar.

Mauritius.

E. African Islands.

316

PERCY

Name.

. Corcyra cephalonica

. Culladia admigratella

. Crambus seychellellus......

. Cirrhochrista perbrunnealis.

. Lphestia cautella

. Heterographis insularella ..

. Phycita sp. ... 2.0 nioaodo

. ELtiella zinckenella

2. Endotricha chagosalis

. Pyralis manihotals

. Bradina aureolalis

. Mabra eryxalis

. Sufetula minimalis

. Linckenia fascialis

. Eurrhyparodes tricoloralis . .

. Synclera traducalis........

PyraLD Zz.

mesenterialis ..

Bib _ocouooddho

vmolentalis ....

”

bal AELTGUS eleieieyere's ef

5 admivtalis ......

115. Ereta ornatalis ..........

116, Marasmia venilialis ......

117 » trebiusalis ......

118, oh trapezalis ......

119. Syngamia abruptalis ......

120 sy . Weld Bea esas

121. Bocchoris inspersalis ......

122. Nacoleia niphealis ........

128. 7 maculalis ..... ada

124. ” GLUED pO SaHbe

125, » chagosalis ......

126. ” salomonalis ,.....

127. + charesalis........

128, Sylepta sabinusalis........

129. SN MCLEL OGLE wlein eheiishs >, ¢

180. RTO an poe

131. Glyphodes sericea ..,.....

182, - unionalis ......

133. oA Solas asa:

154, a subamicals

135, ” sinuala ..,.....

136, 4 ANCRCE Ss weieie ies «

137. Crocidolomia binotalis

188. Hellula undalis ,.........

189. Omphisa anastomosalis .

140. Isocentris seychellalis....,.

141. Pachyzancla pheopteralis ,.

142, mahensis ..,.

”

. Phlyctenodes massalis re

. Antigastra cotalaunalis ....

. Pyrausta makensis .

PrxRoPHORID®,

. Trichoptilus defectalis ,...

Sphenarches caffer ........

Platyptilia pusillidactyla

LExelastis liophanes ,

Africa.

SPSS

Mascarenes.

SOR RO oe voted escent

XxX?

| Madagascar,

ie CONE, Sitapeceee

Farquhar and

Providence,

SLADEN TRUST

im a c

ay letieales | ©

pales |) =) ea es

el\Z\E\2\3

4 iS) nm nD =

* ees | Ge | ears fe

oo a6 3% 4 .

Aine le a

adil neem SC Gee

Ay cis: it) 24° eae

Sol) Sel esealexX

XG) Goreme veto! ||) ass

Ae hoc exe lboa

ay lh 4

net {|S eae

Meters | os

6a |) 6 Il Goeller

ai: x x mie ie

PG hillin2sS onde likes Gel Rime 4

x ay A osie x

are on 2 ere x

x x Xx ret) |Macce

oa || >.< | )iege| tenia

aaa x x on

0 teens 30

Bra lone |e: x

s an || Ss no

ales |b a

, Bye Ee A ete

‘4 x oe 50

ots as Peal ln <

aaaltes x x x

ee | toes x 4

aedlh oo x Ree

af leo || 28s

ati ilsco xX ay

she iitap at) axel Meee

Sala IL aye

Ais: ll, Doel ean ees

x aie

Scullepemies || OS ||) «

Stee l|_oo: |), >< irre tea

° x Ho

yO x

EXPEDITION.

Keeling.

Christmas

Island.

Ceylon.

Sumatra

| Chagos.

ae Ses

aa eee ca 3

xX:

SOs DER RI DN OR NDR On) ON a

SOS ae eh eee OS SON aN NEY ONTO ONE Sin

xX XX XK

and Java.

Australia and

Pa,

EMM ONU cut OO Oe OR ONO Og) OM ts

PSPSPS SB

New Guinea.

Pe eae ee eg Wa ee

ete ee

7 XX

Summary of Distribution.

World-wide.

Afr., Ind.

Seychelles.

World-wide.

Seychelles,

Seychelles.

World-wide.

Chagos.

Indian Region,

Malagasy fois

African Region.

World-wide.

Seychelles.

Afr., Ind., Austr.

Indian Region.

Malagasy Isds.

World-wide.

Afr., Ind., Austr.

Afr., Ind.

World-wide.

Afr., Ind., Austr,

Afr,, Ind.

World-wide.

Air, Ind., Austr.

Afr., Ind.

Seychelles,

Air., Ind.

Chagos,

Chagos.

Indian Region,

Afr., Ind.

World-wide.

Afr., Ind.

African Region,

Afr., Ind., Austr,

Afr., Ind.

Seychelles.

Afr., Ind.

Afr., Ind., Austr.

Afr., Ind.

Indian Region.

Seychelles,

Afr., Ind.

Seychelles.

Afr., Ind., Austr,

Afr., Ind.

Seychelles.

World-wide.

Afr., Ind., Austr.

FLETCHER—LEPIDOPTERA. 317

V. Own THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE LEPIDOPTERA IN THE ISLANDS OF

THE INDIAN OCEAN.

CHAGOS.

From an entomogeographical point of view the Chagos Archipelago is by far the most

interesting of the groups of islands which we visited. Situated in the middle of the

Northern Indian Ocean, separated from the nearest land * by 240 miles of open sea, and

encircled by ocean-depths of over 2000 fathoms, these islands yield a problem of

peculiar fascination in the study of the forms of insects found in them, as possibly

affording some indication of the manner in which they have arrived at so remote a spot.

With this object in view I have attempted the following analysis of the non-endemic

Lepidoptera.

(1) Species common to the African, Indian, and Australian regions :—Prodenia

littoralis, Remigia frugalis, Plusia chalcytes, Cosmophila erosa, Bradina admixtalis,

Zinckenia fascialis, Marasmia venilialis, Glyphodes indica, Trichoptilus defectalis. Of

these, all occur in Ceylon and probably all in Sumatra-Java also. As the Chagos fauna

contains no elements of an exclusively African character, we can omit Africa as the

original home of the above-named species. Granting a possible derivation from Ceylon

vid the Maldives for numbers 5, 6, and 8, and omitting 7. defectalis, whose distribution

is insufficiently known, we are left with the fact that the remaining five species (nos. 1-4,

7) are all found either in Christmas Island or in the Cocos-Keeling group, a fact which

seems to point to their original entrance into the Chagos by way of these other islands

from the Malayan or Australian regions.

(2) Species common to the African and Indian regions :—VZriopus maillardi, Culladia

admigratella, Syngamia floridalis, Nacoleia niphealis. Of these, the first three are found

in Ceylon and in Sumatra-Java, and may have gained an entrance into the Chagos from

either direction. I think it unlikely that any of them are derived direct from Africa ;

certainly Syngamia floridalis, which is a particularly conspicuous species, has not been

recorded from any of the East African Islands. NV. niphealis may be assumed to have

come from Ceylon through the Maldives, and in connection with this assumption it is

interesting to note that the present distribution of éphealis in the Chagos Archipelago

(Peros Banhos and Salomon Atolls only) may possibly point to its recent introduction

from a northerly rather than from a south-easterly direction.

(3) Species peculiar to the Indian region:—Ophiusa honesta, Acherontia lachesis,

Hypolimnas bolina, Endotricha mesenterialis, Mabra eryxalis. All of these occur in

Ceylon. HH. mesenterialis has doubtless come through the Maldives. The other four

(of which three are very large and conspicuous forms, not likely to have been overlooked

in the Maldives) may have come from either direction.

(4) Species common to the Indian and Australian regions :— Utetheisa pulchelloides +,

* Addu Atoll, the southernmost of the Maldive Group.

t U. pulchelloides seems to belong properly to the Indo-Australian region, although it is found as far west as

Cargados Carajos, the Amirantes, and Seychelles (but not in Africa or Madagascar, so far as is known at present).

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 42

318 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Macroglossum corythus, Cephonodes picus, Hippotion velox. These may have come

direct from Ceylon or from the Malayo-Australian region vid Cocos-Keeling. It seems

obvious that the Maldives have not been the means of communication, as none of these

species are found in that group, a fact which lends support to the idea that they have

come in from the south-eastward.

(5) Species peculiar to the Australian region :—Junonia vellida. This butterfly

seems to be a native of Australia, whence it has spread into the southern part of the

Malayan region. There is at least no doubtas to the direction whence it has immigrated

into the Chagos, which at present forms its extreme western habitat.

To sum up the foregoing: out of 23 Chagos Lepidoptera, not peculiar to this group of

islands, we have :—

5 which occur in Ceylon and the Maldives and may therefore be assumed

to have immigrated along that line.

1 which is Australian and which has almost certainly arrived vid

Christmas Island and Cocos-Keeling.

16 which occur in Ceylon and Sumatra-Java or Australia (of these six are

found in Cocos-Keeling and two others in Christmas Island). These

may have come direct from Ceylon or from the Malayo-Australian

region, but the probabilities seem to favour the latter route since

none of them have been found in the Maldives.

1 whose range is insufficiently known.

2S eee otale

CoETIVY.

‘There are no species peculiar to the Indian, Indo-Australian, or Australian regions.

Of the twenty species recorded all except six (Chloridea armigera, Eublemma ragusana,

Wippotion celerio, Hippotion aurora, Corcyra cephalonica, Sylepta sabinusalis) have been

found in the Seychelles, and of these C. cephalonica may be omitted as introduced

by man. The remaining five are found in the African or Malagasy regions and have

doubtless been derived thence.

It is interesting to note the entire absence of butterflies in Coetivy, a condition found

also in the wasps and land-birds of this island. Yet Coetivy is situated at a distance of

only 90 miles from Platte Island, in which Dr. Abbott found at least two species of

butterfly, so that the absence of butterflies in Coetivy appears inexplicable from the

mere point of view of distance. A probable explanation is to be found in the fact

that the south-easterly wind, which blows fairly freshly and steadily from about May to

November, is sufficient to overcome any powers of flight from a northerly direction (2. e.,

Platte or Seychelles) at this time of the year, whilst the north-westerly wind prevailing

from December to April is weaker and more fitful and also blows during the wet season,

so that any bird, wasp, or butterfly blown offshore from the Seychelles in a southerly

direction during that period would probably become rain-clogged and drowned before it

had gone very far. Cyclones are also of rare occurrence in this area. Whether the

theory here advanced is correct or not, it may be useful to draw attention to the

influence of rainfall in diminishing the dispersal-capacity of a prevailing wind.

FLETCHER—LEPIDOPTERA. 819

FARQUHAR, PROVIDENCE, AND THE AMIRANTE ISLANDS.

The dispersal of the Lepidoptera of these groups calls for little comment, as all the

species appear to have been derived from the African fauna. The only exception is

Utetheisa pulchelloides, which, as already noted on page 317, seems to be here a

straggler from the Indo-Australian region.

SEYCHELLES.

The Synopsis of the Distribution-Table shows a large African element, but a few

species have not been found up to the present in the African region. They are:—

Utetheisa pulchelloides, Chasmina sericea, Eutelia inextricata, Argina astrea, Zizera

maha, Nacoleia charesalis and Omphisa anastomosalis.

Of these U. pulchelloides seems to belong properly to the Indo-Australian region, but

has been spread, doubtless by cyclones, to Cargados and the Amirantes. Itis not known

at present from Madagascar, the Mascarenes, or the African mainland.

Chasmina sericea is eminently the insular representative of its genus, being widely

distributed amongst the islands of the Indian and Pacific Oceans. Its life-history is

quite unknown, so that it is difficult to hazard a guess as to its means of transport.

Eutelia inextricata appears to be a truly Indian species, replacing in that region the

closely-allied 2. delatrix of the African fauna. It is difficult to trace its arrival in the

Seychelles, unless it has come direct from India or Ceylon.

Argina astrea is known from Madagascar and the Mascarenes, but not from the

African mainland. Perhaps it has been introduced by man from India.

Zizera maha is at present a rather doubtful member of the list, being included in the

Seychelles fauna on the strength of a single specimen, which I shall not be surprised to

find was incorrectly identified.

The two Pyralids may represent a true Indian element in the Seychelles fauna, but it

seems premature to assert it as a fact that they do so, since the Pyralidz of Madagascar

are very little known ; Saalmiiller’s work was left unfinished and the collection which

Herr Pagenstecher has lately described seems to have contained very few examples of

the smaller moths.

VI. On THE MEANS oF DisPERSAL OF LEPIDOPTERA IN THE ISLANDS OF

THE INDIAN OCEAN.

So far as the Lepidoptera are concerned, we have to deal with five possible means of

dispersal :—(i.) Prevailing Winds; (ii.) Storms; (iii.) Marine Currents; (iv.) Birds;

(v.) Human Agency.

Prevailing Winds form a great factor in the distribution of many species of

Lepidoptera, particularly in the case of islands situated at comparatively short distances

(of not more than a few hundred miles) from the mainland or from one another. It

must be remembered that these winds blow constantly and strongly in the same direction

for months at a time.

42*

320 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Only one who has lived for a long period in a ship or similar situation off the coast of

a tropical country can form any idea of the immense numbers of insects which are daily

blown off shore by a monsoon wind; very few of these have any chance of regaining the

shore and the vast majority must perish in the sea. Some, indeed, are species of such

weak flight that it seems a marvel that they can ever have attained the distances that

they do accomplish from the nearest land, and that they do so can only be ascribed to

the fact that they are almost entirely wind-borne.

I am inclined to think that winds form the greatest factor in the ordinary dispersal of

most winged insects, if we may use the term “ ordinary” in discussing the very slender

chances of any individual wind-carried insect happening to hit upon a minute speck of

islet in mid-ocean.

Storms can hardly be considered apart from Prevailing Winds, of which they are often

only an exaggeration and to whose effects they are frequently accessory.

In the case of Christmas Island * we have definite evidence that insects are introduced

by winds, but in this particular case these so-called storms appear to be merely an

exaggeration of a northerly wind which is more or less normal at that season of the

year.

It appears to me that the real influence of storms on the dispersal of insects consists

in an augmentation of the transporting-powers of an ordinary wind, either in carrying an

insect a long distance in a very short time (in some of these storms the wind has been

recorded at 100-120 or even more miles per hour), or, particularly in the case of cyclonic

disturbances, by carrying it high up into the atmosphere, where it may be conveyed by

the upper currents of the air for long distances, with very little expenditure of energy

on its own behalf, before it finally falls again to the sea-level.

Marine Currents, although highly important in the conveyance of some other groups

of animal life, seem to have played little if any part in the distribution of the Lepidoptera

amongst the islands of the Indian Ocean. This seems to be proved by an inspection of

the list of species obtained. It will be noted that this list includes no species possessing

a female either wholly or partially apterous or even especially lethargic (e. g. Ocneriade,

Psychide, &c.). This fact appears to point to the usual method of transmission of

species into these islands taking place in the imaginal state rather than in any other.

For it is noteworthy that all these types, in which the female is normally apterous or

lethargic, appear especially favoured for dispersal in the immature condition. For

example, the Ocneriads usually lay an enormous number of eggs, which are not only very

often covered with a waterproof varnish, but are generally deposited upon twigs or in the

crevices of bark, and whose development in some cases takes place at intervals over long

periods of time; whilst the Psychids possess, in their silken cases and agamogenetic

proclivities, an apparently valuable asset against the dangers of the sea. Of course, the

disuse and consequent eventual loss of wings af¢er arrival in an island, as in the case of

the semi-apterous Tineid moth found in Kerguelen by the ‘Challenger’ Expedition,

belongs to another class of phenomena.

* * Monograph of Christmas Island, page 301.

FLETCHER—LEPIDOPTERA. 321

It seems probable that the small influence of currents in the dispersal of the

Lepidoptera is directly due to the length of time involved by this process, whereby ova

or pupe are practically certain to have emerged en route before accomplishing any great

distance.

Birds may almost be omitted as a factor in the dispersal of the Lepidoptera except in

so far as they carry some seeds and thus help to prepare the islands for the support of

insects. A small Tineid moth, however, which was found in Cargados Carajos and which

seemed to be associated with the sea-birds there, its larva probably feeding on their

feathers or excrement, might possibly be transported in the egg state on their

feathers.

Land-birds may also be agents in the distribution of insects, but in the case of remote

islands I think they may be left out of account, as they seem to be dispersed mainly by

winds and storms, which would be adequate in themselves to carry small forms of

life.

Human Agency is an important factor, and of the species under present consideration

we may say with some certainty that the following have been introduced into these

islands by man, viz. :—Corcyra cephalonica, Ephestia cautella, Pyralis manihotalis and

P. farinalis.

Vil. On Wipety Distrisurep Forms or LEPIDOPTERA.

One point which is clearly brought out in the Distribution-Table is the extremely large

number of species (39 out of a total of 149, or 26 per cent.) which occur at the same time

in the African, Indian, and Australian Regions. The usual observation, of course, is that

these are common and widely distributed species; but this seems rather to avoid the

question, which is really : How does it happen that these species are so widely distributed ?

Of these 39 no less than 16 are Pyralids and Pterophorids, and although three or four of

these may and doubtless have been transported by man, this cannot apply to the rest,

which are insects of weak flight and quite unable to cross large expanses of ocean by

their own efforts. It may be urged that these species have radiated from a common

centre and that they are still connected by a syngamic chain from South Africa up the

east coast, around to India and down through Malaysia to Australia; but, after all, a

chain is no stronger than its weakest link, and I doubt the occurrence of many of these

particular species between East Africa and India, although the Distribution-‘Table will

show that some of them occur in Sokotra; nor can the idea of a syngamic chain be

applied to species (such as Amyna octo, Hyblea puera, Sylepta derogata, Marasmia

trapezalis, and Trichoptilus defectalis) which are found on both sides of the Atlantic.

And, unless there is some syngamic connection, it seems incredible that these species

should retain the same facies in such diverse habitats, more especially as some of them

(e. g. Amyna octo) are extremely variable. 1t would be a most interesting subject for

experiment to see whether specimens of a “species” from South Africa are capable of

interbreeding with specimens of the same ‘ species” from the West Indies, Ceylon, and

Australia.

322 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

In the meantime it seems probable that the wide distribution of so many species

shows the operation of means of dispersal far more regular and efficient than is

commonly believed to be the case, and possibly these means may be found to consist in

the action of cyclonic storms in combination with the movements of the upper strata of

the atmosphere, whereby these insects are whirled up into the air and transported for

long distances with very little expenditure of energy on their own behalf.

VIII. Liverarvure.

Besides the ordinary text-books and periodicals, the following books and papers will be

found useful to the student of the Lepidoptera occurring in the islands of the Indian

Ocean :—

Boisduval.—Faune entomologique de Madagascar, Bourbon et Maurice. Paris, 1833.

Guenée.—Annexe G (Lépidoptéres) in Maillard’s ‘ Notes sur Vile de la Réunion.’ Paris, 1863.

Trimen.—Notes on the Butterflies of Mauritius. Trans. Entom. Soc. London, 1863, pp. 329-344.

Snellen.—Lepidoptera in Prof. P. J. Veth’s ‘ Midden-Sumatra: Reizen en Onderzoekingen der Sumatra-

Expeditie .. . 1877-1879.’ 1880.

Distant.—Rhopalocera Malayana. London, 1882-1886.

~ Moore.—Lepidoptera of Ceylon. 8 vols. London, 1882-1887.

Mabille.—Volume on Butterflies in Grandidier’s ‘ Histoire Naturelle de Madagascar.’ Paris, 1887.

Saalmiiller—Lepidopteren von Madagascar, Frankfurt, 1884-1891.

Joannis.—Descriptions of Atella philiberti, Pamplila morella, and Macroglossa alluaudi. Bull. Soc.

Ent. Fr. 1893, pp. 50-53.

Ragonot.—Heterographis insularella, n. s, LL. c. p. 295.

Hampson.—lIllustrations of Lepidoptera Heterocera in the British Museum. Part IX. London,

1893.

Joannis.—Lépidoptéres des iles Séchelles. Ann. Soc. Ent, France, 1894, pp. 425-438.

Holland.—List of the Lepidoptera from Aldabra, Seychelles, and other East African Islands, collected

by Dr, W. L. Abbott. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xviii. pp. 265-273, 1895.

Hampson.—Fauna of British India ; Moths, 4 vols. London, 1892-96.

Joannis—Note sur quelques Lépidoptéres des iles Séchelles. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1899, pp. 197—

200.

Andrews.—A Monograph of Christmas Island. Lepidoptera, pp. 60-79. London, 1900.

Hering.—Uebersicht der Sumatra—Pyralide. Stett. ent. Zeit. vol. lxii. pp. 13-118, 219-348 (1901);

and vol. Ixiv. pp. 88-97 (1903).

Voeltzkow.—Die von Aldabra bis jetzt bekannte Flora und Fauna. Abh, Senck. nat. Ges. Band xxvi.

pp. 559-561. Frankfurt, 1902.

Meyrick.—F'auna and Geography of the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes. Edited by J. Stanley

Gardiner. Vol. i. pp. 123-126. Cambridge, 1902.

Forbes.—The Natural History of Sokotra and Abd-el-Kuri, pp. 295-856, Liverpool, 1903.

Bingham.—Fauna of British India ; Butterflies. 2 vols. London, 1905-1907.

Joannis.— Description des Lépidoptéres nouveaux de Pile Maurice. Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 1906, pp. 169-

183.

Pagenstecher.—Lepidoptera~Heterocera von Madagascar, den Comoren und Ost-Afrika. (Voeltzkow,

Reisen in Ostafrica, 1903-1905.) Stuttgart, 1907.

FLETCHER—LEPIDOPTERA. 823

Hampson.—On the Moths collected during the Cruise of the ‘ Valhalla” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., June

1908, pp. 4744.92.

Manders.—The Butterflies of Mauritius and Bourbon. Trans. Entom. Soc. Lond. 1907, pp. 429-

454. (1908).

Aurivillius.—Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera und Heterocera (pars 1), von Madagaskar, den Comoren und

den Inseln Ostatrikas. (Aus Voeltzkow, Reisen in Ostafrika.) Stuttgart, 1909.

[This paper has only recently appeared and I have not yet seen a copy. |

Nore.—Since writing the foregoing I have seen two other works dealing with the Lepidoptera of

this region.

The first of these is a paper entitled “ Lepidopteren aus Siidarabien und von der Insel Sokotra,” by

Prof. Dr. Rebel, which appeared in part 2 of vol. lxxi. of the ‘Denkschriften der Mathematisch-

Naturwissenschaftlichen Klasse der kaiserlich-kéniglichen Akademie der Wissenschaften’ (Vienna,

1907). Copies of this publication do not appear to have reached this country as yet, and I am indebted

to Dr. Rebel for a separate reprint of his paper, in which he adds to the fauna of Sokotra the following

species in addition to those marked with a x in the Distribution-Table, viz.:—Hypolimnas bolina,

H. misippus, Chloridea armigera, Prodenia littoralis, Plusia limbirena, Ephestia cautella, Pyralis farinalis,

and Phlyctenodes massalis.

The second paper, “On the Fauna of Cocos-Keeling Atoll,’ by Dr. F. Wood-Jones, appeared in

the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London’ for 1909, pp. 144-149, and includes the following

species besides those noted in my original paper, viz. :—Chloridea armigera, Herse convolvuli, Hippotion

veloa | =vigil], Crocid lomia binotalis, and Glyphodes indica.

‘The addition of the above records to the Distribution-Table does not appear to invalidate the remarks

made on pages 317-319 (supra).—T. B. F.

23rd December, 1909.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 17.

Fig. 1. Asinduma nesta. 8S. Providence.

Fig. 2. Chloroclystis metallicata. D’Arros.

Fig. 3. Hypolimnas bolina, 9 var. Chagos.

Fig. 4. Crambus seychellellus. Seychelles.

Fig. 5. Cirrhochrista perbrunnealis. Seychelles.

Fig. 6. Endotricha chayosalis. Chagos.

Fig. 7. Sufetula minimalis. Coetivy.

Fig. 8. Nacoleia maculalis. Seychelles.

Bios 9. » chagosalis, Chagos.

Fig. 10. cs salomonalis. Chagos.

Fig. 11. Glyphodes subamicalis. Seychelles.

Fig. 12. Isocentris seychellalis. Seychelles.

Fig. 13. Pachyzancla mahensis. Seychelles.

Fig. 14. Pyrausta mahensis. Seychelles.

Fig. 15. Larva of Utetheisa pulchelloides.

Fig. 16. 9 Fe lactea.

Fig. 17. 43 53 elata, var. diva.

All figures are of the natural size unless otherwise indicated by the hair-line against them.

Percy SLaDEN Trust EXPEDITION

(FLETCHER) Trans Linn. Soc. Ser. 2. Zoo VoL XI. Pi. 17

H.Knight, del

London Stereoscopic Co. imp

LEPIDOPTERA FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN.

No. XII—POLYCHATA OF THE INDIAN OCEAN.

Part il. THE PALMYRID#, APHRODITIDA, POLYNOIDA,

ACTIDA, anp SIGALIONIDA.

By ¥. A. Ports, .A4., Fellow of Trinity Hail, Cambridge, and Demonstrator

of Comparative Anatomy in the University of Cambridge.

(Communicated by J. Stantey Garpiner, M.4., F.RS., F.L.S.)

(Plates 18-21.)

Read 17th June, 1909.

Family Palmyride, Kinbere.

Tus family is essentially characterised by the possession of the broad dorsal setae known

as palee. The absence of modified dorsal cirri (elytra) has been remarked by most

authors and held to separate these forms from the Aphroditids. The example of

Palmyra aurifera which was dredged by the ‘Challenger’ and described by McIntosh *

possesses elytra, and, since the notopodium’in this genus bears capillary sete in addition

to palez, only the fact that these dorsal capillary setze are not developed to form a felted

mass covering the back saves Palmyra from being included in the Aphroditids. In

no other species of the family have elytra been noticed; the genus Palmyropsis

here described presents strong resemblances to Aphroditid forms, but the absence of

elytra, the sessile eyes, and the almost entire suppression of dorsal capillary sete

separate it much more distinctly than Palmyra. The other Palmyrids in general

appearance as well as in structure are widely removed from the Aphroditide, but we

may quite reasonably suppose that the entire family of the Palmyridze are descended

from such form or forms as Pontogenia by modifications consequent on the excessive

development of the dorsal setze.

Gravier f gives a useful synopsis of the genera of this family, which is reproduced

here, modified only by the introduction of a genus described by Johnson ¢ in 1898, and

another contained in this collection, an account of which is given below.

( Palez and capillary sete borne by notopodium............... Palmyra, Savigny.

| Neuropodium bears simple sete only ..._ Palmyropsis, gen. n.

| | Neuropodium bears ( Palew equallusreeens Chrysopetalum, Ehlers.

Body short, J Sete only borne compound set 4 Palee some broad,

segments few. by notopodium. OM Warsenptess ovis ss L some narrow ... Heteropale, Johnson.

| | Neuropodium with simple and com-

| BOUMONGe tee ye sf. ek wee eea eee eeeeeee Paleanotus, Schmarda.

{Narrow paleze, leaving most of back bare .............:ceeeeees Dysponetus, Levinsen,

Body elongated, segments numerous — ........... 6. eee ce eee cette enter tec eens eee eens Bhawania, Schmarda.

* W. C. McIntosh, H.M.S. ‘ Chailenger’ Reports, vol. xii. Polychzta, pp. 53-56,

+ C. Gravier, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, sér. 4, t. ili. 1901, p, 259.

+ Johnson, Proce. Calif. Acad. ser. 3, Zool. vol. i. p. 162.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 43

io)

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION,

Genus PALMYROPSIS, nov.

Body short, consisting of comparatively few segments. Head with sessile eyes, a

single tentacle, and a pair of large tapering palps. First segment so revolved as to

completely enclose part of head, so that a palea-bearing region is intercalated between

tentacle and palps. Notopodium with pales and few capillary sete, latter often

entirely wanting. Neuropodium with simple furcate sete only. Elytra apparently

absent; dorsal cirri borne on segments 1, 2—5, and all alternate ones to end.

1. Palmyropsis macintoshi*, sp. n. (Trans. Linn. Soc., ser. 2, Zool. xii. (1909)

Plate 45. fig. 18; Plate 46. figs. 21, 22.)

Measurements. Length 12 mm., breadth (without paleze) 4 mm. ; no. of segments 25.

Body almost square in cross-section, tapering slightly and equally at both ends. Head

(Pl. 45. fig. 18) entirely hidden beneath palee, not definitely marked off from surrounding

segments, but bearing two large black eyes, each formed apparently by union of a pair.

Single median tentacle situated between eyes, and consisting of short pyramidal base,

long cylindrical stalk, and shorter, slenderer terminal joint, terminated by button-shaped

expansion with fringing processes. Palps smooth, twice as long as tentacles, tapering

gradually toward tips. Anterior part of head with palps separated from posterior part

with tentacles by intercalated first segment.

Palee (P\. 46, fig. 21) flattened and paddle-shaped, with short straight basal portion.

Broad distal end rounded, symmetrical, and entire except in occasional posterior palez

with few serrations. Surface ornamented with delicate longitudinal striv. First

segment bears eight paleze smaller than the rest and arranged in an outer and inner

group (latter overshadowing median tentacle). Dorsal cirrus of same segment situated

between two groups of paleze and posterior to same, equal in length to tentacle. In

succeeding segments paleze arranged in circular tuft; those internal larger, as though

for purpose of roofing over dorsum. Number and length of palez increase on passing

backward: in middle of body eighteen may be present. Capillary sete, where present,

short and inconspicuous, posterior and external to paleze in each segment. Dorsal cirri

with structure similar to tentacle occur postcrior and ventral to group of palee,

exceeding shorter palez in length.

Ventral sete (Pl. 46. fig. 22) simple, stout, with bifid tip, apex being slightly curved.

Absent on first, four or five present on other segments. Ventral cirri short, half

the length of the dorsal.

Localities. Cargados Carajos, B2, 30 fathoms; “from a crack in a coral mass.”

Seychelles, F 9, 37 fathoms. '

As in other Palmyride, the paleee possess extraordinary golden lustre, in the first

specimen light, in that from the Seychelles a deep golden brown. The absence of a

definite cephalic disc is one character which separates this genus from Palmyra.

* [haye taken the liberty of naming this species after Professor W. C. McIntosh, F.R.S., of St. Andrews, whose

monumental researches on British and foreign Polychets are the admiration of all naturalists.

POTTS—POLYCHATA. 327

Whether the extraordinary retraction of the head within the anterior segments is

characteristic of the genus or the species is uncertain, but there is a tendency toward

this condition in other Palmyridee. The tentacles and cirri are of a type closely

resembling that found in Palmyra aurifera and Pontogenia chrysocoma, but the

distal joint is terminated by tiny fringing processes and not by a clear lens-like

structure. The pale are characteristic structures, differing from those of Palmyra

(1) in the fact that the narrow basal portion is short and straight instead of long and

sigmoidally curved as in Palmyra, and (2) in the possession of smooth rounded borders.

In the specimen from Cargados Carajos one or two posterior palez are found with a few

serrations recalling the markedly spinose condition in Palmyra. The occurrence of

capillary setz is apparently variable, for in the form from Seychelles a small number of

capillary sete with attenuated tips were found in each segment, but the other specimen,

though otherwise almost exactly similar, did not possess them.

Genus PALMYRA.

2. Palmyra splendens, sp.n. (Plate 20. fig. 25; Plate 21. fig. 34.)

Measurements. Length 25 mm., breadth 9 mm. with sete, 7 mm. without; no. of

segments 31.

Head indistinct and retracted, partly surrounded by parapodia of first segment.

Single tentacle and pair of eyes borne on low peduncles, each eye appearing formed of a

closely apposed pair. Tentacle and cirri articulate, exactly resembling corresponding

structures in Pontogenia chrysocoma and Palmyra aurifera—i. e., with conical basal

portion covered with low papille, long uniform cylindrical stalk, surmounted by terminal

cylindrical joint ending in rounded lens-like tip of clear translucent appearance.

Buccal segment bears pale (12 on each side), but no ventral setee. Paleze here smaller

than in succeeding segments, arranged in inner and outer (smaller) groups as in rest of

body. Dorsal and ventral cirri of equal size and placed anterior to paleze. Second and

third segments with ventral setze also, represented by two types, (1) furcate smooth sete

like those of Palmyra aurea, and (2) few pennate sete (fig. 34) like those in same

position in Hermzone. In fourth and all other segments first type of ventral seta alone

found. Pale (fig. 25) curved sigmoidally, long basal portion hidden in parapodium.

Dorsalmost palez of first two segments show three or four serrations on external border

and one or two smaller just under pointed tip. In succeeding segments pale always

possess smooth border, recalling in appearance those of Palmyropsis macintoshi, arranged

in oval ring, incomplete anteriorly. Anteriorly they are shorter and smaller, median

and posterior longest, and smaller again passing externally. Capillary sete amongst

inferior paleze of each parapodium few in number (often barely half a dozen) and rather

short, with attenuated tip like those of P. awrifera. Dorsal cirri occur on first, second,

fifth, and then all alternate segments, placed posterior and ventral to paleze. No trace

of elytra or elytrophores in alternate segments. In second segment dorsal rather longer

than ventral cirrus; in third and succeeding segments ventral cirrus very short, only

reaching laterally to point of emergence of setze.

43*

328 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Locality. Mauritius, A 2,100 fathoms. A single specimen with Lepidonotus cristatus

var. echinata “taken out of a hole in a sponge.”

This worm differs in general appearance from Palmyra aurea in the arrangement of

the palew, which leave the middle of the back bare, and in the fact that these structures

are smooth and not serrate. The skin is remarkable for its silvery lustre, and dorsally

it is covered with little globular papille which give it a rough granular appearance. It

is curious that, in spite of the alternating distribution of the dorsal cirri, there is no trace

of elytral structures, for though the elytra might very possibly have been lost, it is hard

to account for the absence of any structures which can be construed as elytrophores.

In the British Museum specimen of P. aurifera referred to on p. 325 the elytra do not

appear to be at all easily detachable.

Genus BHAW ANIA.

3. Bhawania cryptocephala, Gravier.

Gravier, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. sér. 4, vol. 1. 1901, p. 263.

Two fragments, which appear to belong to this worm, come from Zanzibar. They

presumably belong to the same individual and make up a length of 40 mm.; but as the

worm is still incomplete, it would perhaps be much longer than Gravier’s complete

specimen measuring 85 mm. ‘The width is 3 mm.

The body is flattened and the dorsal surface is convex with a median keel. Neither

head nor tail is preserved. Gravier was unable to make out the prestomium or its

appendages, and only located the anterior end by its attenuation. Schmarda, who first

described this genus *, found a prestomium with five pairs of appendages.

The identity of this worm with the Red Sea species is concluded from the likeness of

the parapodia and the setee to the types figured by Gravier. The palee have the same

peculiar shape and ornamentation composed of fine transverse strive intersected by

longitudinal ridges, which on the internal border and on a single ridge on the posterior

face give rise to a series of denticulations (the external border being smooth). One

feature which Gravier does not mention is the occurrence of small irregular spines on

the tip of the palea, which are largest just on the anterior border.

Gravier describes only two types of ventral setze, while the specimen before me has

three distinct types of articulate sete. A typical segment possesses the following

succession :—

(1) Appendix long, hair-like and tapering, the edge provided with long teeth. About

4 in number.

(2) Appendix short and stout, apex incurved. Teeth long (about 7) and distinct in the

upper examples, but passing ventralwards the teeth are first reduced to tiny serrations,

and finally in the lower ones disappear, leaving a perfectly smooth edge. This type is

very numerous.

(3) Small, very slender setze with long hair-like appendix, but always with a smooth

edge.

Locality. Zanzibar, 1 specimen (female with eggs); collected by Mr. C. Crossland.

* Neue wirbellose Thiere (Leipzig, 1861), p. 164 (Bhawania myrialepis).

POTIS—POLYCHATA. 329

Family Aphroditide, Blainville.

Genus HERMIONE.

4, Hermione malleata, Grube.

Grube, Annulata Semperiana, in Mém. Pétersb. sér. 7, xxv. 1878, p. 17.

Willey, Polycheta, Ceylon Pearl Oyster Report, pt. iv. p. 245.

Measurement. 23 mm. in length, 10 mm. in breadth; no. of segments 28. Length of

dorsal setze up to 15 mm.

Willey remarks that this species is the southern form of ZH. hystrix, a conclusion

which I thoroughly endorse. In general the northern species attains a larger size, but

beyond this there are few differences.

There are dermal folds in front of the elytrophore which seemed to correspond to the

malleiform processes of Grube. In the specimens of H. hystrix which I was able to use

for comparison the state of preservation was too bad to determine the presence of such

folds.

An account of the condition of the ventral sete may be usefully inserted here.

Willey merely remarks with regard to them that they are “furcate. . . with or without an

accessory tooth.” In the second parapodium there occur ventral set only, of a different

type to the rest (ep. Hermione hystrix described by Clapareéde, op. cit. i.pl.1. fig. 2c). They

are slender setee, 80-40 in number and pennate or plumose (“‘ soie pennée”). In the third

parapodium there is one furcate seta with 7 accessory teeth between tip and spur, and

another with the single accessory tooth. In the fourth parapodium the dorsalmost has

two accessory teeth, and in all the others there is one (dorsal) with a single accessory

tooth and two others which are smooth between tip and spur. This arrangement is very

similar to that described by McIntosh for H. hystrix, where the ventral sete of the

anterior segments were yet more spinous. ‘This is probably a very variable feature.

Locality. A single specimen from Amirante, E 16, 89 fathoms.

Genus PONTOGENIA.

5. Pontogenia chrysocoma, Baird, var. minuta, var. n. (Plate 20, figs. 26, 27;

Plate 21. figs. 35, 36.)

Measurements. 18 mm. long and 7 mm. broad; no. of segments 34.

It is hard to decide whether the two specimens here described should be placed in

the Mediterranean species P. chrysocoma * or in P. indica, described by Grube from the

Philippines +, and Willey from Ceylon t. In general appearance and size and in the

number of palez they recall the latter. They possess 15 pairs of elytra in common with

P. chrysocoma, in distinction to the 18 pairs of the other species ; and since the differences

between these forms from Zanzibar and the last-named species may be principally

* Claparéde, ‘Les Annélides Chétopodes du Golfe de Naples,’ pt. i. p. 314, pl. 1. fig. 3.

+ Grube, ‘ Annulata Semperiana,’ in Mém. Pétersb. sér. 7, xxv. 1878, p. 18.

+ Willey, in Herdman, ‘ Ceylon Pearl Oyster Report,’ pt. iv. p. 246.

330 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

connected with the disparity of size, I have ranked them asa variety of the Mediterranean

species.

Both the specimens measured less than half the length of an example of P. chrysocoma

from Naples in the University Museum of Zoology here, while P. indica from Ceylon

(Willey) and the Philippines (Grube) varied from 14-26 millimetres. On the other hand,

P. indica possesses 43-46 segments, in contrast to the 35 of P. chrysocoma and 34 in this.

In shape the Zanzibar worms resembled P. chrysocoma, being broadest in the middle,

not tapering from the head as in P. indica.

The head is distinctly marked off and almost spherical in shape. Claparéde’s figure

does not indicate it properly. The tentacles are exactly as described for the Naples

form, save for the absence of papillze from the basal joint; they exactly resemble the

corresponding structures in the genus Palmyra. The palps appear quite smooth when

examined under a good dissecting-lens ; a high power, however, shows a number of tiny

appendages (fig. 27). Willey’s specimens possessed markedly ciliate palps, but Claparéde

figured those of P. chrysocoma as smooth.

The elytra number fifteen pairs, and are thin and membranous. The first pair are

distinguished in no way from those that follow, while in P. chrysocoma they are said to

be rudimentary and possess a border with fringing processes (Claparéde). In Naples

specimens they are much thicker and somewhat smaller than the succeeding elytra, but

their processes are not so prominent as those figured by Claparéde, so that this appears

to be a variable character.

As the structure of the parapodium in this genus has not been fully described, a

figure is given here (fig. 26) to show the relation of the parts. The notopodium bears

three kinds of setal structures :—

(1) The thread-like setee which form the dorsal felt. Two kinds are described :

(a) thicker smooth threads, and (0) much finer threads with the “articulated” appearance

figured in the French monograph. Both occur in our specimens.

(2) The greatly enlarged palea-like spines. In general shape they resemble those

drawn by Claparéde (¢. ¢. pl. 1. fig. 3B), but the tip is biunt rather than acute. There

are, moreover, considerably more serrations (fig. 36).

(3) Below are numerous very fine setxe with a smooth shaft and a long gradually

tapering tip, which is covered with minute ciliate processes, giving a hairy appearance

to the whole (fig. 36). In length these sete exceed those of the neuropodium, though

they fall short of the spines above. There is no mention of this variety of seta in the

above-quoted descriptions, but I have examined specimens from Naples which possess

a tuft of these sete on the notopodium, though not so large proportionately as in these

Hast-African forms.

The dorsal felt is much thicker and more entangled than in those from Naples. It

contains two or three specimens of a curious Isopod with elongated limbs, but it is

uncertain whether this is really commensal or just accidentally entangled. The curious

appearance which is due to the accumulation of detrital particles round tie pale and

dorsal felt is shared also by P. indica (in which Grube speaks of the palew as ‘ immer

mit vielem Schmutz gedeckt ”’).

POTTS— POLYCH ATA. 331

Many of the differences which Grube sets down between P. chrysocoma and P. indica

appear to be valueless. Such are, for instance, the length of the ventral sete and the

condition of the dorsum.

Locality. Wasin, Zanzibar; two specimens collected by Mr. C. Crossland.

Family Polynoide.

Genus LEPIDONOTUS.

6. Lepidonotus carinulatus, Grube.

Polynoé (Lepidonotus) carinulatus, Grube, Annulata Semperiana, 1878, p. 26.

Lepidonotus carinulatus, Willey, in Herdman, Ceylon Pearl Oyster Report, pt. iv. 1905, p. 248.

Lepidonotus carinulata, Malaquin & Dehorne, Annélides d’Amboine, Rev. Suisse de Biol. vol. xv.

1907, p. 344.

Measurements, The largest was 9 mm. long and 3 mm. broad, rather smaller than

Willey’s specimens.

Willey has given a full description of the elytra which form the distinguishing feature

of the species. The papillee of the surface are flattened, spherical in outline save where

they come into coutact and are polygonal, largest over the centre and smallest toward:

the margin, where they are markedly keeled. ‘Towards the external fringed margin the

papillze are small and echinulate, generally with only two or three spines. In Willey’s

Singhalese specimens the anterior elytra were very different, with a “ verrucose”

appearance due to the great development of spheroidal echinulate papillae. This marked

modification does not appear in the present specimens. In one individual the papille of

the centre were not flattened but raised into a rather high tubercular crest, and the

papillee in general were larger and rather sparsely scattered.

Localities. Saya de Malha, C 12, 47 fathoms, with Psammolyce and Panthalis ;

Suvadiva, 26 fathoms; Fadifolu, 20 fathoms, several.

This tiny species of Lepidonotus is described as ‘the most abundant and typical

representative of the genus on the Ceylon pearl banks.” It appears also to be widely

spread in the Indian Ocean.

7. Lepidonotus trissochetus, Grube.

Grube, Annulata Semperiana, 1878, p. 25.

Willey, in Herdman, Ceylon Pearl Oyster Report, pt. iv. Polycheta, p. 249.

Measurements. The largest specimen, from 8. Mahlos, Maldives, was 20 mm. long and

4:5 mm. broad with sete ; no. of segments 26.

This species is easily distinguished from all others by the two very different kinds of

setze in the notopodium. ‘The so-called “hastate” setee of Willey are generally the

longest, and are surrounded by a sheath of shorter “ spinulose ” setee. In the anterior

segments there is little difference in length between the two kinds: it is only at the 10th

segment that the hastate forms become markedly longer. Willey considers the hastate

302 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION,

setze to be protrusible at will, and supposes differences in the state of retraction to be

responsible for the separation of this species and Z. indicus, Kinhberg.

The elytra, which have a curious granulated appearance, do not cover the whole of the

dorsum except posteriorly. Where the back lies exposed, there is a complicated pattern

of black pigment with strongly marked transverse lines. The colour of the elytra

themselves varies greatly with the locality. In the specimens from Hulule, Male Atoll,

a dark green pigment may occupy nearly the whole of the elytra, only a small patch on

the outer margin remaining unpigmented. The worms from Saya de Malha display a

reddish pigment rather diffusely spread over the elytron, but concentrated round the

tubercles and patches on inner margin, A similar darker pigment is found in the

Zanzibar specimen,

In all the elytra the same type of ornamentation prevails. There are spherical

tubercles (“ pustules ” of Willey), which may either be large (when they are developed most

numerously on the inner half of the elytron) or minute (when they are found crowded

together on the outer border). The outer border with the minute tubercles is thinner

than the rest of the elytra, and in the specimens here described had characteristically a

rather shrivelled appearance.

‘ There is a gradual passage between the smaller and larger tubercles. In both there

is a tendency to a keeled condition, but this is developed most usually in the smaller

kind. These latter may also have small thorn-like processes on the keel, giving a comb-

like appearance.

The large tubercles reach their greatest development in the specimen from Zanzibar.

The first two elytra differ from the rest in showing long chitinous processes ending

bluntly ; in the second elytron these arise from a crest-like structure. In the following

elytra the tubercles are of the typical development. In the worms from Hulule, Male,

the tubercles are neither so large nor so crowded as in the other forms of the collection.

Localities. Saya de Malha, 26 fathoms; one specimen. Hulule, Male Atoll; two

specimens. Mamaduwari, 8. Mahlos; a single large specimen. Zanzibar, 20 fathoms ;

one specimen.

8. Lepidonotus cristatus (Grube).

Polynoé cristata, Grube, Jahresber. der Schles. Gesellsch. 1875, p. 62, and Beitrage zur Anneliden-

fauna der Philippinen, 1878, p. 27, taf. 2. fig. 3.

Lepidonotus cristatus, McIntosh, ‘Challenger’ Reports, Polychzta, p. 67 [Torres St.]; Gravier,

Nouy. Arch. du Mus. Hist. Nat. sér. 4, t. ii. 1901, p. 210 [Aden, Perim, Djibouti] ; Willey,

in Herdman, Ceylon Pearl Oyster Report, Polychzta, 1905, p. 249; Malaquin, Rev. Suisse de

Biologie, t. xv. 1907, p. 345 [ Amboyna, Malay ].

Measurements. One of the largest (Chuaka Head, Zanzibar) was 48 mm. long, 19 mm.

broad with setze. Gravier’s measured specimen from the Red Sea was 37 mm., while

the Ceylon worm described by Willey was 43°5 mm.

Gravier’s recent description is very full, though based on very few specimens. The

present examples differ only in certain characters of the elytra, which are exceedingly

variable throughout the species. Individuals are easily recognised as belonging to this

POTTS—POLYCHATA. 309

species by their great size, equal length of all three tentacles, and large, rather flabby

elytra, with crest-like structures of varying development. In addition there is the

curious character noted by Gravier in the second segment, where the parapodium bears

ventral sete of a different type to those of the rest of the body, very fine, with a

membrane coiled round the shaft in a helicoid spiral.

Gravier describes a thick lobe projecting from the surface of each elytron divided into

two by a median furrow. There is a spot of purplish-brown colour just in front of the

attachment of the elytron, and on the under surface a larger ring of the same colour

round the elytrophore. A number of small button-shaped papillee with three or four

projecting teeth were found on the surface of the elytron, but on the crest these were

replaced by a series of chitinous tubercles of greater size with a single acute tip.

Generally the Zanzibar specimens agree with this account; in particular they observe

the same peculiarities with regard to colour distribution. Only the elytral crests do

not possess the great conical papillze which Gravier and McIntosh describe. Malaquin

remarks that the presence of these structures constitutes a difference from the type

specimen, and his examples from Amboyna, as well as the present forms from Zanzibar,

agree with those which Grube originally described from the Philippines in the possession

of elytra with smooth crests.

Localities. All from Zanzibar neighbourhood :—(1) Shore of Zanzibar. (2) Chuaka

H4d., low spring-tide. Mr. Crossland describes the elytra as “ thick and softish. General

colour sandy grey. They are remarkably firmly attached. Dark brown mark over

elytrophore, larger dusky grey mark towards median line.” (3) Mombasa. (4) Shimoni

shore.

The two varieties which are next described clearly fall into their place in this species.

The ornamentation of the elytron is indubitably related to and only slightly modified

from that in the parent type. There is no crest projecting from the surface of the

elytron, though in one case curious chitinous plates occur in the same position.

McIntosh says, in speaking of Z. cristatus and kindred forms:—‘The parallel ridges

and tuberculated elevations on the scales of certain Australian Polynoide in the British

Museum would seem to indicate stages in the production of these remarkuble processes

(i. e. the crest).” The variations of tubercles on the elytra in this species are paralleled

for example in Hunoa nodosa, divided into various species by Hansen according to the

direction of variation *.

Lepidonotus cristatus, var. ornata, var.n. (Plate 18. figs. 6, 7.)

Measurements. Length 21 mm., width 10 mm. with sete, 6 mm. without.

Median tentacle rather longer than the lateral. Two pairs of equal eyes, and definite

nuchal collar with two lateral papillee as in Z. cristatus. Hlytra firmer than L. eristatus,

with powdered appearance due to smaller tubercles. No crest but oval chitinous

patches, generally three on each elytron, apparently formed from coalesced spines or

* Hans Duncker, Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Ixxxi. 1906, p. 236.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 44,

334 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

tubercles. At margins of patches form of component spines is clearly discernible and

spinelets clustering round their base. Small type of elytral tubercle (Pl. 18. fig. 7 4) of

tubular form with spinelets at summit; large type spherical in shape, with development

of small spines over entire surface (fig. 7c). Setee resemble those of Z. cristatus ; ventral

setee without spur under apex. No modification of ventral setze of second segment.

Locality. Salomon; one female full of eggs.

Lepidonotus cristatus, var. echinata, var.n. (Plate 18, figs. 4, 5.)

Measurements. Length 19 mm., breadth with setze 8 mm.

Median and lateral tentacles of equal length, palps slightly longer, as in LZ. cristatus.

Two pairs of equal eyes and nuchal collar with two lateral papille. Elytron (fig. 4)

without crest, but with two chitinous ornaments, large, oval in shape, and with a fringe

of conical papillze fused by their bases. Smaller tubercles (fig. 5 a) of tubular shape

with as many as twelve attached spinelets. Anterior border carries numerous large

conical spines (fig. 5 c) with spinelets confined to a narrow basal zone. Intermediate

forms (fig. 5B) show spherical base beset with spinelets and terminal spine of small

size. Ventral setae without spur under apex, but roughnesses between apex and spinous

row indicate incipient serration. No modification of setze of second segment.

Locality. Mauritius, A 2, 100 fathoms, with Palmyra splendens.

9. Lepidonotus purpureus, sp.n. (Plate 18. fig. 3.)

Measurements. 21 mm. long, 7°5 mm. broad; another specimen, 14 mm. long, 5 mm.

broad.

Characteristic appearance due to purple-brown elytra, their colour only relieved by

a white spot over the area of attachment. Head of characteristic Lepidonotus type,

rather small, bearing indistinct eyes. Palps three times as long as the lateral tentacles,

and latter about half the length of median. Conspicuous nuchal collar. Dorsal cirri

long, purple-brown in colour, relieved by bands of white. Uniform in diameter, but

with terminal slight bulbous enlargement followed by a slender filiform tip. Elytra

with regular oval shape (recalling those of Gastrolepidia amblyphyllus in colour and

general appearance). Borders smooth, and surface appears so to the naked eye, but

magnification shows surface to be strewn with little chitinous tubercles, most

numerous round the border, showing slight median depression. Pigment concentrated

into little masses, and between which are often small aggregations of clearly defined

cells without pigment, resulting in a kind of honeycomb structure (fig. 3). One kind of

dorsal seta of usual spinose type ending in a slender tip free from spines. Ventral

setze stout structures, with a large number of spinous rows and with a spur under apex.

Locality. Zanzibar; two specimens collected by Mr. Crossland.

10. Lepidonotus carinatus, sp.n. (Plate 18. fig. 1.)

Measurements. Length 18°5 mm., breadth with setze 6 mm.

Body of generally yellow colour with brown median band. Anterior end rather

pointed, posterior broad. Head with two pairs of eyes; posterior pair placed very far

POTTS—POLYCHATA. 335

back on head and hidden by nuchal collar. Median tentacle a little longer than lateral ;

palps stout, ending suddenly in filiform tip. equal to median tentacle in length. Dorsal

cirri long uniformly tapering structures, anteriorly much longer than notopodial sete,

posteriorly shorter. Elytra closely overlapping, covering whole body, each possessing

two oblique longitudinal keels on surface, which is otherwise apparently smooth, but

really covered with many minute flattened tubercles (fig. 1). Dorsal setze of insignificant

development, distinguished by very slender tips, on which the spines are continued to

the very end. Ventral sete with small spur under apex and small number of spinous

rows.

Locality. Reef of Praslin Island, Seychelles.

In the possession of keels ornamenting the surface of the elytra this species bears

a close resemblance to another worm described in this collection, Polynoé platycirrus,

McIntosh, in which case it is curious to note that one of the specimens is keeled,

while the other has no trace of such a condition. In view of this fact it is questionable

how far specific importance should be assigned to the keeled condition in this

Lepidonotus.

11. Lepidonotus pustulatus, sp.n. (Plate 18. fig. 2.

Measurements. Specimen incomplete, 20 segments with 10 elytra; breadth 7 mm.

with sete, length 18 mm.

Head rounded, with two pairs of large eyes, rather ill-defined, so that on one side

they have almost coalesced. ‘Tentacles a direct continuation of head, rather small and

slender, median tentacle rather longer than lateral. Palps nearly twice as long as

tentacles. Elytra (fig. 2) almost circular in shape, anteriorly meeting over head, but

posteriorly leaving middle of dorsum uncovered. On the external border a fringe

of not very numerous short clavate papillee. Save for the external border, which is

free, surface covered with a greenish pigment arranged in very small cells; minute

flattened tubercles occur all over, and posteriorly also a small number of much larger

rounded tubercles, or rather “ pustules,” giving a characteristic appearance to elytra.

Dorsal cirri slender and gradually tapering. Dorsal spinose sete very distinctly of two

kinds, one shorter with a blunt apex, the other with a slender apex on which spines are

not discernible. In first setigerous segments where setie are shorter spines are continued

up to tip; generally spinose part very strongly serrated. Ventral] setee short but stout,

with rather restricted spinose region. No spur underneath apex.

Locality. Ras O, Zanzibar, dredged in 10-15 fathoms; collected by Mr. C. Cross-

land.

The pustulate elytra which are a marked character of the species resemble those of

LI. wahlbergi, Mcintosh, which do not, however, possess a fringed border, and are

covered with spines, not with tubercles. The very attenuate dorsal setz are perhaps

the most typical feature. The species to which it comes closest is undoubtedly

L.. gymnonotus, recorded by Marenzeller and McIntosh from Japanese waters.

44*

336 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Genus POLYNOE.

12. Polynoé platycirrus, McIntosh. (Plate 18. fig. 8; Plate 20. fig. 28.)

McIntosh, Polycheta, ‘ Challenger’ Reports, xii. pp. 111-114, pl. 3. fig. 4, &e. (Australia).

Measurements. One specimen, from Minikoi, was 33 mm. long, 6 mm. broad (with

setz), had 47 segments and 22 pairs of elytra. The other example, from Diego Garcia,

was 30 mm. long and had 19 pairs of elytra.

The head is distinctly hexagonal in form. McIntosh has called attention to the

Lepidonotus-like character, owing to the production of the anterior portions into the

lateral and median tentacles.

The elytra are found on segments 2, 4,5, 7, and on alternate segments till quite

the end, only the last five segments remaining unprovided. The whole of the baek

is covered. In both specimens the striped appearance so characteristic of the type

specimen is shown; it is due to vertical bands of brown pigment nearly continuous

from elytron to elytron. In the example from Minikoi the concentration of the brown

pigment in bands is only found in the anterior elytra; posteriorly the elytra are more

uniformly pigmented. The striking peculiarity of this worm is the presence of two

well-marked keels on each elytron (fig. 8) running parallel to the outer margin in the

posterior half. No trace of these structures is found in the Diego Garcia example,

though otherwise almost complete similarity exists. The irregular ovate character of

the elytra is peculiar, with the broadest end pointing anteriorly and outwards.

The notopodium (see fig. 28) is represented throughout only by a tubercle, penetrated

by the aciculum, but never containing any sete. This is perhaps the most marked

difference from the ‘Challenger’ type, which possessed a few notopodial sete. The

neuropodium carries numerous rather slender sete in a compact tuft. These, well

figured by McIntosh (pl. viii. a, fig. 14), have a hooked apex, with sharp spur underneath

and short spiniferous area markedly broader than shaft of seta.

The flattened dorsal cirri which give their name to the species are characteristically

developed in the Indian Ocean forms. They extend as far as the end of the ventral

sete.

In the worm from Diego Garcia the body is light yellow and the elytra are reddish

brown, the striping being very marked ; that from Minikoi has a dark brown body and

the elytra are light brown with a white spot over the elytrophore, developed to a slighter

extent in the first-mentioned form.

Localities. Minikoi. Diego Garcia.

13. Polynoé longicirrus, sp.n. (Plate 18. fig.9; Plate 20. fig. 29; Plate 21. figs.87,38.)

Measurements. Length varies from 6°5 mm. to 75 mm., breadth with elytra 2 mm. ;

no. of segments 38.

Minute form with flattened body. Head (fig. 9) distinctly divided into two oval

divisions by a median groove, and with no indications of eyes. Median tentacle long,

about four times length of palps; lateral tentacles half the length of median. Elytra

very large, not only meeting over dorsum but projecting far beyond parapodia, colourless,

POTTS —POLYCH ATA. 337

and with surface quite smooth and devoid of ornamentation. Dorsal cirri of extraordinary

length, projecting considerably beyond border of elytra.

Parapodium (fig. 29) with minute notopodium, containing number of short slightly

curved setz, with serrated edge and a sharp incurved apex. Ventral setz of two kinds,

viz., dorsally 1 to 3 setze of a slender kind (fig. 37), with spinose tip sharply bent at an

angle to shaft, spines disappear some distance from apex, but slight serrations continue

to end; ventrally a series of stouter forms with strongly incurved tip, quite smooth on

concave border. One specimen from Fadifolu with number of forms intermediate

between these types (fig. 38), the spinose region becoming direct continuation of shaft

and diminishing in length and apex recurved. More ventral sete in same parapodium

also show reduction in number of spines, and lowest members sometimes quite smooth,

Localities. 8. Male. N. Male (“off a Gorgonian”). 8. Nilandu. Fadifolu.

14. Polynoé crinoidicola, sp.n. (Plate 18. fig. 10; Plate 21. figs. 39-41.)

Measurements. Length 13 mm., breadth 2°5 mm.; no. of elytra 15; no. of seg-

ments 44.

Small form, commensal on crinoids, with highly arched dorsum, tapering rapidly

posteriorly. Head composed of two distinct halves, with two pairs of eyes. Anterior

of these situated at lateral angle are very large and raised on a distinct eminence,

approaching pedunculate condition. On posterior border of head second pair of eyes

of almost equal size. Lateral tentacles arise below median (which is missing in these

examples) and are slender and short. Palps hardly as long as tentacles, stout and

conical. Elytra quite circular and barely cover parapodia; arching of dorsum causes

them to appear smaller than they really are; surface with delicate and characteristic

branching, smooth save for very minute tubercles. Dorsal cirri long, though falling far

behind those of P. longicirrus in development. Notopodium is small but distinct, and

bears very numerous sete ; these are slightly curved throughout their length, broad and

rather sabre-like. On convex side generally a serration just under the acute tip and 2-4

even more prominent below. Small number of serrations in dorsal setz characteristic

of species. Neuropodium narrows toa sharp prominence. Dorsally a set of sete few

in number, slender and slightly curved. Apex incurved, with a tooth just below.

Some distance before tip shaft dilates, and semilunar cusp is found; ventralmost setze

stouter, much more numerous, with prominent semilunar cusp and sharp incurved

apex ; area below apex smooth in this species.

Localities. From the following places in the Maldives :—5 off crinoids, Suvadiva Atoll ;

Kolumadulu Atoll; “on a erinoid from west reef with a crustacean,” Hulule, Male

Atoll; ‘off a black crinoid,’ Miladummadulu Atoll.

The examples from two localities are of a dark red colour, but others described as

commensal on black crinoids are colourless in spirit, but were black when alive.

15. Polynoé? minuta, sp.n. (Plate 19. fig. 12; Plate 20. fig. 31; Plate 21. figs. 42, 43.)

Measurements. Anterior fragment with 27 segments. Length 5 mm., breadth with

setee 15 mm.

338 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Head (fig. 12) small, very distinctly divided into two parts, each of which ends

anteriorly in very acute point. No sign of eyes. Median tentacle missing. Lateral

tentacle very minute and slender, origin from head rather ventral. Palps small, stout,

conical, ending in a sharp tip; surface smooth.

Back narrow, parapodia rather elongated. Sete all project laterally. Notopodium

(fig. 31) much shorter than neuropodium. Dorsal cirrus extends as far as ventral setz.

Dorsal setee (fig. 42) fairly numerous, well developed, about half as long as ventral setz,

broad, slightly curved, with a rather blunt apex and numerous serrations (10-15), far

apart toward base, crowded together near tip. Neuropodium acutely pointed, with very

numerous setze, with apex rather faintly serrated, not bearing recognisable spines ;

upper setz (fig. 43) with a very elongated serrated region, a short incurved tip, and

projecting tooth just under it; in lower the same region is short and swollen, giving

a distinctly hastate appearance.

Elytra mostly lost, but appear to cover the back and are of type found in the two

preceding species, being almost circular, translucent, with entire margin, smooth surface

with delicate veinings, and occasional tiny chitinous tubercles.

Locality. 8. Male (2 incomplete specimens).

Genus LAGISCA.

16. Lagisca indica, sp.n. (Plate 19, fig. 13; Plate 21. figs. 46, 47.)

Measurements. Length 20 mm., breadth 7 mm. with sete, 3 mm. without; no. of

segments 59.

Body narrow throughout, only tapering slightly at posterior end. Head (fig. 18)

pentagonal, while in Z. crozetensis (McIntosh, pl. vill. fig. 6) it is ovate; anterior pair

of eyes are placed further forward than in the related species. Head is like that of

Lepidonotus, with the anterior border prolonged into the lateral tentacles, and all three

tentacles arising at the same level. All tentacles slender, ciliated, and end in filiform

tip, median half as long again as the lateral. Palps are in turn about one and a half

times the length of median tentacle, covered with cilia not so long and conspicuous

as those on the tentacles. Distinct nuchal fold behind the head and tentacular cirri

attain the size and development of the median tentacle. Dorsal cirri throughout long

and slender, extending as far as the longer ventral sete. Ventral cirri fairly long, but

hardly reach the point where the setze spring from the lobe of the notopodium.

Elytra are ovoid, entirely cover the back, overlapping considerably, and are firm

with granular appearance; in the centre isa broad crescentic mark of black pigment

and a concentration of the same pigment generally round the base of the spines.

In certain lights they are beautifully iridescent. In minute ornamentation elytra

exactly similar to those of ZL. crozetensis, covered densely with short sharp spines and

intermediately placed cilia and with short cilia on the posterior and outer borders ;

spines best developed in first elytron.

Parapodia are long and slender, bearing upstanding long dorsal sete arranged in

a diverging tuft. The sete (fig. 46) are straight, acutely pointed, with very numerous

and bold rows of spines. The ventral sete (fig. 47) are comparatively fine. In the

POTTS—POLYCHATA. 339

most superior there are long spinous tips, but the length of the whole seta and of

spinous area decreases in passing ventrally. There is an acute incurved tip with a long

slender spine situated just under it. In Z. crozetensis the spine is characteristically

short.

This appears to be a widely distributed form in the Indian Ocean, and an interesting

feature is the great depth from which it was taken at Amirante.

Localities. Amirante, E 18, 280 fathoms. Salomon; 2 specimens. Coetivy; 3 small

bottles.

This species comes very close to L. crozetensis, McIntosh, from the Crozet Isles,

which is characterised by “ whitish papillose seales, long palpi, rapid diminution of the

body posteriorly, and the length of the dorsal bristles.” A decided difference shown in

Mr. Gardiner’s forms is the absence of marked posterior attenuation; for the body is

in them narrow throughout, only tapering slightly posteriorly. In other characters

there is a general agreement with the ‘Challenger’ form; but in the configuration of

the head this species differs not only from ZL. crozetensis, but all other species of the

genus.

17. Lagisca cornuta, sp.n. (Plate 19. fig. 14; Plate 21. fig. 48.)

Measurements. Length 21 mm., breadth 8°5 mm. with sete, 4:5 mm. without; no. of

segments 36.

Body rather narrow, but not so much so as in L. éndica, and posteriorly tapers more.

Head (fig. 14) rather rounded, median tentacle comes off much more dorsally than

the lateral, which alone are preserved, and are very short ciliated structures with a

stout basal portion and filiform tip. Above the insertion of the lateral tentacles two

very prominent lateral peaks strongly incurved. Both pairs of eyes large, the aaterior

being situated quite externally at the middle of the lateral border. The anterior part of

the head coloured purple, and sharply marked off from a non-pigmented posterior part.

Palps long, smooth, and tapering. Elytra are all missing. Sete of great length, and

arrangement similar to that in L. indica. Dorsal sete (fig. 48) very broad and nearly

as long as ventral, serrated right up to tip, and with a bifurcate apex. Ventral setie

very long, almost exactly like those of Z. indica, with a very long slender spine under

the recurved apex.

Locality. Salomon ; a single specimen from the surface reef.

The chief differences between the above species and L. indica relate to the origin of

the lateral tentacles and the dorsal sete.

18. Lagisca flaccida, sp.n. (Plate 18. fig. 11; Plate 21. figs. 49, 50.)

Measurements. Length 20 mm., breadth 6 mm.; no. of segments 38. Another

specimen was 18 mm. in length, 6 mm. in breadth, and with 386 segments.

Body very flattened, and parapodia very short compared to the body, affording a

difference between this and the last two species. Breadth fairly uniform, tapering

slightly just before posterior end. Anterior end rounded.

Head hexagonal, with small distinct eyes, the anterior placed just in front of the

outermost angle of the head, the second pair close to the posterior border. There are

340 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

two tiny lateral peaks. Median tentacle missing in all specimens: lateral tentacles

arising from a lower level than in Z. curnuta, about twice the length of the head, and

sparsely ciliate. Palps short and awl-shaped, about the same length as the lateral

tentacles. Behind the head is a slight nuchal fold with a median peak.

Elytra (fig. 11) soft and gelatinous, with the margins entire. The inner half is

covered with tiny tubercles; but the outer half is quite smooth, with fine venations,

and situated on the venations is a ring of small eminences parallel to the margin.

Some elytra have lost all signs of tubercles.

Dorsal tuft of setee not long, and directed upwards as in ZL. cornuta. Setze (fig. 49)

themselves are by no means broad; but tip is acute, with a rather long, smooth portion

between it and spiniferous area. Ventral setze (fig. 50) are long and conspicuous, with

rather short spiniferous area, and a short rather blunt spine under the incurved apex.

Locality. Ganzibar ; five specimens. The following remarks with regard to condition

at capture are from Mr. Crossland’s notes :—‘ Elytra colourless and quite transparent,

with a ring of opaque white round point of attachment, very easily lost. Body a

bright light pink, but this is due to eggs. Really yellowish, with brick-shaped,

transverse, light brown markings especially conspicuous posteriorly.”

Genus HALOSYDNA.

19. Halosydna (?) willeyi, sp.n. (Plate 21. figs. 44, 45.)

Measurements. Length 21 mm., breadth with sete 4 mm.; no. of pairs of elytra 28 ;

no. of segments 61.

Small form, with slightly arched dorsum. Head minute, round, divided into two

by median furrow; no trace of eyes. Tentacles very short and stumpy, with broad

basal joints all arising from head at same level. Median rather longer than lateral

tentacles. Palps stout conical structures, equal in length to median tentacle. Elytra

occurring on segments 2, 4, 5, 7,—23, 26, 29, 32, 33, 35, 37,— entirely covering body,

smooth, colourless, very easily detached from elytrophores. Surface not clearly veined,

very minute horseshoe-shaped, chitinous tubercles scattered over it.

Parapodia quite similar to those of H. zeylanica: neuropodium small, with strong

aciculum and few fairly short setze (fig. 44), slightly curved, with numerous serrations,

ending in a rather acute apex. Ventral setve (fig. 45) very similar in shape to those of

I, zeylanica, with acute sharply incurved apex; between the tip and the semilunar

cusp a number of short spines, and from the origin of these a parallel series of wavy

lines running across the seta. At the side of the cusp, in all specimens, a small area

occupied by fine parallel striations.

Locality. Amirante, H 10, 22-85 fathoms.

In Dr. Willey’s account of the collection of Ceylon Polycheta made by Professor

Herdman he describes a worm commensal on echinoderms as Halosydna zeylanica, sp. n.

The species found in Mr. Gardiner’s collection is undoubtedly nearly related to this

It is curious that in both the same anomalous distribution of elytra should occur.

The peculiarity is the presence of elytra on successive segments, the thirty-second and

POTTS—POLYCH ATA. 341

thirty-third, and it is interesting to note that in the case of Polynoé pyknolepis, Gr.,

quoted by Duncker *, elytra are found on both these segments, though otherwise the

distribution is different. The chief difference between H. zeylanica and the species

here described lies in the detailed structure of the ventral sete; in the former they are

smooth, in the latter with slightly spinose apex.

Genus IPHIONE.

20. Iphione muricata (Savigny).

Polynoé muricata, Savigny, Syst. des Annélides, p. 21.

Polynoé peronea, Schmarda, 1861, Neue wirbellose Thiere, p. 157 [Ceylon].

Iphione muricata, Kinberg, Ofvers. af Vet.-Ak. Forhand. 1855, p. 383; Grube, Annulata Semperiana,

p- 21 [ Philippines] ; Gravier, Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. iti. 1901, p. 226 [Red Sea] ; Willey,

in Herdman, Ceylon Pearl Oyster Report, pt. iv. 1905, p. 246.

This species has been recently very fully described by Gravier and by Willey. It

evidently has a wide distribution in the Indian Ocean, north to the Red Sea, west to

the Philippines, and east to Zanzibar. In the present collection it is represented by a

large number of examples from Minikoi and the Maldives, a few from the Seychelles,

and several from Zanzibar. It is one of the commonest Polychets of coral-reefs.

Mr. Gardiner has furnished me with some interesting details regarding the biology of

the species. The worm is generally found amongst coral-sand, but preferably in a

sheltered situation, such as would be afforded by rocks and boulders resting on sand,

though it may sometimes be seen sticking on the rocks. During the night it leaves

its diurnal station and wanders on the reef, returning, however, as proved by actual

observation, to the same position at daylight. It thus provides an excellent example of

a “ homing ” instinct.

Localities. Minikoi. Maldives. Seychelles. Zanzibar.

One of the specimens from Addu Atoll, Maldives, was picked off a “ white-brown

Holothurian” in company with a Hesionid and another Polynoid.

Genus GASTROLEPIDIA.

21. Gastrolepidia clavigera, Schmarda.

Gastrolepidia clavigera, Schmarda, Neue wirbellose Thiere, 1861, p. 159.

Gastrolepidia amblyphyllus, Grube, Annulata Semperiana, 1878, p. 46 [Philippines].

Gastrolepidia clavigera, Willey, n Herdman, Ceylon Pearl Oyster Report, pt. iv. 1905, p. 253.

No account has been given, as far as I can find, of the association of this animal with

holothurians as a commensal. In its most abundant form in this collection the worm

is a deep purple-black ; but the dark coloration is relieved by the white ends of the

clavate dorsal cirri and white spots upon the elytra. It thus exactly matches the sea-

cucumber Holothuria atra*, on the surface of which it lives. Here there also occurs

a similarly coloured Portunid crab, Lissocarcinus orbicularis, Dana. Another form of

the worm is characterised by its much lighter coloration, the elytra being white with a

few brown specks. This was found at Naifaro, Fadifolu, associated with two kinds of

* This common coral-reef form has a thin test which it covers with sand.

SECOND SERIFS.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 45

342 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

light-coloured holothurians, Holothuria maculata, Brandt, and a white species of

Actinopyga. In these last cases the polynoid is associated with the same species of

crab, as a fellow-commensal, which has undergone an identical colour-change.

On a number of specimens examined I was able to confirm Willey’s statement as

to the extraordinary insertion of the elytra on the posterior segments. The numbers

of their segments were 2, 4, 5, 7,—28, 26, 29, 32, ep 36, 38, 39, 41, 43, 45, and the

distribution is quite invariable.

Locality. This species occurs commonly throughout the islands of the Indian Ocean

and at Zanzibar.

Genus LEPIDASTHENLIA.

Included in this well-defined genus are all Polynoids with an elongated body and

minute elytra, leaving the greater part of the back naked. The elytra-bearing segments

are 1, 8, 4, 6, 8,—20, 22, 25, 28,— to end. Other characters are the bidentate apex of

the ventral sets and the absence of dorsal sete; but neither of these is invariable,

for L. microlepis from Hulule, Male Atoll, has ventral setze which have departed slightly

from this type, while Z. argus*, from the south coast of England, still possesses a few

dorsal setze, though the notopodium is much reduced. The occurrence of one or two

superior notopodial setze twice as thick and strong as the others was given by Malmgren

in his definition of the genus +, but this character belongs only to ZL. elegans. The

head is similar to that of Zepidonotus in being directly produced into the tentacles.

The following is a synopsis of the species here described :—

Upper sete of ventral bundle greatly enlarged .........................55 L. elegans, Grube.

Upper setze of ventral bundle more slender than rest .................. L. maculata, sp. n.

Aus i fa OCIS a eeenee . mini ] py Tike

Dorsal setz equal in size throughout | Elytra Okes Besene 1a L LTO sp. ul

| Elytra quite rudimentary ...... L. microlepis, sp. n.

22. Lepidasthenia elegans (Grube). (Plate 19. fig. 16; Plate 20, fig. 32.)

Polynoé elegans, Grube, Actinien, Echinodermer und Wiirmer, p. 85.

Measurements, §c. One specimen with 98 segments was 60 mm. long and 6 mm. broad

(including setze) ; 36 pairs of elytra. A second specimen was 55 mm. in length and

had 32 pairs of elytra.

The head (fig. 16) is small and rounded, with ill-defined eyes, the anterior situated

laterally. The tentacles are slender, ending in very prominent knobs and long filiform

tips. The median tentacle is about four times as long as the head and one and a quarter

times the length of the lateral tentacles. The palps are stout and rather stumpy, ending

in abruptly tapering tips, and the same length as the median tentacles.

The dorsum is provided with black pigment arranged in a chessboard pattern. Some

of the cirri-bearing segments are almost free of pigment, so that the pattern is inter-

rupted by these unpigmented bands at every fourth segment beginning at the seventh

till the twenty-third is reached. Then two segments which are quite pale succeed every

darkly pigmented one, this change being in correspondence with the alternation of two

cirri-bearing with each elytra-bearing segment. ‘The general scheme of colour-pattern

* Hodgson, T. V., Journal Marine Biological Association, vol. vi. 1900, pp. 250-253.

t+ Malmgren, Annulata Polychaeta Spetsbergic.

POTTS—POLYCH ETA. 343

closely resembles the figure given by Benham of this species in the ‘ Cambridge Natural

History,’ vol. ii. Polycheeta, fig. 156.

The elytra are very small, decreasing in size posteriorly. They are smooth, with

entire borders as always in Lepidasthenia, and are ornamented with black and white

spots, resolved under the microscope into small aggregates of cells containing pigment.

The dorsum is sometimes thickly sprinkled with the white masses of pigment also.

The dorsal cirri, in the first three segments bearing them, are distinctly longer than the

parapodium, but after this region only their slender filiform tips stretch beyond the

ventral setee. The notopodium is represented only by a small pigmented hump and the

dorsal aciculum.

The succession of the ventral sete (fig. 32) is very characteristic. Only a single

type is found with the bifurcate tip characteristic of the genus. Throughout, the

uppermost setee are the largest, and the size decreases ventrally ; but whereas anterior

to the twenty-first segment the superiority of the uppermost sete is not distinctly

marked posteriorly, they become very much enlarged, acquiring at the same time a

dark brown colour, which contrasts markedly with the golden hue of the other sete.

The apex remains bifurcate in many, but may become single, and in the enlarged setie

the spiniferous area becomes less prominent, the spines being greatly reduced. In the

posterior region of the worm the most dorsal setze again approximate to the average size.

There seems little doubt that this worm is a southern form of the Mediterranean

L. elegans, described by Grube. The colour-pattern is remarkably similar (though

variable in each case), and, in addition, the curiously large setze occur in the notopodium

of both. Palps and tentacles appear to be slightly longer than in the Zanzibar fori ;

but the elytra in Naples specimens are closely similar in size, though lacking the orna-

mentation of flecks of pigment.

Locality. Wasin, Zanzibar, dredged in 10 fathoms; 2 specimens, collected by

Mr. C. Crossland.

23. Lepidasthenia microlepis, sp.n. (Plate 19. fig. 17; Plate 21. fig. 52.)

Measurements. Appears complete, but may be regenerated. Length 28°5 mm.,

breadth 5 mm. with setze; no. of segments 46; 19 pairs of elytra.

Palps and tentacles very short and stumpy; palp twice as long as median tentacle,

and the median tentacle a third longer than the lateral.

Elytra quite rudimentary *, only just capping the elytrophores, with exception

of first pair, which cover most of the head (fig. 17). All after these are found in the

same state of development, marked by edging of brown or chocolate pigment.

Notopodium only represented by the aciculum. In ventral set (fig. 52) bifurcate

type characteristic of the genus only found in inferior sete of seventh segment. In

others apex simple; spur sometimes developed just under apex.

Dorsal cirri stumpy, like tentacles, composed of two articulated joints.

Locality. Hulule, Male Atoll, Maldives.

* This might well have been considered as an individual regenerating its elytra, if the tendency to reduction in

size were not characteristic of the genus, and if the attachment of the elytra were less secure in Lepidasthenia in

general and this species in particular,

45%

344 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

24, Lepidasthenia maculata, sp.n. (Plate 20. fig. 33; Plate 21. fig. 51.)

Measurements. The worm is complete, but the last part is regenerated. Length

36 mm., breadth with setee 5 mm.; no. of segments 93; 31 pairs of elytra.

Body elongated and slender, the annuli of segments very close together, and para-

podia narrow.

Head same shape as in L. elegans from Wasin, but tentacles more slender and with

finely drawn out tips. alps lost. Eyes situated as in L. elegans, anterior pair not

pushed so far laterally, very large, especially anterior pair. Behind the head distinct

nuchal flap developed.

Elytra circular, proportionately larger than other examples of this genus here

described ; tiny dark spot in centre of each corresponding to pigment fleck situated

inwards to this on dorsum; surface finely veined, with irregular masses of light

pigment on veins, giving a curious granular appearance to elytra under low power lens.

Dorsal cirri like tentacles, slenderer than in ZL. elegans, and in the anterior part of

body longer; those of first three segments longer than succeeding ones.

Notopodium not represented by any kind of projection, the position only marked

by aciculum (fig. 33). Prominent neuropodium, setze all rather slender, possessing

typical bifurcate apex. Most dorsal in bundle one or two very fine sete, differing

from rest in great length of their serrated portions. In other ventral sete of anterior

segments spinose portions inclined at an angle to shaft (fig. 51); those of posterior

segments of greater thickness and with shorter apex.

Locality. A single specimen from Prison Island, Zanzibar ; from coral, collected by

Mr. C. Crossland.

25. Lepidasthenia minikoensis, sp. 0.

Measurements. Length 51 mm., breadth 5 mm. with sete, 2 mm. without; no. of

segments 61; no. of pairs of elytra 26.

Head like that of LZ. elegans, tentacles lost.

Elytra just covering parapodia, with smooth border and granular appearance due to

concentration of masses of light pigment (cp. L. maculata).

Dorsal cirri long, extending as far as tip of ventral sete, gradually tapering to

filiform tip (without bulbous enlargement as in L. maculata). Notopodium only

represented by aciculum. Neuropodium has sete with short spiniferous region ;

“spines” better described as foliaceous striated lamelle (same type both in L. maculata

and L. microlepis). Apex of seta sharp and a little curved: in some a sharp spur just

underneath apex, making tip almost bidentate.

Locality. Minikoi; in tube with Zphione muricata.

This worm is rather doubtfully referred to a new species. It has some points in

common with Z. maculata, notably the character of the elytra and of the ventral sete.

In general appearance, however, there is great dissimilarity, LZ. maculata having

close-set segments and narrow parapodia, and the present species comparatively wide

segments. In the arrangement of the ventral sete there is also a contrast, for the

slender sete found uppermost in the dorsal bundle of L. maculata are not here

represented.

POTTS—POLYCHATA. 345

Family Acetide.

Genus PANTHALIS.

26. Panthalis nigromaculata, Grube. (Plate 19. fig. 18; Plate 21. figs. 53-55.)

Grube, Annulata Semperiana, 1878, p. 50, pl. 4. fig. 2; Willey, in Herdman, Ceylon Pearl Oyster

Report, pt. iv. 1905, p. 255.

Measurements. Anterior fragment 26 mm. in length, 8 mm. in breadth behind

pharynx, and contains 75 segments.

This species is easily recognised by the black or chocolate spot in the middle of each

elytron, from which it derives its specific name. The arrangement of the eyes, which

is apparently peculiar in P. @rstedi also, is not easily made out. At each side of the

head (fig. 18) is a large pigmented prominence in no way separated from the head

itself, which Grube regarded as the eyestalk fused to the head. This is surmounted

anteriorly by a whitish conical papilla standing out free, and identified by Grube as the

lens of the eye. Whether this is the correct interpretation cannot be decided at present,

because the head of the worm here described was not specially well preserved, and only

one specimen of it was collected. ‘Two very minute black spots are situated on the

posterior border of the head, as Grube notes, and are probably eyes.

In his description of the ventral setze of P. niyromaculata Willey states that the sete

known as “penicillate” are absent. In my specimen I have found this type in every

foot examined. The succession here made out is dorsal to ventral as follows :—

(1) Almost straight setze with few spines arranged in whorls (fig. 53).

(2) “ Pencillate” sete (fig. 54). These are derived from the first by the thickening

of the shaft, the reduction of the long, slender tip, almost to an appendage, coming off

asymmetrically from the shaft, and the concentration of spines round the base of this

appendage. This type hardly succeeds but rather comes side by side with the preceding.

(3) ‘‘ Aristate” setze (fig. 55). These appear to be formed from the “ penicillate”

form by the thickening of the shaft and increase of asymmetry. The spines on its

apex are reduced in number, and the appendage is entirely lost though its articulation

remains. In the other species of this genus here described a long flagellate appendage

is retained in the “ aristate ” type, and an occasional seta was noticed here which seemed

to bridge the gap between types (1) and (3), having the bulk and shape of the first but

with a long spinose tip.

(4) The slender inferior sete of the parapodium are intermediate in character between

types (1) and (2), but more closely approximate to the “ penicillate.”

Locality. Goidu, Goifurfehendu Atoll, Maldives.

27. Panthalis edriophthalma, sp.n. (Plate 19. fig. 19; Plate 21. figs. 56, 57.)

Two anterior fragments, one with 81, the other with 41 segments, the latter measuring

11 mm. long and 5 mm. broad.

Head spherical, divided by median longitudinal line. Eyes two pairs, sessile, anterior

pair rather larger, both distinct pigment masses situated quite on lateral border.

Median tentacle lost ; lateral slender structures gradually tapering to tip, rather longer

546 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

than corresponding structures in P. nigromaculata. Palps stout and conical, abruptly

ending in acute tip; no trace of cilia (as found in P. nigromaculata) even when examined

microscopically.

Ventral sete of four types, viz.: (1) slender gibbous sete with close-set spines placed

irregularly (fig. 56) ; (2) similar setee with spines arranged in whorls occurring after

the eleventh segment ; (3) “aristate” setze with long appendix ; (4) slender gibbous sete

differing slightly from (1).

Locality. Saya de Malha, C 12, 47 fathoms. Dredged with Sthenelais foliosa and

Psammolyce gracilis; “ the bottom was muddy with a little shell material.”

‘This species differs distinctly from P. nigromaculata and P. erstedi in the characters

of the head, and especially in the possession of sessile eyes, pedunculate eyes only being

known in the other members of the genus.

A more detailed description of the ventral sete may well be given here :—(1) The

gibbous appearance of this type is due to the enlargement of the shaft just below the

curved spinose tip. Spines close-set, fine, and extremely numerous. In the twelfth

segment these are succeeded by (2) another type of slender seta (fig. 56) in which the

spines are larger, less numerous, and arranged in whorls at rather wide intervals (this

kind of seta is familiar in P. nigromaculata); (3) “aristate” forms of a particular type

(fig. 57) occupy the centre of the neuropodium, and occur throughout the body,

distinguishing the species very definitely from all others. The thick massive shaft ends

as usual in a hooked apex, and on the concave side occur short spines distinctly more

numerous than in P. nigromaculata. In the alveolus on the concave side of the tip

originates a long flexible appendix thickly beset with delicate processes. In P. nigro-

maculata the alveolus is occupied only by a few small spines. ‘The ventralmost setae (4)

are again of the slender gibbous variety described as (1), but the tip is not so long and

has a more pronounced curve.

Family Sigalionide.

Genus PSAMMOLYCE.

This genus is characterised by elytra which leave the greater part of the back bare.

Both the elytra and the back are covered with papille modified for the retention of

small stony particles, which must of course vary with the habitat of the animal. Thus

in P. arenosa from the Mediterranean the animal is coated with fragments of voleanic

minerals like augite, while in the two specimens here described from coral islands foramini-

fera and coral fragments are characteristic. It is typical of the genus that the first pair

of elytra should be larger than the rest and overlap, covering the head ; only their shape

sometimes differs, P. occidentalis, McIntosh, possessing narrow first elytra, while in ~

P. fijiensis they are prow-shaped. As for the elytra in general, Willey states that “ they

are not safe objects for comparison,” for they vary from segment to segment. In the

specimens described below, certain features of the elytra as a whole were found to be

characteristic of each species. ‘The scanty matcrial made it impossible to judge how far

the elytra vary in different individuals of the same species. Unfortunately, only single

specimens are found in most cases where this worm has been collected.

POTTS—POLYCH ATA. 347

The ventral surface and the neuropodium are always covered to a certain extent by

long ciliary processes, which may occur so thickly as to suggest the pile of a carpet.

Amongst these are smaller spherical tubercles, and the relative proportions of the cilia

and tubercles appear to afford material for estimating specific differences.

The shape of the ventral sete offers another apparently trustworthy criterion.

Unfortunately both the elytra and the setz are not described with sufficient conciseness

by the earlier writers, such as De Quatrefages and Kinberg.

28. Psammolyce farquharensis, sp.n. (Plate 19. fig. 21; Plate 21. figs. 58, 59.)

Measurements. Length 86 mm., breadth 9 mm.; no. of segments 128.

Tentacles borne by the large transversely wrinkled ceratophores, small and slender,

hardly equalling in Jength the head and ceratophore together. Anterior ventral

corners of the head occupied by two large eyes; dorsal to these, but still anterior,

another pair, smaller, but still distinct. (P. arenosa, which in many ways resembles

this species, differs in possessing but a single pair of eyes.) Nuchal fold well-developed,

but leaves most of head uncovered *. Palps moderately long.

Buccal segment (as is usual in this genus) partly enclosing head, and bearing only

dorsal setze of plumose type. Buccal cirri lying ventrally with regard to the sete, of

about the same length as the tentacles. In second segment an upper series of stout

ventral setze with markedly spinose shafts, and fairly long appendices with incurved

apices and spurs rising beneath; lower series much slenderer, also with spinose shafts

and very elongated appendices, approaching the type figured by Willey for same position

in P. zeylanica, but apex of the appendix incurved and possessing a distinct spur.

(The very slender character of the ventralmost setze in the second segment and possession

of a filiform appendix is a character also of P. arenosa, though not noted by Claparede.)

The fifth segment, upper ventral setze (fig. 59) modified so that shaft is never spinose

and appendix exceedingly short +, rarely possessing spur beneath apex. In some of the

shorter setae of the bundle appendices longer and apices with spurs. Ventralmost setz

(fig. 58), though still slender, larger with smooth shafts and shorter appendices ; spurs

under the apex often lost. These types of sete found throughout the body.

First elytron distinguished by size, rather triangular shape, and possession of very

short, thickly placed, capitate papille. In succeeding ones (fig. 21) two processes

directed toward median line closely set with papille; in posterior segments these

structures not found: also posterior club-shaped appendage, crowded with papille. (In

this point a resemblance may be detected with P. arenosa, in which this latter

structure always occurs, in fact Claparéde figures an elytron also with one or two smaller

ones.)

Ventral surface beset with long ciliary processes; globular papillz not present in large

numbers.

Locality. Farquhar Atoll, lagoon. Single female with eggs.

* The nuchal fold formed by the first segment in P. arenosa completely covers the head.

+ The stumpy nature of the appendix appears to have been accentuated in many cases by attrition.

348 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

29. Psammolyce gracilis, sp.n.? (Plate 19. fig. 20; Plate 21. figs. 60, 61.)

Measurements. There is only an anterior fragment measuring 5 mm. in breadth,

15 mm. in length, and containing 36 segments.

Head exactly like that of P. farquharensis. Ventral sete of second and third segments

resembling those of last-named form, but lowest group still smaller and slighter. In

succeeding segments uppermost setee (fig. 61) always preserving a fairly long appendix

with acute tip and slender spur beneath. Even at ninth segment some still possessing

a spinulose shaft.

Elytra (fig. 20) without a posterior club-shaped appendage (as in preceding species),

and so agreeing with those of P. rigida and zeylanica as figured by Willey. Two pro-

jecting processes on the inner margin, but anterior of these not well-developed.

Locality. Saya de Malha, C 12, 47 fathoms; dredged with Panthalis edriophthalma

and Sthenelais ; “ bottom muddy with a little shell material.”

It is quite likely that this is a smaller form of P. farquharensis, since variability in

the genus is known to be great. I have put it in a separate species, however, to

emphasise the possibility of splitting up the genus Psammolyce into natural species

by the differences of the elytra.

Genus STHENELAIS.

The following is a synopsis of the species described here and in Dr. Willey’s paper ;—

(8. orientalis, sp. n.

(S. boa of Medi-

Spinose simple set in upper part of notopodium ..................ssseeeeeeee { terranean and

| Northern — seas

belongs here).

: ‘ Elytra variable in ciliation ...... S. variabilis, sp. n.

Spinose simple and compound sete : 3 :

. : Elytra partly covered with cal-

in upper part of notopodium : a3

careous concretions ............ S. calcarea, sp. n.

Spinose simple setz absent from notopodium ............ he eee es ie lanica, Walley.

[ US. foliosa, sp. n.

30. Sthenelais orientalis, sp.n. (Plate 21. fig. 62.)

Measurements. Only antertior portion preserved. ' It is a large Sthenelais of size equal

to S. boa, for its width is 7 mm. SS. zeylanica, Willey, is probably a little smaller.

Head like that of S. boa, but ctenidia of median tentacle not large enough to hide

anterior eyes. Palps long, but not equal to those .of S. doa. Elytra fleshy and dead-

white in colour, outer and posterior margins beset with cilia (outer margin only in

S. boa), surfaces thickly covered with tubercles, with definite spinose development.

Three kinds of ventral setze :—(1) superior simple spinose (generally consisting of only a

single seta) ; (2) midventral compound sete with short appendix ; and (3) inferior ventral

compound sete with long jointed appendix. Midventral (2) sete specially characteristic,

very strong, with thick yellow shafts and appendices shorter than in other species (fig. 62).

Locality. Amirante, E11, 25-50 fathoms. The species has obvious affinities with the

Atlantic and Mediterranean species §. boa. In general appearance they are dissimilar,

POTTS—POLYCH ATA. 849

the dead-white elytra in this species contrasting with those of §. doa encrusted with

brownish grains. There are slight differences in the heads, but the resemblance of the

ventral setze is marked, the same three types occurring in both species. The possession

of an upper spinose group, consisting only of simple sete, separates these species from

others in which there are either both simple and compound spinose forms (S. variabilis,

&c.), or where the spinose group is absent altogether (S. zeylanica). The development

of the spinose group in S. orientalis is not so great asin S. boa, only a single seta

generally occurring.

31. Sthenelais calcarea, sp.n. (Plate 19. fig. 24.)

Measurements. Two fragments measuring 57 mm. in length, but still incomplete, and

3°5 mm. in breadth.

Head provided with two pairs of eyes, both very small, anterior placed underneath

on anterior border. Ctenidia at side of tentacle small.

Elytra (fig. 24) save for first, which is oval, reniform, provided with cilia which are

moderately long on the outer border, very short on the posterior edge, alternation of

shorter and longer taking place in a curiously irregular way. The surface covered with

small equal tubercles, flat-topped, with chitinous rims thickened on one side. In

anterior region of elytron calcareous concretions cover surface. Grains of all sizes

occurring in connection with tubercles already mentioned, their curious granular nature

indicating that they are true concretions. First elytron alone not possessing grains,

though the tubercles more thickly placed there than in any other of the series.

Parapodia rather resembling those in S. variabilis in character. Upper division

of ventral sete comprising spinose individuals both simple and compound.

Locality. Goidu, Gorfurfehendu Atoll, Maldives.

This curious species is characterised by the chalky appearance of the elytra, due to the

small calcareous concretions which cover them. It must be noted that these encrusting

particles are not foreign, like the grains of sand and foraminifera which the genus

Psammolyce affects, but appear to se formed in situ.

32. Sthenelais variabilis, sp.n. (Plate 19. figs. 22, 23; Plate 21. fig. 63.)

Head with two pairs of eyes, both anteriorly placed, foremost and smaller quite lateral.

Palps very long and slender, contrasting with shorter structures in S. orientalis, Head

closely surrounded by succeeding segments, the first three having revolved almost at

right angles.

Elytra close, overlapping, reniform in shape, except first which is oval and of a thin

translucent nature. Only in one specimen from the Maldives (Hulule, Male, 25 fms.)

were any markings preserved on their surface; in this example a spot of white pigment

over the elytrophore, and further inward a brown crescent surrounding a white spot.

Male specimens, first elytron beset with a large, thick anterior margin. In succeeding

elytra, margin ciliate, but degree of ciliation differing greatly in the various forms. In

some, cilia on greater part of border, and even developed on surface (var. hirsuta, fig. 23);

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 46

350 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

in others, outer border only ciliate, and tubercles confined to small area of surface

(var. glabra, fig. 22).

Ventral setze with following succession :—

(1) Spinose simple sete; (2) slender type of compound seta, with long jointed

appendix and spinose shaft ; (3) stronger setze with smooth shaft and short appendix;

(4) slender setze with smooth shaft and long jointed appendix.

In first few segments all setee elongated, with long jointed appendices (Hulule, Male),

and setze of type (2) are absent.

Localities :—

Var. hirsuta. (1) Hulule, Male Atoll, Maldives; fragment measuring 28 mm. in length

and 4 mm. in breadth; another fragment occurring with Thalanessa digitata.

(2) Wasin, Zanzibar; dark-coloured and smaller.

Var. glabra. (1) Zanzibar ; complete specimen measuring 37 mm. in length and 3°5

mm. wide. (2) Hulule, Male Atoll, Maldives; fragment, 3 mm. in breadth; elytra in

forms from both localities with a brown spot in centre.

In this species are grouped a number of slender forms which have some differences

among themselves with regard to markings and fimbriation of the elytra, but which

resemble each other in the general character of the setze.

With regard to the variation of the elytra, a more detailed description of the two

varieties is given below :— ’

(1) Var. hirsuta. In some of the worms from Hulule, Male, the posterior border is

provided with cilia as well as the outer margin, though those in the former position are

much shorter. Finally, in one the surface of some of the hinder segments is actually

invaded by these cilia, posteriorly and externally, and a rather shaggy appearance is

thus given to the elytron. It is easily seen that the small rounded tubercles which

here entirely cover the surface really are the initial stage in the development of the

cilia. This variety, then, is characterised by the marked development of the cilia.

(2) Var. glabra. In the specimen from Zanzibar and one of those from Hulule, Male,

only the outer border is ciliate, though the cilia are rather longer. In addition, the

tubercles, which cover the whole of the surface in the above described variety, are here

generally absent from the surface, except round the concavity of the anterior margin

and a small patch on the internal angle. In the first three elytra the surface is

completely covered by the tubercles. Moreover, they depart from the rounded

character, which they possess in all the other segments, and become blunt spines.

This development was noted especially in the internal part of the elytra of the Zanzibar

specimen.

The characters of the sete, which distinguish all members of the species, is the

possession of upper ventral setz of a spinose character, which are often simple, but

tend to be modified into compound sete with long serrate appendages. These latter

always possess spinous shafts. The relation is very variable, for occasionally one of the

forms would occur to the exclusion of the other, but no fixed rule could be made out

with regard to this.

POTTS—POLYCH ATA, 351

38. Sthenelais foliosa, sp.n. (Plate 21. fig. 64.)

A small anterior piece of this well-marked species was obtained, with a breadth of

4 mm.

Head with somewhat short tentacles, provided with large and rather expanded ctenidia

hiding anterior pair of eyes. alps rather shorter than in 8. variabilis. Elytra large,

transparent, and foliaceous, possessing smooth borders save for two or three small scattered

cilia on outer margins of each. In anterior segments small equal spinose tubercles cover

most of surface, but not posterior border; in posterior confined to middle part, elytra

having marginal zone nearly free from tubercles.

Parapodium distinguished by entire absence of spinose setze in upper part of neuro-

podium. Second type of sete (fig. 64) represented by stout sete, not slender as in

S. variabilis, wavy oblique lines running across shaft just beneath articulation. Ventral-

most setze of usual type, few in number and very slender.

Locality. Saya de Malha, Seychelles, C 12, 47 fathoms, in company with Psammolyce

gracilis, Panthalis edriophthalma, and Lepidonotus carinulata; “bottom was muddy

with a little shell material.” This species is at once recognised by the characteristic

elytra, which, owing to their delicacy, have a ruffled appearance in spirit,

Genus THALANESSA.

34, Thalanessa digitata, McIntosh.

McIntosh, Polycheta, ‘Challenger’ Reports, vol. xii., 1885, p. 140 [Admiralty Islands, 16-25

fathoms].

Willey, in Herdman, Ceylon Pearl Oyster Report, pt. iv., Polycheta, p. 260.

Measurements. Length 68 mm., breailth 4 mm. (with sete); no. of segments 144.

As far as can be judged without comparison of specimens, this species is to be identified

by the difference in the arrangement of the setze in the five anterior setigerous parapodia,

compared to that in the rest of the body.

The eyes are reddish in colour, small and rather indistinct; the elytra are more

elongated antero-posteriorly than appears in McIntosh’s figure. In all other respects the

animal corresponds exactly to the descriptions quoted above.

Locality. Hulule, Male Atoll, Maldives, with Sthenelats variabilis.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PuaTE 18.

Fig. 1. Lepidonotus carinatus : edge of elytron. x 340.

Fig. 2 53 pustulatus: sixth elytron.

Fig. 3 5 purpureus: surface of elytron, showing honeycomb arrangement. x 340.

Fig. 4. is cristatus, var. echinata: second elytron.

Fig. 5 cb 5 5 varieties of ornament on second elytron.

Fig. 6 ss » var. ornata: sixth elytron.

Big i ” 9 a varieties of ornament on sixth elytron.

352 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Fig. 8. Polynoé platycirrus (Minikoi) : eleventh elytron, showing oblique keels.

Fig. 9. » longicirrus: head.

Fig. 10. , erinoidicola: head and anterior segments.

Fig. 11. Lagisca flaccida: posterior elytron.

Puate 19,

Fig. 12. Polynoé minuta: head and anterior segments.

Fig. 18. Lagisca indica gE - a

Fig. 14. » cornuta: head.

Fig. 15. Po

Fig. 16. Lepidasthenia elegans : head and anterior segments.

Fig. 17. Bs microlepis: 5, 53 5

Fig. 18. Panthalis nigromaculata: head.

Fig. 19. a edriophthalma: ,,

Fig. 20. Psammolyce gracilis : eighteenth elytron.

Fig. 21. a farquharensis: ,, y

Fig. 22. Sthenelais variabilis, var. glabra: posterior elytron.

Fig. 23. H . var. hirsuta: My a

Fig. 24, xy calcarea: elytron.

PLATE 20.

Fig. 25. Palmyra splendens ; parapodium of second segment.

Fig. 26. Pontogenia chrysocoma, var. minuta: parapodium of fifth segment.

Fig. 27. D a 43 palp. x 90.

Fig. 28. Polynoé platycirrus ; parapodium.

Fig. 29. » longicirrus: parapodium of eighteenth segment.

Fig. 30. » erinoidicola: parapodium of fifteenth segment.

Fig. 31. » minuta: parapodium of eleventh segment.

Fig. 32. Lepidasthenia elegans: parapodium.

Fig. 33. op maculata: parapodium of twenty-eighth segment.

PLATE 21,

Fig. 34. Palmyra splendens: ventral pennate seta from second segment. x 340.

Fig. 35. Pontogenia chrysocoma, var. minuta: dorsal palea from seventeenth segment. x 140.

Fig. 36. ay 5 3 inferior dorsal seta, seventeenth segment. x 600.

Fig. 37. Polynoé longicirrus (S. Male) : upper ventral seta of eighteenth segment. x 500.

Fig. 38. 5 3 (Fadifolu) : ventral setz, intermediate between above and smooth-tipped

type. x 500.

Fig. 39. 3 erinoidicola: dorsal seta of fifteenth segment. x 500,

Fig. 40. a - upper ventral seta of fifteenth segment. x 500.

Fig. 41. of 6 lower ventral seta of fifteenth segment. x 500.

Fig. 42. » minuta: dorsal seta of eleventh segment. x 500.

Fig. 43. 55 3 ventral seta of eleventh segment, x 500.

Fig. 44. Halosydna (?) willeyi: dorsal seta. x 600. ©

Fig. 45, - Bs ventral seta, x 340,

Fig. 46.

Fig. 47.

Fig. 48.

Fig. 49.

Fig. 50.

Fig. 51.

Fig. 52.

Fig. 53.

Fig. 54.

Fig. 55.

Fig. 56.

Fig. 57.

Fig. 58.

Fig. 59.

Fig. 60.

Fig. 61.

Fig. 62.

Fig. 63.

Fig. 64.

POTTS—POLYCH ATA. 353

Lagisca indica: dorsal seta of sixteenth segment. x 340.

45 55 ventral seta of sixteenth segment. x 340.

>» cornuta: dorsal seta. x 3840.

5, flaccida: dorsal seta of sixth segment. x 340.

As 5 ventral seta of twenty-second segment. xX 340.

Lepidasthenia maculata: ventral seta of twenty-eighth segment. x 340.

3 microlepis : ventral seta of fifteenth segment. x 340.

Panthalis nigromaculata : upper ventral seta of twelfth segment. x 340.

# 55 3 . (2nd type) of twelfth segment. x 340.

s 3 aristate type of ventral seta, twelfth segment. x 340.

3 edriophthalma : upper ventral seta from twelfth segment. x 340.

53 3% ventral seta, aristate type, twelfth segment. x 340.

Psammolyce farquharensis: inferior ventral seta from ninth segment. x 340.

re a superior ventral seta from middle of body. x 140.

2 gracilis: inferior ventral seta from twelfth segment. x 340.

» ”? superior ,, ” ” ” »

Sthenelais orientalis: mid-ventral seta from posterior segment. x 140.

3 variabilis: superior (spinose) ventral seta, fifteenth segment. x 140.

op foliosa: mid-ventral seta from ninth segment. x 140.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 47

aa fury te ; jh eh fy

piv foiwiey

é AES

+ win hovas ee,

Veli re ol

es ae

Viti ayy fA

oy OF en

bie

PBERGY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION Trans. Linn. Soc, Szr.2.Zoou Vol XII. P18.

(Ports)

a” 2° + =

Peat’) H i)

ATO ght ge re

a 0 2

TAPetEWdel, E.Wilson,lith«imp.

POLYCHAETA FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN.

7 »

‘ »

. a

Percy SuapeN Trust Exprpition

(Ports)

Trans. Linn, Soc.,Ser.2.Zoon Vol. XII1Pi.19.

iff

Us \ a tna

fy \ \

0° \. Y

"0? °, 2

o on aioe (—

° ° o,° °

00% the, a 2 \

oo et (Gt oie |e eue

ooo ooo @

20 y20 Ces ‘

25°50 : | =

oo =

n & ovoc

00?

ee oS

u ote 4

=. S40

aie ieks

2°36

eee

om Yo Se

a 95

pha ae

oad.

Rise at}

2°

E Wilson, litheimp.

Perey Sraven Trust Exenprrion,

(Porrs.) TRANS. LINN. SOC. SER. 2, ZOOL. VOL. XIII. Pl. 20.

E. Wilson, del,

Grout, Se.

POLYCHAZTA OF THE INDIAN OCEAN.

Prrey Siapen Trust Exrepirron.

(Ports. )

E. Wilson, del.

tI pity

atm |

Inf

ry I)

Hii {I}

ti Nuno

{ACCC

VAL) In

TRANS. LINN. SOC. SHER. 2 ZOOL. VO. XIII. PI. 21.

41 43

all

wn)

| mynitiy

| OT WU tH

nvm atti

ygutyinitia mua

(ULC

Wnialin

Mili

NTU

Grout, Se.

POLYCHATA OF THE INDIAN OCEAN.

=. :

p= a

: a net... ei as a _ a a

[ 355 ]

No. XIII—ON THE DEPTH AND MARINE DEPOSITS OF THE INDIAN

OCEAN, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF THE DEPOSIT-SAMPLES COL-

LECTED BY Mr. J. STANLEY GARDINER IN 1905.

By Sir Joun Murray, K.C.B., D.Se., F.R.S., F.LS., &e.

(Plates 22-24.)

Read 17th June, 1909.

THE INDIAN OCEAN.

HISTORICAL.

At the dawn of history the name “ Erythreean Sea” was applied to what we now call the

Indian Ocean. The voyage of Nearchus, one of Alexander’s generals, from the Indus to

the Persian Gulf is the first trustworthy record of a voyage in these seas. Two views

were held by ancient geographers as to the morphology of the Indian Ocean. According

to one view, supported by Eratosthenes and Strabo, the Indian Ocean was connected

with the Atlantic to the south of Africa and with the general ocean which surrounds

the great land-masses. The upholders of this view evidently gave full credence to the

voyage of Necho as reported by Herodotus. About 610 B.c. this Egyptian monarch

sent ships manned by Pheenician sailors afloat on the Erythrean Sea with orders to

return by the south of Africa and the Pillars of Hercules to the Mediterranean. This

cruise was said to have taken three years. These early explorers related that in sailing

around the south of Africa they had the sun on their right hand, which we know must

have been the case. Modern geographers are disposed to believe that this voyage was

not only possible, but that it actually took place as stated. The other view held by

ancient geographers, supported by Hipparchus and Ptolemy, regarded the Indian Ocean,

and also the Atlantic, as enclosed seas like the Mediterranean. Ptolemy’s map repre-

sents the southern coast of Africa as running away to the east and connected by

unknown lands with the coasts of China. We now know that the former was the correct

view.

About the beginning of the Christian era Hippalus, an Egyptian pilot, was the first

to observe the regular alternations in the direction of the monsoons of the Indian Ocean,

and to profit by them in opening up a route across the bigh seas from the Red Sea to

India. The shore routes were subsequently abandoned and a fresh impetus was given

to voyages to Oriental seas, In the ninth century the Arabs made frequent voyages to

the Hast. One Soleiman, from the Persian Gulf, is believed to have been the first to

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 48

356 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

cross the Bay of Bengal and pass through the Straits of Malacca into the China Sea.

He visited Pekin, and his narratives appear to have given rise to the delightful stories

about Sinbad the Sailor.

The Portuguese, after many unsnecessful attempts, rounded the Cape of Good Hope

from the west in 1486, and in 1498 Vasco da Gama reached the coasts of India by the

same route. Within the next twenty years Portuguese pilots had made known nearly

all the coasts of the Indian Ocean.

DEEP SOUNDINGS.—Magellan was the first navigator who attempted to take a deep

sounding in the open ocean, and in 1521 the remaining ship of his squadron crossed the

Southern Indian Ocean when completing the first circumnavigation of the world. It is,

however, only within the last half-century that systematic attempts have been made to

explore the greater depths of the Indian Ocean by the sounding-line and sounding-

wire.

Surveys were made in the Indian Ocean by H.M.S. ‘ Cyclops’ as early as the year

1857, and by H.M.S.s ‘Hydra’ and ‘ Serpent’ in 1868, in connection with the laying of

telegraph-cables in the Bay of Bengal and in the Arabian Sea*. In 1870 8.8. ‘ Nassau’

took several deep-sea soundings in a line running from the north end of Java to the

south of Ceylon, and in 1872-73 H.M.S. ‘ Sylvia’ made a series of soundings from the

coast of Natal, south of Madagascar, and northwards by Reunion and Mauritius towards

Socotra.

The * Challenger’ Expedition—H.M.S. ‘ Challenger’ during the voyage round the

world in 1872-76 crossed the Southern Indian Ocean early in 1874, sailing from the

Cape of Good Hope, by Prince Edward, Crozet, and Kerguelen Islands, to the Antarctic

ice-barrier, and thence to Australia. The ‘Challenger’ was therefore one of the first

ships to extend our knowledge of the bathymetry of the deeper part of the Indian Ocean

by taking a line of soundings along the extended track just indicated.

Subsequent to the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition.—Since that time several ships have made

voyages across the ocean from east to west and from north to south, while others have

taken soundings from points on the coasts of the neighbouring continents to various

islands, and others have done extensive work in the Mozambique Channel, off the coasts

of Africa and Australia, and in the Arabian Sea and the Bay of Bengal.

‘ Gazelle. —In 1874-75 the German ship ‘ Gazelle’ took soundings in the Southern

Tndian Ocean between Australia, Mauritius, Kerguelen, and the Cape.

‘ Enterprise. —In 1883 U.S.S. ‘Enterprise’ ran a line of soundings across the

equatorial portion of the Indian Ocean from Zanzibar to the north of Java.

‘ Flying Fish. —Three years later (1886-7) H.M.S. ‘Flying Fish’ took soundings

from the Gulf of Aden to Ceylon and in the neighbourhood of Christmas Island.

‘ Egeria.—In the year 1887 H.MLS. ‘ Egeria’ made a series of soundings from

Christmas Island to Mauritius, crossing the Central Indian Ocean about lat. 20° S.,

* Captain Sherard Osborn, in his paper ‘“‘ The Geography of the Atlantic and Indian Oceans and the Mediterranean

Sea,” Journ, Roy. Geogr. Soc. Lond., vol. xli. p. 54 (1871), gives sections of the Red Sea and Indian Ocean between

Suez and Bombay, and of the Bay of Bengal between Ceylon and Penang, based on soundings made by these ships.

MURRAY—DEPTH AND MARINE DEPOSITS. 357

thence southward to a position about lat. 87° S., long. 52° E., and thence in an easterly

direction near the 40th parallel to Bass Strait. In 1894 H.M.S. ‘ Egeria’ took another

series of soundings from Cape Guardafui to Ceylon and thence to the northern extremity

of Sumatra.

‘ Valdivia.—In 1898-99 the German Deep-Sea Expedition in 8.S. ‘ Valdivia’ took an

important series of soundings in the Indian Ocean. After investigating the Agulhas

Bank, the ‘ Valdivia’ proceeded to Bouvet Island, then south-east to a point in lat. 64°

14’S., long. 54° 31’ E., then northwards to Kerguelen, St. Paul, and Amsterdam Islands,

the Cocos-Keeling Islands and Sumatra, along the coasts of Sumatra and the Nicobar

Islands, across the Bay of Bengal to Ceylon, and then south-westwards by the South

Maldives, Chagos, and Seychelles groups to Zanzibar, thence northwards along the

African coast and through the Red Sea.

‘Sherard Osborn.—In the year 1900 the cable-ship ‘Sherard Osborn,’ belonging to

the Eastern Extension Telegraph Company, made a series of soundings from Adelaide,

South Australia, along the 35th parallel of latitude to Fremantle, thence north-west-

wards to the Cocos-Keeling Islands, and then south-west to Rodriguez and Mauritius.

‘ Gauss. —The German South Polar Expedition of 1901-3 in the 8.8. ‘Gauss’ took a

line of soundings from Cape Town to Kerguelen and Heard Islands ; then south-east to

the Antarctic circle, crossing the 60th parallel of latitude about long. 92° EH. The

return voyage was made in a north-westerly direction to Kerguelen, crossing the 60th

parallel again about 70° E., thence to St. Paul and Amsterdam Islands, Natal, and Cape

Town.

‘ Sealark.’—In 1905 the Percy Sladen Expedition, under Stanley Gardiner in H.M.S.

‘Sealark,’ made a cruise from the Maldives to the Chagos Archipelago, and thence to

Mauritius ; then northwards by Nazareth and Saya de Malha Banks to the Seychelles ;

from the Seychelles to the Farquhar group and Amirante Islands, and back to the

Seychelles, and from there to the Maldive Archipelago.

* Planet.’—In 1906 the German ship ‘ Planet’ made an extended cruise through the

Indian Ocean, proceeding from the Cape southwards to a position in lat. 50° 8. and

long. 30° E., then northwards to Natal, thence to Madagascar, Mauritius, and Rodriguez,

north-eastwards by the Maldives to Ceylon, thence to a position in lat. 10° 8. and long.

108° E., where the deepest sounding hitherto recorded in the Indian Ocean was taken

in 3828 fathoms (7000 metres), thence through the Lombok Strait into the Java Sea.

Of less extended cruises mention may be made of the following :—

Between 1888 and 1892 H.M.S. ‘ Stork’ took several soundings to the north of the

Mozambique Channel and in the neighbourhood of the Seychelles, and north to the

Equator, and in 1897 ran a line from Mauritius to the Seychelles and northwards towards

the African coast, to the east of the line run by H.MLS. ‘ Sylvia’ in 1872-73. In 1893

H.M.S. ‘ Marathon’ took soundings near the Seychelles group, and the 8.8. ‘Scotia’

near the Seychelles and Amirante groups. In 1900 the 8.8. ‘Clan McNeill’ ran a line

of soundings between Natal and Mauritius and Rodriguez, closely following the track

of H.M.S. ‘Sylvia’ in 1872-78. In 1905 the S.S ‘Sherard Osborn’ took a series of

48*

358 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

soundings to the west of the track of H.M.S. ‘Sylvia’ in 1872-73 from the Seychelles .

northwards towards the coast of Africa near Cape Guardafui. In 1891 H.M.S. ‘ Pen-

guin’ took a considerable number of soundings off the west coast of Australia, between

latitudes 23° and 33° S.; in 1899 and 1900 off the south coast of Australia from Cape

Leuwin to Hobart Town in Tasmania; and in 1901 in the same region to the north of

the last route from Esperance Bay to Bass Strait.

In 1888 8.8. ‘ Recorder’ made a number of soundings between Bali Strait in the

Sunda Islands and Roebuck Bay on the north-west coast of Australia.

The work done in the Bay of Bengal is now so extensive that there are very few parts

of the Bay in which soundings have not been made. The Arabian Sea has also been well

surveyed, except in its most central portion. The earliest work in these regions, as

already mentioned, is that of H.M 8.s ‘ Cyclops,’ ‘ Hydra,’ and ‘ Serpent’ ; somewhat later,

in 1876, S.S. ‘ Nassau’ made several soundings in the Malacca Straits and the Bay of

Bengal, and in 1886 the Indian Marine Survey steamer ‘ Investigator’ began the work

of sounding and dredging in the Arabian Sea off the west coast of India and in the Bay

of Bengal, which has been continued up to the present time.

From 1888 onwards the following ships have taken soundings in the Bag of Bengal

and the Arabian Sea :—

In 1888 S.S. ‘Sherard Osborn,’ Bay of Bengal and channel between Nicobar Islands and Sumatra.

In 1888 and 1890 S.S. ‘Recorder, Bay of Bengal and channel between Nicobar Islands and

Sumatra.

In 1890-91 S.S. ‘Chiltern,’ Arabian Sea, Aden to Bombay.

In 1891 S.S. ‘Sherard Osborn,’ Bay of Bengal and Malacca Straits.

In 1891 S.S. ‘ Britannia,’ Bay of Bengal.

In 1891 8.8. ‘Seine,’ Bay of Bengal.

In 1903 S.S. ‘ Electra, Arabian Sea, Aden to Bombay.

In 1904 S.S. ‘ Recorder,’ Bay of Bengal.

In 1906 S.S. ‘ Duplex,’ Gulf of Aden.

In 1907 various steamships of the Eastern Telegraph Company, Arabiau Sea.

In 1907 H.M.S. ‘ Sealark,’ off Ceylon.

In the years 1899 and 1900 Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner conducted an expedition to

the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes, for the purpose of studying the coral-reefs

and their fauna, and brought home an extensive series of lagoon deposits. In 1901

[the late] Dr. Alexander Agassiz also visited the Maldive Archipelago in pursuance of

his study of the coral-reefs of the world.

In the Mozambique Channel and off the east coast of Africa work has been done by

several of the Eastern Telegraph Company’s ships, including S.S. ‘Great Northern’

between 1882 and 1891, S.8.s ‘Amber’ and ‘Duplex’ in 1906, and 8.8. ‘Sherard

Osborn’ in 1907, and by H.M.S. ‘Stork’ in 1889 and H.M.S. ‘Rambler’ in 1900;

and H.M.S. ‘ Waterwitch’ sounded about lat. 40° S. to the south of the Cape of Good

Hope and Madagascar in 1895.

MURRAY—DEPTH AND MARINE DEPOSITS. 359

DEPTH.

Area of Indian Ocean.—Looking upon the Indian Ocean as extending from the

Bay of Bengal and Arabian Sea as far south as the Antarctic Continent between the

longitudes of the Cape of Good Hope and of Tasmania, the total water surface is

estimated to cover about 27,600,000 square miles.

Up to the year 1889 the number of soundings recorded in depths over 1000 fathoms

was 415 *, the greater portion of which lay in the north-west part of the ocean, distri-

buted in depth as follows :—

Between 1000 and 2000 fathoms . . . . 248 soundings.

» 2000 and 3000, iy) Os eae

Overis000ifathomsy a) 5 eT. 9 4

415

The number shown in the chart accompanying this paper in depths exczeding 1000

fathoms is 878—more than double the previous number, viz :—

Between 1000 and 2000 fathoms . . . . 420 soundings.

» 2000 and 3000 _,, ad is bdut SEO o

Over 3000 fathoms SRY Oe dh Yosauii oud eich Meee i

878

The total number of soundings taken, however, exceeds the number shown on the

chart, for where soundings are crowded together only a small selection may be laid down

on a map of this scale.

The depths of the Indian Ocean are represented on the map (Plate 22). The shallowest

zone indicating depths less than 100 fathoms is left white, while the deeper zones are

shown by varying shades of blue colour, each succeeding zone being indicated by pro-

gressively darker shades of blue; thus the palest shade of blue is used for depths

between 100 and 500 fathoms, the second shade for depths between 500 and 1000

fathoms, the third shade for depths between 1000 and 2000 fathoms, the fourth shade

for depths between 2000 and 3000 fathoms, and the fifth shade for depths between

3000 and 4000 fathoms. Depths exceeding 4000 fathoms have not been recorded in

the Indian Ocean. In the upper right-hand corner of the map a purplish shade will be

noticed in one or two places in the north-west Pacific Ocean, where depths exceeding

4000 and 5000 fathoms have been recorded.

The following are approximately the areas between the consecutive contour-lines,

drawn in at intervals of 1000 fathoms, and the percentage of each of these areas

respectively to the whole Indian Ocean :—

Square miles. Percentage.

Less than 1000 fathoms . . . ... =. . ~~ 1,958,000 7

Between 1000 and 2000 fathoms . . . . . 8,014,000 29

Between 2000 and 8000 fathoms . . . . . 15,902,000 58

Overs000fathonseeeeeeoe ys. . » | 1,726,000 6

27,600,000 100

* Scott. Geogr. Mag., vol. v. p. 405 (1889).

360 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

The 1000-fathoms contour follows closely the coast-line of the land-masses and of

the island-groups. The area between 1000 and 2000 fathoms forms a fairly wide zone

round the different island-groups and along the east coast of Africa, and a compara-

tively narrow zone along the coasts of the Sunda Islands and of Australia in the east.

The greater part of the Arabian Sea and of the Bay of Bengal is included in this area,

and there is a wide expanse between Tasmania and the Antarctic Continent which

gradually becomes narrower towards the west, as well as a large tract extending from

latitude 30° to 55° S., from which rise the islands of Prince Edward, Crozet, Kerguelen,

McDonald, Heard, St. Paul, and Amsterdam; other small isolated areas occur in

different parts of the ocean.

As shown by the above table, by far the greatest portion of the Indian Ocean (58 per

cent.) has a depth of between 2000 and 3000 fathoms, this area being interrupted only by

the isolated shallower areas already mentioned and by the areas exceeding 3000 fathoms

in depth, to which the term “ deeps” has been limited.

Deeps.—There are four deeps lying entirely in the Indian Ocean, and oue lying half in

the Atlantic and half in the Indian Ocean. The last-mentioned, the Ross Deep, is founded

on seven soundings of over 3000 fathoms taken by the ‘ Valdivia’ in 1898-99, and that

part of it which lies in the Indian Ocean, extending from long. 20° E. to about 52° E.,

is estimated to cover an area of about 613,000 square miles.

The Jeffreys Deep lies off the south-western coast of the continent of Australia, and

is estimated to cover an area of about 198,000 square miles. It is based on twelve

soundings, eight of which are wide apart in the southern part of the deep, the other

four being much closer together at the northern end. There is thus a long stretch

where no depths have been recorded, and future soundings may show that what is now

regarded as one continuous deep may be interrupted by shallower areas.

The Wharton Deep, extending from the Tropic of Capricorn northwards to lat. 10° S.,

and from long. 91° E. to about 118° E., is estimated to cover an area of about 852,000

square miles. It is based on twenty-five soundings, about half of which were taken by

the ‘Sherard Osborn’ in 1900, and it contains the two deepest soundings yet found

in the Indian Ocean, viz. 3828 and 3703 fathoms, taken by the German ship ‘ Planet,’

in what the Germans call the ‘‘ Sunda Graben.”

The Maclear Deep, based on four soundings, two on the southern and two on the

northern side of lat. 10° §., lies to the north of Wharton Deep, and is estimated to

cover an area of about 62,000 square miles.

A fourth area, the Enterprise Deep, is based on a single sounding in 38097 fathoms

taken by U.S.S. ‘Enterprise’ in 1883 in lat. 4° 14’ S., 99° 50° E. In this region there

are numerous soundings in 2600 and 2700 fathoms, so that the area covered by more

than 3000 fathoms must be comparatively very small, probably about 1000 square miles.

Notwithstanding the numerous soundings hitherto recorded in the Indian Ocean,

there still remain certain tracts of the ocean calling for futher investigation. For

instance, in the Arabian Sea north of lat. 10° N. there are still areas east and west of

long. 63° E. that might with advantage be more extensively surveyed, and in the

southern part of the Mozambique Channel the soundings lie nearer to the African than

to the Madagascar coast.

MURRAY—DEPTH AND MARINE DEPOSITS. 361

In the central portion of the ocean the lines of soundings across the ocean from north

to south and from east to west intersect each other, and in most cases little is known

regarding the depth of the numerous areas between these lines. There is one such area

between lat. 0° and 10° N. and long. 58° and 72° E., bounded on the west by the line of

soundings taken by H.M.S. ‘ Stork’ in 1897 between Socotra and Seychelles, on the east

by the Maldive Archipelago, on the north by the ‘Egeria’ line of soundings of 1894

between Socotra and Ceylon, and on the south by that run by U.S.S. ‘ Enterprise’ in

1883 between the Maldives and the Seychelles. Another such area lies to the south and

south-east of the last one, ¢. e. between lat. 0° and 20° S. and long. 65° and 95° E., the

northern boundary being formed by the ‘ Enterprise’ line of soundings of 1883 along

the equatorial belt, the southern boundary by the ‘ Hgeria’ soundings of 1887 from

Cocos-Keeling to Mauritius, the eastern boundary by part of the series taken by

8.8. ‘ Valdivia’ in 1899 between Cocos-Keeling and Sumatra, and the western boundary

by Stanley Gardiner’s soundings in 1905 between the Maldives, the Seychelles, and

Mauritius. A small portion of this larger area is cut off by the line of soundings

made by 8.8. ‘Sherard Osborn’ in 1900 between Cocos-Keeling and Rodriguez. A

large part of what is shownas Wharton Deep to the east of the ‘Sherard Osborn’ line

from Cocos-Keeling to Fremantle also calls for further investigation.

Between lat. 20° and 49°S. is a large area enclosed by the soundings run by H.M.S.

‘Egeria’ in 1887 from Cocos-Keeling to Mauritius, then to a position in lat. 37° 8. and

long. 52° E., and then to the south-west point of Australia, crossed by the ‘ Valdivia’

line of 1899 from Amsterdam Island to Cocos-Keeling and by the ‘ Gauss’ line of 1905

from Amsterdam Island towards Mauritius, comparatively little being known of the

depth in the intervening portions.

South of lat. 50° S. soundings are sparsely distributed, being limited to those taken

by H.MLS. ‘Challenger,’ and by the German ships ‘ Gazelle,’ ‘ Valdivia,’ and ‘ Gauss.’

Before proceeding to describe the deposits which cover the floor of the Indian Ocean

it is desirable to cast a glance at the winds, currents, temperature, and salinity of the

waters of this ocean, for it has been found that these physical factors largely determine

the nature of the deep-sea deposits.

WINDS.

The Indian Ocean differs essentially from the other great oceans in being completely

land-locked on its northern side, and this distinguishing feature plays an important part

in determining the prevailing winds and oceanic currents. The place of the north-east

trade-winds of the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans is taken by the monsoons, which blow

from north-east or south-west according to the season. About the month of October an

area of high pressure begins to form over Central Asia and becomes more and more

pronounced towards January. From this high-pressure area winds blow outwards in all

directions, bringing, north-easterly winds over the Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea

as far south as the Equator—the winter monsoon. In summer the conditions are

practically reversed; the pressure is now low over the continent of Asia, and the

resulting indraught of air from the south-west is known as the summer monsoon.

362 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

South of the Equator during the time of the winter monsoon—the southern summer—

low-pressure areas prevail in Central Australia and in Central and Southern Africa, The

belt of low pressure which passes through the equatorial regions right round the globe,

and marks the well-known belt of calms to which on either hand the trade-winds blow, is

drawn southward in the Indian Ocean at this period of the year under the influence of

these low-pressure areas, and the line of lowest pressure takes a slanting course south

of the Equator from near the north of Madagascar to Sumatra and thence towards

Australia. Another result of these low-pressure areas is that the south-east trade-wind is

deflected towards the land, being drawn round to blow as a north-west wind on

the north-west coast of Australia, and as a light south-east wind on the east coast of

Africa.

During the period of the summer monsoon—the southern winter—atmospheric

pressure in Australia increases everywhere on advancing from the coast into inland

regions, and consequently winds blow from the interior towards the coast. The region

of highest pressure extends across the Indian Ocean about latitude 30° S., and from

that latitude pressure falls continuously northward to the low-pressure area of Central

Asia. Southerly winds sweep across the ocean home into Asia; the equatorial belt of

calms is completely obliterated, and the south-east trade-winds are turned to feed the

south-west monsoon.

To the south of latitude 45° S. the normal atmospheric pressure is low at all seasons.

Over this zone the prevailing winds are westerly and north-westerly and are subject

to little, if any, variation with the season.

CURRENTS.

The prevailing winds of the ocean determine to a very great extent the surface

circulation. In the northern part of the Indian Ocean the seasonal change of the

monsoons causes a corresponding variation in the direction of the surface currents of

that region. The winter monsoon blowing from the north-east produces a general

south-westerly drift in the open sea and a resulting southerly flow along the south-east

coast of the Indian peninsula and the east coast of Africa. The summer monsoon

blowing from the south-west completely reverses this movement; the drift in the open

sea is now towards the north-east, and on meeting the land it produces a southerly flow

along the Malabar coast of India, the coast of Burma, and the Malay Peninsula.

South of the Equator, between latitude 10° 8. and the Tropic of Capricorn, the

south-east trade-wind causes a steady westward movement of the water—the South

Equatorial Current—towards the east coast of Madagascar and the coast of Africa. The

onward flow of the water is there checked, and it turns southward in several branches.

One of these flowing along the Mozambique Channel is known at first as the Mozambique

Current and off the south of Africa as the Agulhas Current. The Agulhas Bank turns

the bulk of the stream from its south-westward direction back to the east, and it is

carried across the ocean in the drift set up by the “brave west winds” to the south of

latitude 45° S. A narrow stream of the Agulhas Current rounds the Cape and joins

the Benguela Current in the Atlantic. The strength of the Mozambique and Agulhas

MURRAY—DEPTH AND MARINE DEPOSITS. 363

Currents varies according as the north-east or south-west monsoon is blowing, the

movement produced by the former reinforcing them, and that produced by the latter

weakening them by deflecting northwards a portion of the water and drifting it towards

the Indian Peninsula.

On arriving at the shores of Australia the drift set up by the west winds is divided

by the south-west projection of the coast-line into two streams, one of which continues

its eastward course along the southern coast, whilst the other, turning northwards, forms

the West Australian Current, of which the greater part is drawn into the Southern

Equatorial Current on reaching the latitude whence the latter takes its origin.

In the region of the belt of calms south of the parallel of 5° S. there is a well-

marked Counter Equatorial Current. This current flows across the ocean from Zanzibar

to Sumatra all the year round, but with greater strength during the period of the

south-west monsoon.

Off the coast of Western Australia the south-east trade-wind blows the surface water

westward and causes an upwelling of cold water ; a similar upwelling takes place off the

Somali coast of Africa at the time of the south-west monsoon.

TEMPERATURE OF THE WATER.

Surface.—In the Indian Ocean to the north of lat. 18° S. the area of maximum

surface temperature (exceeding 80° F.) overspreads the whole of the Indian Ocean,

including the Bay of Bengal and a large portion of the Arabian Sea. Over the

north-western portion of the Arabian Sea, however, a comparatively low temperature

prevails, brought about by the prevailing north-westerly winds there in the summer and

also the winter months, which drive the warm surface water to the south-eastwards, and

thus bring, by upwelling, the colder waters of lower depths to the surface. The effect

is well seen in the mean monthly temperature of the surface of the sea off the Arabian

coast about long. 57° E., which during the spring months is 8278 F., but falls in the

summer months to 76°3 F., when the north-west winds are strongest, rising again in

the autumn to 79°4 F. This low summer temperature is the more remarkable since

the north-west winds which then prevail come from the deserts of Arabia, and are

therefore hot, dry, and rainless till they have traversed the sea a considerable way to the

south-east. It is also remarkable that coral-reefs are absent along the African coast,

where this upwelling usually takes place, while to the north and south of this region

coral-reefs flourish *, On the other hand, the prevailing winds at this season at the

head of the Bay of Bengal are southerly and south-easterly ; they therefore blow home

on that coast, bringing from tropical regions the warm waters of the surface over the

whole of the northern portion of this sea.

To the south of lat. 18° S. the temperature falls with characteristic regularity as the

latitude increases, except that it is rather lower over the eastern parts off the coast of

Australia than over the western parts off the coast of South Africa.

* See Murray, “Structure, Origin, and Distribution of Coral Reefs and Islands,” Rep. Roy. Inst., March 16, 1888,

p. 4 (sep.).

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 49

364 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

As regards the range of temperature in the surface waters of the Indian Ocean *,

there is a belt in which the range of temperature throughout the year at any one place

is very small (less than 10° F.), crossing the ocean from the east coast of Africa (north

of Madagascar and south of Cape Guardafui) to the shores of the Malay Peninsula and

Sumatra, lying mostly to the north of lat. 10° S., and filling up the greater part of the

Arabian Sea and the Bay of Bengal; observations within this belt show that the range

of temperature within any 2° square is less than 10° F., and the extreme range in

different parts of the area is not more than fifteen degrees—from 72° to 87° F. This

is essentially the region of coral-reefs.

To the north and south of this tropical belt of small range, the range of temperature

in the surface waters gradually increases, until at the heads of the Persian Gulf and Red

Sea in the north, and to the south of the Cape and Madagascar (in lat. 40° 8S.) in the

south, a range exceeding 30° F. is found; the observations show temperatures ranging

from 65° to 96° F. at the head of the Persian Gulf, from 60° to 93° F. at the head of

the Red Sea, and from 36° to 75° F. in the region to the south of the Cape and

Madagascar.

Proceeding south of the latitude of 40° S. the range of temperature again decreases,

until to the south of lat. 55° S. it does not exceed 10° F. at any one place throughout

the year, and in the region of perpetual ice in the far south the extreme annual range

of surface temperature does not exceed 5° F. in any single 2° square, and the extreme

range within the whole area is not more than 22° from the freezing-point of sea-water

(about 28° F.) to about 50° F.

Beneath the surface the seasonal variation of the temperature of the water at any

one place rapidly decreases, so that at a depth of 50 fathoms the range of temperature

in any particular locality does not apparently exceed 2° F., and ata depth of 100

fathoms all seasonal variation is supposed to have disappeared, hence all temperature

observations recorded for depths of 100 fathoms and all greater depths are looked upon

as good annual means f.

100 fathoms.—At a depth of 100 fathoms a large extent of the Indian Ocean has a

temperature above the mean for the whole ocean for that depth, viz. 60°-7 F. The highest

temperature (70° F.) is near the centre of the ocean about long. 80° E. and lat. 18° S.

The same high temperature is found a little to the east of the Strait of Bab-el-Mandeb,

from which point eastwards it gradually falls to60° F. The lowest temperature (56° F.)

overspreads a considerable area lying east and west to the south of Ceylon and north of

the Equator. This area lies in the region of the meeting of the north-east and south-east

trades. ‘The low specific gravities in the Bay of Bengal seriously prevent the diffusion

downwards of the higher temperatures of the surface, and in this region there is no doubt

that upwelling takes place during the winter months when winds are northerly.

* See Murray, ‘‘On the Annual Range of Temperature in the Surface Waters of the Oceen, and its Relation to other

Oceanographical Phenomena,” Geogr. Journ., vol. xii. p. 113 (1898).

+ Certain recent observations, however, seem to indicate that even in very deep water there may bea slight

variation due to seasonal or other causes (see Peake and Murray, “ On the Results of a Deep-sea Sounding Expedition

in the North Atlantic during the Summer of 1899,” Roy. Geogr. Soc. Suppl. Papers, 1901, p. 10).

MURRAY—DEPTH AND MARINE DEPOSITS. 365

200 fathoms.—At a depth of 200 fathoms the distribution of temperature in the Indian

Ocean is most interesting, nearly the whole of the ocean north of lat. 40° S. being above

the mean for the whole ocean, viz. 50°-1F. The region of highest temperature (61° F.)

remains at the same place as at 100 fathoms, and the lowest temperature (50° F.) is

situated to the north-west of Australia, where also occurs at 100 fathoms a secondary

minimum. The temperature is also high in the west of the Arabian Sea.

300 fathoms.—At a depth of 300 fathoms the entire Indian Ocean north of lat. 40° S.

is again above the mean for that depth for the whole ocean, viz. 44°°7 F., the absolute

highest temperature (55° F.) being near Cape Guardafui. But the highest temperature in

the ocean proper is 53° F., the position of which is now fully ten degrees of longitude to the

westward of its position at 100 and 200 fathoms. The lowest temperature (45° F.) is

again to the north of Australia.

400 fathoms.—At a depth of 4.00 fathoms the highest temperature continues to be found

near Cape Guardafui, being of course due to the overflowing undercurrent from the Red

Sea. The whole ocean is above the general mean, viz. 41°°8 F., the lowest temperature

being still to the north of Australia, but the highest temperature (50° F.), with the large

extent of high temperature surrounding it, has now moved bodily a considerable distance to

the south-west, so that the central position which, at 100 fathoms, was about lat. 18° S.

and long. 90° E., is now in lat. 34° S. and long. 60° E.

500 ¢o 800 fathoms.—From 500 to 800 fathoms substantially the same features

characterise the temperature distribution of the Indian Ocean—a relatively high

temperature in the Arabian Sea, another region of high temperature well to the

south-west of the ocean, and a region of lowest temperature between, extending from

the north of Australia westwards.

The Indian Ocean receives no accessions from other oceans except what is contributed

by the Red Sea and by a surface outflow from the Persian Gulf. These accessions

cannot be regarded as influencing in any appreciable degree the region of high

temperature near the centre of the ocean. This high temperature is in all probability

due to the circumstance that for the heat generated on the surface in this intertropical

region there is no escape to northward, but it is, on the contrary, all retained within the

ocean itself.

900 and 1000 fathoms.—At 900 and 1000 fathoms the Indian Ocean and the South

Atlantic Ocean have nearly the same temperature, both in this respect being intermediate

between the North Atlantic Ocean on the one hand and the Pacific Ocean on the other.

1500 fathoms.—At 1500 fathoms this is all reversed, the Indian Ocean being at this depth

the coldest ocean ; the larger portion is under the general mean, viz. 35°°3 F., pointing out

that, on account of the low surface specific gravity of this ocean taken as a whole, the higher

temperature of the upper strata is not conveyed to such depths as occurs in the other

oceans. Hence at less depths the temperature is higher than would otherwise be the

case. The highest temperature is in the north-west, about the region where, so far down

as observations have been made, the specific gravity is great.

2200 fathoms.—Everywhere over the Indian Ocean at a depth of 2200 fathoms the

temperatures are under the general mean for this depth, viz. 35°°2 F. There are twenty

49*

366 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION,

observations the mean temperature of which is 34°°4 F., being thus 0°8 degree lower than

the general ocean at this depth.

Bottom.—The bottom temperature of the ocean beyond 100 fathoms is shown ona map

published in 1899 *, from which it appears that at the bottom of the ocean the lines of

equal temperature run on the whole north and south, following the general trend of the

continents, as compared with the general east and west trend of the lines of equal

temperature at the surface of the ocean. The shallower portions of the ocean’s bed

covered by warmer waters form narrow bands along continental shores and around

oceanic islands, separated from each other by wide stretches of the deeper ocean-floor

covered by colder waters derived from the polar and subpolar regions. The bottom

temperature over nearly the whole of the Indian Ocean lies between 30° and 35° F., with

lower readings along the border of the Antarctic continent, and higher readings along

the shores in tropical and subtropical regions. As instances of low temperatures

recorded in the Indian Ocean mention may be made of a reading of 33°°9 F. at

a depth of 2020 fathoms in the Bay of Bengal to the east of Ceylon, and a reading of

33°°5 F. at a depth of 1877 fathoms to the north-west of Madagascar.

SALINITY.

The highest salinities of the Indian Ocean—over 386 per thousand—are found south of

the Equator in the anti-cyclonic region lying to the west of Australia (where the

descending currents of dry air induce a large evaporation), and north of the Equator in

the western portion of the Arabian Sea.

The high salinity in the latter area is the result of various factors. The climate of

Arabia and of the adjoining regions is very arid, and the evaporation is consequently

high. Precipitation is slight, and there is little addition of fresh water from the land-

masses. Moreover, saline currents of warm water flow into the Arabian Sea from the

Red Sea and the Persian Gulf. The salinity of the Persian Gulf is high—386°38 per

thousand,—and the influence of the Tigris and Euphrates water, which flows in at the

head of the Gulf, is limited to a small region. The salinity of the Gulf of Aden and the

Strait of Bab-el-Mandeb is 36 to 36°5 per thousand. In the southern portion of the Red

Sea it is 837 per thousand, and it quickly increases on advancing northwards, reaching

40 per thousand in the northern portion and in the Gulfs of Suez and Akaba.

Observations made on the salinity at various depths in the Strait of Bab-el-Mandeb and

in the Gulf of Aden show that there is an increase of salinity down to 200 fathoms, the

depth of the ridge separating the Red Sea from the Arabian Sea. It follows, therefore,

that there is an outflowing under-current of salt water from the Red Sea to the Arabian

Sea. After passing the Strait of Bab-el-Mandeb this salter water sinks to greater depths

as it advances on its course, and thus imparts a higher salinity to the deeper waters of

the north-west of the Arabian Sea.

In strong contrast with this region of high salinity is the area covering the eastern

part of the Northern Indian Ocean, in the Bay of Bengal and the Malay Archipelago,

where the salinity is under 34 per thousand. This low salinity is a consequence of the

* See Murray, “ On the Temperature of the Floor of the Ocean and of the Surface Waters of the Ocean,” Geogr.

Journ., vol. xiv. p, 34 (1899).

MUBRAY—DEPTH AND MARINE DEPOSITS. 367

high precipitation (the heavy rain of the summer monsoon), little evaporation, and large

additions of fresh water from the land-masses.

Low salinities are likewise found in the Indian Ocean south of lat. 40° S. Between

lat. 40° and 50°S. the salinity is greater than 34 per thousand in spite of the heavy

rainfall. South of lat. 50°S. in the region of extensive ice-melting it is less than 34 per

thousand.

With the exception of the work done in the Bay of Bengal, Arabian Sea, Red Sea,

Persian Gulf, and in the southerly part of the Indian Ocean, very few observations have

been made at different depths and at the bottom. The analysis of the bottom samples of

water taken by the ‘ Valdivia’ expedition throughout the Indian Ocean showed that they

contained 34°5 to 35:1 per thousand of solids in solution; north of Amsterdam Island in

lat. 38°S. at a depth of 3548 metres (1940 fathoms) 34-74 per thousand ; between Ceylon

and the Maldives at a depth of 4133 metres (2260 fathoms) 34°78 per thousand; and

between the Seychelles and Hast Africa 34°66 to 35:02 per thousand.

DEPOSITS.

With the increase in the number of soundings taken in recent years in the Indian

Ocean our knowledge of the deposits on its floor has become much more definite, and

this has led to the modification of the maps published in 1889 and 1891 * in several

particulars. The distribution of the various types of deposits over the floor of the

Indian Ocean, according to the present state of our knowledge, is shown by different

colours on the accompanying map (Plate 23), yellow being used for Coral Muds and

Sands, blue for the remaining types of terrigenous deposits, pink for Globigerina Ooze,

red for Pteropod Ooze, pale brown for Red Clay, dark brown for Radiolarian Ooze, and

green for Diatom Ooze. The approximate areas covered by the different kinds of

deposits as measured by the planimeter, and the percentages to the total area of the

Indian Ocean as already defined, are as follows :—

Square miles. Percentage.

Globigerina Ooze . . . . . . . 14,711,000 53°3

REdiCiyvemmimee a '. %. . 4,448,000 1671

Diatomi@ozemnee eee). ||| 4,696,000 17:0

Radiolarian Ooze . . . . . . 623,000 23

Bieropodi@ozegawiaty sie) as) 23,000 01

Coral Mudand Sand. ..... 291,000 1:0

Other Terrigenous Deposits . . . 2,808,000 10°2

27,600,000 1000

This table shows that the pelagic or oceanic deposits cover about 89 per cent. of the

total area of the Indian Ocean and the terrigenous deposits about 11 per cent. More

than one-half of the entire sea-floor is covered by Globigerina Ooze, which is thus the

characteristic deposit of the Indian Ocean as Red Clay is the characteristic deposit of

* Scott. Geogr. Mag., vol. v. p. 405 (1889) ; ‘Challenger’ Report on Deep-Sea Deposits, 1891, Chart I.

368 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

the Pacific Ocean. Next in importance come Diatom Ooze and Red Clay, which are

nearly equally extensive, followed by the terrigenous deposits, and finally Radiolarian

Ooze and Pteropod Ooze are the least extensive.

The various types of deposits may be briefly characterized and their distribution

within the Indian Ocean indicated :—

Globigerina Ooze is so named from the predominance of the dead shells of Forami-

nifera which lived in the surface waters of the ocean, the genus G'lobigerina being the

most characteristic. These dead shells accumulate in the moderate depths of the ocean

in tropical and subtropical regions, but are evidently removed in solution from all the

deepest parts in depths exceeding about 3000 fathoms, as will be more fully treated of

when dealing with the percentage of calcium carbonate in the deposits. Globigerina

Ooze is by far the most extensive deposit in the Indian Ocean, forming a continuous

area from lat. 50° 8S. to 18° N., interrupted here and there by other kinds of deposits,

and with small isolated areas in the Red Sea, in the Bay of Bengal, and in the far south.

In the Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea this type of deposit extends farther north

and approaches nearer the land than was previously supposed. ‘Three small isolated

areas have been found by the ‘ Valdivia’ (1898-99) and the ‘ Gauss’ (1901-03) in 1939,

1743, and 2025 fathoms respectively, within the Diatom Ooze area of the far south, each

based on one sounding only, but these deposits differ considerably from the typical

Globigerina Oozes of the tropical regions of the Indian Ocean.

Pteropod Ooze differs from Globigerina Ooze only in the greater number of the shells

of pelagic molluses (Pteropods and Heteropods). Up to 1891 no typical Pteropod Ooze

had been found in the Indian Ocean, but several small areas are now known in the

Red Sea, off the coast of Africa, in the Timor Sea, and off the coasts of Sumatra and

Nicobar Islands. Mr. Gardiner met with this type of deposit off Mauritius in

818 fathoms, and off the Chagos Archipelago in 228 to 575 fathoms.

Red Clay is the most characteristic, and probably the most widely distributed, of all

deep-sea deposits over the floor of the entire ocean, covering nearly one-half of the floor

of the Pacific, though in the Atlantic and Indian Oceans it occupies a less area than

Globigerina Ooze. This type occurs in the deepest parts of the central regions of the

great ocean-basins, and usually contains few or no remains of calcareous organisms.

Deposition of materials derived from land and from the surface waters is at a minimum

in the Red Clay areas, the clayey matter and secondary formations, like manganese

nodules and zeolitic minerals, being derived from the decomposition of basic voleanic

matter, the principal source being floating pumice. Red Clay is represented by a large

central area occupying the eastern half of the Indian Ocean between the Equator and

lat. 80° S. and between long. 73° and 120° E., with three outlying smaller areas, viz. :—

(1) one to the south of the Great Australian Bight in lat. 35° to 45° S. and long. 123°

to 138° E.; (2) one to the south-east of Madagascar in lat. 22° to 27° S. and long. 50°

to 60° E.; and (3) one in the Arabian Sea in lat. 7° to 12° N. and long. 62° to 72° E.

Radiolarian Ooze is distinguished from Red Clay by the abundance of the skeletons

of Radiolaria, and is typically found in very deep water in tropical and subtropical

regions. It occurs in the Indian Ocean in two areas to the south of the Equator, the

MURRAY—DEPTH AND MARINE DEPOSITS. 369

larger around Cocos-Keeling and Christmas Islands between lat. 7° and 22° S, and

long. 88° and 108° E., the smaller to the north-west of the Seychelles in lat. 2° to 5° S.

and long. 49° to 52° H.

Diatom Ooze is distinguished by the prominence of Diatom frustules, and is therefore

characteristic of those regions in which these pelagic algze swarm in the surface waters.

It occurs in the Southern Indian Ocean as part of the cireumpolar band bordering the

zone of Blue Mud that surrounds the Antarctic Continent, between approximately

lat. 45° and 65° S., with an isolated small area to the north of the 40th parallel in

long. 58° BE.

Coral Mud and Sand.—These deposits occur off coral-islands and coral-reefs, and are

chiefly made up of the fragments of organisms living in the shallow waters and on the

reefs, the Coral Sand occurring in the shallower waters nearer the reefs, where the

calcareous fragments are larger and the more finely divided calcareous matter less

abundant than in the deeper water occupied by the Coral Mud. This type of deposit is

found in the Indian Ocean around the different groups of islands, such as the Laccadive,

Maldive, Seychelles, Amirante, Chagos, and Comoro groups of islands, off the north

coast of Madagascar, round Mauritius and Réunion in the west, and round the Andaman

and Nicobar Islands and off Sumatra in the east.

Other Terrigenous Deposits——The terrigenous deposits (excluding Coral Mud and

Sand) are found everywhere around the continental shores and in all enclosed and

partially enclosed seas. ‘The principal type is Blue Mud, composed mainly of materials

derived from the disintegration of the land-masses, quartz being the characteristic

mineral species, replaced in certain localities, like the Agulhas Bank, by Green Muds

and Sands, in which the secondary mineral glauconite is the characteristic species. In

the Indian Ocean the area covered by these terrigenous deposits is now estimated to be

smaller than it was in 1889; they do not, as a rule, extend so far from land as was then

supposed.

Percentage of Calcium Carbonate in the Deposits.

Plate 24 accompanying this paper is the first attempt to show the amount of calcium

carbonate in the deposits of the Indian Ocean ; a similar map for the Pacific Ocean was

published last year*. Four shades of blue-green colour are used to indicate the

percentage of calcium carbonate in the deposits, the palest shade for those regions

where the deposits contain less than 25 per cent. of calcium carbonate, progressively

darker shades for those regions where the deposits contain 25 to 50 per cent. and 50 to

75 per cent., and the darkest shade for those regions where the deposits contain more

than 75 per cent. of calcium carbonate.

The areas marked out by these four shades have been measured with the planimeter,

giving the following approximate results :—

* See Murray and Lee, “The Depth and Marine Deposits of the Pacific Ocean,” Mem. Mus. Comp. Zodl.

(Cambridge, Mass.), vol. xxviii. no. 1 (June, 1909).

370 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Area covered by deposits containing Square miles. Percentage.

less than 25 per cent. CaCO; . . 10,250,000 37

25 to 50 3 he . . 8,680,000 13

50 to 75 x cf . - 9,630,000 35

more than 75__s,, a3 . . 4,040,000 15

27,600,000 100

These figures show that the area covered by deposits containing less than 25 per cent.

of calcium carbonate is the largest (equal to 37 per cent. of the total area of the Indian

Ocean), though the area covered by deposits containing 50 to 75 per cent. of calcium

carbonate is almost equally extensive (35 per cent.); while the area covered by deposits

containing over 75 per cent. of calcium carbonate is about 15 per cent., and that covered

by deposits containing 25 to 50 per cent. of calcium carbonate about 13 per cent. Thus

one-half of the sea-floor of the Indian Ocean is covered by deposits containing over

50 per cent. of calcium carbonate, and the other half by deposits containing less than

50 per cent. of calcium carbonate.

Deposits with a low percentage of calcium carbonate (under 50 per cent.) occur

(1) in the far south (approximately south of lat. 50° S.), (2) in the deep water to the

south of Australia, (3) in the deep water in the eastern half of the tropical Indian ~

Ocean as far west as the longitude of the peninsula of India and as far south as

lat. 30° S., (4) in the deep water to the east of Southern Madagascar, and (5) in the

shallower waters along the coasts of the continents and continental islands. Deposits

with a high percentage of calcium carbonate (over 50 per cent.) occur (1) throughout

almost the entire western half of the Indian Ocean north of 50° §., (2) in the eastern

half of the ocean between 25° and 50° 8. and between the Equator and 15° N., and

(3) off the coasts of the East Indian islands bordered by coral-reefs. The deposits of the

Arabian Sea have on the whole a higher percentage of calcium carbonate than those of

the Bay of Bengal, and the deposits of the Red Sea than those of the Persian Gulf.

On comparing this calcium carbonate map with the deposit map (Plate 238), it will be

observed that the pale shades of colour denoting a low percentage of calcium carbonate

correspond approximately with the areas occupied by terrigenous deposits other than

Coral Muds and Sands, and with the areas occupied by Red Clays, Radiolarian Oozes,

and Diatom Oozes; while the dark shades of colour denoting a high percentage of

calcium carbonate correspond with the areas occupied by Coral Muds and Sands,

Globigerina Oozes, and Pteropod Oozes.

When compared with the depth-map (Plate 22), this calcium carbonate map shows

that the pale shades of colour denoting a low percentage of calcium carbonate correspond

generally with the shallower waters around the continental shores in low latitudes, and

with both deep and shallow waters in the far south, where calcareous organisms are not

abundant at the surface, and with the very deep areas in the tropical and subtropical

regions, where the calcium carbonate is apparently removed in solution ; while the dark

shades of colour correspond generally with the moderate depths in the open ocean and

with the shallower waters around coral-reefs and islands.

MURRAY—DEPTH AND MARINE DEPOSITS. 371

GENERAL CONCLUSIONS.

An examination of the foregoing paragraphs and the accompanying maps with refer-

ence to the distribution of marine deposits over the floor of the Indian Ocean at all

depths leads to some very interesting conclusions. It may be stated generally that

organisms secrete calcium carbonate much more abundantly and rapidly in warm than

in cold water. In the Arctic and Antarctic Oceans and in the deep sea, where tempe-

ratures approaching the freezing-point of fresh water prevail, there are no great accumu-

lations of calcium carbonate due to secretion by benthonic organisms. The calcareous

shells and skeletons secreted in these cold waters are thin and slender when compared

with similar structures found in tropical seas.

In tropical and subtropical oceans, where the temperature exceeds 65° F., and where

there is an annual range of temperature not exceeding 10° or 15° F., there is the most

abundant secretion of calcium carbonate, both by benthonic and planktonic organisms.

The coral-reefs and the Pteropod and Globigerina Oozes are striking examples of this

statement. The coral-reefs are limited in their distribution by the temperature con-

ditions above mentioned. It is not possible to state so definitely the temperature

conditions which limit the distribution of shelled Pteropods, Heteropods, pelagic

Foraminifera, and calcareous Algze (Coccospheres and Rhabdospheres), but it may be

stated generally that while very many species of these organisms are found everywhere

in the warm and salter waters of the tropics, only one or two species extend towards the

cold waters of the Polar oceans, or into the less saline waters found around continental

shores and in partially enclosed seas.

It is probably well within the mark to say that over 90 per cent. of the calcium

carbonate-found in the Pteropod Oozes, Globigerina Oozes, Diatom Oozes, Radiolarian

Oozes, and Red Clays is derived from the shells and skeletons of lime-secreting organisms

which lived in the surface waters of the ocean. The calcareous shells and skeletons

derived from benthonic organisms may be said to be relatively rare in these deeper

marine deposits.

It has been pointed out that the Pteropod Oozes are limited to the comparatively

shallow depths of the ocean. When these observations were first recorded it was

argued that Pteropods and Heteropods were more abundant in the surface waters over

these places where they were found at the bottom, or that these shells had been accumu- |

lated at these spots by submarine currents. While it may be admitted that these

molluscs are more abundant in some currents, where there are waters of higher tempe-

rature and salinity, than at other places, still it has been shown by hundreds of obser-

vations that they are as abundant at the surface over areas where not a trace of their

shells can be found in the deposits as over areas where they have accumulated to such

an extent as to give the chief characteristic to the deposit called Pteropod Ooze. It

follows that the shells must have been removed by solution while falling through the

water to the greater depth or shortly after they reached the bottom.

What is here stated with reference to the Pteropod and Heteropod shells holds also

for the shells of pelagic Foraminifera and calcareous pelagic Algze. When a series of

SECOND SERIES.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 50

372 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

deposits is examined from the same tropical area but from different depths, it has been

found that in depths of between say 500 and 1000 fathoms every species of calcium

carbonate shell found in the tow-nets at the surface can be detected in the deposit at the

bottom.

In greater depths—say between 1000 and 2000 fathoms—all the thinner and more

delicate shells have disappeared from the deposit, especially the Pteropod, Heteropod,

and the smaller and more delicate of the pelagic Foraminifera shells.

In still greater depths only the heavier and more massive shells of Globigerina,

Pullenia, Spheroidina, and Pulvinulina are present in the deposit, and many of these

are holed and have a weathered appearance. In the greatest depths, between 3000 and

5000 fathoms, it is often difficult to find even a trace of these pelagic shells.

There seems to be no doubt about these facts, although different views may be held as

to the cause of the disappearance of the shells with increasing depth. My own view is

that solution of dead calcium carbonate shells and skeletons is everywhere taking place

in the ocean, except where the water is completely saturated with calcium carbonate.

As soon as a lime-secreting organism dies at the surface of the ocean it commences to

fall towards the bottom, and its shell is exposed to solution from the action of sea-water

and carbonic acid, the latter possibly being produced by the decomposition of its own

body. The great majority of the shells are, however, only partially dissolved during

the fall through the first few hundred fathoms, and on reaching the bottom at these

lesser depths they accumulate there, being soon covered up by the fall of other shells.

Sea-water can only take up a relatively small quantity of calcium carbonate before being

saturated. The water mixed up with, and in immediate contact with, the deposit would

soon be in this condition, and the process of solution would be wholly or partially

arrested, so that the shells would accumulate on the bottom. In the greater depths

many of the thinner shells would be wholly dissolved before reaching the bottom; those

that did reach it would not be covered up so quickly as in shallow depths, and would be

longer exposed to water still capable of taking up calcium carbonate in solution. In

the greatest depths the shells are almost certainly dissolved before, or soon after, reaching

the bottom.

Two instances of the relation between the percentage of calcium carbonate and depth

may be cited from the deposits collected by H.M.S. ‘ Egeria’ in the Indian Ocean in

1887. Thus in lat. 20° 42’S., long. 73° 10’ E., depth 2312 fathoms, the deposit was

a Globigerina Ooze containing 73°38 per cent. of calcium carbonate, while at the

neighbouring station in lat. 27° 7’8., long. 77° 49’ E., depth 2564, the deposit was a

Red Clay containing no calcium carbonate. Again, in lat. 29° 56’S., long. 54° 6 E.,

depth 2312 fathoms, the deposit was again a Globigerina Ooze containing 69°95 per cent.

of calcium carbonate, while in lat. 23° 15’S., long. 56° 18’ E., depth 2466 fathoms,

the deposit was a Red Clay containing 12°22 per cent. of calcium carbonate, and in

lat. 26° 23'S., long. 55° 25' E., depth 2876 fathoms, the deposit was also a Red Clay

containing no calcium carbonate.

When the calcium carbonate is removed from a typical sample of Globigerina Ooze

MURRAY—DEPTH AND MARINE DEPOSITS. 373

by weak acid, the residue resembles in nearly all essential particulars a sample of Red

Clay from the deeper water of an adjacent region, such, for example, as occur in the

deeper water of the area around Cocos-Keeling and Christmas Islands in the Indian

Ocean. We may take it, then, that this residue and the Red Clay have the same origin

when they come from approximately the same region.

In studying the phenomenon of the disappearance of calcium carbonate structures

with increasing depth, there are many modifying considerations to be taken info account.

Tt would appear that solution becomes more active beyond the depth of 2000 fathoms ;

this may be due to the lower temperature, the increased pressure, and greater abundance

of carbonic acid in the water. Again, in areas of warm currents, where lime-secreting

organisms are more abundant than elsewhere, the dead shells are able to accumulate at

greater depths than is usually the case; and the same appears to be true in localities

where warm and cold currents meet at the surface, and where we have reason to believe

that a great destruction of life continually takes place, as, for instance, to the south-east

of the Agulhas Bank, where the Mozambique Current and the Antarctic drift mingle

their waters. Here we may suppose that many more shells are falling to the bottom,

because of the unfavourable conditions, than elsewhere, and consequently they are found

on the bottom at greater depths. In those regions covered by dark chocolate-coloured

Red Clays, characterised by the abundance of manganese in nodules and grains (as in

the ‘ Egeria’ samples above cited), it seems as though the calcareous shells were removed

from the deposit at lesser depths than usual, and this may possibly be due to some

hypogene action now going on in such regions.

It is in areas where warm and cold currents meet at the surface that glauconite and

phosphatic deposits are found at the bottom, and off the Agulhas Bank characteristic

deposits of this nature are being laid down in abundance.

Tf we now turn to the cold and less salt waters of the Indian Ocean in high southern

latitudes towards the Antarctic, we find a marked contrast to the conditions prevailing

in the warm and salter waters in the tropical and subtropical regions. I well remember,

when the ‘Challenger’ proceeded from Heard Island to the south, I found so few

Foraminifera in the surface-nets that I predicted there would be no Globigerina Ooze

found south of the 60th parallel of latitude. When a sounding was obtained in

1260 fathoms, the tube was filled with a cream-white deposit not unlike a typical

Globigerina Ooze, and it was at first sight believed that my prediction was all wrong.

On examination, however, this turned out to be chiefly composed of the frustules of

Diatoms and Radiolarian skeletons; hence it was named a Diatom Ooze. It contained

three dwarfed species of pelagic Foraminifera which made up less than 20 per cent. of

the deposit. The living Diatoms and Radiolaria were found abundantly in the surface

waters of the Antarctic. Here, again, we have an instance of how largely the nature of

the deposits at the bottom of the ocean are dependent on the conditions prevailing in the

surface waters. It is also to be observed that (as in the case of the calcareous pelagic

organisms) the siliceous ones—Diatoms and Radiolaria—are in like manner dissolved

by sea-water, although not so completely nor so rapidly. Many of the more delicate

50*

374 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

and frail frustules so numerous in the surface waters are never found in the deeper

deposits.

In one of the preceding paragraphs the high salinity of the Red Sea, the Arabian

Sea, and the western half of the Indian Ocean was contrasted with the low salinity of

the Bay of Bengal and the seas about Sumatra and the China Sea. In the latter region

there is the largest rainfall in the world, and the low salinity is the result of the

enormous run-off from the land-masses along with the slow rate of evaporation. It is

in areas like this that great quantities of colloidal clayey matter are carried into the sea

from the land-surfaces and held in suspension, and from this suspended matter the

silica-secreting organisms appear to obtain the silica for their frustules and skeletons;

hence Radiolarian Oozes are found in the greatest depths towards the eastern part of

the Indian Ocean. Generally it may be stated that silica-secreting plankton organisms

abound where sea-water is mixed with the run-off from land-surfaces—as off the em-

bouchures of rivers, in the Antarctic, and in the western tropical Pacific.

Coral-Reefs—The considerations which have been urged above regarding the solution

of dead pelagic shells as they fall through the water to the bottom of the ocean led me

during the ‘Challenger’ Expedition to apply them to the explanation of the formation

of coral-reefs and islands. These views were published in a short paper in the year

1880 *, and I have not seen reason to change the ideas therein expressed. This view

of the origin of coral-atolls is often called the solution theory, but the solution of

the dead calcium carbonate structures is only a part of the theory. The mechanical

transport of material from the lagoons, the preparation of foundations, the building-

out of coral-reefs on a talus of their own formation were all clearly stated in the original

paper.

It is a remarkable fact that in recent years not one naturalist has been able to point

’ to a single atoll undoubtedly formed in the manner stated by Darwin. Funafuti has,

of course, been held up as an example, and in a recent work by Joly it is said :—“ The

boring, which was carried to a depth of 185 fathoms by David, met with no founda-

tional layer of chalk or calcareous ooze. This should appear at about 30 fathoms down

if the foundation of the coral rock indeed rests upon ooze, and there had been no vertical

movement. But as only true coral rock was encountered the entire 1100 feet of descent,

clearly subsidence must be admitted. Although the true foundation was not reached

by boring, Darwin’s view that there has been a subsidence is in this case established.

The coral rock now at a depth below sea-level of 1100 feet must once have been at or

near the surface” +. Now I do not in any way accept this statement.

At one of the early meetings of the Funafuti Committee I urged that, when the

position of the bore was settled, each member of the Committee should write down what

he expected to find as the boring proceeded in depth, but no single member would agree

* Proc. Roy. Soc. Edin., vol. x. p. 505.

t See Joly, ‘ Radioactivity and Geology,’ pp. 120-121 (London, 1909).

MURRAY—DEPTH AND MARINE DEPOSITS. 375

to do this. I, however, did this, and stated that as the bore got deeper and deeper it

would resemble more and more materials found in dredgings at a similar depth outside

the reef, that the deeper layers would be more dolomitised and would contain more

pelagic Foraminifera than the layers nearer the surface. This it appears to me is what

the boring indicates :—At the time the deeper layers were laid down they formed the

sea-floor at a distance of 350 or 400 yards from the then growing face of the reef; they

contain more pelagic organisms because these always increase in abundance as we

proceed further from the reef and get into deeper water. My own examination of the

bore confirmed my belief that the bore had passed through a portion of the talus

produced by the fragments torn from the growing face of the reef, and on which it had

proceeded seawards.

The depth of the boring at Funafuti is 1114 feet (=371 yards or 186 fathoms). From

the depth of 1100 feet to the bottom of the bore. the material consisted of ‘solid

cylindrical cores of whitish, greyish-white, to greyish-brown, hard, dolomitic limestone,

SEA-LEVEL

4 4

FUNAFUTI ata

FORMER PERIOD

YARDS

Q 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300

compact to porous, cavernous in places, occasionally efflorescent. The cores consist

largely of corals to the horizon of 1109 feet, where there is a change; the rock becomes

whitish, more porous, and it is mainly composed of Foraminifera, with only small corals

here and there. This continues to nearly the bottom of the boring, with the exceptional

portions where corals are more numerous. The preponderating corals are of the family

Astreeidee.... The Foraminifera include Wiliolina, Orbitolites, Textularia, Globigerina,

Planorbulina, Carpenteria, Oalcarina, Gypsina, Polytrema, Amphistegina, and Hetero-

stegina. There are also echinid spines, Serpula-tubes, casts of lamellibranchs and

376 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

gasteropods, Cliona borings, and Lithothamnion”*. It is further stated that the bottom

of the core “is composed of Foraminifera and detrital material cemented by crystalline

dolomite ”’ t.

These materials are such as are found off coral-reefs in depths of 100 to 250 fathoms,

and the genera of Foraminifera are those found in most of the lists of Foraminifera

occurring in the deposits around Bermuda, Fiji, Tongatabu, &e., published in the

‘Challenger’ Reports : Summary of Results.

It therefore seems most reasonable to conclude that the bottom of the boring repre-

sents the sea-floor at a former time, which has been covered up by the material torn

from the reef, thus forming a talus for the seaward growth of the reef to its present

position. Since that time it seems probable that the growing face of the reef has pro-

gressed in a seaward direction a distance of 300 or 400 yards, judging from present-day

conditions. For instance, of the soundings taken by Captain Field around Funafuti

Atoll in 1897, one is shown off the eastern edge of the reef at the island of Funafuti in

163 fathoms about 400 yards distant ; farther south a sounding in 193 fathoms is shown

about 340 yards from the edge of the reef ; off the western side of the reef a sounding in

175 fathoms, and off the northern side a sounding in 167 fathoms, are shown at similar

distances from the reef. Roughly speaking, then, it may be said that a depth of

1114 feet occurs about 350 to 400 yards from the edge of the reef, giving an average

gradient of the seaward face of the reef of 1 in 1, equal to a slope of 45°. The relative

position of the bore to the former and present position of the reef may be roughly

indicated, as in the accompanying diagram drawn to scale (p. 375).

DESCRIPTIONS OF THE DEPOSIT-SAMPLES

COLLECTED BY Mr. J. STANLEY GARDINER IN THE INDIAN OCEAN IN 1905.

The samples received from Mr. Gardiner number 79, but of these 34 are either too

meagre in amount to admit of description, or apparently do not represent the deposit at

the bottom, and are therefore not fully described, so that only 45 samples have been

submitted to detailed examination and description.

Of the described samples, 17 were taken in the open sea in depths ranging from

1822 to 2488 fathoms, 21 in the vicinity of Chagos in depths ranging from 432 to

2100 fathoms, 3 from the neighbourhood of Mauritius from depths of 500 to 818 fathoms,

* «The Atoll of Funafuti: Report of the Coral-Reef Committee of the Royal Society,’ p. 294 (London, 1904).

t Op. cit. p. 296,

MURRAY—DEPOSIT-SAMPLES. 377

2 from near Seychelles at 1462 and 2032 fathoms, 1 from Saya de Malha at a depth of

512 fathoms, and 1 from the lagoon of Diego Garcia.

The following table shows the distribution in depth of the described samples and the

types to which they are referred :—

19 samples from less than 1000 fathoms.

9 iF », between 1000 and 2000 fathoms.

17 3 » over 2000 fathoms.

40 samples are Globigerina Oozes.

oa », Coral Muds.

sample is Pteropod Ooze.

The Globigerina Oozes come from depths varying from 512 to 2488 fathoms and are

distributed throughout the region explored. One sample from the Chagos Archipelago,

11 miles north-west of Peros, depth 1746 fathoms, might almost equally well be called

Coral Mud; the size and abundance of the Coral fragments in this sample are

remarkable from such a depth so far from the reef.

Of the Coral Muds, one comes from the anchorage at Takamaka, in the lagoon of

Salomon Atoll, one from the anchorage in the lagoon of Diego Garcia, and two from

off Mauritius in 500 and 705 fathoms. The Pteropod Ooze was taken off Mauritius at a

depth of 818 fathoms.

The percentage of calcium carbonate is very high (over 50 per cent.) in all the

samples. In the majority the percentage varies from 70 to 80 per cent., two contain

over 90 per cent., and two less than 60 per cent.

It may be noted that while Coccoliths are numerous in nearly every sample,

Rhabdoliths are very rare, for even in those samples where they were detected only one

or two undoubted specimens could be recognised after prolonged search.

Red Clay and Radiolarian Ooze are not represented in the series, though in many of

the samples Radiolaria were conspicuous after removal of the calcium carbonate.

Diatoms also were observed in nearly every sample, though never in any very great

abundance.

Of the 34 samples not fully described, 14 were inadequate for the purpose of

identifying the type of deposit in situ, while 20 samples were looked upon as sufficient

to indicate the probable type of deposit.

Of these 20 samples, 7 came from the open ocean in depths of 1507, 1685, 1858, 1938,

2129, 2188, and 2192 fathoms, 9 from the Chagos Archipelago in depths ranging from

223 to 944 fathoms, 2 from near the Seychelles in 1195 and 1615 fathoms, and 2 from

Saya de Malha in depths of 40 and 47 fathoms respectively.

378 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

The following table shows the types to which these 20 samples have been referred :—

12 samples were classed as Globigerina Oozes.

1 sample was is Globigerina Ooze or Coral Mud.

4. samples were - Coral Muds.

3 » 53 3 Pteropod Oozes.

The Globigerina Oozes were, as in the case of the described samples, widely distributed

over the region explored, and came from depths varying from 731 to 2192 fathoms.

The deposit which might be called either a Globigerina Ooze or a Coral Mud came

from a depth of 692 fathoms, 3 miles south-west of Peros in the Chagos Archipelago.

The Pteropod Oozes were all taken in the Chagos Archipelago, at depths of 223, 363,

and 575 fathoms, while two of the Coral Muds came from the Salomon group in the

Chagos Archipelago, and 2 from the Saya de Malha Bank.

A.—SAMPLES FULLY DESCRIBED.

No. 1. May 16, 1905.

Lat. 3° 14’ S., Long. 72° 58’ E.; depth, 2078 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: fawn colour, granular, incoherent, many of the shells macroscopic.

Catcrum Carponate: 82°13 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Echinoid spines,

Coccoliths (very small).

ResipuE: 17°87 per cent., grey in colour :—

Siliceous Organisms (1 per cent.): arenaceous Foraminifera fragments, Radiolaria, Sponge

spicules, Diatoms.

Minerals (1 per cent.) : angular, m. di. 0:06 mm., pumice, volcanic glass.

Fine Washings (15°87 per cent.) : amorphous clayey matter with minute minerals and splinters

of siliceous organisms.

No. 2. May 16, 1905.

Lat. 3° 31’ S., Long. 72° 27' E.; depth, 2008 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: light grey, slightly coherent, chalky.

Cauctum Carponate: 60°68 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Echinoid spines,

Ostracodes, Coccoliths, and a very few Rhabdoliths.

ResipuE: 39°32 per cent. :—

Siliceous Organisms (10 per cent.): Radiolaria, Sponge spicules, fragments of arenaceous

Foraminifera, Diatoms.

Minerals (trace) : one or two glassy particles observed.

Fine Washings (29°32 per cent.) : amorphous clayey matter with siliceous fragments.

Norz.—In this deposit the pelagic Foraminifera are remarkably free from admixture with other

calcareous organisms, for beyond the Coccoliths and one or two Rhabdoliths, only one bottom-living

form and one Echinoid spine and an Ostracode valve were observed during the examination of a

considerable quantity of material.

MURRAY—DEPOSIT-SAMPLES. 379

No. 3. May 19, 1905.

Lat. 5° 3'S., Long. 71° 11' E.; depth, 2023 fathoms.

(a) Bottom of sounding-tube.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: light fawn colour, mottled darker in places.

Catcrom Carsonare: 64°39 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Coccoliths.

ResrpvE: 35°61 per cent. :—

Siliceous Organisms (5 per cent.): Sponge spicules, Radiolaria, arenaceous Foraminifera,

Diatoms.

Minerals (traces): only one or two glassy particles observed, and one angular particle of

felspar.

Fine Washings (30°61 per cent.) : amorphous clayey matter with siliceous fragments.

(b) Yop of sounding-tube.

Microscopic examination revealed little difference in the relative proportions of the

constituents in this deposit, except that fewer bottom-living Foraminifera were re-

cognised in this upper portion. Analysis gave a higher percentage of calcium carbonate,

viz. 75°59.

No. 4. June 19, 1905. :

‘Lat. 5° 29' 50" S., Long. 71° 51’ 20" B., 4 miles S. of Peros; depth, 760 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: greyish white.

Caxtcrum Carsonate: 88°26 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Pteropod fragments,

Kchinoid spines, Gasteropods, Heteropod fragments, Coral fragments, Tunicate spicules, Fish

otoliths, Lamellibranchs, Coccoliths, Rhabdoliths.

Resripvue: 11°74 per cent. :—

Siliceous Organisms (1 per cent.): Sponge spicules, Radiolaria, fragments of arenaceous

Foraminifera, Diatoms.

Minerals (trace): one or two glassy particles.

Fine Washings (10°74 per cent.) : amorphous clayey matter.

No. 5. June 19, 1905.

Lat. 5° 37! 20" S., Long. 71° 51' 50" E., 11 miles 8. of Peros; depth, 810 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: dirty grey, slightly coherent.

Catcrum Carsonate: 70°60 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera (the pelagic forms

including many primordial cells and young individuals), Ostracodes, Tunicate spicules, Echinoid

spines, a few small Coccoliths, Cephalopod beak.

ResipvueE: 29°40 per cent. :—

Siliceous Organisms (5 per ceut.): Radiolaria, Diatoms, Sponge spicules, fragments of

arenaceous Foraminifera,

Minerals (traces): only one or two glassy particles observed.

Fine Washings (24°40 per cent.): amorphous clayey matter with fragments of siliceous

organisms.

SECOND SERIES.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 51

380 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

No. 6. June 20, 1905.

Lat. 5° 12’ 20" S., Long. 71° 36’ 30" E., 11 miles N. of Chagos; depth, 793 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: greyish white.

Carcrum Carsonare : 86°57 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Ostracodes, Echinoid

spines, Tunicate spicules, Fish otoliths, larval Lamellibranchs, Coccoliths.

Resipve: 13:43 per cent. :—

Siliceous Organisms (8 per cent.) : Sponge spicules, Radiolaria, Diatoms.

Minerals (trace) : only one or two small crystalline particles observed.

Fine Washings (10°43 per cent.) : amorphous clayey matter with minute splinters of siliceous

organisms.

No. 7. June 20, 1905.

14 miles 8.W. of Salomon; depth, 810 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA O0ZE: greyish white, fine-grained.

Catcrum Carponate: 87°82 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Tunicate spicules,

Coccoliths, and minute horseshoe-shaped bodies.

ResipvE: 12°18 per cent. :—

Siliceous Organisms (5 per ceut.): Radiolaria, Sponge spicules, Diatoms.

Minerals: none observed.

Fine Washings (7:18 per cent.) : amorphous clayey matter, with minute siliceous fragments.

No, 8. June 22, 1905.

12 miles N. of Speaker's Bank; depth, 744 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: greyish white, fine-grained.

Caucium CarBonatE: 75°57 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Ostracodes, Mollusc

fragments, Tunicate spicules, Coccoliths.

Restpue: 24°43 per cent. :—

Siliceous Organisms (5 per cent.) : Radiolaria, Sponge spicules, Diatoms.

Minerals: none observed.

Fine Washings (19°43 per cent.) : amorphous clayey matter, with minute siliceous fragments.

No. 9. June 26, 1905.

13 miles S.W. of Salomon; depth, 751 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: greyish white, fine-grained.

Catcium Carsonate: 86°69 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Echinoid spines,

Ostracodes, Pteropod fragments, Tunicate spicules, Fish otoliths, Coccoliths, and small horse-

shoe-shaped bodies,

ResipvE: 13°31 per cent. :—

Siliceous Organisms (5 per cent.) : Radiolaria, Diatoms, Sponge spicules.

Minerals: none observed.

Fine Washings (8°31 per cent.) : amorphous clayey matter, with minute siliceous splinters.

MURRAY—DEPOSIT-SAMPLES. 381

No. 10. June 28, 1905.

Lat. 5° 5’ 8., Long. 71° 40' E., 11 miles N.W. of Peros; depth, 1746 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: nearly one-half of the deposit is made up of Coral fragments, some of them

attaining a diameter of over half an inch, so that it might almost be called a Coral Mud.

Caucium Carponate: about 75 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Coral fragments,

Echinoid spines, Fish otoliths, Coccoliths.

ResipvueE: about 25 per cent. :—

Siliceous Organisms (5 per cent.) : Sponge spicules, Diatoms.

Minerals (traces) : one or two small glassy particles.

Fine Washings (20 per cent.) :

amorphous clayey matter, with fragments of siliceous

organisms.

No. 11. June 29, 1905.

Lat. 5° 31' 40" §., Long. 71° 37' 40" E., 10 miles S.W. of Peros; depth, 897 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: greyish white, slightly coherent.

Catcrum Carponate: 90°48 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Echinoid spines, a

few Coccoliths.

ReEsipveE: 9°52 per cent. :—

Siliceous Organisms (1 per cent.): Diatoms, Radiolaria, Sponge spicules.

Minerals (trace): a bright red opaque shapeless mineral resembling decomposed olivine ;

minute particles of what appears to be felspar.

Fine Washings (8°52 per cent.) : amorphous clayey matter, with siliceous splinters.

No. 12. July 13, 1905.

Lat. 7° 04' 04” S., Long. 72° 03! 02" E.; depth, 736 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA O0ZE : dirty white.

Caucium Carponate: 88°26 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Echimoid spines,

Fish otoliths, Pteropod fragments, Ostracodes, larval Molluscs, Tunicate spicules, Coccoliths.

Resipue: 11:74 per cent. :—

Minerals : none observed.

Fine Washings (6°74 per cent.) : amorphous clayey matter, with siliceous splinters.

Siliceous Organisms (5 per cent.) : Radiolaria, Diatoms, Sponge spicules, imperfect casts.

No. 13. July 14, 1905.

Lat. 6° 19'S., Long. 71° 4’ E.; depth, 1310 fathoms.

_ GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: greyish white, slightly coherent, chalky, finely granular.

Catcrum Carsponate: 78°99 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Echinoid spines,

Coral fragments, Gasteropods, Tunicate spicules, Fish otoliths, Coccoliths.

ResrpvueE: 21°01 per cent. :—

Siliceous Organisms (5 per cent.) : Sponge spicules, Radiolaria, Diatoms.

Minerals: none observed.

Fine Washings (16:01 per cent.): amorphous clayey matter, with fragments of siliceous

organisms. }

51*

382 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

No. 14. July 14, 1905.

Lat. 6° 16’ 8., Long. 70° 45’ E.; depth, 2079 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: light grey, slightly coherent, finely granular.

Catcium Cargponare: 59°20 per cent., pelagic and one or two bottom-living Foraminifera, Coccoliths,

a few Rhabdoliths.

Resipve: 40°80 per cent. :—

Siliceous Organisms (10 per cent.) : Radiolaria, Sponge spicules, arenaceous Foraminifera,

Diatoms.

Minerals (traces) : one or two minute glassy particles observed.

Fine Washings (80°80 per cent.): amorphous clayey matter, with minute fragments of

siliceous organisms.

No. 15. July 15, 1905.

Lat. 5° 59'7 8., Long. 71° 2'5 E.; depth, 13847 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: greyish white, slightly coherent.

Catcrum Carponate: 69°17 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Echinoid spines, Fish

otoliths, Coccoliths.

ResinveE : 30°83 per cent. :—

Siliceous Organisms (5 per cent.) ; Radiolaria, Diatoms, arenaceous Foraminifera.

Minerals (traces) : one or two minute glassy particles.

Fine Washings (25°83 per cent.); amorphous clayey matter, with fragments of siliceous

organisms.

No. 16. July 20, 1905.

Between Victory’s Bank and Nelson’s Island, Chagos ; depth, 771 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: greyish white.

Catcium Carsonate : 88°18 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Ostracodes, Pteropod

fragments, Echinoid spines, Tunicate spicules, Coccoliths.

Resipue: 11°82 per cent. :—

Siliceous Organisms (5 per cent.) : Sponge spicules, Radiolaria, Diatoms.

Minerals (trace) : a few indeterminable particles.

Fine Washings (6°82 per cent.) : amorphous clayey matter, with siliceous splinters.

No. 17. July 20, 1905.

Lat. 5° 33'2 8., Long. 72° 27' E.; depth, 1895 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: light grey.

Caucium Carzonate: 67:18 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Echinoid spines,

Coral fragments, Gasteropods, one or two small Pteropod fragments.

Resipve: 32°82 per cent. :-—

Siliceous Organisms (10 per cent.); Radiolaria, Sponge spicules, Diatoms, arenaceou

Foraminifera.

Minerals (traces): one particle of palagonite, 0°2 mm. in diameter, observed.

Fine Washings (22°82 per cent.) : amorphous clayey matter, with minute siliceous fragments.

MURRAY—DEPOSIT-SAMPLES. 383

No. 18. July 20, 1905.

Lat. 6° 10' 0" S., Long. 72° 58! 30" E.; depth, 1574 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA O0ZE: greyish white, incoherent.

Catcium Carsonate: 79°98 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Echimoid spines,

Coecoliths, Cephalopod beak.

ResipvE : 20°02 per cent. :—

Siliceous Organisms (5 per cent.) : Sponge spicules, Diatoms, Radiolaria.

Minerals (traces) : only one or two small mineral particles observed.

Fine Washings (15°02 per cent.) : amorphous clayey matter, with siliceous splinters,

No. 19. July 25, 1905.

Lat. 7° 22’ S., Long. 71° 42' 45" E.; depth, 887 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA OOZE: light grey, many of the shells discoloured with manganese, slightly coherent,

finely granular.

Caucrum Cargsonate: 72°04 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Echinoid spines, a few

Pteropods, Ostracodes, Fish bone, Coccoliths, Rhabdoliths.

ResipveE : 27°96 per cent. :—

Siliceous Oryanisms (5 per cent.) : Sponge spicules, Radiolaria, Diatoms.

a few particles of manganese.

Minerals (trace) :

amorphous clayey matter, with siliceous splinters.

Fine Washings (22°96 per cent.) :

No. 20, July 25, 1905.

Lat. 7° 30' 8., Long. 71° 20'7 E.; depth, 664 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: greyish white; very little material, so that an exact quantitative determination

of calcium carbonate could not be made.

Caucium Carsonate: about 85 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Pteropods,

Heteropods, Gasteropods, Lamellibranchs, Tunicate spicules, Echinoid spines.

Resivce : about 15 per cent. :—

Siliceous Organisms (5 per cent.) : Sponge spicules, Radiolaria, Diatoms.

Minerais : none observed.

Fine Washings (10 per cent.) :

organisms.

amorphous clayey matter, with minute fragments of siliceous

No. 21. July 26, 1905.

_ Lat. 7° 40’ 8., Long. 71° 15 E.; depth, 1000 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: greyish white, slightly coherent, chalky.

Caxcrum Carzonate : 83°42 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera (many young shells),

Echinoid spines, Tunicate spicules, Fish otolith, small Pteropod shell overgrown by Serpula,

Coccoliths, very few Rhabdoliths.

Resipve: 16°58 per cent., greyish brown :—

Siliceous Organisms (5 per cent.) : Sponge spicules, Radiolaria, Diatoms.

Minerals (traces) : one or two grains of palagonite and oue cosmic spherule observed.

Fine Washings (11°58 per cent.): amorphous clayey matter, with fragments of siliceous

organisms,

384 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

No. 22. July 26, 1905.

Lat. 6° 50’ S., Long. 70° 0' E.; depth, 2100 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: light greyish fawn, slightly coherent, chalky.

Catcrum Carsonate: 79°38 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Fish tooth, and one

or two Coccoliths.

Resipuge: 20°62 per cent. :—

Siliceous Organisms (5 per cent.) : Sponge spicules, Radiolaria, Diatoms.

Minerals ; no distinguishable mineral species observed.

Fine Washings (15°62 per cent.): amorphous clayey matter, with splinters of siliceous

organisms.

No. 23. July 27, 1905.

Toe 6° 0'S., Long. 69° 16’ E.; depth, 1822 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: light greyish fawn, granular, slightly coherent.

Caucrum Carponate: 55°84 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Fish teeth, Coccoliths,

and a few Rhabdoliths.

Resipur: 44°16 per cent. :—

Siliceous Organisms (10 per cent.) : Sponge spicules, Radiolaria, Diatoms.

Minerals ; none observed.

Fine Washings (8416 per cent.): amorphous clayey matter, with splinters of siliceous

organisms,

No. 24. July 28, 1905.

Lat. 4° 48' S., Long. 67° 22'2 E.; depth, 2173 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: light greyish fawn.

Catctum CarzonatTe: 66°70 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Echinoid spines,

Coccoliths, and minute horseshoe-shaped bodies.

Resipve : 33°30 per cent. :—

Siliceous Organisms (10 per cent.) : Sponge spicules, Radiolaria, a few Diatoms.

Minerals: none observed.

Fine Washings (23'30 per cent.) : amorphous clayey matter, with siliceous splinters.

No. 25. July 29, 1905.

Lat. 6° 37'8 S., Long. 66° 29''7 E.; depth, 1838 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA O00ZE: light greyish fawn, slightly coherent, granular.

Catcrum Carsonars : 76°92 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera (many young shells),

a few Echinoid spines, Coccoliths, Rhabdoliths, and minute horseshoe-shaped bodies.

ResrpvE : 23°08 per cent. :—

Siliceous Organisms (5 per cent.): Sponge spicules, Radiolaria, Diatoms.

Minerals: no distinguishable mineral species observed.

Fine Washings (18:08 per cent.): amorphous clayey matter, with splinters of siliceous

organisms.

ie eik>

MURRAY—DEPOSIT-SAMPLES. 3

No. 26. July 29, 1905.

Lat. 8° 25'S., Long. 65° 38! E.; depth, 2232 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: light fawn, slightly darker in shade than that of the previous station, finely

granular, slightly coherent.

Caucium Carponate: 74°57 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera (shells small and

much broken), Pteropods, Echinoid spines, Coccoliths, a few Rhabdoliths and minute horse-

shoe-shaped bodies.

Resiwve: 25°43 per cent. :—

Siliceous Organisms (15 per cent.): Sponge spicules, many Radiolaria, Diatoms.

Minerals : none observed.

Fine Washings (10°43 per cent.): amorphous clayey matter, with minute fragments of

siliceous organisms.

No, 27. July 31, 1905.

Lat. 12° 7'S., Long. 64° 75 E.; depth, 2143 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: light greyish fawn, dark grey in parts, gives off a smell of hydrogen sulphide.

Catcium CarponaTe: 75°98 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Echinoid spines,

Coccoliths, Rhabdoliths.

ResipveE: 24°02 per cent. :—

Siliceous Organisms (5 per cent.) : Sponge spicules, Radiolaria, Diatoms.

Minerals: none observed.

Fine Washings (19°02 per cent.): amorphous clayey matter, with splinters of siliceous

organisms.

No. 28. August 25, 1905.

Lat. 18° 100 S., Long. 58° 26'4 E.; depth, 1962 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: light grey, very fine-grained, shells mostly very small.

Catcium Carponate: 74°71 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Ostracodes, Lamelli-

branchs, Coccoliths, Rhabdoliths.

Resipvuz: 25°29 per cent. :—

Siliceous Organisms (5 per cent.) : Sponge spicules, Radiolaria.

Minerals (trace) ; fragment of brown opaque mineral.

Fine Washings (20°29 per cent.) : amorphous clayey matter, with minute siliceous splinters.

No. 29. September 8, 1905.

Lat. 9° 0'5 §., Long. 59° 50'7 E.; depth, 512 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE : light fawnish grey, slightly coherent.

Catcium Carponate: 91°68 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Pteropods,

Heteropods, Gasteropods, Ostracodes, Echinoid spines, Fish otoliths.

ResiDvUE : 8°32 per cent. :— :

Siliceous Organisms (2 per cent.): Sponge spicules, Radiolaria, Diatoms.

Minerals (trace) : one or two glassy particles.

Fine Washings (6°32 per cent.) : amorphous clayey matter, with siliceous splinters.

386 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

No. 30. September 25, 1905. }

Lat. 7° 26'4S., Long. 55° 52'2 E.; depth, 2032 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: greyish white.

Cancrum Carsonate; 78°66 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Echinoid spines.

RestpvE: 21°34 per cent. :-—

Siliceous Organisms (10 per cent.): Sponge spicules, Radiolaria, Diatoms.

Minerals : no crystalline minerals observed.

Fine Washings (11°34 per cent.): amorphous clayey matter, with fragments of siliceous

organisms.

No. 31. September 26, 1905.

Lat. 9° 34’ S., Long. 52° 26’ E.; depth, 2438 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: fawn colour, slightly granular, slightly coherent.

Caucirom CarsonaTe: 64°25 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Echinoid spines,

Coccoliths.

Resipur : 35°75 per cent. :—

Siliceous Organisms (1 per cent.) : Sponge spicules, Radiolaria, Diatoms, arenaceous

Foraminifera.

Minerals (1 per cent.): angular, m. di. 0°06 mm., quartz, orthoclase, volcanic glass,

plagioclase, hematite, biotite, chalcedony, magnetite, hornblende, and a decomposed

yellowish mineral. The appearance of the mineral particles suggests that they may

have been derived from a rhyolitic lava.

Fine Washings (33°75 per cent.): amorphous clayey matter, with splinters of siliceous

organisms and minerals.

No. 32. November 6, 1905.

Lat. 6° 06' 45" 8., Long. 56° 37’ 30" E.; depth, 1462 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: light slate-grey, slightly coherent.

Catcrum Carsonate: 72°89 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Pteropods, Echinoid

spines, tubes of Serpula, Tunicate spicules, Alcyonarian spicules, Ostracodes, larval Lamelli-

branchs and Gasteropods, otoliths of Fish, Coccoliths.

Resipue: 27°11 per cent. :—

Siliceous Orgunisms (10 per cent.) : Sponge spicules, Radiolaria, Diatoms, arenaceous —

Foraminifera.

Minerals (trace): felspar, a brownish product of decomposition, a red birefringent particle

resembling hematite,

Fine Washings (17:11 per cent.) : a little amorphous clayey matter, but mostly splinters of

siliceous organisms.

f ~s

sist! >

ee Pe ee ae al - ——

MURRAY—DEPOSIT-SAMPLES, 387

No. 33. November 7, 1905.

Lat. 6° 445 8., Long. 59° 245 E.; depth, 2041 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA O00ZE: light grey, slightly coherent.

Catcrum CarponatE: 67°36 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Coccoliths.

Resipve: 32°64 per cent, :—

Siliceous Organisms (5 per cent.): Sponge spicules, Radiolaria, Diatoms, arenaceous

Foraminifera.

Minerals (trace) : one or two glassy particles.

Fine Washings (27-64 per cent.) : amorphous clayey matter, with siliceous splinters.

No. 34, November 8, 1905.

Lat. 6° 57'S., Long. 60° 30' E.; depth, 2182 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: dirty white when wet, almost pure white when dried, slightly coherent.

Catcrum Carsonate: 77°32 per cent., almost entirely made up of pelagic Foraminifera and their

fragments; one or two bottom-living Foraminifera, broken Echinoid spines, Pteropod fragments

and a few Coccoliths.

ResipvE: 22°68 per cent. :—

Siliceous Organisms (10 per cent.) : Radiolaria, Diatoms, arenaceous Foraminifera.

Minerals: none observed.

Fine Washings (12°68 per cent.) : amorphous clayey matter, with siliceous splinters.

No. 35. November 8, 1905.

Lat. 7° 3'5S., Long. 61° 5'5 E.; depth, 2209 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: light grey, slightly coherent.

Catcium Carsponate: 77°62 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Coccoliths, and

minute horseshoe-shaped bodies.

Resipvz: 22.38 per cent. :—

Siliceous Organisms (10 per cent.) : Sponge spicules, Radiolaria, Diatoms.

Minerals : no crystalline minerals observed.

Fine Washings (12°38 per cent.): amorphous clayey matter, with fragments of siliceous

organisms.

No. 36. November 8, 1905.

Lat. 7° 33°0 S., Long. 61° 5°5 E.; depth, 2018 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: light grey, slightly coherent.

Catcrum Carsonate: 82:10 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Ostracodes, Coccoliths,

Rhabdoliths, minute horseshoe-shaped bodies.

Resipve: 17:90 per cent. :—

Siliceous Organisms (10 per cent.): principally Radiolaria, with Sponge spicules and Diatoms.

Minerals (traces): a few particles of felspar and volcanic glass (fresh and decomposed)

observed.

Fine Washings (7-90 per cent.): amorphous clayey matter, with fragments of siliceous

organisms.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 52

388 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

No. 37. November 9, 1905. ,

Lat. 7° 35"5 §., Long. 61° 29"0 E.; depth, 2055 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA OOZE: light grey, slightly coherent.

Cancrum Carponate: 82°66 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Echinoid spines,

Coceoliths, Rhabdoliths. :

Resipue: 17°34 per cent. :—

Siliceous Organisms (10 per cent.) : Radiolaria, Sponge spicules, Diatoms, fragments of —

arenaceous Foraminifera.

Minerals: (no crystalline minerals observed).

Fine Washings (7°34 per cent.) : amorphons clayey matter, with fragments of siliceous —

organisms.

No. 38. November 11, 1905.

Lat. 4° 51'68., Long. 64° 203 E.; depth, 2082 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: light grey, slightly coherent.

Catcium Carzonatz: 80°93 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Echinoid spines,

Coccoliths, Rhabdoliths, minute horseshoe-shaped bodies.

Resrpur: 19:07 per cent. :—

Siliceous Organisms (10 per cent.) : Radiolaria, Sponge spicules, Diatoms, arenaceous

Foraminifera.

Minerals (trace): one or two particles of felspar and volcanic glass observed.

Fine Washings (9:07 per cent.) : amorphous clayey matter, with siliceous splinters.

No. 39. November 12, 1905.

Lat. 2° 42"18., Long. 67° 23'0 E.; depth, 1900 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: light grey, slightly coherent.

Catcium CarsonatEe: 81°92 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera (many of the shells —

in a fragmentary condition), Echinoid spines, Coccoliths.

Resipve: 18°08 per cent. :—

Siliceous Organisms (2 per cent.): Sponge spicules, Radiolaria, Diatoms, arenaceous —

Foraminifera. =

Minerals (1 per cent.) : m. di. 0'06 mm., apparently felspar, and a decomposed silicate, which

might represent augite. q

Fine Washings (15°C8 per cent.) : amorphous clayey matter, with siliceous splinters.

No. 40. November 14, 1905.

Lat. 2° 233 8., Long. 71° 39'3 E.; depth, 2150 fathoms.

GLOBICERINA O0ZE: light grey, slightly coherent.

Caxcium Carsonare: 75°36 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera (many of the shells |

, in a fragmentary condition), Echinoid spines, Coccoliths, small horseshoe-shaped bodies.

Resipve: 24°64 per cent. :—

Siliceous Organisms (8 per cent.) : Sponge spicules, Radiolaria, Diatoms.

Minerals (trace) : only one or two glassy particles.

Fine Washings (21°64 per cent.) : amorphous clayey matter, with siliceous splinters.

MURRAY—DEPOSIT-SAMPLES, 389

No. 41. August 23, 1905.

Lat. 20° 04"2 S., Long. 57° 27"2 E.; depth, 818 fathoms.

PTEROPOD 00ZE: light fawn, slightly coherent, very fine-grained.

Catcium Carponate : 72°18 per cent., a few pelagic and many bottom-living Foraminifera, Pteropods,

Heteropods, larval Gasteropods and Lamellibranchs, Echinoid spines, Coccoliths, a few

Rhabdoliths.

Rustpvue : 27°82 per cent. :—

Siliceous Organisms (5 per cent.) : Sponge spicules, Radiolaria.

Minerals (5 per cent.): angular, m. di. 0:09 mm., mainly a decomposed mineral which

cannot be determined, but may represent decomposed olivine; augite, plagioclase

(probably belonging to andesine), very little magnetite.

Fine Washings (17:82 per cent.) : amorphous clayey matter, with minute particles of minerals

and siliceous organisms.

No, 42. August 22, 1905.

Lat. 20° 21' 15” S., Long. 57° 18! 20" B.; depth, 705 fathoms.

CORAL MUD: grey, slightly coherent, granular.

Carcrum Carponare : 77°83 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Echinoid shell

fragments and spines, Tunicate spicules, Pteropods, Gasteropods, larval Lamellibranchs,

fragments of Corals, Polyzoa, Aleyonarian spicules, Ostracodes, and small Coccoliths.

Rusipve : 22:17 per cent. :—

Siliceous Organisms (4 per cent.) : arenaceous Foraminifera, Sponge spicules, Radiolaria.

Minerals (2 per cent.): angular, m. di. 0:08 mm., augite (pale brown), plagioclase, olivine,

chloritic mineral, reddish opaque decomposed mineral, magnetite abundant ; flat rounded

pebble of basic, igneous rock (10 em. long, 3 cm. thick).

Fine Washings (16°17 per cent.) : amorphous clayey matter, with minute splinters of siliceous

organisms and minerals.

No. 43.

Off Mauritius ; depth, 500-600 fathoms.

CORAL MUD: brownish-grey, fine-grained, slightly coherent.

Caucrum CarsonatEe: 56°93 per cent., pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Coral fragments,

Pteropods, Ostracodes.

Resiwve: 43°07 per cent. :—

Siliceous Organisms (3 per cent.) : Sponge spicules, clayey casts.

Minerals (20 per cent.): most of the particles are 0'l1 mm. in mean diameter, but many

average 1 mm.; the small ones are angular, the large ones appear rounded: olivine,

a little augite, basic plagioclase showing occasionally crystalline contours, much magnetite,

decomposed basic minerals.

Fine Washings (20:07 per cent.): amorphous clayey matter, with minute mineral particles

and splinters of siliceous organisms,

390 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

No. 44.

Anchorage at Takamaka, Lagoon of Salomon Atoll; depth, 14 fathoms.

CORAL MUD: white, fine-grained, incoherent.

Catcrum Carponate: 94 per cent., bottom-living Foraminifera (mostly fragmentary), fragments of

Corals, Pteropods, Heteropods, Gasteropods, Lamellibranchs, and Hchinoderms ; Polyzoa,

Aleyonarian spicules.

Kgsipvr: 6 per cent, :—

Siliceous Organisms (1 per cent.): Sponge spicules.

Minerals (trace) : a few minute grains of what appear to be quartz, felspar, hornblende, and

white mica.

Fine Washings (5 per cent.) : amorphous clayey matter.

No. 45.

Anchorage, Lagoon of Diego Garcia; depth, 13 fathoms.

CORAL MUD: white, fine-grained.

Catcrum Carzsonarr: about 95 per cent., bottom-living Foraminifera, Coral fragments, Lamelli-

branchs, Gasteropods, Pteropod fragments, Echinoid shell fragments and spines, Ostracodes,

Alcyonarian spicules, Tunicate spicules, one or two Coccoliths.

Resipve: about 5 per cent., greenish :—

Siliceous Organisms (2 per cent.) : principally Sponge spicules with one or two Diatoms.

Minerals (trace): a few mineral grains, including one angular grain of quartz 0°1 mm. in

maximum diameter.

Fine Washings (3 per cent): amorphous clayey matter, with minute siliceous splinters.

B.—SAMPLES NOT FULLY DESCRIBED, BUT SUFFICING TO INDICATE THE

PROBABLE TyPE OF DEPOSIT.

No. 1. May 15, 1905.

Lat. 2° 45! §., Long. 75° 53' E.; depth, 2129 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA O00OZE: From this station there is only a small quantity of material, which has

apparently been subjected to a certain amount of washing, but it indicates that the deposit

is Globigerina Ooze. The material consists almost entirely of pelagic Foraminifera, many

of large size and many broken; a good many Radiolaria and Sponge spicules, with a few

Diatoms and arenaceous Foraminifera ; no minerals were observed.

No. 2. July 6, 1905.

Lat. 5° 23’ 30" S., Long. 72° 29’ 0" E.; depth, 769 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: The material from this station is incoherent, appearing as though all the

fine particles had been washed away. It probably indicates a deposit of Globigerina Ooze,

since it consists almost entirely of pelagic Foraminifera, with a few bottom-living forms,

Pteropod fragments, Echinoid spines, Fish otoliths ; Sponge spicules and fragments.

oe ee ee ee

MURRAY—DEPOSIT-SAMPLES, 391

No. 3. July 13, 1905.

Lat. 7° 08' 55" S., Long. 71° 35! 5! E., east of Pitt Bank ; depth, 731 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA O00ZE: From this station there is a little fine-grained material, probably indicating

a deposit of Globigerina Ooze, since it consists principally of pelagic Foraminifera, with a few

bottom-living forms, Pteropod fragments, Echinoid spines, Tunicate spicules, Coccoliths and

a few Rhabdoliths ; Sponge spicules, Radiolaria, and Diatoms.

No. 4. July 26, 1905.

Lat. 7° 39'30"S., Long. 71° 7’ 30" E., 20’ east of Centurion’s Bank; depth, 944 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA O0ZE: The material consists principally of pelagic Foraminifera, with a few bottom-

living forms, Fish otoliths, Echinoid spines, and fragments of siliceous Sponges, indicating

that the deposit at this station is probably Globigerina Ooze.

No. 5. August 1, 1905.

Lat. 13° 46'S., Long. 63° 13’ E.; depth, 2188 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: The bottle with the material from this station contained only three or four

small pelagic Foraminifera and one or two particles of manganese. The deposit is probably

Globigerina Ooze.

No. 6. August 2, 1905.

Lat. 16° 42’ S., Long. 61° 6! E.; depth, 1685 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: The material from this station, of which there is very little, consists of pelagic

Foraminifera, many of the shells being discoloured by manganese, and probably indicates that

the deposit is Globigerina Ooze.

No. ‘7. September 1, 1905.

Lat. 15° 49’ S., Long. 59° 14”8 E.; depth, 1507 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: Consisting of pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Ostracodes, Pteropod

fragments, Echinoid spines, Tunicate spicules, and Coccoliths; Radiolaria, Sponge spicules,

and Diatoms ; a trace of minerals and a small quantity of fine amorphous clayey matter.

No. 8. September 12, 1905.

Lat. 6° 9! 36" §., Long. 56° 32! 0" E., midway between Coetivy and Mahé Islands,

Seychelles ; depth, 1195 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA O0ZE: From this station there is very little material, consisting of a few pelagic

and bottom-living Foraminifera and their fragments, Pteropod fragments, Echinoid spines,

Ostracodes, one large Fish otolith overgrown with /Vebbina, Tunicate spicules, small calcareous

horseshoe-shaped bodies, Coccoliths, and Rhabdoliths; Sponge spicules, Radiolaria, and Diatoms.

The material seems to indicate that the deposit is Globigerina Ooze.

392 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

No. 9. September 21, 1905.

Lat. 6° 35'4.8., Long. 56° 51'S E.; depth, 1615 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: Greyish white, consisting of pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Echinoid

spines, Coccoliths, and a few Rhabdoliths; Radiolaria and Sponge spicules; and a small

quantity of fine amorphous clayey matter. No minerals were observed. The material, of

which there is very little, may have been subjected to a certain amount of washing.

No. 10. September 27, 1905.

Lat. 10° 27'5 S., Long. 51° 17’ E.; depth, 1938 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: The material is incoherent, and has apparently been washed. It consists

principally of pelagic Foraminifera with a few bottom-living forms, Pteropod fragments,

Echinoid spines, Fish otoliths, and Coccoliths; Sponge spicules, and one or two small crystalline

mineral particles.

No. 11. September 27, 1905.

Lat. 10° 39’ S., Long. 50° 52’ E.; depth, 1858 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA O00ZE: A very little fine-grained material, consisting of pelagic Foraminifera and

their fragments, a few Coccoliths and Rhabdoliths; Sponge spicules, Radiolaria, Diatoms ;

and one or two small volcanic mineral particles.

No. 12. November 11, 1905.

Lat. 7° 15'0 S., Long. 61° 285 E.; depth, 2192 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE: A very little fine-grained material was received from this station, consisting

of very small pelagic Foraminifera and fragments, Coccoliths, Rhabdoliths, small horseshoe-

shaped calcareous bodies ; Sponge spicules, Radiolaria, and Diatoms; indicating that the deposit

is probably Globigerina Ooze.

No. 13. June 28, 1905.

Lat. 5° 10' 0" S., Long. 71° 41’ 50” E., 8 miles west of Peros; depth, 692 fathoms.

GLOBIGERINA 00ZE or CORAL MUD: The material is incoherent, and may not represent the

deposit at the bottom; it contains pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Pteropods,

Heteropods, Coral fragments, Echinoid spines, Ostracodes, small Molluse shells, Tunicate

spicules, Coccoliths, and Rhabdoliths; Sponge spicules, Radiolaria, and Diatoms; one or two

very small crystalline mineral particles; and a small quantity of fine amorphous clayey matter.

No. 14. June 21, 1905.

Lat. 5°16! 40" §., Long, 72° 23’ 50" E., 9 miles E.N.E. of Salomon; depth, 658 fathoms.

CORAL MUD: incoherent, and probably washed; it contains pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera,

Coral fragments, Molluse fragments, Pteropods, Heteropods, Alcyonarian spicules, Echinoid

spines, lish otoliths, Serpula tubes, Polyzoa, Tunicate spicules, Coccoliths, and minute

caleareous bodies (horseshoe-shaped); Sponge spicules, Radiolaria, and Diatoms; and one or

two small particles of pumice.

MURRAY—DEPOSIT SAMPLES. 395

No. 15. September 6, 1905.

Saya de Malha; depth, 40 fathoms.

CORAL MUD: Grey with a greenish tinge, consisting of pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera,

Coral fragments, Echinoid spines, Fish otoliths, Ostracodes, Molluse fragments, Aleyonarian

spicules, and Coccoliths ; Sponge spicules, Diatoms, and Radiolaria; a few minute mineral

particles, and a small quantity of fine amorphous clayey matter with splinters of siliceous

organisms.

No. 16. September 6, 1905.

Saya de Malha (dredging C 11); depth, 47 fathoms.

CORAL MUD: Light grey, slightly coherent, chalky, consisting of pelagic and bottom-living

Foraminifera, Coral fragments, Hchinoid spines, Pteropods, Heteropods, Ostracodes, Tunicate

spicules, Bryozoa, Serpula tubes, and one or two Coccoliths ; Sponge spicules and fragments,

Diatoms, and Radiolaria ; a trace of minute mineral particles; and a small quantity of flocculent

clayey matter.

No. 1%.

Salomon Lagoon. Section No. 13.

CORAL MUD: Consisting of bottom-living Foraminifera, Coral fragments, calcareous Algz,

Gasteropods, Pteropods, Echinoid spines, Aleyonarian spicules, Tunicate spicules, and Sponge

spicules. There is very little material from this station.

No. 18. June 19, 1905.

Lat. 5° 41' 20" 8., Long. 71° 59’ 10" E., 6 miles north of Chagos; depth, 223 fathoms.

PTEROPOD 00ZE: Dirty white, incoherent, and may not represent the deposit in situ; it consists

of pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Pteropods, Heteropods, Echinoid shell-fragments

and spines, Fish otoliths, Tunicate spicules, and a few Coccoliths; Sponge fragments and

spicules, Radiolaria, fragments of arenaceous Foraminifera, and Diatoms; a trace of minute

mineral particles ; and a small quantity of fine amorphous clayey matter.

No. 19. June 20, 1905.

Position—13 miles 8.E. of Peros; depth, 363 fathoms.

PTEROPOD OOZE: From this station there is very little material, indicating that the deposit is

probably Pteropod Ooze, since it contains many fragments of Pteropods and Heteropods,

with pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, Alcyonarian spicules, Hehinoid spines, small

Molluse shells, Tunicate spicules, and Coccoliths; a few Sponge spicules, Radiolaria, and

Diatoms.

No. 20. June 28, 1905.

Lat. 5° 10' 0" S., Long. 72° 15' 30" E., near Salomon; depth, 575 fathoms.

PTEROPOD O00ZE: The material is incoherent, and may not represent the deposit as it is on the

bottom ; it contains Pteropods, Heteropods, pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, fragments

of Corals and calcareous Algz, Gasteropods, Lamellibranchs, Echinoid sheli-fragments and

spines, Fish otoliths, Aleyonarian spicules, Tunicate spicules, and Coccoliths ; Sponge spicules,

Radiolaria, and one or two imperfect casts.

594 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

C.—SAMPLES INSUFFICIENT TO INDICATE THE TYPE OF DEPostt.

No. 1. July 25, 1905.

Lat. 7° 21'8., Long. 71° 27' 45" E., west edge of Wight Bank; depth, 36 fathoms.

A few Coral fragments, overgrown with calcareous Algz, Sponge spicules, Polyzoa and their

fragments, with a few bottom-living Foraminifera.

No. 2. July 25, 1905.

Lat. 7° 23’ 8., Long. 71° 31' E.; depth, 116 fathoms.

The material received from this station consisted of one or two small particles of Coral.

No. 3. July 25, 1905.

Lat. 7° 22! 45" S., Long. 71° 29! 45" E., S.E. of Wight Bank; depth, 116 fathoms.

The material from this station consists of Coral fragments, with Gasteropod shells, Polyzoa, bottom-

living Foraminifera, a few pelagic Foraminifera, Echinoid shell-fragments and spines, a few Pteropod

nd Heteropod shells and fragments.

No. 4. July 25, 1905.

Lat. 7° 21! 30" S., Long. 71° 27' 0" E., S.W. of Wight Bank; depth, 118 fathoms.

From this station there is very little material, consisting of pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera,

and one or two Pteropod fragments.

No. 5. July 25, 1905.

Lat. 70° 36' 30’ S., Long. 72° 25! 0" E., south of Diego Garcia; depth, 487 fathoms.

The material from this station consists of only one or two Coral fragments, one in a state of

decomposition and coated with peroxide of manganese.

No. 6. July 25, 1905. %

Lat. 7° 22' 10" S., Long. 71° 33’ 45” E.; depth, 597 fathoms.

The material from this station consists of only one large bottom-living Foraminifer (Amphistegina),

with two or three fragments of Lamellibranch shells.

No. 7. July 25, 1905.

Lat. 7° 34! 80" S., Long. 71° 16! 45" E., S.W. of Wight Bank; depth, 802 fathoms.

The material from this station, of which there is only a very small quantity, consists of pelagic

and bottom-living Foraminifera, with one or two otoliths of Fishes, one entire Lamellibranch, and

Echinoid spines.

No. 8. July 26, 1905.

Lat. 7° 38’ 0" S., Long. 70° 46’ 0" E., east edge of Centurion’s Bank ;

depth, 276 fathoms.

The material from this station consists of fragments of Corals, with Aleyonarian spicules, Gasteropods,

bottom-living Foraminifera, one or two pelagic Foraminifera, Fish otoliths, and Polyzoa.

MURRAY—DEPOSIT-SAMPLES. 395

No. 9. July 26, 1905.

Lat. 7° 38"5 S., Long. 70° 41'0 E.; depth, 482 fathoms.

The material from this station is incoherent, and consists of pelagic Foraminifera, Pteropods,

Heteropods, Echinoid spines ; Sponge spicules, arenaceous Foraminifera, and Diatoms.

No. 10, July 26, 1905.

Lat. 7° 47' 20" 8., Long. 70° 44' 0" E., south of Centurion’s Bank ; depth, 547 fathoms.

The only material received from this station is a small Coral fragment.

No. 11. July 26, 1905.

Lat. 7° 39'0"S., Long. 71° 13’ 15" E., 8.W. of Wight Bank ; depth, 759 fathoms.

The material from this station consists of pelagic and bottom-living Foraminifera, otoliths of Fishes,

Pteropod fragments, and Ostracodes.

No. 12, September 1, 1905.

Lat. 16° 20' 48" S., Long. 59° 13’ 50" E.; depth, 263 fathoms.

From this station there is only a little incoherent material, consisting of Coral fragments, bottom-

living Foraminifera, with one or two pelagic forms, Gasteropods, Lamellibranchs, Alcyonarian spicules,

Echinoid spines, one or two Pteropod fragments; and Sponge spicules.

No. 13. September 1, 1905.

Lat. 16° 24’ 8., Long. 59° 08’ E.; depth, 560 fathoms.

From this station only a little fine material was received, containing pelagic and bottom-

living Foraminifera, Pteropod fragments, Echinoid spines, Polyzoa, small Lamellibranchs, Alcyonarian

spicules, and Tunicate spicules; Sponge spicules and Diatoms.

No. 14. October 17, 1905.

Lat. 5° 102 8., Long. 53° 22!7 E.; depth, 794 fathoms.

From this station only a very little fine-grained material was received, consisting of pelagic and

hottom-living Foraminifera and their fragments, Pteropod fragments, Echinoid spines, Tunicate

spicules, Coccoliths and Rhabdoliths; Sponge spicules, Radiolaria, Diatoms; and a few particles of

volcanic glass.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 53

6 >i ~ 4 ; 74. Ny

396 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE 22.

The Depths of the Indian Ocean.

PLATE 28,

Distribution of Marine Deposits in the Indian Ocean.

PLATE 24.

Percentage of Calcium Carbonate in the Deposits of the Indian Ocean.

THE DEPTHS OF THE INDIAN OCEAN

COMPILED FROM THE LATEST SOURCES, 1909

Percy Siapen Trust ExPepirion

Trans. Linn. Soc, Ser.2 Zoox.Vol. XIII Pi22

Longitude Bast 70 of Greenwich

DEPTHS IN FATHOMS

“Challenger” Track

xceeding 1000 fathoms

wo figures only, thus

32, the last two figures being omitted.

Soundings in deptha ©:

are indicated by the first t

3269

2z09 wojwiG

az00 UR|sLjOIPeY

2Z00 podossig

e709 eusaiqoio{ |

spueg pur spnw |v409)|

sysodag snous31s01

BRA UIK TeAT007 g-wag “20g Nar] SAVE

———

‘Sud “G11 “OH ‘AVHYHOW NHOPF UIS HILAV

NVI90 NVIGNI THL NI SLISOdIC ININVW 40 NOILAPIALSIC

NOILIGAdKY ISHN], NEGWIg AOUTY

RES

v2 7d IX 19A"1907 2 BAS "00S NIT 'SNVUY, ‘SHd “Q°11 “@°0°H ‘AVHYYOW NHOP IS HALAV NOILIGadXy LSAY], NFavIg Aus

NVI30 NVIGNI FHL 10 SLISOMIG IHL NI TIWNOGIV) WOIITVD 10 FOVINGINAd

Pp-sor7 m

No. X1V.—THE ORNEODIDA AND PTEROPHORID OF THE

SEYCHELLES EXPEDITION.

By T. Barnpricce Fietcanr, R.N., FES.

(Communicated by J. Stranuey Garpiner, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.)

(With 4 Text-figures.)

Read 17th February, 1910.

Tne present paper deals with the Orneodide and Pterophoride collected in 1908-09 by

Mr. Hugh Scott and Mr. J.C. F. Fryer in the Seychelles and Aldabra, and includes

examples of ten species, of which four are here described as novelties. Of these groups

of Lepidoptera we now know eight species which occur in the Seychelles and three which

are found in Aldabra, as against three only which had been previously recorded from the

Seychelles, none having been recorded from Aldabra before.

Family ORNEODIDZ.

(1) Orneodes seychellensis, sp. n.

3 2. Exp. 11 mm.—Palpi porrect, long, second joint thickly and roughly scaled,

with projecting apical scale-tuft ; third joint filiform, about half length of second (without

scale-tuft) ; second joint blackish fuscous, third white, black at extreme base and broadly

Fig. 1.—Orneodes seychellensis. Profile view of head.

banded with black before apex. Head ochreous-grey, frons blackish fuscous, Antenne

finely ciliated (about 4), ochreous-grey, dotted with black externally. Thorax grey-white,

53*

398 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

minutely irrorated with blackish and with a transverse blackish line across prothorax.

Abdomen grey-white mottled with pale fuscous, incisions of segments indicated in pale

fuscous.

Legs greyish, mottled with blackish. Mid-tibia dilated apically with a seale-tuft and

emitting a pair of black-banded spurs, of which the inner is the longer. Posterior tibia

with dorsal scale-tufts at } and apex, emitting two pairs of long spurs, banded with

blackish at 4 and 2 of their length, and of which the inner spurs are the longer, and

proximal pair longer than distal. Posterior tarsi more or less blackish dorsally towards

bases of joints.

Fore wing cleft into six linear segments; first cleft to about 4, second nearly to

base, third to about 2, fourth to about $, fifth to about §. Grey-white, irrorated and

mottled with dark fuscous: first segment with costa narrowly blackish on basal third,

cut by five approximately equal and equidistant blackish-fuscous, white-margined bars,

of which the first is before cleft and second and fifth do not reach hinder margin of

segment; second to fourth segments crossed beyond 3 by a broad blackish bar, preceded

and followed by white; on fifth segment this bar is rather narrower, more inwardly

oblique, and is shifted basewards to slightly within }; on sixth segment this bar is

moved still nearer the base; second to sixth segments beyond black bar fuscous-grey

minutely irrorated with blackish, with two white patches, first broad and displaced

baseward on third segment, second narrow, subterminal, extreme tips of segments

blackish; on sixth segment first white patch is followed by a small area of blackish

suffusion. Cilia on termen (tips of segments) whitish with a blackish central bar ;

within clefts fuscous, blackish opposite black bars and inner white bar, conspicuously

white opposite outer white bar and both white margins of black bar.

Hind wing cleft into six linear segments: fuscous grey irrorated with blackish, cut by

about four equidistant narrow white bars; cilia pale fuscous, white opposite, narrowly

blackish on either side of, white bars.

Type (¢) in Brit. Mus.

Seven specimens from Mahé (Cascade Estate, 800-1000 feet, and Morne Blanc, 1000 feet)

and Silhouette (Mount Pot-a-eau, 1500 feet, in August and September).

Of described species, 0. seychellensis appears to come nearest to O. butleri, Wlgn., but

is easily differentiated by having only five costal bars, whereas bwiéleri is stated to have

six (Kéngl. Vet.-Ak. Férhandl. 1875, p. 180).

Family PTEROPHORIDZ.

(2) Buckleria defectalis, Wlk.

Pterophorus defectalis, Walker, Cat. xxx. p. 943 (1864).

Trichoptilus defectalis, Fletcher, Trans. Linn. Soc., ser. 2, Zool. xii. (1909) p. 146.

Seychelles——Fourteen specimens from Bird and Dennis Islands. Not previously

recorded from the Seychelles group, although this species may reasonably be expected

to occur in any low, sandy, littoral area in these islands.

FLETCHER—PTEROPHORID &. 399

Aldabra.—Two specimens from Picard Island are unusually large, but I do not notice

any points of specific distinction. In Ceylon the individuals of this species are very

variable in size.

Distribution.—Southern United States; West Indies; Peru; West, South, and East

Africa; Mauritius; Farquhar Island; Amirantes; Coetivy ; Chagos Islands; Ceylon;

India; China; New Guinea; N.E. Australia ; Hawaii.

(3) Buckleria wahlbergi, Zell.

Pterophorus wahibergi, Zell. Linn. Ent. vi. p. 346 (1852).

Trichoptilus wahlbergi, Fletcher, Spol. Zeylan. vi. 27, t. A. fig. 10 (1909).

Seychelles.—Two specimens from Mahé (Cascade Estate and Morne Blanc).

Distribution —This species is widely distributed, being known from South Africa,

St. Helena (? introduced), India, Ceylon, and Queensland.

Observation —The long tuft on the second palpal joint of this species is quite

characteristic and is very similar to the structure of the palpi seen in the distans group

Fig. 2.-Buckleria wahlbergi, Zell. Side view of head, showing peculiar tuft on second palpal joint.

of the genus Oxyptilus. On account of this character B. waklbergi will probably have

_to be removed from the genus Buckleria, but it seems premature to do so before the

early stages are known.

(4) Sphenarches caffer, Zell.

Oxyptilus caffer, Zell. Linn. Ent. vi. p. 348 (1852).

Sphenarches caffer, Fletcher, Trans. Linn. Soc., ser. 2, Zool. xiii. (1909) p. 313.

Seychelles.—Two specimens from Mahé: Morne Blanc and Cascade Estate.

Distribution. W est and South Africa; Seychelles ; Maldives ; Ceylon ; India; Burma;

Japan ; Sumatra; Queensland; North Australia.

(5) Platyptilia pusillidactyla, Wk.

Ozyptilus pusillidactylus, Walker, Cat. xxx. p. 933 (1864).

Platyptilia pusillidactyla, Fletcher, Trans. Linn. Soc., ser. 2, Zool. xiii. (1909) p. 313.

Seychelles.—This species is not represented in the present collection, but I took a

400 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

single example in the Botanical Garden at Port Victoria, Mahé, on 31st October, 1905,

during the ‘ Sealark’ Expedition.

Distribution —West Indies; India; Ceylon; Hongkong; Honolulu.

(6) Platyptilia claripicta, sp. 0.

¢. Exp. 15 mm.—Palpi ascending, reaching above vertex, second joint triangularly

dilated with rough scales, third joint short ; ochreous-fuscous, third joint banded with

reddish-fuscous before apex. Head greyish-fuscous, vertex with projecting cone of scales.

Fig. 3.—Platyptilia claripicia. Profile view of head, showing palpus and frontal tuft.

Antenne minutely ciliated; pale fuscous annulated with blackish. Thorax greyish-

fuscous. Legs greyish, striated and banded with blackish-fuscous. Posterior tibia dilated

at apex with blackish-fuscous scales and banded at 3 with blackish-fuscous, emitting

two pairs of moderate blackish-tipped spurs, of which the inner are the longer. Posterior

tarsus blackish-fuscous on apical half of first joint, other joints narrowly dark fuscous

apically.

Fore wing cleft from about }: first segment parallel-sided, apex acute, termen sub-

faleate, posterior angle well-marked ; second segment as broad basally as first, expanded

posteriorly, both angles well marked but slightly rounded off, termen subsinuately

convex: whitish-grey with a more or less fuscous or ochreous tinge and minutely

irrorated with blackish-fuscous, most apparent along basal half of costa and on dorsal

region; a longitudinal small blackish subcostal spot at}; a large blackish costal triangle

before 8, its apex running obliquely into basal half of second segment, its outer edge

straight to base of eleft (which it does not touch) and clearly defined; first segment with

some fuscous suffusion on costa beyond 4, sometimes reaching across segment, its outer

fifth (except at apex) dark fuscous edged internally with blackish ; second segment

suffused with light fuscous, its outer fifth dark fuscous edged internally by blackish and q

preceded by a narrow whitish line parallel to termen. Cilia on costa blackish to }, pale —

fuscous before apex ; on termen whitish, basally black preceded by fuscous ; within cleft

greyish, blackish opposite terminal suffusion ; on dorsum greyish with a few scattered q

black scales intermixed, some black scales scarcely forming a small black scale-tqoth at

2 and a blackish wisp tornally.

Hind wing cleft from about 2 and %: first segment dilated posteriorly, spatulate, apex

rounded, blunt; second segment slightly dilated posteriorly, subtriangular, apex very

acute, termen slightly concave, hinder angle distinct; third segment sublinear, tornus

almost obsolete : fuscous-grey. Cilia greyish or pale fuscous ; around apex blackish ;

darker on termen of second segment; on dorsum whitish, dark fuscous subtornally, with

a few scattered black scales throughout and a moderate black scale-tooth at +4.

Type (¢) in Brit. Mus.

Three examples from Seychelles: Mahé (Cascade Estate) and Silhouette (Mare aux

Cochons, 1700 feet).

A handsome and distinct little species in which the black costal triangle stands out

conspicuously as in Plat. albida and its North American relatives.

(7) Platyptilia brachymorpha, Meyyr.

Platyptilia brachymorpha, Meyr. Trans, Entom. Soc. 1888, p. 240; Fletcher, Spol. Zeylan. vi. p. 12,

t. A. f.3 (1909).

Eight specimens from Aldabra.

Distribution —This is a widely-distributed species which has been recorded from South

Africa, Syria, India, Ceylon, and Hawaii.

(8) Platyptilia dimorpha, sp. n.

g 14-15, 2? 17-18 mm.—Palpi short, porrect, filiform, third joint scarcely half length

of second ; fuscous-grey, Head and antennz greyish-fuscous. Thorax in ¢ fuscous, in

Fig. 4.—Platypiilia dimorpha. Side view of head,

? dark fuscous; in both sexes the patagia are lighter and metathoracic region pale

sulphur-yellow. Abdomen long and slender (in ¢ as long as fore wing, in 2 rather

shorter), pale yellowish basally, fuscous posteriorly ; in ¢ with fuscous-grey apical tuft.

Legs greyish lined with blackish-fuscous ; very long and slender ; posterior tibia as long

as abdomen, slightly dilated with minute blackish spines at 2 and apex and emitting two

pairs of long slender black-tipped spurs, of which the inner are slightly the longer.

- Posterior tarsi very long ; first tarsal joint suffused with blackish-fuscous, longer than

joints 2-5 together.

Fore wing cleft from about 3, first segment parallel-sided, apex acute, termen oblique,

posterior angle rather rounded, distinct; second segment posteriorly slightly dilated,

fore angle acute and slightly produced, termen oblique, tornus rather rounded: in g

ochreous-whitish, in 2 dark fuscous slightly reddish tinged: in both sexes with markings

as follows :—a small longitudinal blackish subdorsal streak at 4, a blackish discal dot at 4,

402 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

costal area suffused with blackish to $, whence the suffusion is sometimes produced down-

wards to a small blackish spot lying within and above base of cleft, a similar black spot

lies on lower corner of base of cleft, and these two spots sometimes tend to be connected

by blackish suffusion, a few scattered blackish scales in dise between 3 and 3; first

segment cut at about $ by a narrow transverse white line, not parallel to termen, preceded

by a patch of blackish suffusion most evident on costa and sometimes extended inwards

along hinder margin to base of cleft; second segment cut by a transverse white sub-

terminal line, parallel to termen, usually preceded by blackish suffusion. Cilia on costa

blackish except for a short distance beyond $ and before apex, where they are of the

ground-colour of wing ; on termen whitish, with a small black scale-tooth at fore angle

of second segment and small black teeth slightly before posterior angle of both segments ;

within cleft grey-white (pale fuscous in @ ), blackish-fuscous subterminally ; on dorsum

whitish with a slight admixture of blackish, with slight black scale-teeth beyond } and

at about 3 and a rather larger pretornal tooth ; cilia around tornus blackish.

Hind wing cleft from about 3 to ¢: first segment subspatulate, apex acute, termen

oblique, posterior angle well marked ; second segment parallel-sided, apex very acute,

termen very oblique and very slightly concave, posterior angle traceable ; third segment

sublinear, tornus obsolete: greyish-fuscous in ¢, dark fuscous in ?. Cilia greyish

in 3, dark fuscous in ?; first two segments with small wisps of darker basal scales at

both angles; on dorsum without any scale-tooth or heavy scales.

Type (¢ ) and cotype (2) in Brit. Mus.

Twenty-three specimens (14 ¢, 9 2) from the Seychelles from Mahé (Morne Blane,

800-1000 feet, and Cascade Estate, 100-1000 feet) and from Silhouette (Mount Pot-d-eau,

1500 feet, and Mare aux Cochons, 1700 feet).

The appearance of the two sexual forms is so different that at first I separated up the

specimens as belonging to two distinct species. However, beyond colour and a slight

difference in size—the dark specimens expanding on the average about 2 mm. more than

the light—I can perceive no valid distinction, and as the light specimens are all ¢ ¢,

whilst of the dark six are certainly 2 2 (the other three have their abdomina missing),

I think it may be assumed that we have to deal with a single species only. In one case I

finda ¢ (light) and ? (dark) pinned on to one stage; these two specimens were both

captured on Mount Pot-a-eau (Silhouette) and were possibly taken én copuld, though there

is no record to that effect.

It is quite unusual to find sexual dimorphism in the coloration of the wings amongst

members of this family *, and I have therefore considered the name dimorpha an especially

suitable one.

In several respects this species resembles a Stenoptilia, but the possession of scale-tufts

in dorsal cilia of fore wing (though not in hind wing) appears to place it more naturally —

amongst the Platyptilie, although it might be placed with almost equal propriety in

either genus or in a new genus intermediate between these two.

From other points of view this species is an interesting one, and we may regard it as a

* In the New Zealand species Stenoptilia charadrias, Meyr., the sexes are differently coloured and might readily

be taken for distinct species, but, as noted above, such a case is unusual in this family.

FLETCHER—PTEROPHORID 2%. 4038

form truly endemic to the Seychelles and perhaps also a relic of an archaic type from

which the Stenoptilid and Platyptilid Plumes, both universally distributed groups, have

diverged along different lines of development.

(9) Exelastis liophanes, Meyr.

Marasmarcha liophanes, Meyr. Trans. Entom. Soe. p. 19 (1886).

Evelastis liophanes, Fletcher, Spol. Zeylan. vi. p. 33, t. A. fig. 12 (1909).

Leioptilus griseodactylus, Hofm. Zoolog. xxix.

Seychelles.—Twenty specimens from Mahé (Cascade, 800-1000 feet, and Morne Blane,

800-1000 feet), Silhouette (Mt. Pot-a-eau, 1500 feet, and Mare aux Cochons, 1500-

1700 feet), Frigate Island, and Long Island.

Distribution —Barbadoes; Natal; Réunion; Seychelles; Ceylon; China (Fuchau) ;

Bismarck Archipelago. Probably still more widely distributed, but inconspicuous and

easily overlooked.

(10) Pterophorus aldabrensts, sp. nu.

@. Expanse about 17 mm. (wings not expanded).—Palpi short (less than 1), filiform,

whitish-ochreous ; terminal joint short, acuminate. Head pale ochreous, whitish between

the antenne ; vertex witha few erected hairs. Antenne whitish. Thorax pale ochreous.

Abdomen pale ochreous, with indistinct ochreous dorsal and subdorsal lines. Fore leg

and mid leg ochreous-whitish, femora and tibize lined with dark fuscous. Hind leg

ochreous-whitish ; tibial spurs unequal, proximal pair from beyond 3, long, inner spur

longer than outer, distal pair from apex, outer spur slightly shorter than inner, which is

shorter than outer proximal spur.

Fore wing cleft from 2, segments moderate, acutely pointed, second rather falcate :

pale ochreous, whitish-ochreous along hinder margins of segments; a dark fuscous

spot at base of cleft and indistinct dark fuscous dashes along hinder margin of both

segments at about #of their length. Cilia ochreous-whitish.

Hind wing cleft from about 4} and }, segments narrow, acutely pointed, slightly

faleate: whitish-ochreous, extremities of segments tipped with dark fuscous. Cilia

ochreous-whitish.

Type in Brit. Mus. A single example from Aldabra in 1908 (J. C. F. Fryer).

This species appears to be nearly allied to P. ¢imidus, Meyr. (Trans. Entom. Soc. 1907,

p- 494), from Natal, and perhaps represents a local race of that species. It differs,

however, from P. ¢timidus in the absence of any greyish tinge in the fore wing and in

the fact that the dot on the cleft is single instead of being obsolete in the middle so

as to form two smaller dots.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 54

[ 405 ]

No. XV.—ON THE LAND AND AMPHIBIOUS DECAPODA OF ALDABRA.

By L. A. Borravaire, W.A., Lecturer in Zoology in the University and at

Selwyn College, Cambridge.

(Communicated by J. Srantry Garviner, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.)

Read 17th February, 1910.

Tae collection on which the following paper is based was obtained last year by Mr. J.C.

F. Fryer during a stay of five months in Aldabra. It was made with care, and the list

with which it furnishes us is probably almost, if not quite, exhaustive. Freshwater

forms are wanting, owing to the lack of fresh water on the island, but the collection

includes several representatives of the amphibious fauna of the mangrove swamps.

All the species, of which there are seventeen, belonging to ten genera, are common

Indo-Pacific forms, and it is not possible to detect any constant local difference from

representatives of the same species taken elsewhere.

The outstanding feature in the land decapod fauna of Aldabra is the presence of the

Robber Crab (Birgus). This allies it to the Chagos and the eastern parts of the Indo-

Pacific, and differentiates it from Minikoi*, the Maldives *, and the Seychelles 7, which

Birgus seems not to have reached. Other indications in the same direction are the

presence of Helice, which is not found in the north-western Indian Ocean, and the absence

of Geograpsus minikoiensis, which, so far as is at present known, is peculiar to the latter

region, where it is probably a local representative of the more eastern G. longitarsis.

With the above exceptions, there is no important difference between the fauna in

question in Aldabra and that in the Seychelles. Uca tetragonum and Varuna litterata,

found in the Seychelles, do not appear in the collection from Aldabra, while Metopo-

grapsus messor, found in Aldabra, is not yet recorded from the Seychelles ; but in view of

the fact that these species are found as far north as the Red Sea, and as far east as the

east coast of Africa, it seems likely that either they have been overlooked in the islands

in question, or their absence is due to special, and perhaps even temporary, causes.

Somewhat greater discrepancy appears between the list of the land Decapoda of Aldabra

and that of those known to occur in the Maldives. The Aldabra list is considerably the

larger of the two. Besides the forms mentioned in the last paragraph, Cardisoma

hirtipes, Metopograpsus messor, Sesarma quadratum, S. intermedia, and Grapsus grapsus,

* See Gardiner’s ‘ Fauna of the Maldives,’ vol. i. pp. 64-100.

+ See Trans, Linn. Soc. London, ser. 2, Zool, vol. xii. (1907) pp. 63-68.

54%

4.06 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

which are found in Aldabra, have not been recorded from the Maldives. All these are

common species and occur in Africa and on the west coast of India, so that it is possible

that some of them have been overlooked by the collectors, but it is unlikely, considering

the care with which the collections were made, that this has been the case with them all,

On the other hand, Wetasesarma rousseauzi, found in the Maldives, was not taken in

Aldabra. Since this species is also not recorded from the Seychelles, it seems likely that

its southern limit is here reached in the Maldives. The Minikoi fauna is still poorer

than that of the Maldives, lacking Uca annulipes, Cardisoma carnifex, and Cenobita

compressus.

It will be gathered from the above remarks that the land Decapod fauna of the islands

of the western Indian Ocean is essentially eastern, and that it shows from south-west to

north-east a continuous impoverishment, which culminates in the island of Minikoi, just

where &@ priori the fauna would have been supposed to have been richest, since it is there

nearest to the continuous land connection with the east. A full discussion of this

problem is at present impossible, especially in view of our ignorance of the length of life

of the sea-borne larvze by which all the forms in question are spread, and of the lack of

an exhaustive list of the fauna of Ceylon, which is a crucial point for the enquiry; but

it is possible that some indication of the solution may be found in the fact that,

whereas the south-western portion of the Indian Ocean receives continually the

equatorial current from the east, in the north-west the currents vary in direction with

the monsoons, so that communication in either direction is intermittent. In this

connection the question of the breeding-time of the species may be of importance.

Many tropical Decapoda may be found with young at various periods of the year; but

our knowledge on this point is scanty, and it may be that in some cases the principal or

only time at which the larvee are set free is one in which the currents in the north-

western Indian Ocean are not favourable for their passage from east to west.

The Chagos, lying in the middle of the eastward-setting equatorial counter current,

would receive its fauna from the south and west; and this suggests that the absence of

Birgus from the Seychelles, due west of the Chagos, may be due to its extermination by

human or some other agency. Geograpsus minikoiensis and Metasesarma rousseauxt

appear to belong to the northern portion of the area, and not yet to have reached the

southern islands. The general direction of the currents within the western half of the

Indian Ocean from south to north would hinder the southern spread of any form which

had by any means obtained a footing in the north alone. If it should eventually prove

that a solution of the problem is impossible on these lines, the only alternative will be to

seek the causes which render the north-western part of the Indian Ocean uninhabitable

by a number of forms which flourish in the south-west. »

The following is a list of the species taken in Aldabra :—

BORRADAILE—LAND AND AMPHIBIOUS DECAPODA. 4.07

DECAPODA REPTANTIA.

BRACHYURA BRACHYGNATHA.

Family Grapside.

Subfamily Grapsine.

Genus GRAPSUS, Lam., 1818.

1. Grapsus grapsus (Linn.), 1766.

Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, Ixix. ii. 3, p. 392 (1900) *.

Locality. Mainland.

Genus GEOGRAPSUS, Stimps., 1858.

2. Geograpsus crinipes (Dana), 1851.

Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, Ixix. ii. 3, p. 396 (1900).

Locality. Mainland.

3. Geograpsus gray? (I. M.-Edw.), 1853.

Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, Ixix. ii. 3, p. 895 (1900).

Locality. Aldabra.

Genus METOPOGRAPSUS, H. M.-Edw., 1853.

4. Metopograpsus messor (Forsk.), 1775.

Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, lxix. ii. 38, p. 897 (1900).

Locality. Mangrove-swamp, mainland.

Subfamily Sesarmine.

Genus SESARMA, Leach, 1817.

5. Sesarma quadratum (Fabr.), 1798.

Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, Ixix. ii. 3, p. 413 (1900).

Locality. Mangrove-swamp, mainland.

6. Sesarma intermedium (de Haan), 1835.

Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, Ixix. ii. 8, p. 416 (1900).

Localities. Mangrove-swamp, mainland, and Basin Cabris, Picard I.

* The references in this paper are limited to one for each species. Sv far as possible, this is taken from Alcock’s

work on the Indian Crabs.

408 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Genus HELICE, de Haan, 1835.

7. Helice tridens, de Haan, 1835.

Kingsley, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1880, p. 219.

Locality. Mangrove-swamp, Picard.

Family Gecarcinide.

Genus CARDISOMA, Latr., 1825.

8. Cardisoma carnifex (Hbst.), 1794.

Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, Ixix. ii. 3, p. 445 (1900).

Locality. Tle Michel.

9. Cardisoma hirtipes, Dana, 1851.

Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, lxix. ii. 3, p. 447 (1900).

Locality. Mainland.

Family Ocypodide.

Subfamily Ocypodine.

Genus OCYPODE, Fabr., 1798.

10. Ocypode ceratophthalma (Pallas), 1772.

Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, Ixix. 11. 3, p. 345 (1900).

Localities. Tle Esprit and Ile Michel.

11. Ocypode cordimana, Desm., 1825.

Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, Ixix. ii. 3, p. 349 (1900).

Locality. Aldabya.

Genus UCA, Leach, 1815.

12. Uca annulipes (H. M.-Edw.), 1887. ‘

Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, Ixix. ii. 3, p. 353 (1900).

Locality. Aldabra.

ANOMURA PAGURIDEA.

Family Coenobitide.

Genus BIRGUS, Leach, 1815.

13. Birgus latro (Linn.), 1767.

Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. vi. Syst. p. 319. \

Locality. Aldabra.

BORRADAILE—LAND AND AMPHIBIOUS DECAPODA.

Genus C@NOBITA, Latr., 1826.

14. Cenobita perlatus, H. M.-Edw., 1837.

Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. vi. p. 319, pl. 12. fig. 25 (1892).

Locality. Tle Esprit.

15. Cenobita rugosus, H. M.-Edw., 1837.

Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. vi. p. 317, pl. 12. fig. 22 (1892).

Locality. Ue Esprit.

16. Cenobita compressus, H. M.-Edw., 1837.

Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. vi. p. 318, pl. 12. fig. 23 (1892).

Locality. Mangrove-swamp, mainland.

17. Cenobita clypeatus, Latr., 1826.

Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. vi. p. 315, pl. 12. fig. 20 (1892).

Locality. Polymnie I.

409

{ 411 }

No. XVI—NUDIBRANCHS COLLECTED BY Mr. STANLEY GARDINER

FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN IN H.M.S. SEALARK.

By Sir Coarzes N. E. Entor, K.C.ILG., C.B.

(Communicated by Prof. J. Sranuny Garpiner, MA., I.R.S., F.L.S.)

(Plate 25.)

Read 2nd December, 1909.

Tuer Nudibranchs collected by Mr. Stanley Gardiner and his assistant, Mr. J. C. F. Fryer,

among the islands of the Indian Ocean comprise 28 species and 50 specimens. The

list is as follows :-—

Name. banger Paes Previous records.

1. Doridoeides gardinert, Eliot ............ Coetivy, 11. Rotuma,

2. Pteraeolidia annulata, sp. nov. .........+ S. de Malha, 1.

3. Elysia punctata (Kelaart) . ............ Coetivy, 1. India, Polynesia, E. Africa.

4, Marionia cyanobranchiata (Riipp. & Leuck.)) Egmont, Reef, 2. Red Sea. Probably = M. arborescens,

which is common in Indo-Pae. area.

5. Hexabranchus marginatus (Q. & G.)...... Amirante, 2. Indo-Pacific, especially E. Africa.

6. Carminodoris clavata (Eliot) ............ Coetivy, 1. E. Africa.

7. Sclerodoris osseosa (Kelaart) ............ Coetivy, 1. India, E. Africa.

8. Peltodoris mauritiana, Bergh ............ Salomon, 3. Mauritius.

9. Thordisa crosslandii, Kliot.............. Coetivy, 1. Zanzibar.

10. Discodoris fragilis (A. & H.)............ Lagoon, Diego, 1. India, Ceylon, Samoa, and Philippines.

WL, Dwele Loe SS eee eee enone Coetivy, 1. Philippines.

FPP CEDUETSISS CLE. 5). %\eivieiee cielele cist eile Coetivy, 2. Philippines.

13. Kentrodoris rubescens, Bergh

14. Platydoris tabulata (Abraham) ..........

15. Pl. herdmant, Parran ...........0.2008-

16. Asteronotus hemprichi, Khrenb. ..........

17. Chromodoris quadricolor, Riipp. & Leuck.. .

18. Ceratosoma ornatum, Bergh

19. Spherodoris levis, Bergh

20. Orodoris striata, Bliot ...........0506-

21. Miamira magnifica, sp. Noy. .......++.+--

22. Trevelyana alba, Bergh ................

23. Plocamopherus indicus, Bergh ..........

24. Doridopsis nigra, Stimpson..............

25). ID). Bids c 7OBAd0O 0 JOA Eee eto Oca DOT

26. Phyllidia varicosa, Lamarck ...-........

27. Phyllidiopsis carinata, sp. nov. ..........

28. Ceratophyllidia grisea, sp. nov. ....-....-

Salomon, 1.

No label found with this.

Amirante, 2.

Egmont, 1.

Aldabra, 1.

Seychelles, 1.

Coetivy, 2.

Praslin, Reef, 4.

Seychelles, 1.

Cargados Carajos, 1.

Coetivy, 1.

Coetivy, 3.

Coetivy, 1.

Salomon, 1; Aldabra, 1.

Amirante, 1.

Coetivy, 1.

Philippines and E, Africa.

Japan, E. Africa.

Ceylon.

Common in Indo-Pacific.

Amboina.

E. Africa and Malay Archipelago.

Zanzibar.

The nearly allied MW. sinuata (= no-

bilis) has been found in the Malay

Archipelago and Samoa.

Malay Archipelago.

Amboina.

Common in Indo-Pacific.

Allied to Ph. papilligera from Gulf

of Mexico.

Allied to C. africana from E. Africa.

SECOND SERIES.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII.

412 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

Of the above, no fewer than 17 species and 37 specimens come from the Seychelles

Archipelago (chiefly Coetivy and Amirante). Six species and nine specimens come

from the Chagos Archipelago (Salomon and Egmont).

I have marked four species as new: Pteraeolidia annulata, Phyllidiopsis carinata,

Ceratophyllidia grisea, and Miamira magnifica. It is possible that the last three of

these may prove to be merely varieties of Ph. papilligera, Bergh, C. africana, Eliot,

and IW. sinuata, van Hasselt. But even so, they still present points of interest, for the

Phyllidiopsis, if not new, is identical with a species found in the Atlantic (Gulf of

Mexico); the large soft globules on the back of C. grisea exhibit in a more highly

developed form the curious conformation described for C. africana; and the coloration of

M. magnifica is remarkable for its brilliancy even among Indo-Pacific Nudibranchs. The

chief morphological interest of the collection lies in the eleven specimens of Doridoeides

gardimert, a doridiform cladohepatic nudibranch of most unusual structure, which has

already been described in detail by Mr. Evans and myself in the ‘ Quarterly Journal of

Microscopical Science’ (March 1908),

The lacunze in the collection are striking. The common Indo-Pacific genera Melibe,

Bornella, Nembrotha, and Placobranchus are entirely absent. There is only one

Aolid, and the genera Elysia, Asteronotus, Chromodoris, Ceratosoma, Trevelyana, and

Phyllidia, usually numerous in these waters, are represented by one specimen each.

The Indo-Pacific, especially the shores of East Africa, Ceylon, and the Malay

Archipelago, is known as the region where Nudibranchs attain their greatest size and

brilliancy. Judged by this standard the individuals in the present collection are small,

especially Sclerodoris, Carminodoris, Platydoris, Asteronotus, Ceratosoma, Phyllidia,

and Hexabranchus. Only Thordisa, Kentrodoris, Miamira, and Orodoris can be said to

be represented by well-grown specimens.

Deductions as to the distribution of Nudibranchs can be made from a single collection

only with great reserve. Mr. Gardiner informs me that he did little reef-collecting in

the Seychelles, except at Coetivy, which may explain the absence of some common

forms. Also many species are known to appear on the coast for a few days to spawn

and then retire*, so that collecting at different times of the year may yield different

results both as to the size of individuals and number of species. The present series

of specimens supports a conclusion suggested by collections made previously by

Mr. Gardiner in the Maldive and Laccadive Islands, by Mr. Crossland in the Cape

Verde Islands, and by myself in Samoa—namely, that the Nudibranch fauna found

round archipelagos which have not been united to any considerable mass of land in

recent times is usually not so rich as that of neighbouring mainland shores, and does

not afford such large specimens. But the collection from Mauritius described by

Bergh consists of 32 species and indicates no material difference from the fauna of

the East African coast. A small collection from Christmas Island, lying to the south of

* T have observed this habit in Ceratosoma, Melibe, Trevelyana, and various species of Aplysia and Plewro-

branchus.

eee se See ee ee

ELIOT—NUDIBRANCHS. 4138

Java, for which I am indebted to Mr. E. A. Smith, of the British Museum (Natural

History), contains :—

1. Phidiana inca, 4 specimens.

2. Phyllidia nobilis, 1 small specimen.

3. Plocamopherus imperialis, 1 small specimen.

4. Five specimens of a Doridopsis, the largest about 20 mm. long. They have a

brilliant and elaborate coloration and are probably a new species.

In this list it will be seen that there is a form, Ph. inca, hitherto known only from the

west coast of America. Mr. Gardiner’s collection cannot be said with certainty to

contain any form which is associated with another region, but the resemblance of

Phyllidiopsis carinata to a species from the western tropical Atlantic is very striking.

The colours of the specimens have begun to fade, but when I first received them,

many (e.g., Hexabranchus, Thordisa crosslandii, Phyllidia) had preserved in formaline

what I know from seeing them in their native haunts to be their natural coloration.

I therefore caused coloured drawings of the more remarkable animals to be made

without loss of time, and they are now reproduced.

1. Doridoeides gardineri, Eliot.

See Eliot and Evans, in Q. Journ. Mier. Sci. vol. lii. part 2 (March 1908).

This form being considered to be of unusual interest was described separately by

Mr. Evans and myself, with a somewhat full account of its anatomical structure and a

discussion of its affinities. To this paper the reader is referred for further details, but

part of the description there given is now reproduced :—

Eleven specimens labelled Coetivy and preserved in formol. Coetivy is the southern-

most island of the Seychelles group, and Mr. Gardiner’s notes state that the nudibranclis

obtained there were ‘“‘all from the reefs, which differ from those of the Chagos

archipelago in being almost completely covered with Zostera *.” It is probable that the

animal adheres to the leaves of the Zosfera and harmonizes with them in colour.

The natural shape seems to be flat and nearly circular, but the preserved specimens

are bent in various ways and have the edges turned inwards. One which seems to have

kept its form fairly well is 10 mm. long, 9 broad, and 2 high. These are the average

dimensions of the consignment. In the individual mentioned the foot is 6 mm. long

and 3 broad, but was evidently much wider in life as the margins are bent and rolled

up. The free part of the mantle starting from its junction with the foot is 3°5 wide.

It can be seen from the outside that about 2°5 mm. of this space are filled with dark

internal organs and that only about 1 mm. of it corresponds to the mantle margin

generally found in Dorids. The genital orifice is about 4 mm. from the anterior end,

and the anus is about 2 mm. behind it. :

The animals are of a greyish-green colour, a little darker in the centre where the

internal organs show through, and lighter at the edges where there are none. Practically

* (This is a mistake for Cymodocea.—J. 8. G.]

414 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

the coloration is uniform, though some specimens are lighter than others and the

under side is usually rather lighter than the upper.

To the naked eye the dorsal surface appears to be smooth, but under a low power

can be seen to be covered with small warts of various sizes, sometimes connected by an

irregular reticulation and with minute pits between them. There is no median ridge

and no trace of a branchial opening. The integuments are devoid of spines. The

dorsal epidermis is thick and consists of several layers of cells: it is profusely pitted

with mucus glands and in many places rises into folds. On the under surface of the

mantle and on the foot the epidermis is thin, but the foot is highly glandular. It

contains both epidermal glands and subepidermal glands with granular contents and

communicating with the exterior by long necks.

The rhinophores are completely retractile. Their pockets are simple holes without

sheaths visible to the naked eye; but in the sections it can be seen that the margins

are slightly raised. As preserved, the pockets are often closed. When retracted the

rhinophores often exhibit a few (6-7) strong transverse wrinkles or furrows, and these

were also present in the specimen obtained at Rotuma. But they are probably not real

perfoliations, since they are absent when the rhinophores are completely exserted. In

such cases the outline is even and cylindrical. There are no oral tentacles and nothing

which can be called a head. In some specimens the mouth is a simple orifice above the

foot, but in others there is a sort of snout. It would seem, however, that this pro-

trusion is due to artificial causes and is not a natural and permanent structure. There

are no lamellee on the under side of the mantle as in Phyllidia, &c., but it is uneven

and in some cases presents ridges and bulges probably caused by the hepatic follicles.

The foot is large, with ample expanded margins. The anterior margin is straight and

not grooved.

When the internal cavity is opened, the central nervous system is seen lying on the

top of the cesophagus and surrounding it. There is no trace of a blood-gland. The

cerebro-pleural ganglia are rather large and elliptical; externally they show no

division, but a section indicates that the ganglionic mass is of dual origin and divided

internally by a constriction into two nearly equal ellipsoids. The pedal ganglia are also

elliptical and lie below and rather behind the cerebro-pleural. The buccal ganglia are

rather large, close to the pedal ganglia and also close to one another. No gastro-

cesophageal ganglia could be found and no otocysts. ‘The eyes are black and lie near

the base of the rhinophores on the olfactory ganglia, the optic and olfactory nerves

being apparently fused. This arrangement is unusual, but something similar may

be seen in Bergh’s figure (Malac. Unters. in Semper’s Reisen, Heft xv. pl. lxxi. fig. 17)

of the nervous system of 7ritonia (Candiella) plebeia, where the optic and olfactory nerves

are joined for a considerable distance and separate only in their upper portion. The

pigment layer of the eye lines a cup formed of a few large retinal cells, from which

fibres run into the olfactory nerve at the base of its ganglion.

The jaws are yellowish but not deeply pigmented in any part, moderately convex,

not very broad, united at the top by a hinge, and provided with short processes. The

edge is armed with a row of very distinct projections with spatulate tips. Near the end

ELIOT—NUDIBRANCHS. 415

of the row they appear thin and filamentous, possibly because they have become worn

or folded on themselves. The radula consists of about twenty-six rows, one or two of

which are imperfectly developed and shadowy, with a constant formula of 4.1.4. The

teeth are neatly arranged in a close-fitting mosaic. The base of the large median tooth,

which is arched and hollowed out behind, is nearly twice as broad as all the four laterals

together. It bears a single cusp, large and only slightly bent downwards. ‘The first

lateral is about three-fifths the length of the median tooth, but only a quarter of its

breadth, with a single hamate cusp. The second and third laterals are similar but

slightly smaller and more bent. The outermost tooth is considerably smaller but more

erect and stands up conspicuously at either end of the row. There are two salivary

glands ; their distal portions are expanded and spread over the genitalia and stomach.

The left is much larger than. the right. The remaining portion of each gland is band-

like and terminates in a long thin duct which passes through the nerve collar and enters

the posterior part of the buccal mass. Several glands, probably ptyaline, open into

the buccal cavity, but they are embedded in the wall of the cavity and are not visible

on its outer surface.

The cesophagus is not long, and leads straight into the stomach, which is divided into

two parts by a constriction more marked on the right than on the left side. There is no

structural difference in the walls of these two divisions, and neither contains any spines

or plates, but as the hepatic ducts all open into the second division, the first should

perhaps be regarded as a dilatation of the cesophagus. Neither contained any solid food

in any specimen. ‘The intestine issues from the mid-dorsal surface of the second

division and, after describing a broad loop backwards and downwards, runs to the anal

opening, which is an inconspicuous papilla on the right side, lying below the mantle

edge and just at the point where it joins the body. The loop of the intestine bears a

single longitudinal ridge resembling the typhlosole found in Lumbricus.

The stomach receives three hepatic ducts: one on the right, close to the exit of the

intestine; one on the left, not quite opposite to it, but a little posterior ; and one behind.

The posterior and left ducts bifurcate close to the stomach and then ramify into

branches composed of follicles which are not only found in the body cavity but enter

the body wall and dorsal integuments, extending to within a short distance of the

mantle brim. The arrangement and extent of the right duct is essentially the same, but

the follicles are developed more luxuriously on this side than on the left, and the

_ bifurcation is less clear, although the duct runs in two directions, backwards and

forwards. The right and posterior branches anastomose, but though the right and left

branches almost meet anteriorly they seem not to communicate, nor do the posterior and

left branches. All three branches consist of variously-shaped follicles communicating

with one another, so as to offer a continuous passage but not forming a cylindrical tube

except in the main ducts. For some distance from the point of entry into the stomach

the walls of the main duct bear folds which dovetail into one another in the middle of

the lumen and form a valve or strainer.

The cells which line the hepatic lobules are columnar or cubical and highly granular.

Some are in a distended condition, others are attached to the wall of the lobule only by

416 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

a strand or are free in its cavity. It would seem, therefore, that some of the liver cells

are excretory in function, and are dropped, into the follicle as they become extended

with excreted material.

The heart lies somewhat to the right of the median line. The walls are thin, and

not strong. From the ventricle issue the anterior and posterior aortas, but the aortic

system is not much developed, as is perhaps natural in an animal that has no gills. The

arteries are thin, and do not extend beyond the level of the genital orifice in front and

of the anus behind. The musculature of the ventricle also is feebly developed. The

venous system is extensive and the veins are provided with valves not only near the

heart but in parts far from it, e.g. throughout the length of the lateral veins and

venules and between the blood lacunsze of the foot. The auricle has a large extension on

the left, enclosed by a corresponding extension of the pericardium; it adheres to the

anterior part of the ventricle, the line of adhesion being zigzagged, and on the right it

is attached to the wall of the pericardium.

The kidney is a shallow chamber lying on the surface of the hermaphrodite gland,

and sending downward prolongations between its follicles. In front it bifureates like

the hermaphrodite gland, and is divided behind into a number of irregular tubes by the

dorso-ventral muscles and the projecting genital lobes. The renal opening is minute

and near the anus. From the reno-pericardial opening a tube passes dorsally through

the substance of the kidney and dilates in the median line into a flattened vesicle.

Posteriorly this sub-divides into three fine ducts, each opening into the kidney by a

minute aperture. The wall of the kidney is formed by a layer of large, clear, cubical

cells, the nucleated protoplasmic portion of which is limited to a small quantity at the

base of the cell.

The genitalia are large, and occupy most of the right-hand side. The hermaphrodite

gland consists of a single undivided mass of roughly triangular shape, bifureating in

front so as to enclose the ampulla and the spermatotheca in the fork. It is traversed

by branches of the liver, which enter it from below, by the dorso-ventral muscle bands,

and by various prolongations of the blood lacune of the foot. The kidney also sends

prolongations into its upper surface. It presents a series of lobes the outer layers

of which are formed by masses of ova. Within each lobe is an ample loculus, larger

than the whole mass of ova, containing spermatozoa in all stages of development. But

there is no symmetrical arrangement of ovarian follicles round a central male follicle.

The hermaphrodite duct is thin and short, but swells out into an unusually large

pear-shaped ampulla which again contracts into a thin tube. After a short straight

course this tube bifurcates. The male portion runs forward and describes a complete

loop, after which it first dilates into a prostatic portion (but without any trace of a

separate prostate gland) and then contracts into a muscular portion, terminating in a

thin conical glans penis. No trace of spicules or other armature was found in this or

any part of the genitalia. After the main bifurcation dividing the male and female

branches, the female branch runs backwards for a little distance as a short tube and

then itself bifurcates. A short duct leads to the spermatotheca, which is large, globular,

and single, no trace of a second receptaculum seminis being found. The walls of the

ELIOT—NUDIBRANCHS, 417

spermatotheca are thick and produce a secretion. In some specimens small clumps of

spermatozoa are embedded in this secretion. In others all the spermatozoa form

a central mass in the main cavity of the spermatotheca. It is possible that the

secretion serves to form small packets of spermatozoa or spermatophores. The

spermatotheca communicates by a long thin duct with a vaginal opening which lies at

the base of the penis. The other division of the female branch enters the mucus *

gland, enclosing the albumen* gland, which is smaller. The mucus gland communi-

cates with the exterior directly by a slit-like irregular aperture which lies a little behind

the other orifices and is much larger than they are. Only spermatozoa are to be found

in the ducts and in the spermatotheca. There are no ova except in the hermaphrodite

gland, where they are in process of ripening or nearly ripe.

In all the specimens examined microscopically were found scattered cells which do

not seem to form part of the essential bodily structure. They are large and rounded in

outline, with vacuolated contents and a large round nucleus. They occur chiefly in the

connective tissue spaces, in spaces hollowed out in the dermal muscle layers and among

the epidermal cells. The fact that they are absent from the cavities of all the internal

organs and from the lacunar blood spaces, and that they are limited to the dorsal regions

of the body which are of a deeper green than the ventral surface, suggests that they are

of the nature of Zoochlorelle or symbiotic alge.

It will thus be seen that Doridoeides is an annectant form connecting the Holo- and

Cladohepatica. It has the essential features of the latter, for its liver-system is clado-

hepatic, there is no blood-gland, only one spermatotheca, and the anus is lateral. On the

other hand, the shape is doridiform, except that there are no gills whatever, and the

genital system is triaulic.

2. Pteraeolidia annulata, sp. nov. (Plate 25. fig. 13.)

(For genus, see Bergh, Beitr. zur Kennt. der Acolidiaden, iii. p. 22, and Eliot, in Proc. Zool. Soc.

1903, vol. i. pp. 255-6.)

Label: “8S. de Malha. C 12, fath. 47.”

One specimen nearly rolled up into a ball, but 35-40 mm. long if stretched out.

Maximum breadth across the back 4 mm. The body is bluish white. The cerata are

of much the same colour, but bear below the tip of each a single very distinct ring of

carmine. The tips themselves are vivid white. The oral tentacles and rhinophores are

carmine. There are no marks or mottlings on the body, but the white follicles of the

hermaphrodite gland are visible through the dorsal integuments.

The foot appears to have had tentacular angles in front, but is so much contracted

that its structure is uncertain. The oral tentacles are short distinct columns rising

from an oral veil. The rhinophores are distinctly perfoliate. The cerata are arranged

as is usual in the genera Flabellina and Pteraeolidia, and are set in eleven fairly distinct

groups. The first group consists of two rows, the others of a single row only. In the

* The functions of these glands are presumably as indicated by their names, but it is not easy to say which

is which,

{1S PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

larger groups each row contains eight cerata; in the smaller the number is less. Each

group is set on a ridge or common base, which is about 4 mm. long and 2 mm. high in

the largest groups, and is curved or oblique, extending a little way beyond the side of

the body. The largest cerata are 8 mm. long; the outer ones are minute.

The radula is uniseriate and consists of about 70 very broad plates, which are

almost pectinate as in Aeolidia, though the denticles are not very numerous, being

only 8 or 9 on either side of the central cusp, which is distinct though not very

prominent. The posterior portion of each tooth is expanded on either side into a sort

of accessory plate (see Pl. 25, fig. 13).

The jaws bear a single row of distinct but irregular denticles, often pointed, but

sometimes blunt or square at the tips.

In order to preserve the specimen, which though bent is in good condition, and has

kept its colours unusually fresh and distinct, no further dissection was made.

This animal bears a strong superficial resemblance to Kelaart’s figure of Hols bicolor

(reproduced in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1906, pl. xlv. fig. 4), which is probably identical with —

the Samla annuligera described by Bergh in Schauinsland’s ‘ Reise nach der Pacific: Die

Opisthobranchier, pp. 236-239. But even externally there is some difference, since the

number of cerata in each group is greater in this species and the common base is larger.

Also the radula consists of a single series of about 70 teeth, whereas Samla has a short

radula of 20 rows, each containing three teeth.

The specimen must be referred to Pteraeolidia, but is distinguished from Pé. semperi,

a common Pacific form, not only in colour, but also by the length of the radula and the

shape of the teeth.

3. Elysia punctata (Kelaart).

See Eliot, in Proce. Zool. Soc. 1906, p. 690.

One specimen labelled Coetivy. It is rolled up into a ball as preserved, but would be

about 30 mm. long and 15 mm. broad if straightened. The integuments are much

decayed, but what remains of the skin is greenish with black dots, which are especially

thick on the rhinophores and just in front of the pericardium. The teeth of the radula

are not denticulate, and number seven in the ascending portion, six in the descending,

and about a dozen in the heap. '

4. Marionia cyanobranchiata (Riippell & Leuckart).

See Eliot, in Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxxi. 1908, pp. 120-2.

Two specimens from Egmont reef. As preserved they are of a light primrose-yellow,

with whitish tubercles, which seem to rise in the meshes of a reticulate pattern. But

these markings have become very faint. On some of the branchiz are traces of bluish-

green colour, The measurements as preserved are about 25 by 20 mm., but the

animals were no doubt considerably longer and thinner when alive.

The oral veil bears eight simple appendages besides a pair of tentacles. The branchize

are nine on each side, arborescent and very ample, so that they entirely hide the

ELIOT—NUDIBRANOHS. 419

back. The jaws bear a single row of denticles. The formula of the radula is about

45 x 25-+1+1+1+ 25. The stomach is armed with about 70 plates.

This seems to be Riippell and Leuckart’s I. cyanobranchiata from the Red Sea,

described rather more fully by Mr. Crossland and myself, J. c. It is probably a highly-

coloured variety of the widespread Indo-Pacific form called by Bergh I. arborescens,

but the specific name cyanobranchiata has priority. As far as can be judged from their

present condition, these specimens belong to the highly-coloured form.

5. Hexabranchus marginatus, Quoy & Gaimard.

Two rather small specimens, measuring respectively about 65 and 40 mm. in length,

50 and 35 mm. in breadth. They are labelled ‘‘ Amirante: depth 25-80 fms.”

The specific divisions of Hexabranchus are extremely doubtful, and it is highly

probable that all the commoner forms are varieties of a single species, though H. adamsiz,

Gray (= H. punctatus, Bergh), may be entitled to specific rank. The present specimens

are probably referable to H. marginatus, Q. & G., which is abundant on the east coast

of Africa.

6. Carminodoris clavata (Eliot).

= Artachea clavata, Eliot, in Journ. of Conchology, Oct. 1905, pp. 81-85.

One small specimen, about 30 mm. long and 18 mm. broad, labelled “ Coetivy ; Diver:

32 feet.” The colour is purplish with lighter mottlings, and the warts on the dorsal

surface very flat. The internal and external characters agree with those described by

me for Artachea clavata, |. ec.

I think, however, that as long as the present genera of Dorids are accepted, this

animal should be referred to Carminodoris rather than to Artachea. I did not refer

it to the former genus on account of Bergh’s statement of the generic characters as

‘Corpus sat molle, notzeo minute papillatum .... radula pleuris multidentatis, dentibus

hamatis.” This formula does not seem applicable to a hard animal studded with large

distinct warts and having denticulate teeth. But I have recently had an opportunity of

examining the original specimens of Carminodoris blandula in the collection of the

Siboga Expedition, and find that in them the dorsal surface is tuberculate and all the

teeth denticulate. These specimens and the animal which I previously called Artachea

clavata seem to me to belong to the same genus, though to different species. Carmino-

doris should apparently be defined as possessing a tuberculate back, a labial armature,

denticulate teeth, a prostate, and an armature of spines on the male genitalia.

But I am by no means certain that, in a general revision of the Doridide, the genus

Artachea (1881) ought not to be extended to include the later Carminodoris (1889).

For the tuberculate back of Carminodoris seems to dissociate it from Diéscodoris, to

which Bergh allies it. It is not clear whether the type specimen of Artachea had a

distinct prostate or not. Bergh says of the vas deferens “ Der obere (prostatische)

Theil weicher.”

I have not had an opportunity of examining the original specimens of Artachea or of

Carminodoris mauritiana, Bergh.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 56

420 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

7. Sclerodoris osseosa (Kelaart).

See Alder & Hancock, in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 121; Eliot, in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1903, vol. ii.

p. 380, and Eliot, in Journal of Linnean Soc., Zoology, vol. xxxi. 1908, p. 113, on Peronodoris

and its allies.

One small specimen from Coetivy.

Shape nearly circular. Length 12 mm., breadth 10. The whole surface of the

back, both the ridges and the depressions between them, is covered with minute

granulations. The feet and underside are pale yellow. The ground-colour of the back

is purplish and produced by a multitude of little dots, but the ridges are yellowish.

They consist of one principal ridge running from the rhinophores to the branchiz and

numerous irregular side ridges, which are connected here and there, and often form

bumps at the point of junction. The rhinophore-sheaths are raised but closed. The

branchial pocket is also closed, but seems to be toothed. On the ridge in front of it is a

large flat purplish depression. ‘The integuments are crammed with short spicules,

straight or bent and often granulate. The oral tentacles are moderately long and

distinct. The anterior margin of the foot is grooved. It is not clear if the upper

lamina is notched or not.

There is no labial armature. The formula of the radula is 36 X about 45.0. 45.

The teeth are simply bamate, the outermost are a little irregular.

No spine or other armature was found on the genitalia, but its absence cannot be

regarded as certain.

8. Peltodoris mauritiana, Bergh.

Bergh, Mal. Unters. in Semper’s Reisen, Heft xvi. 2, pp. 815-7.

Three specimens, labelled ‘‘ Salomon.” They are all much distorted and rolled up

into balls. The length is about 40 mm. and the breadth about 25 mm. Two of them

are pure white, but seem to have faint spots under the skin. The third is mottled with

pale purplish grey. The dorsal surface is much puckered in all specimens, but

apparently the ridges which it now bears are not natural. The rhinophore-sheaths are

entirely closed and appear as low mounds. ‘The branchie are six in number and

tripinnate; the branchial pocket is six-toothed. ‘The hard, rough dorsal surface is

covered with small spiculous papille set not very close together. The dorsal integu-

ments are crammed with short spicules, either straight or bent. The wide mantle-

margin measures 8-9 mm. ‘The foot issshort and narrow.

There is no labial armature.

The formule of two radulas examined are: (a) 21 x 35.0. 35 and (0) 28x 40.0. 40.

The teeth are simply hamate. Those in the middle of the half-rows are large. The six

or eight nearest to the rhachis on either side are smaller, with long bases which bear,a

projection or denticle. The innermost often cross over the rhachis. The outermost are

smaller but not degraded. ‘The genitalia are small and undeveloped; the orifices

are invisible externally and no armature was found.

ELIOT—NUDIBRANCHS. 421

9. Thordisa crosslandii, Eliot, 1908. (Plate 25. figs. 1, 2.)

= Diaulula gigantea, Bergh, 1905.

? = Doris nubilosa, Pease, 1872.

See Eliot, in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1906, pp. 656-7, for the identity of these species.

One fine specimen from Coetivy. Not dissected. It is somewhat bent, but about

12mm. long and 9 mm. broad. The tips of the rhinophores are dark. The branchie are

six and greyish. The back is covered with thick-set, soft, conical papillae. The animal

was not dissected, in order to preserve it, as being a remarkably fine specimen. I have

no doubt that it is the same species as that found by me at Zanzibar and described as

Thordisa crosslandit.

The Doris nubilosa of Pease (American Journal of Conchology, vii. p. 18, 1872) is

perhaps the same as this form, but the identity is hardly demonstrable.

DISCODORIS.

The lists of this genus contain some species in duplicate under two names and also

several doubtful species, both old and new. The examination of a considerable number

of type specimens, those of Abraham in the British Museum, those in the collection of

the Challenger (British Museum) and of Semper (Copenhagen Museum), and those

of Alder and Hancock (Hancock Museum at Newcastle-on-Tyne), enables me, I think, to

simplify somewhat the nomenclature.

Bergh’s Disc. concinniformis and Disc. morphea are identical with the older D. con-

cinna and D. fragilis of A.& H. The D. pardalis of those authors is almost certainly

identical with some later species, perhaps with D. cebuensis, but without a better

knowledge of the living animals no identity can be proved. Among Bergh’s own

species an examination of fresh material has convinced me that D. meta is merely a

variety of D. boholiensis, and it is also possible that D. cebuensis and D. modesta are

varieties of one form.

Among Abraham’s species the only certain Discodoris is D. labifera, redescribed by

My. Farran. JD. vestita is a Diaulula. D. raripilosa is perhaps Bergh’s Hoplodoris

desmoparypha. D. stragula is not, in my opinion, identifiable.

The forms from the Atlantic and Mediterranean, where the genus seems well

represented, are all fully described (though information about the living animals is

scanty), but often present some characters at variance with the definition of the genus.

I have marked them with a query in the list given below. But I have omitted from

this list four species, noticed by Bergh in his description of the Siboga Collection, viz. :

D. liturata, D. lutescens, D. versicolor, and D. siboge. As the author admits, all these

forms are extremely doubtful for one reason or another and many of them have features

(e. g., the teeth of Disc. lutescens) which are quite anomalous in this genus. They

should not, I venture to think, be included in it without renewed examination.

An examination of the type specimens shows that D. notha (West Indies) and

D. concimna (Indo-Pacific) are very nearly allied, but, considering the difference of

habitat, I hesitate to identify them without further evidence.

56*

422 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

The Doris ellioté of Alder & Hancock is not a Discodoris but a Platydoris (as is

clearly shown by the buccal parts and genitalia of the type specimen), and therefore the

Discodoris described by Bergh in his account of the Siboga Collection, p. 102, cannot

bear this specific name.

The genus as at present known may be tabulated as follows :—

1. Discodoris boholiensis, B. 9. D. labifera (Abraham).

Var. meta, B. (10. D. concinna, A. & H.

2. D. pardalis, A. & H. = D. concinniformis, B.

( 3. D. cebuensis, B. < (Nos. 1-10 are all from the Indo-

| 4. D. modesta, B. | Pacific.)

5. D. fragilis, A. & H. ll. D. notha, B. West Indies.

= D. morphea, B. 12. D. muta, B. Atl.

6. D. amboinensis, B. 13. D.indecora, B. Med. & Atl.

7. D. cerulescens, B. This form has a re- 14. D. edwardsii, Vays. Atl., Morocco.

markable structure of the hermaphrodite 15. D. tristis, B. Atl.

gland, which may be of generic im- 16. D.? erubescens, B. Trieste.

portance. 17. D. branneri, MacF. Brazil.

8. D. schmeltziana, B. Though this form is 18. D.? vonjheringi, MacF. Brazil.

elaborately described, it does not seem 19. D. heathi, MacF. California.

to have any very certain characters 20. D.? dubia, B. Smooth. Tasmania.

except the colour. 21. D.? egena, B. Smooth. Tasmania.

10. Discodoris fragilis (A. & H.), 1864.

= Discodoris morphea, Bergh, 1877.

See Alder & Hancock, in Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. v. 1864, pp. 118-9; and Bergh on D. morphea,

Malac. Untersuch. in Semper’s Reisen, Heft xii. 1877, pp. 536-9, and Challenger Report on

Nudibranchiata, 1888, pp. 93-98.

One large specimen labelled “ Lagoon, Diego.” It is much bent, but about 90 mm.

long and 70 mm. broad. The curious autotomy (which gave rise to the specific name)

was beginning when the creature was preserved and a cleft is visible nearly all round

the dorsal surface of the body, which would have resulted in the whole mantle-margin

being thrown off. I have seen the living animal perform this operation and crawl away,

leaving the discarded margin as a complete ring.

The epidermis detaches itself with great ease and has disappeared from most parts of

the dorsal surface. Such fragments as remain are covered with minute, blunt, whitish

tubercles and mottled with various shades of grey. The anterior margin of the foot is

deeply grooved and the upper lamina is notched, although Alder and Hancock state the

contrary. The oral tentacles are cylindrical and pointed. The rhinophores have white

tips and project from slightly raised sheaths. The branchial pocket is obscurely 6-lobed.

The branchiz are six in number, strong and ample, set in a circle open behind. They

are grey but lighter at the tips.

The integuments are soft and slimy, but contain spicules as described by Alder and

Haneock. The membrane which lines the body-cavity has a pinkish tinge. The labial

armature consists of two triangular or hatchet-shaped plates which are composed of

ELIOT—NUDIBRANCHS. 423

brownish rods. The radula consists of 56 rows, each containing from 90 to 100 teeth

on either side of the rhachis. The teeth are of the ordinary hamate shape: the

innermost have low shafts and long bases which are prolonged a little in front of

the point where the shaft rises ; the outermost are erect and spike-like.

The stomach lies outside the liver and its inner walls bear numerous moss-like folds

near the exit of the intestine. This latter, after issuing from the stomach, makes a

bend under the liver-mass and comes up again on the same side.. The blood-gland is

double and olive-coloured. The ampulla of the hermaphrodite gland is thick and

coiled. The prostate is large and distinct, partly greenish and partly pinkish. ‘The

spermatotheca is large and green. The spermatocyst is small.

Alder and Hancock’s D. fragilis has been neglected and the name has not been used

in describing recent specimens. If I had only the evidence of the present specimen,

which has suffered from self-mutilation and is otherwise poorly preserved, I should

hesitate to revive the species. But I have also examined fresh specimens from Ceylon

and the type specimens preserved in the collections of the Challenger and of Semper

under the name D. morphea. I have no doubt that the D. morphea of the Challenger

Collection is D. fragilis, for it agrees in anatomy with the specimens received from

Ceylon and also in external appearance, except that it has lost its colour. These

Ceylon specimens agree with Alder and Hancock’s descriptions in all points except that

the upper lamina of the foot-groove is notched in the middle *.

Bergh himself has pointed out certain differences between the Challenger specimen

of D. morphea and that in Semper’s Collection, and I feel less certain that this latter is

identical with D. fragilis. But, on the whole, I think Bergh is right in regarding the

two forms as varieties of one species.

The remarkable powers of self-amputation possessed by D. fragilis are also exhibited

by a species of Gena (probably G. levis) which is common in the Indo-Pacific. The

present collection contains some of the tails of this animal which were doubtless

mistaken for nudibranchs. The mistake is very natural, as I can testify, for the tails

continue to adhere and possess some power of movement after they have been thrown

off. I once spent some time in examining them in the living state (if such an expression

can be used) at Zanzibar and had difficulty in persuading myself that they were not

complete nudibranchs. It would seem that Gena throws off its tail not only when it is

attacked by some enemy, but whenever it feels uncomfortable. I have kept numerous

specimens in confinement and have invariably found that they threw off their tails in

a few hours.

11. Discodoris modesta, Bergh.

Bergh, Mal. Unters. in Semper’s Reisen, Heft xii. pp. 534-6.

One specimen from Coetivy.

Length 35 mm., breadth across back 20, width of mantle-brim about 7. Dorsal

* The ends of the divided lamina overlap, so that the incision is not conspicuous.

AD PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

surface thickly covered with small papille. Ground-colour white, but thickly mottled

with various shades of brown. These mottlings are concentrated in places and form

twelve irregular nearly black spots. On the underside of the mantle are large

purplish spots, and on the foot are smaller confluent ones. The oral tentacles are

cylindrical. The sheaths of the rhinophores are completely closed and form moderately

prominent mounds. The branchie are six, tripinnate, and mottled brown.

The labial armature consists of two triangular plates: the top end is moderately

broad, the lower end pointed. They are formed of small rods, not hooked or cleft.

The teeth are all simply hamate, and the formula of the radula is 26 x about 45 . 0. 45.

D. modesta is nearly allied to D. cebuensis, and perhaps merely a darker variety of it.

But there are some small differences in the buccal parts.

12. Discodoris cebuensis, Bergh.

Bergh, Mal. Unters. in Semper’s Reisen, Heft xii. p. 526.

Two specimens from Coetivy.

Both are of a pale colour and have extremely wide mantle-margins. The larger,

which is 39°5 mm. long, 20 mm. broad, with a mantle-margin measuring 8 mm. at the

sides and 11 mm. at the head and tail, is almost pure white, with traces of brown

colour in the middle of the back. The other, which is similarly proportioned, but only

15 mm. long, is bluish white with many spots of various shades of purple, which are

themselves formed by an aggregate of smaller spots. In both there are a few brownish

flecks on the undersides.

The animals are flat and soft. The integuments are spiculous, and the dorsal surface

is covered with small spiculous tubercles.

The labial armature consists of two plates set so close together that they almost form

a circular band composed of small rods. The formule of the two radule are respec-

tively 20X80.0.30 and 17X20.0.20. The teeth are large and hamate. Those

nearest to the rhachis have a small denticle at the base of the shaft. The outermost are

small and erect.

These specimens seem to represent a light variety of D. cebuensis. I have compared

them with the type deposited in the Copenhagen Museum.

13. Kentrodoris rubescens, Bergh.

Bergh, Mal. Unters. in Semper’s Reisen, Heft x. p. 411.

One specimen labelled “Salomon.” It is 67 mm. long and 22 mm. broad. The

skin is quite soft and smooth to the touch, but under a lens is seen to be covered with

very minute papilla. The ground-colour of the dorsal surface is greenish grey, still

showing a tinge of pink, which was stronger when the specimen was first received.

Over this pinkish ground are scattered a considerable number of short lines about

4mm. in length. They are more distinct and thicker on the head and the tail-end of .

the mantle, where they even form spots. There are a few of them on the underside of

the mantle and on the sole of the foot, which shows traces of having been pink.

OS RE TE ten I

ELIOT—NUDIBRANCHS, 425

The oral tentacles are long and digitate. The upper margin of the foot is grooved,

and the upper lamina is expanded into very ample lappets with a considerable space

between them, as shown in Bergh’s figure (J. ¢. plate xlix. fig. 14). The foot and

back extend for some distance behind the branchie, but there is no separate tail

whatever. The branchiz are seven and very large. They rise out of a wide flexible

cup like a sleeve; the margin is soft and undulated but not crenulate. The rhinophores

are very large and thick ; their sheaths are like the branchial pocket on a smaller scale.

The radula has a maximum formula of 50X35.0.385. The teeth are tall and erect,

with rather blunt tips. The teeth nearest the rhachis are thinner than the others, and

bear a denticle or projection on the base.

The specimen was not further dissected, in order to preserve its appearance. It is

undoubtedly A. rubescens, Bergh, and the animal figured by me under that name, /. ¢.

PLATYDORIS.

This genus is in much the same condition as Discodoris, and it may be well to review

briefly the list of species.

Bergh has shown that Pl. punctuolata and Pl. variolata (d’Orbigny) are really

referable to Anisodoris. The two species described by the same author from the

Canaries have not been seen since. D. canariensis can hardly be a Platydoris, for its

back is said to be soft and velvety; but Pl. punctata (d’Orbigny), though doubtful,

may perhaps be allowed to stand with a query. Pl. incerta, Eliot, is an immature

form, and may be neglected. Pl. papillata, Eliot, is almost certainly Hoplodoris

desmoparypha, B. 'There is some discrepancy in the accounts of the labial armature,

and also some doubt as to whether the form should be regarded as a Platydoris or the

type of anew genus. Quoy and Gaimard’s Doris sordida is, perhaps, the same animal,

but it is difficult to prove the identity *. Farran’s Pl.? spinulosa should not, I think,

be referred to this genus.

I have examined Abraham’s original specimens, and think D. murrea unidentifiable ;

D. hepatica is probably a Platydoris but looks discoloured, and it seems unsafe to found

a species on a single dubious specimen. But Platydoris tabulata, of which I have

dissected the type specimen, is a valid species allied to Bergh’s Pl. variegata, and

perhaps identical with it, in spite of some variations in colour and other details.

Pl. inframaculata and Pl. speciosa are allied to one another and to Alder and Hancock's

Pi. elliott. It is not impossible that all may be varieties of one species. But at

present I do not think this demonstrable. An examination of a large series of Japanese

specimens which I have made indicates that Abraham’s P/. speciosa was immature.

The full-grown animal is 15 centimetres long or more. The back is covered with dark

mottlings of many shades of brown and purple, which vary greatly in different

specimens. The underside is deep clear yellow with bold black blotches. Pl. formosa

* Tt might also be the adult Pl. speciosa, see below.

4.26 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

(A. & H.) is perhaps a colour-variety of this species in which the dark brown and black

are replaced by red, but provisionally it is better to keep it separate.

After an examination of the type specimens I have no doubt that Pl. ewrychlamys, B.,

and Pl. coriacea, Abraham, are the same. I have compared with them specimens

from East Africa which I identify with the D. scabra of Quoy and Gaimard. Though

the description given by these authors deals with the external features only, it contains

so many details that I have no doubt of the identification. Cuvier’s D. scabra is

unrecognizable from his description, but Quoy and Gaimard may have had access to his

specimens. At any rate, their interpretation of D. scabra would seem to be authori-

tative. D. solea, Cuvier, is also unrecognizable, and it is not even certain that it isa

Platydoris, for Cuvier seems to contrast its texture with D. scaber.

Bergh admits (Siboga Exp. Opisth. p. 186) that his Pl. arrogans and Pl. cruenta

(Q. & G.) are synonyms. It is possible that Pl. striata, Pl flammulata, and

Pl. sanguinea are all varieties of the same species. The constant feature in the colour-

pattern is that the dorsal surface bears numerous fine lines which seem to be engraved

on it. Three variations of this scheme occur: (a) in PJ. striata, there is no red, only

a yellowish ground bearing darker lines; (b) in Pl. cruenta and Pl. flammulata the

pattern is similar but splashed with red; (c) in Pl. sanguinea the red spreads all over

the dorsal surface, but a black reticulate pattern is seen below it. But at present the

differences reported to exist in the armature of the genitalia make it difficult to unite

the species. With regard to these differences, ampler data are required before we can

know whether a particular form of spine or scale is of specific value. The real charac-

teristic of the genus is that the efferent ducts of the genitalia are lined with an

unusually thick cuticle, which is thrown up into ridges and prominences. These latter

generally form (in the male branch) distinct discs bearing spines, but it is not impossible

that in some individuals these discs and spines may be imperfectly developed and

appear merely as lumps. But only a few specimens of each form have been dissected.

The genus as at present known may be tabulated as follows :—

1. Pl. scabra (Cuv. and Q. & G.). 10. Pl. ? variegata, B.

= Pl. coriacea (Abraham). ll. Pl. ? tabulata (Abraham).

= Pl. eurychlamys, B. 12. Pl. pulchra, Eliot.

Pl. vicina, B., is probably a { 13. Pl. herdmani, Farran.

variety. All the above are from the Indo-Pacific.

(2. Pl. cruenta (Q. & G.). 14. Pl. punctatella, B. W.Coastof S. America.

| = Pl. arrogans, B. 15. Pl. argo, L. Atlantic and perhaps also

4 3. Pl. striata (Kelaart). Indo-Pacific.

| 4, Pl. sanguinea, B. 16. Pl. philippii. Med.

(5. Pl. flammulata, B. 17. Pl. ? punctata, Orb. Canary Islands.

6. Pl. formosa (A. & H.). 18. Pl. angustipes (Moérch). W. Indies.

7. Pl. elliott (A. & H.).

8. Pl. inframaculata (Abraham).

(9. Pl. speciosa (Abraham).

ELIOT—NUDIBRANOHS., 427

14, Platydoris tabulata (Abraham).

P. S. Abraham, Revision of the Anthobranchiate Nudibr. Mollusca, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877,

p. 249.

One specimen, without notes as to locality. It is small compared with those in other

collections, and perhaps not full-grown. Length 43 mm., breadth 29. Foot only

26 mm. long and 5-7 mm. wide. Mantle-margin very ample: 10-12 mm. wide. The

whole animal is very flat and hard, and the back is covered with numerous very minute

papilla. The ground-colour of both the upper and lower surface is yellowish white.

Much of the dorsal area is covered with fine purple dots, but there are considerable

bare spaces in the middle and elsewhere. The absence of dots on them may, however,

be due to abrasion. On the underside of the mantle is a band of purple dots round the

foot. The rhinophores are dark violet-grey. The branchiz are six and tripinnate :

their main axes are reddish below ; the prefoliations are violet-grey ; in all parts there

are numerous dark dots. The pocket is indistinctly six-toothed. 'The oral tentacles

are large and grooved.

The labial cuticle bears an armature of rods, which though of a faint grey and not

conspicuous is yet distinct. It consists of two longish plates, which are thicker and

darker at the ends where they are nearest each other. The maximum formula of the

radula is 30X80.0.80. The outermost tooth has no hook, but bears irregular

denticles on the apex and also occasionally on the side. The outermost tooth but one

bears a hook which is reduced but still clear, and below it a few irregular denticles.

The remaining teeth are hamate and rather slender.

The cesophagus is rather large. The stomach lies in a cleft of the liver, but is not

enclosed by it. Its walls are thin, not muscular, and slightly laminated internally.

The liver is brown and traversed internally by unusually large tubes and passages.

It is covered by a thick yellowish layer composed of the hermaphrodite gland.

The blood-gland is purplish grey and composed of two parts, of which the anterior is

larger. The ganglia of the central nervous system are yellowish and fairly distinct.

The common commissure is very distinct. The eyes are set on short stalks.

The ampulla of the hermaphrodite gland forms two or three thick convolutions. The

albumen and mucus glands are of moderate size. The spermatotheca is round, brown,

and full of spermatozoa. The spermatocyst is elongate and stalked; it rises close to the

spermatotheca and is bent on itself, so as to appear double. The prostate is large and

globular. Attached to the bag which contains the penis is a pear-shaped flocculent

gland with a longish duct. The lower part of the vas deferens (and it would appear the

glans penis too) bears strong, jagged, pinkish folds, which rise into bent spines of a

pinkish colour set in six rows. Higher up there are no spines but only jagged

colourless folds. The vagina is lined with a thick red cuticle bearing folds on which are

knobs and prominences. Though the whole armature is very similar to that of the male

branch, there are no true spines in it.

This form is nearly allied to Bergh’s PJ. variegata, which also possesses the anomalous

character of a labial armature and a somewhat similar radula. The two may be varieties

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII. 57

428 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

of a single species (in which case the name tabulata of 1877 has priority over variegata

of 1880), but there are many differences of detai]. The coloration of the dorsal surface

is not strikingly similar: Pl. tabulata has no lines on the foot; its oral tentacles are

large and grooved, whereas those of Pl. variegata are small and digitate.

A drawing of the living PJ. tabulata made in Japan represents it as brownish yellow,

the medio-dorsal area being darker than the marginal regions. The margin itself is

lighter and there are five irregular whitish spots on various parts of the back. The

whole of the dorsal surface, whatever its colour, is thickly spotted with minute dark

purplish dots. The branchiz are greyish white; the rhinophores have yellowish stems

and violet-grey perfoliations. The mantle-edge is much undulated and wrinkled.

15. Platydoris herdmani, Farran.

Farran, Opisthobranchiate Mollusca in Herdman, Ceylon Pearl Oyster Reports, pp. 337-8.

Two specimens from Amirante, similar in appearance and size: about 45 mm. long

and 30 mm. broad.

The colour is yellowish brown with mottlings and spots of darker brown, which seem

to lie underneath the skin. On the under surface of the mantle are numerous purplish

dots. The dorsal surface is softer than is usual in Platydoris, but is minutely granulated.

The branchiz are small and six in number. The pocket is completely closed in both

specimens, but its natural shape is probably stellate.

The mouth-parts are on the whole as described by Farran, though the precise sequence

of teeth mentioned by him is not always maintained. The formula of the radula is about

45x70.0.70. The majority of the teeth are stout, simply hamate, and often with blunt

tips, but at the outer end of the rows there occur more or less degraded teeth of three

types: (1) hamate teeth bearing a few irregular jags or denticles below the principal

hook; (2) teeth with pectinate hair-like denticles, similar to those found in Thordisa ;

(3) flat plate-like teeth without any cusp or denticles.

The vas deferens is thick and broad. It is clothed with a hard yellow cuticle on which

are set two rows of scales bearing slightly bent hooks. The vaginal hooks mentioned by

Farran were not found, but the external appearance of the species is so distinct that

there can be no doubt of its identity.

16. Asteronotus hemprichii, Ehrenberg.

See Ehrenberg, Symbol Physice, Animalia evertebrata, 1831, and Eliot, in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1903,

vol. ii. pp. 884-5.

One relatively small specimen from Egmont: length 48 mm., breadth 86mm. The

eround-colour is greenish grey composed of a multitude of minute dots. ‘The tubercles

are lighter. ‘The consistency and external features are as usual in the genus. On the

underside of the mantle is a broad chocolate band extending nearly all round the foot

and interrupted only at the tail end. It contains several lighter areas.

Through the courtesy of the authorities of the Copenhagen Museum, I have been able

to examine their specimens of A. hemprichii, Ehrenberg, and 4. cespitosus (van Hasselt),

ELIOT—NUDIBRANCHS. 4,29

identified by Bergh. I am of opinion that they both represent varieties of one species

which is very common on the east coast of Africa.

17. Chromodoris quadricolor, Riippell & Leuckart, var.

See Riippell and Leuckart, Neue Wirbellose Thiere, 1828, p. 31; Bergh, Siboga Expeditie, 1905,

p. 148 and references there quoted. For Chr. lineata and Chr. magnifica see Eliot, Proc. Zool.

Soc. 1904, vol. i. pp. 396-398.

One specimen labelled “ Passe Honareau, Aldabra.” As preserved, it is 25 mm. long,

10 mm. high, and 12 mm. broad. The mantle-margin is about 3 mm. wide in most

places, but rather wider before and behind, where it covers the head and foot. The

body and foot are somewhat bent, and there can be little doubt that, like many other

Chromodorids, the animal is capable of assuming another shape in which the body is

lower and flatter, the mantle-margin broader, and the foot longer.

The colours are black, greyish or yellowish white, and faded orange distributed very

much as depicted in Quoy and Gaimard’s figure of Doris magnifica. The mantle-edge is

marked by a white border; next to this, on the lower as well as on the upper side, is a

broad (3-4 mm.) orange band, and next to the orange band a black band, continuous but

of irregular width. The remainder of the dorsal surface is whitish, but traversed by

broad, distinct, longitudinal, black lines. At any given point between the rhinophores

and branchie there are about six of these lines, exclusive of the black band. The median

line runs straight from the branchize to the anterior mantle-margin, but the others are

more or less branched and interrupted. Three of them pass between the rhinophores

and two terminate just behind the rhinophores. The rhinophores and branchie are

orange: there are orange borders round their pockets, round the foot, and round the

genital orifices. The sole of the foot is pale orange, but the sides of the foot and body

and the upper surface of the tail are, like the back, whitish but traversed by longitudinal

black lines, more regular than the dorsal pattern, but in a few places branched or inter-

rupted. ‘There are five on the right side, four on the left, besides the circular black band

which (just as on the dorsal surface) adjoins the orange border.

The surface is smooth and both the integuments and internal membranes are tough

and hard to cut. The margins of the rhinophorial pockets are slightly raised, but that

of the branchial pocket not at all. The anterior margin of the foot is thickened and

slightly grooved. The tentacles, which seem to be invaginable, are represented by round

knobs. The branchiz are 15, but possibly one or more of them should be regarded as

accessory plumes or branches. They are roughly pyramidal in shape and of different

sizes, set in a circle open behind, the plumes nearer to the opening being smaller than

the others.

The intestines are of a yellowish brown. The buccal mass is large. The labial arma-

ture is yellowish and has the appearance of a ring, but consists of two semicircular plates

almost in contact. The elements are somewhat variable in shape and size. ‘The majority

are rods, swollen near the distal end, generally bent and generally bifid; but near the

edges of the plate they are smaller and sometimes roughly triangular. The radula is

57*

430 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

dark brown in front, yellow behind. There are about 80 rows, of which the longest con-

tain 90-100 teeth on either side of the rhachis, which bears slight triangular thickenings.

The teeth are strong, erect, and hamate, not bifid but bearing as a rule 6-9 denticles

rather low down on the shaft. The denticles are short, thick, and not conspicuous,

though when the teeth are in a favourable position they can be seen quite clearly. As

in most Chromodorids, the innermost teeth are broad and denticulate on both sides; the

outer teeth are straighter, less hamate than the others, and bear denticles on or near

the tip.

The other internal organs appear to be as usual in the genus. The cesophagus runs

straight into the liver without any dilatation, and the hepatic cavity acts as a stomach.

Undigested food was found in two chambers within the hepatic mass.

There appear to be two variable species of Chromodoris which in certain varieties

present a similar external appearance. One of these may be called Chromodoris quadri-

color (Riippell), which was admitted by Bergh to be the same as his Chr. elizabethina and

Chr. anne. Tn the typical form this species is characterized externally by stripes of four

colours—white, orange (red or yellow), dark blue, and light blue. But the dark and light

blue may both become black and the relative quantity of dark and light colour may vary,

so that some specimens appear to be dark animals with light stripes, others to bear dark

stripes on a light ground. In all these varieties the radula seems to be similar.

It consists of rather erect teeth, not bifid at the tips, and bearing about eight

denticles.

The other species may be provisionally called Chr. lineata (Souleyet, 1852) and is pro-

bably identical with Chr. magnifica, Q. & G. (1832), and Chr. hilaris, Bergh. These

forms are yellowish, with orange-coloured branchiz and rhinophores and violet stripes on

the back and sides. The teeth of the radula are bifid (so far as is known) and bear about

four small denticles below the bifurcation.

It will be seen that if the stripes of Chr. quadricolor are multiplied, it becomes

similar both in pattern and coloration to Chr. lineata or Chr. magnifica. This has

happened in the specimen here examined, but as it has teeth of the shape found

in the typical form of Chr. quadricolor, I think it should be referred to that

species.

It may be asked if the teeth are not as variable as the coloration. It may be so, but

the specimens of Chr. guadricolor hitherto examined, though differing in external

appearance, present the same type of tooth. It is possible that Chr. quadricolor and

Chr. linearis may both prove to be varieties of one widespread and very variable species,

but at present I think nothing would be gained by ignoring the differences which seem

to separate them. Though the specific name magnifica has priority, it is better not to

use it until the character of the radula has been ascertained in specimens indubitably

referable to the species. Both the present specimen and the one from Zanzibar

described by me (J. c.) resemble Quoy and Gaimard’s plate, but their radule are not

the same ;

ELIOT—NUDIBRANCHS. 431

18. Ceratosoma ornatum, Bergh.

See Bergh, Mal. Unt. in Semper’s Reisen, Heft xvii. pp. 946-7, and Eliot on C. cornigerum in Proc.

Zool. Soc. 1904, vol. i. pp. 401-2.

One specimen from Seychelles, 37 fathoms. As preserved it is 37 mm. long and 11 mm.

broad across the back at the widest part. The colour is semi-transparent yellowish white,

thickly spotted with opaque white. Round the frontal and dorsal margins and also round

the margin of the foot is a row of faded rose-coloured spots. The prominence behind

the branchiz is bordered with a continuous line of the same colour. The shape is as

usual. There are two wavy and not very decided lobes on either side of the mantle-

margin and behind the branchiz a well-developed process 6 mm. long.

I think this is the C. ornatum of Bergh, but doubt if it is more than a colour-variety

of C. cornigerum, Adams.

19. Spherodoris levis, Bergh.

See Bergh, Mal. Unters. in Semper’s Reisen, Heft xvii. p. 924 (1890), and Eliot, in Proc. Zool. Soc.

1904, vol. i. pp. 403-4,

Two specimens from Coetivy, about the same size (25 mm. long, 22 mm. broad) and

colour. They are brownish olive with various faint mottlings. There is a conspicuous

circular area round the branchial pocket, lighter and slightly depressed. In both

specimens there are obscure traces of dorsal ridges and two pits arranged symmetrically

one on each side between the branchize and rhinophores.

These specimens are I, think, referable to the form described by Bergh and myself

under the name of Sph. levis. The indications of ridges which they present suggest that

they may be immature and subsequently develop a more uneven and tuberculate dorsal

surface. It is hard to believe, however, that they are the young of Sph: punctata or

papillata. These two species (of which I have examined the type specimens) perhaps

represent different ages of the same animal, but both seem to be different from the

relatively smooth species.

It is possible, but hardly demonstrable, that this animal is the Actinocyclus verrucosus

of Ehrenberg.

ORODORIS.

This genus, recorded only from the Indo-Pacific, comprises animals of a considerable

size with ridged and tuberculate backs. The large tubercles bear subsidiary knobs and

are irregular in shape. They are arranged so as to form a median ridge with side ridges

running to the mantle-margin. The branchi are tripinnate. A labial armature is

present. The radula is large; there is no central tooth ; at least some of the lateral teeth

are finely denticulate. There isnoarmature on the genitalia. The affinities of the genus

are uncertain. In many ways it is allied to Asteronotus (especially O. striata), but the

buccal parts are different. Two species are known :—

1. O. miamirana, Bergh. Philippines, Tahiti, New Britain, Zanzibar.

2. O. striata, Eliot. Zanzibar, Praslin.

432 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

An examination of the original specimens has convinced me that the animal described

by meas Fracassa tuberculosa (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1903, vol. ii. p. 371) is really O. miamirana.

The outer teeth as well as the inner are often, if not always, denticulate in this species.

The genus Fracassa, Bergh, is represented only by one specimen in the Copenhagen

Museum. Its appearance may have altered with age, but in its present condition it hardly

supports Bergh’s statement that “Die Fracassen stimmen im Ausseren fast mit den

Phlegzmodoriden iiberein.” As the specimen stands, it does not seem to me necessary to

separate it generically from Discodoris and the genus Fracassa requires confirmation.

20. Orodoris striata, Eliot.

Eliot, in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1904, vol. ii. p. 269.

Four specimens, labelled “ Praslin, reef.” They are about 100 mm. long and 80 mm.

broad. When first received they showed considerable traces of light green and pink

arranged in thin stripes, but this coloration subsequently vanished.

Though the specimens are large and in some ways well preserved, yet they have clearly

all been distorted by the preserving fluid in different ways, and it is not easy to deduce

the original shape. Probably there was a central ridge bearing three large tubercles (as

much as 12 mm. high and 10 mm. broad at the base), and on either side of this ridge

two or three rows of tubercles. There is also at least one large tubercle behind the

branchize, and the whole dorsal surface, including the tubercles, is covered with low

ridges, often broken up into short lines. The general external characters, as far as they

can be determined, are much like those described by me (J. ¢.). The mantle-margin is

thick, fleshy, and very broad. The foot is narrow, The anterior part of the foot and the

mouth are swollen and distorted in all specimens, but apparently a ridge runs from the

mouth on either side downwards to the foot. The branchiz are seven or eight, and very

large. The anterior median plume is connected with the anal papilla by a lamina. The

margin of the pocket is somewhat raised and bears irregular indistinct lobes.

The labial armature is a mass of bright yellow bent rods. In the specimen dissected

the radula consisted of 130 rows, with about 150 teeth on either side of the rhachis.

Until carefully examined the teeth appear to be simply hamate, but closer scrutiny

shows that those next to the rhachis bear two denticles on the inner and three on

the outer side. Of the remaining teeth, the first twenty or so have a ridge on the outer

side which bears a varying number (generally about 10) of irregular denticles. The

remaining teeth appear to be smooth.

I think that these specimens are referable to Orodoris striata, recorded from Zanzibar,

and that the species is distinct from O. miamirana.

21. Miamira magnifica, sp. nov. (Plate 25. figs. 10, 11.)

See accounts of M. nobilis or sinuata by Bergh in Jour. Mus. Godeffroy, Heft viii. 1875, pp. 53-63 ;

id. in Semper’s Reisen, vi. ii. 1904; id. Notes from the Leyden Museum, 1887, p. 309, pl. vi.

fig. 10; and by Eliot in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1904, vol.i. p. 405.

One specimen from Seychelles, 34 fathoms.

ELIOT—NUDIBRANCHS. 433

Length 58 mm.; breadth 15 mm.; height, exclusive of tubercles, 18 mm.

The coloration is complicated. It may be described as a white ground * covered with

a reticulation which is in parts green and in parts purple. The green pigment is light

but not bright, and often tinges the white areas in its vicinity. In many places the

green is replaced by a rather bright purple, especially on the oral veil, the side-lobes,

the dorsal tubercles, and the sides of the body below the mantle-margin. The white

areas often bear opaque white spots. Much of the colouring disappeared when the

specimen was eviscerated.

The whole animal, sides as well as back, is covered with low smooth pustules, as much

as 3mm. in diameter. Besides these there is a ridge running down the centre of the back,

bearing a small prominence in front of the rhinophores, a rather larger one behind them,

and a much larger one (8 mm. high) in the middle of the back in front of the branchiz.

Behind the branchix the ridge is not continued, but there are two prominences of

considerable size. Very indistinct ridges seem to run from the central ridge to the

side-lappets, and above each lappet is a rather large tubercle. The oral veil is distinct,

but not ample, and not divided. It is continued on either side as a pallial margin, and

passes behind the branchiz. At this point there is a tubercle, but no prominence that

could be called a caudal veil. The tail behind the pallial margin measures 12mm. The

pallial margin bears on either side four lappets (with a fifth rudimentary one on the

right) provided on the underside with transverse lamelle. The rims of the rhinophore-

pockets are slightly raised, smooth, hard, and white. The branchial pocket is completely

closed, but its edge appears to be similar. The rhinophores, which are completely

retracted, are large and bright purple, but with yellowish-white tips and yellowish-white

lines down the sides, making a vivid contrast of colours. The gills are completely

retracted, ten or perhaps twelve in number, for it is difficult to distinguish branches and

independent plumes. They are irregularly tripinnate and pinkish grey ; but the rhachis

inside is yellowish white, and, as in the rhinophoyes, makes a vivid contrast of colours.

The blood-gland is brownish and irregularly trilobed. The central nervous system is

large, but difficult to extract from its capsule. The cerebral and pleural ganglia are

united in a single mass, which is somewhat narrow and elongate. The pedal ganglia are

distinctly separate from it. The eyes are small and black.

The buccal mass is large, and the anterior part is of a beautiful purple colour. The

labial armature is a yellow band with a white edge. It is 4 mm. broad and appears to

be interrupted in the middle, but in reality this interval bears spines of the same kind as

the rest, only colourless. They are hooks or bent rods, but not bifid. The radula is very

large and has a formula of at least 112 250.0.250. The teeth are small, simply

hamate, and irregular in size, tall and short ones often standing side by side. The

points are often blunt. The innermost are hard to see, but are apparently like the rest,

only stout and with broad bases. The outermost are rather irregular in shape, but none

of the teeth are denticulate.

The right salivary gland is a long band measuring 20 mm.; the left is only a quarter

of the length. The cesophagus is short, and after forming a slight dilatation enters the

* This description was taken from the preserved specimen some time after the coloured drawing was made.

434 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

stomach, which is not large, but except at its hinder end free from the liver. Being

white, it is clearly distinguished from the liver by its colour. The intestine is large and

broad, and describes a wide bend in front of the liver. This latter is greenish, but most

parts of it are covered by the yellowish hermaphrodite gland. The surface is deeply

channelled. The ampulla of the hermaphrodite gland is long and coiled: The spermato-

theca is greyish; the spermatocyst yellow. The vas deferens is long and coiled. The

albumen and mucus glands form a small compact mass; the accessory gland described

by Bergh was not found.

It is with some doubt that I register this form as a new species, though it in any case

represents a well-marked colour-variety. It is very unlike the original specimens of

M. sinuata (= nobilis) to look at, but when the points of difference are analysed they are

found to concern chiefly the colour and the size of the lobes and tubercles. ‘The following

divergences in structure may also be noticed :—

(1) In I. sinuata the frontal veil is trifid and (in the specimens I have seen) narrow.

In I. magnifica it is broad, semicircular, and entire.

(2) In I. magnifica the radula is much larger, though the animal is smaller.

(3) In I, sinuata the stomach is surrounded by the liver; in WZ. magnifica it lies

_ almost entirely outside it.

These differences, taken in conjunction with the remarkable coloration, would no doubt

be sufficient to constitute a species, provided they prove to be constant. Pending the

examination of further material, the forms may be recognized as separate.

As far as can be judged from an examination of the original specimens, the plates of

Miamira nobilis in Semper’s ‘ Reisen’ and the ‘ Journal of the Godeffroy Museum’ are

very misleading. Van Hasselt’s drawing, reproduced in Bergh’s ‘Notes from the Leyden

Museum,’ is better,

22. Trevelyana alba, Bergh.

Bergh, Mal. Unters. in Semper’s Reisen, Heft xi. p. 443.

One specimen, from Cargados Carajos, reef. It is stout, nearly cylindrical in the

front and middle parts, but tapering towards the tail. The length is 38°5 mm., the

breadth 15 mm., the height 16 mm. The colour is whitish, with traces of yellow here

and there in the creases. The branchie are 14, and of moderate size. They are set in -

a complete circle and are mostly bipinnate. On the tail behind them are four rather

large low tubercles.

There is no labial armature. The radula is in a rather confused condition, but its

formula seems to be about 30x35 .0.385. The hermaphrodite gland consists of two

separate roughly spherical portions.

Though this species is nearly allied to 7. ceylonica, it is probably distinct. I have

had an opportunity of examining several specimens of the latter from Ceylon, and find

them all characterized externally by their large feathery branchiz, measuring 8-9 mm.

in an animal only 30 mm. long; whereas in 7. alba the branchie are of moderate size.

Further, 7. ceylonica shows differences in the radula and the hermaphrodite gland. The

ule eerie

ELIOT—NUDIBRANCHS. 435

latter does not consist of two spherical masses as here, but of two short thick coils spread

over the top anterior part of the liver.

23. Plocamopherus indicus, Bergh.

Bergh, Mal. Unters. in Semper’s Reisen, Heft xvii. pp. 954-958.

One specimen from Coetivy: 26 mm. long, 9 mm. high, and 7 mm. broad. The

colour is pale lemon-yellow, sprinkled everywhere with greyish spots. The oral veil

is moderately large, but no appendages are visible; the caudal crest is also moderately

large and jagged. The rhinophores are large and brown; the branchiz three, small

and brownish. Along the mantle-edge are traces of one or two retractile papilla. On

either side there is a single extrabranchial appendage, not branched, but, as preserved,

globular in shape and pinkish brown.

The labial armature consists of two plates formed by fibrous-looking, pale yellow rods.

Owing to the faintness of its colour this armature is not at all conspicuous, but it is in

reality fairly large. The formula of the radula is 24X12+11.0.11+412. The

rhachis is broad and marked by transverse lines. The first eleven teeth are hamate ;

the twelve outermost are mere plates:

In spite of some differences in the colour and labial armature, I think this is a light

variety of Bergh’s Pl. indicus.

24. Doridopsis nigra, Stimpson.

See Eliot, in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1904, vol. ii. pp. 275-6.

This common species is represented in the collection by three specimens from Coetivy,

two of moderate size and one small. They are not well preserved, but appear to belong

to the greenish-black variety with indistinct borders and spots of a paler colour.

25. Doridopsis sp.

One small specimen about 10 mm. long, from Coetivy, of a yellowish-white colour. It

is perhaps an immature Doridopsis rubra. 'The buccal parts are as in that species.

26. Phyllidia varicosa, Lam.

One specimen from Salomon Atoll. It has the typical form and coloration. It is

about 41 mm. long, glossy black, with bluish ridges bearing yellow tubercles. The

three central ridges are straight and distinct, only uniting near the end of the body.

Another specimen was obtained in Passe Dubois, Aldabra.

27. Phyllidiopsis carinata, sp. nov. (Plate 25. figs. 8, 9, 12.)

One specimen from Amirante E 16, 39 fathoms.

The length is 19 mm., but as the specimen is bent this probably represents 22 mm. or

more. The breadth is 15 mm.

Down the centre of the back runs a crest bearing tubercles, the tallest of which is

about 3mm. high. The tubercles are conical and often compressed laterally, so that the

SECOND SERIES.— ZOOLOGY, VOL, XIII. 58

436 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

crest looks like a saw. Along either side of the central ridge runs another row of

tubercles of nearly the same size ; round the margin and also scattered among the large

tubercles are a moderate number of small ones. The whole dorsal area, both the flat

surface and the tubercles, as well as the underside of the mantle, is covered with

minute roundish granulations.

The colour is yellowish white, but on the back are arranged five black areas, which

make a striking contrast with the ground-colour. They are not placed symmetrically.

One is in front, and two lie on each side but not opposite one another. Round each area

is a ring of a brighter white than the rest of the ground-colour. The tubercles are tipped

with the same bright white. The largest of the areas measures 8 X 6 mm., including the

white ring. The tubercles extend over these areas as well as over the white surface, and

preserve their white colour; but in this arrangement also the symmetry is imperfect.

One black area contains three white tubercles, three contain one each in the centre, and

one contains none at all. The rhinophore-pockets and anal papillse are very hard to see.

On the under surface of the mantle is a circuit of not very large white lamellz, each

about 3mm. long. The texture of the integuments is hard and spiculous. ,

A few minute pebbles were found with the animal in the bottle. It is probable that

it lives on a pebbly bottom, where its black and white coloration, so conspicuous when

it is isolated, harmonizes with the surroundings. At Naples I have observed that large

and conspicuously mottled specimens of Tethys leporina become invisible when they

settle among pebbles.

The integuments are full of short spicules arranged in bundles, and also of small hard

granules of various shapes. Unfortunately the preserving fluid had not penetrated the

hard skin, and the internal organs were shrivelled and dried up. Near the mouth was

found a bent tube, and it is probable that the buccal parts were of the type found in

Doridopsis. A thin tube armed with rows of hooks was no doubt the vas deferens.

This form bears a remarkable superficial resemblance to Phyllidiopsis papilligera,

Bergh, which was found in the Atlantic (Gulf of Mexico). This difference of habitat

makes it improbable that the two animals are specifically the same, and they do not

agree in details, though it must be confessed that if they had been found together the dis-

crepancies could be explained away :—(1) P. papilligera is nearly circular (12 X11 mm.),

whereas P. carinata is more elongate (22X15 mm.). (2) Not only are the black areas

much fewer in P. carinata (which is not in itself important), but they have a special

border which, as preserved, appears bright white and is very noticeable. (3) In

P. papilligera the dorsal papille have constricted bases and then swell out into an

almost ovate outline; in this animal they have broad bases, a conical outline, blunt

tips, and are often flattened laterally. (4) There are no ridges on the back of P. papitl-

ligera, but in P. carinata a median crest or ridge bearing tubercles is a prominent

feature.

28. Ceratophyllidia grisea, sp. nov. (Plate 25. figs. 3-7.)

Cf. Ceratophyllidia africana, Eliot, in Proe. Zool. Soc. 1903, vol. i. pp, 250-1.

One specimen from Coetivy. It is well preserved, but much bent; if straightened it

ELIOT—NUDIBRANCHS, 437

would be about 30 mm. long. The maximum breadth is 17°5 mm. and the height 7 mm.

The shape is very flat. The general colour is a yellowish grey.

The back is studded with about 130 stalked processes, spherical or ovoid in shape.

The stalks are small; at most they are 1 mm. in length, but many are much shorter.

The largest processes measure about 75 mm.; the smaller have a diameter of about

one millimetre or less. The large ones are found only in the middle of the back. The

little ones are set along the dorsal margin and are also found among the big ones. The

upper half of each process is spotted with purplish brown: this colour is much more

intense in the little ones, where it is nearly black, than in the larger ones, where it is

only pale grey. The processes do not contain any diverticula or core of any kind and in

section they show a uniform jelly-like texture. Under a microscope the coloured spots

are seen to be minute, low tubercles.

The rhinophores are large, yellow, and laminated; they are completely retracted and

the sheaths, which are closed, appear as inconspicuous mounds. ‘The anal papilla is also

inconspicuous ; it is set very far back. The mantle-margin is ample (as much as 5 mm.

wide), thin, undulated, and soft. The margin of the foot is also expanded. When the

animal is divested of its papille it looks more like a Doridopsis than a Phyllidia. The

underside of the mantle bears some faint purplish spots and a row of not very well-

developed yellow lamellz; they are set close together and each is about 3 mm. long.

- The integuments are full of spicules of very various shapes and sizes.

The intestines are much hardened and only the following points could be ascertained.

The anterior part of the alimentary canal is apparently arranged as in Doridopsis.

There is no trace of a glandular mass as in Phyllidia. The cesophagus makes a bend

near the central nervous system, which is much concentrated, the ganglia being fused

into a continuous mass. The liver is greenish brown and not divided behind. The

hermaphrodite gland is white and very large, forming a layer over the liver nearly 5 mm.

thick. The green spermatotheca and black spermatocyst are visible. The genitalia

appear to have been much developed and to have squeezed the cesophagus and other

organs against the dorsal integuments. ‘The condition probably indicates the period

immediately before eggs are laid.

This specimen belongs to the genus Ceratophyllidia, but is, I think, specifically

distinct from C. africana, previously described by me. Superficially the appearance of

the two species is quite different—C. africana being yellow with black globules on the

back, distant about 2 mm. from one another and allowing the ground-colour to be clearly

seen; while C. grisea is grey of various shades and the globules touch one another, com-

pletely hiding the ground-colour, as will be seen from the drawing. In C. grisea

(30 mm. long) the larger globules have a diameter of 7 mm.; in C. africana (about

22 mm. long) the largest do not exceed 2 mm. in diameter, but the stalks are longer.

Otherwise the differences are small, and of course it is possible that the use of different

preserving fluids may have caused the globules to contract in one specimen or swell in

the other; but provisionally I think it safer to register the two forms separately.

58*

438

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 25.

Fig. 1. Thordisa crosslandii : dorsal view, natural size.

Fig. 2. oH 3 portion of back, enlarged, showing projections.

Fig. 3. Ceratophyllidia grisea: dorsal view.

Fig. 4. Pr ‘ lateral view.

Mig. 5; » 5 section showing attachment of globules.

Fig. 6. S 5 side view of a globule, enlarged.

Fig. 7. 7 Ss plan of same, also enlarged.

Fig. 8. Phyllidiopsis carinata, sp. nov.: top view.

Fig. 9. os a black spot showing projection, enlarged.

Fig. 10. Miamira magnifica : top view.

Fig. 11 A 35 perspective view.

Fig. 12. Phyllidiopsis carinata: side view.

. Pteraeolidia annulata: one of the teeth.

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

TRANS.Linn. Soc. Spr.2 Zoo. Vol XIII PL. 25

(Eu1oT)

‘

E Wilson, del, et imp

NUDIBRANCHS FROM THE INDIAN OCI

ies}

[ 439 ]

No. XVII.—REPORT ON THE BRACHIOPODA OBTAINED FROM THE

INDIAN OCEAN BY THE SEALARK EXPEDITION, 1905.

By Wit11am Heatry Dart, 4.1L, Se.D., Curator Div. Moll. U.S. Nat. Mus.

(Communicated by Prof. J. Srantey Garviner, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.)

(Plate 26.)

Read 2nd December, 1909.

Tue Brachiopods transmitted to me for examination by Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner were all

obtained from one haul of the dredge on the descending southern slope of the sea-bottom

south of the Saya de Malha Banks. The haul, which was made over bottom beginning

The collection comprises one badly crushed Liothyrina, of which only the posterior

portions remain, two specimens of what appears to be a new species of Kraussina, and

seven specimens of a new Hemithyris.

Brachiopods are usually very free from adherent growths when living, but these

specimens were badly encrusted with patches of Serpule, Polyzoa, and _ sessile

Foraminifera.

1. Liothyrina sp. indet. (Plate 26. figs. 1, 2.)

This species, as far as could be judged from the imperfect remains, was of an inflated

form recalling that of Z. bartletti of the Antilles. The surface was smooth except for

lines of growth, was of a pure white colour, and moderately polished. The lower valve

(represented by a portion bearing part of the broken apophyses) was destitute of any

medial septum or props to the hinge processes. By assembling camera-lucida sketches

of the fragments I have made a diagram (fig. 1) of the apophyses which may assist in

recognizing the species when well-preserved specimens are obtained. The beak of the

lower valve is provided with a small cardinal process composed of a projecting callous

deposit, like half a rosette, to which the posterior ends of the muscular fibres which

separate the valves (“divaricators” of Hancock) are attached. The general form of the

loop resembles that of L. sphenoidea, Philippi. The soft parts were badly mutilated, but

it was possible to discern a small mesial coil of the brachia.

A feature rather unusual in this group was that the ovaries, which were of a creamy-

white colour, seemed to be entirely enclosed in a space of which the boundaries followed

the outline of the muscular attachments, and at but a short distance outward from the

latter; while in most of the known species, in fact in almost if not quite all of them, the

ovaries and the genital sinuses are produced in narrow lines or in a branched manner

nearly to the anterior margins of the valves.

Blochmann has shown that the spicula of the mantle in Brachiopods are specifically

440 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION,

characteristic. In the present species they resemble those of Liothyrina vitrea as

figured by Blochmann *, but are somewhat more densely branched (fig. 2); their main

characteristic is the founded excavation of the space at the junction of the minor

with the major branches; the convexity of this arcuation being always proximal or

toward the main focus or centre of the spicule. The specimen figured was taken from

the posterior part of the mantle of the dorsal valve.

2. Kraussina gardineri, sp. un. (Plate 26. figs. 3-6.)

Shell rude and solid, greyish white, much the same shape as Muhlfeldtia truncata

when young, while the shell has a width of 13 and a height of 12 mm. As it grows,

however, the outline elongates proportionally more than it widens, and an adult measures

24°5 mm. from beak to anterior margin and 23 mm. at right angles to this line at the

broadest part of the shell. The outline is then roughly rhombic. 'The heemal valve is

slightly excavated mesially by a shallow depression, the pedicel valve having a corre-

sponding convexity, but the flexuosity is hardly noticeable. The pedicel valve is very

slightly more convex than the other, the total diameter of the adult being about half

its length; in the young the hzemal valve is proportionately flatter.

As in most species of the genus, the beak is short and wide, the pedicel short, the

foramen wide and anteriorly incomplete, the margins usually more or less eroded or

defective; on each side of the foramen is a wide flattened area of somewhat irregular

shape, but always wider than long.

The sculpture of the valves is formed by coarse, rounded, radial ridges, strongest

mesially, with subequal roundly excavated interspaces ; these ridges are mostly con-

tinuous from the beaks, and when they increase, toward the anterior part of the valve,

it is more commonly by bifurcation than by intercalation. Of these ridges there are

about forty in the adult, the most lateral being finer and closer-set than the others.

The internal sculpture of the valves, which is peculiar and rather characteristic in this

genus, and the depressed muscular scars, are shown by the figures better than could be

done by a verbal description.

From Kraussina rubra and capensis this species differs in wanting the characteristic

red colour, in having a different sculpture from the former, and different apophyses from

the latter. It is not necessary to compare this species with K. piswm and the other

small species. The sculpture of the interior of the valves, as illustrated by the figures,

is quite different from that of any of the other species.

The species is named in honour of the leader of the expedition, Mr. J. Stanley

Gardiner.

3. Hemithyris sladeni, sp.u. (Plate 26. figs. 7-12.)

Shell small, inflated, mesially flexuous, of a translucent waxen white, more or less

suffused in some specimens with very pale brown; general form rounded-triangular, the

excavated flexure being in the pedicel valve, but the hemal valve is so inflated that the

* Zeitschr. fiir wiss. Zool. xc. (1908) Taf. 37. fig. 10.

Percy Stapen Trust Exrnpirron,

(Daun) TRANS. LINN. SOC. SHR. 2, ZOOL. VOL. XIII. Pl. 26.

Grout se.

BRACHIOPODA FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN.

he SS Oe >

DALL—BRACHIOPODA. AAD

flexuosity is visible only at the margin. Beak very low and small, the foramen minute,

entire; the united deltidial plates at the foramen project like the lip of a pitcher; there

is no marked area, a slight flattening on each side of the deltidium, with no emphasized

limits, may be observed under a lens. The margin of the pedicel valve is convexly

arcuate in the lateral cardinal region, then slightly depressed, to rise prominently in the

anterior medial region, where in most adult (but not senile) specimens the margin is so

undulated as to form two or three tooth-like projections fitting into corresponding notches

in the opposite valve ; in senile specimens these notches become irregular or obsolete.

The soft parts are normal, differing in general from those of H. psittacea only in being

more delicate and translucent ; the ovarian sinuses in the pedicel valve extend forward

nearly to the anterior margin in two nearly straight, slightly converging main trunks,

each of which, about midway in its course, gives out on the external side a narrow lateral

branch, which also proceeds toward the anterior margin, near which it is slightly

branched like the main sinus. The hinge is that of typical Hemithyris, there is no trace

of a spondylium. The general character of the cardinal apparatus and of the rather

deep muscular impressions is best illustrated by the figures. Lon. 17°5, max. lat. 16°5,

diam. 11:0 mm.

This species differs from the shallow-water species, both north and south, in its colour

and delicacy, and also in having the foramen completed by deltidial plates.

The only species with which it needs close comparison is Hemithyris lucida, Gould,

of Japan. In this the beak resembles that of H. psittacea, in that its distal portion is

produced into a point so as to overshadow the foramen, and while the deltidia exist and

complete the foramen, instead of being convex and produced at the foramen into a sort

of spout, as in HZ. sladeni, they are impressed and almost concave; the anterior flexuosity

of H. lucida also differs in being wide and squared at the sides, with an invariably entire

and straight margin between the angles. H. lucida is also faintly microscopically

radiately striated, while H. sladeni is smooth except for incremental lines.

The species is named in honour of the late Walter Percy Sladen.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 26.

Fig. 1. Liothyrina sp.: apophyses. x7.

Fig. 2. Spicules of Liothyrina sp. x20.

Fig. 3. Kraussina gardineri : interior of hemal valve.

Fig. 4. Fe 5 exterior of pedicel valve.

Fig. 5 of Be interior of pedicel valve.

Fig. 6 oD 5p anterior margin and profile.

Fig. 7. Hemithyris sladeni: interior of pedicel valve.

Fig. 8. Bs x interior of hemal valve.

Fig. 9. BS of exterior of pedicel valve.

Fig. 10. a is exterior of hzmal valve.

Fig. 11. by ds lateral profile.

Fig. 12. 3 sf anterior profile.

IN DEX.

[Nore,—Synonyms and Native Names are printed in italics. A star is added to names which appear

to be used for the first time. }

Acamptogorgia, Wright & Studer, 152. |

ceylonensis, Zhomson g& Hen-

derson, 152; mentioned, 140,

141, 159, 205, 206.

foliata*, Thomson & Russell,

153; mentioned, 140.

gracilis, Vhomson, 152; men-

tioned, 140, 141, 158, 205,

210.

spinosa, Hiles. 152; mentioned,

204.

tenuis, Zomson dg Simpson, 153;

mentioned, 140, 205, 209.

Acanthaster echinites, Ellis g Solan-

der, mentioned, 19.

mauritiensis, de Loriol, men-

tioned, 18, 19.

Acanthennea, von Martens, men-

tioned, 58.

erimaceus, von Martens, 60; |

mentioned, 57,

Acanthochites (Loboplax) laqueatus,

Sowerby, 119; mentioned, 73.

Acanthogorgia aspera, Pourtalés, 144;

mentioned, 139, 204, 209.

ceylonensis, Zhomson g Hender-

son, 144; mentioned, 139,

204.

inermis, Hedlund’, 144; men- |

tioned, 139, 204,

muricata, Verrill, 145; men-

tioned, 139, 204, 206, 209.

var, indica, Thomson &

Henderson, 145; mentioned, |

204,

tenera*, Zhomson g Russell,

145; mentioned, 139, 209.

Studer, mentioned, |

truncata,

139.

SECOND SERIES.— ZOOLOGY,

Acantholipes pansalis, Hampson,

275.

Acanthomia horrida, Germ., 33. |

Acanthopleura borbonica, Deshayes,

119 ; mentioned, 73.

Acanthosomatine, 22,

Acar plicata, Chemnitz,

tioned, 73.

tenella, Reeve, 122; mentioned,

73.

Acasta glans, Lamarck, mentioned,

iii

levigata, Gray, mentioned, 27.

purpurata, Darwin, mentioned,

ile

spongites, Poli, mentioned, 27.

129.

“23

men-

sporillus, Darwin, mentioned,

27 |

27.

sulcata,

Lamarck, mentioned,

Achea melicerte, Joannis, 274.

melicerte, Semper, 274.

Achatina fulica, Férussac, 62; men-

tioned, 57.

javanica, Reeve, 64.

panthera, Feérussac, 62; men- |

tioned, 57.

Acherontia atropos, Linn. 283;

mentioned, 315. |

atropos, Guenée, 283.

lachesis, Roths, & Jordan, 283; |

mentioned, 315, 317. |

morta, Moore, 283.

Acidalia actuaria, Walker, 288,

consentanea, Walker, 288.

mauritiata, Guenée, 288.

minorata, Joannis, 288.

Acis alba, Vhomson d: Henderson, |

155; mentioned, 140, 157, 205,

VOU. XISI.

_ Actinometra

Acis alternans*, Thomson § Rus-

sell, 156; mentioned, 140,

157.

ceylonensis, Thomson & Hender-

son, 154; mentioned, 140,

157, 205.

dejecta*, Thomson § Russell,

155; mentioned, 140, 141,

157, 208.

guadalupensis, Duchassuing &

Michelotti, mentioned, ftnote

157.

indica, Thomson § Henderson,

154; mentioned, 140, 155,

157, 205, 209.

obscura *, Thomson & Russell,

156; mentioned, 140, 141,

157.

orientalis, Ridley, mentioned,

Pls y/5

pustulata, Wright g Studer,

mentioned, 156, 157.

solitaria, Pourtalés, 154; men-

tioned, 140, 157, 208.

spinosa, Thomson 5: Henderson,

155; mentioned, 140, 157,

205.

Acocephaline, 46,

Accetidee, 345.

| Acontia malve, Esper, 274+; men-

tioned, 3] 4.

Acraniates, pelagic primitive family

of, mentioned, 213.

Actinécyclus verrucosus, Ehrenberg,

mentioned, 431,

multiradiata,

mentioned, 20.

Aeolidia, Cuvier, mentioned, 412.

418,

Linn.,

Adds

Arthus pallidipennis, Bergr., 30.

Aparicoides, Simpson, 187; men-

tioned, 181.

Agrius convolvuli, Tutt, 282.

Aleyonacea, mentioned, 165,

Aleyonarians collected on the Perey

Sladen ‘Trust by Mr.

J. Stanley Gardiner: Part I.

Tne Axifera, by Prof. J. Arthur

Thomson and Mr, KE. 8S. Russell,

139-164; Part II.

Aleyonacea, Pseudaxonia, and

Stelechotokea, by Prof. J. Arthur

Thomson and Miss L.

Mackinnon, 165-211.

Aleyonidie, 165, 178.

Mixped.,

Stolonifera,

Doris

Aleyonium fulvum, Morshal, 173; |

mentioned, 165, 208, 204.

spherophorum, Lhrenherg, 174;

mentioned, 165, 208, 204.

(Erythropodium) indicum,

Thomson § Henderson, 174;

mentioned, 165, 167, 205,

210.

) salomonense *, 7homson

§ Mackinnon, 174; men-

tioned, 165, 167, 210.

(

Alectryonia crista-gulli, Linn., 126; |

mentioned, 74.

frons, Linn., 126; mentioned,

74.

Alepas, Sander-Rang, 24; mentioned,

indica, A. Gruvel, mentioned,

26.

arasita, Sander-Rang, 24.

’ i]

xenophore, Annandale, men-

tioned, 26.

Alicula cylindrica, /7elb,, 121; men-

tioned, 73.

Alydaria, 34,

Alydine, 33,

Amalthea australis, Quoy, 86; men-

_ tioned, 68.

Amirantea®, Distant, 30.

gardineri *, Distant, 31; men-

tioned, 47.

Ammothea africana, May, 178;

mentioned, 167.

digitata, May, 178; mentioned,

167.

flava, May, 178;

167.

Amphibious Decapoda, On the Land

and, of Aldabra, by L. A. Borra-

daile, 405-409,

mentioned,

INDEX.

Amphineura, 119.

Amphioxides, by H, O. 8. Gibson,

213-256.

pelagicus, Gill, anatomy of,

217-239; gonads occur on

right side only, 240; men-

tioned, 241, 242-255.

sternurus, Goldschmidt,

tioned, 217, 242, 244.

valdiviee, Goldschmidt, anatomy

of, 217-239; gonads occur on

right side only, 240, 242-

255.

Amphioxus, young larvee of, men-

men-

tioned, 222, 228, 230, 281, 232

244,

Amphiperas dentatus, Adams dg Reeve,

98; mentioned, 69.

ovum, Linn, 98;

69.

Amphipoda Hyperiidea of the ‘Sea-

lark’ Expedition to the Indian

Ocean, by Alfred O. Walker, 49-

55,

Amphistegina, d’Orbigny, mentioned,

375.

Amussium caducum, 2. A. Sm'th,

128; mentioned, 74.

| Amyna octo, Guenée, 273; mentioned,

314; distrib. of, 321.

octo, Hampson, 273.

| Anadara holoserica,

mentioned, 73.

secticostata, Reeve, |

tioned, 73.

Anatinacea, 136.

Anchylomera, Milne- Pdwards, 52.

blossevillei, M/élne-Hdw.,

mentioned, 50,

Anchylomeride, 50.

Ancilla rubiginosa, Swainson, 113;

mentioned, 72.

| Anisodoris, Beryh, mentioned, 425.

Anisops varius, /%eb., 38.

Anisoscelaria, 33,

Anomura, 262.

Paguridea, 408.

| Antedon carinata, Lamarck, men-

tioned, 20.

palmata, A/iiller, mentioned, 20.

spicata, Carpenter, mentioned,

20.

Anthelia, Lamarck, emend, AKiiken-

thal, 170.

flava, May, 171;

165, 203,

mentioned,

27°

122;

Reeve,

99.

<=3

men-

52;

mentioned,

Anthelia garcia, Hickson, mentioned,

alate

glauca, Lamarck, 170; men-

tioned, 165, 166, 203,

204,

longissima, May, 171;

tioned, 165, 203.

strumosa, Ehrenberg, 170.

Anthocoride, 41.

men-

Anthogorgia, Verrill, mentioned,

140,

divaricata, Verrill, mentioned,

146,

* sp., mentioned, 139.

Antigastra catalaunalis, Dup., 311 ;

mentioned, 316,

catalaunalis, Joannis, 311.

Antigonus andrachne, Saalmiiller,

294.

Apamea capensis, Guenée, 272.

Apatura bolina, Moore, 290.

phalantha, Drury, 291.

Aphanaria, 35.

Aphanine, 35.

| Aphroditide, 529.

_ Aphrophorinw, 45,

Aradide, 40.

Araves admigratella, Walker, 296,

Arbela elegantula, Sta, 40.

Arca domingensis, Lamarck, 122,

imbricata, Brug., 121; men-

tioned, 73.

—— var. mutabilis, Sowerby,

121.

navicularis, Brug., 121; men-

tioned, 73.

scapha, Lamarck, 122.

squamosa, Lamarck, 122.

uropigimelana, Bory St, Vincend,

mentioned, 122.

(Acar) plicata, Chemnitz, 1

mentioned, 73.

oo.

“5

( ) tenella, Reeve, 122;

mentioned, 73.

(Anadara) holoserica, teeve, —

122; mentioned, 73.

) secticostata, Reeve, 122;

mentioned, 73.

(Barbatia) decussata, Sowerdy, —

121; mentioned, 73.

(——) nivea, Chemnitz, 122;

mentioned, 73.

(—) var. helblingi, —

Brug., wentioned, 122.

| Areneea, 121.

| Arcade, 121.

(

Areopagia robusta, /fanley, 121; | Asymmetron

mentioned, 75.

scobinata, Linn., 131; men-

tioned, 75,

Arctiade, 267, 314,

Argzina astrea, Drury, 282; men-

tioned, 314; distrib. of, 319,

cribraria, Svalmiiller, 282.

Arqynnis phalanta, Boisduval, 291.

Aristeine, 258.

Artachea clavata, Piiot, 419.

Asaphis coccinea, von Martens, men-

tioned, 136,

deflorata. Linn. { =Capsa rugosa, |

Limarck}, 1363; mentioned,

76.

dichotoma, Ant., mentioned, 136.

taheitensis, Zteeve, mentioned,

136.

violascens, Forskal, mentioned,

136.

Asinduma nesta”, Iletcher,

mentioned, 314, 323.

273 ;

rederi, Standfuss, mentioned, |

274,

Asiphonacea, 166,

Asopia abruptalis, Walker, 304.

eryxalis, Walker, 301.

trebiusalis, Walker, 303,

venilialis, Walker, 303.

Astacura, 262.

Asterina cepheus, Miller & Troschel,

mentioned, 19.

exigna, Delle Chiaje, mentioned,

19.

Asteronotus, Lhrenberg, mentioned,

412, 431.

cespitosus, van Hasselt, men-

tioned, 428.

hemprichii, Lhrenbery, 425;

mentioned, 411.

Astreidw, mentioned, 375.

Astrodiscus elegans, Gray, men-

tioned, 19.

Astronyx cooperi*, Jeffrey Bell, 20.

loveni, Muller & T'roschel, men-

tioned, 22.

Astropecten hemprichi, Miller &

Lroschel, mentioned, 19.

polyacanthus, Miiller & Troschel,

mentioned, 19.

20,

Asymmetron, Andrews, mentioned,

233, 234, 268, 250; adult of,

mentioned, 220, 243.

INDEX.

cuudatum, = Willey,

mentioned, 242,

lucayanum, Andrews, mentioned,

241; larvee of, 241, 242, 243,

ftnote 248,

macricaudatum, Parker, men-

tioned, 242,

onlentale, Parker, mentioned,

242,

Ateila, rea? Atella, phulantha, Drury,

316,

philiberti, Joannis, 315.

Atella phalanta, Guenée, 291.

phalantha, Bingham, 291.

phalantha, Drury, 291; men-

tioned, 315,

philiberti, Joannis, 291; men-

tioned, $15; distrib, of, 322.

seychellarum, Holland, 291.

Athysanus insularis *, Distant, 47.

Athysanusaria, 47,

Atilia conspersa,

mentioned, 71,

Gaskoin, 106 ;

Atrina nigrina, Lamarck, 125; men- |

tioned, 74,

Atys (Alicula) eylindrica, Helb., 121 ;

mentioned, 73.

Avicula, Klein, 124.

Aviculidew, 124,

Axifera, by J. Arthur Thomson and

EK. $. Russell, 140-164.

Axiidwe, 262,

Axiopsis, Borradaile, 262.

spinipes, de Man, 262.

Acius spinipes, de Man, 262,

Azazia rubricans, Boisd., 273 ; men-

tioned, 314.

rubricans, Harapson, 278.

Azygobrauchiata, 77.

Valanus ajax, Darwin, 25; men-

tioned, 27,

amaryllis, Darwin, mentioned,

27.

amphitrite, Darwin, var. niveus,

Darw., 25; mentioned, 27.

augustus, var., Gmelin,

tioned, 27.

armatus, /’, Miller, 25; men-

tioned, 27.

calceolus, Lillis, 25; mentioned,

27.

carenatus, A. Gruvel, mentioned,

27.

men-~

crenatus, Bruguicre, 26; men-—

| Benthesicy mus, Spence Bate, 25%,

tioned, 27.

Bulanus perforatus, Bruguiere, yar.

angustus, Ginelin, moutioned, ei

spongicola, Brown, 255; men-

tioned, 27,

tintinnabulum, Linn,, var, com-

munis, Darw., 25; mentioned,

27.

trigonus, Darwin, 25; men-

tioned, 27.

tulipiformis, Millis, 25; men-

tioned, 27.

Barbatia decussata, Sowerby, 121 ;

mentioned, 73.

helblingi, Bruguiére, 122.

nivea, Chemuitz, 122; men-

tioned, 73.

Barelayia incertia, Deshayes, 131 ;

mentioned, 75.

Daseodiscus, Diesing, mentioned, 1, 3.

cingulatus, Coe, meutioned,

ftnote 6,

hemprichii, Lhrenbery, 7; men-

tioned, 6.

indicus, Punnett,

finote 6.

insignis *, Punnett § Cooper, 5;

mentioned,

mentioned, 15,

longissimus”, Punnett & Cooper,

6, :

quinquelineatus, Punnett, men-

tioned, ftnote 6.

sordidus”, Munnelt & Cooper,

6; mentioned, 15,

Dathyecelia prwlongirostris, Beryr.,

3U,

| Bebryce, Philippi, 151.

acanthoides *, Vhomson & Rug-

sell, 151, mentioued, 140,

209.

mollis, Philippi, 150; men-

tioned, 140, 151, 152, 204,

206,

philippi, Studer,

140, 151.

studeri, Whiteleyge, mentioned,

140, 151.

tenuis, Vhomson & Simpson,

mentioned, 140, 152.

Bell, F. Jeffrey, Report on the

Echinoderma (other than Holo-

thurians) collected by Mr. J.

Stanley Gardiner in the Western

Parts of the Indian Ocean, 17-2z.

Bellonella indica, Vhomson & Hen-

dersou, 174; mentioned, 166.

mentioned,

59*

44.6

Benthesicymus investigatori, Alcock

& And., 258.

Beosus placidus, Stal, 39.

Bezoardica plicata, Linn. [=plicaria,

Lamarck}, 100; mentioned, 70.

Bhawania, Schmarda, 328.

cryptocephala, Gravier, 328.

myrialepis, Schmarda, men-

tioned, ftnote 328,

Bidis, Walker, 44.

Birgus, Leach, 408.

latro, Linn., 408.

Birostra longirostrata, Sowerby, 99;

mentioned, 69.

subreflexa, Adams g Leeve, 99 ;

mentioned, 69.

volva, Linn., 99;

69.

Bocchoris inspersalis, Zeller, 304;

mentioned, 316.

inspersalis, Joannis, 304,

Bornella, Gray, mentioned, 412,

Borradaile, L. A., Penwidea, Steno-

pidea, and Reptantia from the

Western Indian Ocean, 257-264.

On the Land and Amphibious

Decapoda of Aldabra, 405-

409.

Botys admixtalis, Walker, 300.

anastomosalis, Guenée, 309.

basipunctalis, Bremer, 307.

catalaunalis, Dup., 311,

charesalis, Walker, 306,

creonalis, Moore, 303.

epastalis, Swinhoe, 304.

hyalinalis, Boisd., 309.

ilisalis, Walker, 309,

inspersalis, Zeller, 304,

molusalis, Forsayeth, 306.

niphealis, Walker, 304,

otreusalis, Moore, 310.

pheopteralis, Guenée, 310.

meationed,

quinquepunctalis, Boisd., 307.

sabinusalis, Walker, 306.

sericea, de Joannis, 307.

sinuata, Moore, 308.

thalassinalis, Boisd., 307.

trapezalis, Guenée, 302.

trivoloralis, Zeller, 302.

untonalis, Hiibner, 307.

vulgalis, Guenée, 305.

Brachiopoda, Report on the, obtained

from the Indian Ocean by the

‘Sealark’ Expedition, 1905, by W.

H. Dall, 439-441.

Brachyglossa atropos, Boisd., 283.

| Budzeus

| Bulimus gracilis, Hutton, 64.

INDEX.

Brachyrrhynchus invalidus, Bergr.,

40.

Brachyscelus, Spence Bate, 54.

crusculum, Spence Bate, 54 ;

mentioned, 49, 51.

Bradina, Lederer, 300.

admixtalis, Walker, 800; men-

tioned, 316, 317.

admixtalis, Moore, 300.

aureolalis, de Joannis, 300 ;

mentioned, 316.

Branchiostoma, Costa, adult of, men-

tioned, 221-238, 240-258 ; larva |

of, mentioned, 216-234.

Janceolatum, Pallas, mentioned,

218, 219, 239, 240, 243, 248,

251.

pelagicum, Cooper, mentioned,

{tnote 239, 243.

Branchiostomidw, mentioned, 239.

Briareide, 166.

Briareine, 166.

Brisingaster robillardi, de Luriol,

mentioned, 19.

Brissus unicolor, A/., mentioned, 20.

Buecinidee, 107.

Buckleria defectalis, Walker, 398.

wahlbergi, Zeller, 399.

cirecumeinctus,

Walker,

35.

ornatus, Dufo, 63.

velutinus, Pfeffer, 63.

Bulla australis, Quoy § Gaim., 121;

mentioned, 73.

Bullide, 121.

Bythoscopine, 45, 46.

Cactogorgia, Simpson, 196; men-

tioned, 181, 187.

lampas*, Thomson § Mackinnon, |

196; mentioned, 166, 167, |

210.

Cecilioides mauritianum, 7/. Adams,

mentioned, 47, 58.

Calearina, d’Orbigny,

375.

Calcium Carbonate, percentage of, in

the Deposits, 369.

Calicogorgia investigatoris, Thomson

mentioned,

& Henderson, mentioned, 147,

148.

rigida *, Thomson & Russell,

148; mentioned, 139, 140, |

209.

Calicogorgia robusta*, Thomson §

Russell, 147; mentioned, 139,

209.

var, rosea*, Thomson S

Russell, 148 ;

139, 209.

rubrotineta, Thomson & Henider-

son, mentioned, 148.

Caligorgia pennacea, Versluys, 142 ;

mentioned, 139, 206.

Calliadne, Strahl, 262.

cargadensis *, Borradaile, 263,

darwini, Miers, 262.

Callianassa, Leach, 263.

(Trypea) cristata *, Borradaile,

263; mentioned, 264.

Callianassidx, 262.

Callianassine, 263.

mentioned,

| Callidryas florella, Guenée, 292.

Calliostoma duplicatum, A. Adams,

79; mentioned, 67.

scobinatum, A. Adams, men-

tioned, 79.

| Callipodium, Verril/, mentioned. 159.

Callista amirantium *, Melvill, 132;

mentioned, 75, 138.

costata, Chemnitz, 1382; men-

tioned, 75.

Callopistria recurvata, Moore, 271.

Calypterinus allmani, Wright

Studer, mentioned, 142.

Canarium floridus, Lamarck, 93 ;

mentioned, 69.

gibberulus, Zinn., 93; men-

tioned, 69.

| Cancellaria (Euclia) lactea, Deshayes,

119; mentioned, 73.

(Merica) asperella, Lamarck,

119; mentioned, 73.

Cancellariide, 119.

Cancilla annulata, Reeve, 110; men-~

tioned, 72.

interlirata, Reeve, 110;

tioned, 72.

Candiella plebeia, Johnston, men-

tioned, 414.

Capnella, Gray, mentioned, 180, 181,

fungiformis, Kukenthal, 179;

mentioned, 165, 203, 208.

morula*, Zhomson g Mackin-

non, 179; mentioned, 165,

210.

Capsa rugosa, Lamarck, 136.

Capsidee, 41.

Caradrina

271.

men-

orbicularis, Hampson,

—— ae lia at ale

Caradrina conducta, Walker, 272.

Cardiacea, 133.

Cardiide, 133.

Cardisoma, Latreille, 408,

carnifex, Jerbst, 408; men-

tioned, 406.

hirtipes, Dana, 408; men- |

tioned, 405.

Cardita cooperi *, Melvill, 130 :

mentioned, 74, 138.

Carditidee, 129.

Cardium, Zinn., mentioned, 65.

crenelloides *, Jelvil7, 134.

pulchrum, Zeeve, 133.

victor, Angas, 135.

(Ctenocardia) fornicatum, Sow-

erby, 135; mentioned, 75.

) fragum, Linn., 135 ;

(

mentioned, 75.

) nivale, Reeve, 135 ; men-

tioned, 75.

) victor, dnyas, 135; men-

tioned, 75.

) var. pulcherrima,

Melvill, mentioned, 135.

(Fragum) crenelloides*, Melvill,

134; mentioned, 75, 138.

(——) 100-liratum, Melvill &§

Standen, 134.

) roseolum *, Melvill, 134 ;

mentioned, 75, 138.

) simillimum, #. A. Smith,

134; mentioned, 75.

(Fulvia) peramabilis, Dall, men-

tioned, 134.

(

(Levicardium) biradiatum,

Brugiére, 134 mentioned,

79.

(Papyridea) australe, Sowerby

(= pulchrum, Reeve), 133;

mentioned, 75.

(Trachyeardium) — leucostoma,

Born, 133; mentioned, 75.

(-—) maculosum, Wood, 133;

mentioned, 75.

(——) mauritianum, Deshayes, |

133; mentioned, 75.

(——) serricostatum, Melvill &

Standen, 133; mentioned,

) transcendens, Melvill & |

| Carminodoris blandula, Bergh, men-

Casmaria torquata, Zeeve, 100; men-

Ceratocombus insularis, Reuter, 41.

| Ceratophyllidia,

Standen, 138; mentioned, |

75.

Carinella, Sowerby, mentioned, 1.

Carminodoris, Bergh, meutioned,

412.

INDEX,

tioned, 419,

clavata, Hliot, 419; mentioned,

411,

mauritiana, Bergh, mentioned,

419.

Carpenteria, Gray, mentioned, 375.

Caryatis lita, Chemnitz, 132; men-

tioned, 75.

tioned, 70.

vibex, Linn., 100; mentioned,

70.

Cassididee, 100.

Cassis rufa, Linn., mentioned, 70.

(Bezoardica) plicata, Linn. [=

plicaria, Lamarck }],100; men-

tioned, 70.

(Casmaria) torquata, Reeve, 100;

mentioned, 70.

) vibex, Linn., 100; men-

tioned, 70.

(Cypreecassis) rufa, Zinn., 100.

(Semicassis) pila, Reeve, 100;

mentioned, 70.

Catopsilia florella, Fabr., 292; men-

tioned, 315.

florella, Joannis, 292.

Cauninda archesia, Semper, 276.

Cephalochorda: “ Amphioxides,” by

H. 0.8. Gibson, 214-256,

Cephonodes hylas, Linn., 283 ; men-

tioned, 315.

hylas, Joannis, 283.

virescens, Rothsch. &

Jordan, 283; mentioned, 314.

picus, Cramer, 284; mentioned,

318.

picus, Rothsch. & Jordan, 284,

Ceratocombide, 41.

(

Ceratoisis palma, Woight d Studer,

mentioned, 141.

sp., 141; mentioned, 139.

Eliot, mentioned,

437.

africana, Eliot, 436; mentioned,

411, 412, 437.

grisea *, Hlivt, 436 ; mentioned,

411, 412, 437, 438.

Ceratosoma, Adams ¢ Heeve, men-

tioned, 412.

cornigerum, Adams, mentioned,

431.

ornatum, Bergh, 431; men-

tioned, 411.

447

Cercopide, 45.

Cerebratulus, /?en., mentioned, 2, 11,

12.

verugatus,

13.

albifrons, Coe, mentioned, 13.

albulus, Stimps., mentioned, 13.

Birger, mentioned,

anguillula, Biirger, mentioned,

13.

antillensis, Biiryer, mentioned,

ipy

aureolus, Birger,

13.

australis, Stimps., mentioned,

13,

barentsi, Birger, mentioned, 13.

bedfordii, Punnett, meutioned,

13.

bicornis, Jou, g: Francois, men-

tioned, 13.

borealis, Diesing, mentioned, 13.

mentioned,

brunneus, Birger, mentioned,

caledonicus, Joub. § Frangois,

mentioned, 13,

californiensis,

13.

cestoides, Birger, mentioned, 133.

crosslandi read Lineus cross-

landi, Punnett > Cooper, 15.

eisigi, Hubrecht, mentioned, 1:3.

erythrus, Punnett, mentioned,

13.

fasciatus, Stimps., mentioned,

13.

ferrugineus, Birger, mentioned,

13.

fuscoides, Burger,

13.

fuscus, M/‘Intosh, mentioned, 13.

gardineri, Punnett, mentioned,

13.

gracilis, Johnston, mentioned, 13.

‘oe, mentioned,

mentioned,

greenlandicus, Punnett, men-

tioned, 13.

haddoni, Punnett, mentioned,

13.

hepaticus, Hubrecht, men-

tioned, 13.

herculeus, Coe, mentioned, 13.

impressus, Stimps., mentioned,

13.

insignis, uxnett, mentioned, 13.

ischurus, Punneti, mentioned,

13.

joubini, Birger, mentioned, 13.

448

Cerebratulus lacteus, Zeidy, men-

tioned, 13.

latistomachus,

tioned, 13.

latus, Biirger, mentioned, 13.

Jaureolus, mentioned, 13.

leidyi, Verril/, mentioned, 13.

liguricus, Blanch., meutioned,

13.

lividus, Biirger, mentioned, 13.

lineolatus, Coe, mentioned, 135.

longiceps, Coe, mentioned, 18.

longifissus, Hubrecht, men-

tioned, 13.

luridus, Verri/7, mentioned, 13.

luteus, Biirger, mentioned, 13.

macrorhynchus, Burger, men-

tioned, 13.

macrostomus, Schmarda, men-

tioned, 13.

maculatus, Punnett, mentioned,

13.

magelhaensicus, Birger, men-

tioned, 15.

maldivensis, Punneét, mentioned,

13.

marginatus, Renier, mentioned,

13.

mclanorhynchus, Burger, men-

tioned, 13.

montgomeryi, Coe, mentioned,

13.

Staub., men-

multiporatus*, Punnett § Cooper, |

10; mentioned, 13, 15.

natans, Punnett, mentioned, 15.

niger, Stimps., mentioned, 13.

norvegicus, Punnett, mention d,

13.

notabilis, Biiger, mentioned, 13. |

occidentalis, Coe, mentioned, 13.

oleaginus, Stimps., mentioned,

13,

pachyrhynchus, Schmarda, men -

tioned, 13.

paludicolus, Stimps., mentioned,

18.

pautherinus,

tioned, 13.

pochohontas read pocohontas,

Girard, mentioned, 13.

Hubrecht, men-

profundifissus,Stawb.,mentioned,

13.

pullus, Birger, mentioned, 13.

queenslandicus, Punnett, men-

tioned, 13.

robustus, mentioned, 13.

INDEX.

Cerebratulus roseus, Chiaje, men-

tioned, 13.

rubellus, Stimps., mentioned, 13.

rubens, Biirger, mentioned, 13.

ruber, Girard, mentioned, 13.

signatus, Hubrecht, mentioned,

13.

simulans, Birger, mentioned,

13.

sinensis, Stimps., mentioned,

13.

sordidus, Punnett, mentioned, 13.

spadix, Burger, mentioned, 13.

steeneni read steineni, Birger,

mentioned, 13.

striolentus, Girard, mentioned,

13.

subacutus, Stémps., mentioned,

13.

subtilis, Birger, mentioned, 13.

tigrinus, Bryer, mentioned,

13.

torresianus, Punnett, mentioned,

13.

ulatiformius, mentioned, 15.

urticans, J. tiller, mentioned,

113},

validus, Biirger, mentioned, 13.

ventrosuleatus, Btirger, men-

tioned, 13.

zebra*, Punnett d Cooper, 11;

mentioned, 13, 15.

Cerithiidee, 88.

Cerithium amirantium, Z. A. Sinith,

88 ; mentioned, 68.

citrinum, Sowerby, 88; men-

tioned, 68.

columna, Sowerby, 88; men-

tioned, 68.

echinatum, Lamarck, 88 ; men-

tioned, 68.

fasciatum, Brug., mentioned,

88.

gemmatum, Hinds, mentioned,

89.

kochi, Philippi, mentioned, 88.

lacteum, Aiener, 88 ;

tioned, 68.

morus, Lamarck, 88; mentioned,

68.

petrosum, Mood, 88; mentioned,

68.

piperitum, Sowerby, 89; men-

tioned, 68.

rostratum, Sowerby, 89; men-

tioned, 68.

men-

Cerithium tuberculatum, Zinn., men-

tioned, 88.

variegatum, Quoy, mentioned,

88.

(Vertagus) articulatum, Adams

§ Reeve, 89; mentioned, 68.

) asperum, Linn., 89 ;

mentioned, 63.

) cedo-nulli, Sowerby, 89;

mentioned, 68.

(-——) fasciatum, Brug., 89;

mentioned, 68.

) kochii, Philippi, 89;

mentioned, 68,

) obeliscus, Brug., 89;

mentioned, 68,

) tenuisculptum, Sowerby,

903 mentioned, 68.

Cespitularia, Vul., 172.

cerulus, May, 173; mentioned,

165, 166, 203, 210.

mollis, Brendin, 173 ;

tioned, 165, 205.

teniata, May, 172;

166, 203, 210.

Chalciope hyppasia, Cramer, 277 ;

mentioned, 314.

hyppasia, Hampson, 277.

Chama, Linn., mentioned, 86.

fibula, Zeeve, 135; mentioned,

75.

imbricata, Brod., 136; men-

tioned, 75.

lazarus, Linn., 136; mentioned,

75.

Chamesipho scutelliformis, Darwin,

mentioned, 27.

Chaniide, 135.

Chasmina sericea, Hampson, 272;

mentioned, 314; distrib. of, 319.

Chelonobia patula, Jtanz., mentioned,

27.

testudinaria, Zilis, mentioned,

27.

(

mel-

mentioned,

Chelusa seychellensis *, Distant, 46 ;

mentioned, 48.

Chelyconus catus, Bruguiére, 117;

mentioned, 73.

Chicoreus adustus, Lamarck, 102;

mentioned, 70.

axicornis, Lamarck, 102; men-

tioned, 70.

microphyllus, Lamarck, 102;

mentioned, 70.

saulie, Sowerby, 103;

tioned, 7U.

men-

Chicoreus triqueta,

mentioned, 70.

Chione lamarckii, Gray, 132; men-

tioned, 75.

marica, Linn., 132; mentioned,

Born, 103;

75.

seabra, Hanley, 132; men-

tioned, 75.

Chironephthya, Wright g Studer,

187.

macrospiculata, Thomson ¢&

Henderson, mentioned, 187,

188.

variabilis, Hickson, 187.

Chiton borbonicus, Deshayes, 119.

laqueatus, Sowerby, 119.

Chitonide, 119.

Chlamys rastellum, Lamarck, 128.

Chloridea armigera, Hiibner, 270;

mentioned, 314, 318, 323.

Chloroclystis metallicata *, Fletcher,

287; mentioned, 258, 315, 323.

sp., 288; mentioned, 315.

Cherocampa celerio, Guenée, 285,

celerio, Saalmiiller, 285,

eson, Boisduval, 286.

eson, Guenée, 286.

eson, Saalmiiller, 256.

gracilis, Butler, 286.

nerii, Guenée, 284,

ostris, Saalmiiller, 286.

osyris, Mabille, 236.

peckovert, Mabille, 28-4.

vigil, Moore, 285.

Chromodoris, Alder § Hancock, men-

tioned, 412, 430.

anne, Bergh, mentioned, 430,

elizabethina, Bergh, mentioned,

430.

hilaris, Bergh, mentioned, 430.

[linearis, mentioned, 430. |

lineata, Souleyet, mentioned,

429, 430.

magnifica, Quoy g Gaimard,

mentioned, +29, 430.

quadricolor, Rippell § Leuckart,

var., 429; mentioned, 411,

430.

Chnysame cucumerina,

110; mentioned, 72.

var. traga, Quoy, 110.

Lamarck,

ferruginea, Lamarck, 110 ; men-

tioned, 72.

fulva, Sowerby, 110; men-

tioned, 72..

Chrysogorgia orientalis, Verslwys,

141; mentioned, 139, 204..

INDEX,

Chthamalus stellatus, Zanz., men- |

tioned, 27.

Cicada pulverulenta, Distant, 41;

mentioned, 47,

Cicadaria, 41.

Cicadide, 41,

Cicadine, 41.

Cidaris baculosa,

tioned, 20,

metularia, Lamarck, mentioned,

19.

verticillata, Gray, mentioned, 20.

Lamarck, men-

| Cimex forsteri, Fabr., 35.

membranuceus, Fabr., 33.

rubrofasciatus, de Geer, 40.

viridula, Linn., 30.

Circe scripta, Linn. 131

tioned, 75.

3; men-

var. albida, Deshayes, men-

tioned, 131.

Cirithium articulatum, Recve, men-

tioned, 90.

lineatum, Lamarck, 89.

martinianum, Pfeiffer,

tioned, 89.

obeliscus, Brug., mentioned, 89.

men-

Cirphis leucosticha, Hampson, 270 ;

mentioned, 314.

Cirrhipéedes, ‘Etude des, de l’Océan

Indien, par A. Gruvel, 23-27.

Cirrhochrista perbrunnealis *, /et-

cher, 297; mentioned, 316, 323.

Clanculus margaritarius, Phil., 79 ;

mentioned, 67.

mauritianus*, Melwll, 79;

mentioned, 67, 13%,

unedo, dA. Adams, mentioned,

19.

Clathurella robillardi (Barclay, MSS.),.

H, Adams, 118; mentioned, 73.

Clava rugata, v. Martens, 89.

Clavularia, Quoy d Gaim., emend.

Ktikenthal, 169.

flava, May, 171.

garcie, Hickson, mentioned, 171~

longissima, May, 171.

suntillaus *, Z'homson d Mac-

kinnon, 169; mentioned, 166,

10.

Clavus exasperata, Reeve, 118; men-

tioned, 73..

Cleopatra ajanensis, Morelet, men-

tioned, 64.

Clerada apicornis, Signoret, 35.

Cleradaria, 35.

Closia sarda, Kiener,.112 ; mentioned, |

r=.)

—-

449

Clypeaster humilis, Agassiz, men-

tioned, 20,

scutiformis, Gmelin, mentioned,

20.

subdepressum, Gray, mentioned,

20.

Codakia exasperata, Zeeve, 130;

mentioned, 75.

interrupta, Lamarck, 130;

mentioned, 75.

punctata, Linn., 130;

tioned, 75.

tigerina, Linn., 130.

Calidia indica, Walker, 46.

Coenobita, Latreille, 409.

clypeatus, Lutreille, 409.

compressus, H, Milne-Hdwards,

409; mentioned, 406.

H, Milne-Edwards,

men-

perlatus,

403.

rugosus, H. Milne-EHdwards, 409.

Ceenobitide, 408.

Cenothecalia, 166.

Collaria improyisa, Reuter, 41.

Colubraria nitidula, Sowerby, 101 ;

mentioned, 70.

Columbella albinodulosa, Gaskoin,

106.

conspersa, Gaskoin, mentioned,

106.

pecila, Sowerby, 105; men-

tioned, 71.

puella, Sowerby, mentioned, 106.

turturina, Lamarck, 105; men-

tioned, 71.

varians, Sowerby, 105; men-

tioned, 71.

versicolor, Sowerby, 105; men-

tioned, 71.

(Atilia) conspersa, Gaskoin, 106 ;

mentioned, 71,

(Conidea) flava, Brug.[ =flavida,

Lamarck), 106; mentioned,

(le

(Mitrella) azora, Duclos, 106;

mentioned, 71.

(——-) marquesa, Gaskoin, 106;

mentioned, 71.

Columbellidz, 105.

Comibeena stibolepida, Butler, 287.

Conchoderma hunteri, Qwen, men-

tioned, 26.

Conide, 49, 115,

Conidea flava, Brug. [ = flavida,

Lamarck |, 106; mentioned, 71.

Conomurex. mauritianus, Lamarck,

93..

A350

Conorhinus rubrofasciatus, de Geer,

40.

Conotrochus sayademalhana *, Mel- |

vill, 81; mentioned, 138.

Conulus subturritula, Nevill, 62.

Conus abbas, Bruyuiére, mentioned, |

rig

ammiralis, Linn., 116.

—— var. granulata, Kiener,

116.

capitaneus, Zinn., mentioned,

Wali

fuscatus, Lamarck, 115; men- |

tioned, 72.

lithoglyphus, Meuschen, 116.

miliaris, mentioned,

115.

minimus, Zinn., mentioned, 115,

Hwass,

yusillus, Chemnitz, mentioned

’ ’ ’

115. :

rubescens, Bonnet, mentioned, |

textile, Linn., mentioned, 117.

vermiculatus, Lamarck, men-

tioned, 115.

yexillum, Gmelin, mentioned,

ale

victoria, Reeve, mentioned, 117.

(Chelyconus) catus, Bruguiere,

117; mentioned, 73.

(Coronaxis) ceylonensis, Hwass, |

115; mentioned, 72.

) fulgetrum, Sowerby, 115;

mentioned, 72.

(——) hebreeus, Linn. (ebrieus),

115; mentioned, 73.

) miliaris, Hwass, 115;

mentioned, 73.

(Cylinder) — archiepiscopus,

Hwass, 117; mentioned, 73.

(——) aulicus, JLinn.,

mentioned, 73.

(

( ) episcopus, Hwass, 117 ;

mentioned, 73.

(——-) textile, JZinn., 117;

mentioned, 73.

( ) var. cCanonicus, |

Hwass, 117.

( ) var. vicarius,

Lamarck, 117.

(Dendroconus) quercinus, Linn.,

116; mentioned, 73.

) tessellatus, Born, 116;

mentioned, 73.

(Hermes)

(

nussatella,

117; mentioned, 73,

Linn.,

ily !

INDEX.

Conus (Leptoconus) archithalassus, |

Dillwyn, 116; mentioned, 73.

(Lithoconus) ermineus, Dillwyn

[= lithoglyphus, Meusch.],

116; mentioned, 73.

) eximius, Jteeve, 116;

mentioned, 73.

(

mentioned, 73.

(Nubecula) gubernator, Bru-

guiere, 116; mentioned,

73.

(

)tulipa, Zinn., 116; men-

tioned, 73.

(Puncticulis) arenatus, Hwass,

115; mentioned, 73.

(——) pulicarius, Bruguiére,

116; mentioned, 73.

(Rhizoeonus) miles, Zinn., 116;

mentioned, 73.

) pulchellus, Swainson,

117; mentioned, 73.

) var. cinctus, Swain-

son, 117.

) rattus,

mentioned, 73.

) var. tahitensis,

Hwass, 117.

) sulphuratus, Bruguiére,

117 ; mentioned, 73.

(-——) vexillum, Gmelin, 117;

mentioned, 73.

(Stephanoconus) distans, Hwass,

115; mentioned, 72.

) lividus, Hwass, 115;

mentioned, 72.

) var.

Reeve, mentioned, 115.

Cooper, C. Forster, and QR. C.

Punnett, On some Nemerteans

from the Eastern Indian Ocean,

1-16.

Coralliophila abnormis, Smith, 105;

mentioned, 71.

(

Hwass,

(

) flavidus, Lamarck, 116 ;

117; |

sugillatus, |

madreporarum, Sowerby, men- |

tioned, 105.

monodonta, Quoy, 105; men-

tioned, 71.

neritoidea, Lamarck, 105 ; men-

tioned, 71.

violacea, Kiener, 105.

Coralliophilida, 105.

Coralliophora read Coralliophila,

Adams, 71.

abnormis, Smith, mentioned,

fie

Coralliophora — monodonta,

mentioned, 71.

Quoy,

neritoidea, Lamarck, mentioned,

Coreyra cephalonica, Stainton, 296;

mentioned, 316; distrib. of, 318—

321,

Coreide, 33, 38.

Coreine, 33.

Cornulariide, 165, 168.

Coronaxis ceylonensis, Hwass,

mentioned, 72.

tulgetrum, Sowerby, 115;

tioned, 72.

hebreus, Linn. (ebreeus),

mentioned, 73.

115;

var. vermiculatus, Lamarel-,

115.

miliaris, AHwass, 115; men-

tioned, 73.

Cosmophila erosa, Hiibner, 279;

mentioned, 314, 317.

erosa, Saalmiiller, 279.

vanthindyma, Boisduyal, 279.

Costellaria ungulosa, Aiister, 111;

mentioned, 72.

arenosa, Lamarck, 111; men

tioned, 72.

cineracea, Reeve,

tioned, 72.

delicata, A. Adams, 111; men-

tioned, 72.

modesta, Heeve, 111; mentioned,

72.

Crambus seychellellus*, ictcher, 297 ;

mentioned, 316, 323.

Craspedia actuaria, Moore, 288.

minorata, Bo/sduval, 288; men-

tioned, 315.

Craspedochiton laqueatus, Shuttle-

worth, 119.

Creusia, Leach, 26.

181; men-

spinulosa, Zeach, 26; men-

tioned, 27.

Crista gibbia, Lamarck, 132; men-

tioned, 75.

pectinata, Zinn., 132; men-

tioned, 75.

Crocidolomia binotalis, Zeller, 309;

mentioned, 316, 323.

Ctenocardia fornicatum, Sowerby,

1385; mentioned, 75.

fragum, Linn. 135; men-

tioned, 78.

nivale, Reeve, 1385; mentioned,

7a.

Ctenocardia victor, Angas, 135; men-

tioned, 75.

var. pulcherrima, men-

tioned, 135.

Ctenoides tenera, Chemnitz, 129;

mentioned, 7+.

Culcita coriacea, Miller § Troschel,

mentioned, 19.

Culladia admigratella, Watker, 296; |

mentioned, 316, 317.

admigratella, Hampson, 296.

Cyathopoma, Blanford, mentioned,

58.

blanfordi, H. Adams, 58; men-

tioned, 57.

Cyclostoma pulchrum, Gray, 58.

Cydnine, 30.

Cydnus pallidipennis, Reuter, 30.

Cylinder archiepiscopus, Hwass, 117 ;

mentioned, 73.

aulicus, Linn., 117; mentioned,

73.

episcopns, Hwass, 117; men-

tioned, 73.

rubescens, Bonnet, mentioned,

1 ie

textile, Zinn., 117; mentioned,

73.

var. eanonicus, Hwass,

Tales

var. vicarius, Lamarck,

Cyllo leda, Boisd., 289.

Cymodocea, mentioned, 101.

Cynodonta armata. Brod., 108 ; men-

tioned, 71.

ceramica, Linn.,

tioned, 71.

cornigera, Lamarck, 108; men-

tioned, 71.

crosseana, Souverbie, 108 ; men-

tioned, 71.

muricatum, Born, mentioned,

108.

Cyprea, Linn., mentioned, 65.

adusta, Chemnitz, mentioned, 97.

anarata, Meuschen, 97.

annulus, Linn., 94; mentioned,

69.

arabica, Linn., méntioned, 97.

caput-serpentis, Linn.,94; men-

tioned, 69.

earneola, Linn., 94; mentioned,

69.

caurica, Zinn., 94; mentioned,

69.

108; men-

INDEX

Cypreacaurica, Linn., var. oblongata,

Melvill, 94; mentioned, 69.

? chalcedonia, Perry, 95.

chinensis, Gmelin, 95;

tioned, 69.

clandestina, Zinn., 94; men-

tioned, 69,

contaminata, Gray, 95; men-

men-

tioned, 69.

cribraria, Linn., 95; mentioned,

69.

cruenta, auct. plur. non Gmelin,

95.

errones, Linn., mentioned, 95.

fimbriata, Gmelin, 95;

tioned, 69.

flavo-nitens, Melvill, mentioned,

97.

gillei,

96.

helvola, Linn., 95; mentioned,

69.

men”

Jousseaume, mentioned,

Melvill

(? chaleedonia, Perry), 95.

hirundo, Jinn., 96; mentioned,

69.

histrio, Meuschen, 96; mentioned,

69, 97.

var. gillei, Jousseaume, 96.

hordacea, Avener, 98.

indica, Gmelin, 97.

intermedia, Redfield, 96.

isabella, Linn., 96; mentioned,

69.

kieneri,

96.

limacina, Lamarck, mentioned,

98.

lyncichroa, AZelvill, mentioned,

Din

lynx, Linn., 96; mentioned, 69.

moneta, Linn., 96; mentioned,

69.

var. mascarena,

Hidalgo, mentioned,

icterina, Lamarck,

var.

mentioned, 96.

neglecta, Sowerby, 97; men-

tioned, 6Y, 96.

onyx, Linn., 97; mentioned,

69.

punctulata, Gmelin, 97.

punctulata, Gray, mentioned,

97.

reticulata, Martyn, 97; men-

tioned, 69.

robertsi, Hidalgo,

97.

mentioned,

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII.

451

‘

| Cyprea scurra, Chemnitz, 9

tioned, 69.

; mon-

tabescens, Dillwyn, 973; men-

tioned, 69,

talpa, Linn. 97;

69.

testudinaria, Linn., 97; men-

tioned, 69.

tigris, Linn., 97;

69,

variolaria, Lamarck, 95.

mentioned,

vitellus, Zinn., 98; mentioned,

69.

walkeri, Gray, 98; mentioned,

69.

ziezac, Linn., 98; mentioned,

69.

(Trivia) globulus, Zinn, 05;

mentioned, 6%.

(

) insecta, Mighels, 93;

mentioned, 69.

) nucleus, Linn., 98 ; men-

tioned, 69.

) oryza,

mentioned, 69.

(——) staphylea, ZLinn., 95;

mentioned, 69.

Lamarck, 98;

Cypriecassis rufa, Linn., 100.

Cypreeide, 94.

Cypricardia, Lamarck, 130.

Cyprinide, 130.

Cyrthorrhinus parviceps, Mewter, 41.

Dactylonephthya, Thomson 6 Simp-

son, mentioned, 181.

Dall, W. H., Report on the Brachio-

poda obtained from the Indian

Ocean by the ‘Sealark’ Expedition,

1895, 489-441,

Danais chrysippus, Linn., 288; men-

tioned, 315.

var. alcippoides, Moore,

mentioned, 281).

chrysippus, Boisduval, 288.

dorippus, Klug, mentioned, 289.

Dasygorgide, 141.

Decapoda, On the Land and Am-

phibious, of Aldabra, by L. A.

Borradaile, 405-409,

Decapoda Natantia, 257.

Reptantia, 260, 407.

Deilemera leuconoé, Joannis, 282.

seychellensis, Hampson, 282:

mentioned, 314.

Deilephila celerio, Boisduyal, 285.

452

Deilephila eson, Boisduval, 286.

nerii, Linn., 284; mentioned,

315.

nerii, Boisduval, 284.

osiris, Dalman, 286.

Deiopeia cribraria, Guenée, 282.

diva, Mabille, 270.

lactea, Butler, 267.

pulchella, Guenée, 269.

Delphacinee, 44.

Dendroconus quercinus, Linn., 116 ;

mentioned, 73.

tessellatus, Born, 116;

tioned, 73.

Dendronephthya, Aiikenthal, 182.

divariecata, Gray, 185;

tioned, 165, 207.

Thomson & Mac-

kinnon, 183; mentioned, 165,

184, 210, 211.

men-

gardineri *,

gigantea, Verrill, 184; men-

tioned, 165.

hemprichi, Alunzinger, 182;

mentioned, 165, 204, 207.

japonica, Aiikenthal, 185; men-

tioned, 165, 184, 205.

kollikeri, Awkenthal, 184; men-

tioned, 165, 207,

multispinosa, Henderson, 183;

mentioned, 165, 205, 210.

studeri, Ridley, 184; mentioned,

165, 207.

suensoni, olm., 185; mentioned,

165, 205.

umbellulifera, Kiékenthal, 183;

mentioned, 165, 203, 205,

210.

Dentalium, Zinn., mentioned, 65,

gardineri*, Melvill, 120; men-

tioned, 73, 138.

gemmiparum*, Melvill, 120;

mentioned, 73, 138.

pseudosexagonum, Deshayes,

120; mentioned, 73.

yernedei, Hanley, mentioned,

120.

Deposits, Marine, of the Indian

Ocean, by Sir John Murray, 355-

396.

——, Percentage of Calcium Car-

bonate in the, 369.

Deposit-samples, description of, 376—

396,

Depth, on the, and Marine Deposits

of the Indian Ocean, by Sir John

Murray, 355-396.

INDEX.

Desmia afflictalis, Guenée, 334.

Diadema bolina, Boisduyal, 291.

misippus, Boisduval, 291.

saxatile, Zinn., mentioned, 20.

Diatom oozes, 371.

Diaulula, Bergh, mentioned, 421.

gigantea, Bergh, 421.

Dichelaspis equina, Leach, mentioned,

26.

grayi, Darwin, mentioned, 26.

lepadiformis, Gruv., mentioned,

26.

pellucida, Darwin, mentioned,

26.

warwicki, Gray, mentioned, 25.

Dieuches annulatus, Srgnoret, 35.

placidus, S¢a/, 39.

sp., 30.

Dinia nitida, Reuter, 39.

Diniella nitida, Zteuter, 39.

Diodosida peckoveri, Butler, 284.

Diotocardia, 76.

Diplodonta globosa, Forskél, 130;

mentioned, 75.

Diplopleura, Stimpson, distribution

of, 3.

formosa, Hubrecht, mentioned, 12.

obockiana, Joubin, 11.

Spry ol 2ane

Discodoris, Bergh, 421; mentioned,

432.

amboinensis, Bergh, mentioned,

42u.

boholiensis, Bergh, mentioned,

421, 422.

var. meta, Bergh, men-

tioned, 422.

branneri, Wac/’., mentioned, 422.

cerulescens, Bergh, mentioned,

422,

canariensis, Bergh, mentioned,

425.

cebuensis, Bergh, 424 ;

tioned, 411, 421, 422.

men-

concinna, Adler d Hancock,

mentioned, 421, 422.

concinniformis, Bergh, men-

tioned, 421, 422.

dubia, Bergh, mentioned, 422.

edwardsii, Vuys., mentioned,

422,

egena, Bergh, mentioned, 422.

erubescens, Bergh, mentioned,

422,

fragilis, Alder §; Hancock, 422 ;

mentioned, 411, 421, 423.

Discodoris heathi, MacF., mentioned,

422,

hepatica, Abraham, mentioned,

425.

indecora,

422,

labifera, Abraham, mentioned,

421, 422.

liturata, Bergh, montioned,421,

lutescens,

421.

meta, Bergh, mentioned, 421.

modesta, Bergh, 423; men-

tioned, 411, 441, 422, 424.

morphea, Bergh, 422; men-

tioned, 421, 423.

murrea, Abraham, mentioned,

425. :

muta, Bergh, mentioned, 422.

notha, Beryh, mentioned, 421,

422,

pardalis, Alder & Hancock,

mentioned, 421, 422.

raripilosa, Abraham, mentioned,

421.

scabra, Cuvier, mentioned, 426.

schmeltziana, Bergh, mentioned,

422,

sibogee,

421,

stragula, Abraham, mentioned,

421.

tristis, Bergh, mentioned, 422.

versicolor, Bergh,

421.

vestita, Abraham, mentioned,

421,

vonjheringi, Mac/., mentioned,

422,

Discus serratus, H. Adams, 61.

Distant, W. L., ‘ Sealark’ Rhynchota,

29-48.

Distorsio anus, Zinn., 101; men-

tioned, 70.

caneellina, Rotss., 101 ; men-

tioned, 70.

Docoglussa, 76.

Doliide, 99.

Dolium costatum, Menke, 99; men-

tioned, 70.

maculatum, Lamarck, 99; men-

tioned, 70.

olearium, Brug., 99 ; mentioned,

70.

perdix, Linn., 99; mentioned,

70.

Bergh,

mentioned,

Bergh, mentioned,

mentioned,

Dolium (Malea) pomum, Zinn., 99 ;

mentioned, 70.

Donacidew, 131.

Donax(Latona)abbreviatus, Zamarci,

131; mentioned, 75.

( ) faba, Chemnitz (=radi-

ans, Lamarck), 1381; men-

tioned, 75.

( ) radians, Lamarck, 131.

Doridoeides, Eliot J: Luans,mentioned,

417.

gardineri, Zliot, 413; covered

with Zostera, mentioned, 411,

412, 413.

Doridopsis, Alder 6 Hancock, men-

tioned, 413, 437.

nigra, Stimpson, 435; mentioned,

411,

rubra, Aelaart, mentioned, 435.

sp-, 435; mentioned, 411.

Doris ellioti, Alder §- Hancock, men-

tioned, 422.

magnifica, Quoy g Gaimard,

mentioned, 429.

nubilosa, Pease, 421.

sordida, Quoy g° Gaimard, men-

tioned, 425.

Dosara celatalis, Walker, 311.

Doththa mesenterialis, Walker, 299.

Dragana pansalis, Walker, 275 ; men-

tioned, 314.

Drepanophorus, Hubrecht, mentioned,

eerinus, Birger, mentioned, 5,

indicus *, Punnett § Cooper, 5;

mentioned, 15.

roseus, Punnett, 4; mentioned, 15,

sp., 5.

willeyanus, Punnett, mentioned,

Drillia flavidula, Lamarck, 118;

mentioned, 73.

theoreta, Melvill, mentioned,

118.

variabilis, #. A. Smith, 118;

mentioned, 73.

(Clavus) exasperata, Reeve, 118;

‘mentioned, 73.

Dysdercus fasciatus, Signoret, 29.

nigrofasciatus, S/a/, 40.

ortus *, Distant, 36 ; mentioned,

48.

Kagris plicata, Butler, mentioned, 294.

sabadius, Gray, 294; mentioned,

315,

INDEX.

Kagris sabadius, Guenée, 294.

KEchinastes purpureus, Gray, men-

tioned, 18.

Echinoderma, Report on the (other

than Holothurians), collected by

Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner in the

Western Parts of the Indian

Ocean, by F. Jeffrey Bell, 17—

22.

Echinogorgia, Kéllil-er, 149.

multispinosa, Z'homson & Hender-

son, mentioned, 149.

pseudosasappo, Aoélliker, 149:

mentioned, 139, 204, 206.

ramosa*, Zhomson dg: Russell,

149; mentioned, 139, 14.0.

sasappo, Hsper, mentioned, 149.

Echinolampas oviformis, Guay, men-

tioned, 29,

Echinometra lucunter, Jinn., men-

tioned, 20.

oblonga,

20.

Echinomuricea ceylonensis, Thomson

& Henderson, 152; mentioned,

140.

Echinoneus cyclostomus, Leske, men-

tioned, 20.

Echinostrephus molare, A. Agassiz,

mentioned, 20.

Echinothrix desori, Agassiz, men-

tioned, 20.

turcarum, Peters, mentioned, 20.

Eetrichodiine, 37.

identulina dussumieri, Fér., 59.

moreleti, H. Adams, 59.

Kglisia elegans *, Melvill, 84; men-

tioned, 67, 138.

leptomita, Weluill §- Sykes, men-

tioned, 84.

tricarinata, Adams &§ Reeve,

mentioned, 84.

Elasmogorgia filiformis, Wright ¢

Studer, 159 ; mentioned, 140, 205,

206.

Eliot, Sir Chas. N. E., Nudibranchs

collected by Mr. Stanley Gardiner

from the Indian Ocean in H.M.S.

‘ Sealark,’ 411-438.

Elma nevilli, H. Adams, 62.

Elminius, Leach, 26.

plicatus, J. Z. Gray, 26; men-

tioned, 27.

simplex, Darwin, 26 ;

tioned, 25, 27.

Elysia, Cantr., mentioned, 412.

Blainv., mentioned

b) ?

men-

Elysia punctata, Avlaart, 418; men-

tioned, 411.

Emarginula

Adams &

lieve, 77 ; mentioned, 67.

clathrata,

tenuicostata, Sowerby, 77 ; men-

tioned, 67.

Emarginulide, 77.

Emmiltis consentanea, Walker, 288.

minorata, Swinhoe, 288.

Endotricha chagosalis *, Fletcher,

208; mentioned, 316, 323.

mesenterialis, Walker, 299 ;

mentioned, 300, 316, 317.

mesenterialis, Moore, 299.

sp. n., Mletcher, 299 ; mentioned,

316.

vinolentalis,

mentioned, 316.

Engina mendicaria, Linn.,

mentioned, 71.

Ennea bicolor, Hutton, mentioned,

57, 58.

dussumieri, Férussac,

mentioned, 57.

gardineri *, Sykes, 59; men-

tioned, 57.

moreleti, H. Adams, 59; men-

tioned, 57.

thomasseti *, Sykes, 59, 60 ;

mentioned, 57.

(Acanthennea)

Martens, 60; mentioned, 57.

(Edentulina) dussumieri, Feér.,

59,

999 .

add 5

Ragonot,

108 ;

BH)! F

erinaceus, Y.

( ) moreleti, H. Adams, 59.

(Elma) nevilli, H. Adams, 62.

Kolis bicolor, Kelaart, mentioned,

418.

Ephestia cautella, Walker, 298 ;

mentioned, 316 ; distrib. of, 321,

323,

cautella, Hampson, 298.

Ercta ornatalis, Dup., 302 ;

tioned, 316.

ornatalis, Hampson, 302.

Kriopus maillardi, Gwenée,

mentioned, 314, 317.

Erythropodium indicum, Z’homson &

Henderson, 174; mentioned, 165,

167, 168, 205, 210.

salomonense*, Thomson § Mac-

kinnon, 174 ; mentioned, 164,

167, 210.

Ethalia striolata, A. Adams, 81;

mentioned, 67.

Etiella, Zeller, 298.

60*

men-

271 ;

454:

Ftiella madagascariensis, Saalmiiller,

298.

zinckenella, Tvrett., 298 ; men-

tioned, 316.

zinckenella, Hampson, 298.

Eublemma ragusana, Meyer, 279;

mentioned, 314, 318

rivula, Moore, 279; mentioned,

314.

rivula, Hampson, 279.

Euchelia formosa, Boisd., 270.

pulchella, Boisd., 269.

pylotis, Boisd., 282.

Euchelus providentix *, Melviil, 78 ;

mentioned, 67, 138.

Euclia lactea, Deshayes, 119 ; men-

tioned, 73.

Hudioptis indica, Saunders, 309.

traducalis, Zeller, 302.

Eulamellibranchiata, 129.

Eulimaaciculata, Sowerby, 102; found

on Holothuriz, 102; mentioned, 70.

areuata, Sowerby, 102; men-

tioned, 70.

subangulata, Sowerby, 102 ;

found on Holothuriz, 102 ;

mentioned, 70.

Eulimide, 102.

Eulota similaris, /érussac, 62 ; men-

tioned, 57, 58.

Eunephthya spiculosa, Aiikenthal,

mentioned, 167, 195.

uplexaura antipathes, Alunzinger,

160; mentioned, 140, 204, 207.

flexuosa, Uhomson 4° Henderson,

160; mentioned, 140, 205

(= Plexauraantipathes, Linn.,

var. flexuosa, Zhomson &

Henderson), mentioned, 205.

Huplewia conducta, Hampson, 272.

Eupleea mitra, Moore, 289; men-

tioned, 315.

Eupolia, Smith, mentioned, 1.

Kuprimno, Bovallius, 52.

macropa, Guérin,

tioned, 50.

Kupronoé, Claus, 54.

armata, Claus,54;mentioned. 50.

Euprotomus laciniatus (Chea.),

Dillw., 92.

papilio (Chemn.), Dillw., 92.

Hurrhyparodes tricoloralis, Zellvr,

302; mentioned, 316.

tricoloralis, Hampson, 302.

Euryale aspera, Lamarck, mentioned,

19.

52; men-

INDEX.

Eutelia delatrix, Humpson, distrib. of,

319.

inextricata, Moore, 273; men-

tioned, 314; distrib. of, 319.

Eutyphis, Claus, 54.

ovoides, fisso, 54; mentioned,

50.

Exelastis liophanes, Meyrick, 313,

403; mentioned, 316.

liophanes, Fletcher, 313, 403.

Fasciolaria filamentosa,

108 ; mentioned, 71.

trapezium, Lamarck, 108 ; men-

tioned, 71.

Fasciolariide, 108.

Fibularia yolva, Ayassiz, mentioned,

20.

Ficula levigata, Reeve, mentioned,

99.

Filibranchiata, 121.

Fissurella riippellii, Sowerby, 76.

singaporensis, Reeve, 77.

Fissurellidie, 76.

Flabellina, Cuvier, mentioned, 417.

Fletcher, T. Bainbrigge, Lepidoptera,

exclusive cf the Yortricide and

Tineide, with some Remarks on

their Distribution and Means of

Dispersal amongst the Islands of

the Indian Ocean, 265-323.

, Distribution of the Lepidoptera

in the Islands of the Indian Ocean,

313-322.

—, The Orneodide and Ptero-

phoride of the Seychelles Expedi-

tion, 397-404.

Forskalia pulcherrima, A. Adams,

80; mentioned, 67.

Fossaride, 88.

Fossarus lamellosus, Montrouz., 88 ;

mentioned, 68.

Fracassa, Bergh, mentioned, 432.

tuberculosa, liot, mentioned,

432.

Fragum crenelloides *, Melvill, 134 ;

mentioned, 75, 138.

100-liratum, Melvill §: Standen,

mentioned, 134.

roseolum *, AMelvill, mentioned,

134; mentioned, 75, 188.

simillimum, #. A. Smith, 134;

mentioned, 75.

Fulgoride, 42.

Fulvia peramabilis, Dall, mentioned,

134.

Lamarck,

Fusus abnormis, E. A. Smith, 105.

tuberculatus, Lamarck, 109 ;

mentioned, 71.

Gadarseama, J?ewter, mentioned, 31.

Galboa*, Distant, 45; mentioned, 46.

typica *, Distant, 46 ;

tioned, 45.

Galeomma splendida, Deshayes, 130 ;

mentioned, 75.

Galeommide, 130.

| Gallinula columba, Lamarck, 93 ;

mentioned, 6Y.

var. orosminus, Duclos, 93.

fusiformis, Sowerby, 93; men-

tioned, 69, :

Gariide, 136,

Gastrochena, Sprendel, 136.

Gastrochenide, 136.

Gastrolepidia, Schmarda, 341.

amblyphyllus, Grube, 341 ; men-

tioned, 334,

clavigera, Schmarda, 341.

clavigera, Willey, 341.

Gastropoda, 65-138.

Gebiopsis darwinii, Miers, 262.

Gegenes gemelia, Holland, 295.

poutieri, Holland, 295.

Gena auricula, Lamarck, 77; men-

tioned, 67.

levis, Pease, mentioned, 423.

nigra, Quoy, 77 ; mentioned, 67,

strigosa, A, Adams, 77; men-

tioned, 67.

Geograpsus, Stimpson, 407.

crinipes, Dana, 407.

grayi, H. Milne-Edwards, 407.

longitarsis, Dana, mentioned,

405.

minikoiensis, Borradaile, men-

tioned, 405, 406.

Geometra minorata, Boisduval, 288.

Geometrid, 286, 315.

Geotomus proximus, Siynoret, 30.

Gerrine, 37.

men-

| Gerrinaria, 37.

Gerris (Limnogonus) cereiventris,

Signoret, 37.

(——) dolosa, Bergr., 37.

Gibbula fanuloides, Mischer, men-

tioned, 80.

phasianella, Desh., 79; men-

tioned, 67.

(Forskilia) pulcherrima, A.

Adams, 80 ; mentioned, 67.

| Gibbus moreleti, H. Adams, 59.

Gibson, H.0.8., The Cephalochorda: |

* Amphioxides,” 213-256.

Glabella serrata, Gusk., 112; men-

tioned, 72.

Globigerina, @Orbiyny, mentioned,

370.

oozes, 371.

Glyphis riippellit, Sowerby, 76 ; men-

tioned, 67.

singaporensis, Ztecve, 77 ; men-

tioned, 67.

Glyphodes amicalis, Swinhoe, men-

tioned, 308. ;

indica, Saunders, 309 ; men-

tioned, 316, 317, 323.

indica, Hampson, 309.

sericea, Drury, 307 ; mentioned,

316.

sericet, Pag., 307.

sinuata, Fabr., 308; mentioned,

516.

sinuata, Moore, 308.

stolalis, Guwenée, 308; mentioned,

316.

subamicalis *, Mletcher, 308 ;

mentioned, 316, 323.

unionalis, Hiisner, 307; men-

tioned, 316.

unionalis, Hampson, 308.

Glyphostoma roseotincta, Montr.,118;

mentioned, 73.

Gymnoscelis sp., 287.

Gorgonella, Val., 164.

orientalis, Wright § Studer, 164;

mentioned, 140, 205.

verriculata, Milne-Hdwards &

Haime, 164; mentioned, 140.

Gorgonellidee, 161.

Gorgonia, Linn., 161.

australiensis, Ridley, mentioned,

161.

dubia*, Thomson J Russell, 161;

mentioned, 140,

oppositipinna, Jtrdley,

tioned, 161.

Gorgonide, 161.

Gorgonocephalus verrucosus, Lyman,

mentioned, 19.

Grammodes bifasciata, Joannis, 276.

delta, Boisd., 277; mentioned,

314,

delta, Guenée, 277.

geometrica, Yabr., 276 ; men-

tioned, 314.

stolida, Fubr., 276 ; mentioned,

314.

men-

INDEX.

Grammodes stolida, Hampson, 276.

Grapside, 407,

Grapsinew, 407.

Grapsus, Lamarck, 407.

grapsus, Linn., 407.

Gruvel, A., Etude des Cirrhipédes de

VOeéan Indien, 23-27,

Gutturnium clavator, Lamarck, 100 ;

mentioned, 70.

exaratum, teeve, 101; men-

tioned, 70.

moritinctum, Reeve, 101 ; men-

tioned, 70.

sinense, Jeeve, 101; mentioned,

70.

Gymnasterias carinifera, Lamavch,

mentioned, 19,

Gymnoglossa, 102.

Gymnoseelis sp., 315.

Gypsina, Carter, mentioned, 375.

Gyrineum affine, Brod., 101; men-

tioned, 70.

bergeri, Sowerby, 101; men-

tioned, 70.

bufonium, Gmelin, 101.

graniferum, Lamarck, 101 ;

mentioned, 70.

margaritula, Deshayes, 101 ;

mentioned, 70.

pusillum, Brod., var. rosea,

Reeve, 101; mentioned, 70.

thom, D'Urbigny, mentioned,

10}

(Lampas) lampas, Zinn., 102 ;

mentioned, 70.

Hadena mauritia, Boisd., 271.

retina, Guenée, 272.

Halimeda, Lamarck, mentioned, 65.

Halhiotide, 77.

Haliotis pustulata, Heeve, 77 ; men-

tioned, 67.

(Padollus) ovina, Chemnitz, 77 ;

mentioned, 67.

Haliporus, Spence Bate, 258.

malhaensis*, Borradaile,

mentioned, 264.

Halobates alluaudi, Bergr., 37.

Halosydna, Ainberg, 340.

willeyi*, Potts, 340 ; mentioned,

352.

zeylanica, Willey,

341.

Hapalus braueri, v. Wartens, men-

tioned, 47, 63.

258 ;

mentioned,

Harpa cabritii, J’%scher, mentioned,

112.

minor, Lamarck, 112; men-

tioned, 72.

var, crassa, Philippi, 112.

striata, Lamarck, 112 ;

tioned, 72.

ventricosa, Lamarck, 112; men-

tioned, 72.

Harpidie, 112.

Haustator columnaris, Aien., 92.

Hebra hispida, A. Adams, 107;

mentioned, 71.

muricata, Quoy g Gaim., 107;

mentioned, 71.

Hecalusaria, 46.

Helcioniscus rota, Gmelin, 76 ; men-

tioned, 67.

Helice, de Haan, 408.

tridens, de Haan, 408.

Helicina theobaldiana, Nevill, 58;

men-

mentioned, 57.

Helioniscus rota, Gmelin, 76.

Heliopora cxrulea, Blainville, 202 ;

mentioned, 166, 206, 207.

Helioporidie, 166, 202.

Heliothis africans, Boisd., 281.

armijera, Hiibner, 270.

Helix aspersa, Miiller, mentioned,

57, 58.

oclona, Bruguiére, 63.

pretumida, Morel., var. mahe-

siana, von Martens, 62.

souleyetiana, Petit, 60.

studeriana, Férussac, 62.

unidentata, Chemnitz, 62.

(Conulus) subturritula, Nevill,

62.

(Eulotella) similaris, Feérussac,

62.

Hellula undalis, Fubr., 309;

tioned, 316.

undalis, Hampson, 309.

men-

Hemaris hylas, Saalmiller, 283.

Hemicardium (Lunulicardia) sub-

retusum, Sowerby, 135; mentioned,

75.

Hemithyris, Bronn, mentioned, 439,

441.

lucida, Gould, mentioned, 441.

psittacea, Chemnitz, mentioned,

441.

sladeni *; Dall, 440 ; mentioned,

441.

| Hemityphis, Claus, 53; young of,

mentioned, 49.

156

Hemityphis crustulatus, Claus, 53; |

mentioned, 49, 50.

tenuimanus, Claus, 53.

Hermes nussatella, Linn.,

mentioned, 73.

Hermione, Blainv., 329 ; mentioned,

327.

hystrix, Olaparéde, mentioned,

329.

malleata, Grube, 329.

H rse conyolvuli, Zinn., 282; men-

tioned, 315, 323.

convolvuli, Rothsch. & Jordan,

282.

Hesperia andracne, Boisd., 294.

borbonica, Boisd., 295.

ellipsis, Saalmiiller, 295.

florestan, Boisd., 296.

marchalii, Boisd., 296.

poutieri, Boisd., 295.

Hesperiidee, 294, 315.

Heterographis insularella, Ragonot,

298; mentioned, 316, 322.

Heteropleuron, Kirkaldy, mentioned,

233, 234, 238, 240.

agassizii, Parker,

240, 242.

bassanum, Giinther, mentioned,

242.

cingalense, Kirkaldy, mentioned,

242.

cultellum,

242,

hectori,

242,

maldivense, Cooper, mentioned,

242,

parvum, Parker, mentioned, 241,

242.

Heteroptera, 30.

Heterostegina,

379.

Hexabranchus, Ehrenberg, mentioned,

412, 413, 419.

adamsii, Gray, mentioned, 419.

marginatus, Quoy dg Gaimard,

419; mentioned, 411.

punctatus, Bergh, mentioned,

419.

Hingula figurata, Moore, 280.

Hipponycide, 86.

Hippotion, Hiibner, 286.

aurora, Rothsch. §: Jordan, 286 ;

larva found on Guettarda

speciosa, 286; mentioned, 315;

distrib. of, 318.

mentioned,

Peters, mentioned,

Benham, mentioned,

@ Orb.,

mentioned,

INDEX.

Hippotion celerio, Zinn., 285; men-

tioned, 315; distrib. of, 318.

celerio, Rothsch. & Jordan, 285.

eson, Cramer, 286; mentioned,

315.

eson, Rothsch. & Jordan, 286.

osiris, Dalman, 286; mentioned,

315.

osiris, Rothsch. & Jordan, 286.

315, 318.

velox [= vigil], Fabr., men-

tioned, 323.

velox, Rothsch. & Jordan, 285.

Holothuria atra, Jaeger, mentioned,

341.

maculata, Brandt, mentioned,

342.

Homoptera, 41.

Hoplodoris desmoparypha, Bergh, |

mentioned, 421, 425.

Hyblea puera, Cramer, 281; men-

tioned, 314; distrib. of, 314.

puera, Saalmiiller, 281.

Hydrillodes nilgirialis, Hampson,

mentioned, 281.

sp., 281, 314.

Hydriris ornatalis, de Joannis, 302.

Hydrocampa aibifascialis, Boisd.,

301.

Hydrometra ambulator, Stal, 36.

Hydrometride, 36.

Hydrometrine, 36,

Hygiops, Amy. & Serv., 44.

Hygyops, Stal, 44.

Hypena abyssinialis, Guenée, men-

tioned, 280.

conscitalis, Hampson, 281.

longipalpalis, Guenée,

mentioned, 314.

masurialis, Guenée, 280.

obacerralis, Walker, 280.

sp., 280; mentioned, 314.

strigata, Fabr., mentioned,

280.

Hyperia, Latreille, 51.

bengalensis, Giles, 51;

tioned, 49, 50.

dysschistus, Stebbing, 51.

Hyperiide, 50.

Hyperiidea, List of, 49-55.

Hyperythra lucicolor, Butler, 286.

miegii, Mabille, 286.

Hypolimnas bolina, Linn. 290;

mentioned, 291, 315, 317, 323.

bolina, Bingham, 290.

280;

men-

Hypolimnas misippus, Zinn., 291 ;

mentioned, 315, 323,

misippus, Saalmiiller, 291.

Hypospila bolinoides, Joannis, 279.

thermesina, Guenée, 279; men-

tioned, 314.

Hypsa — subretracta,

mentioned, 314.

Walker, 282 ;

| Hypselopus intermedius*, Distant,

velox, Fubr., 285; mentioned, |

34.

Hypside, 282, 314.

Tanthina communis,

mentioned, 84.

fragilis, Lamarck, 84; mentioned,

67.

Tanthinide, 84.

Ibla quadrivalvis, Cuvier, mentioned,

26.

Iconaster, Sladen, mentioned, 21.

gardineri *, Jeffrey Bell, 22.

longimanus, MWdbius, mentioned,

922

Lamarck,

Llattia octo, Joannis, 273.

Imperturbatia braueri, v. Martens,

61; mentioned, 57.

constans, v. Martens, 60; men-

tioned, 57.

le-vieuxi, Nevill,

57.

perelegans, v.

mentioned, 57.

violascens, v.

tioned, 57.

Indian Ocean, On the Depth and

Marine Deposits of the Indian

Ocean, by Sir John Murray, 355-

396.

Indian Ocean :

area of, 359.

currents in the, 362,

deposits of the, 367.

salinity of the, 366.

temperature of the water in the,

363.

winds in the, 361.

Infundibulum maculatum, Zinn., 78;

mentioned, 67.

radiatus, Gmelin,

tioned, 67.

venetus, Zeeve, 78; mentioned,

67.

Todis stibolepida, Butler, 287 ; men-

tioned, 315.

stibolepida, Swinhoe, 287.

mentioned,

Martens, 60;

Martens, men-

73;

men-

Topas sertum, Brug., 103; mentioned, ,

70.

Iphione, Ainberg, 341.

muricata, Savigny, 341; men-

tioned, 344.

muricata, Kinberg, 341.

Isidee, 141.

Ismene

296.

margarita, Butler, 296.

Tsocardia (Meiocardia) moltkiana,

Chemnitz, 130; mentioned, 74.

Isocentris seychellalis*, //etcher,

310; mentioned, 316, 323.

Isopteryx abnegatalis, Moore, 302.

Ivinga*, Distant, 42.

typica *, Distant, 42; men-

tioned, 47.

arbogastes, Saalmiiller,

Jasside, 45.

Jassinz, 46.

Jassus indicus, Distant, 46.

Jassusaria, 46.

Juncella, Val., 162.

gemmacea, Val nciennes,

mentioned, 140, 204,

207.

Junonia vellida, Fabr., 289;

tioned, 315; distrib. of, 318.

vellida, Mathew, 289.

162;

205,

men-

Kaliella subturritula, Mevill, 62;

mentioned, 57.

Kentrodoris, Bergh, mentioned, 412.

rubescens, Bergh, 424;

tioned, 411, 425.

Keroéides, Wright §° Studer, 197.

koreni, Wright § Studer, 197 ;

mentioned, 166, 167, 206,

207, 209.

Kraussina, Dav., mentioned, 439.

capensis, Krauss, mentioned, 440.

gardineri*, Dall, 440;

tioned, 441.

pisum, Valenciennes, mentioned,

440.

rubra, Pallas, mentioned, 440.

men-

Leyvicardium biradiatum, Bruguiére,

134; mentioned, 75.

Laganum decagonale,

tioned, 20.

Lagisea, Malmgr., 338.

Less., meu-

INDEX.

Lagisca cornuta*, Potts, 339; men-

tioned, 840, 352.

crozetensis, MdcJntosh,

tioned, 338, 339.

flaccida*, Potts, 339 ; mentioned,

302

indica *, Potts, 8338; mentioned,

399, 352.

men-

| Lambidium, Zink, mentioned, 65,

100.

cancellatum, Sowerby, men-

tioned, 100.

(Oniscidia) exquisitum, Adams

g Reeve, 100;

70.

mentione J,

Lampas lampas, Zinn., 102; men-

tioned, 70.

Lanceola, Say, 53.

sayana, ovallius, 53; men-

tioned, 50.

Lanceolide, 50.

Lasiochilus alluaudi, Reuter, 41.

Latirus barclayi, Reeve, 109; men-

tioned, 71.

craticulatus, Lamarck,

mentioned, 71.

109 ;

polygonus, ZLinn., 109; men-

tioned, 71.

rustica, Lamarck, 109.

turritus, Gmelin, 109; men-

tioned, 71.

(Leucozonia) smaragdula, Linn.

[=rustica, Lamarck], 109;

mentioned, 71.

(Peristernia) corallina, M/elvill

g Standen, 109; mentioned,

fale

( )nassatula, Lamarck, 109 ;

mentioned, 71.

Latona abbreviatus, Lamarck, 131;

mentioned, 79.

faba, Chemnitz [= radians,

Lamarck], 131; mentioned,

75.

radians, Lamarck, 131.

Leiaster leachi, Gray, mentioned, 19.

Leioptilus griseodactylus, Hofm.,

403.

Leocyma sericea, Hampson, 272.

vest, Joannis, 272.

Lepas, Linn., 24.

anatifera, Linn., 25; mentioned,

26.

yar. communis, Darwin, 24.

var. punctata, Darwin,

24,

457

Lepas anserifera, Linn., 24; men-

tioned, 26.

australis, Darwin, 24;

tioned, 26,

Lepidasthenia, Malmgren, 342.

elegans, Grube, 342 ; mentioned,

344, 352.

maculata*, Potts, 344;

tioned, 342, 352.

microlepis*, Potts, 343; men-

tioned, 342, 844, 352.

minikoensis *, Potts, 344 ; men-

tioned, 342.

Lepidonotus, Leach, 331 ; mentioned,

342.

carinatus*, Potts, 334; men-

tioned, 351,

carinulata, Malaquin & Dehorne,

men-

331.

carinulatus, Grube, 331.

cristatus, Grube, 332; men-

tioned, 333, 334.

var. echinata *, Potts, 334;

mentioned, 351.

var. ornata*, Potts, 333 ;

mentioned, 351.

cristatus, McIntosh, 332.

gymnonotus, Murenzeller, men-

tioned, 335.

indicus,

332.

muricata, Savigny, 341.

peronea, Schmarda, 341.

purpureus*, Potts, 334; men-

tioned, 351.

pustulatus *, Potts, 335; men-

tioned, 351.

pyknolepis, Grube, mentioned,

341.

trissochetus, Grube, 331.

wahlbergi, McJntosh, mentioned,

335.

Lepidoptera, exclusive of the Tortri-

cide and Tineide, with some Re-

marks on their Distribution and

Means of Dispersal amongst the

Islands of the Indian Ocean, by

T. Bainbrigge Fletcher, 265-323.

, distribution of, in the Islands

of the Indian Ocean, by ‘.

Bainbrigge Fletcher, 313-322.

Leptoconchus striatus, Rippell, 105 ;

mentioned, 71.

Leptoconus archithalassus, Dillwyn,

116; mentioned, 73.

Leptocorisa apicalis, Westw., 33.

Kinberg, mentioned,

458

Leptocorisaria, 33.

Leptocotis, Streets, 55.

tenuirostris, Claus, 55 ;

tioned, 51.

Leptoglossus membranaceus, Fubr.,

33.

Leptopoma seychellarum, Nevill &

Pfeiffer, mentioned, 57, 58.

seychellense, JVevill, mentioned,

men-

57, 53.

Leptothyra amussitata, Gould, men-

tioned, 82.

gardineri *, Melvill, 82; men-

tioned, 67, 138.

ula, Dunker, mentioned, 82.

ponsonbyi, Sowerby, mentioned,

82.

roseocincta, v.

mentioned, 67.

Lethaus punctus, Bergr., 315),

Leucania insulicola, Saalratiller, 270.

Leucozonia smaragdula, Linn.,

f=rustica, Lamarck], 109; men-

tioned, 71.

Libitina guinaica, Lamarck [ =Cy pri-

cardia, Lamarck}, 130; mentioned,

74.

Lima fragilis, Gmelin, 128; men-

tioned, 74.

inflata, Chemnitz [=fasciata,

Linn.], 129; mentioned, 74.

multicostata, Sowerby, 129 ;

mentioned, 74.

sowerbyi, Deshayes, 129 ; men-

tioned, 74.

squamosa, Lamarck, mentioned,

129.

(Ctenoides) tenera, Chemnitz,

129; mentioned, 74.

Limide, 128.

Limnogonus

37.

dolosus, Bergr., 37.

Linckia diplax, Perrier, mentioned, 18.

laevigata, Linn., mentioned, 18.

marmorata(Michelin),v. Martens,

mentioned, 18.

multiforis (Lamarck), v. Martens,

mentioned, 18.

Lineide, mentioned, 2, 3.

Lineus, F. Sowerby, mentioned, 2.

albocinctus, Coe, mentioned, 14.

albolineatus, Biirger, mentioned,

14.

albovittatus, Birger, 7; men-

tioned, 14, 15.

Martens, 82;

cereiventris, Siynoret,

INDEX.

Linens alienus, Biiryer, mentioned, 14.

anas, Joub. § Frangois, men-

tioned, 14.

arenicola, Verrill,

14.

atroceruleus, Sehmarda, men-

tioned, 14.

auripunctatus, Grube, mentioned,

14.

aurostriatus, Birger, mentioned,

14.

australis, Punnett, mentioned, 14.

bellus, St’mps., mentioued, 14.

bicolor, Verrill, mentioned, 14.

bilineatus, Jten., mentioned, 14.

boutani, Jowb., mentioned, 14.

cinereus, Punnett, mentioned, 14.

cingulatus, Stimpson, mentioned,

14.

coccinus, Birger, mentioned, 14.

mentioned,

collaris, Schinarda, mentioned,

14.

coloratus, Biirger,mentioned, 14.

corrugatus, MeJntosh, 10; men-

tioned, 14, 15.

crosslandi *, Punnett Cooper,

9; mentioned, 14, 15.

dohrni, Hubrecht, mentioned,

14.

dubius, Verrill, mentioned, 14.

flavescens, Coe, mentioned, J+.

geniculatus, Chiaje, mentioned,

14.

gesserensis, MceZntosh, men-

tioned, ftnote 2.

gilvus, Biiryer, mentioned, 14.

glaucus, Birger, mentioned, 14.

grubei, Hubrecht,

14,

haneocki*, Punnett d& Cooper,

8; mentioned, 14, 15.

hubrechti, Langerh., mentioned,

14.

indicus *, Punnett §° Cooper, 9 ;

mentioned, ftnote 6, 15.

kenneli, Birger, mentioned, 14.

lacteus, H, Lathke, mentioned,

14.

lobianki, Birger,

14.

longissimus, Gunn, mentioned,

14. ;

m‘intoshii, Zangerh., mentioned,

14.

mascarensis *, Punnett & Cooper,

7; mentioned, 14, 15,

mentioned,

Liueus molochinus, Birger, men-

tioned, 14.

monolineatus, Staub., mentioned,

14.

nigricans, Biirger, mentioned,

14.

niveus, Punnett,-mentioned, 14.

orientalis *, Punnett & Cooper,

10; mentioned, 14, 15.

pallidus, Verrill, mentioned, 14.

parvulus, Birger, mentioned, } 4.

pictifrons, Coe, mentioned, 14.

piperatus, Stimps., mentioned,

14.

polyophthalmus, Schmarda, men-

tioned, 14.

psittacinus, Biirger, mentioned,

14.

purpureus, Johnst., mentioned,

14.

ruber, Miller, mentioned, {t-

note 2, 14.

rubescens, Coe, mentioned, 14.

rufocaudatus, Biiryer, mention-

ed, 14.

scandinaviensis, Punnett, men-

tioned, 14.

schmardai, Birger, mentioned,

14.

socialis, Zeidy, mentioned, 14.

torquatus, Coe, mentioned, 14.

tricuspidatus, Quoy & Gaim.,

mentioned, J4.

versicolor, Birger, mentioned,

14.

viridis, Blainv., mentioned, 14.

vittatus, Quoy d: Gaim., men-

tioned, 14.

wilsoni, Coe, mentioned, 14.

Lioconcha picta, Lamarck, 132; men-

tioned, 75.

Liothyrina, Oehlert, mentioned, 439.

bartletti, Dall, mentioned, 439.

sp. indet., 439, 441.

sphenoidea, Philippi, mentioned,

439,

vitrea, Blochmann, mentioned,

440.

Liotia crenata, Kiener, 78; men-

tioned, 67.

Liotiide, 78.

Lissocarcinus orbicularis, Dana,

mentioned, 341.

Lithoconus ermineus, Dillwyn [=

lithoglyphus, Meusch.], 116; men-

tioned, 73.

Lithoconus eximius.

mentioned, 73.

flavidus, Lamarck, 116; men-

tioned, 73.

lithoglyphus, Meuschen, 116.

Lithodomus cinnamomeus [cinnamo-

minus], Lamarck, 123;

tioned, 74.

gracilis, Philippi, 123; men-

tioned, 74.

nasutus, Philippi, specimen of,

mentioned, 124.

plumula, Hanley,

tioned, 74.

teres, Philippi, 124 ; mentioned,

74.

Lithophytum, Forsk., 178.

africanum, May, mentioned,

178.

Reeve,

men-

124; men-

brassicum, May, 178; men-

tioned, 165, 208, 204.

confertum, Aiikenthal, 178;

mentioned, 165, 207.

flabellum, Quoy g Gaim., 178;

mentioned, 165, 167, 203,

207.

flavum, May, mentioned, 178.

Lithothamnia- or Halimeda-rubble,

mentioned, 65.

Lithotrya, Sowerby, 23.

dorsalis, Sowerby, mentioned,

24, 26.

var. maldivensis, Borr.,

mentioned, 26.

pacifica, Borr., 23; mentioned,

26.

rugata, Borr., mentioned, 26.

Littorina ahenea, Reeves, mentioned,

87.

angulifera, Lamarck, mentioned,

87.

filosa, Sowerby, mentioned, 87.

intermedia, Philippi, mentioned,

87.

levis, Philippi, mentioned, 87.

lineata, Gmelin, mentioned,

87.

nebulosa, Lamarck, mentioned,

87.

sieboldi, Philippi, mentioned,

87.

ziczac, Tryon, mentioned, 87.

(Melaraphe) glabrata, Philippi,

87 ; mentioned, 68.

(——) mauritiana,

87; mentioned, 68.

Lamarck,

INDEX.

Littorina (Melaraphe) melanostoma,

Gray, 87 ; mentioned, 68.

( ) seabra, Linn., 87; men-

tioned, 68.

()

Philippi, 87.

Littorinida, 87.

var. intermedia,

Lobophytum, Marenzeller, 175.

crassum, Marenzeller, 175 ; men-

tioned, 165, 203, 207.

pauciflorum, hrenberg, 175;

mentioned, 165, 204, 205,

207, 208.

Loboplax laqueatus, Sowerby, 119.

Lophopine, 42.

Lotoriide, 100.

Lotorium, Montf., mentioned, 102.

chlorostoma, 100;

mentioned, 70.

pileare, Zinn., 100; mentioned,

70.

gallinago, Reeve, mentioned, 100.

(Gutturnium) clavator, Lamarck,

100; mentioned, 70.

) exaratum, Jteeve, 101;

mentioned, 70.

(——) moritinetum, Reeve, 101 ,

Lamarck,

(

mentioned, 70.

) sinense, Reeve, 101;

mentioned, 70.

Lovenia subcarinata,

tioned, 20.

Lucina (Codakia) exasperata, Reeve,

139; mentioned, 75.

( ) interrupta, Zamarek,

130; mentioned, 75.

( ) punetata, Linn., 130;

mentioned, 75.

( ) tigerina, Zinn., 130.

Lucinide, 130.

Luidia hardwickii? (Gray), Perrier,

mentioned, 19.

maculata, Miiller g Troschel,

mentioned, 19,

savignii, Diiben g° Koren, men-

tioned, 19.

Lumbricus, Zinn., mentioned, 415.

Lunulicardia subretusum, Sowerby,

135.

Lyceea, Dana, 54.

beticus, Boisd., 294.

gaika, Trimen, 293.

knysna, Trimen, 293.

lysimon, Hiibner, 293.

lysimon, Herr.-Schiiffer, 293.

lysimon, Saalwiiller, 293.

(

Gray, men-

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, vol. XIII.

Lycra maha, Kollar, 293.

similis, Claus, 54; mentioned,

51.

telicanus, Boisd., 294.

Lycenide, 293, 315.

Lygwide, 34, 39, 51.

Lygieine, 34.

Lyria delessertiana, Petit, 112; men-

tioned, 72.

Lysaster*, Jeffrey Bell, 21.

lorioli *, Jeffrey Bell, 21; men-

tioned, 22.

Mabra eryxalis, Walker, 301; men-

tioned, 316, 317.

Mackinnon, Miss Doris L., and J.

Arthur Thomson, The Stolonifera,

Aleyonacea, Pseudaxonia, and

Stelechotokea, 165-211.

Macroglossa alluaudi, Joannis, dis-

trib. of, 322.

corythus, Walker, 285.

picus, Kollar, 284.

Macroglossum alluaudi, Joannis, 285 ;

mentioned, 315.

corythus, Walker, 285; men-

tioned, 315, 318.

corythus, Rothsch. & Jordan,

285.

Magulaba meestalis, Walker, 280 ;

mentioned, 314.

Mahea *, Distant, 32.

sexualis*, Distant, 32;

tioned, 47.

Malea pomum, Linn., 99 ; mentioned,

70.

Malleus anatinus, Zamarck, men-

tioned, 125,

normalis, Lamarck, 125; men-

tioned, 74.

Mamilla melanostoma, Gmelin, 68.

simi, Desh., 68.

Mamma mamilla, Linn., 68.

Mangilia (Glyphostoma) roseotincta,

Montrouz., 118; mentioned, 73.

liophanes, Meyrick,

men-

Marasmarcha

313, 403.

Marasmia cicaticosa, Led., 303.

‘trapezalis, Guenée, 303; men-

tioned, 316; distrib. of, 321.

trapezalis, Hampson, 303,

trebiusalis, Walker, 303; men-

tioned, 316.

trebiusalis, Hampson, 303,

460

Marasmia venilialis, Walker, 303;

mentioned, 316, 317.

venilialis, Hampson, 303.

Maretia alta, A. Agassiz, mentioned,

19.

planulata, Zamarck, mentioned,

19.

Margarita striatula, Philippi, 79 ;

mentioned, 80.

Margarodes sericeolalis, Guenée, 307.

transvisalis, Guenée, 308.

unionalis, Joannis, 308.

Marginella (Closia) sarda, Kvener,

112; mentioned, 72.

(Glabella) serrata, Gask., 112;

mentioned, 72.

Marginellide, 112.

Marine Mollusca, Report on the, ob-

tained by Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner

among the Islands of the Indian

Ocean in 1905, by J. Cosmo

Melvill, 65-138.

Marionia arborescens, Beryh, 411;

mentioned, 419.

eyanobranchiata,

Leuckart, 418;

411, 419,

Mascaregnasa*, Distant, 37.

typica*, Distant, 38; mentioned,

47.

Mastonia coetiviensis *, Melvill, 90 ;

mentioned, 68.

Megalasma carino-dentatum, Welt.,

mentioned, 26.

minus, Ann., mentioned, 26.

striatum, Hek, subsp. minus,

Ann., mentioned, 26.

Meiocardia moltkiana, Chemnitz, 130;

mentioned, 74.

Melania tubereulata, Miller, 64.

Melanitis zsmene, Forsayeth, 289.

ieda, Drury, 289; mentioned,

315.

leda, Dist., 289.

—- var. fulvescens, Guenée,

289.

Melaraphe glabrata, Philippi, 87;

mentioned, 68.

mauritiana, Lamarck, 87 ; men-

tioned, 68.

melanostoma, Gray, 87 ; men-

tioned, 68.

scabra, Linn., 87; mentioned,

68.

Riippell §

mentioned,

var. intermedia, Philippi,

87.

INDEX.

Meleagrina margaritifera, Zinn., 124;

mentioned, 74.

mauritiz, Sander-Rang, men-

tioned, 124.

Melibe, Sander-Rang, mentioned, 412.

Melitodes, Verrill, 198 ; mentioned,

1199:

coccinea, Esper, mentioned, 167,

200, 210.

flabellum *, Thomson & Mackin-

non, 198; mentioned, 166,

209, 210.

levis, Wright & Studer, 198;

mentioned, 166, 207, 209.

variabilis, Hickson, 198; men-

tioned, 166, 167, 199, 200,

206, 208, 210.

Melitodide, 166, 198.

Melvill, Jas. Cosmo, Report on the

Marine Mollusca obtained by Mr. J.

Stanley Gardiner among the Is-

lands of the Indian Ocean in 1905,

65-138.

Menacella, Gray, 150.

gracilis, Z'’homson d: Simpson,

mentioned, 150.

reticularis, Gray, mentioned,

150.

sladeni*, Thomson d: Russell,

150; mentioned, 140.

Merica asperella, Lamarck, 119;

mentioned, 73.

Mesodesma glabratum, Lamarck, 131.

Mesodesmatide, 131.

Metapeneus, Wood-Mason, 257.

lysianassa, de Man, 258.

mogiensis, Rathbun, 257.

mogiensis, Alcock, 257.

stridulans, Alcock, 257.

Metasesarma rousseuxi, H. Milne-

Edw., mentioned, 406.

Mctopograpsus, H, Mzine-Edw., 407.

messor, PMorskal, 407;

tioned, 405,

Metula billeheusti, Petit, 107; men-

tioned, 71.

Miamira, Bergh, mentioned, 412.

magnifica *, Eliot, 482; men-

tioned, 411, 412, 434, 438.

nobilis, Bergh, mentioned, 411,

432, 434,

sinuata, Bergh, mentioned, 411,

432, 434,

Micra chalybea, Swinhoe, 279.

Micrura, Ehrenberg, mentioned, 2.

affinis, Stimpson, mentioned, 14.

men-

Micrura alaskensis, Coc, mentioned,

14.

albida, Verrill, mentioned, 14.

atra, C. Girard, mentioned, 14.

aurantiaca, Grube, mentioned,

14.

bergenicola, Punnett, mentioned,

14.

ceca, Verrill, mentioned, 14.

candida, Biirger, mentioned, 14.

dellachiajei, Hubrecht, -

tioned, 14.

men-

dorsalis, Zhrenb., mentioned,

14.

fasciolata, Hhrenb., mentioned,

14.

griffini, Coe, mentioned, 14.

impressa, Stimps., mentioned,

14.

inornata,

14.

nebulosa, Coe, mentioned, 14.

nigrirostris, Coe, mentioned, 14.

olivaris, Coe, mentioned, 14.

pardalis, Coe, mentioned, 14.

purpurea, Dalzell, mentioned,

Verrill, mentioned,

14,

rubra, Verrill, mentioned, 14.

tristis, Hubrecht, mentioned,

14,

varicolor, McJntosh, mentioned,

ftnote 2, 14.

verilli, Biirger, mentioned, 14.

Miliolina, Zhrenb., mentioned, 375.

Mitra, Humphreys, mentioned, 65.

ambigua, Sowerby, mentioned,

110.

auriculoides, Reeve, mentioned,

ile

bella, Pease, mentioned, 111.

dorother, Melvill, mentioned,

i111.

exasperata, Qecve, mentioned,

TOE

floceata, Reeve, 109; men-

tioned, 71.

pontificalis, Lamarck, 109 ;

mentioned, 71.

solida, Reeve, 110; mentioned,

(ils

(Cancilla) annulata, Reeve, 110 ;

mentioned, 72.

) interlirata, Reeve, 110;

mentioned, 72,

(Chrysame) cucumerina, La-

marck, 110; mentioned, 72.

(

Mitra (Chrysame) cucumerina, var.

fraga, Quoy, 110,

( ) ferruginea, Lamarck,

110; mentioned, 72.

( ) fulva, Sowerby, 110;

mentioned, 72.

(Costellaria) angulosa, Aiister,

111; mentioned, 72.

) arenosa, Lamarck, 111;

mentioned, 72.

) delicata, A. Adams, 111 ;

mentioned, 72.

(

( ) cineracea, Qeeve, 111;

mentioned, 72.

( ) modesta, J?eeve, 111;

mentioned, 72.

(Pusia) aureolata, Sowerby, 111.

( ) erocata, Lamarck, 111;

mentioned, 72.

(Scabricola) acupicta,

110; mentioned, 71.

) erenifera, Lamurck, 110;

mentioned, 71.

(Strigatella) acuminata, Sower-

110;

Reeve,

(

by, mentioned, 72,

111.

(—) ansulata, Reeve, 110;

mentioned, 72.

(——) columbelliformis, Avener,

111; mentioned, 72.

( ) fuscescens, Pease, 111 ;

mentioned, 72.

(-——) litterata, Lamarck, 111;

mentioned, 72.

(——) paupercula, Lamarck,

111; mentioned, 72.

(Swainsonia) filum, Wood, 111 ;

mentioned, 72.

Mitrella azora, Duclos, 106; men-

tioned, 71.

marquesa, Gaskoin, 106; men-

tioned, 71.

Mitride, 109.

Mitrularia cicatricosa, Reeve, 86;

mentioned, 68.

equestris, Zinn., 86; men-

tioned, 68.

tortilis, Reeve, mentioned, 86.

Modiola auriculata, Arauss, 123;

mentioned, 74.

Modulidee, 91.

Modulus lJectum, Gmelin, 91; men-

tioned, 69.

Mollusca, Land and Freshwater, of

the Seychelles Archipelago, by

E, BR. Sykes, 57-64.

INDEX.

Mollusca, distribution of, 66.

Monodonta australis, Zam., 79 ;

mentioned, 67.

Monotocardia, 84.

Muhlfeldtia truncata, Zinn., men-

tioned, 440,

Murex asper, Linn., 89.

ricinus, Linn., 103.

stramineus, Gmelin, mentioned,

94,

tribulus, Zinn., 102; men-

tioned, 70.

var. crassispina, Lamarck,

102.

(Chicoreus) adustus, Lamarck,

102; mentioned, 70.

) axicornis, Lamarck,

102; mentioned, 70.

) microphyllus, Zamareh,

102; mentioned, 70.

(——) saulie, Sowerby, 103;

mentioned, 70.

) triqueter, Born, men-

tioned, 70.

(Phyllonotus) inflatus, Zamarch,

103; mentioned, 79.

Muriceide, 144.

Muricella, Verrill, 158.

complanata, Wright § Studer,

158; mentioned, 140, 141,

205, 208,

(

purpurea, Whiteleyge, 158;

mentioned, 140, 141, 152,

159, 206, 208.

rubra, Thomson, 159; men-

tioned, 140, 141, 152, 153,

205, 208, 210,

Muricidex, 102.

Muricine, 102.

Murray, Sir John, On the Depth and

Marine Deposits of the Indian

Ocean, with Descriptions of the

Deposit - samples collected by

Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner in 1905,

355-396.

Myacea, 136.

Mytilacea, 123.

Mytilicardia variegata, Brugwiére,

129; mentioned, 7+.

Mytilus nicobaricus, eeve, men-

tioned, 123.

Nabis capsiformis, Germ., 40.

Nacoleia, Walker, 305.

chagosalis *, Fletcher,

mentioned, 316, 323,

305 :

461

Nacoleia charesalis, Walker, 306;

mentioned, 316, 317.

charesalis, Hampson, 306,

indicata, doannis, 305.

maculalis*, letcher, 304;

mentioned, 306, 316, 323.

marionalis, Walker, mentioned,

306.

niphealis, Walker, 304; men-

tioned, 316, 317.

niphealis, Hampson, 304.

salomonalis*, Fletcher,

mentioned, 316, 323.

306 ;

tiasalis, Walker, mentioned,

306.

vulgalis, Guenée, 305; men-

tioned, 316.

vulgalis, Hampson, 305,

Nassa, Lamarck, 106.

acinosa, Gould, mentioned,

107.

arcularia, Zinn., 106; men-

tioned, 71.

coronata, Brug., 106; men-

tioned, 71.

(Hebra) hispida, A. Adams,

107; mentioned, 71.

(——) muricata, Quoy §- Gaim.,

107 ; mentioned, 71.

(Niotha) gemmulata, Lamarck,

106; mentioned, 71.

(Telasco) elegans, Kiener, 107 ;

mentioned, 71.

(Zeuxis) maldivensis, 2. A.

Smith, 107 ;

Tile

Nasside, 106.

Natica, Adams, 85.

chinensis, Lamarck, 85.

columellaris, écluz, mentioned,

85.

gualteriana, Récluz, 85; men-

tioned, 68.

orientalis, Gmelin, 85; men-

tioned, 68.

raynaudiana, Mécluz, 85; men-

tioned, 68.

(Mamilla) melanostoma, Gmelin,

85; mentioned, 68.

) simice, Desh., 85; men-

tioned, 68.

(Mamma) mamilla, Zinn., 85;

mentioned, 68.

(Polinices) pes-elephantis, Chem-

nitz, 85; mentioned, 68.

Nativide, 85.

mentioned,

{

Gis

462

Nembrotha, Bergh, mentioned, 412.

Nemerteans, On some, from the

Eastern Indian Ocean, by R. C.

Punnett and C. Forster Cooper,

1-16,

Neoplax ophiodes, Bell, mentioned,

19.

Nephropside, 262.

Nephropsis, Weod-Mason, 262.

atlantica, Norman, mentioned,

262.

malhaensis *, Borradaile, 262.

Nephthya, Sav., 181.

amentacea, Studer, 181; men-

tioned, 165, 205.

chabrolii, Audouin, 182; men-

tioned, 165, 204, 205,

207.

columnaris, Studer, 182; men-

tioned, 165, 204, 205,

cupressiformis, Aiikenthal, 182 ;

mentioned, 165, 205.

grisea, Kiikenthal, 182; men-

tioned, 165, 205, 207.

lobulifera, Holm., 182; men-

tioned, 165, 205.

spherophora, Kiikenthal, 182 ;

mentioned, 165,

striata, Aiikenthal, 182; men-

tioned, 165, 204.

Nephthyide, 165, 178.

Nepide, 38.

Nerita albicilla, Zinn., 83;

tioned, 97.

histrio, Zinn., 83; mentioned,

67.

plexa, Chemnitz,

tioned, 67.

plicata, Zinn., 83; mentioned,

67.

polita, Zinn., 83; mentioned,

67.

Neritide, 83.

Neritina bruguieri, Récluz, 64 ; men-

tioned, 67.

mertoniana, Récluz, 83.

rangiana, Récluz, 83 ;

tioned, 67.

ualanensis, Lesson, 83; men-

tioned, 67.

virginea, Linn., mentioned,

83.

viridis, Zinn., mentioned, 83.

Nezara acuta, Dail, 38.

viridula, Distant, 30.

Nicella, Gray, 161.

men-

83 ;

men-

INDEX.

Nicella dichotoma, Gray, 161; men-

tioned, 140, 162, 207, 209.

Ninus sechellensis, Bergr., 39.

Niotha gemmulata, Lamarck, 106 ;

mentioned, 71.

Nisoniades sabadius, Trimen, 294.

Noctua algira, Gmelin, 274.

archesia, Cramer, 276,

erosa, Hiibner, 279.

frugalis, Fabr., 275.

geometrica, Fabr., 276.

honesta, Hiibner, 274.

hyppasia, Cramer, 277.

puera, Cramer, 281.

repanda, Fabr., 275.

stolida, Fabr., 276.

undata, Fabr., 276.

Noctuidee, 270, 314.

Nogodiniaria, 43.

Notarcha dubia, Hampson, 306.

Notonectide, 38.

Nubecula gubernator,

116; mentioned, 73.

tulipa, Linn., 116; mentioned,

73.

Nudibranchs collected by Mr. Stanley

Gardiner from the Indian Ocean

in H.M.S, ‘Sealark,’ by Sir Chas.

N. E. Eliot, 411-438.

Nymphalide, 288, 315.

Nysius cargadosensis *, Distant, 34;

mentioned, 47.

Bruguiere,

Ocypode, Fabr., 408.

ceratophthalma, Pallas, 408.

cordimana, Desm., 408.

Ocypodide, 408.

Ocypodine, 408.

Oliva, Bruguiére, 113.

cerulea, Botten, mentioned,

113.

episcopalis, Zamarck, 113; men-

tioned, 72.

erythrostoma, Lamarck, 113;

mentioned, 72.

var. ponderosa, Duclos,

113.

emicator, Meuschen, mentioned,

113.

guttata, Lamarck, 113; men-

tioned, 72.

irisans, Lamarck, 113; men-

tioned, 72.

olympiadina, Duclos, mentioned,

113.

Oliva paxillus, Reeve, 113; men-

tioned, 72.

pica, Lamarck, 113;

tioned, 72.

sidelia, Duclos, mentioned, 113,

todosina, Duclos, 113; men-

tioned, 72.

tremulina, Zamarck, mentioned,

113.

Olivide, 113.

Omphaloclathrum toreuma, Gould,

132; mentioned, 75.

Omphisa anastomosalis, Guenée,

309; mentioned, 316; distrib. of,

319. \

anastomosalis, Joannis, 309.

Oncocephalus angulatus, Heuter,

40,

sordidus, Stal, 40.

Oniscia exquistia, Adams & Meeve,

100.

Oozes, diatom, 371.

globigerina, 371.

pteropod, 371.

radiolarian, 371.

Opeas, Alberti, 68; mentioned, 58.

claviclinum, von Martens, 57 ;

mentioned, 63,

gracile, Hutton?,64; mentioned,

57.

javanicum, Reeve, 64; men-

tioned, 57, 63.

mauritianum, Pfeiffer,

tioned, 57, 58.

Ophiarthrum elegans, Peters, men-

tioned, 19.

Ophiocoma erinaceus, Miiller § Tro-

schel, mentioned, 19.

lineolata, Miiller Troschel,

mentioned, 19.

scolopendrina, Agassiz, men-

tioned, 19.

valencia, Miller & Troschel,

mentioned, 19.

Ophiolepis annulosa, Wiiller & Tro-

schel, mentioned, 19.

Ophiomyxa robillardi, De Loriol,

mentioned, 19.

Ophionereis dubia, Zyman, men-

tioned, 19.

men-

Ophioplocus imbricatus, Lyman,

mentioned, 19.

Ophioteresis elegans, Bell, men-

tioned, 19.

Ophiothris aspidota, Miller g Tro-

schel, mentioned, 19.

Ophiothris longipeda, Miiller &

Troschel, mentioned, 19.

triloba, von Martens, mentioned,

19:

Ophiothrix, MWiiller & Troschel, men-

tioned, 18.

Ophiuche conscitalis, Walker, 281;

mentioned, 314.

masurialis, Guen., 314.

Ophiusa, Ochsenh., 274.

algira, Gmelin, 274;

tioned, 314.

agira, Hampson, 274.

anfractuosa, Boisd., 277.

angularis, Boisd., 275; men-

tioned, 314.

delta, Boisd., 277.

honesta, Hiibner, 274; men-

tioned, 314, 317.

honesta, Hampson, 274.

mayert, Boisd., 276.

melicerte, Drury, 274; men-

tioned, 314.

melicerte, Moore, 274.

rubricans, Boisd., 278.

Opisthobranchiata, 121; mentioned,

65.

Orbitolites,

375.

Orneodes, Latreille, 397.

batleri, Wallengren, men-

tioned, 398.

seychellensis *, [letcher, 397 ;

mentioned, 398.

Orneodide and Pterophoride of

the Seychelles Expedition, by

T. Bainbrigge Fletcher, 397-

404,

Orodoris, Bergh, 431; mentioned,

412.

miamirana, Bergh, mentioned,

431, 432.

striata, Eliot, 432; mentioned,

411, 430.

Orsillaria, 34.

Osaka *, Distant, 43.

hyalina *, Distant, 44; men-

tioned, 48.

relata*, Distant, 44.

QOstrea, Linn., 125.

cerata, Sowerby, 125;

tioned, 74.

hyotis, Zinn., 125; mentioned,

74.

mytiloides, Lamarck, 125 ; men-

tioned, 74.

men-

Lamarck, mentioned,

men-

INDEX,

Ostrea (Alectryonia) cristagallis,

Linn., 126; mentioned, 74.

( ) frons, Linn., 126; men-

tioned, 74.

Ostreide, 125.

Ovulum longirostratum, Sowerby, 99.

Oxycephalidie, 51.

Oxycephalus, Milne-Edwards, 55.

clausi, Bovallius, 55; men-

tioned, 51.

Oxyptilus, Zeller, mentioned, 399.

caffer, Zeller, 313, 599.

pusillidactylus, Walker,

399.

313,

Pachnodes ornatus, Dufo, 63 ; men-

tioned, 57.

sp. of Nevill, mentioned, 57.

velutinus, Pfeiffer, 63; men-

tioned, 57.

Pachygrontha bipunctata, Sté/, 39.

Pachyzancla, Meyrick, 310.

mahensis *, Fletcher, 310 ; men-

tioned, 316, 323.

pheopteralis read pheopteralis,

Hampson, 310.

pheopteralis, Gueneé,

mentioned, 316.

Padollus ovina, Chemnitz, 77 ; men-

tioned, 67.

Pagyda traducalis, Moore, 302.

Palinura, 260.

Palinuride, 260.

Palmyra, Savigny, 327; mentioned,

330.

aurea, mentioned, 327, 328.

310 ;

aurifera, Savigny, mentioned,

327, 328.

splendens *, Potts, 327; men-

tioned, 334, 352.

Palmyride, 325.

Palmyropsis *, Potts,

tioned, 325, 327.

macintoshi *, Potts, 826; men-

tioned, 327.

Paludomus baccula, Reeve, 64.

Pamera parvula, Bergr., 39.

reducta, Walker, 39.

vincta, Say, 39.

Pamphila borbonica, Trimen, 295.

gemella, Mabille, 295.

morella, Joannis, 295; distrib.

of, 322.

poutieri, Mabille, 295.

Panthalis, Ainberg, 345.

26; men-

463

Panthalis edriophthalma *, Potts,

345 ; mentioned, 348, 351, 352,

353.

nigromaculata, Grube,

mentioned, 346, 352.

cerstedi, Kinberg, mentioned,

345, 346.

Panulirus, White, 260.

penicillatus, Oliver, 260.

versicolor, juv., Latreille, 261.

Paphia glabatra, Deshayes, 131 ;

mentioned, 75.

trigona, Deshayes, 131; men-

tioncd, 75.

Papilio beeticus, Linn., 294.

bolina, Linn., 290.

cardui, Linn., 290.

chrysippus, Linn., 288.

345 ;

disparilis, Boisd., var. nana,

Oberthiir, 292; mentioned,

315.

Jlorella, Fabr., 292.

ismene, Cramer, 289.

leda, Drury, 289.

massipus, Linn., 290.

vellida, Fabr., 289.

Papilionide, 292, 315,

Papyridea australe, Sowerby, 133;

mentioned, 75.

pulchrum, Z?eeve, 133.

Paranephthya, Wright & Studer,

187.

pratti, Zhomson g Henderson,

180; mentioned, 167.

Parapenceus Rathbun,

257.

Paraphronima, Claus, 52.

gracilis, Claus, 52; mentioned,

49, 50.

Paraphronimide, 50.

Parapronoé, Claus, 54.

clausoides, Stebbing, 54; men-

tioned, 50.

crustulum, Claus, 54; men-

tioned, 51.

parva, Claus, 54.

Parasalonia gratiosa, A. Agassiz,

mentioned, 20.

Parasolenocera, Weod-Mason, 258.

maldiyensis *, Borradaile, 258 ;

“ mentioned, 264,

Paraspongodes striata, Thomson &

Henderson, 183.

Parisis, Verrill, 200.

fruticosa, Verrill, 200; men-

tioned, 166, 201, 206, 208.

mogiensis,

464:

Parnara borbonica, Boisd.,

mentioned, 315.

borbonica, Holland, 295.

295 ;

gemella, Mabille, 295; men-

tioned, 315.

gemella, Holland, 295,

marchali, Botsd., 295; men-

tioned, 315.

morella, Joannis, 295; men-

tioned, 315.

poutieri, Boisd., 295; men-

tioned, 315.

poutiert, Holland, 295.

Paromius seychellesus, Walker, 39.

Patella chitonoides, Reeve, 76.

petalata, Reeve, 76.

pica, Reeve, 76;

67.

rota, Chemnitz, 76.

scalata, Reeve, 76.

variegata, Reeve, 76.

Patellide, 76.

Pecten, Miller, mentioned, 65.

bicostatus, Gray, mentioned, 128.

corallinoides, d’Orbigny, men-

tioned, 127.

mentioned,

crassicostatus, Sowerby, men-

tioned, 127.

cuneolus, Reeve, 126; men-

tioned, 74.

fucatus, veeve, mentioned,

128.

gloriosus, J?eeve, mentioned,

127.

irregularis, Sowerby, 126; men-

tioned, 74, 127.

lemniscatus, Meeve, 126; men-

tioned, 74.

lividus, Lamarck [= serratus,

Reeve}, 126; mentioned, 74.

maldivensis, H. A. Smith, 126;

mentioned, 74.

mirificus, Reeve, 128; men-

tioned, 74.

noduliferus, Sowerby, 126 ;

mentioned, 74.

nux, Reeve, 127; mentioned,

74.

pallium, Linn., 127 ; mentioned,

74.

perfectus *, Melvill, 127 ; men-

tioned, 74, 188.

plica, Zinn., 127; mentioned,

74.

porphyreus, Chemnitz, 127;

mentioned, 74.

INDEX.

Pecten pseudo-lima, Sowerby, 128 ;

mentioned, 74.

rastellum, Lamarck, 128.

var. mirificus, Zteeve, 128.

reticulatus, Reeve, 128; men-

tioned, 74.

senatorius, Gmelin, mentioned,

testudineus, Zteeve, mentioned,

128.

(Vola) sp., 128.

Pectinide, 126.

Pectinura gorgonia, Liitken, men-

tioned, 19.

rigida, Lymans, mentioned, 19.

Pectunculus formosus, Meeve, men-

tioned, 123.

hoylei, Melvill §- Standen, 123;

mentioned, 74.

sp., 123.

Pédonculés, 23.

Pelecypoda, mentioned, 65-138.

Peltodoris mauritiana, Bergh, 420;

mentioned, 411.

Pempetia cantella, Walker, 298.

subornatella, Dup., mentioned,

298.

zinckenella, Treit., 298.

Penxide, 257,

Penzidea, Stenopidea, and Reptantia

from the Western Indian Ocean,

by L. A. Borradaile, 257-264.

Peneinve, 257.

Pennatula, Pallas, 201.

pendula, Thomson § Henderson,

mentioned, 201.

sp., 201; mentioned, 166.

Pennatulacea, 166.

Pennatulide, 166, 201.

Pentaceros gracilis, Liithen, men-

tioned. 19.

lincki, Liitken, mentioned, 19.

nodosus, Zinn., mentioned, 19,

Pentatomide, 30, 38.

Pentatomine, 30.

Perigea capensis, Guenée, 272; men-

tioned, 314.

capensis, Hampson, 272.

centralis, Moore, 272.

conducta, Joannis, 272.

meleagris, Saalmiller, 272.

octo, Guenée, 273.

Peristernia corallina, Melvill &

Standen, 109; mentioned, 71.

nassatula, Lamarck, 109; men-

tioned, 71.

Perna isognomon, Linn., 125; men-

tioned, 74.

lingueformis, Ieeve, 125; men-

tioned, 74.

maillardi, Deshayes, mentioned,

125.

suleata, Lamarck, 125; men-

tioned, 74.

vitrea, Reeve, 125 ; mentioned,

74.

vulsella, Lamarck, 125; men-

tioned, 7-4.

Persona anus, Linn., 101.

cancellina, Zvoiss., 101.

Petrodava, Walker, 286.

latimarginata, Warren, 287.

lucicolor, Butler, 286; men-

tioned, 315.

marginata, Swinhoe, 287.

olivata, Warren, 287.

Phakellura cucurbitalis,

3509.

Phalena ammonia, Cramer, 276.

astrea, Drury, 282.

derogata, Fabr., 307.

farinalis, Linn., 300.

fascialis, Cramer, 301.

sericea, Drury, 307.

sinuata, Fabr., 308.

undalis, Fabr., 309.

Phasianella, Lamarck, mentioned, 86.

wthiopica, Philippi, 81; men-

tioned, 97.

Phidiana inca, d’Orbigny, mentioned,

413.

Philippia oxytropis, A. Adams, 86;

mentioned, 67.

Phillidiopsis carinata*, Hliot, 435 ;

mentioned, 411, 413, 436, 438.

papilligera, Bergh, mentioned,

Guenée,

411, 436.

Phlegethontius convolvuli, Holland,

282.

Phlycteenodes massalis, Walker,

311; mentioned, 316, 323,

massalis, Hampson, 311.

Phorcidee, 50.

Phorcorrhaphis, Stebbing, 53.

edwardsi, Stebbing, 53.

raynaudii, Milne-Edwards, 53 ;

mentioned, 50.

Phos roseatus, Hinds, 108; men-

tioned, 71.

textum, G'melin,

tioned, 71.

Phronima, Zatr., 51.

108 ; men-

Phronima curvipes, Vosseler, 51;

mentioned, 50,

pacifica, Streets, 51; mentioned,

50.

sedentaria, Morskdél, 51; men-

tioned, 50.

Phronimella, Claus, 51.

elongata, Claus, 51; mentioned,

49, 50.

Phronomide, 50.

Phronimopsis, Claus, 51.

spinifera, Claus,

tioned, 50.

Phrosina, Risso, 52.

semi-lunata, Jtisso, 52; men-

tioned, 50.

Phycita sp., Mletcher, 298; men-

tioned, 516.

Phyllacanthus annulifera, Lamarck,

mentioned, 20,

51; men-

Phyllidia, Cuvier, mentioned, 412, |

413, 414, 437.

nobilis, Bergh, mentioned, 413.

varicosa, Lamarck, 435; men-

tioned, 411.

Phyllonotus inflatus, Lamarck, 103 ;

mentioned, 70.

Pictinus invalidus, Bergr., 40.

Pieride, 292, 315.

Pilula mahesiana, von Martens, 62 ;

mentioned, 57.

Pinaxia coronata, A. Adams, 103.

Pinna sp., 128.

(Atrina) nigrina, Lamarck, 125,

Pionea comalis, Moore, 309.

Pisania ignea, Gmelin, mentioned,

107.

reticulata, A. Adams, men-

tioned, 107.

tritonoides, Reeve, 107; men-

tioned, 71.

Placobranchus, Hasswell, mentioned,

412,

Planaxide, 91.

Planaxis ineptus, Gould, mentioned,

91.

lineolatus, Gould, 91 ;

tioned, 68.

pyramidalis, Gmelin, 91; men-

tioned, 68.

sulcatus, Born, 91; mentioned,

68.

men-

var. savignyi, Deshayes,

91.

Planorbulina, d’Orbigny, mentioned,

375.

INDEX.

Platydoris, Bergh, 425; mentioned,

412, 428,

angustipes, J/drch, mentioned,

426,

argo, Linn., mentioned, 426.

arrogans, Bergh, mentioned, 426.

canariensis, Bergh, mentioned,

425,

coriacea, Ablrakam, mentioned,

426.

cruenta, Quoy & Gaimard, men-

tioned, 426.

ellioti, Alder § Hancock, men-

tioned, 425, 426.

eurychlamys, Bergh, mentioned,

426,

flammulata, Bergh, mentioned,

426.

formosa, Alder d: Hancock,

mentioned, 425, 426.

herdmani, Farran, 428; men-

tioned, 411, 426.

incerta, Hliot, mentioned, 425.

inframaculata, Abraham, men-

tioned, 425, 426.

papillata, Zliot, mentioned, 425.

philippi, Med., mentioned, 426.

pulchra, Zliot, mentioned, 426.

punctata, @’ Orbigny, mentioned,

425, 426.

punctatella, Bergh, mentioned,

426,

punctuolata, Bergh, mentioned,

425.

sanguinea, Bergh, mentioned,

426,

scabra, Quoy § Gaimard, men-

tioned, 426.

solea, Cuvier, mentioned, 426.

speciosa, Abraham, mentioned,

425, 426.

spinulosa, Furran, mentioned,

425,

striata,

426,

tabulata, Abraham, 427; men-

tioned, 411, 425, 426, 428.

variegata, Bergh, mentioned,

425, 426, 427, 428.

variolata, d’ Orbigny, mentioned,

425,

vicina, Bergh, mentioned, 426.

Platypleura andriana, Distant, 41.

Platypoda, 85.

Platyptilia albida, Walsingh., men-

tioned, 401.

Kelaart, mentioned,

465

Platyptilia brachymorpha, Meyrick,

401.

claripicta *, Pletcher, 400,

dimorpha*, Fletcher, 401 ; men-

tioned, 402.

hemimetra, Meyrick, 313.

pusillidactyla, Walker, 313,

399 ; mentioned, 316.

pusillidactyla, Fletcher, 313.

Platyscellus, Spence Bate, 53.

armatus, Claus, 53; mentioned,

49, 50.

Pleurotoma biilowi, Sowerby, 118;

mentioned, 73.

garnonsii, Zeeve, 118; men-

tioned, 73.

jickeli, Weink.,

tioned, 73.

marmorata, Lamarck, 118.

tigrina, Lamarck, mentioned,

Tate}.

variegata, Aiener, 118; men-

tioned, 73.

Pleurotomide, mentioned, 65.

Plexaura antipathes, Klunzinger, 160,

antipathes, Linn., yar. flecuosa,

Thomson & Henderson, 160 ;

mentioned, 140, 205.

Plexauride, 160.

Plexauroides prelonga, Ridley, 205.

var. cinerea, Ridley, 160 ;

mentioned, 140, 205, 206, 209.

Plocamopherus imperialis, mentioned,

413.

indicus, Bergh, 435; mentioned,

411.

Plociomerus reductus, Walker, 39.

seychellesus, Walker, 39.

Plumarella, Gray, 143.

delicatissima, Wright & Studer,

mentioned, 140.

var. dentata *, Thomson &

Studer, 139, 143, 209, 210.

Plusia chaleytes, Esper, 277; pupa

found on Scevola Kenigii, 277;

mentioned, 314, 317.

chalsytis, Boisd., 277.

eriosoma, Hampson, 277.

limhirena, Guenée, 278; men-

_ tioned, 314, 323,

signata, Fabr., 278; mentioned,

314,

signata, Guenée, 278.

Pecilasma amygdalum, Awr., men-

tioned, 26.

kempferi, Darw., mentioned, 26.

118; men-

466

Polinices pes-elephantis, Chemn., 68.

Pollicipes mitella, Zinn., mentioned,

26, 27.

Polycheta of the Indian Ocean:

Part 11. The Palmyride, Aphro-

ditide, Polynoidw, Accetidw, and

Sigalionide, by I. A, Potts, 825-

300.

Polyneuraria, 41.

Polynoé, Savigny, 336.

crinoidicola *, Potts, 8337 ; men-

tioned, 352.

cristata, Grube, 332,

elegans, Grube, 342.

longicirrus *, Potts,

tioned, 337, 352.

minuta*, Potts, 837; mentioned,

352.

platycirrus, McIntosh,

mentioned, 335, 352.

(Lepidonotus) carinulatus,Grube,

331.

Polynoide, 331.

Polyommatus bosticus, Linn., 294;

mentioned, 315.

beticus, Bingham, 294,

Polyplacophora, 119.

Polytrema, Risso, mentioned, 375,

Pontogenia, Clap., 329.

chrysocoma, Baird, 330, 331;

mentioned, 327, 329.

— var. minuta, Potts, 329 ;

mentioned, 352.

indica, Grube, mentioned, 329,

330, 331.

Portunid Crab (Lissocarcinus orbicu-

laris, Dana), mentioned, 341.

Potamides (Tympanctonos) palustris,

Linn., 90

Potidea virescens, Wallengren, 283.

Potts, F. A., Polychaeta of the Indian

Ocean. Part Il. The Palmyride,

Aphroditide, Polynoide, Accetidee,

and Sigalionide, 325-353.

Pramasa mitra, Moore, 289.

Primmoide, 142.

336 ; men-

336 ;

martensi*, Sykes, 61; men-

tioned, 57.

serratus, H. Adams, 613; men-

tioned, 57.

Privesa infusca *, Distant, 42; men-

tioned, 47.

Prodenia littoralis, Boisd., 272; men-

tioned, 314, 317, 323.

Pronoé, Guérin-Ménéville, 54,

INDEX.

Pronoé ecapito, Guérin, 54; men-

tioned, 50.

Pronoide, 50.

Prosadenophorus, Joubin, mentioned,

buergeri, Punnett, 4.

Prosobranchiata, 76.

Protoparce convolvuli, Saalm., 282.

Psammobiide, 136.

Psammolyce, Kindberg, 346,

arenosa, Delle Chiaje, mentioned,

346, 347.

farquharensis*, Potts, 347 ;

mentioned, 348, 352, 353.

fijiensis, JJc/ntosh, mentioned,

346,

gracilis*, Potts, 348; mentioned,

346, 351, 352, 353.

occidentalis, IJcZntosh,

tioned, 346.

rigida, Grube, mentioned, 348.

zeylanica, Willey, mentioned,

348,

Pseudaxonia, 166.

Pseudolamellibranchiata, 124.

Pseudohypsa subretracta, Joannis,

282.

Pseudophleina, 33.

Ptenoglossa, 84.

Pteraeolidia, Bergh, mentioned, 417,

418.

annulata*, Eliot, 417; men-

tioned, 411, 438.

semperi, Bergh,

418.

Pteria ala-corvi, Chemnitz, 124; men-

tioned, 74.

crocea, Lamarck, 124; men-

tioned, 74.

macroptera, Lamarch,

mentioned, 74.

malleoides, Reeve, 124; men-

tioned, 74.

placunoides, Reeve, 124.

semisagitta, Lamarck,

mentioned, 74.

Pterocera aurantia, Lamarck, 94;

mentioned, 69.

lambis, Zinn., 94; mentioned,

69.

rugosa, Sowerby, 94; mentioned,

69. ,

Pterophoridx, 312, 316, 398.

Pterophoridew and Orneodidv of the

Seychelles Expedition, by T, Bain-

brigge Fletcher, 397-404.

men-

mentioned,

124;

Pterophorus aldabrensis*, Fletcher,

403.

conyrualis, Walker, 312.

defectalis, Walker, 312, 398.

timidus, Meyrick, mentioned,

403.

wahlbergi, Zeller, 398.

Pteropod oozes, 371.

Ptyelus mahei*, Distant, 45; men-

tioned, 48.

Puer spiniger, Ortmann, 261,

Puerulus, Ortmann, 261.

angulatus, Spence Bate, men-—

tioned, 261.

carinatus *, Borradaile, 261;

mentioned, 264.

Puncticulis arenatus, Hwass, 115; —

mentioned, 73.

pulicarius, Bruguiere,

mentioned, 73.

Punnett, R. C., and C. Forster Cooper,

On some Nemerteans from the

Eastern Indian Ocean, 1-16.

Pupilla microscopica, WVevill, 64;

mentioned, 57.

Purpura rudolphi, Chemnitz, 103;

mentioned, 70,

(Thalessa) armigera, Chemnitz,

103; mentioned, 70.

116;

(——) echinulata, Lamarck,

103 ; mentioned, 70.

(——) hippocastanum, Lamarck,

103 ; mentioned, 70.

) pica, Blainville, 103 ;

mentioned, 70.

Purpurine, 103,

Pusia aureolata, Sowerby, 111,

(

crocata, Lamarck, 112; men- —

tioned, 72.

Pyralide, 296, 316.

Pyralis, Schrank, 300.

farinalis, Zinn., 300; mentioned,

316, 323; distrib. of, 323.

farinalis, Staudinger, 300.

gerentesalis, Moore, 300,

manihotalis, Guenée, 300; men- —

tioned, 316; distrib. of, 321.

Pyrameis cardui, Linn., 290; men-

tioned, 315.

cardui, Saalmiller, 290,

Pyramidella terebellum, Miller, 102;

mentioned, 70.

Pyramidellide, 102;

65.

Pyramis mauritianus, Gmelin, 78.

noduliferus, Lamarck, 78.

mentioned, —

{

Pyramis obeliscus, Gmelin, mentioned,

78.

pyramis, Born, 78.

Pyrausta mahensis*, Wletcher, 311;

mentioned, 316, 323.

Pyrgoma crenatum, Sow., mentioned,

Bile

grande, Sow., mentioned, 27.

monticulariz, Gray, mentioned,

2M.

Pyrgopsis *, Gruvel, 27.

annandalei *, Gruvel, 27.

Pyrrhocorid, 35, 39.

Pyrula ficoides, Lamarck [= reticu-

lata, Reeve], 99; mentioned, 70.

ficus, Zinn., 99 ; mentioned, 70.

reticulatus, Reeve, 99.

Radiolarian oozes, 371.

Ranatra grandocula, Bergr., 38.

Ranella, Lamarck, 101.

affine, Brod., 101.

Raparna imparata, Hampson, 280,

Reduviide, 37, 40.

Remigia archesia, Moore, 276.

conventens, Walker, 275.

frugalis, Fabr., 275;

tioned, 314, 317.

frugalis, Guenée, 275.

latipes, Guenée, 275.

mayeri, Guenée, 276,

repanda, Mabr., 275; mentioned,

314.

repanda, Hampson, 275.

undata, Fubr., 276; mentioned,

314.

undata, Hampson, 276.

Repantia from Western Indian Ocean,

257-264.

Retaster cribrosus, von Martens, men-

tioned, 19.

Rhabdosoma, Adams § White, 55.

Rhachioglossa, 102.

Rhagovelia nigricans, Burm., 36.

Rhamphodes heraldella, Guenée, 298.

Rhaphigaster atutus, Dall, 38.

Rhipidoglossa, 76.

Rhizochilus abnormis, E. A, Smith,

105.

Rhizoconus capitaneus, Zinn., men-

tioned, 117.

miles, Zinn., 116; mentioned, 73.

pulchellus, Swainson, 117; men-

tioned, 73.

var. cinctus, Swainson, 117.

men-

INDEX.

Rhizoconus rattus, Zwass, 117 ; men-

tioned, 73.

var. tahitensis, Hwass,

tale

sulphuratus, Bruguiére, 117;

mentioned, 73.

vexillum, Gmelin, 117; men-

tioned, 73.

Rhopalocampta arbogaster, Guenée,

296; mentioned, 315.

arbogaster, Holland, 296.

Rhynchota, ‘ Sealark,’ by W. L. Dis-

tant, 29-48.

Rhyparochromaria, 35.

Lthyparochromus annulatus, Signoret,

30.

circumeinctus, Walker, 35.

Ricaniinez, 42.

Ricaniinaria, 42.

Ricinula, Lamarck, 103.

arachnoides, Lamarck, 1038.

yar, albolabris, Blainville,

103.

Rimula exquisita, A, Adams, 77;

mentioned, 67,

Rissoida, mentioned, 65.

Robber Crab (Birgus, Leach), men-

tioned, 405.

Rocellaria mytiloides,

mentioned, 75.

(Spengleria) mytiloides, Za-

march, 136.

Rocellariidee, 136.

Russell, E. 8., and J. Arthur Thom-

son, Aleyonarians—Axifera, 139-

164.

Lamarck,

Salmacis bicolor, Agassiz, mentioned,

20.

Samla annuligera, Bergh, mentioned,

418.

Sarcodictyon, Forbes, mentioned, 169.

Sarcophytum, Zess., 175.

densum, Whitelegge, mentioned,

205.

dispersum, Schenk, mentioned,

176.

durum, Pratt, mentioned, 205.

ehrenbergi, Marenzeller, 176;

mentioned, 165, 203-205,

207, 208.

latum, Dana, 176; mentioned,

165, 207, 208.

obligotrema, Pratt, 176; men-

tioned, 165, 205.

SECOND SERIES.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIII.

467

Sarcophytum plicatum, Schenk, 176 ;

mentioned, 165, 205, 207.

querciforme, Pratt, mentioned,

205.

reichenbachi, Schenk, 175;

mentioned, 165, 205, 210.

Scabricula acupicta, Reeve, 110; men-

tioned, 71.

crenifera, Lamarck, 110; men-

tioned, 71.

Scala bulbulus, Sowerby, 84; men-

tioned, 67.

interstriata, Sowerby, 84; men-

tioned, 67.

lamellosa, Lamarck, mentioned,

84.

pallasii, Sowerby, 84; mentioned,

67.

perplexa, Pease, 84.

Scalaria bulbulus, Sowerby, 84.

interstriata, Sowerby, 84.

Scalide, 84.

Scalpellum acutum, Hek, mentioned,

26.

alcockianum, Ann., mentioned,

26.

bengalense, Ann., mentioned,

26.

gruveli, Ann., mentioned, 26.

var. quadratum, Anz.,

mentioned, 26.

novye-zealandie, Hak, men-

tioned, 26.

peroni, Gray, mentioned, 26.

squamuliferum, Welt., 26.

subflavum, Ann., mentioned, 26.

tenue, Hek, mentioned, 26.

velutinum, Hel, mentioned, 26.

villosum, Zeach, mentioned, 26.

wood-masoni, Ann., mentioned,

26.

Scantius forsteri, Fubr., 35.

Scaphandride, 121.

Scaphopoda, 120; mentioned, 65,

Schizochiton incisus, Sowerby, 119 ;

mentioned, 73.

var, elongatus, eeve, men-

tioned, 119.

Scina, Prestandrea, 52.

atlantica, Bovallius, mentioned,

52.

borealis, G. O. Sars, 53; men-

tioned, 49, 50.

cornigera, Milne-Edw., 52;

mentioned, 50.

cornigera, Stebbing, 52,

468

Scina edwards’, Garbowski, 52.

edwardsi, Vosseler, 52.

gracilis, Dana, mentioned, 52.

longipes, Dana, mentioned, 52.

sarsi, Bovallius, mentioned, 52.

Scinide, 50.

Scintilla, Deshayes, mentioned, 131.

Scirpearella, Wright g Studer, men-

tioned, 161.

aurantiaca, Thomson §> Hender-

son, 163; mentioned, 140,

205, 209.

Scirpearia, Cuvier, 163.

flabellum read flagellum, John-

son, mentioned, 164.

flagellum, Johnson, 163; men-

tioned, 140, 164, 209.

furcata, Hickson, 163; men-

tioned, 140, 207.

Sclerella *, Thomson & Mackinnon,

180.

pratti, Thomson § Henderson,

180; mentioned, 165, 208.

Sclerodoris, Zliot, mentioned, 412.

osseosa, Aelaart, 420; men-

tioned, 411.

Sclerogorgide, 166, 197.

Scleronephthya, Wright & Studer,

187.

Sclerophytum, Pratt, 177; men-

tioned, 175, 181.

densum, Pratt, 177 ; mentioned,

165, 204, 208.

durum, Pratt, 177; mentioned,

165, 207, 208.

gardineri, Pratt, 177; men-

tioned, 165, 181, 204, 208,

210.

querciforme, Pratt, 177 ; men-

tioned, 165, 203, 204, 208.

Scopula massalis, Walker, 311.

Scyllaride, 261.

Scyllarus, Fabr., 261.

aretus, Linn., 261.

Seytaster, Miller § Lroschel, men-

tioned, 19.

tuberculatus,

tioned, 19.

variolatus, Miller & Troschel,

mentioned, 19.

Semicassis pila, Reeve, 100; men-

tioned, 70.

Senectus argyrostomus, Linn., 81;

mentioned, 67.

intercostalis, Menke, 81; men-

tioned, 67.

Liitken, men-

INDEX.

Senectus radiatus, Gmelin, 81 ; men-

tioned, 67.

setosus, Gmelin, 82 ; mentioned,

67.

tursicus, Reeve, 82; mentioned, .

67.

Sepina seychellensis *, Distant, 31 ;

mentioned, 47.

urolaboides, Signoret, mentioned,

32.

Septifer bilocularis, Zinn., 123; men-

tioned, 74.

Seraphs terebellum, Monif., 93;

mentioned, 69.

var. punctata, mentioned,

94.

Serinetha toricollis, Bergr., 38.

Serpula, Zinn., Pecten sp. encrusted

with, mentioned, 128.

Sesarma, Leach, 407.

intermedium, de Haan, 407;

mentioned, 405.

quadratum, Mabr., 407; men-

tioned, 405.

Sicyonella *, Borradaile, 259.

maldivensis *, Borradaile, 259 ;

mentioned, 264.

Sicyonia, H. Milne-Edwards, 259.

carinata, Olivier, 259.

lancifer, Olivier, 259.

Sicyonine, 259,

Sigalionide, 346.

Simplicia inflexalis, Guenée, 280;

mentioned, 314.

sp. (?inflexalis, Guenée), 280.

Siphonaria atra, Quoy g- Gaim., 121;

mentioned, 73.

Siphonariide, 121.

Siphonium maximus, Sowerby, 92;

mentioned, 69.

sp., 92.

Siphonogorgia, Aolliker, mentioned,

181, 187.

flavocapitata, Harrison, 193;

mentioned, 166, 207,

209.

harrisoni*, Zhomson § Mac-

kinnon, 194; mentioned,

166, 211.

hicksoni*, Yhomson g Mac-

kinnon, 189; mentioned,

165, 210, 211.

kollikeri, Wright & Studer,

var. rugosa*, Zhomson &

Mackinnon, 192 ; mentioned,

166, 211.

Siphonogorgia macrospiculata, Thom-

son dg: Henderson, mentioned, 165,

208.

miniacea, Azkenthal, men-

tioned, 190.

mirabilis, Alunzinger, 189;

mentioned, 141, 159, 165,

190, 204, 206, 208.

pendula, Studer, mentioned,

190, 206, 207.

var. ramosa*, Thomson

d: Mackinnon, 191; men-

tioned, 166, 206, 207,

Dalila

var. ternatana, Kiikenthal,

190; mentioned, 166, 206,

207.

robusta *, Thomson 5 Mackinnon,

193; mentioned, 166, 192,

210, 211. ;

variabilis, Hickson, 187; men-

tioned, 165, 206, 20am

210.

(Chironephthya) macrospiculata,

Thomson & Henderson, men-

tioned, 187.

(——-) variabilis, Hickson, men-

tioned, 188.

Siphonogorgiide, 165, 187.

Sistrum arachnoides, Lamarck, 103 ;

mentioned, 7.

—— var. albolabris, Blainville,

103.

asperum, Lamarck, 103; men-

tioned, 70.

elatum, Blainville, 104; men-

tioned, 70.

elongatum, Blainville,

mentioned, 70.

fiscellum, Chemnitz, mentioned,

70, 104.

fragum, Blainville, 104.

horridum, Lamarck, 104; men-

tioned, 70.

hystrix, Linn., 104; mentioned,

70.

104 ;

var. clathrata, mentioned,

104.

iostoma, Meeve, 104; mentioned,

Welle

morus, Lamarck, 104; men- —

tioned, 71.

var.

aspera, Lamarck,

104,

ochrostoma, Dlainville,

mentioned, 71.

1043. 3

Sistrum ochrostoma, var. cavernosa,

Blainville, 104.

spectrum, teeve,

tioned, 77.

spinosum, A. Adams, 104;

mentioned, 71.

tuberculatum, Blainville, 104;

mentioned, 71.

undatum, Chemnitz, 105; men-

tioned, 71, 104,

Solariella, Wood, mentioned, 65.

aquamarina*, Melvill, 80; men-

tioned, 67, 138.

incisura*, Melvill, 80; men-

tioned, 67, 138.

Pilsbry,

104;

men-

singaporensis, meh-

tioned, 81.

variabilis, A. Adams, mentioned,

81.

(Conotrochus) sayademalhana*,

Melvill, 81; mentioned, 67,

138.

Solariidx, 86.

Solarium maximum, Philippi, 86 ;

mentioned, 68.

modestum, Philippi, 86; men-

tioned, 68.

perspectivum, Zinn., 86; men-

tioned, 68.

(Philippia) oxytropis, A. Adams,

86; mentioned, 68.

Solenocaulon, Gray, 196.

tortuosum, Gray, 196; men-

tioned, 166, 206, 207, 208.

Solenocera, Lucas, 258.

(Parasolenocera) maldivensis *,

Borradaile, 258 ; mentioned,

264.

Spanista ornatalis, Dup., 302.

Spengleria mytiloides, Lamarck, 136.

Spheerodoris levis, Bergh, 431; men-

tioned, 411.

papillata, Bergh, mentioned,

431.

punctata, Bergh, mentioned,

431.

Sphenarches caffer, Zeller, 313, 399 ;

mentioned, 316.

caffer, Walsingham, 313, 399.

Sphingide, 282, 315.

Sphinx atropos, Linn., 283.

celerio, Linn., 285.

convolvuli, Linn., 282.

eson, Cramer, 286.

hylas, Linn., 283.

lachesis, Fabr., 283.

INDEX.

Sphine nerii, Linn., 284,

picus, Cramer, 284,

velox, Fabr., 285.

vigil, Guérin, 285.

Spodoptera abyssinia, Guenée, 271;

mentioned, 314,

cilium, Hampson, 271.

mauritia, Boisd., 271;

tioned, 814.

mauritia, Hampson, 271.

Spoladea recurvalis, Guenée, 301.

Spondylide, 129.

Spondylus, Linn., 129.

aurantius, Lamarck, 129; men-

tioned, 74.

men-

coccineus, Lamarck, 128; men-

tioned, 74.

croceus, Chemnitz, 129; men-

tioned, 74.

zonalis, Lamarck, 129; men-

tioned, 74.

Spongodes, Zess., 182.

divaricata, Gray, 185; men-

tioned, 1.

gardineri*, Thomson & Mac-

kinnon, 183; mentioned,

210, 211.

gigantea, Verri/l, 184.

hemprichi, Alunzinger, 182.

japonica, Kiikenthal, 185.

koellikeri, Aiikenthal, 184.

multispinosa, Henderson, 183;

mentioned, 210.

studeri, Ridley, 184.

suensoni, Holm., 185.

umbellulifera, Aiikenthal, 183;

mentioned, 210.

Stachyodes, Wright d Studer, 142.

allmani, Wright § Studer, 142;

mentioned, 139, 143, 204,

206, 209.

clavata, Versluys, 143; men-

tioned, 139, 206.

parva, Versluys, 142; men-

tioned, 139, 143, 204.

Stebbingella, Bovallius, 55.

typhoides, Claus, 55; men-

tioned, 51.

Stegocephalus, Avdyer, mentioned,

49.

globosus, A. O. Walker, men-

tioned, 49,

Steiria pecilosoma, Saalmiiller, 273.

Stelechotokea, 166.

Stenia floridalis, Zeller, 304.

ornatalis, Guenée, 302.

469

Stenocephalus, Zatreille, 33.

puneticeps, Szal, 33.

Stenopide, 260.

Stenopidea, from Western Indian

Ocean, 257-264.

Stenoptilia, /tibner, mentioned, 402.

charadrias, Meyrick, mentioned,

ftnote 402.

Stenopus, Latreille, 260,

hispidus, Olivier, 260.

robustus *, Borradaile,

mentioned, 264.

tenuirostris, de Man, 260.

Stephanoconus distans, Hwass, 115;

mentioned, 72.

260 ;

lividus, Mwass, 115; men-

tioned, 72.

var, sugillatus, Reeve,

mentioned, 115.

Stereacanthia, Thomson g Henderson,

185, 187, 194.

armata, Thomson & Simpson,

195 ; mentioned, 166, 206.

elongata *, Thomson & Mac-

kinnon, 195; mentioned, 166,

167, 210.

indica, Zhomson &§ Henderson,

194; mentioned, 166, 206.

Stereocidaris indica, Déderlein, 21.

Stereonephthya, Avikenthal, 185.

kikenthali*, Thomson g§° Mac-

kinnon, 185 ; mentioned, 165,

209, 210.

macrospiculata*, Thomson &

Mackinnon, 186 ; mentioned,

165, 167, 185, 209, 210.

Sthenelais, Ainberg, 348.

boa, Johnston, mentioned, 348,

349.

calearea*, Potts, 349; men-

tioned, 348, 352.

foliosa *, Potts, 351; mentioned,

346, 348, 353,

orientalis*, Potts, 348; men-

tioned, 349.

variabilis *, Potts, 349; men-

tioned, 348, 350, 351, 353.

var. glabra *, Potts, 350 ;

mentioned, 352.

var. hirsuta *, Potts, 350 ;

mentioned, 349, 352.

zeylanica, Walley, mentioned,

348, 349,

Stictoptera pocilosoma, Saalmiiller,

973; mentioned, 314.

Stilbocoris solivagus, Bergr., 39.

62*

170

Stolonifera, Aleyonacea, Pseudaxonia,

and Stelechotokea, by J. Arthur

Thomson and Miss Doris L. Mac-

kinnon, 165-211.

Stomatella angulifera, A. Adams,

77 ; mentioned, 67.

Stomatellide, 77.

Streetsia, Stebbing, 55.

challengeri, Stebbing, 55 ; men-

tioned, 57.

Streptaxis, Gray, mentioned, 58.

braueri, von Martens, 61.

constans, von Martens, 60.

le-vieuxi, Nevill, mentioned,

57, 58.

perelegans, von Martens, 60.

souleyetiana, Petit, 60; men-

tioned, 57.

(Imperturbatia) braueri, von

Martens, 61; mentioned,

57.

(

) constans, von Martens,

60; mentioned, 57.

) le-vieuxi, Wevill, men-

tioned, 57, 58.

) perelegans, von Martens,

60; mentioned, 57.

(——) violascens, von Martens,

mentioned, 57.

Streptostele nevilli, H. Adams, 62 ;

mentioned, 57,

(Elna) nevilli, H. Adams, 62.

Strigatella acuminata, Sowerby, 110 ;

mentioned, 72, 111.

ansulata, Reeve,

tioned, 72.

columbelliformis, Aiener, 111;

mentioned, 72.

fuscescens, Pease, 111; men-

tioned, 72.

litterata, Lamarck, 111; men-

tioned, 72.

paupercula, Lamarck, 111; men-

tioned, 72.

Strombide, 92.

Ntrombus laciniatus, Chemnitz, men-

tioned, 69.

papilio, Chemnitz, mentioned,

69.

vibea, Gmelin, 89.

(Canarium) floridus, Lamarel,

93; mentioned, 69.

(——) gibberulus, Zinn, 93;

mentioned, 69.

(Conomurex) mauritianus, La-

marcel, 933; mentioned, 69.

110; men-

INDEX.

Strombus (Euprotomus) laciniatus,

Chemnitz, Dillwyn, 92 ; mentioned,

69.

(—) papilio, Chemnitz, Dill-

wyn, 92; mentioned, 69.

(Gallinula) columba, Lamarck,

93; mentioned, 69.

) var. orosminus,

Duclos, 93.

) fusiformis, Sowerby, 93 ;

mentioned, 69.

Struthiolaria, Zamarck, mentioned,

65.

papulosa, Martyn, 94; men-

tioned, 69.

straminea, Gmelin, mentioned,

94,

Struthiolariide, 94.

Studeria, Duncan, mentioned, 181.

Stylodonta, Christ. Jan., mentioned,

58.

studeriana, M¥érussac, 62; men-

tioned, 57.

unidentata, Chemnitz, 62; men-

tioned, 57.

Suberogorgia, Gray, 197.

verriculata, Hsper, 197; men-

tioned, 166, 206, 207.

Submytilacea, 129.

Subulina octona, Brugutére, 63 ; men-

tioned, 57, 58.

Succinea mascarensis, Wevill, 64;

mentioned, 57.

Sufetula minimalis *, Fletcher, 301;

mentioned, 316, 323.

Sureula bijubata, Reeve, 118 ; men-

tioned, 73.

Swainsonia filum, Wood, 112; men-

tioned, 72.

Sykes, E. R., The Land and Fresh-

water Mollusca of the Seychelles

Archipelago, 57-64.

Sylepta derogata, Fubr., 807 ; men-

tioned, 316; distrib. of, 321.

derogata, Hampson, 307.

mullilinealis, Guenée, 307.

sabinusalis, Walker, 306; men-

tioned, 316; distrib. of,

318.

sabinusalis, Hampson, 306.

straminea, Butler, 307; men-

tioned, 316.

Sympodium, Hhrenberg, mentioned,

169.

ceruleum, Zhrenberg, 168; men-

tioned, 203, 204.

(

Sympodium cernuleum, A/lunzinger,

168; mentioned, 165, 210.

fuliginosum, Ehrenberg, 170.

fuluum, Forskal, 173.

purpurascens, Hhrenberg, 170.

salomonensis*, Zhomson &

Mackinnon, 168; mentioned,

165, 166, 210.

Sympronoé, Stebbing, 54.

parva, Claus, 54; mentioned,

51.

Synclera traducalis, Zeller, 302; men-

tioned, 316.

traducalis, Joannis, 302.

Syngamia abruptalis, Walker, 304;

mentioned, 316.

abruptalis, Moore, 304,

floridalis, Zeller, 304;

tioned, 316, 317.

floridalis, Hampson, 304,

Syntarucus telicanus, Lang, 294;

mentioned, 315.

Syromastes horrida, Germ., 33,

men-

Teenioglossa, 85.

Tarache zelleri, Wallengren, 280;

mentioned, 314.

Tartessus, Stal, mentioned, 46.

Tectibranchiata, 120.

Telasco elegans, Avener, 107; men-

tioned, 71.

Telestidw, 166, 201.

Telesto rubra, Hickson, 201; men-

tioned, 166.

Tellina (Arcopagia) robusta, Hanley,

131; mentioned, 75.

( ) scobinata, Linn., 131;

mentioned, 75,

(Tellinella) rugosa, Born, 131 ;

mentioned, 75,

Tellinacea, 131.

Tellinella rugosa, Born, 131; men-

tioned, 75.

Tellinide, 65, 131.

Temnora fumosa, subsp. peckoveri,

Butler, 284; mentioned, 315.

fumosa, subsp. _—peckoveri,

Rothsch. & Jordan, 284.

Teracolus aldabrensis, Holland, 292 ;

mentioned, 315,

Terebellum subulatum (Klein), La-

marck, 93.

Terebra, Adans., mentioned, 65.

affinis, Gray, 114; mentiored,

Terebra babylonia, Zamarcl:, 114 ; |

mentioned, 72.

bruguierii, Deshayes, 114;

mentioned, 72, 115.

eerulescens, Lamarck, 1i4;

mentioned, 72.

chlorata, Lamarck [= knorri,

Gray], 114; mentioned, 72.

conspersa, Hinds, 114; men-

tioned, 72.

erenulata, Zinn., 114;

tioned, 72.

dimidiata, Zinn., 114;

tioned, 72.

duplicata, Linn., 114;

tioned, 72.

maculata, Linn., 114;

tioned, 72.

knorri, Gray, 114.

monilis, Quoy § Gaim., 114;

mentioned, 72.

nitida, Hinds, 114; mentioned,

ine

men-

penicillata, Hinds, 115; men-

tioned, 72.

pertusa, Born, 115; mentioned,

72.

subulata, Zinn., 115; mentioned,

textilis, Winds, 115; mentioned,

72.

Terebride, 114.

Tessaratominag, 31.

Tethys leporina, Zinn., mentioned,

436.

Tetraclita, Schum, 25.

porosa, Gmelin, 25; mentioned,

var. communis, Darwin, 25.

var. elegans, Darwin, 25.

var. patellaris, Darwin, 25.

vitiata, Darwin, mentioned, 27.

TYextularia, Orb., mentioned, 375.

Thalanessa, Baird, 351.

digitata, Mclntosh, 351; men-

tioned, 350.

Thalassinidea, 262.

Thalessa armigera, Chemnitz, 103 ;

mentioned, 70.

echinulata, Lamarck, 103.

hippocastanum, Lamarck, 103 ;

mentioned, 70.

pica, Blainville, 103; mentioned,

70.

Thalpochares rivula, Moore, 279.

Thamneus, Bovallius, 54.

INDEX.

Thamneus platyrhynchus, Stebbing,

54; mentioned, 51.

rostratus, Bovallius, mentioned,

d4.

Thaumatops, v. Martins, 52.

longipes, Bovallius, 52; men-

tioned, 50.

Thaumatopside, 50.

Thaumops, Willemoés-Suhm, 52.

Thenus, Leach, 261.

fabr., 261.

Theretra osiris, Joannis, 286.

eson, Joannis, 286,

Thermesia rubricans, Guenée, 278.

Thomson, J. Arthur, and Miss Doris

L. Mackinnon, The Stolonifera,

Aleyonacea, Pseudaxonia, and

Stelechotokea, 165-211.

Thomson,J.Arthur, and E. 8. Russell.

Aleyonarians—Axifera, 139-164.

Thordisa, Bergh, mentioned, 412.

crosslandii, Eliot, 421; men-

tioned, 411, 413, 438.

Thylacodes inopertus, Riippell, 92.

Thymele arbogastes, Guenée, 296,

subadius, Gray, 294.

Tinea pulchella, Linn., 269.

Torcula concava, v. Martens, 92;

mentioned, 69.

Torinia cylindracea, Hanley, 87.

dorsuosa, Hinds, 86 ; mentioned,

68.

infundibuliformis, Gmelin, 87 ;

mentioned, 68.

perspectiviuncula, Dillwyn, men-

orientalis,

tioned, 87.

variegata, Gmelin, &7; men-

tioned, 68.

Toxoglossa, 114.

Toxopneustes pileolus, Zamarck,

mentioned, 20.

Trachycardium leucostoma, Born,

183; mentioned, 75.

maculosum, Wood, 133; men-

tioned, 75.

mauritianum, Deshayes, 133;

mentioned, 75.

serricostatum, Melvill & Standen,

133 ; mentioned, 75.

transcendens, Melvill g- Standen,

153 ; mentioned, 75.

Trevelyana, Kelaart, mentioned, 412.

alba, Bergh, 434; mentioned,

411.

ceylonica, Kelaart, mentioned,

434,

471

Trichaster palmiferus, Agassiz, men-

tioned, 19.

Trichoptilus congrualis, Fletcher, 312.

defectalis, Walker, 312; men-

tioned, 316, 317; distrib. of,

321.

defectalis, Fletcher, 398.

oxydactylus, Walsingham, 312.

wahlbergi, Fletcher, 399.

Tridacnea elongata, Lamarck, 135;

mentioned, 75,

gigas, Lamarck, 135; mentioned,

75.

Tridacnide, 135,

Triforis, Desm., mentioned, ftnote 90.

incisus, Pease, 90.

var, triliratus, Deshayes,

90.

triliratus, Deshayes, 90,

Trigonodes hyppasia, Hampson, 277.

Trigonotylus ruficornis, var. tenuis,

Reuter, 41.

Triphora, Sander-Rang, mentioned,

90.

complanata, Preston, 90; men-

tioned, 68,

corrugata, Hinds, 90; mentioned,

68.

funebris, Jouss., mentioned, 90,

intermedia, C', B. Adams, men-

tioned, 90.

sculpta, Hinds, 90; mentioned,

68.

(Mastonia) coetiviensis *, Mel-

vill, 90 ; mentioned, 68, 138.

(Viriola) trilirata, Deshayes, 90 ;

mentioned, 68,

Tripneustes angulosus, Leske, men-

tioned, 20.

Tritonia (Candiella) plebeia, Johnston,

mentioned, 414.

Tritonidz, 100.

Tritonidea reticosa, A. Adams, 107;

mentioned, 71.

rubiginosa, Feeve, 107; men-

tioned, 71.

undosa, Linn., 107 ; mentioned,

ale

Trivia globulus, Zinn., 98; men-

tioned, 69.

Insecta, Mighels, 98 ; mentioned,

69.

nucleus, Linn., 98; mentioned,

69.

oryza, Lamarck, 98 ; mentioned,

69.

472

Trivia staphylea, Zinn., 98; men-

tioned, 69.

Trochide, 65, 78.

Trochus, Adans., 79.

labio-australis, Chemnitz, 79.

mauritianus, Gmelin, mentioned,

67.

noduliferus,

tioned, 67.

pyramis, Born, mentioned, 67.

(Infundibulum) maculatus,

LTinn., 78 ; mentioned, 67.

) radiatus, Gmelin, 78;

mentioned, 67.

) venetus, Reeve, 78 ; men-

tioned, 67.

(Pyramis) mauritianus, Gmelin,

78; mentioned, 67.

) noduliferus, Lam., 78 ;

mentioned, 67.

) pyramis,

mentioned, 67.

) obeliscus, Gmelin, men-

tioned, 78.

Tropidophora pulchrum, Gray, 58 ;

mentioned, 57.

Trypwea, Dana, 263.

cristata *, Borradaile,

mentioned, 264.

Tubipora, Linn., 171.

purpurea, Pallas, 171; men-

tioned, 165, 203, 204, 205.

Tubulanus, Renter, mentioned, 1, 3.

polymorphus, Renter, 4; men-

tioned, 15.

Tuguarium indica, Gmelin, 91; men-

tioned, 68.

Turbinella crosseana, Souverbie, 108.

Turbinellide, 108.

Turbo, Zinn., mentioned, 65.

argyrostomus, Linn., 81; men-

tioned, 86.

articulatus, eeve,

81.

elegans, Philippi, mentioned,81,

marmoratus, Linn., 81; men-

tioned, 67.

phasianellus, Desh., 79.

spinosus, Chemnitz, mentioned,

382.

tursicus, Philippi, 82.

Lamarck, men-

(

263 ;

mentioned,

tursicus, Sowerby, 82.

(Senectus) argyrostomus, Zinn.,

81; mentioned, 67, 86.

) intercostalis, Menke, 81;

mentioned, 67.

(

INDEX.

Turbo (Senectus) radiatus, Gmelin,

81; mentioned, 67.

( ) setosus, Gmelin, 82;

mentioned, 67.

( ) tursicus, Reeve, 82;

mentioned, 67.

Turricula, Klein, mentioned, 112.

Turritella (Haustator) columuaris,

Kien., 92; mentioned, 69.

(Toreula) concava, von Martens,

92; mentioned, 69.

Turritellide, 92.

Tycoonia natalensis, Warren, 286.

Tympanotonos palustris, Linn., 90.

Typhide, 50.

Uca, Leach, 408.

annulipes, H. Milne-Edwards,

408; mentioned, 406.

tetragonum, Herbst, mentioned,

405.

Ugyops, Guérin, 44.

senescens *, Distant, 44; men-

tioned, 48

Upogebia, Leach, 262.

cargadensis *, Borradaile, 263.

darwini, Miers, 262.

(Calliadne) cargadensis *, Borra-

daile, 263.

( ) darwini, Miers, 262.

Upogebinee, 262.

Utetheisa aldabrensis *, subsp. nov.,

Fletcher, 268 ; mentioned, 270.

elata, Fabr., 270;

314,

var. diva, Mubille, men-

tioned, 314; larve of, 325.

lactea, Butler, 267 ; mentioned,

268, 314; larvee of, 323.

var. aldabrensis *, Fletcher,

268; mentioned, 270.

var, nigrosignata *, Let-

cher, 268.

var, rubrosignata, Fletcher,

mentioned, 268.

lactea, Hampson, 267 ;

tioned, 270.

lactea aldabrensis, Jletcher,

mentioned, 270).

pulchella, ZLinn., 269 ;

tioned, 314.

pulchelloides, Hampson, 268 ;

mentioned, 270, 314,317,319;

larvee of, 323.

venusta, Hiibner, 270.

mentioned,

men-

Vanessa cardui, Boisd., 290.

Vanikoride, 85.

Vanikoro cancellata( Chemnitz), Lam.,

85: mentioned, 68.

Varuna litterata, Yabr., mentioned,

405.

Vasum muricatum, var. crosseanum,

Souverbie, 108.

Velia nigricans, Burm., 36.

Veliine, 36.

Veneracea, 131.

Veneride, 131.

Venus subnodulosa, Hanley, men-

tioned, 132.

(Chione) lamarckii, Gray, 132 ;

mentioned, 75.

) marica, Jinn.,

mentioned, 75.

) scabra, Hanley, 135 ;

mentioned, 75.

(Omphaloclathrum) toreuma,

Gould, 133; mentioned, 75.

Vermetide, 92.

Vermetus centriquadrus,

mentioned, 92.

inopertus, Riippell, 92; men-

tioned, 69.

(Siphonium) maximus, Sowerby,

92; mentioned, 69.

( ) sp., 92.

(Thylacodes) inopertus, Riippell,

925

Verruca cristallina, A. Gruvel, men-

tioned, 26.

koehleri, A. Gruvel, 24; men-

tioned, 26.

multicostata, A. Gruvel, men-

(

1382);

Valene.,

tioned, 26.

plana, A. G'ruvel, mentioned,

26.

Verrucella flexuosa, Alunzinger, men-

tioned, 140, 204, 205.

Vertagus articulatum, Adams & Reeve,

89; mentioned, 68.

asperum, Zinn., 89; mentioned,

68.

cedo-nulli, Sowerby, 89; men-

tioned, 68. f

fasciatum, Brug.,89; mentioned,

68.

kochii, Philipp?, 89 ; mentioned,

68.

obeliscus, Brug., 89; mentioned,

68.

tenuisculptum, Sowerby,

mentioned, 68,

90);

Verticordia deshayesiana, Mischer,

136 ; mentioned, 75.

Verticordiide, 136.

Vibilia, MWilne-Ldwards, 53.

gracilenta, Bovallius, 53;

tioned, 49, 50.

longipes, Bovallius, 53 ;

tioned, 50.

robusta, Bovallius, 53 ;

tioned, 49, 50.

viatrix, Bovallius, 53;

tioned, 50.

Vibiliide, 50.

Viriola trilirata, Deshayes, 90; men-

tioned, 68.

Vola sp., 128.

Volutide, 112.

men-

Walker, Alfred O., Amphipoda

Hyperiidea of the ‘ Sealark’ Expe-

dition to the Indian Ocean, 49-55,

INDEX.

Wrightella, Gray, 199.

coccinea, Gray, 200; mentioned,

166, 167, 207, 209, 210.

variabilis, Thomson & Henderson,

200; mentioned, 167, 208,

210.

Xenia umbellata, Savigny, 172;

mentioned, 165, 203, 207.

Xeniide, 165, 172.

Xenophora corrugata, Jeeve, 91 ;

mentioned, 68.

solarioides, Reeve,

tioned, 68,

(Tugurium) indica, Gmelin, 91;

mentioned, 68.

Xenophoride, 91.

Xiphocephalide, 51.

Xiphocephalus, Giuérin, 55.

whitei, Spence Bute, 55; men-

tioned, 51.

91;

men-

473

Yanga andriana, Distant, 41.

Zeuxis maldivensis, Z. A. Smith, 107;

mentioned, 71.

Zinckenia fascialis, Cramer, 301;

mentioned, 316, 317.

fascialis, Hampson, 301.

recurvalis, Joannis, 301.

Zizera gaika, Trimen, 293; men-

tioned, 315.

gaika, Holland, 293.

lysimon, Hiibner, 293; men-

tioned, 315.

maha, Koll., 293; mentioned,

315; distrib. of, 319.

‘maha, Bingham, 293.

Zoochlorelle, mentioned, 417.

Zygobranchiata, 76.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

2nd Ser. ZOOLOGY. | (VOL. XIII. PART 1.

THE

/av8 &

eae ty

LIBRAR

wos

nad

TRANSACTIONS

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

THE PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

THE INDIAN OCEAN IN 1905,

UNDER THE LEADERSHIP OF

Mr. J. STANLEY GARDINER.

REPORTS Nos, 1-7 (Nos. 22-28).

ON DrOUN:

PRINTED FOR THE LINNEAN SOCIETY

BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W.,

AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW.

October 1902.

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON,

MEMORANDA CONCERNING TRANSACTIONS.

The First Series of the Transactions, containing both Betanical and Zoological contributions, has been completed

in 30 Vols., and a few entire sets are still fur sale. Only certain single volumes, or parts to complete sets, may be

obtained at the original prices. he price of the Index to Vols. 1-25 is 8s. to the public, and 6s. to Fellows; te

Vols. 26-30, 4s. to the public, and 3s. to Fellows.

The Second Series of the Vransactions is divided into Zoological and Botanica! sections.

: , ! The prices of the

Zoological parts of those which have deen published are as undermentioned :—

Suconp Seriivs.— Zoonoey,

Srconp Sriavs.—Zoo1oey (continued). f

. When Price to the Price to When Price to the Pricutone e

Volume. Published. Public. Fellows. Volume. Published. vine Fellows, =

Seok. es Go: ck 3G St athe £ 82 7ds

1. Parts L=VIN 1875-792 8 10 O .... 6 V 6) VILL Part x 1903. ....0 10 0 (2o gue

TL, Payee RVR 188288, FT 0 ayes Berd %

of ats re } reed

[0 Parks VIABLE OOS -18.0c.2., 28> 6) ee Ye

Part) 2.1903. .... 0 8 0... 3) 0—GREE

1V. Parts 1—IIL. 1886-88... 3 8 0 PARE 10} Part UL T9083. 2... < d, *A os Oe ees O'S:

, - cor Party IV..1904. ...2 0 6. OO eee

V. Parts I.—X1. 1888-94..6 10 6 ALE Part V. 1904...... 06. 0. anne

Vi Patt) PVP IS OAL). P42 0, OOF cae 10) 0 Part VI. 1904.....0 6 0 .... 0 29%

ine cae aCe ae ahaa! We {ansees Bart (Vil. 1904... ....- 0156) 10) ven ea

Paxt a TROdn se ee MONNOT LON ce Ore 6 Part VILT.. 1904, 2... 0 10 0 Se ccee

Part, Sve 189Gb en wool 2S Ose O18) 0 Part IX. 1905,..... 0° 6 OPS. Oa

Parth) Vy 16062... VOQMEO’ 0 Fve0 7. 6 Part =X. 1906.....012 0....0 9 0

Part VI. 1806. .... Oi ake OY OO) Part. Xl lOO ce aes 0 12.-0- 5.2 ORRa ia

Park Wale LSeGat eee Olen cn Oona Purt XII. 90%. .. 2. 0 Se 10 eee Ue

Part VIII. 1897..... 0 2 6....-0 2 0 PartXI1. 1907.....0 6 0....0 4 6

Part XIV. 1907. Index0 3.0 .... 0) 20%

VU. Part TeelSUGi tai OFM Mere Obi ao 1 ad :

Put PU WS9%. s < 3: 0120.0. ..50 0 Soames 1. 200 ree 0S Ors aed

. a \e

Pack) WA aa97 0... 09 6 70 sn OA ae Part 11. 1904..... 0 8 0 .... 0 (Gigs

Part TVG SGRS Aco OMLOULOb wee eOe 7 8G Part: (Ll. 1905.4 OP oe eee 6 9

Part. WSS. 2.5082 Ole sores TRY Part IV, 1005..... U10 04... 0 77

Par, AV gees: a. Wale | Ovases Oy Fam Pert V. 1906. ...2- OV Oa

Part SWAN Geee. <.5/0. TR. Oe. 0 18) 8] Hert V1. 1006. ee 2s

Part ‘Vil Wsoa!.... 0.42) Or O78 Part VIL. 1907.5... 0) (3s 0p On

: = | PartVILL. 19072 .2.~ 0 4 Geer Obee

Padi DR MeGOG =... 1 Pin, Wee eos V8 ieee :

Part esc 0! Here Uc. Oy tae pata i; aaae ogee ,

pate TABOO OP ae SO 2-20 °C es Se

Part Il. 1909: es. 10 Sar One vee Onmrc anes

Path 41°1900;.ovs0.10..0...2 OAT? Bleu Part IV. 1909. ./., OR 0) teamOne enn

Pary Lite 1900. eee O10) pOrsceeaQh y onGilnaee Part | V. 1909. <..5) 0) Oren eee

Pad, -1V. 1601) BNO LO. . 0 16k Se

Past V.1901..... 05 @ .... 0 3 SO xa7 Part 1. 1907. gpepdaeneen oe a

Pant wv LOOMS - ch OO RO: i. Ole ie AG Part IL. 1907.2. ele Le Ome See OS

Part *oWLE, 1901. 2-50 de B20 se Lilie Part IIL. 1903..... 016 0 Oe ae

Part VIUISLg02 ey. OL A092 OM oeOn RIC, os sibel) “Oy oon. Jk

Pact 1X) M9025 0-a0) ONO) 0 ae Part -V. 1909) Index0) 952 Os Ome

Part SME Gago ewe ty 015 0

Pivb XU 190BS. cae) 16 00 ex.cO) eke 16) SxeT Dit ae eo Go ere 1 Bo80 ak Oli

2nd Ser. ZOOLOGY. | LVOL. XIII. PART 2.

THE

TRANSACTIONS

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

THE PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

THE INDIAN OCEAN IN 1905,

UNDER THE LEADERSHIP OF

Mr. J. STANLEY GARDINER.

REPORTS Nos. 8-12 of this volume; Nos. 29-33 of the whole series.

LONDON:

PRINTED FOR THE LINNEAN SOCIETY

BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W.,

AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW.

February 1910.

ag rw a

ihe ew

od ae

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON,

MEMORANDA CONCERNING TRANSACTIONS.

The F.rst Series of the Transactions, containing both Botanical and Zoological contributions, has been complete

in 30 Vols., and a few entire sets are still for sale. Only certain single volumes, or parts to complete sets, may b

obtained at the original prices. ‘The price of the Index to Vols, 1-25 is 8s. to the public, and 6s, to Fellows; to

Vols. 26-30, 4s. to the public, and 3s. to Fellows.

The Second Series of the Transactions is divided into Zoological and Botanical

sections. The prices of the

Zoological parts of those which have been published are as undermentioned :— :

Seconp Srrres.—Zoonoey. Srconp Srrtes.—Zoonoey (continued).

Valine: When Price to the Price to Wales When Price to the Price to

Published. Public. Fellows. Published. Publie, Fellows,

28 5, hs Eo ay Gh & s) ds £ea6@

I. Parts I-VIII. 1875-79.8 10 0....6 7 6| IX. Part TI, 1908,.... 0 9 0 ic0. ONMOREC

E Part If. 1903. .... (0) (8) Ose OMGia

II. PartsI. XVIII.1879-88. 717 0....518 5 Part IIL, 1903. .... 1 4 0. ain

Iie Parts VilEdSSd=e8ee cules lOneee cen Sane Fart IV.-1904. .... 0 6 0) js -aNOMetaae

Part V. 1904. ...: 0:16) 0: OME

liVe Parts le UMt886=s8ne 8) 1S) (Ole ae Qe lano Part" “Vanneoent 0.6 0.).00me

V. Parts I.—XI. 1888-94..610 6 .... 4179 Part VII. 1904.....0 6 0... 0) ame

Part VII. 1904... (0) 10) 0) ena

VI. Part 1G HY eo 0) Oona ae a: Part IX¢ 1905; ...2 0) 6) (0 same

ne IOI eee Wocoa tl 2 3 Part X. 1906..... 0 12 0) 5). OMG

lity MU ISS (Oa Wi oagn Wl ye Part XI. 1907...) 0-12)70) SeeOnGmen

Bart TV. 1806.....5 1) 45 0)2. 2. O0Isae Part, XT. 1907. ..,. 0) 3 0) eaOMomnes

Fart) W. 180655. 52.0110 0... OMG PartXIIL, 1907..... 0 6 0 .... 00am

Part VI. 1896. .... 0 8 0.... 0 60 Part XIV. 1907.Index.0 3 0....0 2 3

an WOES UI oes OUD ew) 8 ow

ea VIII. 1897.....0 2 6..,.0 2 9] %- Part “1 1004..... 0 3 0) igRouee

Part I. 1904. .... 0 8 10) .eenOMGEE

Villgeaxt PS 96s ee OOO Oey 6 Part III. 1905. wows QO! 9) (07 ee One

ips JU, TED Soo. O 12 @ . 09 0 Part IV. 19055....70 10. (0) 2) se ONaneG

iRminy UNG TREY sane OO We oa O Lo Part V. 1906. ..... 07 (6 20 eGo

Pes IM WEBEL cao OO @ . 0 7am Part VI. 1906; .... 0 3 0". =O mee

as WA TERE, goo, O18 O 013 6 Part. VII. 1907.)..3°. 0 3-0-9 ROMO me

Part VII. 1899.....018 0. 013 6 Part IX. 1909; 0-1 7 0) eenOMIoneS

Part VIII. 1899..... 012 0. 09 0 (In\progress:)

Part UX. 1899) .... 1 090. O15) 0) XI. Part 91. 1908, 5 0 4 0 enone

Ba OS, UO Sage OO . 0 4 6 Part! ID. 1909:.:.... 0 (8 0/2 S5enOmNGEEnD

Port Xl 19008 25. 0) LP ouee a OMeZEmO Part TIT. 1909: ..... 0 6 (0) ss: emOueetene

VIII. Part IF TUN, 5505 O 10) Oca, 0 F @ Part V. 1909..... 0 2 0....0mniae

Part WS GOON oe ORONO: OO: (In progress.) j

Part III. 1900.....010 0....0 7 6] XII. Part 1. 1907.....1 8 0....1 1 OM

ibm IN GOI Rea OE (Oy See. (0) 1) 18 Part I0..1907..... 1 4 0 2 Omteiem

Pont Wu WC Goon OM Osos. O 7 @ Pert TV. 1909; .... 1 10. OF; 40cm

Part ivalle NOON e hae iser Oe) ean ee en () Part YV. 1909. Index.0 5 0 ..., 0 Sa)

Pah VEU Oes eae Oey OO) cerry, eee Me Mlovsiae na

Fab Dis 100 te 0 3B) C00 ra eee Part Il. 1910,.... 2 8 0 .... 2 120m

ivrame OG ICWE Goes ll O W.ca0 OH O

ema Gh IE he. O BW o9a, O 2b

Pant) dln LOOSmy 1) Oml0) ROMs ON 7anG

LPOG Ihre A, O BO so5,0 O. 8

2nd Ser, ZOOLOGY. | LVOL. XIII. PART 3.

THE

TRANSACTIONS

THE PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

THE INDIAN OCEAN IN 1905,

UNDER THE LEADERSHIP OF

Mr. J. STANLEY GARDINER.

REPORTS Nos. 13-17 of this volume; Nos. 34-88 of the whole series.

TO; ND OUNe

PRINTED FOR THE LINNEAN SOCIETY

BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W.,

AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW.

June 1910.

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

MEMORANDA CONCERNING TRANSACTIONS.

The First Series of the Transactions, containing both Botanical and Zoological contributions, has been completed

in 30 Vols., and a few entire sets are still for sale. Only certain single volumes, or parts to complete sets, may be

obtained at the original prices. The price of the Index to Vols. 1-25 is 8s. to the public, and 6s. to Fellows; to

Vols. 26-30, 4s. to the public, and 3s. to Fellows.

The Second Series of the Transactions is divided into Zoological and Botanica! sections. The prices of the

Zoological parts of those which have been published are as undermentioned :—

Srconp Srrrms.— Zoonoey. Srconp Sertes.—Zooroey (continued).

Volame When Price to the Price to alie. When Price to the Price to

Published. Public. Fellows. Published. Public. Fellows,

Gis:) d. abe isso Cs ee iss ads ED ils

15 Partsy Ville Oo — 79 ne oO 0 meee ea ee ile TX. Part T. 1903552 22.0: 19° 10 lee ORomme

Parte ul. L903 0 18 10% ek eon

TI. Parts]. XVIII.1879-88. 717 0 ....518 5 Part WII, 1908000. 1 4 Oe. Oe

IMD, TAS I Wm eee, Geils OP sau. 2h) Lon SRO sos WI Wo cous DM at

Parte Vi. 19045 ape! G6. (0/2 sir. Onmmeammnt

DVe Parts Lh, Le86-S8eanom ey Ones lla PALCORVIT. 1904 geen 6 0 OG

V. Parts I.-XT. 1888-94.. 6 10 6 417 9 Parvavill.. 190+. cise d0) 96/10...) 5s OG

PartVl. 1904. 254 (OGL) 10). Ona

VI. Part TESS OM perenne tO wanes excl ena O) Part UX. 1905. =. 2 3096 10) Sa Oe

art 9) Wile OAs ccciplymlale gO) era leone Partwmex 1906. 22.210 S2En0i-. OnmomD

Part.) Willige GOs see OeOl 10) er ee0 eae nO als UG NRTOGras 6. (0 W220 %.. <2. Ome

[Parte mle G06. eee a Umea Onl Sam0. Panhmexa. 19075222. 0 "S80. a0 newe

Part We USS phon O WO “OeseW t Pamtexnl., W907... 2 0 6 SORR Olea

Tenth Wile TIN aoa Or Mek O coco oO Part XIV. 1907.Index.0 3 0....0 2 3

Toba WANE TUSENS Gao tl) tO) oSao (0) 1B) 0)

aha ) 3 z MowPant «1. 1904...) 0) 23. 10a Oa

12spae WAUO MCG Boog tls 2s OR sana OP) yw BMT i904... abece On

VII. Part UA osoo OO UW ease OB w Rarhwll, 1905.7... ON 29 ON e 0 aOmme

Tings LNG, NEY soaks QAP Wace OW si 40 Rant LV. L905-4qneq MONO) 10) ae <0 eee

Parts sll MSOs crews GN 10) ene | Ott Part V. 1906; &... OF 0 (6S in Ol tomes

lay = IN, Uy aoa, ONO 1 Soa Og & art, Vi. 9065.25. 0) %307 Oyen Olam

Part We UY saga alley Orson, Oss & Mant oVIL. 290% 6 << Ol) 10) Sri Ole es

peng ve IGG Song Cish O jaan = We) Part VILL: 1907... =: 0. Ay (OMe Ona

Part) Will 899. es. OMS O cess OMS NE Part 0x. 1909...) AL OR een mee ee

Part VIII. 1899.....012'0....0 9 0 ee roeress.)

Partie SUX SOON eco: ale 0) 1Ohpraee) Olan sO KaePart 81. 1908..4.02 0 AO Ome

Part SAGO Aire Ue ON cgi Ue AG Rant IT, 1909) .26. 0) 8) Om isso O romeo

Burt) Ede hep etO) 22 Ohne CO nmoaeO Part II. 1909. .:5..0 6 0 1.2) = aR

Part TV. 1909.0... OMW2) 10) Oem

VIII. Part Ij TISNO), Gao 6 Oy NO) sO) ass Oe ah Ay Dees) 2] 8, 1 @

Part Il, WK) bose NO 0) wean G7 G (In progress.)

ey IUBE, WENO, ooh CMY OW saas () lf I) ON, Went SURPIUNOS e5o Tsk Ge pipes (0)

Part LV WOOK ieee 0) HE One (OO n 6 Part. I. 1907)4 sa 4s Oe ORS Eee

Part Vise GOL earaser On Osa O/ espe Ontong Part’ IIT. 19085 2.200) 16 Ore 0 alee)

Part | “Wile sl 9 Olen eee OOM Oleperera sO) Mvmt Part IV. 19098. 2 pel ON Ota a

Part’ (VU 1900 sernle ace O errerye ne elon) Part V. 1909. Index.0 5 0....0 3 9

FE TTR eas 04 0 cee 0) 300) sere Part I. 1909 2.960 Sey ee een ee

Part TR S02 ee a come Part IL. 1010. 22 “Se Ones ome

Bent, | VK 1008 a eee acne Part Til: 1910>..4., 0 16 Ohsea0 alam

Part > Xl. 71908: yen OlmeO Ol ermae Obes emo

Part XIT. 1903: ..7. 08D 0c. O76)

Part XII. Index OMe 20 neler

¢ Ee w\o and Ser, ZOOLOGY. | — [VOL. XIII. PART 4,

THE

BIG

TRANSACTIONS Kens

LIBRA

Dee

Ya a

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

TITLEPAGES, CONTENTS, AND INDEX,

On N DRONE

PRINTED FOR THE LINNEAN SOCIETY

BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET SIREER,

SOLD AT THE SOCIELY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W.,

AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW.

November 1910.

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

MEMORANDA CONCERNING TRANSACTIONS.

The First Series of the Transactions, containing both Betanical and Zoological contributions, has been completed

in 80 Vols., and a few entire sets are still for sale. Only certain single volumes, or parts to complete sets, may be

obtained at the original prices. he price of the Index to Vols. 1-25 is 8s. to the public, and 6s, to Fellows; to

Vols. 26-30, 4s. to the public, and 3s. to Fellows.

The Second Series of the Transactions is divided into Zoological and Botanical sections.

Zoological parts of those which have been published are as undermentioned :—

The prices of the

Srconp Srris.— Zoonoey, Srconp Surtes.—Zoonoey (continued),

Ae When Price to the Price to Wale: When Piice tothe ioe

Published. Public. Fellows. Published, Publie. Fellows,

Ss Sa Ue BC. Steamcl: Beg tds £ 3. db

To Panisseeavniels 75279) Shl0k Olan... 16 7 61) TX Parts eesneee- 4.0 9 90) AeeOMMGMEO

Part 0L 1908ee.500' 8 0 |... 0mROmEO

TI. Partele XVGNI/1879-88. 717 0 .... 518 5 Pa TtT, 190%. 4-0... Joe

[1s Parisi vin ses-e8.. 5 18 -0).... 4° —Sei6 WTR | INGER Soe 1) 0 4 6

Part —V; 1904, =... OeekG) 10 meuenss 0 meelaenty

LY. Parts lll. 1886-88.. 3 8 0.... 211 0 Petey 1904 eeroede0 oe

V. Paeie-x101886-94., 6 10-6 2... 4 17 9 Part VIL. 1904.....0 6 0....0 4 6

Part VIIL 1904. .... 0.10 0 Owe a6

VI. Part It, Wey Sor > AOURO es ten SLOaen Parte 1905: .... Op (Gam OMe 0° 4 6

Part IL. 1894. tii 2 13) 43) Partie sexe 90G) a=7 50m lOmO Me 09 0

Part III. 1894: OF10) 0). 07 6 Dante exle 1907.....4- 20 ato mt 0 9 0

Part 1Y. 1896. .... 4 0 018 0 Parte Nils 1907. ccs O08 S80) eae OMe ees

Parte VMI OG), 4 afk 10N0, Oe ye as Parp Me 190.2. 0 6 PO OleemG

Part VI. 1896.....0 8 0 0 6 OF Part XLV. 1907.Index.0 3 0....0 2 3

Part VII. 1896..... 0 12 0 90

a < 7 : | NEWPark Te 290A. -e 3210) SS MO re 0 aes

Pays ap Ie? RR ones Phat’ IT. 1904. <n i0)s80200-eaenO, Sena

Villeeeietee la 1896.01. 0rn0) 0 Ome Barteiit: 1905. .2.. 0) 19s Ol aan ORM Gmmo

pany seeleeeOu. ak 012 0 .0 9 0 Parcs LV 190baee eg0) 10) HOM een erent

Part ILI. 1897. 5 Oe se ON ibe Gh Part’ Vi. 1906: .5.. 0 7% 16> seems

Part JV. 1898. .... 010 0 Opie seh Part Vis 1906: .<c. Oy 3 Omg ON 2S

Part —-V..: 1898. ak) ee. alee Part (Vil WO0veeas.. 0 3) A0NseeOnoeeS

Part VI. 1898. 13. 0 0% 932193] Part VillelG072 «2.5 0+ OsaeesOneSeeD

Part VII. 1899 018 9 sage G Part “OX 1909. .... 1 1 0 Saee Ontomee

Pace VII. 18994,... O12 Oia 0 9 101 RIL aECET OSS.)

Bante ION SSIS aval Oe 5a (Oye ilsye (0) Mie Part 9 E.-1908. 4:02 0-4 “OR OroreaG)

Part Xe 1OOOS ase OMB LO. KOM A” Gi) Mart) WL. 1909.-..55: ORRBR IO) rane oraeO)

Pir eaO00s eee 0 2) a8 Xe Go| Partelll. 1909.6220 16F 0.)

Mantiaicv. 1909: age 0) 12's OeeOMe OUNO

VIL}. Part Th, OOO, 4552 010 0....0 7 6) SE. 1000) seneee 0 ORO ere

Part Ii. 1900 OmliO! Olen con Ola S76 (In progress.)

Part Ii. 1900. .... O10 0> =. 47) GPX Rar’, = 1.190 7¢.n.a 1) SBP VOR eee ee

Parte iliVes 19 Olen aera On ese) cee Onl Ola ante i 19 07teeee elated a0 018 0

Part s2eiVeq 1901 sare. Oe SL OP Aa). Bs 29) Part ITT. 1908he.6 » 0 16) 108. 0, nOnlomnn

Part VI. 1901. .... Ot Gw 0) bepas TOT ol Part TV. 1909) s.eee 120m Onan) een

Part VII. 1901. .... 1 yO ray tbe lO! Part Y. 1909, Index.0 5 0....0 3 9

Rast ee O° By exer? UN ereeepart 1. iodees. 0 a Oe

ea ee Eel ens ae YS Part Il, 1910) ace 31-9 a0 eo oe

eo (Oop Ors =e Oho, 0 Piri TIL 1910; <a.e O16 40, .eOnlomee

Peon oe ee e554, O @ Ooo...) 2 DCE TV: 1SMURIRCESD ae UD

Party eXiT, 1903. anor (0 MONO) open Oumrame

Part XILL. Index. 0 2a. O23)